sign in sign up
<<
Home , John Paul Jones Memorial, Liberal Religious Youth, Phrateres, Territorial Cup Series, Tucson station

1971-1972;1972-1973 Biennial Catalog

Item Type Book

Authors University of

Publisher

Rights Permission to use or to order reproductions must be obtained from the University of Arizona Libraries, Special Collections. Contact us at [email protected], or (520) 621-6423.

Download date 23/09/2021 14:20:30

Link to Item http://hdl.handle.net/10150/579973 BIENNIAL CATALOG

E UNIVERSITY rizona 1971 -1972 1972 -1973

TUCSON ARIZONA THE UNIVERSITY OF Arizona BIENNIAL CATALOG

1971-1972 1972-1973

TUCSON A R I Z O N A THE UNIVERSITYOF ARIZONA RECORD Vol. LXIV, No. 1 June, 1971

Biennial 1971-72 Catalog 1972 -73

Announcements in this catalog concerning regulations, fees, curricula, or other matters, are subject to change without notice.Inquiries regarding admission to the University should be addressed to: The Registrar and Director of Admissions, The University of Arizona, Tucson, Arizona, 85721.

STATEMENT OF MAILING PRIVILEGE The University of Arizona Record is issued seven times a year. Published monthly during July, August, and October and semimonthly during April and June. Entered as second -class matter April 28, 1933, at the Post Office at Tucson, Arizona, under the Act of March 24, 1912. DIVISIONS OF THE UNIVERSITY COLLEGE OF AGRICULTURE. Schoolof Home Economics; Departments of: AgriculturalBiochemistry,Agricultural Chemistry andSoils,Agricultural Business and Resource Economics, Agricultural Education, Agricultural Engineering, Agronomy, Animal Pathology, Animal Science, Dairy and Food Sciences, Entomology, Horticulture, Plant Breeding, Plant Pathology, Poultry Science, Watershed Management. COLLEGE OF ARCHITECTURE COLLEGE OF BUSINESS AND PUBLIC ADMINISTRATION. Departments of: Accounting,Economics,Finance,InsuranceandRealEstate,Geography andArea Development, Management, Marketing, Office Administration and Business Education, Public Administration. COLLEGE OF EARTH SCIENCES. Departments of: Geosciences, Hydrology and Water Resources; Laboratory of Tree -Ring Research; Office of Arid Lands Studies. COLLEGE OF EDUCATION. Graduate School of Library Science; Departments of: Counseling and Guidance, Education (Foundations of Education, Rehabilitation), Educational Administration,EducationalPsychology,ElementaryEducation,Reading,Secondary Education, Special Education. COLLEGE OF ENGINEERING. Departmentsof:AerospaceandMechanical Engineering, Civil Engineering and Engineering Mechanics, Electrical Engineering, Nuclear Engineering, Systems and Industrial Engineering. COLLEGE OF FINE ARTS. School of Music; Departments of:Art, Drama, Radio -Television, Speech. COLLEGE OF LAW COLLEGE OF LIBERAL ARTS. Departmentsof:Anthropology,Astronomy, Atmospheric Sciences, Biological Sciences, Chemistry, Classics, English, German, Government, History, Journalism, Mathematics, Microbiology and Medical Technology, Oriental Studies, Philosophy, Physics, Psychology, Romance Languages, Russian, Sociology. COLLEGE OF MEDICINE. Departments of: Anatomy, Biochemistry, Community Medicine,Internal Medicine, Microbiology, Obstetrics -Gynecology, Pathology, Pediatrics, Pharmacology, Physiology, Psychiatry, Radiology, Social Perspectives in Medicine, Surgery. COLLEGE OF MINES. Departmentsof:ChemicalEngineering,Metallurgical Engineering, Mining and Geological Engineering. COLLEGE OF NURSING COLLEGE OF PHARMACY. Departments ofPharmaceutical Sciences, Pharmacology and Toxicology. GRADUATE COLLEGE. Committees on: Agricultural Biochemistry and Nutrition, Animal Physiology, Biochemistry, Genetics, Linguistics, Optical Sciences, Statistics. CONTINUING EDUCATION AND THE SUMMER SESSION. EveningClasses, Extension Courses, Correspondence Instruction, Conferences and Institutes, Summer Sessions. GENERAL DEPARTMENTS. DepartmentofHealth,PhysicalEducation,and Recreation. Department of Physical Education for Women. School of Military Science and Aerospace Studies. THE UNIVERSITY LIBRARIES DIVISIONS OF RESEARCH AND SPECIAL PUBLIC SERVICE.Agricultural Experiment Station, Arizona Bureau of Mines, Arizona Cooperative Fishery Unit, Arizona Cooperative Wildlife Research Unit, Arizona Poisoning Control Information Center, , Arizona Transportation and Traffic Institute, Bureau of Audiovisual Services, Bureau of Educational Research and Service, Bureau of Ethnic Research, Computer Center, Cooperative Extension Service, Division of Economic and Business Research, Engineering Experiment Station, Institute of Atmospheric Physics (including Environmental Research Laboratory), Institute of Government Research, Laboratory of Tree -Ring Research, Lunar and Planetary Laboratory, The Museum of Art, Office of Arid Lands Studies, Optical Sciences Center, Radio -TV Bureau, , Counseling Bureau, University Alumni Office, University Placement Service, The University Press, The University of Arizona Brazil Program, University Rehabilitation Center, Water Resources Research Center. CONTENTS

Contents

Divisions of The University 3 Academic Calendar 6 University Officers 9 Faculty of The University: Administrative, Teaching, Research, and Service 12 The Board of Regents 92 General University Information 93 Memberships and Accreditations 93 The University - An Historical Sketch 93 The University of Arizona Press 95 Committees of The University 95 The University of Arizona Alumni Association 96 Divisions of Research and Special Public Service 97 The University of Arizona Foundation 103 Admission to The University 104 General Regulations 104 Admission of Nonresidents 105 Admission of Veterans and Children of Deceased Veterans 105 Admission to Freshman Standing 106 Transfer 110 Expenses and Fees 112 Summary of Costs 112 Legal Residency 114 Graduation Expenses 117 Refunds 117 Scholarships and Financial Aid 119 Student Employment 119 Cooperative Work -Study Programs 119 National Financial Aid Programs 119 General University Student Loan Funds 121 Undergraduate Scholarships 127 Foundations Supporting Scholarships and Fellowships 127 Scholarships Available to Entering Freshmen 131 Scholarships Restricted to Resident Undergraduates 135 Scholarships for Undergraduates in any Field of Study 135 Scholarships Within Specific Colleges and Schools 137 Western Interstate Commission on Higher Education 145 Graduate Appointments and Scholarships 145 Provisions for Superior Students 149 University -wide Honors Program 149 Honors, Awards and Prizes 149 Student Services 159 Counseling and Advising 159 Clinical Services 160 University Placement Service 161 Student Union Post Office 161 The University Libraries 167 CONTENTS

Housing Facilities and Social Life 164 Housing Regulations 165 General Regulations 166 Automobiles 168 Eligibility for Extracurricular Activities 168 Associated Students 169 Fraternities and Sororities 169 Honorary and Professional Societies and Other Organizations 170 Religious Activities 172 Special Cultural Opportunities 172 Registration 175 Classification of Students 175 Procedures 175 Registration Adjustments 176 Academic Guidelines 178 Scholarship Requirements 178 Academic Probation and Disqualification 179 Grading System 180 Required Subjects - Lower Division 182 Special Credits 183 Absences 184 Leaving The University 185 Graduation Requirements 186 College of Agriculture 190 School of Home Economics 194 College of Architecture 200 College of Business and Public Administration 203 College of Earth Sciences 217 College of Education 226 College of Engineering 236 College of Fine Arts 254 School of Music 262 College of Law 269 College of Liberal Arts 273 College of Medicine 286 College of Mines 288 College of Nursing 299 College of Pharmacy 301 The Graduate College 303 Advanced Degrees Offered 307 Admission and General Regulations 303 seneral Departments of the University 309 Department of Health, Physical Education and Recreation 309 Department of Physical Education for Women 311 School of Military Science and Aerospace Studies 315 -2ontinuing Education and The Summer Session 318 General Information 318 Admission and Registration 319 Special Graduate Programs 320 Programs Abroad 320 departments and Courses of Instruction with Key to Symbols 321 ndex 594 -2ampus Map 607 kcademic Degrees Awarded 1969, 1970 608 ACADEMIC CALENDAR

1971 -72 FIRST SEMESTER 1972 -73 Last day for receipt of applications for Aug. 9 M admission and all supporting transcripts 7 M Aug. Degrees awarded as of this date for students Sept. 1 W completing requirements at close of summer session 1 F Sept. 2 Th Orientation, College of Medicine 31 Th (Aug.) 3 F Registration for College of Medicine 1 F 4 Sa University Faculty Meeting 2 Sa 6 M Residence Halls open 4 M 7 T -8 W New Student Orientation Program 5 T -6 W 7 T Classes begin in College of Medicine 5 T 7 T -8 W Registration for College of Law 5 T -6 W 8 W Classes begin in College of Law 6 W Registration (except Colleges of Law 8 W -11 Sa Noon and Medicine) 6 W -9 Sa Noon 13 M Classes begin (except in Law and Medicine) 11 M 20 M Last day of registration for credit 18 M Oct. 16 Sa Parents' Day 14 Sa Oct. Last day for dropping courses in Colleges other than College of Law with an automatic 23 Sa passing withdrawal grade 21 Sa 23 Sa Last day for dropping courses in College of Law 21 Sa 25 M Veterans' Day - no classes 23 M 26 T Records close for midterm scholarship report 24 T 30 Sa Homecoming - no classes 28 Sa Last day for dropping courses in colleges Nov. 20 Sa other than College of Law 18 Sa Nov. 25 Th -28 Su Incl Thanksgiving recess 23 Th -26 Su Incl. Applications for bachelor's degree candidacy must be filed for degrees to be awarded at close Dec. 1 W of the following summer session 1 F Dec. 19 Su -Jan. 2 Su. Incl.... Christmas recess.... 21 Th -Jan. 3 W Incl. Last day for receipt of applications for 27 M admission and all supporting transcripts 26 T Jan. 7 F Classes end in College of Law 5 F Jan. 10 M Semester exams begin in College of Law 8 M Class and laboratory sessions end 13 Th (except in College of Medicine) 11 Th Semester examinations begin 15 Sa (except in College of Medicine) 13 Sa 21 F Semester examinations end in College of Medicine 19 F 22 S Semester examinations end in College of Law 20 S 24 M Semester examinations end 22 M

6 ACADEMIC CALENDAR

1971 -72 SECOND SEMESTER 1972 -73

Registration for College of Medicine; Jan. 22 Sa Semester exams end in College of Law 20 Sa Jan. 24 M Classes begin in College of Medicine 22 M 27 Th -29 Sa Noon Registration 25 Th -27 Sa Noon Classes begin (except in College of Medicine); 31 M Registration for College of Law 29 M Degree awarded as of this date for students completing requirements at close of first semester; Feb. 1 T Classes begin in College of Law 1 Th Feb. 7 M Last day of registration for credit 5 M 24 Th La Fiesta de los Vaqueros - no classes 22 Th Last day for dropping courses in Colleges other than College of Law with an automatic March 11 Sa passing withdrawal grade 10 Sa March Last day for dropping courses in 11 Sa College of Law 10 Sa 12 Su Founders' Day (classes are held 1973) 12 M Records close for midterm 14 T scholarship report 13 T 26 Su -3 M Spring recess 15 Su -23 M April Last day for dropping courses in April 15 Sa colleges other than College of Law 7 Sa April Applications for bachelor's degree candidacy must be filed for degrees to be awarded at close May 1 M of the following fall or spring semester 1 T May 12 F Classes end in College of Law 11 F 15 M Semester exams begin in College of Law 14 M Class and laboratory sessions end 16 T (except in College of Medicine) 15 T Semester examinations begin 18 Th (except in College of Medicine) 17 Th 19 F University Faculty Meeting 18 F 26 F Semester examinations end 25 F 27 Sa Commencement 26 Sa

SUMMER SESSION

June 12 -July 15 First term 11 June -14 July (Registration June 9 and 10) (Registration June 8 and 9) July 17- August 19 Second term 16 July -18 Aug. Registration July 17) (Registration July 16)

7

Administrative Officers 1970 -71

Year of first appointment to faculty in parentheses after each name)

[OHN PAUL SCHAEFER (1960) President of the University B.S., 1955, Polytechnic Institute of Brooklyn; Ph.D., 1958, University of . RICHARD ANDERSON HARVILL (1934)President of the University, Retired June 30, 1971 B.S., 1926, Mississippi State College; A.M., 1927, LL.D., 1959, Duke University; Ph.D., 1932, Northwestern University; Doctor "Honoris Causa," 1966, Universidade Federal do Ceara. * **** SAMUEL CHARLES McMILLAN (1960) . Vice President for Planning and Development B.S., 1935, University of Arizona; M.B.A., 1940, University of .

FALTER HAROLD DELAPLANE (1962) . ..Vice President for Academic Affairs A.B., 1929, A.M., 1931, Oberlin College; Ph.D., 1934, Duke University. IARVIN D. JOHNSON (1952) Vice President for University Relations B.S., 1950, M.Sc., 1957, University of Arizona; Ed. D., 1971, Lincoln College.

CENNETH R. MURPHY, C.P.A. (1951) ... Vice President for Business Affairs and Treasurer B.S., 1951, University of Arizona. tOBERT L. HOUSTON (1947) Vice President for Physical Resources B.S., 1931, M.S., 1933, University of Arizona. LLBERT BRUCE WEAVER (1958) Provost for Academic Affairs A.B., 1940, University of Montana; M.S., 1941, University of Idaho; Ph.D., 1952, University of Chicago. VILLIS RALPH BREWER (1949) Dean, College of Pharmacy B.S., 1942, South Dakota State College; Ph.D., 1948, The State University. [AROLD EDWIN MYERS (1956) Dean of Agriculture B.S., 1928, Kansas State College; M.S., 1929, University of Illinois; Ph.D., 1937, University of Missouri. [ EOBERT DAWSON RHODES (1943) Dean, Graduate College B.S., 1935, M.S., 1936, University of Arizona; Ph.D., 1939, University of Illinois. RANCIS PENDLETON GAINES (1959) Dean, Continuing Education and the Summer Session B.A., 1942, University of Arizona; M:A., 1947, Ph.D., 1950, University of Virginia; L.H.D., 1969, The College of Artesia.

rILLIAM VORIS (1963) ...... Dean, College of Business & Public Administration B.S., 1947, M.B.A., 1948, University of Southern ; Ph.D., 1951, The Ohio State University.

[ERLIN K. DuVAL (1964) . . Dean, College of Medicine; Director, Arizona Medical Center A.B., 1943, Dartmouth College; M.D., 1946, Cornell University Medical College. OBERT LESLIE HULL (1964) Dean, College of Fine Arts B.Mus., 1939, M.Mus., 1941, University of Rochester; Ph.D , 1945, Cornell University. . ROBERT PAULSEN (1964) Dean, College of Education B.S., 1947, State University; M.S., 1949, Ed.D., 1956, University of Utah. OBERT STANLEY SVOB (1942 -44; 1946) Dean of Men B.A., 1942, M.A., 1950, University of Arizona. HARLES E. ARES (1966) Dean, College of Law LL.B., 1952, University of Arizona. LADYS ELAINE SORENSEN (1958) Dean of Nursing B.S., 1945, University of Nebraska; M.S., 1951, University of ; Ed.D., 1965, Columbia University. ALTER JOHN FAHEY (1969) Dean, College of Engineering B.S., 1957, M.S., 1959, Ph.D., 1963, Case Institute of Technology.

9 10 ADMINISTRATIVE OFFICERS 1970 -71

RICHARD M. EDWARDS (1959) Acting Dean, College of Mines; Acting Director, Arizona Bureau of Mines B.S.Ch.E., 1941, Purdue University; M.S.Ch.E., 1948., University of ; Ph.D., 1964, University of Arizona. JAMES H. ZUMBERGE (1968) Dean, College of Earth Sciences A.B. 1946, Ph.D., 1950, University of Minnesota. ROBERT EASTWOOD McCONNELL (1971) Dean, College of Architecture B. Arch. E., 1952, Washington State University; M. Arch , 1954, Institute of Technology. EDWARD NELSON WISE (1952) Coordinator of Research B.S., 1937, M.S., 1938, Ohio University; Ph.D., 1953, University of Kansas. SHERWOOD EDWIN CARR, C.P.A. (1954) Comptroller B.S., 1955, M.B.A., 1959, University of Arizona. DAVID LAWRENCE WINDSOR (1945) Registrar and Director of Admissions; Secretary of the Faculty B.A., 1943, M.A., 1951, University of Arizona. MARION RICHARD CLAUSEN (1958) Director, Health, Physical Education and Recreation B.A., 1937, University of Iowa; M.S., 1948, Northwestern University. ROBERT K. JOHNSON (1964) Librarian A.B., 1937, The University of Montana; B.A.L., 1938, ; M.S., 1946, Ph.D., 1957, University of Illinois.

JAMES DEAN ALLEN (1952) Assistant to the President A.B., 1931, Union College; J.D., 1934, M.S., 1939, Columbia University. BRYANT BANNISTER (1953) Director, Tree -Ring Laboratory B.A., 1948, Yale University; M.A., 1953, Ph.D., 1960, University of Arizona. FRANK R. BARRECA (1955) Director, Radio -TV Bureau B.A., 1949, M.A., 1970, University of Arizona. ANDREW W. BUCHHAUSER (1938) Director, School of Musk B.M., 1937, M.M., 1938, University of Arizona. DEREK G. BURLINSON (1946) Business Manage B.S., 1956, University of Arizona.

DANIEL WILLIAM CAPPS (1968) . . .Hospital Administrator, Arizona Medical Center B.S., 1951, Berea College; M.S., 1961, University of Kentucky; M.B.A., 1964, University of Chicago. RICHARD BRUCE CROWELL (1960 -63; 1969) Coordinator, Curricular Matters A.B., 1951, College of William and Mary; M.A., 1954, Ph.D., 1967, University of Arizona; B.D., 1956, San Francisco Theological Seminary. FRANK R. H. DAY (1961) Director, Placement Service B.A., 1958, University of Arizona; B.F.T., 1959, American Institute for Foreign Trade. RALPH EMMITT DEAL (1937) Director, Purchasini B.S., 1929, University of Arizona.

CLARENCE EARL EDDLEBLUTE, JR. (1970) . . Director, Bureau of Audiovisual Services B.M., 1952, M.M., 1955, University of Michigan. RICHARD KELLER FREVERT (1958) Director, Agricultural Experiment Station B.S., 1937, M.S., 1940, Ph.D., 1948, Iowa State College. MARGARET IRENE GOOD (1942) Manager, Mailing and Mimeographing Bureau ARTHUR THOMAS GRANT (1952) Director, Institutional Studies B.A., 1951, M.A., 1953, University of Arizona. RUTH C. WHITEHOUSE HALL (1956) Director, School of Home Economia B.S., 1947, The Ohio State University; M.S., 1948, Ph.D., 1956, Purdue University. MICHAEL J. HARROLD (1965) Acting Director, Alumni Association B.S., 1970, University of Arizona. ARLINE B. HOBSON (1968) American Indian Students Advise B.A., 1940, University of Toronto. SIMON ANTOINE HORNESS (1970) Foreign Student Adviss B.S., 1965, Louisiana State University. ADMINISTRATIVE OFFICERS 1970 -71 11

GEORGE W. HOWARD (1966) Director, Engineering Experiment Station B.S., 1932, C.E., 1938, Mississippi State University; M.S., 1942, George Washington University; Dr. Techn., 1954, Technische Hochschule (Austria). GEORGE ELLSWORTH HULL (1960) Director, Agricultural Extension Service B.S.,1942, M.S.,1956, Oklahoma State University; Ph.D.,1959, University of . JULIUS J. HUMPHREY (1969) Director, Office of Scholarships and Awards B.S., 1946, Mississippi State University; B.A., 1946, M.A., 1964, University of Wyoming. NEWTON ELDER JAMES (1959) Director, Student Counseling Service B.S., 1939, Military Academy; M A., 1951, Montana State University; Ph.D., 1958, University of Minnesota. ARNO RICHARD KASSANDER (1954) Director, Institute of Atmospheric Physics, and the Water Resources Research Center B.A., 1941, Amherst College; M.S., 1943, University of Oklahoma; Ph.D., 1950, Iowa State College. GORDON V. KRUTZ (1968) Coordinator, Indian Programs B.A., 1965, San Francisco State College. GERARD PETER KUIPER (1960) Director, Lunar and Planetary Laboratory B.Sc., 1927, Ph.D., 1933, University of Leiden (Holland). HOWARD W. LEIGH (1964) High School Visitor B.Ed., 1940, Illinois State University; M.A., 1954, University of Arizona. HARRY LINCOLN MARSHALL, II (1964) Director, News Bureau A.B., 1950, Coe College. PAUL JOSEPH MATTE, JR. (1966) Director, Student Health Service B.A., 1942, University of Tennessee; M.D., 1952, University of Southern California; LL.B., 1965, Stanford University.

DARREL S. METCALFE (1958) . .. . Director, Resident Instruction, College of Agriculture; Assistant Director, Agricultural Experiment Station B.S., 1940, University of Wisconsin; M.S., 1942, Kansas State College; Ph.D., 1950, Iowa State College. DONNA MAE MILLER (1959) Director, Physical Education for Women B.S., 1944, University of Utah; M.A., 1946, Stanford University; Ph.D., 1960, University of Southern California.

JAMES EOFF OFFICER (1955 -58, 1959 -61; 1969) . . Coordinator of International Programs B.A., 1950, Ph.D., 1964, University of Arizona. DAVID E. SHIRLEY (1965) Director, Division of Economic and Business Research A.B.,1943, Princeton University; M.A.,1949, University of Utah; Ph.D., 1955, University of Southern California. DAVID WAYNE SMITH (1955) Director, Rehabilitation Center; Assistant Dean, College of Education B.S., 1949, Purdue University, M.S., 1953, D.Ed., 1955, Indiana University. WILLIAM EARL STEADMAN (1961) Director- Curator, Museum of Art B.A., 1942, Michigan State University; B.F.A., 1946, University of Arizona; B.F.A., 1950, M.F.A., 1951, Yale University. RAYMOND HARRIS THOMPSON (1956) Director, Arizona State Museum B.S., 1947, Tufts University; A.M., 1950, Ph.D., 1955, Harvard University. MARSHALL TOWNSEND (1965) Director and Editor, University Press B.S., 1941, Iowa State University. HARLES S. TRIBOLET (1937) Director, Associated Student Affairs B.S., 1933, University of Arizona. ROGER N. van NORTON (1967) Director, Computer Center B.S., 1952, M.S., 1953, University of Wisconsin; Ph.D., 1960, University. BILL JOE VARNEY (1958) Director, Student Union B.S., 1953, Oklahoma State University. ,VILLIAM HARPER WALLACE (1964) Director, Student Housing B.A., 1950, University of Arizona. RAY JOHN WEYMANN (1961-63,1964) Director, Steward Observatory B.S., 1956, California Institute of Technology; Ph.D., 1959, Princeton University. Faculty of The University Administrative, Teaching, Research, and Service

AAMODT, AGNES MARIE (1957 -66; 1970), Associate Professor of Nursing; B.S.,1944, College of St. Scholastica; M.A., 1950, University of Minnesota. ABBOTT, JAMES LeROY (1952), Assistant Agricultural Chemist, Agricultural Experiment Station; B.S., 1942, College of Agriculture and Mechanic Arts; M.S., 1965, University of California at Davis. ABBOTT, PATRICIA CAROL (1966), Instructor in Romance Languages; B.A., 1964, M.A., 1966, University of Arizona. ABEL, JOHN FORREST, JR.(1966),AssociateProfessorof Mining and Geological Engineering; E.M., 1956, M.Sc., 1959, D.Sc., 1966, Colorado School of Mines. ABRAHAM, HENRY DAVID (1970), Assistant Professor of Community Medicine; B.Sc., 1963, Muhlenberg College; M.D., 1967, Johns Hopkins University. ABRAMS, HERBERT KERMAN (1968), Professor of Community Medicine; Head of the Department; B.S., 1936, Northwestern University; M.D., M.S., 1940, University of Illinois; M.P.H., 1947, Johns Hopkins University. ACKERMAN, MARGARET BROWN (1965), Assistant Professor of English and Secondary Education; B.A., 1957, M.A., 1958, Ph.D., 1968, University of California at Berkeley. ACKERMAN, ROBERT D. (1966), Lecturer in English; B.A., 1958, Colgate University; M.A., 1960, University of Connecticut. ADAMEC, LUDWIG WARRAN (1967), Associate Professor of Oriental Studies; B.A., 1960, M.A.. 1961, Ph.D., 1966, University of California at . ADAMS, ERLE F. (1957), Superintendent, University Poultry Farm. ADAMS, GEORGE H. (1967), Assistant Dean of Students, College of Medicine; B.S., 1953, United States Naval Academy; M.D., 1963, Ph.D., 1966, University of Pennsylvania. ADAMS, WILLIAM GRANT (1964), Assistant Dean, College of Fine Arts; Assistant Professor of Art; B.F.A., 1962, M.A., 1963, M.F.A., 1964, Michigan State University. AEPLI, DAVID CALVIN (1936), Farm Superintendent Emeritus; Farm Specialist. AGNIERAY, GERARD (1967), Lecturer in Romance Languages; B.S., 1961, M.A., 1964, University of Arizona. AKMAJIAN, DIRAN (1955), Professor of Music; Diploma, 1949, Juilliard School of Music; Certificate, 1953, Conservatory of Santa Cecilia, Rome; B.M., 1957, University of Arizona; M.A., 1962, Brigham Young University; Student of Mack Harrell, Giuseppe deLuca, Rachele Maragliano -Mori. ALBANESE, CHARLES ANTHONY (1967), Associate Professor of Architecture; B.M.A., 1967, University of Illinois. ALCORN, STANLEY MARCUS (1963), Professor of Plant Pathology; Plant Pathologist, Agricultural Experiment Station; B.S., 1948, Ph.D., 1954, University of California al Berkeley. ALESSIO, FRANK J. (1969), Assistant Professor of Economics; B.S., 1965, Southern College; M.S., 1966, Ph.D., 1970, University of Oregon. ALLEN, ALVIN (1948), District Supervisor, Agricultural Extension Service; B.S., 1948, M.S., 1961, University of Arizona. ALLEN, PAUL MALCOLM (1961), Professor of Secondary Education; B.S., 1947, M.A., 1948, Ph.D., 1956, University of Nebraska. ALLEN, R. VAN (1963), Professor of Elementary Education; B.A., 1938, M.A., 1940, West State College; Ed.D., 1948, University of Texas. ALLEN, ROSS MARVIN (1952 -54; 1957), Professor of Plant Pathology; Plant Pathologist, Agricultural Experiment Station; B.S., 1950, Ph.D., 1953, University of Arizona. ALLEN, RUPERT CLYDE, JR. (1956 -60; 1962), Professor of Romance Languages; A.B., 1951, M.A., 1953, Ph.D., 1960, University of California at Berkeley. ALLEN, RUTH AMELIA (1955), Professor of Home Economics; B.S., 1934, M.S., 1940, Iowa State University. ALLERS, OLGA ELEANORE (1970),AssistantProfessorof Community Medicine (Pediatrics); B.A., 1933, Mt. Holyoke College; M.D., 1938, Womans Medical College of Pennsylvania. ALSTAD, GEORGE WILLIAM (1949 -51;1961),Editorof AgriculturalInformation Agricultural Experiment Station and Agricultural Extension Service; B.S., 1950, M.S. 1952, University of Wisconsin. ALTENBURGER, ERICH ROLAND (1968), Research Associate in Agricultural Biochemistry Agricultural Experiment Station; Ph.D., 1964, Eidgenössische Technische Hochschule (Swiss Federal Institute of Technology).

12 FACULTY OF THE UNIVERSITY 13

ALTMAN, ELENORE (1929), Professor Emeritus of Music; Diploma, 1905, Royal Academy of Vienna; ArtistDiploma,1911, Instituteof Musical Art; pupil of Stojowski and Paderewski. ALTSCHUL, D. ROBERT (1963), Associate Professor of Geography and Area Development; B.A., 1957, Harpur College, State University of New York; M.A., 1959, Ph.D., 1966, University of Illinois. ALVAREZ, ARTURO FLORES, Captain, U.S. Air Force (1968), Assistant Professor of Military Aerospace Studies; B.S., 1958, New Mexico State University. AMBURGEY, LYMAN R., Staff Assistant, Agricultural Extension Service; B.S., 1942, A.M., 1947 University of Missouri; Ph.D., 1962, University of Wisconsin. ANDERSON, FLOYD DOUGLAS (1968), Assistant Professor of Speech; B.A., 1962, Idaho State College; M.A., 1963, University of Kansas; Ph.D., 1967, University of Illinois. ANDERSON, ROBERT M. (1962), Research Associate in Surgery; M.D., 1946, Marquette University School of Medicine. ANDERSON, ROBERT R. (1959), Professor of Romance Languages; A.B., 1952, University of Denver; M.A., 1953, University of Alabama; Ph.D., 1957, University of California at Berkeley. ANDERSON, ROGER A. (1959), Professor of Aerospace and Mechanical Engineering; B.S., 1948, M.S., 1950, Ph.D., 1953, California Institute of Technology. ANDERSON, RUTH MARJORIE (1965), Associate Professor of Speech; B.Mus., 1937, M.A., 1947, University of Wichita. ANDERSON, WALDO KEITH (1966), Associate Professor of Educational Administration; Director, Bureau of Educational Research and Service; A.B., 1945, Ottawa University; M.Ed., 1953, University of South Dakota; Ph.D., 1963, University of Minnesota. ANDERSON, WARREN H. (1956), Professor of Art; B.S., 1950, Western Illinois State College; M.A., 1951, University of Iowa; Ph.D., 1961, Stanford University. ANDREWS, ARTHUR WILLIAM (1968), Associate Professor of Law; B.A., 1959, The State University of Iowa; LL.B., 1963, LL.M., 1964, New York University. ANGEVINE, JAY BERNARD, JR. (1967), Professor of Anatomy; B.A., 1949, Williams College; M.A., 1952, Ph.D., 1956, Cornell University. ANGUS, ROBERT CHAUNCEY (1959), Professor of Agricultural Economics; Agricultural Economist, Agricultural Experiment Station; B.S., 1950, Cornell University; M.S. 1954, Ph.D., 1960, Pennsylvania State University. ANTEVS, ERNST (1957), Research Associate in Geochronology, Ph.Mag., 1912, Ph.Lic., 1916, Ph.D., 1917, University of Stockholm. ANTHONY, JAMES RAYMOND (1952), Professor of Music; B.S., Mus., M.A., 1948, Columbia University; Diplôme, 1951, Sorbone, Université de Paris; Ph.D., 1964, University of Southern California. ANTHONY, JOHN WILLIAMS (1946), Professor of Geosciences; Curator, Mineralogical Museum; B.S.,1946,M.S.,1951, University of Arizona; Ph.D.,1964, Harvard University. NTLEY, ELIZABETH MARTIN (1967), Associate Professor, Reading Development Center, College of Education; B.A., 1950, University of Mississippi; M.Ed., 1960, Ed.D., 1962, University of Southern Mississippi. NTRIM, WILLIAM H. (1968), Lecturer in Office. Administration and Business Education; 1950, Syracuse University; M.Ed., 1968,Universityniversity of Arizona. QUILANO, NICHOLAS (1968),AssociateProfessor of Management; B.S.E.E.,1957, Syracuse University; M.S., 1963, San Diego State College; Ph.D., 1968, University of California at Los Angeles. RES, CHARLES E. (1966), Dean of the College of Law; Professor of Law; LL.B., 1952, University of Arizona. RMSTRONG, INEZ LOVINE (1961), Associate Professor of Nursing; B.A., 1941, University of Denver; M.S., 1951, University of California at Berkeley. .RMSTRONG, JAMES F. (1963), Agricultural Agent, Pima County; B.S., 1960, M.S., 1962, University of Arizona. RMSTRONG, ROGER EUGENE (1964), Assistant Director of Associated Student Affairs; B.A., 1957, San Jose State College. 'RON, STEPHEN CHARLES (1970), Physician- Psychiatrist in the Student Health Service; B.S., 1962, M.D., 1965, University of Wisconsin. :RTHUR, DAVID WILLIAM GLYN (1960), Research Associate in the Lunar and Planetary Laboratory. .SHBURNE, JIM G., C.P.A. (1971), Visiting Professor of Accounting; B.A., 1930, North Texas State Teachers College; M.A., 1932, Southern Methodist University; Ph.D.,1953, University of Texas. .SHBY, CARL TOLIVER (1965), Associate Agricultural Biochemist, Agricultural Experiment Station; B.A., 1929, M.A., 1931, Ph.D., 1934, The University of Texas. 14 FACULTY OF THE UNIVERSITY

ASTON, BERNARDYNE KATHERYN (1949 -50; 1955), Instructor in Office Administration and Business Education; B.S., 1934, Northern State Teachers' College; M.S., 1945, University of Denver. ATKIN, OLIVER LONSDALE (1970), Visiting Professor of Mathematics; B.A., 1946, M.A., 1949, Ph.D., 1952, University of Cambridge. ATKINSON, CLARK SARCHET (1969), Instructor in English; B.A., 1965, M.A., 1969, Colorado State University. ATWATER, ANNE ELIZABETH (1969), Associate Professor of Physical Education for Women; B.S., 1959, Trenton State College; M.S., 1963, Ph.D., 1970, The University of Wisconsin. ATWOOD, HARRY W. (1955), Film Production Manager, Radio -TV Bureau; B.A., 1951, M.M., 1954, University of Arizona. AYER, HARRY WRIGHT (1970), Assistant Professor of Agricultural Economics; Assistant Agricultural Economist, Agricultural Experiment Station;. B.S.,1965, Iowa State University; M.S., 1968, Ph.D., 1970, Purdue University. AYRES, JAMES E. (1965), Associate Archaeologist, Arizona State Museum; B.A., 1964, Fresno State College; M.A., 1970, University of Arizona. BABCOCK, CLARENCE L. (1968), Professor of Optical Sciences; B.S., 1928, Ball State Teachers College; M.S., 1931, Ph.D., 1936, Purdue University. BACALSKI, ROBERT RUDOLF (1970), Lecturer in Romance Languages; B.A., 1964, M.A., 1967, University of New Mexico. BACKES, JAMES GLENN (1969), Professor of Speech; Head of the Department; B.S., 1956, M.S., 1957, Illinois State University; Ph.D., 1962, Southern Illinois University. BAGNARA, JOSEPH THOMAS (1956),Professorof Biological Sciences;B.A.,1952, University of Rochester; Ph.D., 1956, State University of Iowa. BAHRE, STEPHEN ALAN (1969), Reference Librarian in the University Library; B.A., 1967, University of Arizona. BAILEY, DON CLIFFORD (1960), Professor of Oriental Studies; B.A., 1949, University of Washington; M.A., 1950, Ph.D., 1960, University of Michigan. BAILEY, WILLIAM EDWARD (1961), Assistant Professor of Speech; B.S., 1960, M.A., 1961, University of Illinois. BAKER, BOYD BYRON (1970), Assistant Professor of Health, Physical Education and Recreation; B.Ed., 1960, M.Ed., 1965, Western Washington State College; Ed.D., 1970, University of Oregon. BAKER, LELAND RALPH (1967), Research Associate in Optical Sciences; B.F.A., 1956, B.S.E.E., 1962, University of Utah. BAKER, ROBERT GEORGE (1951), Chief Curator, Arizona State Museum; Lecturer in Anthropology; B.A., 1953, M.A., 1963, University of Arizona. BAKER, ROBERT LEWIS (1958), Associate Professor of Systems Engineering; B.S., 1958, University of Arizona; M.S., 1967, Ph.D., 1968, Texas A. & M. University. BAKER, WILLIAM CROCKETT (1971),LecturerinHealth,Physical Education and Recreation; Assistant Football Coach; B.A., 1951, M.A., 1952, University of Wyoming. BALDWIN, HOWARD ARTHUR (1958), Research Associate in Biological Sciences; B.S., 1945, U. S. Military Academy; M.S., 1951, Ohio State University. BALE, EMILY CATHERINE (1971), Instructor in Nursing; B.S., 1963, Case -Western Reserve University; M.P.H., 1970, University of Michigan. BALL, PHYLLIS (1944), Archivist, University Library; B.A., 1943, University of Arizona. BALSEIRO, JOS$ AGUSTIN (1967), Visiting Professor of Romance Languages; LL.B., 1921, University of Puerto Rico; Litt.D., 1950, Inter -American University of Puerto Rico; Sc.D., 1954, Catholic University of Chile; L.H.D., 1962, Belmont Abbey College. BANNISTER, BRYANT (1953), Professor of Dendrochronology; Director of the Laboratory of Tree -Ring Research; B.A., 1948, Yale University; M.A., 1953, Ph.D., 1960, University of Arizona. BARBEE, ROBERT (1969), Assistant Dean for Academic Affairs, College of Medicine; B.A., 1954, Yale University; M.D., 1958, University of Chicago. BARBERII, NANCY K. (1968), Research Engineer, Engineering Experiment Station; B.A., 1943, B.S., 1945, University of Oklahoma. BARFIELD, MICHAEL (1965), Associate Professor of Chemistry; B.A., 1957, San Diego State College; Ph.D., 1962, University of Utah. BARKER, J. EDWARD, JR. (1964), Assistant Professor of Art; B.F.A., 1960, M.A., 1961, University of New Mexico. BARNES, ELINOR J. (1962), Research Specialist and Projector Director, Division of Economic and Business Research; B.S., 1922, M.A.. 1929, Ph.D., 1931, The Ohio State University. BARNES, KENNETH KIRTLAND (1959), Professor of Agricultural Engineering and Head of the Department; Agricultural Engineer, Agricultural Experiment Station; B.S., 1941, M.S., 1948, Ph.D., 1951, Iowa State College. FACULTY OF THE UNIVERSITY 15

BARNES, WILLIAM DONALD (1962), Professorof Secondary Education;B.S.1942, Southern Oregon College; M.Ed.,1954, University of Washington; D.Ed.,1961, University of Oregon. BARNES, WILLIAM SPEIGHT (1937), Professor of Law; A.B., 1925, A.M., 1941, Duke University; J.D., 1932, University of Arizona. BARNETT, ROBERT MELVIN (1957), Associate Professor of Civil Engineering; B.S.E.E., 1935, Valparaiso University. BARNEY, BETTY JO BAKER (1954 -62; 1970), Extension Home Economist, Maricopa County; B.A., 1950, State College of Washington. BAROCO, JOHN V. (1964), Librarian, Arizona State Museum; B.A., 1951, University of Miami; M.A., 1953, Florida State University. BARRECA, FRANKR.(1955),DirectoroftheRadio -TVBureau;Lecturerin Radio -Television; B.A., 1949, University of Arizona; M.A., 1970, University of Arizona. BARRETT, BRUCE RICHARD (1970), Assistant Professor of Physics; B.S., 1961, University of Kansas; M.S., 1964, Ph.D., 1967, Stanford University. BARRETT, WILLIAM BERNARD, C.P.A. (1968), Associate Professor of Accounting, and Head of the Department; B.S., 1952, Arkansas Agriculture and Mechanical College; M.B.A., 1954, University of Arkansas; Ph.D., 1962, University of Illinois. BARROW, LEO LEBRON (1961), Associate Professor of Romance Languages; B.A., 1952, University of New Mexico; M.A., 1953, Middlebury College; Ph.D., 1961, University of California at Los Angeles. BARSBY, STEVE LOREN (1967), Assistant Professor of Economics; B.S., 1962, Ph.D., 1968, University of Oregon. BART, HANS RUDOLF (1967), Chief Catalog Librarian, University Library; M.S.L.S., 1959, University of Southern California. BARTELS, PAUL GEORGE (1965), Associate Professor of Biological Sciences; Associate Biologist, Agricultural Experiment Station; B.A., 1957, M.A., 1959, Colorado State College; Ph.D., 1964, Vanderbilt University. BARTELS, PETER HANS (1966), Professor of Microbiology and Medical Technology, and Optical Sciences; Dr. Rer. Nat., 1954, University Göttingen; Privadozent (Habil.), 1958, University Giessen (Germany). BARTH, ALETA MARIE (1970), Assistant Extension Home Economist, Pinal County; B.S., 1969, Oklahoma State University. BARTH, JACQUELINE (1967), Instructor in Nursing; B.S., 1964, M.A., 1967, New York University. 3ARTLETT, NEIL RILEY (1958), Professor of Psychology; Head of the Department; B.S., 1937, University of Vermont; M.S., 1939, Ph.D., 1941, Brown University. 3ARTON, PAUL DAVID, JR. (1970), Reference Librarian, University Library; B.S., 1952, Pennsylvania State University; M.S.L.S., 1969, Drexel Institute of Technology. 3ASHKIN, STANLEY (1962), Professor of Physics; B.A., 1944, Brooklyn College; Ph.D., 1950, University of Wisconsin. 3ASSO, KEITH H. (1967), AssistantProfessor of Anthropology; B.A., 1962, Harvard University; M.A., 1964, Ph.D., 1967, Stanford University. IATEMAN, HERMAN E. (1946), Professor of History; A.B., 1937, San Jose State College; M.A., 1940, University of California at Berkeley; Ph.D., 1953, Stanford University. IATES, ROBERT BROWN (1963), Professor of Chemistry; B.S., 1954, Rutgers University; Ph.D., 1957, University of Wisconsin. IATTAN, LOUIS JOSEPH (1958), Associate Director of the Institute of Atmospheric Physics; Professor of Atmospheric Physics; B.S., 1946, New York University; M.S., 1949, Ph.D., 1953, University of Chicago. ;EACH, MORTON KENNEDY (1970), Producer -Writer,Radio -TV Bureau; Lecturer in Radio -Television; B.A., 1954, Miami University. ;EAN, GLADYS HYDE (1964), Senior Humanities Librarian, University Library; B.A., 1932, Mary Hardin -Baylor College; M.A.L.S., 1941, North Texas State College; M.A., 1957, Hunter College; M.S.L.S., 1959, Columbia University. ECK, JEAN R. (1946), Professor of German; B.A., 1931, Miami University; M.A., 1933, Stanford University; Ph.D. 1953, University of Chicago. ECKER, STEWART (1947), Professor Emeritus of Electrical Engineering; A.B.,1926, Princeton University; M.S., 1950, University of Arizona; Ph.D., 1954, Agricultural and Mechanical College of Texas. EEKER, RUTH ANN (1969), Assistant Professor of Elementary Education; B.S., 1958, Bowling Green University; M.Ed., 1967, Ed.D., 1969, North Texas State University. EENE, WALLACE DEE (1970), Assistant Professor of Journalism; B.A., 1950, Louisiana State University. EEZER, BRUCE GERALD (1966), Assistant Professor of Educational Administration; B.A., 1954, M.A., 1965, Seattle University; Ed.D., 1969, University of Arizona. 16 FACULTY OF THE UNIVERSITY

BEIGEL, ALLAN (1970), Assistant Professor of Psychiatry; B.A., 1961, Harvard College; M.D., 1965, Albert Einstein College of Medicine. BELKNAP, WILLARD SAMUEL (1968),LecturerinHealth, Physical Education and Recreation; B.S., 1961, United States Military Academy. BEMIS, WILLIAM PUTNAM (1959), Professor of Horticulture; Horticulturist, Agricultural Experiment Station; B.S., 1948, M.S., 1950, University of California at Davis; Ph.D., 1952, Michigan State University. BENDER, GEORGE A. (1970), Professor of Pharmacy; Ph.D., 1923, Sc.D., 1958, South Dakota State University; Phar.M., 1945, Philadelphia College of Pharmacy Science. BENNON, JEFF NEIL (1970), Instructor in Health, Physical Education & Recreation; B.S., 1968, University of Arizona. BERGAN, JOHN R. (1966), Associate Professor of Educational Psychology; A.B., 1953, Kalamazoo College; M.A., 1960, Wayne State University; Ph.D., 1963, University of Michigan. BERGER, HANS (1969), Research Associate in Biochemistry, College of Medicine; M.A., 1964, University of Innsbruck; Ph.D., 1968, University of Tubingen. BERINGSON, DONALD LEE (1970), Assistant Professor of Office Administration and Business Education; B.S., 1962, M.S., 1966, University of North Dakota. BERNSTEIN, GAIL LEE (1967), Assistant Professor of Oriental Studies; B.A., 1959, Barnard College; M.A., 1961, Radcliffe College; Ph.D., 1968, Harvard University. BERNSTEIN, HARRIS (1968), Associate Professor of Microbiology; B.S.,1956, Purdue University; Ph.D., 1961, California Institute of Technology. BERRY, JAMES WESLEY (1956), Professor of Agricultural Biochemistry; Agricultural Biochemist, Agricultural Experiment Station; B.A., 1949, Augustana College; Ph.D., 1953, University of Illinois. BERRY, RICHARD CARLETON (1969), Field Coordinator in Distributive Education, Division of Continuing Education; B.S., 1961, Drake University. BESSEY, PAUL MACK (1957), Associate Horticulturistin the Agricultural Experiment Station; B.S., 1949, M.S., 1951, University of Wisconsin; Ph.D., 1957, Michigan State University. BETSCH, K. C. GERHARD (1970), Visiting Associate Professor of Mathematics; Dr.Rer.nat., 1963, University of Tubingen. BHATTACHARYA, PRODYOT KUMAR (1965), Professor of Mathematics; B.Sc., 1951, Presidency College (Calcutta); M.Sc., 1953, University College of Science (Calcutta; Ph.D., 1960, Calcutta University. BICKEL, WILLIAM SAMUEL (1965), Associate Professor of Physics; B.S., 1959, Ph.D., 1964, Pennsylvania State University. BIER, MILAN (1962), Visiting Research Professor of Agricultural Biochemistry; Licencié ès Sciences Chimiques, 1946, University of Geneva, Switzerland; Ph.D., 1950, Fordhan University. BIERY, JOHN CARLTON (1970), Associate Professor of Chemical Engineering; B.S.E., 1951. University of Michigan; Ph.D., 1961, Iowa State University. BILGRAY, ALBERT T. (1955), Lecturer in Classics; Ph.B., 1932, University of Chicago. Rabbi, 1935, M.H.L., 1935, D.D., 1960, Hebrew Union College. BILLINGS, RICHARD BRUCE (1965), Assistant Professor of Economics; B.A., 1962, M.A., 1963, University of Arizona; Ph.D., 1968, Claremont Graduate School. BINGHAM, DAVID ANDREW (1959), Professor of Government; B.A., 1953, Concord College M.A., 1955, Ph.D., 1957, State University of Iowa. BIRD, HAROLD LESLIE, JR. (1967), Lecturer in Chemistry; B.S., 1943, Rutgers University. M.S., 1949, Purdue University. BIRKBY, WALTER H. (1968), Physical Anthropologist, Arizona State Museum; A.B., 1961, M.A., 1963, University of Kansas. BISHOP, JEROLD (1967), Assistant Professor of Art; B.S., 1960, M.F.A., 1966, Utah State University. BLACKLEDGE, GLENN EMIL (1926), Agricultural Agent Emeritus; B.S., 1923, M.S., 1940, Colorado Agricultural and Mechanical College. BLACKWELL, GARRETT E., JR. (1956), Agricultural Agent in Charge, Pima County; B.S. 1942, New Mexico State University. BLAKE, ROY FRANCIS (1969), Associate Professor of Educational Administration; B.A., 1948, St. Joseph's College; M.A., 1952, Loyola University; Ed.D., 1964, University of Illinois. BLAKELEY, MARY LLOYD (1953), Senior Map Librarian, University Library; B.S., 1946, Western Kentucky State College; M.A., 1951, George Peabody College for Teachers. BLANCHARD, WAYNE ALISTER (1971), Lecturer in Sociology; B.A., 1957, M.A., 1963, University of Washington. BLANCO, CICELY WOODS (1967), Assistant Professor of Economics; B.A. 1943, University of Chicago; M.A., 1954, Western Reserve University; Ph.D., 1962, Netherlands School of Economics. FACULTY OF THE UNIVERSITY 17

BLECHA, MILO KASAL (1957), Professor of Elementary Education; Head of the Department; BA., 1947, Nebraska State Teachers College; M.A., 1953, University of Wyoming; Ed.D., 1956, University of Nebraska. BLECK, ERICH K. (1962), Associate Professor of Finance, Insurance and Real Estate; B.B.A., 1957, M.B.A., 1958, Ph.D., 1968, University of Wisconsin. BLEIBTREU, HERMANN KARL (1967), Associate Professor of Anthropology; Research Specialist, Bureau of Ethnic Research; A.B., 1956, M.A., 1960, Ph.D., 1964, Harvard U niversit y. BLENMAN, CHARLES JR. (1967), Research Associate in Optical Sciences; B.S.E.E., 1934, U.S. Naval Academy, Annapolis. BLITSTEIN, ALLEN (1970), Assistant Professor of Economics; B.A., 1962, San Fernando Valley State College. BLITZER, LEON (1946), Professor of Physics; B.S., 1938, M.S., 1939, University of Arizona; Ph.D., 1943, California Institute of Technology. BLOOM, JOHN H. (1951), Professor of Music; Director of Choral Activities; A.B., 1931, Cornell College; M.A., 1934, University of Iowa. BLOSS, HOMER EARL (1963), Associate Professor of Plant Pathology; Associate Plant Pathologist, Agricultural. Experiment Station; B.S., 1959, University of Maryland; M.S., 1961, University of Delaware; Ph.D., 1965, University of Arizona. BOCKMAN, VALERIE MORRIS (1967), Research Specialist in the Division of Economic & Business Research; B.B.A., 1949, University of Wisconsin. BODE, JERRY GEORGE (1967), Assistant Professor of Sociology; B.A., 1962, M.A., 1964, University of South Dakota; Ph.D., 1967, The University of Nebraska. BODLEY, H. DANIEL (1970), Instructor in Anatomy; B.S., 1961, Hamline University; M.S., 1968, Ph.D., 1970, University of Minnesota. BOEDER, VERLIN GENE (1971), Assistant Agricultural Agent (Field Testing); B.S., 1962, M.S., 1965, South Dakota State University. BOGART, FRED O., C.P.A. (1946), Professor of Accounting; B.S., 1932, Ball State Teachers College; M.S., 1944, Indiana University. BOHN, HINRICH LORENZ (1966), Associate Professor of Agricultural Chemistry and Soils, Associate Agricultural Chemist, Agricultural Experiment Station; B.S., 1955, M.S., 1957, University of California at Berkeley; Ph.D., 1963, Cornell University. BOK, BARTJAN (1966), Professor of Astronomy; Astronomer, Steward Observatory; Ph.D., 1932, University of Groningen (Holland). BONNEVILLE, FRANK A. (1965), Assistant Dean of the Graduate College; B.A., 1957, University of Connecticut. BOOKMYER, BEVERLY BRANDON (1967), Assistant Professor of Optical Sciences; A.B., 1946, Chestnut Hill College; M.S., 1961, Ph.D., 1964, University of Pennsylvania. BORGQUIST, ERASMUS SWAN (1926), Professor Emeritus of Civil Engineering; B.S., 1911, C.E., 1917, University of Utah. BORHEK, JAMES THEODORE (1966), Associate Professor of Sociology; A.B., 1953, University. of Illinois; M.A., 1960, University of California at Berkeley; Ph.D., 1963, University of Oregon. BOTTACCINI, MANFRED RONALD (1958),Professorof Aerospace and Mechanical Engineering; B.A., 1949, University of Southern California; M.S., 1957, Ph.D., 1958, State University of Iowa. BOWEN, THEODORE (1962), Professor of Physics; Ph.B., 1947, S.M., 1950, Ph.D., 1954, University of Chicago. BOWERS, NATHAN ABBOTT (1961; 1962), Research Associate in the Tree -Ring Laboratory; B.Sc., 1910, C.E., 1921, Rose Polytechnic Institute; Ph.D., 1926, Stanford University. BOWERS, RAYMOND V. (1962), Professor of Sociology; Head of the Department; A.B., 1927, University of Kansas; M.A., 1930, Northwestern University; Ph.D., 1934, University of Minnesota. BOWNDS, JOHN MARVIN (1968), Assistant Professor of Mathematics; B.A. ,1964, Chico State College; M.A., 1967, Ph.D., 1968, University of California at Riverside. BOYD, GARY MICHAEL (1967 -69; 1970), Instructor in English; B.A., 1966, M.A., 1967, University of Texas at Austin. BOYD, WILLIAM E. (1967), Associate Professor of Law; A.B., 1963, University of Michigan; J.D., 1966, Wayne State University; LL.M., 1967, Harvard University. BOYER, JOHN THOMAS (1968), Associate Professor of Internal Medicine; B.S., 1951, Denison University; M.D., 1955, Harvard University. BOYLE, ALICE McLAUGHLIN (1942), Professor of Plant Pathology; Plant Pathologist, Agricultural Experiment Station; B.A., 1932, M.S., 1933, Ph.D., 1948, University of Arizona. BOYLES, NORMAN IVAN (1965), Lecturer in German; B.A., 1962, University of Southern Mississippi. BRADISH, DAMARIS KATHLEEN (1969), Extension Consumer Education Specialist; B.S., 1953, Oregon State University; M.S., 1967, Ph.D., 1969, Colorado State University. 18 FACULTY OF THE UNIVERSITY

BRAITHWAITE, KIM (1970), Instructor in English; B.A., 1961, University of Utah; M.A., 1969, University of Texas at Austin. BRECHAN, WILLIAM M. (1946), Agricultural Agent in Charge, Coconino County; B.S., 1942, M.Ag.Ed., 1965, University of Arizona. BREHM, RICHARD LEE (1965), Professor of Nuclear Engineering; B.S., 1956, M.S., 1958, University of Michigan; Ph.D., 1965, University of California at Los Angeles. BRENDEL, KLAUS (1970), Associate Professor of Pharmacology; B.S., 1955, M.S., 1959, Ph.D., 1962, Free University of Berlin (Germany). BRENDER, ALLAN USHER (1970), Assistant Professor of Mathematics; B.Sc., 1960, McGill University; M.A., 1963, Ph.D., 1966, University of California at Berkeley. BRENNER, JOEL LEE (1968), Professor of Mathematics; A.B., 1930, Harvard College; A.M., 1931, Ph.D., 1936, Harvard University. BRESLOW, BOYD (1967), Assistant Professor of History; B.A., 1959, M.A., 1963, University of Nebraska; Ph.D., 1968, The Ohio State University. BRESSLER, RUBIN (1970), Professor and Head of Pharmacology; Professor of Internal Medicine and Chief of Clinical Pharmacology, College of Medicine; B.S., 1951, McGill University; M.D., 1957, Duke University. BRETALL, ROBERT WALTER (1947 -67; 1968), Professor of Philosophy; A.B., 1935, A.M., 1937, Ph.D., 1938, Princeton University. BREWER, WILLIS RALPH (1949), Dean of theCollege of Pharmacy; Professor of Pharmaceutical Sciences; B.S., 1942, South Dakota State College; Ph.D., 1948, Ohio State University. BRICKLER, STANLEY KEITH (1970), AssistantProfessor of Watershed Management; Assistant Watershed Specialist, Agricultural Experiment Station; B.S., 1964, M.S., 1966, Southern Illinois University; Ph.D., 1969, Colorado State University. BRIGGS, MAURICEIVI. (1967), Professor of Finance, Insurance and Real Estate; A.B., 1931, J.D., 1933, University of Illinois. BRIGGS, ROBERT EUGENE (1956), Professor of Agronomy; Agronomist, Agricultural Experiment Station; B.S., 1950, Ph.D., 1958, University of Wisconsin; M.S., 1952, Michigan State University. BRILLHART, JOHN DAVID (1967), Associate Professor of Mathematics; A.B., 1953, M.A., 1966, Ph.D., 1967, University of California at Berkeley. BRINDLEY, THOMAS ARTHUR (1968), Assistant Professor of Educational Administration; B.A., 1953, University of Colorado; M.A., B.S.Ed., 1958, Ohio State University; B.F.T., 1962, American Institute for Foreign Trade; Ph.D., 1968, University of Michigan. BRINER, JEANNE MARIE (1965 -66; 1967), Bibliographer, University Library; B.A., 1951, New York University; M.L.S., 1955, Columbia University. BRISCO, BILL J. (1969), Associate Professor of Educational Administration; B.S., 1953, M.A., 1961, ; Ed.D., 1968, University of Wyoming. BROOK, BENJAMIN N. (1966), Lecturer in Public Administration; B.A., 1934, M.A., 1936, New York University; M.S.W., 1948, Columbia University. BROOKS, JOHN (1924), Professor Emeritus of Spanish and Portuguese; A.B., 1917, Harvard University; Ph.D., 1924, University of Wisconsin. BROSIN, HENRY WALTER (1970), Professor of Psychiatry, A.B., 1927, M.D., 1933, University of Wisconsin. BROWDER, ROBERT PAUL (1969), Professor of History; Head of the Department; B.A., 1942, M.A., 1947, Stanford University; M.A., 1949, Ph.D., 1951, Harvard University. BROWN, ANITA DOLORES (1961), Associate Professor of Romance Languages;B.A., 1948, Miami University; M.A., 1950, University of Colorado; Ph.D., 1957, University of Wisconsin. BROWN, CHESTER JAMES (1966), Associate Professor of Secondary Education; B.S., 1944, M.A., 1948, Ed.S., 1964, New Mexico State University; Ph.D., 1966, University of Arizona. BROWN, CLAUDE HILDING (1941 -46; 1947), Professor of Law; A.B., 1927, LL.B., 1928, Drake University; J.S.D., 1929, Yale University. BROWN, EDWARD DIETZ (1961), Professor of Elementary Education; B.A., 1950, Cornell College; M.A., 1954, State University of Iowa; Ed.D., 1961, University of Nebraska. BROWN, EDWARD GUILLEN, JR. (1969), Assistant Professor of Romance Languages; B.A., 1956, Whittier College; M.A., 1966, Ph.D., 1968, University of Arizona. BROWN, EDWARD L. (1970), Lecturer in Public Administration; B.A., 1957, M.A., 1962, University of Arizona. BROWN, ROBERT FREEMAN (1971), Visiting Professor of Mathematics; A.B., 1957, Harvard College; Ph.D., 1963, University of Wisconsin. BROWN, TIMOTHY, JR. (1952), Professor of Romance Languages; B.A., 1947, M.A., 1948, Ph.D., 1956, University of Wisconsin. BROWN, WILLIAM HEDRICK (1959), Professor of Dairy and Food Sciences; Dairy Scientist, Agricultural Experiment Station; B.S., 1955, Washington State College; M.S., 1957, Ph.D., 1959, University of Maryland. FACULTY OF THE UNIVERSITY 19

BROWNING, SAMUEL ROBERTS (1959), Professor of Systems Engineering;Research Associate, Atmospheric Physics; B.S., 1928, United States Military Academy;B.S.C.E., 1932, University of California at Berkeley; M.S., 1960, University of Arizona. BROWNING, TIMOTHY A. (1969), Instructor in Speech; B.A., 1964, PacificLutheran University; M.A., 1966, University of New Mexico. BRUBAKER, GEORGE A. (1967), Associate Professor of History; B.A.,1951, M.A., 1952, University of Arizona; Ph.D., 1960, University of Texas. BRUEGEL, MARY ANN (1970), Assistant Professor of Nursing; B.S., 1960,University of Colorado; M.A., 1967, Ed.D., 1970, University of Northern Colorado. BRUWER, ANDR'E JOHANNES (1960), Research Associate in Microbiologyand Medical Technology; M.B.Ch.B., 1942, University of Cape Town; M.S., 1951, Minnesota. University of BRYAN, WALKER EDWARD (1916), Professor and Head of the Department,Emeritus of Plant Breeding; Plant Breeder, Agrucultural Experiment Station; B.S., 1911,D.Sc., 1956, Auburn University; M.S., 1915, University of Wisconsin. BRYANT, DONALD LEON (1948 -59; 1963), Professor of Geosciences; B.A.,1942, University of California at Los Angeles; M.S., 1951, Ph.D., 1955, University of Arizona. BRYSON, PHILLIP JAMES (1967), Assistant Professor of Economics; B.A., of Utah; Ph.D., 1967, The Ohio State University. 1964, University BUCHHAUSER, ANDREW W. (1938), Professor of Music; Director of the Schoolof Music; B.M., 1937, M.M., 1938, University of Arizona. BUCHROEDER, RICHARD ALFRED (1968), Research Associate in Optical Sciences;B.S., 1964, University of California at Berkeley; M.S., 1968, University of Rochester. BUCK, GARY LEE (1968), Assistant Professor of Sociology; B.A., 1962,M.A., 1964, University of Arizona; Ph.D., 1968, Cornell University. BUCKMAN, CARL JOHN (1954), Professor Emeritus of Civil Engineering; B.S., 1934, University of Minnesota. 1932, M.A., BUEHLER, JOHN EDWARD (1968), Associate Professor of Economics andHead of the Department; B.A.,1957, M.A., 1961, University of ; Ph.D., 1967, State University of New York at Buffalo. BUEHRER, THEOPHIL FREDERIC (1921), Professor Emeritus of AgriculturalChemistry and Soils; B.A., 1916, M.A., 1918, University of Texas; Ph.D., 1921, University of California. BULL, WILLIAM BENHAM (1968), Associate Professor of Geosciences; B.A.,1953, University of Colorado; M.S., 1957, Ph.D., 1960, Stanford University. BUMP, EDWIN ALBERT (1970), Assistant Professor of Accounting; B.S.,1964, Syracuse University; M.S.B.A., 1966, University of Denver; Ph.D., 1970, University of Missouri. BURKE, ALAN R. (1964), Assistant Professor of English; A.B., 1958, PrincetonUniversity; A.M., 1962, Ph.D., 1966, Indiana University. BURKE, JAMES JOSEPH (1967), Research Associate in Optical Sciences; University of Chicago. M.S., 1959, BURKE, MICHAEL FRANCIS (196'1), Assistant Professor of Chemistry; B.S.,1960, Regis College; Ph.D., 1966, Virginia Polytechnic Institute. BURKHARDT, MARTHA ANN (1968), Assistant Professor of Nursing; B.S.,1961, Western Reserve University; M.N., 1967, University of Washington. BURKHART, LELAND (1946), Professor of Horticulture and Head of theDepartment; Horticulturist, Agricultural Experiment Station; -B.S., 1931, Ohio State University; M.S., 1933, University of ; Ph.D., 1935, University of Chicago. BURKHOLDER, RACHEL BRENT (1970), Lecturer in Psychology; B.A.,1944, Brown University; M.A., 1964, Ph.D., 1968, University of Arizona. BURNHAM, JOHN JAMES (1956), Editor in the Agricultural Experiment Station; B.A.,1926, University of Wisconsin. BURROUGHS, ROBERT CLARK (1947), Professor of Drama; B.A., 1943, HanoverCollege; M.A., 1947, State University of Iowa. BURROWS, BENJAMIN (1968), Professor of Internal Medicine; M.D., 1949, JohnsHopkins University. BURT, BERYL JEANNE (1956 -61;1967), Area 4 -H Extension Specialist; B.S.,1956, University of Arizona. BURTON, KENNETH SHRUM (1970), Research Associate in Physiology; A.B.,1963, Central Methodist College; M.S., 1967, Ph.D., 1970, University of Arizona. BURTON, LLOYD EDWARD (1954), Professor of Pharmacy Extensionand Pharmacology; B.S., 1954, M.S., 1956, Ph.D., 1964, University of Arizona. BUTHOD, GERALDINE HALES (1970), Assistant Professor of Nursing; B.S.,1962, University of Arizona; M.S.N., 1967, University of California at Los Angeles. BUTLER, COOLEY II (1970), Assistant Professor of Pathology; B.S., 1957, M.D.,1960, Stanford University. BUTLER, DAVID (1961), Associate Registrar; B.S., 1957, M.B.A., 1966, University of Arizona. 20 FACULTY OF THE UNIVERSITY

BUTLER, HENRY EMERSON, JR. (1967), Professor of Educational Administration and Head of the Department; A.B., 1938, LL.B., 1941, Yale University; Ph.D., 1960, Universityof California at Berkeley. BUXTON, DWAYNE REVERE (1969),AssistantProfessorof Agronomy;Assistant Agronomist and Assistant Plant Breeder, Agricultural Experiment Station; B.S., 1964, M.S., 1966, Utah State University; Ph.D., 1969, Iowa State University. BYERLY, HENRY CLEMENT (1967), Associate Professor of Philosophy; B.A., 1957, M.A., 1964, Ph.D., 1967, University of Minnesota. BYRD, CATHERINE (1968), Head Resident of Mohave Hall; B.S.,1928, Universityof Southern California. BYRNE, JOHN CHARLES (1970), Visiting Assistant Professor of Bioengineering, Engineering Experiment Station;B.S.,1960, Georgetown University; M.S.,1961, New York University; M.D., 1965, State University of New York. CABLE, C. CURTIS JR. (1966), Extension Marketing Specialist; B.S., 1948, M.S., 1949, Oklahoma State University; Ph.D., 1968, The University of Minnesota. CAHILL, WILLIAM PATRICK, JR. (1963), Research Associate in Entomology, Agricultural Experiment Station; B.A., 1961, M.S., 1966, University of Montana. CALDER, WILLIAM ALEXANDER, JR. (1969), Associate Professor of Biological Sciences; B.S., 1955, University of Georgia; M.S., 1963, Washington State University; Ph.D., 1966, Duke University. CALDWELL, MARY ESTILL (1919), Professor Emeritus of Bacteriology; Professor of Pharmacology; Research Pharmacologist; B.S., 1918, M.S., 1919, University of Arizona; Ph.D., 1932, University of Chicago. CALDWELL, ROBERT LEE (1959 -66; 1967), Professor of Philosophy; B.A., 1950, M.A., 1954, Ph.D., 1958, University of Washington. CALDWELL, ROGER LEE (1967), Assistant Professor of Plant Pathology; Assistant Plant Pathologist, Agricultural Experiment Station; B.S., 1961, University of California at Los Angeles; Ph.D., 1966, University of Arizona. CALKINS, JAMES P. (1968 -69; 1971), Lecturer in Special Education; B.S., 1946, M.D., 1948, University of Kansas; M.S., 1955, University of Iowa. CALL, REGINALD LESSEY (1968), Associate Professor of Electrical Engineering; B.S., 1951, Brigham Young University; Ph.D., 1958, University of Utah. CALL, REX V. (1955), Professor of Marketing; B.A., 1949, M.B.A., 1950, Universityof Washington; Ph.D., 1955, The Ohio State University. CALL, RICHARD DRAKE (1968), Instructor in Mining and Geological Engineering; B.A., 1956, Williams College; M.A., 1960, Columbia University. CALMES, ROBERT EDWARD (1958), Professor of Educational Psychology; B.A., 1949, Hastings College; M.A., 1950, Ed.D., 1958, University of Denver. CAMP, CARLTON L. (1953; 1969), Agricultural Agent in Charge, Yavapai County; B.S., 1950, Oklahoma State University. CAMP, JULIE PATRICIA (1970), Assistant Extension Home Economist, Pima County; B.S., 1969, Oklahoma Baptist University. CAMPBELL, GEORGE W., JR. (1955), Extension Economist; B.S.,1951, M.Ed., 1951, University of California; Ph.D., 1954, Purdue University. CAMPBELL, MARCIA (1968), Instructor in Speech; B.A., 1940, Wichita State University; M.A., 1967, University of Arizona. CAMPBELL, SHARON MARGARET (1967), Assistant Director of the Student Housing Service; B.A., 1965, M.Ed., 1966, University of Arizona. CANFIELD, ELMER RUSSELL (1970), Visiting Assistant Research Professor of Plant Pathology, Agricultural Experiment Station; B.S., 1960, Ph.D., 1970, Universityof Idaho. CANNON, MOODY DALE !1956), Associate Professor of Agricultural Engineering; Associate AgriculturalEngineer,AgriculturalExperimentStation;B.S.,1950,Oklahoma Agricultural and Mechanical College; M.S., 1953, University of Missouri. CANTRELL, RONALD PAUL (1971), Assistant Professor of Agronomy; Plant Breeding Adviser, AID /Brazil Program; B.S., 1966, Texas Technological University; M.S., 1969, Ph.D., 1970, Purdue University. CAPP, MICHAEL PAUL (1970), Professor of Radiology; Head of the Department; B.S., 1952, Roanoke College; M.D., 1958, University of North Carolina. CAPPONI, GUIDO ANTONIO (1960), Professor of Romance Languages; B.A., 1942, M.A., 1947, Ph.D., 1957, University of Wisconsin. CAPPS, DANIEL WILLIAM (1968), Administrator, University Hospital; B.S., 1951, Berea College; M.S., 1961, University of Kentucky; M.B.A., 1964, University of Chicago. CARLILE, ROBERT NICHOLS (1963), Professor of Electrical Engineering; B.A.,1951, Pomona College; M.S., 1953, E.E., 1956, Stanford University; Ph.D., 1963, Universityof California at Berkeley. CARLSON, EDWARD CLARENCE (1970), Instructor in Anatomy; B.A., 1964, Bethel College; Ph.D., 1970, University of North Dakota. FACULTY OF THE UNIVERSITY 21

CARMODY, THOMAS (1964), Associate Professor of Civil Engineering; B.A., 1948, Lehigh University; B.S., 1955, M.S., 1957, University of Connecticut; Ph.D., 1963, University of Iowa. CARNEVALE, JESSIE BEVERLY (1958 -62; 1969), Assistant Professor of Public Adminis- tration; B.A., 1958, M.A., 1961, J.D., 1968, University of Arizona. CARPENTER, EDDIE WILLIAM (1960), Research Associate in Agricultural Chemistry and Soils, Agricultural Experiment Station; B.S., 1960, M.S., 1963, University of Arizona. CARPENTER, ROBERT D. (1968), Professor of Architecture; B.S., 1938, Michigan State University; B.L.A., 1940, University of Massachusetts; M.C.P., 1947, Massachusetts Institute of Technology. CARR, JOHN BUCKLEY, JR. (1955 -1956;1959),LecturerinEnglish; B.A.,1948, Birmingham- Southern College; M.A., 1950, Ph.D., 1953, University of Texas. CARRILLO, HERMAN DIEGO (1961), Assistant Registrar; B.S., 1960, University of Arizona. CARROLL, CHRISTOPHER F. (1965), Assistant Professor of English; A.B., 1958, Yale College; Ph.D., 1969, Yale University. CARROLL, JOHN JOSEPH (1969), Physician in the Student Health Service; M.D., 1947, Creighton University. CARROLL, RICHARD W. (1968 -69; 1970), Physician in the Student Health Service; B.S., 1941, Ph.D., 1943, University of Nebraska. CARROLL, WAYNE RICHARD (1966), Associate Professor of Psychology; B.A., 1950, New York University; M.S., 1960, Long Island University; Ph.D., 1963, University of Texas. CARRUTH, LAURENCE ADAMS (1949), Professor of Entomology; Head of the Department Emeritus; Entomologist, Agricultural Experiment Station; B.S., 1929, Massachusetts State College; M.S., 1931, South Dakota State College; Ph.D., 1935, Cornell University. CARSON, DONALD WINSLOW (1966 -67; 1968), Associate Professor of Journalism; B.A., 1954, University of Arizona; M.A., 1970, The American University. CARSWELL, EVELYN MEDICUS (1970), Assistant Professor of Elementary Education; B.S., 1953, M.S., 1962, Northern Arizona University; Ed.D., 1967, University of Arizona. CARTER, PAUL MILTON, III (1968), Lecturer in Elementary Education; B.A., 1961, M.Ed., 1968, University of Arizona. CASSADY, VIRGINIA LOUISE (1968), Instructional Materials Librarian, University Library; A.B., 1955, Oberlin College; M.L.S., 1966, Pratt Institute. CASWELL, MARGARET (1957), Head Resident of Yuma Hall. CAUTHORN, ROBERT C. (1967), Associate Professor of Economics; Research Specialist, Divisionof Economic andBusinessResearch; B.S.,1949, Georgia Institute of Technology; M.P.A., 1951, Princeton University; Ph.D., 1963, Tulane University. CHADWICK, ELIZABETH MARIE (1966), Instructor in Music; A.B., 1942, College of the Holy Names. CHADWICK, LIONEL TATTERSFIELD (1959), Professor of Architecture; B.Arch., 1934, University of Manitoba; M.Arch., 1953, University of Oregon. CHAMBERS, BETTY ROGERS (1970), Instructor in Nursing; A.B., 1942, M.A., 1949, Indiana State Teachers College; M.A., 1955, Columbia University. CHAMBERS, FRANK McMINN (1967), Professor of Romance Larguages; A.B., 1930, M.A., 1932, Ph.D., 1935, Harvard University. CHAMBERS, ROBERT H. (1966), Professor of Physics; B.S., 1950, M.S., 1954, Ph.D., 1957, Carnegie Institute of Technology. CHANCE, HELEN CAROLINE (1969), Director of Nursing, University Hospital; Associate Professor of Nursing; B.S., 1963, M.S., 1966, University of Maryland. CHANDOLA, ANOOP CHANDRA (1963), Associate Professor of Oriental Studies; B.A., 1954, University of Allahabad; M.A., 1956, University of Lucknow; M.A., 1961, University of California at Berkeley; Ph.D., 1963, University of Chicago. CHANN, EARL KAI (1970), Lecturer in Architecture; B.A., 1961, North Carolina State University. CHAPMAN, PHILLIP CREIGHTON (1965), Associate Professor of Government; A.B., 1957, San Jose State College; M.A., 1959, Ph.D., 1965, University of California at Berkeley. CHASE, RICHARD BARTH (1970), Associate Professor of Management; B.S., 1962, M.B.A., 1963, Ph.D., 1966, University of California at Los Angeles. CHAVEZ, MARIAN RUTH A. (1970), Public Services Librarian, College of Medicine Library; B.A., 1948, Muskingum College; M.A., 1950, Ohio State University; B.S.(Nursing), 1959, M.S.L.S., 1962, Western Reserve University. CHAVEZ, RALPH (1970), Assistant Professor of Home Economics; B.A., 1959, Texas Western University; M.A., 1969, University of Texas at El Paso. CHEEMA, MOHINDAR SINGH (1961), Professor of Mathematics; B.A., 1948, M.A., 1950, Panjab University; M.A., 1960, Ph.D., 1961, University of California at Los, Angeles. CHESNEY, MARGUERITE (1925), Director Emeritus of Physical Education for Women; B.A., 1925, University of Arizona; M.A., 1929, Columbia University. 22 FACULTY OF THE UNIVERSITY

CHIASSON, ROBERT BRETON (1951), Professor of Biological Sciences; B.A., 1949, Illinois College; M.S., 1950, University of Illinois; Ph.D., 1956, Stanford University. CHILCOTT, JOHN HENRY(1963),ProfessorofEducationalAdministration and Anthropology; A.B., 1948, Harvard College; M.Ed., 1952, University of Colorado; Ph.D., 1958, University of Oregon. CHILDS, RICHARD F. (1955), Associate Professor of Pharmaceutical Sciences; B.A., 1941, Olivet College; B.S., 1954, M.S., 1955, University of Wisconsin; Ph.D., 1962, University of Arizona. CHIN, LINCOLN (1958), Professor of Pharmacology; B.S., 1952, M.S., 1954, University of Arizona; Ph.D., 1959, University of Utah. CHRISTENSEN, HARVEY DeVON (1958),ProfessorofAerospaceandMechanical Engineering; B.S., 1943, University of Washington; M.S., 1950, Oregon State College; Ph.D., 1960, Stanford University. CHRISTENSEN, OSCAR CARL, JR. (1967), Professor of Counseling and Guidance, College of Education; B.S., 1950, D.Ed., 1963, University of Oregon; M.Ed., 1956, Oregon State College. CHRISTIAN, CHARLES DONALD (1969), Professor of Obstetrics and Gynecology; Head of the Department; Professor of Anatomy; A.B., 1952, University of Kansas; Ph.D., 1955, M.D., 1958, Duke University. CHRISTIANSEN, HARLEY DUANE (1960), Associate Professor, Counseling and Guidance, College of Education; B.S., 1952, Ph.D., 1959, University of Minnesota. CHRISTOPHERSON, VICTOR ALDEN (1958), Professor of Home Economics; Family Relationships Specialist, Agricultural Experiment Station; B.S., M.A., 1949, Ed.D., 1953, Columbia University. CHURCH, EDNA ERICKSON (1948), Professor of Piano; Graduate of MacPhail College of Music, 1928; pupil of Harrison Wall Johnson, Frank Manheimer, and Alicia de Larrocha. CHURCH, HELEN L. (1946), Extension Clothing Specialist Emeritus; A.B., 1928, College of Emporia; M.S., 1936, Kansas State College. CHVAPIL, MILOS (1970), Professor of Surgical Biology, Department of Surgery; M.D., 1952, D.Sc.,1965, Charles University, Prague; Ph.D.,1956, Czechoslovak Academy of Sciences. CLANTON, LONNIE JAMES (1966 -67; 1968 -69; 1970), Assistant Agricultural Agent, Yuma County; B.S., 1966, University of Arizona. CLARIDGE, ROY MONROE (1968), Instructor in Educational Administration; B.A., 1959, Brigham Young University; M.Ed., 1964, University of Arizona. CLARK, D. SCOTT (1969), Assistant Professor of Surgery; B.A., 1956, Millikin University; M.D., 1961, Baylor University. CLARK, DENNIS LLOYD (1968), Assistant Professor of Psychology; B.A., 1963, University of Nebraska; M.A., 1967, Ph.D., 1968, University of Wisconsin. CLARK, KENNETH N. (1967), Assistant Professor of Architecture; B.Arch., 1964, University of Illinois; M.Arch., 1966, University of California at Berkeley. CLARK, L. D. (1955 -58; 1959), Professor of English; B.S., 1953, M.A., 1954, Ph.D., 1963, Columbia University. CLARK, (1964), Professor of Law; B.A., 1944, University of New Mexico; LL.B., 1946, University of Arizona; J.S.D., 1960, Yale University. CLARK, WILLIAM BETTS (1967), Associate Director of the Computer Center; B.S., 1960, University of Arizona. CLAUSEN, M. RICHARD (1958), Director and Professor of Health, Physical Education and Recreation; B.A., 1937, University of Iowa; M.S., 1948, Northwestern University. CLAY, JAMES RAY (1966), Associate Professor of Mathematics; Associate Head of the Department; B.S., 1960, University of Utah; M.S., 1962, Ph.D., 1966, University of Washington. CLELAND, COURTNEY BLAIR (1964), Associate Professor of Sociology; B.A.,1942, Carleton College; Ph.D., 1958, University of Minnesota. CLIFF, EUGENE MATTHEW (1966), Assistant Professor of Aerospace & Mechanical Engineering; B.S., 1965, Clarkson College; M.S., 1967, Ph.D., 1970, University of Arizona. CLINE, ATHOL LOUIS (1968), Assistant Professor of Biochemistry, College of Medicine; B.S., 1958, ; M.S., 1960, University of Oregon; Ph.D., 1964, University of Kentucky. CLUFF, C. BRENT (1961), Associate Hydrologist, Water Resources Research Center; B.S., 1959, M.S., 1961, University of Arizona. CLYMA, WAYNE (1966), Research AssociateinAgricultural Engineering, Agricultural Experiment Station; B.S., 1958, M.S., 1963, Oklahoma State University. COAN, RICHARD WELTON (1957), Professor of Psychology; A.B.,1948, M.A., 1950, University of California at Berkeley; Ph.D., 1955, University of Southern California. COCKE, WILLIAM JOHNSTON (1968),AssistantProfessorof Astronomy;Assistant Astronomer, Steward Observatory; B.S., 1959, North Carolina State University; Ph.D., 1964, Cornell University. FACULTY OF THE UNIVERSITY 23

COCKRUM, E. LENDELL (1952), Professor of Biological Sciences; Curator of Mammals; B.Ed., 1942, Southern Illinois University; Ph.D., 1951, University of Kansas. COFFEEN, DAVID LEE (1968), Research Associate in the Lunar & Planetary Laboratory; B.A., 1962, University of Colorado; Ph.D., 1968, University of Arizona. COHN, HARVEY (1958), Professor of Mathematics; B.S., 1942, College of the City of New York; M.S., 1943, New York University; Ph.D., 1948, Harvard University. COLE, FRANK DONALD (1963 -67; 1969), Assistant Professor of Horticulture; Assistant Horticulturist, Agricultural Experiment Station; B.S., 1957, M.S., 1964, Arizona State University; Ph.D., 1969, University of Arizona. COLE, JACK ROBERT (1957), Professor of Medicinal Chemistry; College of Pharmacy; B.S., 1953, University of Arizona; Ph.D., 1957, University of Minnesota. COLLINS, SHIRLEY ANN (1964 -67; 1970), Instructor in Nursing; B.S., 1960, St. John's University; M.S., 1964, University of Colorado. COMER, IRENE FORSYTH (1966), Associate Professor of Drama; B.A., 1964, M.A., 1965, University of Arizona. COMERCI, GEORGE D. (1969), Assistant Professor of Pediatrics; B.S., 1955, Rutgers University; M.D., 1959, Temple University. CONLEY, EUGENE THOMAS (1952), Professor of Music; B.A., 1935, St. Joseph's College, Philadelphia; M.A., 1952, Temple University; Academy of Vocal Arts, 1948. CONRAD, FREDERICK A. (1922), Professor Emeritus of Sociology; A.B., 1912, Goshen College; M.A., 1913, Indiana University; Ph.D., 1932, Stanford University. CONWAY, WILLIAM EDWARD (1966), Assistant Professor of Mathematics; B.S., 1960, West Texas State University; M.S., 1962, Ph.D., 1965, University of Arizona. COOK, GEORGE STAFFORD (1968), Lecturer in Mathematics; A.B., 1926, Kansas Wesleyan University; M.A., 1930, Kansas University. COOK, MARY JANE (1965), Associate Professor of English; A.B., 1945, University of Chicago; M.A., 1947, Columbia University; Ph.D., 1961, University of Texas. COOLEY, DARLA KAY (1970), Extension Home Economist, Coconino County; B.S., 1961, Cornell University; M.A., 1970, Northern Arizona University. COOPER, JON H. (1967), Lecturer in Radio -Television; Program Manager, Radio -TV Bureau; B.A., 1962, Oklahoma State University. COOPER, THOMAS CHARLES (1968), Grants Editor in the Office of Coordinator of Research, Lecturer in Journalism; B.S., 1958, Iowa State University. COOPWOOD, WILLIAM KENNETH (1954), Associate Professor of Health, Physical Education and Recreation; B.S., 1952, M.Ed., 1956, University of Arizona. CORMACK, CHARLES WILLIAM (1969), Visiting Lecturer in Anthropology; Research Associate in Educational Psychology; A.B., 1937, University of California; M.Sc., 1939, University of London; Ph.D., 1968, University of Arizona. CORRIGAN, JAMES (1971), Associate Professor of Pediatrics; B.S., 1957, Juniata College; M.D., 1961, University of Pittsburgh. CORSON, DAVID WALTER (1970), Instructor in History; B.A., 1965, Cornell University. CORTNER, RICHARD CARROLL (1966), Professor of Government; B.A., 1956, University of Oklahoma; M.A., 1958, Johns Hopkins University; Ph.D., 1961, University of Wisconsin. COSART, WILLIAM PRIMM (1968), Assistant Professor of Chemical Engineering; B.S., 1958, M.S., 1960, Stanford University. COSGROVE, RICHARD A. (1967), Assistant Professor of History; B.S., 1962, Holy Cross College; M.A., 1963, Ph.D., 1967, University of California at Riverside. COSTON, CHARLES JOHN (1965), Electronics Designer in Chemistry; B.A., 1959, University of Oregon; Ph.D., 1963, University of Chicago. COULTER, PEARL PARVIN (1957), Dean and Professor Emeritus of Nursing; A.B., 1926, M.S., 1927, University of Denver. COWAN, JOSEPH LLOYD (1958), Professor of Philosophy; Head of the Department; B.A., 1950, M.A., 1955, Ph.D., 1959, University of Chicago. COX, CHARLES EDWARD (1968), Assistant Director of Physical Resources. COX, DENNIS RAYMOND (1967), Assistant Professor of Economics; B.S., 1963, University of Arizona; M.A., 1965, Ph.D., 1969, Stanford University. COX, NEIL DARREL (1962), Professor of Chemical Engineering; B.S., 1955, University of Texas; M.S., 1960, Ph.D., 1962, University of Wisconsin. COX, VIVIAN ELAINE LEWIS (1967), Lecturer in Elementary Education; B.S., 1955, Winston Salem State Teachers College; M.Ed., 1965, University of Arizona. COXON, MARY LUKENS (1967), Lecturer in Elementary Education; B.S., 1956, Indiana University; M.S., 1961, Purdue University. COXON, MORAN (1967), Instructor in Aerospace and Mechanical Engineering; B.Sc., 1954, Royal Aircraft Establishment Technology College; M.S., 1967, University of Arizona. COYNE, GEORGE VINCENT (1966 -67; 1968), Assistant Professor in the Lunar & Planetary Laboratory; A.B., 1957, Fordham University; Ph.D., 1962, Georgetown University. 24 FACULTY OF THE UNIVERSITY

CRAVEN, ALAN ELLIOTT (1965), Assistant Professor of English; A.B., 1958, M.A., 1963, Ph.D., 1965, University of Kansas. CROMWELL, RICHARD HAYDEN (1967), Assistant Professor of Optical Sciences; Lecturer in Astronomy; B.A., 1962, Drake University; Ph.D., 1969, University of Arizona. CRONIN, CONSTANCE (1970), Assistant Professor of Anthropology; B.B.A., 1955, University of Miami, Florida; M.A., 1962, Ph.D., 1967, University of Chicago. CROPPER, ARDETH PARISH (1970), Instructor in Secondary Education; B.A., 1965, M.Ed., 1968, University of Arizona. CROSBIE, PAUL VINCENT (1970), Assistant Professor of Sociology; B.A., 1964, San Diego State College; M.A., 1966, Ph.D., 1969, Stanford University. CROW, JOHN EDWARD (1966), Associate Professor of Government; B.A., 1957, Ph.D., 1965, University of Washington; M.A., 1958, University of Chicago. CROWDER, LARRY ARNOLD (1969),AssistantProfessorof Entomology; Assistant Entomologist, Agricultural Experiment Station; B.S., 1964, Eastern Illinois University; M.S., 1966, Ph.D., 1969, Purdue University. CROWELL, FRANCES T. (1961 -62; 1963 -66; 1970), Instructor in English; B.A., 1951, College of William and Mary; M.A., 1954, University of Arizona. CULBERT, T. PATRICK (1964), Associate Professor of Anthropology; B.S., 1951, University of Minnesota; M.A., 1957, Ph.D., 1962, University of Chicago. CUMMINGS, JOHN ERNEST (1964), Instructor in Management; B.S., 1959, U.S. Coast Guard Academy; M.S., 1968, Ph.D., 1970, University of Arizona. CURRIE, HELEN WORKMAN (1962), Associate Professor of Drama; B.A., 1930, M.A., 1947, University of Michigan. CURRIE, KENNETH PETER (1966), Physician in the Student Health Service; B.A., 1937, University of North Dakota; M.D., 1941, Creighton University. CURRY, DAL R. (1968), Assistant Professor of Educational Psychology; B.S., 1961, Ph.D., 1969, University of Kansas. CURTIS, JARED RALPH (1970), Visiting Associate Professor of English, B.A., 1957, Yale University, M.A., 1961, University of Michigan; Ph.D., 1966, Cornell University. CURTIS, RICHARD FARNSWORTH (1964), Professor of Sociology; B.A., 1953, Oberlin College; M.A., 1954, Ph.D., 1959, University of Michigan. CUSANOVICH, . MICHAEL ANTHONY (1969), Assistant Professor of Chemistry; B.S., 1963, University of the Pacific; Ph.D., 1967, University of California at San Diego. CUSHING, JIM MICHAEL (1968), Assistant Professor of Mathematics; B.A., 1964, University of Colorado; Ph.D., 1968, University of Maryland. CUTTS, ROBERT I.(1966), Lecturer in Psychology; B.S.,1936, IllinoisInstitute of Technology; M.D., 1940, University of Illinois College of Medicine. DaDEPPO, DONALD A. (1959 -63; 1968), Professor of Civil Engineering; B.S., 1954, M.S., 1955, Wayne University; Ph.D., 1960, University of Michigan. DAHOOD, ROGER (1970), Assistant Professor of English; B.A., 1964, Colgate University; M.A., 1967, Ph.D., 1970, Stanford University. DALDRUP, ROGER JOHN (1962), Professor of Counseling and Guidance, College of Education; Director of the Honors Program; A.B., 1956, Rockhurst College; M.S., 1959, Central Missouri State College; Ph.D., 1962, University of Missouri. DAMON, PAUL EDWARD (1957), Professor of Geosciences; Chief Scientist, Laboratory of Isotope Geochemistry; B.S., 1943, Bucknell University; M.S., 1949, Missouri School of Mines and Metallurgy; Ph.D., 1957, Columbia University. DANFORTH, HERMAN LEONARD (1968), Lecturer in Civil Engineering; B.S.C.E., 1946, C.E., 1956, University of Illinois. DANIEL, TERRY CLYDE (1969), Assistant Professor of Psychology; B.S., 1966, M.A., 1968, Ph.D., 1969, University of New Mexico. DANIELS, LESLIE NOEL (1967), Lecturer in Marketing. DANIELSON, PAUL JOSEPH (1951), Professor of Counseling and Guidance, College of Education; Head of the Department; B.S., 1941, M.S., 1942, Ph.D., 1951, University of Wisconsin. DANTZLER, WILLIAM HOYT (1968), Associate Professor of Physiology; A.B.,1957, Princeton University; M.D., 1961, Columbia University; Ph.D., 1964, Duke University. DAVIDSON, FRANKLIN DILLARD (1963), Research Associate in Physics; B.S., 1959, Fresno State College. DAVIES, AUDREY M. (1961), Extension Home Economist, Mohave County; B.S., 1934, Iowa State Teachers College. DAVIS, CHARLES ERNEST (1967), Assistant Professor of English and Secondary Education; B.A., 1956, Arizona State University; M.Ed., 1964, M.A., 1967, Ph.D., 1969, University of Arizona. DAVIS, GEORGE HERBERT (1970), Assistant Professor of Geosciences; B.A., 1964, The College of Wooster; M.A., 1966, The University of Texas. ACULTY OF THE UNIVERSITY 25

AVIS, JACK EMORY (1949), Professor of Romance Languages; B.A., 1947, University of Arizona; MA., 1948, Ph.D., 1956, Tulane University. AVIS, JAMES G. (1970), Instructor in Art; B.F.A., 1959, M.F.A., 1963, Wichita State University. AVIS, JAMES WAYNE (1964), Associate Professor of Speech; B.A., 1960, University of California at Santa Barbara; M.A., 1962, Ph.D., 1964, University of Washington. AVIS, JOHN ROBERT (1967), Associate Professor of Pathology; B.A., 1952, M.D., 1959, University of Iowa. AVIS, MONTE V. (1961), Professor of Nuclear Engineering; B.A., 1949, Linfield College; M.A., 1951, Ph.D., 1956, Oregon State College. AVIS, RAY JAY (1958 -61; 1964), Professor of Law; B.A., 1948, Idaho State College; LL.B., 1953, Harvard Law School; LL.M., 1956, Columbia Law School. AVIS, RUSSELL PRICE (1961 -62; 1964), Associate Professor of Biological Sciences; B.A., 1950, University of Redlands; M.A., 1956, Long Beach State College; Ph.D., 1963, University of Arizona. AVIS, WALTER WILSON (1967), Assistant Professor of History; B.S., 1951, Sterling College; M.A., 1955, Colorado State College; Ph.D., 1965, University of Colorado. AVIS, WILLIAM MASLIN (1968), Assistant Professor of Surgery; M.D., 1963, Medical College of Virginia. AWSON, GEORGE ALBERT (1966), Associate Professor of Atmospheric Sciences; Research AssociateProfessor, Institute of Atmospheric Physics; B.A.,1959, Ph.D.,1963, University of Keele. AWSON, LESTER I. (1968), Agricultural Agent, Pinal County; B.S., 1955, New Mexico State University. AY, ARDEN DEXTER (1954), Professor of Agronomy; Agronomist, Agricultural Experiment Station; B.S., 1950, Cornell University; Ph.D., 1954, Michigan State College. AY, H. CRANE (1969), Assistant Professor of Home Economics; B.A., 1959, University of Notre Dame; M.A., 1963, Michigan State University. AY, JOHN CECIL (1969), AssistantProfessorof Agricultural Economics; Assistant Agricultural Economist, Agricultural Experiment Station; B.A., 1961, Southern Illinois University; M.S., 1965, M.A., 1968, Ph.D., 1969, University of Wisconsin. EAN, JEFFREY STEWART (1963), Assistant Professor of Dendrochronology; B.S., 1961, Ph.D., 1967, University of Arizona. ,eARMOND, MURRAY (1969), Physician Psychiatrist, Student Health Service; Lecturer in Psychology; B.A., 1957, DePauw University; M.D., 1961, Indiana University. E COOK, KENNETH JAMES (1965), Associate Hydrologist in the Water Resources Research Center; M.A., 1957, University of Texas; B.S., 1951, Ph.D., 1970, University of Arizona. EES, JEAN ROBINSON (1964), Instructor in Home Economics; B.A., 1962, M.S., 1967, University of Arizona. : GENNARO, IGNATIUS ANTHONY (1969), Research Specialist in the Division of Economic and Business Research; B.S., 1965, M.S., 1967, University of Arizona. EIBEL, CHARLES LOUIS, Major, Artillery, United States Army (1968), Assistant Professor of Military Science and Tactics; B.S., 1957, Eastern Michigan University. ELAPLANE, WALTER HAROLD (1962), Vice President for Academic Affairs; Professor of Economics; A.B., 1929, A.M., 1931, Oberlin College; Ph.D., 1934, Duke University. ELFORGE, GARY DON (1963), Lecturer in Health, Physical Education and Recreation; B.S., 1960, Kansas State University; M.A., 1966, Kent State University. ELK, JOHN LATTIMER (1968), Assistant Professor of Psychology; B.A., 1961, M.A., 1964, University of North Carolina; Ph.D., 1967, Louisiana State University. ELPO, ELEANOR EDITH (1969), Assistant Professor of Nursing; B.S., 1955, M.S., 1962, University. EMER, LOUIS JOSEPH (1959), Professor of Metallurgical Engineering; B.S.M.E., 1939, M.S., 1949, University of Notre Dame; Ph.D., 1961, University of Minnesota. ENNIS, ROBERT E. (1959), Extension Agronomist; Professor of Agronomy; B.S., 1942, M.S., 1953, Ph.D., 1958, Michigan State University. ENNISTON, DOUGLAS GILBERT (1959), Professor of Art; B.F.A., 1945, M.A., 1948, University of New Mexico. ,ENNY, JOHN L., JR. (1967), Associate Professor of Mathematics; B.A., 1953, Stanford University; Ph.D., 1962, University of California at Berkeley. 'ENNY, WILLIAM F. (1967), Associate Professor of Internal Medicine; B.S., 1949, Central State College; M.D., 1953, University of Oklahoma. erBOGHOSIAN, HARRY (1970), Associate Professor of Architecture; B.Arch.,1954, Syracuse University; M. Urban Design, 1954, Cranbrook Academy. ,EUTSCHMAN, ARCHIE JOHN, JR.(1957),Professorof Agricultural Biochemistry; Agricultural Biochemist, Agricultural Experiment Station; B.S., 1949, University of Illinois; M.S., 1941, Ph.D., 1943, Lawrence College. 26 FACULTY OF THE UNIVERSITY

DEVITO, CARL LOUIS (1967), Assistant Professor of Mathematics; B.S., 1959, College of the City of New York; Ph.D., 1967, Northwestern University. DEWHIRST, LEONARD WESLEY (1957), Professor of Animal Pathology; Animal Pathologist, Agricultural Experiment Station; B.S., 1949, M.S., 1950, Ph.D., 1957, Kansas State College. de WIESS, FERDINAND ADALBERT (1965), Associate Professor and Chief Engineer in the Lunar and Planetary Laboratory; Abs., 1933, Technical University, Vienna, Austria. DIAMOS, GEORGE K. (1959), Lecturer in Mathematics; B.S., 1926, University of Arizona; M.S., 1927, California Institute of Technology. DICK, DONALD EDWARD (1970), Lecturer in the School of Home Economics; B.A., 1961, Los Angeles State College; M.A., 1970, Arizona State University. DICKINSON, DONALD CHARLES (1969), Director of the School of Library Science; Professor of Library Science; A.B., 1949, State University of New York; M.S., 1951, University of Illinois; Ph.D., 1964, University of Michigan. DICKINSON, ROBERT E. (1967), Professor of Geography and Area Development; B.A., 1925, M.A., 1928, Leeds University; Ph.D., 1932, London University. DIENER, CARL FREDERICK (1969), Assistant Professor of Internal Medicine; B.S., 1957, M.D., 1961, The Ohio State University. DIETRICH, DUANE LEON (1970), Assistant Professor of Aerospace & Mechanical Engineering and Systems Engineering; B.S., 1961, New Mexico State University; M.S., 1967, Ph.D., 1970, University of Arizona. DILLON, ROBERT CLARENCE (1966), Lecturer in Mathematics and Supervisor of the Computer Laboratory; B.A., 1960, Washburn University. DINNERSTEIN, LEONARD (1970), Associate Professor of History; B.A., 1955, City College of New York; M.A., 1960, Ph.D., 1966, Columbia University. DINOWITZ, MARSHALL (1969), Assistant Professor of Microbiology; B.S., 1960, University of Maryland; M.Sc., 1964, Sc.D., 1967, The Johns Hopkins University. DIXON, HOLLIS AUSTIN, G.P.A. (1963), Professor of Accounting; B.B.A., 1954, M.B.A., 1958, Texas Technological College; Ph.D., 1963, University of Arkansas. DOBRENZ, ALBERT KRUBAK (1967), Professor of Agronomy; Agronomist, Agricultural Experiment Station; B.S.,1958, M.S., 1959, University of Wyoming; Ph.D., 1965, University of Arizona. DOLCATER, KATHARINE L. (1970), Extension Home Economist, Graham County; B.S., 1965, M.H.E., 1968, Colorado State University. DONAHUE, DOUGLAS J. (1963), Professor of Physics; B.S., 1947, M.S., 1948, University of Oregon; Ph.D., 1952, University of Wisconsin. DONOHOE, JAMES (1958), Professor of History; B.A., 1946, University of Washington; A.M., 1948, Ph.D., 1955, Harvard University. DOOGAN, MARGARET BAILEY (1969), Instructor in Art; B.F.A., 1963, Moore Çollege of Art. DOTSON, JAY CARRITH (1957), Professor of Mining and Geological Engineering; B.S., 1950, Michigan College of Mining and Technology; M.S., 1954, Missouri School of Mines and Metallurgy. DOUGLAS, LEWIS WILLIAMS (1953), Administrative Consulting Director, Institute of Atmospheric Physics; B.A., 1916, LL.D., 1933, Amherst College, Harvard University; LL.D., 1938, Queens College, Princeton University, Brown University, New York University, Wesleyan University; LL.D., 1940, University of Arizona; LL.D., 1948, University of Leeds; D.C.L., 1948, University of Oxford; LL.D., 1949, University of Bristol, University of Saint Andrews', University of London; LL.D., 1950, University of Edinburgh, University of Birmingham, University of Glasgow; LL.D., 1951, University of California, McGill University, Columbia University, Dalhousie University. DOWDLE, STEVEN LEON (1966), AssistantRegistrar;B.S.,B.A.,1964, M.S.,1966. University of Arizona. DOYLE, ESTHER M. (1971), Professor of Speech; B.L.I., 1935, Emerson College; M.A., 1940, Boston University. DOZIER, EDWARD P. (1959), Professor of Anthropology; B.A., 1947, M.A., 1949, University of New Mexico; Ph.D., 1951, University of California at Los Angeles. DRACH, GEORGE WISSE (1970), Assistant Professor of Surgery; B.A., 1957, University of Arizona; M.D., 1961, Western Reserve University. DRAKE, PAUL M. (1969), Extension 4 -H Club Specialist; B.S., 1942, University of Wyoming. DRAPER, GEORGE E. (1937), Assistant Agricultural Chemist, Agricultural Experiment Station; B.S., 1927, University of Arizona. DRAPER, JEAN E. (1968), Professor of Management; B.S., 1954, M.S., 1955, Iowa State College; Ph.D., 1957, Northwestern University. DROSCHER, KENNETH ELMER (1970), Instructor in Health, Physical Education and Recreation; B.S., 1969, Southern Oregon College; M.S., 1970, University of Oregon. DROUBAY, JUEL GARY, Captain, Infantry, United States Army (1969), Assistant Professo! of Military Science & Tactics; B.S., 1966, United States Military Academy. FACULTY OF THE UNIVERSITY 27

)RYDEN, FORREST DEAN (1967), Research Associate in Animal Science, Agricultural Experiment Station; B.S., 1965, Colorado State University; M.S., 1967, University of Arizona. )UCKLER, MARVIN (1967),Lecturer in Radio -Television; Producer -Writer, Radio -TV Bureau; B.A., 1947, Brooklyn College. )UCKSTEIN, LUCIEN (1962), Professor of Systems Engineering; B.S., 1954, M.S. Electricity, 1955, M.S. Fluid Mechanics, 1956, University of Toulouse, France; Ph.D., 1962, Colorado State University. )UDLEY, DONALD GOODNOW, JR. (1968), Associate Professor of Electrical Engineering; B.S., 1954, Virginia Polytechnic Institute; M.S., . 1960, Ph.D., 1968, University of California at Los Angeles. )UFNER, MAX (1969), Professor of German; Head of the Department; A.B., 1942, University of Missouri; M.A., 1.947, Ph.D., 1951, University of Illinois. )ULLES, JOHN W. F. (1966), Professor of History; A.B., 1935, Princeton University; M.B.A., 1937, Harvard University; B.S., 1943, Met. Eng., 1951, University of Arizona. )UNHAM, CHESTER GRAY (1967), Assistant Professor of History; A.B., 1948, Oberlin College; M.A., 1965, Ph.D., 1968, The Ohio State University. )UNN, DOUGLAS THEODORE (1970), Extension Specialist, Area Community Resource Development; B.S., 1964, University of Nebraska; M.S., 1969, Cornell University. )UTT, GORDON RICHARD (1964), Professor of Agricultural Chemistry and Soils; Soil Scientist, Agricultural Experiment Station; B.S., 1956, Montana State College; M.S., 1959, Ph.D., 1960, Purdue University. )UTTON, VIVIAN FRANCES (1969), Assistant Professor of Elementary Education; B.A., 1943, Carson -Newman College; M.Ed., 1963, Ed.D., 1968, University of Arkansas. )WAN, ROBERT D., Colonel, Armor, United States Army (1949 -52; 1968), Professor of Military Science & Tactics; Head of the Department; B.S., 1943, United States Military Academy; M.A., 1963, George Washington University. )YE, FREDD ARTHUR (1964), Assistant Professor of Humanities; A.B., 1955, Ph.D., 1969, Indiana University. ?ADS, JOHN WILLIAM (1969), Instructor in Biological Sciences; B.A., 1967, M.A., 1969, Adams State College. ARLEY, ROBERT SCHAFER (1969), Instructor in English; B.A., 1966, Western Maryland College. : ASTLAKE, WILLIAM DERRY (1969), Lecturer in English; D.Litt., 1970, University of Albuquerque. :BRIGHT, LINDA RUTH (1970), Instructor in Physical Education for Women; B.A., 1964, Stockton College; M.Ed., 1968, University of Arizona. :DGAR, JAMES E. (1970), Assistant Agricultural Agent, Graham County; B.S., 1970, New Mexico State University. :DGAR, NANCY ANN (1967), Assistant Extension Home Economist, Greenlee County; B.S., 1967, Colorado State University. :DMOND, CLARENCE D. (1959), State Leader in Community and Resource Development, Agricultural Extension Service; B.S., 1946, M.S., 1955, Oklahoma State University; Ph.D., 1960, Iowa State College. :DWARDS, CLIFFORD JAMES (1929), Business Manager Emeritus. :DWARDS, RICHARD MODLIN (1959), Professor of Chemical Engineering; Acting Dean of the College of Mines; Acting Director, Arizona Bureau of Mines; B.S.Ch.E., 1941, Purdue University; M.S.Ch.E., 1948, University of Washington; Ph.D., 1964, University of Arizona. :DWARDS, VIRGINIA SEERY (1969), Catalog Librarian, University Library; B.A., 1938, M.A., 1939, Cornell University; M.L.S., 1946, Columbia University. :GGERT, SANDRA RUTH (1966 -67; 1969), Instructor in Physical Education for Women; B.S., 1955, University of New Mexico; M.A., 1958, New Mexico Highlands University. :HRENREICH, JOHN HELMUTH (1964), Professor of Watershed Management; Head of the Department; Watershed Specialist, Agricultural Experiment Station; B.S., 1951, M.S., 1954, Colorado State University; Ph.D., 1957, Iowa State University. :ISA, HAMDY MAHMOUD (1970), PlantBreeder, Abu Dhabi Program, Instituteof Atmospheric Physics; B.Sc., 1959, Cairo University; M.Sc., 1966, Ph.D., 1969, Cornell University. :ISELEIN, EDDIE BILL (1966), ResearchSpecialistin Radio -Television;B.A.,1965, University of Montana; M.A., 1967, Ph.D., 1969, University of Arizona. :ISNER, PETER DONALD (1970), Lecturer in Law; B.A., 1967, Drake University. :ISNER, SIGMUND (1966), Professor of English; B.A., 1947, M.A., 1949, University of California; Ph.D., 1955, Columbia University. :KHOLM, JANICE ELEANOR (1967), Research Associate in Biochemistry, College of Medicine; B.S., 1953, Wisconsin State College. :LLIOTT, ODUS VERNON (1967), Assistant Director of the Student Housing Service; B.A., 1962, Stephen F. Austin State College; M.A., 1966, University of Arizona. 28 FACULTY OF THE UNIVERSITY

EMERSON, CALVIN M. (1968), Agricultural Agent, Navajo County; B.S., 1951, New Mexico State University. EMERY, JOHN T. (1970), Assistant Professor of Finance, Insurance and Real Estate; B.S.B.A., 1965, M.B.A., 1966, University of Denver; D.B.A., 1969, University of Washington. EMRICK, ROY M. (1960), Associate Professor of Physics; A.B., 1954, Cornell University; M.S., 1956, Ph.D., 1960, University of Illinois. ENDRIZZI, JOHN EDWIN (1963), Professor of Plant Breeding; Head of the Department; Plant Breeder, Agricultural Experiment Station; B.S., 1949, M.S., 1951, Agricultural and Mechanical College of Texas; Ph.D., 1955, University of Maryland. ENEMARK, JOHN HENRY (1968), Assistant Professor of Chemistry; B.A., 1962, St. Olaf College; A.M., 1964, Ph.D., 1966, Harvard University. ENKE, FRED AUGUST (1925), Professor Emeritus of Health, Physical Education and Recreation; B.S., 1921, University of Minnesota. ENNIS, LOUIS AUGUSTUS (1962), Coordinator of Student Activities, Associated Student Affairs; A.B., 1936, University of Maryland; M.A., 1962, East Carolina College. ENSTICE, WAYNE EDWARD (1970), Instructor in Art; B.F.A., 1965, Pratt Institute; M.A., 1969, University of New Mexico. EPPERSON, GORDON (1967), Professor of Music; Mus.B., 1941, Cincinnati Conservatory of Music; Mus.M., 1949, University of Rochester; A.Mus.D., 1960, Boston University. ERICKSON, MAYNARD LINDSEY (1968), Associate Professor of Sociology; B.S., 1959, M.S., 1960, Brigham Young University; Ph.D., 1968, Washington State University. ERICKSON, MELVIN CHARLES (1958), Associate Professor of Health, Physical Education and Recreation;B.S.,1939, Wisconsin State College; M.S.,1950, Universityof Wisconsin; Ed.D., 1958, Arizona State University. ERICKSON, RICHARD L. (1967), Associate Professor of Counseling and Guidance, College of Education; B.S., 1956, M.Ed., 1961, South Dakota State University; Ph.D., 1967, Ohio University. ESCHER, JOHN STUART (1970), Instructor and Research Associate in Physics; B.S., 1964, Ph.D., 1970, University of Illinois; M.B.A., 1966, Stanford University. ESPENSHADE, RALPH STERLING (1964), Senior Science Librarian; B.S., 1950, Kansas State University; M.S., 1951, University of Illinois; A.M.L.S., 1957, University of Michigan. ESTES, HUBERT R. (1960), Lecturer in Psychology; Coordinator, Second Year Teaching Program, College of Medicine; B.S. in Med., 1946, B.M., 1947, M.S., 1948, M.D., 1949, Northwestern University. EVANS, DANIEL DONALD (1963), Professor of Agricultural Chemistry and Soils and Hydrology and Water Resources; Soil Physicist, Agricultural Experiment Station; B.S., 1947, The Ohio State University; M.S., 1949, Ph.D., 1952, Iowa State University. EVANS, GILBERT EDWARD (1964), Associate Professor of Romance Languages; B.A., 1952, M.A.T., 1956, Ph.D., 1964, Yale University. EVANS, ROBERT RONALD (1967), Associate Professor of Sociology; B.S., 1956, M.S., 1960, Utah State University; Ph.D., 1966, University of Wisconsin. EVANS, WALTER HASKELL (1958), Professor of Electrical Engineering, Meteorology, and Atmospheric Sciences; B.S.E.E., 1946, M.S.E.E., 1947, University of Oklahoma; Ph.D. Iowa State College. EVEN, M. BRENDA BRAUN (1969), Instructor in English; A.B. 1961, University of Illinois M.A.T., 1964, Indiana University; M.Ed., 1969, University of Arizona. EWART, PHILLIP SMITH (1969), Instructor in Music; B.M., 1962, M. Mus. Ed., 1965 University of Arizona. EWING, RUSSELL CHARLES (1937), Professor of History; B.A., 1929, M.A., 1931, Ph.D., 1934, University of California at Berkeley. EWY, GORDON A. (1969), Associate Professor of Internal Medicine; B.A., 1955, M.D., 1961, University of Kansas. EYER, JAMES A. (1967), Professor of Optical Sciences; Associate Director, Optical Sciences Laboratory; B.S., 1951, Massachusetts Institute of Technology; Ph.D., 1957, University of Rochester. EZRA, HARRIETT ESTHER C. (1970), Lecturer in Surgery; B.A., 1945, University of Michigan. FAHEY, SHIRLEY NICKOLS (1970), Assistant Professor of Psychiatry (Psychology); B.A., 1957, Vanderbilt University; M.A., 1963, Ph.D., 1964, University of Florida. FAHEY, WALTER JOHN (1969), Dean of the College of Engineering; Professor of Electrical Engineering; B.S., 1957, M.S., 1959, Ph.D., 1963, Case Institute of Technology. FAIN, SAMUEL S. (1942 -43; 1946), Professor of Music; B.M.Ed., 1940, Northwesters University; M.A., 1951, University of Arizona; A.Mus.D., 1956, University of Southerr California. FAIRCHILD, PATRICIA CARLETTE (1970), Associate Professor of Physical Education for Women; B.S., 1962, M.A., 1965, Sam Houston State University; Ph.D., 1969, University of Oklahoma. FACULTY OF THE UNIVERSITY 29

FAITH, RICHARD (1961 -63; 1964 -68; 1969), Associate Professor of Music; B.M., 1950, M.M., 1952, Chicago Musical College. FALKNER, ANN COODY (1966 -67; 1968), Lecturer in Mathematics; B.A., 1954, Texas Woman's University; M.A., 1957, University of Texas. FAN, CHANG -YUN (1967), Professor of Physics; B.S., 1941, National Central University of China; Ph.D., 1952, University of Chicago. FANGMEIER, DELMAR DEAN (1968), Associate Professor of Agricultural Engineering; Associate Agricultural Engineer, Agricultural Experiment Station; B.Sc., 1954, B.Sc., 1960, M.Sc., 1961, University of Nebraska; Ph.D., 1967, University of California at Davis. FANNIN, BILL BRADFIELD (1965), Research Associateinthe Steward Observatory; B.S.E.E., 1944, M.S.E.E., 1947, University of Texas. FANSETT, GEORGE R. (1916), Mining Engineer Emeritus; Ph.B., 1905, Yale University. FARIS, BETTY JEAN (1968), Extension Home Economist, Gila County; B.Ed., 1942, Eastern Illinois University. FARR, CHARLES ROBERT (1964), Agricultural Agent, Maricopa County; B.S., 1941, M.S., 1943, University of Illinois. FARR, WILLIAM MORRIS (1969), Assistant Professor of Nuclear Engineering; BA., 1960, Rice University; M.S., 1962, Ph.D., 1966, University of Michigan. FAWLEY, PAUL CALVIN (1970), Visiting Professor, Educational Administration; B.A., 1929, Indiana Central College; M.A., 1934, University of Montana; Ed.D., 1948, Indiana University. FAZIO, STEVE (1942), Professor of Horticulture; Head of the Department; Horticulturist, Agricultural Experiment Station; B.S., 1940, M.S., 1951, University of Arizona. FAZZOLARE, ROCCO ANTHONY (1969), Assistant Professor of Nuclear Engineering; B.Ch.E., 1954, City College of New York; M.S., 1963, Ph.D., 1967, University of California at Los Angeles. FELDMAN, STANLEY GEORGE (1964 -65; 1970; 1971), Lecturer in Law; LL.B., 1956, University of Arizona. FELIX, CARLOS ARTHUR (1968), General Extension Specialist, Division of Continuing Education; B.A., 1950, M.A., 1967,4Jniversity of Arizona. FELNER, LEO H., (1969), Instructor in Health, Physical Education and Recreation; B.S., 1961, M.Ed., 1965, Colorado State University. FELTEN, JAMES EDGAR (1970), Visiting Associate Professor of Astronomy; Associate Astronomer, Steward Observatory; B.A., 1956, University of Minnesota; Ph.D., 1965, Cornell University. FELTHAM, ROBERT DEAN (1964), Associate Professor of Chemistry; B.Sc., 1954, University of New Mexico; Ph.D., 1957, University of California. FERDON, EDWIN NELSON, JR. (1961), Associate Director of the Arizona State Museum; B.A., 1937, University of New Mexico; M.A., 1942, University of Southern California. FERGUSON, CHARLES WESLEY (1950 -54; 1958), Associate Professor of Dendrochronology; B.S., 1948, Montana State University; M.S., 1950, Ph.D., 1960, University of Arizona. FERKO, FRANCIS ANDREW (1968), Instructor in Biological Sciences; B.S.Ed., 1966, M.S., 1970, University of Arizona. FERNANDO, QUINTUS (1961), Professor of Chemistry; B.Sc., 1949, University of Ceylon; M.S., 1951, Ph.D., 1953, University of Louisville. FERRELL, EDITH HAY (1970), Reference Librarian, University Library;B.A., 1954, Swarthmore College; M.Ed., 1966, Boston University; M.S., 1968, Simmons College. ERRELL, WILLIAM R. (1969), Professor of Systems Engineering; B.A., 1954, Swarthmore College; S.B., S.M., 1961, Ph.D., 1964, Massachusetts Institute of Technology. TERRIS, WAYNE ROBERT (1958), Professor of Biological Sciences; Ph.D., 1959, University of Chicago. r'FOLLIOTT, PETER FREDERICK (1968 -70; 1971), Assistant Professor, Watershed Manage- ment; Assistant Watershed Specialist, Agricultural Experiment Station; B.S., 1958, M.F., 1959, University of Minnesota; Ph.D., 1970, University of Arizona. MELD, ANTHONY HUGH (1967), Physician in the Student Health Service; M.D., 1937, Marquette University. rIFE, PAUL CHASE (1968), Professor of Mathematics; A.B., 1950, University of Chicago; A.B., Physics 1953, University of California at Berkeley; Ph.D., 1959, New York University. 'ILLERUP, JOSEPH McDONALD (1968), Associate Professor of Educational Administration; B.S., 1947, M.A., 1954, University of Wyoming; Ed.D., 1956, Columbia University. 'INE, THALIA H. (1970), Head Resident of Arizona Hall; B.S., 1930, Milwaukee Downer College. 'INER, JOEL JAY (1970), Visiting Professor of Law; B.B.A., 1959, City College of New York; LL.B., 1963, M.A., 1963, Yale University. 30 FACULTY OF THE UNI VER SIT}

FINK, UWE (1967), Assistant Research Professor in the Lunar and Planetary Laboratory; B.S. 1961, University of ; M.S., 1963, Ph.D., 1965, Pennsylvania State University. FINK, WILLIAM H. (1954), Professor of Economics; B.S., 1932, Ohio State University; M.A., 1948, Ph.D., 1954, University of California at Berkeley. FIRCH, ROBERT S. (1962), Professor of Agricultural Economics; Agricultural Economist, Agricultural Experiment Station; B.S., 1958, University of California at Davis; M.S., 1960, Purdue University; Ph.D., 1963, University of Chicago. FISCHER, JOHN L. (1969), Professor of Agricultural Economics; Agricultural Economist, Agricultural Experiment Station; B.S., 1947, M.S., 1949, Oklahoma State University; Ph.D., 1955, University of Wisconsin. FISH, ERNEST BERTLY (1969), Instructor in Watershed Management; Research Associate in the Agricultural Experiment Station; B.S., 1964, M.S., 1966, Colorado State University. FISHER, THOMAS LEE (1969), Assistant Professor in the Rehabilitation Center; B.A., 1958, Macalester College; M.A., 1962, Washington University; Ph.D., 1969, University of Georgia. FISHER, WARNER DOUGLASS (1954),Professorof PlantBreeding; PlantBreeder, Agricultural Experiment Station; B.S., 1947, Purdue University; M.S., 1949, Utah State College; Ph.D., 1954, Texas Agricultural and Mechanical College. FITCH, MARGARET EDSEL (1970), State Leader, Home Economics Extension; B.S., 1942, M.S., 1961, Oklahoma State University. FITCH, WALTER STEWART -(1951), Professor of Astronomy; Associate Director and Astronomer, Steward Observatory; A.B., 1948, Ph.D., 1955, University of Chicago. FITZGIBBON, CHARLES W. (1954 -55; 1956), Superintendent of the Cotton Research Farm, Tempe; B.S., 1950, Cornell University. FLICK, FRANCES JOSEPHINE (1969), Senior Acquisitions Librarian, University Library; B.S., 1939, Iowa State University; B.S., 1943, Syracuse University. FLINT, FRANKLIN SMITH (1969), Assistant Professor of Architecture; B.S., 1960, Idaho State College; B.Arch., 1966, University of Utah. FLIPPO, EDWIN B. (1964), Professor of Management; B.S., 1947, Missouri University; M.B.A., 1948, Ph.D., 1953, The Ohio State University. FLOR, ELEANOR VICTORIA (1964), Assistant Professor of Nursing; B.S., 1959, University of Minnesota; M.S., 1964, University of Washington. FLOYD, VIRGINIA HASTINGS (1963), Professor of Speech; A.B., 1944, University of Colorado; M.A., 1951, Ph.D., 1967, Northwestern University. FOERMAN, BOYCE R. (1957), Agricultural Agent, Maricopa County; B.S., 1954, Purdue University; M.A., 1962, Southwest Christian Seminary. FOGEL, MARTIN MARK 0964), Professor of Watershed Management; Watershed Specialist in theAgricultural ExperimentStation;B.Ag.E.,1948, M.S.,1949, University of Minnesota; Ph.D., 1968, University of Arizona. FOLTZ, JACK O., C.P.A. (1957), Associate Professor of Accounting; B.S., 1948, University of Wichita; M.B.A., 1949, University of Texas. FONTANA, BERNARD LEE (1962), Lecturer in Anthropology; Ethnologist, Arizona State Museum; B.A., 1953, University of California at Berkeley; Ph.D., 1960, University of Arizona. FONTES, MIGUEL ROBERT (1969), Resident Research Horticulturist, Abu Dhabi Program, Institute of Atmospheric Physics; B.S., 1964, California State Polytechnic College; Ph.D., 1969, Cornell University. FORAN, JOANNE ROSE (1959), Assistant Professor of Nursing; B.S., 1956, Mt. Saint Mary's College; M.S., 1959, University of California at Los Angeles. FORBES, FRED FRANKLIN (1963), Research Associate in Optical Sciences and Steward Observatory; B.E.E., 1958, University of Minnesota. FORD, WARREN VERNON (1962), Associate Comptroller; B.S., 1962, University of Arizona. FORRESTER, JAMES DONALD (1956), Dean Emeritus, College of Mines; Director Emeritus, Arizona Bureau of Mines; B.S., 1928, Geol.E., 1956, University of Utah; M.S., 1929, Ph.D., 1935, Cornell University. FORSTER, LESLIE STEWART (1955), Professor of Chemistry; B.S., 1947, University of California at Berkeley; Ph.D., 1951, University of Minnesota. FORTMAN, MARVIN (1965), Associate Professor of Management; B.S., 1957, J.D., 1960, University of Arizona; LL.M., 1961, New York University. FOSTER, ARLAND G. (1938), Professor of Aerospace and Mechanical Engineering; B.S., 1935, University of Wisconsin; M.S., 1951, University of Arizona. FOSTER, DALE W. (1969), Assistant Director and Associate Professor of Health, Physical Education andecreation; B.S., 1956, M.Ed., 1960, University of Illinois; Ed.D., 1969, University of New Mexico. FOSTER, ERNEST A., JR. (1955), Agricultural Agent in Charge, Greenlee County; B.S., 1936, University of Nebraska; M.Ag.Ed., 1966, University of Arizona. ~ACULTY OF THE UNIVERSITY 31

.OSTER, JOSEPH F. (1942), Associate Professor of Mathematics; B.A., 1939, Ohio State University; M.S., 1941, Ph.D., 1952, State University of Iowa; M.A., 1942, Harvard University. OSTER, ROBERT E. II (1950), Horticulturist in the Agricultural Experiment Station; B.S., 1941, University of California at Davis; Ph.D., 1945, University of Wisconsin. OSTER, WILLIAM T. JR. (1960), Assistant Dean of Men; B.S.,1958, M.B.A., 1959, University of Arizona. OWLER, GEORGE BINGHAM (1970), Visiting Professor of History; B.S., 1925, United States Naval Academy, Annapolis; MA., 1929, University of California at Berkeley; Ph.D., 1946, Columbia University. .OWLER, H. BRUCE (1967), Lecturer in Radio -Television; Producer -Writer, Radio -TV Bureau; B.S., 1966, University of Wisconsin. .OWLER, ROBERT GREY JR. (1970), Information Specialist in the Agricultural Extension Service; B.S., 1939, Oregon State University. ;OX, ROGER WILLIAM (1965), Associate Professor of Agricultural Economics; Adviser of Agricultural Economics, AID Brazil Program; B.S., 1959, at Davis, M.S., 1961, at Berkeley, University of California; Ph.D., 1965, Michigan State University. RANK, HELMUT J. (1961), Professor of Economics; B.S., 1948, M.A., 1950, Ph.D., 1961, Columbia University. RANKLIN, DAVID L. (1966 -67; 1970), Visiting Associate Professor of Systems Engineering; B.S., 1965, M.S., 1966, University of Arizona. RANKLIN, ELIZABETH CLARE (1964), Senior Reference Librarian, University Library; BA., 1932, University of California at Los Angeles; B.S.L.S., 1939, University of Southern California. RASIER, VANCE CLARK (1968), Associate Professor of Elementary Education; B.A., 1949, Eastern Washington State College; M.A., 1951, Stanford University; Ed_D., 1967, Columbia University. REELAND, JAMES J. (1970), Visiting Professor of Law; A.B., 1950, Duke University; J.D., 1954, University of Florida. REEMAN, BARRY N. (1956 -58; 1959), Extension Range Management Specialist; B.S., 1951, M.S., 1956, University of Arizona. REISER, HENRY (1958), Professor of Chemistry; B.S., 1941, City College of New York;

I M.A., 1942, Ph.D., 1944, Duke University. REITAG, RICHARD ROSS (1968), Assistant Professor of Animal Science; Assistant Animal Scientist, Agricultural Experiment Station; B.S., 1960, University of Illinois; M.S., 1964, University of Missouri; Ph.D., 1966, Purdue University. REVERT, RICHARD KELLER (1958), Professor of Agricultural Engineering; Director of and Agricultural Engineer in the Agricultural Experiment Station; B.S., 1937, M.S., 1940, Ph.D., 1948, Iowa State College. SUED, MARY (1967), Assistant Professor of Microbiology and Medical Technology; B.S., 1947, M.S., 1954, Ph.D., 1967, University of Arizona. tIEDEN, B. ROY (1966), Associate Professor of Optical Sciences; B.S., 1957, Brooklyn College; M.S., 1959, University of Pennsylvania; Ph.D., 1966, University of Rochester. tIKART, JOHN MAX (1960), Associate Professor of Economics; B.A., 1925, M.A., 1954, University of Arizona; B.F.T., 1951, American Institute for Foreign Trade; Ph.D., 1959, University of Colorado. tITTS, HAROLD CLARK (1960), Professor of Dendrochronology; B.A., 1951, Oberlin College; M.S., 1953, Ph.D., 1956, Ohio State University. ZOBISHER, MARY WAGNER (1960), Lecturer in Elementary Education; B.S., 1926, Temple University; MA., 1932, University of Iowa. ZOHLICH, ALBRECHT (1971), Visiting Professor of Mathematics; B.S., 1948, Ph.D., 1951, University of Bristol. LOST, KENNETH RAYMOND (1950), Professor of Agricultural Engineering; Agricultural Engineer, Agricultural Experiment Station; B.S., 1930, M.S., 1933, University of California at Berkeley. LYE, HILDA FAITH M. (1969), Instructor in English; A.B., 1953, Asbury College; M.A., 1959, University of Tennessee. JLGINITI, VINCENT ANTHONY (1969), Professor of Pediatrics; Head of the Department; A.B., 1953, M.D., 1957, M.S., 1961, Temple University. JLLER, DOROTHY VAN ARSDALE (1928), Associate Professor of English; B.A., 1925, University of Arizona; M.A., 1928, Columbia University. JLLER, WALLACE HAMILTON (1948), Professor of Agricultural Chemistry and Soils; Head of the Department; Biochemist, Agricultural Experiment Station; B.S., 1938, M.S., 1939, Washington State College; Ph.D., 1942, Iowa State College. JLLERTON, DALE GENE (1963), Research Associate in Entomology (Pesticide Residue), Agricultural Experiment Station; B.Sc., 1959, M.Sc., 1961, University of Wyoming. 32 FACULTY OF THE UNIVERSITY

FYE, ROBERT EATON (1967), Associate Professor of Entomology; Associate Entomologist, Agricultural Experiment Station; B.Sc., 1949, Iowa State University; M.Sc., 1951, Washington State University; Ph.D., 1954, University of Wisconsin. GADDIS, CHARLES WILLIAM (1964), Lecturer in Biological Sciences; B.S., 1958, Arizona State College; M.S., 1965, University of Arizona. GAEDE, RUTH BRANT (1956 -62; 1971), Lecturer in Humanities; B.A., 1954, M.A., 1957, University of Arizona. GAGE, EDWIN III (1970), Instructor in English; B.A., 1966, M.A., 1969, University of Michigan. GAINES, EDWIN METCALF (1961 -66; 1968), Associate Professor of History; Associate Dean of the College of Liberal Arts; B.A., 1950, Washington and Lee University; M.A., 1954, Ph.D., 1960, University of Virginia. GAINES, ROSANNA B. (1969), Instructor in English; B.A., 1956, University of Michigan; M.T.A., 1958, Harvard University. GALBRAITH, FREDERIC WILLIAM (1935), Professor Emeritus of Geology; B.S., 1927, Harvard College; M.S., 1928, Harvard University; Ph.D., 1935, University of Arizona. GANOUNG, LAURA D. (1966; 1970), Lecturer in Special Education; B.S., 1940, Pennsylvania State Teachers College; M.Ed., 1944, Pennsylvania State University. GANUS, WILLIAM JOSEPH (1967), Lecturer in Hydrology and Water Resources; B.S., 1958, University of Texas; M.S., 1965, University of Arizona. GARCIA, JOSE DOLORES, JR. (1967), Associate Professor of Physics; B.S., 1957, New Mexico State University; M.A., 1959, University of California at Berkeley; Ph.D., 1966, University of Wisconsin. GARDNER, BRYANT ROGERS (1962), Associate Agricultural Chemist, Agricultural Experi ment Station; B.S., 1958, Arizona State College; M.S., 1960, Ph.D., 1963, University of Arizona. GARDNER, RUTH MARIAN B. (1970), Instructor in English; B.A., 1965, M.A., 1967, University of Arizona. GARNER, M. AGNES (1956), Assistant Professor of Physical Education for Women; B.S., 1944, M.A., 1948, Southwest Texas State Teachers College. GARRETSON, OLIVER KELLEAM (1930), Dean Emeritus of the College of Education; Professor of Secondary Education; A.B. ,1918, University of Oklahoma; M.A., 1926, University of Texas; Ph.D., 1929, Columbia University. GASKILL, JACK DONALD (1968), Assistant Professor of Optical Sciences; B.S.E.E., 1957, Colorado State University; M.S.E.E., 1965, Ph.D., 1968, Stanford University. GASPER, LOUIS CLEMENT (1968), Assistant Professor of Economics; B.S., 1965, Duquesne University; Ph.D., 1969, Duke University. GATEWOOD, ELIZABETH ROSE (1946), Associate Professor of Physical Education for Women; A.B., 1940, M.A., 1946, Arizona State University. GAUNTT, CHARLES JOHN (1968), Assistant Professor of Microbiology; B.S., 1959, Southwestern University; M.A., 1964, Ph.D., 1966, University of Texas. GAVLAK, EMIL STEPHEN (195'7), Professor of Secondary Education; B.A., 1940, King College; M.Ed., 1941, Pennsylvania State University; Ed.D., 1954, George Peabody College. GAZZOLA, PETER G. (1970), Lecturer in Counseling and Guidance; A.B., 1963, Holy Cross College; M.Ed., 1967, Rhode Island College. GEBERT, JAMES ROBERT (1969), Assistant Statistician in the Agricultural Experiment Station;B.S.,1961, M.S., 1963, Marquette University; Ph.D., 1967, Iowa State University. GEGENHEIMER, ALBERT FRANK (1941 -43;1945), Professor of English; Editor of ARIZONA QUARTERLY; A.B., 1932, Yale University; M.A., 1936, Western Reserve University; Ph.D., 1940, University of Pennsylvania. GEHRELS, ANTON MARIE J. (1961), Professor in the Lunar and Planetary Laboratory; S.S. 1951, Leiden University; Ph.D., 1956, University of Chicago. GENSLER, WILLIAM GEORGE (1968), Assistant Professor of Electrical Engineering; S.S. 1952, St. Mary's College; M.S., 1954, Northwestern University; M.A., 1962, Canisia College; Ph.D., 1968, Carnegie -Mellon University. GENTRY, DONALD WILLIAM (1970), Instructor in Mining and Geological Engineering; B.S. 1965, University of Illinois; M.S., 1967, University of Nevada. GERBER, JOSEPH SAMUEL (1966; 1967), Associate Professor of Finance, Insurance and Rea Estate; B.S.L., 1937, Northwestern University; J.D., 1938, Loyola University. GERHARDT, PAUL DONALD (1955), Professor of Entomology; Entomologist, Agricultura Experiment Station; B.Sc., 1940, Berkeley, M.Sc., 1941, Davis, Ph.D., 1949, Berkeley University of California. GERHART, DANIEL DELANO (1963), Agricultural Agent in Charge, Santa Cruz County B.S., 1961, University of Arizona. FACULTY OF THE UNIVERSITY 33

GESELL, JOHN LEO, JR. (1965), Lecturer in Romance Languages; B.A., 1959, Montana State University. GETTY, HARRY THOMAS (1936), Professor of Anthropology; A.B., 1928, Baker University; M.A., 1932, University of Arizona; Ph.D., 1950, University of Chicago. GIBBINGS, FRANK TOM (1926), Professor Emeritus of Health, Physical Education and Recreation; B.S., 1926, University of Arizona. GIBBS, JUNE CAROLYN (1956), Extension Nutritionist; B.S., 1949, West Texas State College; M.A., 1956, Texas Woman's University. GIBSON, LAY JAMES (1968), Assistant Professor of Geography and Area Development; B.S., 1962, Oregon State University; M.A., 1966, Ph.D., 1968, University of California at Los Angeles. GIEBNER, ROBERT CARL (1966), Associate Professor of Architecture; B.Arch., 1964, Miami University; M.Arch., 1966, University of Illinois. GIFFORD, GILBERT L. (1955), Professor of Economics; B.B.A., 1930, M.B.A., 1938, University of Washington; Ph.D., 1955, University of Pennsylvania. GILBERTSON, ROBERT LEE (1967), Professor of Plant Pathology; Plant Pathologist, Agricultural Experiment Station; B.A., 1949, University of Montana; M.S., 1951, University of Washington; Ph.D., 1954, Syracuse University. GILCHRIESE, JOHN DOUGLAS (1964), Field Historian, University Library. GILL, ARTHUR WILLIAM (1942), Associate Professor Emeritus of Systems Engineering; B.S., 1910, University of Colorado; M.A., 1930, Colorado State College of Education. GILL, JOSEPH (1947), Associate Professor of Management; B.S., 1936, Franklin and Marshall College; M.B.A., 1946, New York University. GILLETT, PETER L. (1968), Assistant Professor of Marketing; B.A. and B.S., 1962, Ohio State University; M.B.A., 1964, Washington State University; Ph.D., 1969, Michigan State University. GILLILAND, ROBERT LEE (1967), Agricultural Agent, Maricopa County; B.S., 1966, University of Arizona. GILLMOR, FRANCES (1931 -32; 1934), Professor of English; B.A., 1928, M.A., 1931, University of Arizona; Doctora en Letras, 1957, Universidad Nacional Autónom.a de México. GIPSON, ROSEMARY P. (1966), Assistant Professor of Secondary Education and Drama; B.S., 1951, Purdue University; M.A., 1967, University of Arizona. GLASS, RICHARD STEVEN (1970), Assistant Professor of Chemistry; B.A., 1963, New York University; Ph.D., 1967, Harvard University. GLEASON, DONALD MARK (1965), Research Associate in Surgery; B.A., 1952, Harvard College; M.D., 1956, College of Physicians and Surgeons, Columbia University. GLICK, FRED C. (1969), Lecturer in Health, Physical Education and Recreation; B.S., 1959, Colorado State University. GLOYD, HOWARD KAY (1958), Lecturer in Biological Sciences; B.S., 1924, D.Sc., 1942,

Ottawa University; M.S.,1929, Kansas State College; Ph.D., 1937,. University of Michigan. GLOYD, KATHRYN JOHNS (1959), Catalog Librarian, College of Medicine Library; B.S., 1939, B.S.L.S., 1948, University of Illinois; M.S., 1940, University of Maryland. GOETINCK, JEAN FIRMIN (1962 -64; 1965), Lecturer in Romance Languages; B.A., 1958, M.A., 1961, University of California at Los Angeles. GOLDBERG, STANLEY J. (1970), Associate Professor of Pediatrics; A.B., 1956, M.D., 1959, Indiana University. GOLDFEIN, SAMUEL (1967), Assistant Professor of Internal Medicine; S.B., 1957, M.D., 1957, University of Chicago. GOLDHABER, MICHAEL HENRY (1970), Assistant Professor of Physics; A.B., 1963, Harvard University; Ph.D., 1968, Stanford University. GOMEZ, ROSENDO A. (1948), Professor of Government; Ph.B., 1939, University of Vermont; M.A., 1947, Ph.D., 1950, University of Minnesota. GONZALEZ, LUIS ANDRES de GALDEANO (1970), Instructor in Pharmacology; B.S., 1964, M.S., 1966, Ph.D., 1970, Technische Hochschule, Munich, Germany. GOODWIN, FELIX LEE (1968), Assistant to the President; B.S., 1958, University of Maryland; M.P.A., 1965, University of Arizona. GORDON, ROBERT (1966), Lecturer in Mathematics; B.S., 1959, University of New Mexico; M.A., 1966, University of Arizona. GORE, ROBERT WILSON (1967), Assistant Professor of Physiology; B.A., 1961, Carleton College; Ph.D., 1967, University of Iowa. GORIN, IGOR (1966), Professor of Music; D.Mus., 1956, Brigham Young University. GOSS, CAROL F. (1970), Assistant Professor of Government; B.A., 1967, M.A., 1968, University of Arizona. GOUDINOFF, PETER ALEXIS (1969), Assistant Professor of Government; B.A., 1965, M.A., 1966, Ph.D., 1969, Ohio State University. 34 FACULTY OF THE UNIVERSITY

GOULD, LAURENCE M. (1963), Professor of Geosciences; B.S., 1921, M.A., 1923, D.Sc., 1925, LL.D., 1954, University of Michigan; D.Sc., 1931, Brooklyn Polytechnic Institute; LL.D., 1945, Coe College; LL.D., 1946, Macalester College; L.H.D., 1951, Ripon College; L.H.D., 1953, Southwestern at Memphis; Litt.D.,1955, Chicago Medical School; D.Sc., 1958, Union College; LL.D., 1959, Dartmouth College; LL.D., 1959, New York University; D.Sc., 1959, Columbia University; D.Sc., 1960, Notre Dame; L.H.D., 1958, Wayne State University; LL.D., 1961, Brandeis University; LL.D., 1962, Wooster College; LL.D., 1962, University of Minnesota; LL.D., 1962, St. Olaf College; L.H.D., 1962, Carleton College; LL.D., 1962, Harvard University; LL.D., 1966, Simpson College. GRAESSER, ROY FRENCH (1926), Professor and Head of Mathematics Emeritus; A.B., 1919, A.M., 1922, Ph.D., 1926, University of Illinois. GRAHAM, DONALD AVERY (1969), Lecturer in English; B.A., 1963, Yale University; M.A., 1965, University of California at Berkeley. GRAHAM, GORDON JACKSON(1968),ChiefEditorofAgriculturalInformation, Agricultural Experiment Station and the Agricultural Extension Service; B.S.A., 1948, M.S., 1952, Purdue University. GRAHAM, JAMES J. (1969), Associate Professor of Law; A.B., 1955, Fordham University; LL.B., 1958, St. John's University; LL.M., 1963, New York University. GRAHAM, NANCY ANN (1966), Assistant Professor of Home Economics; Assistant Home Economist, Agricultural Experiment Station; B.S., 1958, Washington State University; M.S., 1964, Ph.D., 1968, Pennsylvania State University. GRANGER, BYRD HOWELL (1951), Professor of Folklore and Literature, Department of English; A.B., 1934, Goucher College; M.A., 1953, University of Arizona; Ph.D., 1962, University of California. GRANT, ROBERT TRUMAN (1969), Associate Professor of Educational Administration; A.B., 1949, Sacramento State College; Ed.M., 1956, Western Washington State College; Ed.D., 1962, Stanford University. GRANT, THOMAS HENRY (1963), Lecturer in Public Administration. GREEN, ELLERY CULVER (1961), Professor of Architecture; B.A.Arch., 1953, University of Michigan. GREEN, THOMAS H., Major General, United States Army, (Retired 1953), Professor Emeritus of Law; LL.B., 1915, LL.D., 1946, Boston University; LL.M., 1923, George Washington University. GREENE, DENNIS IVAN (1959), Lecturer in German; B.A., 1952, University of Arizona; M.A., 1956, University of Michigan. GREENE, GUY SHEPARD (1959 -1962;1966),Professorof Horticulture;Landscape Architect, Agricultural Experiment Station; B.S., 1948, Iowa State College. GREER, DORA JEAN Y. (1969), Instructor in English; B.S.,1955, Northern Arizona University; M.S., 1959, Brigham Young University; Ed.D., 1969, University of Arizona. GREER, HENRY BRYAN (1970), Instructor in Civil Defense Training, Division of Continuing Education; B.B.A.,1940, University of Arizona; M.A., 1964, George Washington University. GREGG, KARL CURTISS (1965), Assistant Professor of Romance Languages; A.B., 1953, Hamilton College; M.A., 1954, University of Arizona; Ph.D., 1968, Syracuse University. GRESHAM, HELEN ELIZABETH (1967 -69; 1970), Instructor in English; A.S., 1950, Chestnut Hill College; M.A., 1953, Laval University; M.A., 1967, University of Arizona. GROEMER, HELMUT (1964), Professor of Mathematics; Ph.D., 1954, University of Innsbruck. GROH, JOHN ELIOT (1962 -66; 1967), Project Engineer, Abu Dhabi Program, Institute of Atmospheric Physics; B.S., 1960, Oklahoma State University; M.S., 1966, University of Arizona. GROSSMAN, MAURICE K. (1955), Professor of Art; B.S., 1950, Wayne University; M.A., 1953, Ohio State University. GROUNDS, ROBERT E. (1957), Agricultural Agent, Yuma County; B.S., 1953, New Mexico State University. GRUBER, SHIRLEY ANN (1965 -66; 1967), Instructor in Public Administration; B.S., 1960, Boston University; M.A., 1964, University of Arizona; M.Ph., 1967, Yale University. GRUENER, RAPHAEL PETER (1968), AssistantProfessor of Physiology; B.A.,1961, University of California at Berkeley; M.A., 1963, Ph.D., 1966, University of Illinois. GRUNOW, OSKAR HERMANN RUDOLF (1967), Assistant Professor of German; B.A., 1955, University of Arizona; Ph.D., 1967, The University of Vienna. GRYTING, LOYAL A. T. (1949), Professor of Romance Languages; A.B., B.S., 1938, Bowling Green State University; A.M., 1939, Ph.D., 1949, University of Michigan; Certificat d'Etudes Francaises, 1945, Universite de Grenoble. GUBSER, MERLYN MONROE (1968), Assistant Professor of Secondary Education; Assistant to the Dean; B.S., 1962, Oregon State University; M.S., 1963, Ph.D., 1968, University of Oregon. GUILBERT, JOHN MOSS (1965), Associate Professor of Geosciences; B.S., 1953, University of North Carolina; M.S., 1954, Ph.D., 1962, University of Wisconsin. FACULTY OF THE UNIVERSITY 35

GULLO, JOSEPH D. (1965), Associate Professor of Educational Psychology; A.B., 1951, University of Southern California; M.A., 1962, Ph.D., 1965, University of Texas. GUM, RUSSELL LYNN (1968), Associate Professor of Hydrology and Water Resources; B.S., 1964, Ph.D., 1970, University of California at Davis. GUPTA, ARJUN KUMAR (1968), Assistant Professor of Mathematics; B.Sc., 1957, Banaras Hindu University; B.Sc., M.Sc., 1959, Poona University; Ph.D., 1968, Purdue University. GUPTA, VINEY KUMAR (1970), Visiting Assistant Professor in Systems Engineering; B.Sc., 1965, Punjab University; B.S., 1967, M.S., 1968, Ph.D., 1970, University of California at Berkeley. GUSTAVSON, REUBEN GILBERT (1959), Professor of Chemistry Emeritus; Adviser to the President; A.B., 1916, M.A., 1917, University of Denver; Ph.D., 1925, University of Chicago; D.Sc., Regis College, James Millikan University, Doan College, University of Maine, University of Florida; L.H.D., University of Denver; LL.D., Colorado College, University of Maine, Creighton University, University of Pittsburgh; H.H.D., University of Nebraska; LL.D., 1970, The University of New Mexico. GUY, ANDREW D. (1969), Associate Administrator and Director of Business & Finance, University Hospital; B.S., 1963, California State College at Los Angeles; M.S., 1965, University of California at Los Angeles. HAAS, LEZ (1963), Professor of Art; A.B., 1939, M.A., 1941, University of California at Berkeley. HACHIMORI, YUTAKA (1969), Research Associate in Biochemistry, College of Medicine; B.S., 1960, Chiba University; M.S., 1962, Ph.D., 1965, Tokyo Institute of Technology. HADLEY, MAC EUGENE (1968), Assistant Professor of Biological Sciences; B.A., 1956, San Jose State College; M.Sc., 1964, Ph.D., 1966, Brown University. HAGLER, WILLIAN JANE (1961), Extension Home Economist, Santa Cruz County; B.S., 1961, University of Arizona. HAINES, CHARLES EDWARD (1969), Livestock Production Specialist, AID -Brazil Program; B.S., 1948, Clemson University; M.S., 1951, University of Maryland; Ph.D., 1958, University of Florida. HALDERMAN, ALLAN D. (1956), Extension Specialist in Agricultural Engineering; B.S., 1951, Kansas State College; M.S., 1955, Colorado A & M College; C.E., 1967, Stanford University. HALE, WILLIAM HARRIS (1960), Professor of Animal Science; Animal Scientist, Agricultural Experiment Station; B.S., 1946, M.S., 1947, University of Kentucky; Ph.D., 1950, University of Wisconsin. HALL, ARTHUR CURTIS (1971), Lecturer in Mining and Geological Engineering; B.A., 1930, Stanford University. HALL, DAVID JOHN (1947), Associate Dean of the College of Engineering; Professor of Civil Engineering; B.S., 1936, Michigan State College; M.S., 1945, University of Michigan. HALL, DONALD ROOTS (1966), Assistant Professor of Government; B.A., 1958, University of Chicago; M.A., 1963, Ph.D., 1966, University of Colorado. HALL, FRANCIS ROGER (1969),ResearchAssociateinEntomology,Agricultural Experiment Station; B.A., 1953, Fisk University. HALL, GEORGE RICHARD (1969), Director of Pharmacy and Supply, University Hospital; Clinical Associate, College of Pharmacy; B.S., 1955, University of Illinois. HALL, HENRY K. (1969), Professor of Chemistry; Head of the Department; B.S., 1944, Brooklyn Polytechnic Institute; M.S., 1946, Pennsylvania State University; Ph.D., 1949, University of Illinois. HALL, ROBERT LEE (1966), Instructor in Biological Sciences; B.S., 1958, M.S., 1965, University of Arizona. HALL, RUTH C. WHITEHOUSE (1956), Professor of Home Economics; Director of the School of Home Economics; B.S., 1947, The Ohio State University; M.S., 1948, Ph.D., 1956, Purdue University. HALL, THOMAS LEAVITT (1957), Adviser to the Arizona Board of Regents; Professor of Law; B.A., 1929, University of Arizona; LL.B., 1931, University of Michigan. HALVORSON, ROBERT LAURAL (1955), Area Extension Information Specialist; B.A., 1955, University of Arizona. HAMARA, OMA (1964), Associate Professor of Mathematics; B.A., 1951, Pacific Union College; Ph.D., 1957, Massachusetts Institute of Technology. HAMBENNE, JOSEPH R. (1950), Assistant Professor of Sociology; B.A., 1937, Ball State Teachers' College; M.A., 1947, University of Illinois. HAMEEN -ANTTILA, JYRKI OSKAR (1963 -64;1967), Research Associate, Lunar and Planetary Laboratory; M.Sc., 1962, Institute of Technology of Helsinki. HAMER, THOMAS PHILIP (1969), Visiting Lecturer in Economics; B.A., 1966, University of Arizona; M.B.E., 1969, Claremont Graduate School. HAMIL, MARIFLOYD (1970), Extension Home Economist, Maricopa County; B.S., 1958, University of Tennessee. 36 FACULTY OF THE UNIVERSITY

HAMILTON, DANIEL LEE (1969), Professor of Romance Languages; Director of the Latin American Area Center; A.B., 1931, Baylor University; M.A., 1932, Northwestern University; Ph.D., 1941, University of Chicago. HAMILTON, DOUGLAS JAMES (1959), Professor of Electrical Engineering; B.S.E.E., 1953, Case Institute of Technology; M.S.E.E., 1956, University of CAlifornia at Los Angeles; Ph.D., 1959, Stanford University. HAMILTON, GLEN (1966), Assistant Professor of Special Education; B.A., 1957, M.A., 1958, Western State College of Colorado. HAMILTON, KEITH CARL (1954), Professor of Agronomy; Agronomist, Agricultural Experiment Station; B.S., 1951, M.S., 1952, Ph.D., 1954, University of Wisconsin. HAMILTON, MARIE PADGETT (1927), Professor Emeritus of English; B.A., 1916, Greenville Woman's College; M.A. ,1926, University of Arizona; Ph.D., 1932, Cornell University; Litt.S., 1957, Furman University. HAMLYN, WILFRED THOMAS (1968), Lecturer in Civil Engineering; B.S., 1936, University of Texas; M.S., 1938, University of Montana. HAMMACK, LAURENS C. (1966), Associate Archaeologist, Arizona State Museum; B.A., 1959, M.A., 1964, University of New Mexico. HAMMER, FRANCIS JOHN (1970), Clinic Administrator in the Student Health Service. HAMMOND, PHILLIP EVERETT (1970), Professor of Sociology; B.A., 1952, M.A., 1954, Willamette University; M.A., 1957, Ph.D., 1960, Columbia University. HAMMOND, SANDRA NOLL (1970), Lecturer in Physical Education for Women. HANAHAN, DONALD JAMES (1967), Professor of Biochemistry, College of Medicine; Head of the Department; B.S., 1941, Ph.D., 1944, University of Illinois. HANCOCK, HAROLD LLOYD (1966), LecturerinSpeech; B.S.,1962,IllinoisState University; M.A., 1966, Northwestern University. HANCOCK, ROBERT SPENCER (1970), Professor of Marketing; Head of the Department; B.S., 1947, North Central College; M.S., 1949, Ph.D., 1956, University of Illinois. HANDVERGER, PAUL ATWILL (1970), Instructor in Geosciences; B.A., 1956, Dartmouth College; M.S., 1970, University of Arizona. HANKINSON, HELOISE P. (1969), Extension Home Economist, Yavapai County; B.A., 1939, Berea College. HANNAH, BETTY R. (1969), Instructor in Special Education; B.S., 1952, Madison College; M.Ed., 1957, Hunter College. HANSEN, RICHARD W. (1967), Associate Professor of Marketing; B.B.A., 1958, M.S., 1960, Ph.D., 1964, University of Minnesota. HANSEN, ROBERT LEE (1968), Lecturer in Health, Physical Education and Recreation; B.S., 1967, University of Arizona. HARDIGAN, WILLIAM DAVID (1970), Instructor in Pharmaceutical Sciences, College of Pharmacy; B.S., 1954, M.S., 1959, University of Wyoming. HARDING, FORREST ELROY (1970), Visiting Assistant Professor of Marketing; B.S., 1961, Southern Illinois University; M.S., 1964, Northern Illinois University; D.B.A., 1970, Arizona State University. HARDING, JUDY ANN (1966), Assistant Professor of Physical Education for Women; B.A., 1964, Furman University; M.Ed., 1966, University of Arizona. HARLAN, THOMAS PINKNEY (1958 -61;1962), Research Associatein the Tree -Ring Laboratory; B.A.,1956, Texas Technological College; M.A., 1962, University of Arizona. HARMAN, SARAH I. (1957), Assistant State Leader, 4 -H Club Work, Agricultural Extension Service; A.B., 1943, Davis and Elkins College; M.Ed., 1951, Cornell University. HARNED, ROGER J. (1969), Associate Professor of Government; A.B., 1964, M.A., 1965, Indiana University. HARPER, FREDERICK CLYDE (1970), Extension Area Vegetable Specialist; B.S., 1959, University of Vermont; M.A.E., 1969, North Carolina State University. HARPER, JOHNNIE RAYE (1965), Lecturer in English; B.A., 1958, M.A., 1960, Southern Methodist University. HARRIOTT, BILLIE LEE (1963), Associate Professor of Agricultural Engineering; Associate AgriculturalEngineer,Agricultural ExperimentStation;B.S.,1956, IowaState University; M.S., 1963, University of Arizona. HARRIS, DONALD ERVIN (1967),ResearchAssociateinHorticulture,Agricultural Experiment Station; B.S., 1954, Pennsylvania State University. HARRIS, PATRICIA ASBURY (1952 -59; 1963), Assistant Director of the University News Bureau. HARRIS, RICHARD D. (1968), Assistant Agricultural Agent, Navajo County; B.S., 1956, University of Arizona. HARRIS, ROBERT MARTIN (1953), Professor of Biological Sciences; A.B., 1949, Ph.D., 1953, University of California at Los Angeles. CULTY OF THE UNIVERSITY 37

RSHBARGER, JOHN WILLIAM (1959), Professor of Geosciences and Hydrology and Water Resources; B.S.,1942, Texas College of Mines; M.S., 1948, Ph.D., 1949, University of Arizona. RSHMAN, GORDON ADAIR (1963), Associate Professor of Counseling and Guidance, College of Education; A.B., 1950, M.Ed., 1953, University of Colorado; Ph.D., 1963, The Ohio State University. RTMANN, WILLIAM KENNETH (1965), Assistant Professor in the Lunar and Planetary Laboratory; B.S.,1961, Pennsylvania State University; M.S., 1965, Ph.D., 1966, University of Arizona. RTSELL, ONNIE MICHAEL (1957), Professor of Music; A.B., 1941, Berea College; M.A., 1946, Ed.D., 1951, Columbia University. SHIMOTO, TATSUJIRO (1970), Lecturer in Oriental Studies; B.A., 1956, M.A., 1960, Meiji -Gakuin University, Tokyo. SKIN, DONALD MARCUS (1965), Associate Professor of Art; B.A., 1955, University of Minnesota; M.F.A., 1959, Cranbrook Academy of Art. .STINGS, JAMES RODNEY (1955 -56; 1962), Research Professor, Institute of Atmospheric Physics; Professor of Atmospheric Sciences; B.A., 1952, Ph.D., 1963, University of Arizona. .THORN, SCOTT JR. (1948 -51; 1969), Extension Economist, Farm Management; B.S., 1941, Louisiana State University; M.S., 1942, Ph.D., 1948, University of Illinois. .UGEN, EDWARD B. (1967), Associate Professor of Aerospace and Mechanical Engineering; B.A., 1963, M.A., 1967, California State College at Los Angeles. .URY, EMIL WALTER (1928 -30;1937), Fred A. Riecker Distinguished Professor of Anthropology; Adviser, Arizona State Museum; B.A. 1927, M.A., 1928, University of Arizona; Ph.D., 1934, Harvard University; LL.D., 1959, University of New Mexico. .USENBAUER, CHARLES ROBERT (1949), Professor of Electrical Engineering; B.S., 1942, M.S., 1949, Ph.D., 1957, University of Missouri. WES, DONALD B. (1956), Associate Professor of Civil Engineering; A.B., 1946, University of Southern California; M.S., 1950, University of North Dakota. I.WKINS, CLARK A. (1968), Professor of Finance, Insurance and Real Estate; B.S., 1954, Pennsylvania State University; M.S., 1960, Ph.D., 1964, Purdue University. kWKINS, KATHARINE ANN (1968), Instructor in Physical Education for Women; B.S., 1961, University of Omaha; M.F.A., 1964, University of North Carolina. OWKINS, RICHARD ORRIN (1969), Assistant Professor of Sociology; B.A., 1965, Gustavus Adolphus College; M.A., 1968, Ph.D., 1970, University of Washington. YDEN, JULIAN D. (1964), Research Associate, Arizona State Museum. AYES, J. KENNETH (1956), Assistant Comptroller. LYS, WARREN S. (1968), Instructor, Reading Development Center, College of Education; B.A., 1949, West Liberty State College; M.Ed., 1957, University of Delaware. ZLITT, JAMES R., (1956), Agricultural Agent in Charge, Yuma County; B.S., 1948, Iowa State College; M.S., 1961, Michigan State University. FATHER, BARBARA ELLEN (1968), Lecturer in German; A.B., 1951, Earlham College; M.A., 1970, University of Arizona. EATHMAN, E. STANLEY JR. (1960), Extension Weed Specialist; B.S., 1950, Kansas State University; M.S., 1970, University of Wyoming. ECHT, MELVIN E. (1954), Professor of Geography and Area Development; A.B., 1948. Valparaiso University; M.A., 1950, Northwestern University; Ph.D., 1962, University of Kansas. ECK, GORDON (1958), Professor of Architecture; B.Arch., 1948, University of Minnesota: M.Arch., 1951, Massachusetts Institute of Technology. ECKERMAN, DONALD GEORGE (1971), Associate Professor of Economics; B.A., 1962. DePauw University; Ph.D., 1967, Massachusetts Institute of Technology. ECKERMAN, LUANNE DAVIS (1971), Coordinator of Clinical Nursing, University Hospital B.S., 1963, DePauw University; M.S., 1966, Boston University. EDGE; GEORGE ALBERT (1968), Assistant Professor of Physiology; B.S., 1961, M.A. 1963, University of Missouri; Ph.D., 1966, Stanford University. EDGES, BARBARA ANDERSON (1968), Instructor in Physical Education for Women; B.A. 1963, Arizona State University. EDTKE, CHARLES HERMAN (1969), Assistant Professor of Oriental Studies; A.B., 1954 M.A., 1960, Ph.D., 1968, University of California at Berkeley. EED, WILLIAM BATTLES (1958), Professor of Biological Sciences; B.S., 1950, Pennsylvani; State University; M.A., 1952, Ph.D., 1955, University of Texas. EINE, MELVIN WAYNE (1970), Professor of Obstetrics and Gynecology; M.D., 1958, Duki University. ELDT, CARL RANDALL (1961), Associate Professor of Art; B.F.A., 1950, University o Illinois. 38 FACULTY OF THE UNIVERSITY

HENDERSHOTT, RICHARD DUNN (1965), Assistant Animal Pathologist,Agricultural Experiment Station; B.S., 1954, M.S., 1964, University of California at Davis; Ph.D., 1967, University of Arizona. HENDERSON, RONALD WILBUR (1967), Associate Professor of Educational Psychology; Director, Research and Development Center, Early Childhood Education; B.A., 1960, Sacramento State College; M.Ed., 1962, Ed.D., 1966, University of Arizona. HENDRICKS, DAVID MARION (1966), Assistant Professor of Agricultural Chemistry and Soils; Assistant Agricultural Chemist, Agricultural Experiment Station; B.S., 1960, M.S., 1962, Ph.D., 1966, University of California at Davis. HENDRICKSEN, EDWARD NOEL (1970), Reference Librarian in the Law Library; B.A., 1961, Sacramento State College; J.D., 1970, Creighton University. HENDRICKSON, JOHN ROSCOE (1969), Professor of Biological Sciences; B.S.,1944, University of Arizona; M.A., 1949, Ph.D., 1951, University of California at Berkeley. HERBER, BERNARD P. (1957 -61;1962), Professor of Economics; Research Specialist, Division of Economic and Business Research; B.A., 1954, Loyola University; M.A., 1955, University of Arizona; Ph.D., 1960, University of Washington. HERIC, JOHN FREDERICK (1969), Instructor in Art; B.F.A., 1963, Arizona State University; M.F.A., 1965, Southern Illinois University. HERMAN, BENJAMIN MORRIS (1962), Research Professor, Institute of Atmospheric Physics; Professor of Atmospheric Sciences; B.S., 1951, M.S., 1954, New York University; Ph.D., 1964, University of Arizona. HERNANDEZ, JOSE (1970), Associate Professor of Sociology; B.A., 1958, M.A., 1960, Fordham University; Ph.D., 1964, University of Minnesota. HERTZ, LEWIS (1955), Associate Professor of Psychology; Assistant Director of the Student Counseling Bureau; A.B.,1947, Eastern Michigan University; M.A.,1949,State University of Iowa; Ph.D., 1955, University of Wisconsin. HERVEY, SARAH DINHAM (1968), Assistant Professor of Educational Psychology; B.S., 1961, The University of Minnesota; M.A., 1963, Ph.D., 1966, Michigan State University. HESSEMER, ROBERT ANDREW, JR. (1955), Professor of Electrical Engineering; B.S., 1947, University of Washington; M.S., 1948, Ph.D., 1953, Stanford University. HESTER, MARTHA ELLEN (1970), Lecturer in Home Economics; B.S., 1948, Auburn University. HETRICK, DAVID LeROY (1963), Professor of Nuclear Engineering; B.S., 1947, M.S., 1950, Rensselaer Polytechnic Institute; Ph.D., 1954, University of California at Los Angeles. HETZEL, DAVID LOWELL, Major, U.S. Air Force (1968), Assistant Professor of Military Aerospace Studies; B.S., 1959, West Virginia University. HIBBS, EITHEL LENORA (1958), Assistant Professor of Physical Education for Women; B.S., 1943, Mary Hardin -Baylor College; M.S., 1950, North Texas State College. HIBBS, WILLIAM HOUGHTON (1964), Assistant to the Dean of the College of Business and Public Administration; B.S., 1963, M.P.A., 1964, University of Arizona. HICKS, NEAL GRIFFIN (1969), Mechanical Engineer, Abu Dhabi Program, Institute of Atmospheric Physics; B.S., 1960, Texas Technological College. HIGLEY, LUTIE LEE (1947 -49; 1950), Assistant Librarian for Public Services, University Library; Associate Professor of Library Science; B.A., 1938, University of Southern California; Certificate, 1939, University of California at Berkeley. HILBERRY, NORMAN (1964), Professor of Nuclear Engineering; A.B., 1921, Oberlin College; Ph.D., 1941, University of Chicago; LL.D., 1961, Elmhurst College; LL.D., 1962, Marquette University; D.Sc., 1962, Monmouth College. HILDRETH, GINA DESSART (1968), InstructorinEnglish;B.A.,1967, M.A.,1968, University of Arizona. HILGEMAN, ROBERT HARRY (1930 -46;1948), Horticulturist, Agricultural Experiment Station; Superintendent, Salt River Valley Citrus Research Farm, Tempe; B.S., 1928, University of Arizona; M.S., 1942, Ph.D., 1951, University of California at Los Angeles. HILL, FREDERICK J. (1963), Professor of Electrical Engineering; B.S., 1958, M.S., 1960, Ph.D., 1963, University of Utah. HILL, HENRY ALLEN (1966), Professor of Physics; B.S., 1953, University of Houston; M.S., 1956, Ph.D., 1957, University of Minnesota. HILLIARD, RONNIE LEWIS (1964), Research Associate, Steward Observatory; B.A., 1959, Whitman College; Ph.D., 1964, University of Saskatchewan. HILLMAN, JIMMYE STANDARD (1950), Professor of Agricultural Economics; Head of the Department; Agricultural Economist, Agricultural Experiment Station; B.S., 1942, Mississippi State College; M.S., 1946, Texas Agricultural and Mechanical College; Ph.D., 1954, University of California at Berkeley. HILTS, SCHUYLER VAN DUSEN (1966 -67;1969), Lecturer in Pharmacy; B.A., 1948, Stanford University; M.D., 1952, The Johns Hopkins University. HINDS, HUBERT BYNUM (1926), Associate Professor Emeritus of Poultry Science; B.S., 1920, University of Arkansas; M.S., 1926, Kansas State Agricultural College. FACULTY OF THE UNIVERSITY 39

-LINE, JAMES ROBERT (1968), Associate Professor of Home Economics; B.S.M.E., 1931, Purdue University; B.D., 1936, McCormick Theological Seminary; D.D., 1946, Hanover College. -LINE, RICHARD BATES (1967), Professor of Plant Pathology; Plant Pathologist, Agricultural Experiment Station; Extension Specialist in Plant Pathology; B.A., 1952, University of California at Los Angeles; Ph.D., 1958, University of California at Davis. -LINES, ROBERT L., C.P.A. (1962), Lecturer in Accounting; B.S.,1955, University of Colorado; M.B.A., 1964, University of Arizona. -LINTON, HARWOOD PERRY (1961), Professor of History; Editor of ARIZONA AND THE WEST; B.A., 1948, University of Texas; M.A., 1955, Columbia University; Ph.D., 1960, University of Wisconsin. -LINTON, THOMAS B. (1968), Associate Professor of Anthropology; B.A., 1955, University of Arizona; M.A., 1958, Ph.D., 1961, University of California at Los Angeles. -iINZ, WALTER W. (1949 -50; 1967), Extension Specialist in Agricultural Engineering; B.S., 1938, Washington State University. -LIRSCH, FREDERICK JOSEPH (1970), Assistant Professor of Community Medicine; M.D., 1949, Loyola University. -LIRSCHI, LEWIS EDWIN (1966), Professor of Elementary Education; A.B., 1932, M.A., 1942, Ed.D., 1956, University of Utah. -LODESSON, SAMUEL (1967), Director of Animal Resources, College of Medicine; D.V.M., 1943, Ohio State University; M.P.H., 1966, University of California at Los Angeles. -LODGES, CARL NORRIS (1961), Director of the Environmental Research Laboratory, Institute of Atmospheric Physics; B.S., 1959, University of Arizona. -LOENIG, STUART ALFRED (1959), Professor of Electrical Engineering;B.S.,1951, University of Michigan; M.A., 1954, University of Maryland; Ph.D., 1960, University of California at Berkeley. -LOFER, DONALD CLIFFORD (1969), Assistant Professor of Chemistry; B.A., 1961, Bethel College; Ph.D., 1967, University of California at Davis. -LOFFMAN, CHARLES J. (1960), Lecturer in Public Administration; M.F.A., 1935, Aquinas College; A.B., 1937, University of Notre Dame; M.S.W., 1948, University of Michigan. -IOFFMAN, EARL THEODORE (1970), AssistantProfessor of Radiology; B.S.,1957, American International College; M.D., 1961, Georgetown University. -LOFFMAN, LEE (1960), Assistant Manager; Millikin University. -LOFFMAN, JUNIUS (1967), Professor of Law; A.B., 1943, Dartmouth College; A.M., 1947, Harvard University; LL.B., 1951, Yale University. -IOFLICH, HAROLD J. (1955), Professor of Finance, Insurance and Real Estate; B.A., 1925, University of Oregon; Ph.D., 1933, University of California at Berkeley. -LOGAN, JAMES B. (1969), Assistant Professor of Government; Research Specialist, Institute of Government Research; A.B., 1957, California State College at Long Beach; M.A., 1960, Ph.D., 1970, Cornell University. -LOGAN, LeMOYNE (1962), Chief of Party and Professor of Horticulture, AID Brazil Program; B.S., 1953, M.S., 1957, Louisiana State University; Ph.D., 1962, University of Maryland. -LOHMANN, GEORGE WILLIAM (1963), Associate Professor of Psychology; B.A., 1948, M.A., 1953, Ph.D., 1955, University of California at Los Angeles. -LOLLAND, GEORGE HARVISON (1967), Assistant Professor of English; B.S., 1958, Los Angeles, M.A., 1964, Ph.D., 1968, Santa Barbara, University of California. -IOLLAND, ROY D. (1968), Agricultural Agent, Cochise County; B.S., 1949, University of Arizona. -LOOKER, ROSS BRIAN (1970), Research Associate in Optical Sciences; A.B., 1964, Brown University; M.S., 1970, University of Arizona. -LOPF, FREDERICK A. {1970), Assistant Professor of Optical Sciences; B.S., 1964, M.S., 1966, Ph.D., 1968, Yale University. -LOPKINS, MARIEL (1935), Home Agent Emeritus; B.S., 1915, Iowa State College; M.S., 1924, University of Chicago. - IORST, G. ROY (1967), Assistant Professor of Anatomy; B.S., 1959, Wagner College; Ph.D., 1967, Cornell University. -LORST, WILLIAM EDWARD (1962), Lecturer in Metallurgy; B.S., 1951, M.S., 1952, Missouri School of Mines; Ph.D., 1967, University of Arizona. -LOSHAW, ROBERT WILLIAM (1950), Professor of Biological Sciences; B.S., 1942, M.S., 1948, Ph.D., 1950, Purdue University. -LOSKING, ELLEN KAY (1967), Assistant Extension Home Economist, Pinal County; B.S., 1967, University of Arizona. HOSLEY, RICHARD (1963), Professor of English; B.A., 1943, M.A., 1949, Ph.D., 1950, Yale University. HOUCK, DONALD CLAYTON (1969), Chief of Information Systems Group, Computer Center; B.S., 1949, Bloomsburg State College; M.S., 1952, Bucknell University. 40 FACULTY OF THE UNIVERSITY

HOUGHTON, NEAL DOYLE (1928), Professor of Government; B.S., 1921, Missouri State Teachers' College; M.A., 1923, University of Missouri; Ph.D., 1927, University of Illinois. HOUSTMAN, JAMES (1969), Lecturer in Office Administration and Business Education; B.S., 1960, Upper Iowa College; M.A., 1962, University of Northern Iowa. HOWARD, BRUCE (1966), Associate Professor of Secondary Education; B.A., 1944, Colorado College; B.S., 1950, M.S., 1953, Utah State University; M.A.Ed., 1961, Ed.D., 1965, Arizona State University. HOWARD, MARTHA WALLING (1970), Lecturer in Humanities; B.A., 1937, Randolph Macon Woman's College; M.A., 1942, George Washington University; Ph.D., 1967, University of Maryland. HOWARD, MARY LOUISE (1966), Assistant Professor of Nursing; B.S.N., 1956, Cornell University; M.S.N., 1962, Vanderbilt University. HOWARD, RUSSELL MARION (1920), Professor Emeritus of Accounting; B.S.C., 1914, Oregon State College; M.S., 1924, University of Arizona.

HOWELL, DONALD RAY (1966), Agricultural Agent, Yuma County; B.S., 1959, Universityof Arizona. HRUBY, VICTOR J. (1968), Assistant Professor of Chemistry; B.S., 1960, M.S., 1962, University of North Dakota; Ph.D., 1965, Cornell University. HSIAO, SIGMUND (1966), Associate Professor of Psychology; B.S. 1957, National Taiwan University; M.S., 1961, Ph.D., 1964, Tulane University. HSIEH, KE CHIANG (1970), Assistant Professor of Physics; B.A., 1963, Wabash College; Ph.D., 1969, University of Chicago. HUDNALL, DAVID LAURENCE (1970), Research Associate in Physiology; B.S.E.E., 1967, M.S.E., 1970, University of Florida. HUDSON, PHILIP G. (1938), Professor of Economics; Director of Graduate Studies in the College of Business and Public Administration; B.S., 1930, M.A., 1933, Universityof Arizona; Ph.D., 1938, University of Illinois. HUEGY, HARVEY W. (1971), Visiting Professor of Marketing; B.S., 1924, M.S., 1929, Ph.D., 1934, University of Illinois. HUELSMAN, LAWRENCE PAUL (1960), Professor of Electrical Engineering; B.S., 1950, Case Institute of Technology; M.S., 1956, Ph.D., 1960, University of California at Berkeley. HUESTIS, DOUGLAS WILLIAM (1969),Professor of Pathology; M.D.,1948, McGill University. HUFF, JOHN SHELDON (1951 -54; 1964), Assistant Dean of Continuing Education and the Summer Session; B.A., 1942, University of Arizona; M.A., 1960, Tulane University. HUFFMAN, DONALD RAY (1967), Associate Professor of Physics; B.S., 1957, Texas A &M University; M.A., 1959, Rice University; Ph.D., 1966, University of California at Riverside. HUGGINS, JACK W. (1945), Associate Professor of English; B.A., 1936, University of Oregon; M.A., 1939, University of California at Berkeley. HUGILL, HARRY STANLEY (1970), Assistant Director of Physical Resources, Arizona Medical Center; B.S., 1930, Oregon State College. HULL, GEORGE ELLSWORTH (1960), Professor of Agricultural Education; Director of The Agricultural Extension Service; B.S., 1942, M.S., 1956, Oklahoma State University; Ph.D., 1959, University of Wisconsin. HULL, HERBERT M. (1966), Professor of Watershed Management; Watershed Specialist, Agricultural Experiment Station; B.S., 1946, University of California at Berkeley; Ph.D., 1951, California Institute of Technology. HULL, ROBERT LESLIE (1964), Dean of the College of Fine Arts; Professor of Music; B.Mus., 1939, M.Mus., 1941, University of Rochester; Ph.D., 1945, Cornell University. HULSE, FREDERICK SEYMOUR (1958), Professor of Anthropology; A.B., 1927, Harvard College; M.A., 1928, Ph.D., 1934, Harvard University. HULSHOFF, GARY DEAN (1969), Lecturer in the Rehabilitation Center; B.A.,1962, University of California at Los Angeles; M.A., 1967, San Fernando Valley State College. HUMMEL, RONALD LOWELL (1965 -69; 1970), Assistant Director of the Placement Service; B.A. in Ed., 1954, B.A. in A.S. (Biol.), 1954, Central Washington State College; M.Ed., 1969, University of Arizona. HUMPHREY, ALAN BAKER (1967), Associate Professor of Community Medicine; B.S., 1961, University of Arizona; M.S., 1963, Ph.D., 1966, North Carolina State University. HUMPHREY, JEAN RUTH (1959), Assistant Law Librarian; B.A., 1941, Cornell University; M.L.S., 1949, Carnegie Institute of Technology. HUMPHREY, JULIUS J. (1969), Director of the Office of Scholarships and Awards; B.S., 1946, Mississippi State University; B.A., 1946, M.A., 1964, University of Wyoming. HUMPHREY, ROBERT REGESTER (1948), Professor Emeritus of Range Management; Professor of Biological Sciences; B.A., 1929, M.A., 1930, Ph.D., 1933, University of Minnesota. FACULTY OF THE UNIVERSITY 41

IUNGERFORD, CHARLES ROGER (1952), Professor of Wildlife Management and Biological Sciences; Assistant Unit Leader, Cooperative WildlifeResearch Unit; B.S.,1948, University of Idaho; M.S., 1952, The University of Montana; Ph.D., 1959, University of Arizona. IUPP, FREDERICK DUIS (1969), Instructor in Art; B.F.A., 1962, M.F.A., 1966, University of Arizona. IURT, MAURE JR. (1967), Assistant Professor of Secondary Education; A.B., 1956, Stanford University; M.A., 1966, San Diego State College; Ph.D., 1969, University of Arizona. ÌUSSMANN, ERNEST HAROLD (1945), Superintendent of the Campbell Avenue Farm, Tucson. IUSTED, MARGARET L. (1944), Assistant Registrar; B.A., 1939, Barnard College. IUTCHENS, WENONAH LONGSTREET (1970), Extension Home Economist, Coconino County; B.S., 1949, Southwest Missouri State College; M.Ed., 1967, Northern State College. IUXTABLE, RYAN JAMES (1970), Assistant Professor of Pharmacology; B.Sc., 1964, Ph.D., 1968, Bristol University (England). NCE, SIMON (1963 -68; 1971), Visiting Professor of Civil Engineering; B.S., 1943, Robert College Engineering School, Istanbul; M.S., 1948, Ph.D., 1953, University of Iowa. NGRAM, CHARLES OWEN (1962), Assistant Professor of Psychology; Supervisor, Student Reading Service, Student Counseling Service; B.S., 1950, M.A., 1958, Memphis State University; B.D., 1953, Southwestern Seminary; Ph.D., 1967, University of Arizona. NMAN, BILLIE JO (1962), Associate Professor of English; B.A., 1950, Midwestern University; M.A., 1951, Tulane University; Ph.D., 1961, University of Texas. -OTTI, OSCAR RAOUL (1967), Assistant Professor of Music; "Magistero di Violino," 1934, Licei Musicali, Modena and Bologna, Italy; "Magistero di Viola," 1940, Conservatorio Monteverdi, Bolzano, Italy; M.Mus.Ed., 1968, Kansas State University. RWIN, ANNE DOUGLAS (1970), Instructor in the College of Nursing; B.S., 1966, University of Wyoming; M.S., 1968, Boston University. RWIN, JOHN JACKSON, JR. (1955), Professor of Law; LL.B., 1950, B.S., 1952, University of South Carolina; LL.M., 1951, Duke University. SAACSON, CHARLES LEONARD (1953), Agricultural Agent in Charge, Apache County; B.S., 1949, M.Ag.Ed., 1960, University of Arizona. VENTOSCH, HERMAN (1968), Professor of Romance Languages; A.B., 1948, University of California at Berkeley; A.M., 1951, Ph.D., 1959, Harvard University. VIE, STANLEY D. (1966), Associate Professor of Educational Administration; B.S., 1959, University of Utah; M.A., 1962, Ed.D., 1965, George Peabody College. JACKSON, ANDREW OTIS (1970),ResearchAssociateinAgricultural Biochemistry, Agricultural Experiment Station; B.S., 1964, M.S., 1967, Oklahoma State University; Ph.D., 1970, University of Manitoba. JACKSON, ERNEST BAKER (1958), Associate Agronomist, Agricultural Experiment Station; B.S., 1946, Brigham Young University; M.S., 1954, Ph.D., 1956, University of Nebraska. JACOBS, CLINTON OTTO (1968), Associate Professor of Agricultural Education; Associate Agricultural Education Specialist, Agricultural Experiment Station; B.S., 1949, M.S., 1953, Kansas State University; Ed.D., 1966, University of Missouri. JACOBS, STEPHEN F. (1965), Professor of Optical Sciences; B.S., 1951, Antioch College; Ph.D., 1956, Johns Hopkins University. JACOBSEN, RALPH BROOKE (1967), Assistant Professor of Sociology; B.A., 1963, San Francisco State College; M.A., 1966, Ph.D., 1968, University of Oregon. JAMES, MICHAEL ANTHONY (1969), Instructor in Elementary Education; B.A., 1961, DePauw University; M.Ed., 1968, University of Arizona. JANSSEN, ROBERT JAMES (1961), Associate Professor of Microbiology and Medical Technology; A.B., 1953, Cornell College; M.S., 1955, Ph.D., 1957, State University of Iowa. JAQUA, ELEANOR STARK (1971), Adjunct Associate Professor of Community Medicine; B.A., 1937, Pomona College; Ph.D., 1965, Bryn Mawr College. JELINEK, ARTHUR J. (1967), Professor of Anthropology; B.A., 1952, University of New Mexico; M.A., 1955, Ph.D., 1960, University of Michigan. JENKINS, EDGAR WILLIAM (1964), Associate Professor of Physics; A.B., 1955, Harvard College; Ph.D., 1962, Columbia University. JENSEN, HENNING (1963), Associate Professor of Philosophy; B.A., 1948, University of ; Ph.D., 1969, Harvard University. JENSEN, MERLE HAROLD (1968), Research Horticulturist and Research Associate, Abu Dhabi Program, Institute of Atmospheric Physics; Professor of Biological Sciences; B.S., 1963, California State Polytechnic College; M.S., 1965, Cornell University; Ph.D., 1968, Rutgers University. JENSEN, MILDRED ROBISON (1937), Professor of Home Economics; A.B., 1924, Baker University; M.A., 1928, University of Chicago. 42 FACULTY OF THE UNIVERSITY

JENSEN, RICHARD CARL (1961), Associate Professor of Classics; B.A., 1958, University of Arizona; Ph.D., 1961, University of North Carolina. JENSEN, RICHARD GRANT (1967), Assistant Professor of Chemistry; B.A., 1961, Ph.D., 1965, Brigham Young University. JENSEN, VARON (1970), Associate Professor of Agronomy; B.S., 1952, M.S., 1956, Utah State Agricultural College; Ph.D., 1959, University of California at Davis. JETER, WAYBURN STEWART (1963), Professor of Microbiology and Medical Technology; Head of the Department; B.S., 1948, M.S., 1949, University of Oklahoma; Ph.D., 1950, University of Wisconsin. JIMENEZ, RUDOLF AUGUST (1951 -1957; 1965), Professor of Civil Engineering; Director, Arizona Traffic and Transportation Institute; B.S.C.E., 1950, M.S.C.E., 1952, University of Arizona; Ph.D., 1962, Texas A & M University. JOHNSON, A. WILLIAM (1966), Agricultural Agent, Pima County; B.S., 1963, M.S., 1968, University of Arizona. JOHNSON, BOB GENE (1961), AssociateProfessor,Rehabilitation Center, College of Education; B.S.,1955, M.S.,1956, Kansas State Teachers College; Ed.D.,1961, University of Missouri. JOHNSON, BORGHILD ELEANOR (1933), Professor Emeritus of Home Economics; B.S., 1920,Universityof Pittsburgh; M.A.,1923, Columbia University; Ph.D.,1931, University of Chicago. JOHNSON, GORDON VERNON (1969), Assistant Professor of Agricultural Chemistry and Soils; Assistant Agricultural Chemist, Agricultural Experiment Station; B.S., 1963, North Dakota State University; M.S., 1966, University of Nevada; Ph.D., 1969, University of Nebraska. JOHNSON, HAROLD LESTER (1962), Research Professor in Optical Sciences; Astronomer, Steward Observatory; B.S., 1942, University of Denver; Ph.D., 1948, University of California at Berkeley. JOHNSON, HENRY PICKENS, JR. (1952), Professor of Music; Director of the University Orchestra; B.Mus., 1933, M.Mus., 1935, University of Arizona; M.A., 1948, Columbia University. JOHNSON, JACK DONALD (1971), Associate Director, Office of Arid Lands Studies; B.A., 1959, San Diego State College; M.S., 1967, University of Minnesota. JOHNSON, PAUL CHRISTIAN (1967), Professor of Physiology; Head of the Department; B.S,, 1951, M.A., 1953, Ph.D., 1955, University of Michigan. JOHNSON, RAYMOND LEE JR., Captain, Infantry, United States Army (1970), Assistant Professor of Military Science and Tactics; B.S., 1965, University of Texas. JOHNSON, ROBERT K. (1964), Librarian; Professor of Library Science; A.B., 1937, The University of Montana; B.A.L., 1938, University of Washington; M.S., 1946, Ph.D., 1957, University of Illinois. JOHNSON, ROY ANDREW (1966), Assistant Professor of Music; B.M. 1960, M.M., 1963, A.Mus.D., 1969, University of Michigan. JOHNSON, SANDRA KAY (1968), Instructor in Physical Education for Women; B.A., 1965, Concordia College; M.Ed., 1969, University of Arizona. JOHNSON, VERN R. (1967), Associate Professor of Electrical Engineering; B.S., 1960, Ph.D., 1965, University of Utah. JOHNSTON, BRUCE GILBERT (1968), LecturerinCivilEngineering; B.S.C.E.,1930, Universityof Illinois;M.S.C.E.,1934, Lehigh University; Ph.D., 1938, Columbia University. JONES, FAYE C. (1931), Professor of Home Economics; Housing Specialist, Agricultural Experiment Station; B.S., in H.E., 1926, Purdue University; M.A., 1932, Columbia University. JONES, G. MARSHALL (1957 -66; 1967 -68; 1969; 1971) Lecturer in Management; B.S., 1946, U.S. Military Academy; B.S., M.S., 1950, Georgia Institute of Technology; LL.B., 1959, University of Arizona. JONES, HOWARD E. (1959), State Leader, 4 -H Club Work, Agricultural Extension Service; B.S., 1958, Oregon State College; M.Ag.Ed., 1964, University of Arizona; Ed.D., 1969, North Carolina State University. JONES, KEITH GORDON (1957), Agricultural Agent, Pinal County; B.S., 1943, Kansas State College; M.Ag.Ed., 1965, University of Arizona. . JONES, LA VETTA SUE (1963), Assistant Professor of Physical Education for Women; B.S., 1959, Colorado State University; M.S., 1963, University of Washington., JONES, LEE BENNETT (1964), Associate Professor of Chemistry; B.A., 1960, Wabash College; Ph.D., 1964, Massachusetts Institute of Technology. JONES, ROBERT L., Colonel, United States Air Force (1967), Professor of Military Aerospace Studies; Head of the Department; B.S., 1941, University of Arizona; M.S., 1967, George Washington University. JONES, ROGER CLYDE (1964), Professor of Electrical Engineering; B.S., 1949, University of Nebraska; M.S., 1953, Ph.D., 1963, University of Maryland. - %ACULTY OF THE UNIVERSITY 43

DNES, WARREN D. (1967), Professor of Horticulture; Landscape Architect, Agricultural Experiment Station; B.S., 1937, Oregon State College. ORDAN, GILBERT L. (1962), Associate Professor of Range Management; Associate Range Management Specialist, Agricultural Experiment Station; B.S., 1951, M.S., 1952, Oregon State College; Ph.D., 1962, University of California at Davis. OY, EDWARD ALBERT (1967), Lecturer in Biological Sciences; A.B., 1920, Tufts College; A.M., 1930, Ph.D., 1933, Harvard University. DYNER, CONRAD F. (1961), Professor of Government; B.A., 1953, Earlham College; M.A., 1954, Ph.D., 1957, University of Florida. UCIUS, MICHAEL J. (1966), Professor of Management; Ph.B., 1931, A.M., 1932, Ph.D., 1942, University of Chicago. ULIAN, ROBERT EUGENE (1967), Agricultural Education Adviser, AID -Brazil Program; B.S., 1955, Kansas State College. UST, KURT W. (1961), Professor of Physics; Dr.rer.nat., 1954, Privat Dozent, 1958, Free University of Berlin. :ACENA, CAROLYN ANN (1969), Catalog Librarian, University Library; B.A., 1966, State College of Iowa; M.S., 1967, Western Reserve University. :AEMLEIN, WILMA (1952), Curator of Collections, Arizona State Museum; B.A., 1948, M.A., 1949, University of Michigan. :AHN, MARVIN W. (1969), Professor of Psychology; B.S., 1948, M.S., 1949, Ph.D., 1952, Pennsylvania State University. : ALBACH, ROBERT MICHAEL (1958), Professor of Physics; B.S., 1952, Ph.D., 1957, University of Washington. :ALGARD, LORRAINE K. (1969), Extension Home Economist, Navajo County; B.Sc., 1955, North Dakota State University; M.H.E., 1968, Colorado State University. :ALUZNIACKI, SOPHIA B. (1968), Assistant Professor of Animal Pathology; Assistant Animal Pathologist, Agricultural Experiment Station; D.V.M., 1968, Washington State University. :AMEL, HUSSEIN AHMED (1967), Professor of Aerospace and Mechanical Engineering; B.S., 1955, Cairo University; Ph.D., 1964, D.I.C., 1966, Imperial College of Science and Technology (England). :AO, JENNY KUO -FEN (1970), Catalog Librarian, University Library; B.A., 1966, National Taiwan University; M.L.S., 1969, University of Pittsburgh. :ARST, EDGAR (1965), Lecturerin Mathematics; M.A.,1942, University of Breslau (Germany). :ARTCHNER, MARK MARTINEAU (1967), Research Associate in Surgery; B.S., 1953, University of Arizona; M.D., 1957, Harvard University. :ASS, CORRINE E. (1968), Associate Professor of Special Education; A.B., 1950, Calvin College; M.A., 1955, University of Michigan; Ph.D., 1962, University of Illinois. :ASSANDER, ARNO RICHARD (1954), Professor of Atmospheric Science; Head of the Department; Director of the Institute of Atmospheric Physics; Director of The Water Resources Research Center; B.A., 1941, Amherst College; M.S., 1943, University of Oklahoma; Ph.D., 1950, Iowa State College. :ATTERMAN, FRANK REINALD HUGH (1966), Associate Professor of Plant Breeding; Associate Plant Breeder, Agricultural Experiment Station; B.A., 1954, University of Hawaii; Ph.D., 1960, Texas A &M University. :AUFFMAN, RALPH CLAUDE (1956), Associate Professor of Psychology; Assistant Dean of the College of Liberal Arts; A.B., 193, Bethel College; B.D., 1936, Colgate- Rochester Divinity School; Ph.D., 1940, Yale University. : AUFMANN, 'HENRY HEINZ (1970), Lecturerin German; B.A.,1964, M.A.,1966, University of Arizona. :AUPER, PAUL G. (1971), Rosenstiel Distinguished Professor of Law; A.B., 1929, Earlham College; J.D., 1932, University of Michigan. :AVENA, JUANITA (1968), Extension Home Economist, Navajo County; B.S., 1951, East Central State College. i :AVINA, GEORGE (1969), Assistant Professor of Educational Administration; B.S.C., 1950, Roosevelt University; M.E., 1955, National College; Ed.D., 1969, University of Arizona. :AY, ARTHUR MURRAY (1953), Associate Professor of English;B.A.,1947, Ohio University; M.A., 1948, Ph.D., 1961, Columbia University. :AY, JAMES, JR. (1968; 1970; 1971), Lecturer in Public Administration; B.A., 1942, University of Akron; M.S., 1951, University of Denver. TAYLOR, ELIZABETH C. (1953 -54;1955 -56;' 1967), Head Resident and Conference Supervisor, Coronado Hall; B.S., 1928, Carnegie Institute of Technology; M.A., 1929, University of Pittsburgh. , :EARNS, JEAN RULEY 41959), Associate Professor of Home Economics; B.S.,1957, McNeese State College; M.S., 1958, University of Arizona; Ph.D., 1966, The Florida State University. 44 FACULTY OF THE UNIVERSITY

KEATING, KENNETH LEE (1961), Professor of Metallurgical Engineering; B.S.,1947, Massachusetts Institute of Technology; M.S., 1950, University of Missouri School of Mines and Metallurgy; Ph.D., 1954, Stanford University. KECECIOGLU, DIMITRI BASIL (1963), Professor of Aerospace and Mechanical Engineering; B.S.,1942, Robert College,Istanbul, Turkey; M.S.,1948, Ph.D.,1953, Purdue University. KECK, KONRAD (1964), Professor of Biological Sciences; Ph.D., 1952, University of Vienna. KEENAN, ANNA MAE (1969), Instructor in Nursing; B.S., 1965, University of Arizona; M.S., 1967, University of Colorado. KEENAN, PETER BOUDIETTE (1969), Research Associate in Optical Sciences; B.S., 1961, Union College; M.S., 1966, University of Rochester. KEITH, STANTON BAKER (1966), Geologist in the Arizona Bureau of Mines; B.A., 1931, Amherst College; M.A., 1937, Harvard University. KELLER, PHILIP CHARLES (1966), Associate Professor of Chemistry; B.A., 1961, University of California at Berkeley; Ph.D., 1966, Indiana University. KELLEY, ALEC ERVIN (1952), Professor of Chemistry; Assistant to the Head of the Department; B.S.,1944, Universityof Texas; M.S.,1948, Ph.D.,1956, Purdue University. KELLEY, LEE McDOWELL (1962), Assistant Professor of Microbiology and Medical Technology; B.S., 1950, University of Idaho; M.S., 1952, The Ohio State University; Ph.D., 1967, University of Arizona. KELLEY, VICTOR H. (1938), Professor of Educational Administration; A.B., 1923, Kansas City University; M.A., 1926, University of Kansas; Ph.D., 1931, University of Iowa. KELLEY, WILFRID D. (1961), Research Specialist, Division of Economic and Business Research; B.Ed., 1938, Eastern Illinois State College; M.S., 1940, University of Michigan. KELLOGG, FREDERICK (1967), Assistant Professor of History; B.A. ,1952, Stanford University; M.A.,1958,Universityof SouthernCalifornia;Ph.D.,1968, Indiana University. KELLY, ANNAMARIA (1965), Instructor in Romance Languages; B.A., 1961, University of Arizona; M.A., 1966, University of Wisconsin. KELLY, ISABEL T. (1966), Research Associate, Arizona State Museum; A.B., 1926, M.A., 1927, Ph.D., 1932, University of California at Berkeley. KELLY, WILLIAM H. (1952), Professor of Anthropology; Anthropologist and Director Emeritus of the Bureau of Ethnic Research; B.A., 1936, University of Arizona; M.A., 1941, Ph.D., 1944, Harvard University. KELSO, MAURICE MAYTUM (1958), Professor of Agricultural Economics; Agricultural Economist, Agricultural Experiment Station; B.S., 1927, University of Minnesota; M.S., 1930, Connecticut State College; Ph.D., 1933, University of Wisconsin. KELSO, PAUL (1946), Professor of Government; B.A., 1933, Ball State Teachers College; M.A., 1938, University of Wisconsin; Ph.D., 1944, The Ohio State University. KEMMERER, ARTHUR RUSSEL (1945), Professor of Agricultural Biochemistry; Agricultural Biochemist, Agricultural Experiment Station; B.S., 1928, Beloit College; M.S., 1930, Ph.D., 1932, University of Wisconsin. KEMPNER, ROBERT DESPRES (1970), Reference Librarian, University Library; B.A., 1967, M.L.S., 1968, Columbia University. KENKNIGHT, CHARLES ELMAN (1969), Research Associate in the Lunar and Planetary Laboratory; B.S., 1958, University of Minnesota. KENNEDY, RUTH LEE (1950 -51; 1961), Professor Emeritus of Spanish; B.A., 1916, M.A., 1917, University of Texas; Ph.D., 1931, University of Pennsylvania. KENSKI, HENRY CONRAD, JR. (1968), Lecturer in Government; Research Specialist, Institute of Government Research; B.A., 1964, University of Arizona; Ph.D., 1971, Georgetown University. KEPPLER, CARL FRANCIS (1949 -52; 1954), Professor of English; B.A., 1930, Princeton University; M.A., 1951, University of Arizona; Ph.D., 1956, University of Michigan. KERR, CHARLES MORGAN (1970), Assistant Professor of Psychiatry; B.A., 1957, Yale University; M.D., 1963, University of Texas. KERWIN, WILLIAM JAMES (1969), Professor of Electrical Engineering; Director of the Solid State Engineering Laboratory; B.S., 1948, University of Redlands; M.S., 1954, Ph.D., 1967, Stanford University. KESSLER, JOHN OTTO (1966), Professor of Physics; A.B., 1948, M.S., 1950, Ph.D., 1953, Columbia University. KETCHAM, CARL HUNTINGON (1950), Associate Dean of the Graduate College; Professor of English; B.A., 1944, Williams College; M.A., 1947, Ph.D., 1951, Harvard University. KETTEL, LOUIS JOHN (1968), Associate Professor of Internal Medicine; B.S., 1951, Purdue University; M.D., 1954, M.S., 1958, Northwestern University. KEW, GEORGE A. (1967), Research Associate in Optical Sciences; B.F.A., 1946, University of New Mexico. FACULTY OF THE UNIVERSITY 45

KEYWORTH, ROBERT A. (1962), Associate Professor of Drama; B.A., 1958, M.A., 1959, University of Arizona. KIDWELL, RICHARD ALVIN (1953), Professor of Office Administration and Business Education; B.S., 1949, University of Idaho; M.Ed., 1951, University of Washington; Ed.S., 1955, Stanford University; Ed.D., 1959, University of Arizona. KIGHT, MARY ANN (1959), Associate Professor of Home Economics; Associate Nutritionist, Agricultural Experiment Station; B.S., 1949, M.S., 1958, Ph.D., 1966, University of Arizona. KIGHTLINGER, ELLEN M., Extension Home Economist, Pima County; B.S., 1941, Iowa State College; M.S., 1968, Colorado State University. KILKSON, REIN (1970), Visiting Professor of Chemistry and Physics; B.S., 1953, M.S., 1954, Ph.D., 1956, Yale University. KIMBLE, WILLIAM EARL (1962), Lecturer in Law; LL.B., 1951, University of Arizona. KING, ANDREW ARTHUR (1969), Assistant Professor of Speech; B.A., 1959, M.A., 1964, Ph.D., 1968, University of Minnesota. KING, CHARLES WILLIAM (1967), Reference Librarian, University Library; B.Mus.Ed., 1953, American Conservatory of Music; M.Mus.Ed., 1958, M.S.L.S., 1967, Western Michigan University. KING, DAVID AUSTEN (1966), Professor of Watershed Management; Watershed Specialist, Agricultural Experiment Station; B.S., 1954, M.F., 1961, Ph.D., 1965, University of Minnesota. KING, JAMES E. (1963), Associate Professor of Psychology; B.A., 1959, University of Arizona; M.S., 1961, Ph.D., 1963, University of Wisconsin. KING, WILLIAM HOWARD, JR. (1956), Professor of Health, Physical Education and Recreation; B.A., 1946, Brown University; M.Ed., 1949, D.Ed., 1956, Boston University. KINGMAN, ROBERT EARL (1971), Instructor in Physics; B.S., 1961, Walla Walla College; M.S., 1966, University of Arizona. . KINGSLEY, RUTH W. (1964), Associate Professor of Educational Psychology; A.B., 1929, Radcliffe College; Ed.M., 1942, Harvard University; Ph.D., 1966, University of Arizona. KINGSTON, JAMES MATHEW (1971), Lecturer in Management; B.A., 1942, Wayne State Teachers College. KINKADE, RICHARD PAISLEY (1965), Associate Professor of Romance Languages; B.A., 1960, Yale College; Ph.D., 1965, Yale University. KINNEY, ROBERT BRUCE (1968), Associate Professor of Aerospace and Mechanical Engineering; B.S., 1959, M.S., 1961, University of California at Berkeley; Ph.D., 1965, University of Minnesota. KIRCHER, HENRY WINFRIED (1958), Professor of Agricultural Biochemistry; Agricultural Biochemist, Agricultural Experiment Station; B.S.,1949, Northwestern University; Ph.D., 1953, University of Chicago. KIRK, SAMUEL A. (1967), Professor of Special Education; Ph.B.,1929, M.S., 1932, University of Chicago; Ph.D., 1935, University of Michigan. KIRK, WALTER K. (1957), Professor of Finance, Insurance and Real Estate; B.S., M.B.A., 1940, Boston University; Ph.D., 1955, New York University. ' IRKPATRICK, JOEL BRIAN (1970), Associate Professor of Pathology; B.A., 1958, Rice University; M.D., 1962, Washington University. KIRMSE, EVELYN JONES (1929 -42; 1960), Lecturer in English; A.B., 1921, M.A., 1929, George Washington University. 'ORSON, BENJAMIN (1970), Visiting Professor of Chemistry; B.Eng., 1932, Institute of Chemistry, Nancy, France; Ph.D., 1939, Hebrew University, Jerusalem, Israel. USIEL, CHESTER CARL (1966), Professor of Hydrology and Water Resources; B.S., 1951, Pennsylvania State University; M.S.C.E., 1956.; M.P.H., 1959, Sc.D., 1963, University of Pittsburgh. ITCHEN, JOSEPH HENRY (1968), Instructor and Research Associatein Watershed Management; B.S., 1961, Arizona State University; M.S., 1966, University of Arizona. KITE, B. ALAN (1970), Assistant Professor and Research Specialist in Anthropology; B.A., 1957, University of California at Berkeley; M.A., 1959, Ph.D., 1967, University of London. .CLAISS, DONALD STANLEY (1947), Professor of Sociology; A.B., 1928, Eureka College; B.D., Ph.D., 1934, University of Chicago. CLEESPIE, DEE LEE, C.P.A. (1962), Professor of Accounting; B.S., 1953, M.B.A., 1954, University of Arizona; Ph.D., 1961, The Ohio State University. KLEIN, RAYMOND LOUIS (1957), Professor of Secondary Education; B.S., 1943, University of Wisconsin; M.A., 1947, State University of Iowa; Ed.D., 1953, Duke University. CLEMMEDSON, JAMES OTTO (1966), Professor of Range Management; Range Management Specialist, Agricultural Experiment Station; B.S., 1950, Ph.D., 1959, University of California at Berkeley; M.S., 1953, Colorado State University. KLEMPNER, JACK (1970), Assistant Professor of Public Administration; B.A., 1965, Long Beach State College; M.P.A., 1968, University of Southern California. 46 FACULTY OF THE UNIVERSITY

KLESIUS, PHILLIP HARRY (1968), Assistant Professor of Microbiology and Medical Technology; B.S., 1961, Florida Southern College; M.S., 1963, Northwestern State College of Louisiana; Ph.D., 1966, The University of Texas. KLOCK, JOANNA C. (1968), Assistant Extension Home Economist, Yuma County; B.S., 1962, John Brown University. KNEEBONE, WILLIAM ROBERT (1963), Professor of Agronomy; Agronomist, Agricultural Experiment Station; B.S., 1947, M.S., 1950, Ph.D., 1951, University of Minnesota. KNIEF, LOTUS MAE (1963), Associate Professor of Educational Psychology; B.A., 1952, Wartburg College; M.A., 1953, Ph.D., 1957, State University of Iowa. KNIPE, THEODORE, JR. (1966), Assistant Professor of Philosophy; B.A., 1961, University of Arizona. KNOBLAUCH, ARTHUR LEWIS (1971), Professor of Education, Rehabilitation Center; B.S., 1929, Michigan State University; M.A., 1933, University of Michigan; Ed.D., 1942, Harvard University. KNORR, AMY JEAN HOLMBLADE (1970), Professor of Home Economics; Home Economist, Agricultural Experiment Station; B.S., 1938, Ph.D., 1954, Michigan State University; M.S., 1945, University of Minnesota. KNORR, PHILIP NOEL (1959), Professor of Forestry; Forester, Agricultural Experiment Station; B.S., 1938, University of California at Berkeley; M.F., 1940, Duke University; Ph.D., 1963, University of Minnesota. KNUDSON, RONALD JOEL (1970), Associate Professor of Internal Medicine; B.S., 1953, Yale University; M.D., 1957, Northwestern University. KOCH, FRANCES ANN (1970), Instructor in Nursing and Surgery; B.S., 1961, Texas Christian University. KOENIG, VIOLA GERALDINE (1965), Extension Home Economist, Apache County; B.S., 1958, Siena Heights College; Ed.M., 1963, St. Louis University. KOFF, BETTY (1970), Assistant Director of Nursing, University Hospital; Instructor in Nursing; B.S., 1953, New York University; M.S., 1970, University of Arizona. KOFF, THEODORE H. (1970),. Lecturer in Public Administration; B.S., 1951, The City University of New York; M.S., 1953, Columbia University. KOHLER, SIGURD (1968), Professor of Physics; B.S., 1951, M.S., 1952, Ph.D., 1956, D.Sc., 1959, Uppsala University. KOHN, INGEBORG MARGARET (1969), Assistant Professor of Romance Languages; B.S., 1962, M.A., Ph.D., 1969, University of. Arizona. KOPPEL, GENE S. (1962), Assistant Professor of English; B.J., 1953, University of Missouri; M.A., 1957, Columbia University; Ph.D., 1965, Washington University. KORN, GRANINO ARTHUR (1957), Professor of Electrical Engineering; B.A., 1942, Ph.D., 1948, Brown University; M.A., 1943, Columbia University. KOSOWSKI, GLORIA MAE (1969), Instructor in Physical. Education for Women; B.F.A., 1968, University of Utah. KOZOLCHYK, BORIS (1969), Professor of Law; D.C.L., 1956, University of Havana; LL.B., 1959, University of Miami; LL.M., 1960, S.J.D., 1966, University of Michigan. KRAUTSDORFER, ERICH LEOPOLD (1970), Lecturer in German; Ph.D., 1954, University of Graz, Austria. KREBS, RICHARD CARL (1965), Professor of Secondary Education, and Head of the Department; B.S., 1935, M.A., 1937, Ed.D., 1962, University of Nebraska. KREMP, GERHARD OTTO WILHELM (1960), Professor of Geosciences; Diploma from Teacher College,1937, Cottbus, Germany; Dr. rer.nat.,1945, University Posen, Germany. KREYCHE, ROBERT J. (1965), Professor of Philosophy; B.A., 1942, M.A., 1943, Catholic University of America; Ph.D., 1952, University of Ottawa. KRIEGH, JAMES DOUGLAS (1958), Professor of Civil Engineering; B.S., 1955, M.S., 1958, University of Colorado. KRONE, CHARLES (1969), Assistant Professor of Internal Medicine; B.S.,1958, Tufts University; M.D., 1962, Yeshiva University (Albert Einstein College of Medicine). KRUEGER, JANELLE COWAN (1969), Associate Professor of Nursing; B.S., 1957, M.S., 1958, Ph.D., 1969, University of Colorado. KRUTZSCH, PHILIP HENRY (1964), Professor of Anatomy; Head of the Department; A.B., 1943, San Diego State College; M.A., 1948, University of California at Berkeley; Ph.D.. 1953, University of Kansas. KUEHL, ROBERT OTTO (1964), Professor of Statistics; Statistician, Agricultural Experiment Station; B.S., 1959, Iowa State College; M.S., 1961, Ph.D., 1964, North Carolina Stats College. KUIPER, GERARD P. (1960), Research Professor of Astronomy; Astronomer, Steward Observatory; Director of the Lunar and Planetary Laboratory; B.Sc., 1927, Ph.D., 1933, University of Leiden (Holland). KURTZ, ROBERT FRANCIS (1969), Research Associateinthe Lunar andPlanetary Laboratory. FACULTY OF THE UNIVERSITY 47

{UTHE, PAMELA BLITZ (1970), Instructor in Nursing; B.S., 1967, University of Arizona; M.Nurs., 1968, University of Washington. {UYKENDALL, J. RICHARD (1956), Professor of Horticulture; Horticulturist, Agricultural Experiment Station; B.S., 1949, Washington University; Ph.D., 1953, University of California at Los Angeles. LaBAN, FRANK K. (1966), Assistant Professor of Speech; B.A., 1955, M.A., 1959, University of Kansas; Ph.D., 1965, Louisiana State University. LACY, WILLARD C. (1955), Professor of Mining and Geological Engineering; Head of the Department; A.B., 1938, DePauw University; M.S., 1940, University of Illinois; Ph.D., 1950, Harvard University. LAFFERTY, JOHN EUGENE (1952), Associate Professor of Drama; B.F.A., 1951, M.F.A., 1953, University of Texas. LaMARCHE, VALMORE CHARLES, JR. (1967), Associate Professor of Dendrochronology; B.A., 1960, University of California at Berkeley; M.A., 1962, Ph.D., 1964, Harvard University. LANE, ALBERT M. (1953), Extension Livestock Specialist; B.S.,1942, Colorado State University. LANG, WILLIAM ALOYSIUS II(1970), Assistant Professor of Drama; B.F.A., 1960, University of New Mexico; M.A., 1965, Western Reserve University; Ph.D., 1971, University of Illinois. LANGE, FRED CARL (1965 -70;1971), Lecturer inCivil Engineering; B.S.C.E., 1925, University of Illinois. LANGEN, HERBERT J. (1947), Professor of Office Administration and Business Education; Head of the Department; B.A., 1939, Wisconsin State College, Whitewater; M.A., 1947, Ph.D., 1954, State University of Iowa. LANGENES, JUDITH ANNE (1969), Catalog Librarian, University Library; B.A., 1968, Whittier College; M.L.S., 1969, University of California at Los Angeles. LANSBERG, WILLIAM ROSS (1970), Associate Professor of Library Science; A.B., 1938, Dartmouth College; M.A., 1940, Ph.D., 1945,. University of North Carolina; B.S., 1949, Simmons College. LANSING, ROBERT WENDALL (1959), Professor of Psychology; A.B., 1948, Seattle Pacific College; M.A., 1950, 1954, University of California at Los Angeles. LARSON, BRUCE A.(1959), Associate Professor of Health, Physical Education and Recreation; B.A., 1950, University of Arizona; M.A., 1951, Colorado State College. LARSON, HAROLD P. (1969), Assistant Research Professor in the Lunar and Planetary Laboratory; B.S., 1960, Bates College; M.S., 1963, Ph.D., 1967, Purdue University. LARSON, JERALD FRANK (1970), Instructor in English; B.A., 1968, University of Texas. LaSALLE, JAMES F. (1964), Associate Professor of Management; B.A., 1959, Montclair State College; M.Ed., 1960, D.Ed., 1963, Pennsylvania State University. LAURSEN, EMMETT M. (1962), Professor of Civil Engineering; B.C.E., 1941, University of Minnesota; Ph.D., 1958, University of Iowa. LAUVER, EDITH JANE BARBOUR (1965), Assistant Professor of Nursing; B.S., 1954, Skidmore College; M.A., 1957, Columbia University. LAWRENCE, ROBERT MALCOLM (1968), Associate Professor of Government; B.S., 1954, Kansas State University; M.A., 1959, Ph.D., 1962, Kansas University. LAWYER, DONALD ALLEN (1967), Assistant Professor of Mathematics; B.Sc., 1961, Ohio State .University; M.S.,1963, University of Arizona; Ph.D.,1967, University of Wisconsin. LAYTON, JACK MALCOLM (1967), Professor of Pathology; Head of the Department; A.B., 1939, Luther College; M.D., 1943, State University of Iowa. LEAMING, GEORGE FREEMAN (1961), Research Specialist, Division of Economic and Business Research; B.S., 1953, Lafayette College; M.B.A., 1961, Ph.D., 1967, University of Arizona. LEAVITT, ERNEST EASTMAN JR. (1958), Curator of Exhibits in the Arizona State Museum; B.S., 1952, Tufts University; M.A., 1962, University of Arizona. LEAVITT, JOHN ADAMS (1960), Associate Professor of Physics; B.A., 1954, University of Colorado; M.A., 1956, Ph.D., 1960, Harvard University. LEE, DONALD E. (1967), Lecturer in Health, Physical Education and Recreation; B.S., 1957, M.A., 1963, University of Arizona. LEE, JACK KENNETH (1952), Professor of Music; Director of the University of Arizona Bands; B.S., 1943, M.A., 1947, Ohio State University. LEE, REX EDWIN (1968), Lecturer in Law; A.B., 1960, Brigham Young University; J.D., 1963, University of Chicago. LEE, THOMAS ALAN (1966), Research Associate in the Lunar and Planetary Laboratory; B.S., 1961, Wisconsin State University at Eau Claire; Ph.D., 1967, University of Arizona. LEE, WARREN HEXOM (1968), Instructor in Health, Physical Education and Recreation; B.A., 1964, Pacific Lutheran University; M.Ed., 1966, University of Arizona. 48 FACULTY OF THE UNIVERSITY

LEHMAN, GORDON STANLEY (1968), Associate Professor of Watershed Management; Associate Watershed Specialist, Agricultural Experiment Station; B.S., 1961, M.S., 1962, Pennsylvania State University; Ph.D., 1968, University of Arizona. LEIGH, HOWARD W. (1964), Professor of Secondary Education; High School Visitor; B.Ed., 1940, Illinois State University; M.A., 1954, University of Arizona. LENOIR, JAMES JEFFERSON (1957), Professor of Law Emeritus; B.A., 1927, M.A., 1929, LL.B., 1935 University of Mississippi; Ph.D., 1934, University, of Illinois; LL.M., 1937, Columbia University. LEONARD, ALVIN ROBERT (1970), Professor of Community Medicine; Bachelor of Medicine, 1942; M.D., 1943, University of Southern California; M.P.H., 1947, Harvard University. LEONARD, JOHN LANDER (1966), Assistant Professor of Mathematics; B.S., 1957, Carnegie Institute of Technology; M.A., 1963, Ph.D., 1966, University of California at Santa Barbara. LEONARD, ROBERT CARL (1964), Professor of Sociology; B.A., 1956, University of Washington; M.A., 1958, University of California at Berkeley; Ph.D., 1962, University of Oregon. LESHER, ROBERT OVERTON (1954), Lecturer in Law; B.A., 1942, LL.B., 1949, University of Arizona. LESHIN, GEORGE J. (1963), Professor of Special Education; Head of the Department; B.S., 1946, M.Ed., 1953, University of Wisconsin; Ph.D., 1959, University of Portland. LETSON, ROBERT JUSTIN (1956 -60; 1967), Associate Professor of Secondary Education; B.S., 1949, M.Ed., 1950, Ed.D., 1956, University of Missouri. LEUNG, PAUL (1970), Assistant Professor in the Rehabilitation Center; B.S., 1963, California Baptist College; M.A., 1967, Ph.D., 1970, Arizona State University. LEVENSON, ALAN IRA (1969), Professor of Psychiatry; Head of the Department; A.B., 1957, Harvard College; M.D., 1961, M.P.H., 1965, Harvard University. LE VINESS, EDWARD ARTHUR (1969), Extension Area Livestock Specialist; B.S., 1951, M.S., 1955, University of Arizona. LEVINSON, DANIEL (1970), Associate Professor of Community Medicine; Ph.B., 1950, M.D., 1954, University of Chicago. LEVY, ISABEL McGIBNEY (1970), Extension Specialist in Home Economics; B.S., 1937, South Dakota State University; M.S., 1964, University of Tennessee. LEW, HYOK SANG (1969), Assistant Professor of Physiology, and Aerospace & Mechanical Engineering; B.E.S.,1960, Seoul National University; M.E.S., 1965, Ph.D.,1967, Catholic University. LEWIS, PHILLIP M. (1966), Agricultural Agent, Pima County; B.S., 1965, University of Arizona. L'HEUREUX, JACQUES (1969), Assistant Professor of Physics; B.S., 1961, University of Montreal; M.S., 1962, Ph.D., 1966, University of Chicago. LIM, LOUISE CHIN (1948), Associate Professor of. Mathematics; A.B., 1943, M.A., 1944, Ph.D., 1948, University of California at Berkeley. LIN, YING -CHI (1968), Instructor and Research Associate in Physics; B.S., 1957, National Taiwan University; Ph.D., 1969, Cornell University. LINCOLN, GLORIA CAPCO (1968), Research Associate in Biochemistry, College of Medicine; B.S., 1960, University of the Philippines; M.S., 1964, Ph.D., 1968, Massachusetts Institute of Technology. LINDELL, THOMAS JAY (1970), Assistant Professor of Pharmacology, B.S., 1963, Gustavus Adolphus College; Ph.D., 1969, University of Iowa. LINDSAY, EVERETT HAROLD, JR. (1967), Assistant Professor of Geosciences; Chief Scientist, Laboratory of Paleontology; A.B.1953, M.A., 1957, Chico State College; Ph.D., 1967, University of California at Berkeley. LINDSEY, MICHAEL LEE (1967 -68; 1969), Research Associate in Entomology, Agricultural Experiment Station; B.S., 1967, M.S., 1970, University of Arizona. LITTLE, JAMES W. (1956), Agricultural Agent, Pinal County; B.S., 1947, Iowa State College. LITTLE, SIDNEY WAHL (1958), Dean of the College of Architecture; Professor of Architecture; B.Arch.,1926, Cornell University; Diploma, Ecole des Beaux Arts, Fontainebleau, 1927; M.Arch., 1941, Tulane University. LITTLER, CHARLES ARMSTRONG (1957), AssociateProfessor of Art;B.A.,1951, University of New Mexico; M.F.A., 1956, State University of New York, College of Ceramics. LIU, CHUNG HENG (1970), Assistant Professor of Physics; B.S., 1948, Peiping Normal University; M.A., 1965, Ph.D., 1967, University of California at Berkeley. LIU, JOHN BIH (1964), Oriental Studies Librarian; Assistant Professor of Oriental Studies; B.A., 1946, National Chengchi University (China); M.A., 1961, New School for Social Research; M.S., 1964, Columbia University. LIVINGSTON, DONALD EVERETT (1966), Assistant Professor of Geosciences; B.S., 1954, University of New Mexico; M.S., 1961, Ph.D., 1969, University of Arizona. FACULTY OF THE UNIVERSITY 49

LOCKARD, WILLIAM KIRBY (1962), Professor of Architecture; B.S., 1952, University of Illinois; M.S., 1962, Massachusetts Institute of Technology. LOGAN, JAMES PHILLIPS (1968),Professorof Management; A.B.,1943, Princeton University; M.B.A., 1949, Harvard University; Ph.D., 1960, Columbia University. LOHFF, MARTIN RICHARD (1969), Assistant Professor of Pathology, College of Medicine; B.S., 1957, M.D., 1961, University of Nebraska. LOMBARDI, THOMAS PHILIP (1969), Assistant Professor of Special Education; B.S., 1959, Southern Connecticut State College; M.Ed., 1960, Springfield College; Ed.D., 1969, University of Arizona. LOMEN, DAVID ORLANDO (1966), Associate Professor of Mathematics; B.A., 1959, Luther College; M.S., 1962, Ph.D., 1964, Iowa State University. LOMMELL, THOMAS (1966), Instructor in Music; A.B., 1949, M.A., 1956, University of California at Los Angeles. LOMONT, JOHN SLAYBACK (1965), Professor of Mathematics; B.S.Ch.E., 1946, M.S., 1947, Ph.D., 1951, Purdue University. LONG, AUSTIN (1968), AssociateProfessorof Geosciences;B.S.,1957, Midwestern University; M.A., 1959, Columbia University; Ph.D., 1966, University of Arizona. LONG, ROBERT EARL (1970), Lecturer in Public Administration; B.S., 1959, University of Arizona. LONGACRE, WILLIAM A. (1964), Associate Professor of Anthropology; A.B.,1959, University of Illinois; M.A., 1962, Ph.D., 1963, University of Chicago. LOOMIS, DONALD A. (1966); Chief Optician and Research Associate in Optical Sciences. LOPER, GERALD MILTON (1969), Associate Professor of Agronomy; B.S., 1958, University of Maryland; M.S., 1960, Ph.D., 1961, University of Wisconsin. LOPEZ, NYLDA (ANSARI) (1968), Assistant Professor of Home Economics; B.A., 1954, Polytechnic Institute; M.S., 1958, Pennsylvania State University; Ph.D., 1969, Florida State University. LOPEZ -LOPEZ, FERNANDO JOSE (1969), Research Associate in Optical Sciences; B.S.M.S., 1959, University of Mexico; M.S., 1968, University of Arizona. LORD, FRANCIS EVERETTE (1969), Professor of Special Education; A.B., 1926, Eastern Michigan University; A.M., 1928, University of Chicago; Ph.D., 1936, University of Michigan. LORENZEN, LUCY (1962), Extension Home Economist, Maricopa County; B.S., 1951, University of Illinois; M.A., 1957, Columbia University. LOUGH, OTIS G. (1950), Agricultural Agent, Maricopa County; B.S., 1949, Ohio State University; M.S., 1960, University of Arizona. LOUGHEAD, HEROLD V. (1958), Extension Area Livestock Specialist; B.S., 1939, Oregon State College. LOUTTIT, EDGAR EMERICK (1967), Director of Adult Education, Division of Continuing Education and Summer Session; B.S.Ed., 1951, M.Ed., 1953, Kent State University. LOVELESS, GLENN LEWIS, JR. (1970), Agricultural Agent, Yuma County; B.S., 1950, University of Kentucky. LOVERING, THOMAS SEWARD (1966), Professor of Geosciences; E.M., 1922, Minnesota School of Mines; M.S., 1923, Ph.D., 1924, University of Minnesota. LOW, FRANK JAMES (1962), Research Professor in the Lunar and Planetary Laboratory; B.S., 1955, Yale University; M.A., 1957, Ph.D., 1959, Rice University. LOWE, CHARLES HERBERT, JR. (1950), Professor of Biological Sciences; Curator of Amphibians and Reptiles; A.B., 1943, Ph.D., 1950, University of California at Los Angeles. LOWELL, ALICE B. (1944 -45; 1946), Professor of Home Economics; B.S., 1934, M.A., 1948, University of Arizona. LUCAS, DAVID O. (1970), Assistant Professor of Microbiology; B.A., 1964, Ph.D., 1969, Duke University. LUCAS, HOLLIS T. (1966), Assistant Comptroller and University Land Agent. LUDOVICI, PETER P. (1965), Professor of Microbiology and Medical Technology; B.S., 1942, Washington and Jefferson College; M.S., 1949, Ph.D., 1951, University of Pittsburgh. LEUKER, CHARLES GOTTLIEB (1929), County Agricultural Agent Emeritus; A.B., 1908, University of Arkansas; B.S., 1916, Kansas State College. LUGAR, OWEN (1969), Assistant Professor, Rehabilitation Center; B.S., 1964, University of Pittsburgh; M.Ed., 1967, Ed.D., 1969, Pennsylvania State University. LUZ, BABETTE (1939), Assistant Professor of German; B.A., 1939, M.A., 1951, University of Arizona. LYNCH, LILLIAN (1962), Assistant Professor of Nursing; B.S., 1950, Western Reserve University; M.A., 1955, University of New Mexico. LYNDS, BEVERLY TURNER (1962),AssociateProfessorof Astronomy; Associate Astronomer, Steward Observatory;B.S.,1949, Centenary College; Ph.D.,1955, University of California at Berkeley. 50 FACULTY OF THE UNIVERSITY

LYNN, EDWARD SHIRD, C.P.A. (1965) Professor of Accounting; B.B.A., 1941, Baylor University; Ph.D., 1955, The University of Texas. LYNN, KLONDA (1945), Professor of Speech; B.A., 1920, University of North Dakota; B.L.I., 1922, Emerson College of Oratory; M.A., 1926, Boston University; Ph.D.,1940, Louisiana State University. LYONS, JOHN DANIEL (1947), Dean Emeritus of the College of Law; Professor of Law; A.B., 1923, Cornell University; J.D., 1932, University of Arizona. LYONS, JOSEPH E. (1970), AssistantProfessor of Psychology; B.A., 1964, American International College; M.A., 1966, Ph.D., 1968, Kent State University. LYTLE, CLIFFORD MERLE, JR. (1962), Professor of Government; Head of the Department; B.A., 1954, Denison University; LL.B., 1957, Western Reserve University; Ph.D., 1963, University of Pittsburgh. LYTLE, IVAN (1970), Associate Professor of Biological Sciences; B.S., 1948, University of Tulsa; M.A., 1956, Ph.D., 1958, University of California at Davis. MACCABE, FREDERICK (1970), Lecturer in Child Psychiatry; M.D., 1948, University of Virginia. MACEY, DONALD LEE (1970), Instructor in Music; B.M., 1966, M.M., 1969, University of Arizona. MACGREGOR, ALEXANDER NEIL (1968), Assistant Professor of Agricultural Chemistry and Soils; Assistant Agricultural Chemist, Agricultural Experiment Station; B.S., 1959, M.S., 1961, University of Otago (New Zealand); Ph.D., 1968, Cornell University. MACK, GEORGE H. (1969), Associate Administrator, University Hospital; B.A.,1960, University of Michigan; M.H.A., 1967, Duke University. MACK, LAWRENCE EDWARD (1967),AssistantAgricultural' Economist, Agricultural Experiment Station; B.S., 1962, South Dakota State College; M.S., 1965, Ph.D., 1969, University of Arizona. MacKINNON, WILLIAM JOHN (1956), Professor of Psychology; B.A., 1942, M.A., 1949, Ph.D., 1955, University of California at Los Angeles. MACNEIL, JOHN DOUGLAS (1969), Assistant Professor of Architecture; B.Arch., 1965, University of Arizona; M.Arch., 1967, Rice University. MADDEN, JOHN WILLIAM (1969), Associate Professor of Surgery;B.S.,1955, Yale University; M.D., 1958, Harvard University. MADDOCK, THOMAS, JR. (1966), Lecturer in Hydrology; B.S., 1928, University of Arizona. MADISON, PETER (1963), Professor of Psychology; Consultant in Student Development, Student Counseling Service; B.S., 1940, University of Oregon; M.A., 1947, Ph.D., 1953, Harvard University. MAHAR, JAMES MICHAEL (1958), Professor of Oriental Studies; B.A., 1953, Reed College; Ph.D., 1966, Cornell University. MAHMOUD, HORMOZ MASSOUD (1960), Professor of Physics; E.E., 1940, University of Teheran, Iran; M.S., 1949, Ph.D., 1953, Indiana University. MAKUCH, ANDREW LUBOMIR (1964), Bibliographer, University Library;. A.B., 1951, University of Illinois; M.A.L.S., 1955, M.A., 1963, University .of Michigan. MALACARA, DANIEL (1970), Visiting Professor of Optical Sciences; M.S., 1963, Ph.D., 1965, University of Rochester. MALIK, JOE, JR. (1960), Professor of Russian; Head of the Department; B.S., M.Ed., 1947, University of Texas; Ph.D., 1955, University of Pennsylvania. MALLERY, RICHARD K. (1970), Lecturer in Law; B.A., 1959, De Pauw University; M.A., 1960, Cornell University; J.D., 1963, Stanford University. MALONE, KASPER DELMAR (1960), Instructor in Music. MALVICK, ALLAN JAMES (1965), Associate Professor of Civil Engineering and Optical Sciences; B.S., 1957, M.S., 1959, Sc.D., 1961, University of Notre Dame. MANGELSDORF, PHILIP (1964), Professor of Journalism; Head of the Department; B.A., 1950, University of Oregon; M.A., 1964, University of Washington. MANN, HENRY BERTHOLD (1968), Professor of Mathematics; Ph.D., 1935, University of Vienna. MANNING, DORIS ELNOVA (1964), Professor of Home Economics; Home Economist, Agricultural Experiment Station; A.B., 1942, Southwestern College; M.Ed., 1955, Colorado State University; Ph.D., 1967, University of Illinois. MANNING, HAROLD DALE (1969), Assistant Professor of Romance Languages; B.A., 1961, M.A., 1964, Brigham Young University; Ph.D., 1969, University of Oregon. MARATHAY, ARWIND SHANKAR (1969), Associate Professor of Optical Sciences; B.S., 1954, Bombay University; M.S.,1957, London University; Ph.D.,1963, Boston University. MARCHELLO, JOHN ANTON (1965), Associate Professor of Animal Science; Associate Animal Scientist, Agricultural Experiment Station; B.S., 1958, M.S., 1960, Montana State College; Ph.D., 1965, Colorado State University. MARCOUX, HELIODORE AIME (1951), Professor of Aerospace and Mechanical Engineering; B.S., 1934, United States Naval Academy; M.S., 1944, Cornell University. FACULTY OF THE UNIVERSITY 51

MARCUS, FRANK I. (1968), Professor of Internal Medicine; B.A., 1948, Columbia University; M.S., 1951, Tufts University; M.D., 1953, Boston University. MARCUS, ROBERT JEROME (1970), Associate Professor of Pharmacology; A.B., 1959, B.S., 1961, University of Wisconsin; Ph.D., 1969, University of California at Los Angeles. MARIETTA, JACK DONALD (1968), Assistant Professor of History; B.A., 1962, Washington and Jefferson College; M.A., 1963, Ph.D., 1968, Stanford University. MARQUART, DOROTHY I. (1946), Professor of Psychology; B.A., 1940, M.A., 1941, Ph.D., 1946, University of Michigan. MARRONEY, PETER R. (1939), Professor of Drama; Head of the Department; B.F.A., 1936, University of Oklahoma; M.A., 1939, State University of Iowa. MARRS, MILDRED S. (1965), Extension Home Economist, Cochise County; B.S., 1936, Indiana State College. MARSH, KENNETH FORD (1970), Clinical Psychologist in the Student Health Service; B.A., 1966, DePauw University; Ph.D., 1970, University of North Carolina. MARSH, OZAN (1967), Professor of Music; Diploma, 1939, Fontainbleau School of Music; Pupil of Emil Sauer, Casadesus, Petri, Horowitz, Rachmaninoff. MARSHALL, DARRELL R., Captain, United States Air Force (1967), Assistant Professor of Military Aerospace Studies; B.S., 1954, M.A., 1961, Ball State Teachers College. MARSHALL, ROBERT H. (1957), Professor of Economics; A.B., 1951, Franklin and Marshall College; M.A., 1952, Ph.D., 1957, The Ohio State University. MARSHALL, WESLEY BAEHILL (1968), Lecturer in Radio -Television; Assistant Director of the Radio -TV Bureau; B.S.J., 1957, M.F.A., 1959, Ohio University. MARTIN, CHARLES W. (1967), Extension Specialist in Home Economics; B.S., 1954, M.S., 1959, Utah State University. MARTIN, HOLLIS K. (1957), Associate Professor of Management; B.S., 1942, Michigan State University; LL.B., 1948, University of Colorado; M.S., 1960, University of Arizona. MARTIN, JAMES LOWELL JR. (1970), Instructor in Pharmacy; Pharmacist, Student Health Center; B.S., 1951, University of Arizona. MARTIN, JOAN MARY (1970), Assistant Professor of German; B.A., 1964, Hunter College; M.A., 1966, Ph.D., 1970, University of Michigan. MARTIN, MARIAN (1967), Lecturer in Psychology; B.S., 1951, Cornell University; M.S., 1953, University of Michigan; M.S., 1968, University of Arizona. MARTIN, MARVIN DeWITT (1968), Professor of Aerospace and Mechanical Engineering; B.S., 1937, University of California at Berkeley. MARTIN, PAUL SCHULTZ (1957), Professor of Geosciences; Chief Scientist, Laboratory of Paleoenvironmental Studies; B.A., 1951, Cornell University; M.S., 1953, Ph.D., 1956, University of Michigan. MARTIN, S. CLARK (1966), Professor of Range Management; Range Management Specialist, Agricultural Experiment Station; B.S., 1942, M.S., 1947, Ph.D., 1964, University of Arizona. MARTIN, WILLIAM EDWIN (1961), Professor of Agricultural Economics; Agricultural Economist, Agricultural Experiment Station; B.S., 1954, Davis, Ph.D., 1961, Berkeley, University of California. MARVEL, CARL S. (1961), Professor of Chemistry; A.B., 1915, M.S. 1915, Illinois Wesleyan University; M.A., 1916, Ph.D., 1920, D.Sc., 1963, University of Illinois. MASON, ALICE MARIE (1969), Lecturer in Speech; B.A., 1937, Ohio Wesleyan University; M.A., 1952, University of Alabama. MASON, CHARLES THOMAS, JR. (1953), Professor of Biological Sciences; Botanist and Curator for the Herbarium, Agricultural Experiment Station; B.S., 1940, University of Chicago; M.A., 1942, Ph.D., 1949, University of California at Berkeley. MASON, KATHERINE METCALF (1959), Assistant Professor of Nursing; B.S., 1941, M.Ed., 1954, University of Missouri. MASSENGALE, MARTIN ANDREW (1958), Professor of Agronomy; Head of the Department; Agronomist, Agricultural Experiment Station; B.S.,1952, Western Kentucky State College; M.S., 1954, Ph.D., 1956, University of Wisconsin. MATHEWS, CHRISTOPHER KING (1967), Associate Professor of Biochemistry, College of Medicine; BA., 1958, Reed College; Ph.D., 1962, University of Washington. MATLOCK, WILLIAM GERALD (1961), Campus Coordinator, AID Brazil Program; Associate Professor of Agricultural Engineering; Associate Agricultural Engineer, Agricultural Experiment Station; B.S., 1959, M.S., 1960, Ph.D., 1965, University of Arizona. MATSCH, LEANDER WILLIAM (1955), Professor of Electrical Engineering; B.S., 1926, Lewis Institute; M.S., 1948, Illinois Institute of Technology. MATSON, DANIEL SHAW (1950 -54; 1969), Lecturer in Anthropology; A.B., 1930, University of Arizona; M.A., 1944, San Luis Rey Seminary, California. MATSUDA, KAORU (1961 -62; 1963), Associate Professor of Biological Sciences; Associate Biologist, Agricultural Experiment Station;B.S.,1952, M.S., 1958, Ph.D., 1962, University of Arizona. 52 FACULTY OF THE UNIVERSITY

MATTER, FRED S. (1967), Associate Professor of Architecture; B.A., 1958, B.Arch., 1961, Princeton University; M.Arch., 1967, University of Oregon. MATTINGLY, ALETHEA SMITH (1934), Professor of Speech; A.B., 1924, M.A., 1931, University of Wisconsin; Ph.D., 1954, Northwestern University. MATTINGLY, ALLAN WALKER (1954), Assistant Vice President for Business Affairs; B.C.S., 1942, Benjamin Franklin University. MATTSON, ROY H. (1966), Professor of Electrical Engineering; Head of the Department; B.E.E.,1951, M.S.E.E.,1952, University of Minnesota; Ph.D., 1959, Iowa State University. MAUTNER, ROBERT WILLIAM (1965), Chief ScienceLibrarian, UniversityLibrary; Associate Professor of LibraryScience; B.A.,1949,B.L.S.,1952, University of California at Berkeley. MAYES, HORACE MILTON(1970),AssistantProfessorof AgriculturalEconomics; Agricultural Statistician, Agricultural Experiment Station; B.Sc., 1952, Texas A & M University. MAYHEW, MARY ANNE (1962 -68; 1969), Data Processing Librarian, University Library; B.S., 1951, Northwestern University; M.L.S., 1969, Indiana University. MAYO, EVANS BLAKEMORE (1952), Professor of Geosciences; A.B., 1927, University of South Dakota; A.M., 1929, Stanford University; Ph.D., 1932, Cornell University. McALISTER, DEAN FERDINAND (1952), Assistant Director of the Agricultural Experiment Station; Professor of Agronomy and Agronomist; B.S., 1931, M.S., 1932, Utah State Agricultural College; Ph.D., 1936, University of Wisconsin. McBREARTY, JAMES C. (1968), Assistant Professor of Economics; A.B., 1963, La Salle College; M.A., 1965, Ph.D., 1968, University of Illinois. McBRIDE, ROBERT GUYN (1957), Professor of Music; B.M., 1933, M.M., 1935, University of Arizona. McCABE, HILTON HERBERT (1969), Producer -Writer in the Radio -TV Bureau; Lecturer in Radio -Television; B.A., 1959, Holy Redeemer College; M.A., 1968, Loyola University of Los Angeles. McCALDIN, ROY OELAND (1970), Lecturer in Civil Engineering; B.S., 1948, M.S., 1950, Texas A & M University; Ph.D., 1958, University of Florida. McCAUGHEY, WILLIAM FRANK (1951), Professor. of Agricultural Biochemistry; Agricultural Biochemist, Agricultural Experiment Station; B.S., 1942, Purdue University; M.S., 1947, Northwestern University; Ph.D., 1951, University of Arizona. McCAULEY, WILLIAM JOHN (1955), Professor of Biological Sciences; B.S., 1947, University of Arizona; Ph.D., 1955, University of Southern California. McCLELLAND, JOSEPH H. (1947), Information Specialist Emeritus; B.J., 1932, University of Missouri. McCLELLAND, KEENER DELANEY (1970), Assistant Professor of Speech; B.A., 1961, M.A., 1964, University of Tennessee; Ph.D., 1968, University of Florida. McCLURE, MICHAEL A. (1968), Associate Professor of Plant Pathology; Associate Plant Pathologist, Agricultural Experiment Station; B.S., 1959, Ph.D., 1964, University of California at Davis. McCONNELL, ANNE (1968), Instructor in Romance Languages; B.A., 1963, M.A., 1966, University of Arizona. McCONVILLE, GILBERT (1966), Reference Librarian, University Library;B.S.,1960, University of Arizona; M.L.S., 1966, University of Portland. McCORMICK, FLOYD GUY, JR. (1967), Professor of Agricultural Education; Head of the Department; Agricultural Education Specialist, Agricultural Experiment Station; B.S., 1950, M.Ed., 1959, Colorado State University; Ph.D., 1964, The Ohio State University. McCOY, LEAHMAE (1953), Professor of Economics; B.A., 1933, University of Kansas; M.A., 1935, Tufts College; Ph.D., 1937, University of Illinois. McCRACKEN, BETTY JO (1969), Associate Professor of Nursing; B.S., 1953, University of California at Berkeley; M.S., 1959, University of Colorado. McCULLEN, JOHN D. (1965), Professor of Physics; B.A., 1954, M.S., 1958, Ph.D., 1960, University of Colorado. McCULLOUGH, EDGAR J., JR. (1957), Professor of Geosciences; Head of the Department; A.B., 1953, M.S., 1955, West Virginia University; Ph.D., 1963, University of Arizona. McDANIEL, ROBERT GENE (1967), Assistant Agronomist, Agricultural Experiment Station; A.B., 1963, Ph.D., 1967, West Virginia University. McDONALD, FRANKLIN R. (1967), Lecturer in Psychology; A.B., 1942, University of Arizona; Ph.D., 1952, University of Southern California. McDONALD, JAMES EDWARD (1954), Senior Physicist, Institute of Atmospheric Physics; Professor of Atmospheric Sciences; B.A.,1942, University of Omaha; M.S., 1945, Massachusetts Institute of Technology; Ph.D., 1951, Iowa State College. McDONALD, SUSANN (1963), Assistant Professor of Music; lre Prix de Harpe, 1955, Conservatoire Nationale de Musique. FACULTY OF THE UNIVERSITY 53

McDOUGAL, JAMES NELSON JR. (1959), Agricultural Agent in Charge, Mohave County; B.S., 1947, Colorado State University. McDOUGAL, LUTHER L. III (1970), Professor of Law; B.A., LL.B., 1962, The University of Mississippi; LL.M., 1966, Yale University. McELDOWNEY, JOHN ROBERT (1967), Assistant Professor of Music; B.A., 1954, University of Minnesota; M.M., 1957, University of Rochester. McELIGOT, DONALD MARINUS (1963), Professor of Aerospace and Mechanical Engineering and Electrical Engineering; B.E., 1952, Yale University; M.S.E., 1958, University of Washington; Ph.D., 1963, Stanford University. McELROY, JOHN HARMON (1970), Assistant Professor of English; A.B., 1956, Princeton University; M.A., 1962, Ph.D., 1966, Duke University. McFARLAND, MARJORIE HARLAN (1970), Assistant Public Services Librarian, University Library; B.A., 1963, Grinnell College; M.S., 1965, Louisiana State University. McGEHEE, CECIL (1967), Lecturer in Health, Physical Education and Recreation; B.S., 1959, San Diego State College. McGEORGE, WILLIAM T. (1929), Agricultural Chemist Emeritus; B.S., 1909, University of Kansas; M.S., 1918, George Washington University. McGINNIES, WILLIAM GROVENOR (1926 -35; 1960), Arid Land Ecologist and Professor of Dendrochronology; B.S.A., 1922, University of Arizona; Ph.D., 1932, University of Chicago. McGINTY, DONALDSON DRAPER (1968), Assistant Professor of Animal Science; Assistant Animal Scientist, Agricultural Experiment Station; B.S., 1958, Ph.D., 1968, Texas A & M University; M.S., 1964, Texas Technological College. McGOVERN, WAYNE ERNEST (1969), Associate Professor of Atmospheric Sciences; Research Associate, Institute of Atmospheric Physics; B.S.M.E., 1959, M.S., 1964, Newark College of Engineering; Ph.D., 1967, New York University. McGREW, BRUCE ELWIN (1966), Assistant Professor of Art; B.F.A., 1961, University of Wichita; M.F.A., 1964, University of Arizona. McIFF, LYLE HATCH, C.P.A. (1965), Professor of Accounting; B.S., 1948, Brigham Young University; M.B.A., 1951, University of Texas; D.B.A., 1965, University of Southern California. McINTYRE, LAURENCE COOK, JR. (1966), Associate Professor of Physics; B.S., 1957, Stanford University; M.S., 1961, Ph.D., 1965, University of Wisconsin. McKAY, JOHN CHRISTOPHER (1970), Interlibrary Loan Librarian, University Library; B.A., 1960, M.A. ,1963, University of Cambridge; M.L.S., 1962, M.A., 1965, Ph.D., 1969, University of California at Los Angeles. McKENNEY, DEAN B. (1966), Assistant Professor of Optical Sciences; A.B., 1962, Bowdoin College; M.S., 1965, University of Rochester; Ph.D., 1970, University of Arizona. McKITTRICK, ROBERT THOMAS (1957), Resident Superintendent, Boyce Thompson Arboretum. McLEAN, W. JOHN (1968), Assistant Professor of Geosciences; B.S., 1960, University of Arizona; Ph.D., 1968, University of Pittsburgh. McMILLAN, ROBERT W. (1969), Professor of Art; Head of the Department; B.Ed., 1937, Southern Illinois University; M.A., 1940, Columbia University; Ph.D., 1958, University of Iowa. McMILLAN, SAMUEL CHARLES (1960), Vice President for Planning and Development; Professor of Management; B.S., 1935, University of Arizona; M.B.A., 1940, University of Chicago. McMILLAN, THEODORA MANTZ (1970), Visiting Professor of Music; B.A., 1945, University of Minnesota. McMILLAN, THOMAS LEONARD (1970), Assistant Professor of Government; B.A., 1965, University of Colorado; M.A., 1966, University of Washington; Ph.D., 1970, University of Kansas. McWHORTER, MARY JOHNSON (1968), Lecturer in Oriental Studies; Catalog Librarian; B.A., 1943, M.A., 1966, University of Arizona; M.S.L.S., 1967, University of Michigan. McWILLIAMS, THOMAS R. (1968), Assistant Comptroller, Physical Resources and Special Services, Arizona Medical Center; B.S., 1960, University of Arizona. MEAD, ALBERT R. (1946) Professor of Biological Sciences and Curator of Invertebrates; B.S., 1938, University of California at Berkeley; Ph.D., 1942, Cornell University. MEDEARIS, BILLIE RAY (1968), Research Associate in the Steward Observatory; B.S.E.E., 1962, University of Missouri. MEDINE, PETER ERNEST (1969), Assistant Professor of English; B.A., 1963, Northwestern University; M.A., 1965, Ph.D., 1970, University of Wisconsin. MEES, QUENTIN MICHAEL (1947), Professor of Civil Engineering; Head of the Department; B.S., 1947, University of Arizona; M.S., 1952, University of Texas. MEEZAN, ELIAS (1970), Assistant Professor of Pharmacology; B.S., 1962, City College of New York; Ph.D., 1966, Duke University. 54 FACULTY OF THE UNIVERSITY

MEHAN, ROBERT CHARLES JR. (1966), Coordinator for High School Relations and Director of the Summer Orientation Program; B.S., 1960, Millersville State College; M.Ed., 1966, University of Delaware. MEINEL, ADEN BAKER (1961), Professor of Optical Sciences and Chairman of the Committee; Professor of Astronomy; Astronomer, Steward Observatory; A.B., 1947, Ph.D., 1949, University of California at Berkeley. MELICK, DERMONT WILSON (1967), Professor of Surgery; Coordinator of the Arizona Regional Medical Program; B.S., 1931, University of Arizona; M.D., 1935, M.Sc., 1941, D.Sc., 1945, University of Pennsylvania. MELLOR, ROBERT SYDNEY (1962), Associate Professor of Biological Sciences; B.S., 1954, M.S., 1959, Ph.D., 1962, Colorado State University. MELNIK, AMELIA (1960), Associate Professor, Reading Development Center, College of Education;B.S.,1950, BostonUniversity;M.A.,1954, Ed.D.,1960, Columbia University. MENKE, REED ALAN (1968), Counseling Psychologist in the Student Counseling Service; Assistant Professor of Psychology; B.F.A., 1963, M.S., 1964, Municipal University of Omaha; Ph.D., 1968, Iowa State University. MENDELSON, NEIL HARLAND (1969), Associate Professor of Microbiology and Medical Technology; B.S., 1959, Cornell University; Ph.D., 1964, Indiana University. MENDOZA, EUGENIO EMILIO (1967), Research Associate in Optical Sciences; Sc.B., 1948, University of Mexico; Ph.D., 1958, University of Chicago. MENZIE, ELMER LYLE (1961), Professor of Agricultural Economics; Agricultural Economist, Agricultural Experiment Station; B.S.A., 1952, M.S.A., 1955, University of British Columbia; Ph.D., 1961, University of California at Berkeley. MERCADO, RODNEY M. (1960), Associate Professor of Music; A.B., 1952, University of California at Los Angeles; M.M., 1953, University of Southern California. MERCHANT, CHARLES JEFFREY (1960), Lecturer in Mathematics; B.A., 1939, The Ohio State University. MERING, JOHN V. (1969), Professor of History; B.S., 1953, Ph.D., 1960, University of Missouri. MERONEY, GERTRUDE ANNE (1968), Catalog Librarian, University Library; B.A., 1965, University of Cambridge, England. MERREN, JOHN JAY (1967), Instructor in English; B.S., B.A., 1962, M.A., 1963, Lamar State College. MERRITT, CURTIS BRADFORD (1949), Professor of Educational Psychology; Associate Dean of the Graduate College; A.B., 1936, Albion College; M.A., 1946, Ph.D., 1950, University of Michigan. METCALFE, DARREL S. (1958), Professor of Agronomy; Director of Resident Instruction in the College of Agriculture; Assistant Director of the Agricultural Experiment Station; B.S., 1940, University of Wisconsin; M.S., 1942, Kansas State College; Ph.D., 1950, Iowa State College. MEYER, GARY LEE (1970), Assistant Agricultural Agent, Apache County; B.S., 1966, Chico State College. MEYERS, ALFREDA ELIZABETH (1967), Instructor in Oriental Studies; A.B., 1962, Mount Holyoke College; M.A., 1966, The American University. MIKLOFSKY, HAAREN ALBERT (1966), Professor of Civil Engineering; B.C.E., 1946, George Washington University; M.Eng., 1947, D.Eng., 1950, Yale University. MILLDEBRANDT, THOMAS H. (1968), Lecturer in Public Administration; A.B., 1950, Michigan State Normal College; M.S., 1964, Michigan State University. MILLER, ALICE MARIE (1970), Associate Director of Nursing, University Hospital; Assistant Professor of Nursing, College of Nursing; B.S.,1950, Western Reserve University; M.N.Ed., 1961, University of Washington. MILLER, ALVIN EROY (1968),AssociateProfessor of Architecture; B.Arch.,1948, Rensselaer Polytechnic Institute; M.Arch., 1952, Rice University. MILLER, DONNA MAE (1959), Professor and Director of Physical Education for Women; B.S., 1944, University of Utah; M.A., 1946, Stanford University; Ph.D., 1960, University of Southern California. MILLER, JERRY L. L. (1962), Associate Professor of Sociology; B.A., 1953, M.A., 1954, University of Oklahoma; Ph.D., 1959, Florida State University. MILLER, MIRIAN EDWINA (1960), Acquisitions Librarian, College of Medicine Library; B.S., 1938, West Virginia University; M.L.S., 1962, University of California at Los Angeles. MILLER, VIRGINIA JUNE (1966), Associate Professor of Nursing; B.S., 1948, University of Minnesota; M.A., 1952, University of Chicago. MILLER, WALTER BERNARD (1967), Assistant Professor of Biological Sciences; B.S.E.E., 1939,UnitedStatesNaval Academy; M.S.Ae.E.,1945,CaliforniaInstituteof Technology; Ph.D., 1967, University of Arizona. MILLER, WALTER BERNARD III (1968), Assistant Professor of Chemistry; B.S., 1963, University of California at Los Angeles; Ph.D., 1968, Harvard University. FACULTY OF THE UNIVERSITY 55

MILLER, WILLIAM C. (1970), Assistant Professor of Architecture; B.Arch., 1968, University of Oregon; M.Arch., 1970, University of Illinois. MILLER, WILLIAM LESLIE (1969), Associate Professor of Pathology; B.S., 1956, M.D., 1959, University of Louisville. MILLIGAN, LOUISE MARGUERITE (1930 -46; 1967), Senior Catalog Librarian; B.A., 1930, University of Arizona. MILNER, ALAN (1970), Associate Professor of Metallurgical Engineering; B.Met., 1957, University of Sheffield; M.Sc., 1961, University of London; Ph.D., 1963, University of Manchester. MILNE -THOMSON, LOUIS MELVILLE (1961), Professor of Mathematics Emeritus; B.A., 1913, M.A., 1921, D.Sc., 1934, Corpus Christi College. MILO, RONALD DMITRI (1962), Associate Professor of Philosophy; B.A., 1957, Gettysburg College; M.A., 1960, Ph.D., 1962, University of Washington. MILTENBERGER, GERALD EDWIN (1968), Clinical Instructor in Speech; Audiologist, Rehabilitation Center; B.S., 1957, Southern Illinois University; M.A., 1963, Colorado State University. MINCKS, WILLIAM WALTER (1965), Lecturer in Finance, Insurance and Real Estate; B.A., 1926, University of Iowa. MISHRA, SHITALA PRASAD (1968), Assistant Professor of Educational Psychology; B.Sc., 1958, B.Ed., 1961, M.Ed., 1962, University of Lucknow, India; M.A., 1967, Ph.D., 1969, University of Oregon. MITCHELL, RICHARD IRWIN (1962), Research Associate in Optical Sciences; B.A., 1950, M.A., 1956, University of California at Berkeley. MITTS, ISAAC O. (1967), Extension Area Fram Management Specialist; B.S., 1960, M.S., 1963, Utah State University. MLYNSKI, DIETER A. (1969; 1971), Visiting Professor of Electrical Engineering; Dipl., Phys., 1958, The University of Jena, Germany; Dr., Ing., 1964, The Technical University, Aachen, Germany. MODZELESKI, VINCENT EUGENE (1968), Research Associate in Geosciences; B.S., 1961, Fordham University; M.S., 1963, New York University. MOECKLY, MARLYS ARLENE (1970), Assistant Professor of Nursing; B.S., 1956, Hamline University; M.S., 1964, University of Michigan. MOFFAT, JOHN HOWARD JR. (1969), Assistant Registrar for Data Processing; B.S., 1965, M.B.A., 1966, University of Arizona. MONTGOMERY, EARL FRANKLIN (1969), Research Associate in the Lunar and Planetary Laboratory; B.A., 1963, Kansas Wesleyan University; M.A., 1965, Sam Houston State College; M.S., 1969, The University of Texas. MOORE, ELDON EUGENE (1962), Extension Area Specialist in Community and Resource Development; B.S., 1959, California State Polytechnic College. MOORE, LEON (1960), Extension Entomologist; B.S., 1957, M.S., 1959, University of Arkansas. MOORE, RICHARD THOMAS (1951), Principal Geologist, Arizona Bureau of Mines; B.S., 1951, M.S., 1958, University of Arizona; Ph.D., 1967, Stanford University. MOORE, WILLIAM BATEMAN (1967), Assistant Professor of Psychology; A.B., 1961, M.A., 1965, Ph.D., 1968, The George Washington University. MORGAN, DONALD PRYSE (1967), Epidemiologist, Agricultural Experiment Station; Research Associate in Pharmacy; B.S., 1944, Franklin & Marshall College; M.D., 1947, Indiana University; M.S., 1949, Ph.D., 1953, Northwestern University. MORGAN, FLORENCE HUMPHREYS (1929), Associate Professor Emeritus of English; A.B., 1912, Colorado College; A.M., 1915, Radcliffe College; Ph.D., 1956, University of Southern California. MOROT -SIR, EDOUARD (1969), Professor of Romance Languages; License of Philosophy, 1932, Agrégation of Philosophy, 1934, State Doctorate of Letters, 1947, University of Paris. MORRIS, ARLENE MARIE (1963), Assistant Professor of Physical Education for Women; B.A., 1962, San Jose State College; M.S., 1963, University of Washington. MORRIS, LARRY ALLEN (1970), Lecturer in Psychology; A.B., 1965, Indiana University; M.A., 1967, Ph.D., 1970, University of Arizona. MORRIS, THOMAS MARTIN (1959), Professor of Metallurgical Engineering; Head of the Department; B.S., 1938, M.S., 1940, Columbia University; Ph.D., 1950, University of Missouri. MORRISON, JUNE M. (1963 -64; 1965), Associate Professor of Public Administration; B.S., 1962, M.P.A., 1963, University of Arizona; Ph.D., 1966, The Florida State University. MORROW, HOWARD EDWIN (1970), Research Associate in Optical Sciences; B.A., 1966, San Diego State College. MORSE, BART J. (1970), Assistant Professor of Art; B.S., 1962, Brigham Young University; M.F.A., 1964, University of Washington. 56 FACULTY OF THE UNIVERSITY

MORSE, JAMES O. (1969), Assistant Professor of Internal Medicine; B.S., 1949, A & M College of Texas; M.D., 1953, University of Oklahoma. MORSE, JAMES RICHARD (1966), Instructor in Pharmaceutical Sciences; Pharmacist in the Student Health Service; B.S., 1950, University of Michigan. MORTON, GLORIA ISAAK (1968), Instructor in English; B.S., 1954, University of Idaho; M.A., 1965, Texas A & M University. MOSHER, CARTER GUY (1968), Assistant Professor of Internal Medicine; B.A., 1956, Yale University; M.D., 1961, Boston University. MOTT, PETER D. (1970), Assistant Professor of Community Medicine, and Internal Medicine; A.B., 1955, Princeton University; M.D., 1959, Columbia University. MOUNT, DAVID WILLIAM (1968), AssistantProfessor of Microbiology;B.Sc.,1960, University of Alberta; M.A., 1963, Ph.D., 1965, University of Toronto. MUCZYNSKI, ROBERT STANLEY (1965), Associate Professor of Music; B.M., 1950, M.M., 1952, DePaul University School of Music. MUIR, A. LAURENCE (1935), Professor of English; Head of the Department; A.B., 1929, Oberlin College; Ph.D., 1934, Cornell University. MUKTARIAN, HERBERT H. (1970), Associate Professor of Educational Psychology; B.A., 1960, Miami University; B.D., 1961, M.Th., 1962, Wittenberg University; Ph.D., 1966, The Ohio State University. MULKEY, SELWAY LYSLE (1970), Instructor in English; B.A., 1968, Idaho State University; M.A., 1970, University of Idaho. MULLENS, LANNY JOE (1969), Instructor in Systems Engineering; B.S., 1969, M.S., 1970, University of Arizona. MULLIGAN, RAYMOND ALEXANDER (1953), Professor of Public Administration; Head of the Department; B.S., 1937, New York University; M.S., 1939, Fordham University; Ph.D., 1950, Indiana University. MULVANEY, JAMES EDWARD (1961), Associate Professor of Chemistry; B.S., 1951, Ph.D., 1959, Polytechnic Institute of Brooklyn. MUNN, ROBERT RUSSELL (1969), Lecturer in Library Science; B.A., 1930, University of British Columbia; M.L.S., 1931, Columbia University. MUNROE, RICHARD ALLEN (1966), Associate Professor of Health, Physical Education and Recreation; B.S., 1953, Washington State University; M.S., 1956, University of Illinois; Ed.D., 1964, University of Oregon. MUNSINGER, GARY M. (1963), Associate Dean of the College of Business and Public Administration; Associate Professor of Marketing; B.S. ,1959, Kansas State College of Pittsburgh; M.B.A., 1961, Ph.D., 1964, University of Arkansas. MURAMOTA, HIROSHI (1958), Associate Professor of Plant Breeding; Associate Plant Breeder, Agricultural Experiment Station;B.S.A.,1955, New Mexico College of Agriculture and Mechanic Arts; Ph.D., 1958, University of Arizona_ MURPHY, DANIEL JOHN (1957), Professor of Metallurgical Engineering; B.S., 1935, United States Military Academy; M.S., 1939, Massachusetts Institute of Technology; Ph.D., 1952, Columbia University. MURPHY, EDWARD WRIGHT (1961), Associate Professor of Music; B.M.E., 1957, Bethany College; M.M., 1959, Ph.D., 1963, Indiana University. MURPHY, JAMES THOMAS (1968), Assistant Director of Physical Resources; B.S., 1956, M.A., 1958, Eastern Kentucky University. MURPHY, JEFFRIE GUY (1968), Associate Professor òf Philosophy; B.A., 1962, Johns Hopkins University; Ph.D., 1966, University of Rochester. MURPHY, JERRY B. (1959 -61; 1965), Assistant Dean of Men; B.S., 1957, M.Ed., 1969, University of Arizona. MURPHY, M. LUCILLE (1967), Assistant Professor of Nursing; B.A., 1946, University of Iowa; M.A., 1956, Columbia University. MURRAY, DAVID WILLIAM (1968), Instructor in Health, Physical Education and Recreation; B.S., 1965, M.Ed., 1969, University of Arizona. MUSE, WILLIAM A.(1965),Assistant Comptroller;B.S.,1930, Georgia Institute of Technology. MYERS, DONALD E. (1960), Professor of Mathematics; B.S., 1953, M.S., 1955, Kansas State University; Ph.D., 1960, University of Illinois. MYERS, HAROLD EDWIN (1956), Dean of Agriculture; B.S., 1928, Kansas State College; M.S., 1929, University of Illinois; Ph.D., 1937, University of Missouri. MYERS, LLOYD ELDRIDGE (1969), Professor of Agricultural Engineering; Agricultural Engineer,AgriculturalExperimentStation;B.S.,1949, M.S.,1950, Utah State University. MYERS, LOUIS A., JR., C.P.A. (1948), Professor of Accounting; B.S., 1943, M.S., 1950, University of Arizona. MYERS, MELVIN LEWIS, Major, Signal Corps, United States Army (1968), Assistant Professor of Military Science and Tactics; B.S., 1959, Prairie View Agricultural and Mechanical College. FACULTY OF THE UNIVERSITY 57

NAGY, BARTHOLOMEW (1968), Professor of Geosciences; Chief Scientist, Laboratory of Organic Geochemistry; B.S., 1948, Peter Pazmany University; M.A., 1949, Columbia University; Ph.D., 1953, The Pennsylvania State University. NAPIER, BOYCE CLAY (1963), Extension Information Specialist; B.A., 1951, University of Kentucky. NASH, GEORGE WILLIAM (1967), Research Associate in Surgery; A.B., 1952, M.D., 1955, University of Kansas. NASH, PAT NEFF (1963), Professor of Elementary Education; B.S., 1946, M.Ed., 1951, Stephen F. Austin State College; Ed.D., 1963, North Texas State University. NASSER, KAM (1965), Associate Professor of Health, Physical Education and Recreation; B.S., 1961, M.A., 1962, Sacramento State College; Ph.D., 1965, University of Oregon. NATONEK, ANNE GRUENWALD (1946), Assistant Professor Emeritus of Physical Education for Women; National Teacher's Diploma in Rhythmic Gymnastics and Dancing, 1930, Germany. NAVIN, THOMAS RANDALL (1965), Professor of Management; Head of the Department; A.B., 1939, Kenyon College; M.B.A., 1941, D.C.S., 1950, Harvard University. NEAL, GARY DOUGLAS (1968), Instructor in Art; B.F.A., 1966, Minneapolis School of Art; M.F.A., 1968, Indiana University. NEE, TSU -WEI (1969), Visiting Assistant Professor of Physics; B.S., 1961, National Taiwan University; M.S., 1965, University of Oklahoma; Ph.D., 1968, University of Maryland. NEEDHAM, JAMES PAUL, Major, Military Police Corps, United States Army (1968), Assistant Professor of Military Science and Tactics; B.S., 1961, Lehigh University. NEFF, ERNESTINE A. (1970), Associate Professor of English; B.A., 1930, Eastern Michigan University; M.A., 1931, University of Michigan. NEFF, RICHMOND CLARK (1952), Professor of Civil Engineering; B.S.Met.Eng., 1943, M.S.Met.Eng., 1948, Ph.D., 1954, Purdue University. NELSON, AARON GUSTAVE (1958), Professor of Agricultural Economics; Agricultural Economist, Agricultural Experiment Station;B.S.,1937, Utah State Agricultural College; M.A., 1939, Ph.D., 1949, Iowa State College. NELSON, BONNIE JAYNE (1969), Lecturer in Psychology; Counselor, Student Counseling Bureau; B.A., 1965, M.A., 1970, University of Minnesota. NELSON, DANA ARTHUR (1968), Associate Professor of Romance Languages; B.A., 1949, Allegheny College; M.A., 1951, The State University of Iowa; B.F.T., 1952, American Institute for Foreign Trade; Ph.D., 1964, Stanford University. NELSON, FRANK EUGENE (1960), Professor of Dairy and Food Sciences, and Microbiology and Medical Technology; Dairy and Food Scientist, Agricultural Experiment Station; B.S., 1932, M.S., 1934, University of Minnesota; Ph.D., 1936, Iowa State College. NELSON, GEORGE WILLIAM (1966), Associate Professor of Nuclear Engineering; B.S., 1960, M.S., 1965, Ph.D., 1966, Case Institute of Technology. NELSON, JOHN MYRON (1964), Farm Specialist, Mesa Experimental Farm; B.S., 1960, M.S., 1962, University of Arizona. NELSON, KAREN LEITH (1969), Assistant Extension Home Economist, Yuma County; B.S., 1968, University of Arizona. NELSON, LOIS RENOUF (1963), Research Specialist, Division of Economic and Business Research; B.A., 1947, Wheaton College. NELSON, MERRITT RICHARD (1958), Professor of Plant Pathology; Plant Pathologist, Agricultural Experiment Station; B.S., 1955, University of California at Berkeley; Ph.D., 1958, University of Wisconsin. NELSON, ROY A. (1955 -57; 1958 -60; 1966), Experiment Farm and Field Research Adviser, AID Brazil Program; B.S., 1953, M.S., 1959, University of Arizona. NELSON, WILHMA BOWMAN (1969), Physician, Student Health Service; B.S., 1949, M.B., 1952, M.D., 1954, University of Minnesota. NELSON, WILLIAM J.(1963), AssistantProfessor of Health, Physical Education and Recreation; B.A., 1950, Iowa State Teachers College; M.Ed., 1966, University of Arizona. NESBITT, MARGARET ANN (1968), Extension Home Economist, Maricopa County; B.S., 1960, Indiana University. NETTLETON, ALVRED B., C.P.A. (1949), Associate Treasurer; Ph.B., 1927, University of Chicago; M.S., 1950, University of Arizona. NEWELL, BLY GARNAND (1966 -67; 1968; 1971), Lecturer in Library Science; B.A., 1933, Emory & Henry College; M.S.L.S., 1941, Columbia University. NEWKIRK, JUNE E. (1962 -67; 1970), Lecturer in Special Education; A.B., 1936, Bradley University; M.A., 1937, University of Illinois. NEWLIN, PHILIP BLAINE (1946), Professor of Civil Engineering; B.S., 1946, University of Arizona; M.S., 1949, Missouri School of Mines and Metallurgy. NEWMAN, JESSE L. (1970), Clinical Instructor in Hospital Pharmacy, College of Pharmacy; B.S., 1949, University of Oklahoma. 58 FACULTY OF THE UNIVERSITY

NEWTON, RICHARD ELMER (1969), Instructor in Accounting; B.S., 1963, Wisconsin State University at Stevens Point; M.S., 1969, University of Arizona. NICHOLS, ANDREW W. (1970), Assistant Professor of Community Medicine; B.A., 1959, Swarthmore College; M.D., 1964, Stanford University; M.P.H., 1970, Harvard University. NICHOLS, ROGER LOUIS (1969), Professor of History;B.S.,1956, Wisconsin State University at LaCrosse; M.S., 1959, Ph.D., 1964, University of Wisconsin. NICHOLSON, GLEN IRA (1969), Professor of Educational Psychology; Head of the Department; B.A., 1948, M.A., 1952, Ph.D., 1963, University of Iowa. NICHOLSON, HELEN S. (1918), Professor Emeritus of Spanish; A.B., 1907, Vassar College; M.A., 1918, University of Arizona; Ph.D., 1934, Stanford University. NIELSEN, CHARLES M. (1955), Lecturer in Pharmaceutical Sciences; Ph.C., 1925, University of Iowa. NIELSON, MERVIN WILLIAM (1964),Associate Professor of Entomology; Associate Entomologist, Agricultural Experiment Station; B.Sc., 1949, M.Sc., 1950, Utah State University; Ph.D., 1955, Oregon State University. NIGH, EDWARD LeROY, JR. (1962), Professor of Plant Pathology; Head of the Department; Plant Pathologist, Agricultural Experiment Station; B.S., 1952; M.S., 1957, Colorado State University; Ph.D., 1962, Oregon State University. NOBLE, ROBERT HAMILTON (1964), Professor of Optical Sciences, and Vice Chairman of the Committee; B.S., 1940, Antioch College; Ph.D., 1946, The Ohio State University. NORDLIE, BERT EDWARD (1967), Assistant Professor of Geosciences; B.A., 1960, M.S., 1965, University of Colorado; Ph.D., 1967, University of Chicago. NORDSTROM, JON OWEN (1969), Associate Professor of Poultry Science; Associate Poultry Scientist, Agricultural Experiment Station; B.S.,1956, Ph.D., 1966, University of California at Davis. NOYES, ALICE LOUISE (1963), Assistant Professor of Nursing; B.S., 1963, Idaho State College; M.S., 1963, University of Washington. NOYES, WILLIAM RAYMOND (1968), Assistant Professor of History; A.B., 1962, Stanford University; M.A., 1963, Fletcher School of Law and Diplomacy; Ph.D., 1968, University of California at Los Angeles. NUGENT, CHARLES ARTERJR.(1970),ProfessorofInternalMedicine;Chief, Endocrinology Section; M.D., 1951, Yale University. NUSBAUM, JANICE LYNNE (1968), Assistant Professor of Nursing; B.S., 1962, Indiana University; M.N., 1967, University of Washington. NUTTING, WILLIAM LEROY (1955), Professor of Entomology; Entomologist, Agricultural Experiment Station; A.B., 1943, Harvard College; Ph.D., 1950, Harvard University. O'BOYLE, PETER A. (1969), Assistant Professor of Art; B.A., 1966, University of New Mexico; M.S., 1968, University of Oregon. O'BRIEN, TERRENCE VAN (1969), Assistant Professor of Marketing; A.B., 1963, University of California at Berkeley; M.B.A., 1966, California State College; Ph.D., 1969, Columbia University. O'CONNELL, DANIEL HENRY (1967), Assistant Dean of the College of Law; Associate Professor of Law; B.S.,1963, University of Oregon; LL.B., 1966, University of California; LL.M., 1967, New York University. O'CONNELL, PAUL FRANCIS (1970), Assistant Agricultural Economist; Assistant Professor of Agricultural Economics; B.S., 1962, University of Minnesota; M.S., 1964, Colorado State University; M.A., 1969, University of Pennsylvania. O'CONNOR, ROD (1968), Professor of Chemistry; B.S., 1955, Southeast Missouri State College; Ph.D., 1958, University of California at Berkeley. O'DELL, JOHN HENRY (1932),Agricultural Agent 'Emeritus;B.S.,1920,Clemson Agricultural College. OEBKER, NORMAN F. (1960), Professor of Horticulture; Extension Specialist in Horticulture; B.S., 1949, Ohio State University; M.S., 1951, Ph.D., 1953, Cornell University. OFFICER, JAMES EOFF (1955 -58; 1959 -61; 1969), Professor of Anthropology; Coordinator of International Programs; B.A., 1950, Ph.D., 1964, University of Arizona. OGDEN, DAVID A. (1969), Associate Professor of Internal Medicine; B.A., 1953, M.D., 1957, Cornell University. OGDEN, PHIL REED (1964), Professor of Range Management; Range Management Specialist, Agricultural Experiment Station; B.S., 1952, M.S., 1958, Utah State University; Ph.D., 1966, Iowa State University. O'HAIRE, ROBERT T. (1955), Associate Mineralogist, Arizona Bureau of Mines; B.S., 1956, M.S., 1968, University of Arizona. OKRENT, DAVID (1970), Visiting Professor of Nuclear Engineering; M.E., 1943, Stevens Institute of Technology; M.A., 1948, Ph.D., 1951, Harvard University. O'LEARY, JAMES WILLIAM (1963 -66; 1967), Associate Professor of Biological Sciences; B.S., 1960, M.S., 1961, Ohio State University; Ph.D., 1963, Duke University. OLIVER, ISABELLE GERTRUDE (1964), Head Resident of Coconino Hall; A.B., 1929, University of Michigan. FACULTY OF THE UNIVERSITY 59

OLSON, GEORGE B. (1968), Associate Professor of Microbiology and Medical Technology; B.S., 1958, Wisconsin State College; Ph.D., 1965, Notre Dame University. OLSON, KENNETH S. (1962), State Leader -Agriculture, Agricultural Extension Service; Professor of Agricultural Education; B.S., 1950, North Dakota State University; M.S., 1954, Michigan State University; Ph.D., 1959, University of Wisconsin. OLSON, MERLE STRATTE (1968), Assistant Professor of Biochemistry, College of Medicine; B.A., 1962, St. Olaf College; Ph.D., 1966, University of Minnesota. OLSON, WALTER LEWIS (1965), Professor of Special Education; B.A., 1951, M.A., 1954, University of New Mexico; Ed.D., 1963, Colorado State College. OLSRUD, LOIS CHRISTINE (1966), Reference Librarian, University Library; B.A., 1952, Concordia College; M.A., 1966, Indiana University. OLSTAD, CHARLES FREDERICK (1960), Associate Professor of Romance Languages, and Assistant to the Head of the Department; B.A., 1954, St. Olaf College; M.A., 1956, State University of Iowa; Ph.D., 1960, University of Wisconsin. O'NEIL, DANIEL JOHN (1966), Assistant Professor of Government; B.A., 1959, M.A., 1961, Louisiana State University; Ph.D., 1966, University of Texas. O'NEIL, THOMAS JOSEPH (1968), Instructor in Mining and Geological Engineering; B.S., 1962, Lehigh University; M.S., 1966, Pennsylvania State University. O'NEILL, JOHN D. (1960), Assistant Professor of Finance, Insurance and Real Estate; B.A., 1932, Olivet College; J.D., 1947, Notre Dame University. OPENSHAW, MARTIN DAVID (1970), Assistant Professor of Agricultural Chemistry and Soils; Extension Soils Specialist; B.S., 1965, Arizona State University; M.S., 1968, Ph.D., 1970, Iowa State University. ORLEN, STEVEN LESLIE (1967),InstructorinEnglish;B.A.,1964,University of Massachusetts; M.F.A., 1967, University of Iowa. OSWALD, J. GREGORY (1958), Professor of History; B.A., 1948, University of California at Berkeley; M.A., 1950, Loyola University; Ph.D., 1958, Stanford University. O'TOOLE, RAYMOND J. (1969), Assistant Professor of Elementary Education; B.S., 1960, M.A., 1963, Eastern Michigan University; D.Ed., 1966, Colorado State College. OTT, CHARLES HYLOR (1941), Associate Professor of Health, Physical Education and Recreation; B.S., 1941, M.A., 1951, University of Arizona. OUGH, MARGUERITE E. (1948), Professor of Voice; A.B., 1934, University of Nebraska; M.A., 1943, Columbia University; Rossini Opera Workshop, New York; Carlo Peroni; Ernest Gebert; Howard Kirkpatrick; Charles A. Case; Coenrad V. Bos; Luigi Guiffrida. PACE, ISABELL (1937), Home Agent Emeritus; B.S., 1925, University of Utah. PACHOLCZYK, ANDRZEJ GRZEGORZ (1965), Associate Professor of Astronomy; Associate Astronomer, Steward Observatory; M.Sc., (Astronomy) 1956, M.Sc., (Physics) 1957, D.Sc., (Math.- Physics) 1961, University of Warsaw. PACILIO, JOHN JR. (1969), AssistantProfessor of Speech; B.A., 1960, Kansas State University; M.A., 1964, University of Colorado. PADFIELD, HARLAND I. (1955), Associate Professor of Anthropology; Research Specialist, Bureau of Ethnic Research; B.A., 1950, San Diego State College; M.A., 1952, Arizona State University; Ph.D., 1964, University of Arizona. PAGE, CARMY G. (1946), Agricultural Agent in Charge, Cochise County; B.S., 193, Kansas State College. PAGE, EDNA EARLE (1969), Assistant Professor of Home Economics; B.S., 1963, M.S., 1966, Winthrop College. PAINTER, MURIEL T. (1944), Research Associate in the Arizona State Museum; B.A., 1916, Wellesley College. PALMER, JOHN DAVIS (1966), Director of the Multidiscipline Laboratories; Associate Professor of Pharmacology; B.S., 1954, M.S., 1955, University of Colorado; Ph.D., 1961, M.D., 1962, University of Minnesota. PALSSON, GERALD DUANE (1969), Senior Reference Librarian; B.Sc., 1963, B.L.S., 1966, University of British Columbia. PARK, JOSEPH FRANKLIN (1964), Curator of Western Americana, University Library; B.A., 1955, M.A., 1961, University of Arizona. PARKER, THOMAS WILLIAM (1961), Professor of History; B.A., 1947, University of Wisconsin; M.A., 1949, Ph.D., 1956, University of Chicago. PARKS, EDWIN K. (1960), Professor of Aerospace and Mechanical Engineering; B.Sc., 1949, University of Alberta; M.A.Sc., 1950, Ph.D., 1952, University of Toronto. PARMEE, EDWARD A. (1959 -61; 1962 -66; 1968), Extension Area Specialist, Community and Resource Development; B.A., 1957, Wesleyan University; M.A., 1965, University of Arizona. PARMENTER, ROBERT HALEY (1966), Professor of Physics; B.S., 1947, University of Maine; Ph.D., 1952, Massachusetts Institute of Technology. PARSONS, JAMES LEWIS (1967), Visiting Research Professor, Agricultural Biochemistry, Agricultural Experiment Station; B.A., 1951, Western State College; M.D., 1955, University of Colorado. 60 FACULTY OF THE UNIVERSITY

PARSONS, MARIA NIVEA PEREIRA (1968), Lecturer in Romance Languages; B.A., 1958, Faculdade Católica do Ceará; M.A., 1964, San Francisco State College. PATE, JAMES JACKSON, Major, Infantry, United States Army (1969), Assistant Professor of 'Military Science and Tactics; B.A., 1964, Butler University. PATTERSON, BERNICE JANE (1969), Instructor in Nursing; B.S.N., 1966, Texas Christian University; M.S.N., 1969, University of Colorado. PATTERSON, LLOYD LEONARD (1956), Research Associate in Agronomy, Agricultural Experiment Station; B.S., 1954, Utah State Agricultural College; M.S., 1956, Oregon State College. PATTISON, KARL MODJESKA (1970), Visiting Professor of Aerospace and Mechanical Engineering; B.S., 1950, University of Arizona. PAULSEN, F. ROBERT (1964), Dean of the College of Education; Professor of Educational Administration; B.S., 1947, Utah State University; M.S., 1949, Ed.D., 1956, University of Utah. PAYLORE, PATRICIA PAQUITA (1930), Assistant Director, Office of Arid Lands Studies; B.A., 1929, M.A., 1930, University of Arizona.. PEACOCK, ERLE EWART, JR. (1969), Professor of Surgery; Head of the Department; M.D., 1949, Harvard University. PEARCE, HENRY WYNN (1970), Assistant Professor of Drama; B.A.,1950, Tulane University; M.A., 1970, University of Southern California. PECK, DOUGLAS ARNOLD (1962), Design And Production Manager, University Press. PECK, MERLIN LARRY (1969), Lecturer in Chemistry; B.S., 1962, College of Idaho. PEDERSON, LELAND ROGER (1968),AssociateProfessorof Geography andArea Development; Head of the Department; B.S., 1952, Valley City State College; M.A., 1953, Colorado State College; Ph.D., 1965, University of California at Berkeley. PEEBLES, JAMES EMORY (1969), Director of the Division of Data Processing, College of Medicine; B.A., 1961, University of Virginia. PEEL, MARCUS ALLAN, JR. (1968), Coordinator of Engineering & Mining Conferences; Assistant Operations Manager, Engineering Experiment Station; A.B., 1935, University of California at Berkeley; M.B.A., 1968, University of Arizona. PEETE, WILLIE, JR. (1971), Lecturer in Health, Physical Education and Recreation; Assistant Football Coach; B.S., 1963, University of Arizona; M.S., 1969, Arizona State University. PEIRCE, H. WESLEY (1956), Associate Geologist, Arizona Bureau of Mines; B.A., 1949, Montana State University; A.M., 1952, Indiana University; Ph.D., 1963, University of Arizona. PENDLETON, RAYMOND LANCING (1970),HealthServicePhysician;M.D.,1939, University of Kansas. PERCY, GARNET DOUGLAS (1937), Professor of Classics; Head of the Department; B.A., 1929, M.A., 1930, University of Toronto; Ph.D., 1935, University of California at Berkeley. PERKINS, HENRY CRAWFORD, JR. (1964), Professor of Aerospace and Mechanical Engineering; B.S., 1957, M.S., 1960, Ph.D., 1963, Stanford University. PERPER, MARION EILEEN (1966), Lecturer in English; A.B., 1942, Radcliffe College; M.A., 1966, University of Arizona. PERRIN, WILLIAM DUDLEY (1966), Assistant Director of the Student Health Service; B.A., 1951, M.D., 1 955 , State University of Iowa. PERRY, ARCHIE (1968), Agricultural Agent, Coconino County; B.S., 1938, Utah State University. PERRY, JAMES W. (1960), Professor of Systems Engineering; B.S., 1927, M.S., 1928, North Carolina State College; S.M., 1931, Massachusetts Institute of Technology. PERRY, JESSICA SHELDON (1970), Lecturer in Library Science; Research Associate, Arid Lands Studies; B.A., 1959, Case Western Reserve University. PETERS, CHARLES MICHAEL (1966 -68; 1970), Assistant Librarian for Technical Services, University Library; Assistant Professor of Library Science; B.A., 1963, Wayne State University; M.A.L.S., 1964, University of Michigan. PETERS, HILDA. DICKERSON (1969), Reference Librarian, University Library; A.B., 1928, Denison University; B.S.L.S., 1932, University of Illinois. PETERS, RICHARD E. (1966), Associate Professor of Music; B.M., 1951, Eastern Michigan University; M.M., 1952, University of Michigan. PETERS, WILLIAM CALLIER (1964), Professor of Mining and Geological Engineering; B.A., 1942, Miami University; M.S., 1948, Ph.D., 1957, University of Colorado. PETERSEN, RUSSELL E. JR. (1960),. Professor of Aerospace and Mechanical Engineering; B.M.E., 1947, M.M.E., 1950, Polytechnic Institute of Brooklyn; S.M., 1953, Ph.D., 1958, Harvard University. PETERSON, GERALD RICHARD (1957), Professor of Electrical Engineering; B.S.E.E., 1952, University of California at Berkeley; M.S.E.E., 1958, Ph.D., 1962, University of Arizona. FACULTY OF THE UNIVERSITY 61

PETRONI, FRANK A. (1970), Assistant Professor of Sociology; B.S. , 1961, Emerson College; M.A., 1963, University of Arizona; Ph.D., 1968, University of Minnesota. PEW, WEYMOUTH D. (1949), Superintendent, Mesa Experimental Farm; Horticulturist, Agricultural Experiment Station; B.S., 1942, Oklahoma A &M College; Ph.D., 1949, Cornell University. PEYTON, CHARLES HENRY (1958), Operations Manager in the Engineering Experiment Station; A.B., 1951, West Liberty State College; A.B.F.T., 1953, The American Institute for Foreign Trade. PFEIFER, GLENN LEE (1967), Assistant Professor of Mathematics; B.A., 1958, North Central College; M.A., 1965, Ph.D., 1967, University of Nebraska. PHELPS, JOHN S. (1928 -33; 1941), Assistant Professor Emeritus of Mechanical Engineering; B.S., 1926, M.S., 1933, University of Arizona. PHILIP, THOMAS (1970), Assistant Dairy and Food Scientist, Agricultural Experiment Station; B.S., 1958, University of Kerala, India; B.S. (Tech.), 1961, University of Bombay; Ph.D., 1970, University of Massachusetts. PHILLIPS, DELBERT DARWAL (1969), Instructor in Russian; B.S., 1965, M.A., 1969, University of Minnesota. PHILLIPS, ELSIE ANNE (1957 -58; 1959), Senior Music Librarian, University Library; Cert., 1943, University of Denver Library School; B.A., 1965, University of Arizona. PHILLIPS, ROBERT ARTHUR (1964), Professor of Civil Engineering; B.S., 1954, University of Massachusetts; M.S., 1957, Ph.D., 1960, Rutgers University. PHILLIPS, WALTER SARGEANT (1940),ProfessorofBiologicalSciences;Botanist, Agricultural Experiment Station; A.B., 1929, Oberlin College; Ph.D., 1935, University of Chicago. PICARD, JOSEPH LEROY (1930), Professor of Health, Physical Education and Recreation; B.S., 1927, M.S., 1931, University of Illinois. PICCHIONI, ALBERT (1952), Professor of Pharmacology; Head of the Department; B.S., 1943, Montana State University; M.S., 1950, Ph.D., 1952, Purdue University. PICKENS, PETER ENTWISLE (1961), Associate Professor of Biological Sciences; A.B., 1953, Columbia University; Ph.D., 1961, University of California at Los Angeles. PIFER, ALBURT EARL (1967), Assistant Professor of Physics; B.A., 1960, University of Buffalo; Ph.D., 1968, Brown University. PILGRIM, MARY (1942), Professor of Physical Education for Women; A.B., 1937, Brenau College; M.S., 1942, Louisiana State University. PILLING, GEORGE PLATT V (1970), Assistant Curator in the Museum of Art; B.A., 1970, Yale University. PINCKARD, R. NEAL (1968), Assistant Professor of Microbiology; B.A., 1963, University of Kansas; Ph.D., 1967, University of Edinburgh. PISTOR, WILLIAM JACOB (1934), Assistant to the President; Coordinator of Foreign Visitors Program; Head, Department of Animal Pathology Emeritus; B.S., 1922, University of Arizona; B.S., D.V.M., 1926, Washington State College. PLATT, BENJAMIN CURTIS (1969), Research Associate in Optical Sciences; B.S., 1964, University of Southwestern Louisiana; M.S., 1966, Louisiana State University. PLATT, MITCHEL DENNIS (1970), Lecturer in Law; B.A., 1967, University of Michigan; J.D., 1970, University of Arizona. PLEASANTS, FREDERICK R. (1958), Lecturer in Anthropology; B.S., 1930, Princeton University; M.A., 1938, Harvard University. PLOCH, RICHARD ALLAN (1970), Chief Special Collections Librarian, University Library; AssistantProfessor,LibraryScience; A.B., 1958, Colgate University; M.S.,1960, M.A.L.S., 1963, University of Michigan. PLUMMER, GORDON SCOT (1970), Professor of Art; A.B., 1966, M.S., 1967, Ed.D., 1969, Indiana University. POBRISLO, JOSEPH (1963), Lecturer in Sociology; B.A., 1952, Montana State University; M.A., 1957, M.P.A., 1963, University of Arizona. POCHYLA, BENJAMIN H. (1966), Director of Conferences and Institutes, Division of Continuing Education; B.S., 1929, Texas A &M University. PODEWILS, ROBERT ARTHUR (1970), Instructor in English; B.A., 1966, University of Wisconsin; M.A., 1967, University of Pennsylvania. POLAND, ROBERT RALPH (1959), Chief Acquisitions Librarian, University Library; B.A., 1946, Knox College; B.S.L.S., 1947, University of Illinois. POOL, RONALD HUGHES (1963), Associate Professor of Psychology; B.S., 1958, M.S., 1960, Ph.D., 1963, University of Washington. POORMAN, JOHN ARTHUR (1964), Project Supervisor of Facility Survey, Institutional Studies, Business Affairs; B.A., 1960, Willamette University. POROSKY, PETER HANNY (1965), InstructorinEnglish;B.A.,1958, Universityof Washington; M.F.A., 1965, University of Oregon. 62 FACULTY OF THE UNIVERSITY

POST, DONALD FRANCIS (1967), Associate Professor of Agricultural Chemistry and Soils; Associate Agricultural Chemist, Agricultural Experiment Station; B.S., 1958, Ohio State University; M.S., 1965, Ph.D., 1967, Purdue University. POST, ROY GRAYSON (1961), Professor of Nuclear Engineering; B.S.C.E., 1944, Ph.D., 1952, University of Texas. POWELL, DONALD MOORE (1946), Associate Librarian; Professor of Library Science; A.B., 1936, Swarthmore College; M.A., 1938, Duke University; A.B.L.S., 1942, University of Michigan. POWELL, LAWRENCE C.(1971), ProfessorinResidence;B.A.,1928,Litt.D.,1955, Occidental College; Ph.D., 1932, University of Dijon, France; L.H.D., 1961, Carnegie Institute of Technology; LL.D., 1963, Juniata College; L.H.D., 1968, Lycoming College. PRENTICE, BARBARA SYMPSON (1970), Lecturer inSpecial Education; B.A.,1962, Rockford College; M.Ed., 1964, Ph.D., 1970, University of Arizona. , ARTHUR JEROME (1970), Associate Professor of Radiology; B.A., 1927, M.D., 1932, Yale University. PRICE, RALPH LORIN (1969), Assistant Professor of Dairy Science; Adviser of Dairy Science, AID Brazil Program; B.A.,1965, Brigham Young University; Ph.D., 1969, Purdue University. PRICE, ROYAL A., JR. (1964), Lecturer in Health, Physical Education and Recreation; B.S., 1948, University of Tennessee. PRITCHARD, EARL H. (1962), Professor of History; Chairman of the Oriental Studies Committee; B.A., 1928, State College of Washington; M.A., 1929, University of Illinois; D.Phil., 1933, Oxford University. PRITCHARD, FRANK (1950), Superintendent of the Yuma Farms; B.S., 1949, University of California at Davis. PROSSER, LOIS ELIZABETH (1968), Associate Professor of Nursing; B.S., 1950, University of Pennsylvania; M.S., 1967, Boston University. PURCELL, EDWIN JOSEPH (1935),Professor Emeritus of Mathematics;B.A.,1929, Universityof Arizona; M.A., 1931, University of Colorado; Ph.D., 1932, Cornell University. PURVIS, CHARLES GORDON (1969), Lecturer in Health, Physical Education and Recreation; B.S., 1941, M.S., 1952, University of Illinois. PUTNAM, PEGGY HAMILTON (1957), Extension Nutritionist; B.S., 1951, University of North Carolina; M.A., 1966, Columbia University. PUTT, ALLEN D. (1971), Assistant Professor of Public Administration; B.S., 1962, College of William and Mary; M.P.A., 1970, University of Arizona. PUTT, ARLENE MAY (1962 -67; 1969), Associate Professor of Nursing; B.S., 1950; M.Ed., 1953, Temple University; Ed.D., 1969, University of Arizona. PUTZAR, EDWARD DAVID (1962), Lecturer in Oriental Studies; A.B., 1952, M.A., 1960, University of California at Berkeley. QAFISHEH, HAMDI AHMAD (1969), Training Director, Abu Dhabi Program, Institute of Atmospheric Physics; A.B., 1960, University of Baghdad; A.M., 1965, Ph.D., 1968, University of Michigan. QASHU, HASAN KHALIL (1965), Associate Professor of Hydrology and Water Resources; Associate Soil Physicist, Agricultural Experiment Station; B.S., M.S., 1957, University of California at Berkeley; Ph.D., 1966, University of Arizona. QUINN, ROBERT MacLEAN (1945), Professor of Art; B.A., 1945, University of Arizona; Ph.D., 1957, Johns Hopkins University. RAAB, FRANCIS V. (1967), Professor of Philosophy; A.B., 1947, University of Minnesota; Ph.D., 1952, Yale University. RAFFERTY, KEEN ALEXANDER (1970), Lecturer in Journalism; B.A., 1944, University of New Mexico. RAISON, VICKI LOU (1970), Instructor in Home Economics; B.S.,1968, M.S.,1970, University of Arizona. RALSTON, JESSE BUEL (1967), Lecturer in Public Administration; B.S.P.A., 1966, M.P.A., 1967, University of Arizona. RAMAGE, ROBERT THOMAS (1959),Professorof Agronomy;B.S.,1951, Texas Technological College; Ph.D., 1955, University of Minnesota. RAMSEY, ROBERT WADDY (1947), Professor of English; B.A., 1935, University of Arkansas; M.A., 1949, University of Arizona. RANCOURT, JAMES DANIEL (1969), Research Associate in Optical Sciences; B.A., 1963, Bowdoin College; M.S., 1965, Carnegie Institute of Technology. RANDIC, LEO (1969), Research Associate in the Lunar & Planetary Laboratory; B.S., 1939, University of Belgrade; Ph.D., 1944, University of Vienna. RANDOLPH, ALAN DEAN (1968), Professor of Chemical Engineering; B.S., 1956, University of Colorado; M.S., 1959, Ph.D., 1962, Iowa State University. RANNEY, EDITH S. (1924), Professor Emeritus of Home Economics; B.S., 1919, M.A., 1922, Columbia University. FACULTY OF THE UNIVERSITY 63

RANNIGER, BILL JAY (1962), Professor of Elementary Education; B.A., 1950, M.Ed., 1955, Central Washington State College; D.Ed., 1962, University of Oregon. RAPPEPORT, JACK JACQUES (1959), Professor of Law; B.S., 1948, Cornell University; LL.B., 1955, Stetson University; LL.M., 1956, Harvard University. RATHJE, WILLIAM LAURENS (1971), Assistant Professor of Anthropology; B.A., 1967, University of Arizona; Ph.D., 1971, Harvard University. RAY, DONALD EDWARD (1965), Professor of Animal Science; Animal Scientist, Agricultural Experiment Station; B.S., 1957, M.S., 1959, Oklahoma State University; Ph.D., 1961, Iowa State University. RAYMONDA, JOHN WARREN (1968), Assistant Professor of Chemistry; B.A., 1961, Cornell University; Ph.D., 1966, University of Washington. READ, BRUCE HAMMOND, Captain, Chemical Corps, United States Army (1969), Assistant Professor of Military Science and Tactics; B.A., 1964, Western Maryland College. REAGAN, JOHN ALBERT (1967), Associate Professor of Electrical Engineering; B.S., 1963, M.S.E.E., 1964, University of Missouri; Ph.D., 1967, University of Wisconsin. REBEIL, JULIA (1920), Professor Emeritus of Music; B.M., 1918, M.M., 1930, Chicago Musical College; pupil of Philipp, Paris; Ganz, Stojowski, and Reuter. REBSAMEN, FREDERICK RAYMOND (1958 -62; 1964), Associate Professor of English; B.A., 1949, M.A., 1950, University of Arkansas; Ph.D., 1962, Columbia University. REED, RAYMOND EDGAR (1952), Professor of Animal Pathology; Head of the Department; AnimalPathologist,Agricultural Experiment Station;B.S.,1950, D.V.M.,1951, Washington State College. REES, FLOYD D. (1961), Professor of Health, Physical Education and Recreation; B.S., 1948, Ph.D., 1957, The Ohio State University; A.M., 1951, University of Northern Colorado. REEVES, RICHARD WAYNE (1967),AssistantProfessorofGeographyandArea Development; B.A.,1961, Long Beach State College; M.A.,1966, Ph.D., 1970, University of California at Los Angeles. REHM, THOMAS ROGER (1966), Professor of Chemical Engineering; B.S., 1952, Ph.D., 1960, University of Washington. REIBLICH, GEORGE KENNETH (1963), Professor of Law; A.B., 1925, Ph.D., 1928, The Johns Hopkins University; J.D., 1929, New York University; LL.M., 1937, Columbia University. REID, BOBBY L. (1960), Professor of Poultry Science; Head of the Department; Professor and Chairman, Division of Food and Nutrition, School of Home Economics; Poultry Scientist and Nutritionist, Agricultural Experiment Station; B.S., 1950, M.S., 1952, Ph.D., 1955, Texas Agricultural and Mechanical College. REILLY, JANET PAULINE (1970), Assistant Professor of Nursing; B.S.N., 1961, University of Dayton; M.S.N., 1962, Marquette University. REKTOR, BELA (1967), Assistant Professor of Public Administration; Ph.D., 1940, State University of Debrecen (Hungary). RENFRO, MARGARET M. (1968), Head Resident of Pima Hall; B.A., 1929, Maryville College. RENTHAL, HELEN (1967), Assistant Professor of Library Science; A.B., 1933, University of Michigan; B.S.L.S., 1934, Carnegie Institute of Technology. RESCHLY, DANIEL JAMES (1971), Instructor in Educational Psychology; B.S., 1966, Iowa State University; M.A., 1968, University of Iowa. RESNICK, SOL DONALD (1957), Professor of Hydrology; Associate Director of the Water Resources Research Center; B.S., 1941, B.S.C.E., 1942, M.S.C.E., 1949, University of Wisconsin. REVILLA, EUGENIO L. (1969), Acquisitions and Serials Librarian, Law Library; Bachilleren Ciencias y Letras. 1936, Belen College, Doctor en Leyes, 1940, University of Havana, Cuba; M.S.L.S., 1969, Kansas State Teachers College. REY, AGAPITO (1962), Professor of Romance Languages; B.S., 1921; M.A., 1922, University of Michigan; Ph.D., 1929, University of Wisconsin. REYNOLDS, JOYCE M. (1969), Assistant Extension Home Economist, Apache County; B.A., 1964, Arizona State University. RHEE, YOUN BOCK (1969), Associate Administrator, University Hospital; Assistant Professor of Community Medicine;B.A.,1958, Seoul National University; M.P.H.,1969, University of Michigan. RHODES, HERBERT DAWSON (1943), Dean of Graduate College; Professor of Chemistry; B.S., 1935, M.S., 1936, University of Arizona; Ph.D., 1939, University of Illinois. RHODES, JOHN FORMAN (1970), Instructor in Art; B.F.A., 1957, University of Texas; M.F.A., 1966, University of Montana. RICE, VIRGINIA ELISE (1955 -56; 1960 -66; 1967), Senior Social Science Librarian, University Library; B.A., 1948, University of Southern California; M.L.S., 1967, Indiana University. RICHARD, HARRIS MERVYN (1969), Serials Librarian, University Library; B.A., 1960, M.L.S., 1965, Rutgers, The State University. RICHARD, RALPH MICHAEL (1963), Professor of Civil Engineering and Optical Sciences; B.S., 1952, University of Notre Dame; M.S., 1956, Washington University; Ph.D., 1961, Purdue University. 64 FACULTY OF THE UNI VERSIT )

RICHTER, ROLAND (1970), Assistant Professor of German; A.B., 1960, M.A., 1963, Ph.D. 1970, University of California at Los Angeles. RIDGE, GEORGE WILLIAM, JR. (1968), Associate Professor of Journalism; B.A., 1955 Arizona State University; J.D., 1966, University of Arizona. RIFKIND, DAVID (1967), Professor of Microbiology and Medicine; Head of the Departmen of Microbiology; A.B., 1950, Ph.D., 1953, University of California at Los Angeles; M.D. 1957, University of Chicago. RIGGINS, RACHEL THOMPSON (1968), Lecturer in English; B.A., 1931, Mount Holyokb College; M.A., 1946, University of Arizona. RIGGS, JAMES F. III (1966), Statistician in Agricultural Economics; Agricultural Experiment Station; B.A., 1963, University of Arizona. RIKER, ADELAIDE EVENSON (1947), Associate Professor Emeritus of Microbiology and Medical Technology; B.A., 1922, St. Olaf College; M.S., 1944, University of Minnesota Ph.D., 1947, University of Wisconsin. RILEY, JAMES JOSEPH (1965), Project Leader, Abu Dhabi Program, Institute of Atmospheric Physics; B.S., 1959, M.S., 1963, Ph.D., 1968, University of Arizona. RIVERO, ELIANA S. (1967), Assistant Professor of Romance Languages; B.A., 1964, Ph.D., 1967, University of Miami. ROAN, CLIFFORD CREIGHTON(1967),ProfessorofEntomology;Entomologist, Agricultural Experiment Station; B.S., M.S., 1947, Ph.D., 1950, University of Illinois. ROARK, CARL FRANKLIN, Lt. Colonel, Artillery, United States Army (1965 -68; 1969), Assistant Professor of Military Science and Tactics; B.G.E., 1965, University of Omaha. ROBERSON, G. WALTON (1961), Assistant Director of the Student Union; B.S., 1955, M.Ed., 1965, University of Arizona. ROBERTS, BORISS (1963), Lecturer in Russian; B.A., 1944, University of Riga, Latvia; M.A., 1961, University of Pennsylvania. ROBERTS, EDWARD NYE (1951), Assistant Professor of Civil Engineering; B.S., 1934, Ohio University. ROBERTS, FLOYD (1956), State Chemist, Agricultural Experiment Station; B.S., 1930, North Dakota Agricultural College. ROBERTS, HAZEL LORENE (1970), Extension Clothing Specialist; B.S., 1938, M.S., 1956, Oklahoma State University. ROBERTS, LATHROP EMERSON (1922), Professor Emeritus of Chemistry; S.B., 1914, Ph.D., 1919, University of Chicago. ROBERTS, MARCIA B. (1968), Head Resident of Sonora Hall. ROBERTSON, CHARLES E. (1955), Extension Economist; B.S., 1941, Purdue University. ROBERTSON, JOSEPHINE (1968), Head Resident of Gila Hall. ROBERTSON, RONALD McDONALD (1967), Assistant Professor of Speech; B.S., 1962, Kent State University; M.S., 1964, Ph.D., 1968, Purdue University. ROBINS, HARRY FRANKLIN (1964), Professor of English; A.B., 1939, Ph.D., 1950, Indiana University. ROBINSON, CECIL (1953), Professor of English; B.A., 1943, Harvard University; M.A., 1949, Ph.D., 1960, Columbia University. ROBINSON, WILLIAM J. (1963), Assistant Professor of Dendrochronology; B.A., 1957, M.A., 1959, Ph.D., 1967, University of Arizona. ROBSON, JOHN WILLIAM (1954), Associate Professor of Physics; B.A., 1949, Oberlin College; M.S., 1952, Ph.D., 1954, Case Institute of Technology. ROBY, FREDERICK B., JR. (1959), Professor of Health, Physical Education and Recreation; B.S., 1953, Slippery Rock State College; M.S., 1954, Ph.D., 1959, University of Illinois. ROBY, MARY PAVLICH (1959), Associate Professor of Physical Education for Women; B.S., 1948, University of Arizona; M.S., 1949, Smith College; Ph.D., 1970, University of Southern California. ROCHE, ALPHONSE VICTOR (1963), Professor of Romance Languages; B.A.,1928, University of Washington; M.A., 1931, Ph.D., 1935, University of Illinois. RODNEY, D. ROSS (1957), Horticulturist in the Agricultural Experiment Station; B.S., 1940, University of Missouri; M.S., 1946, Ph.D., 1950, Ohio State University. ROE, ANNE (1967), Lecturer in Psychology; B.A., 1923, M.A., 1925, University of Denver; Ph.D., 1933, Columbia University. ROECKER, WILLIAM ALAN (1968), Instructor in English;B.S., 1966, M.F.A.,1967, University of Oregon. ROEFS, THEODORE GEORGE (1969),Associate Professor of Hydrology and Water Resources; B.C.E., 1958, Polytechnic Institute of Brooklyn; M.S.,1963, Stanford University. ROEMER, ELIZABETH (1966), Professor of Astronomy and in the Lunar and Planetary Laboratory; B.A., 1950, Ph.D., 1955, University of California at Berkeley. ROGERS, CECIL ARTHUR, JR. (1965), Associate Professor of Psychology; A.B., 1961, Millsaps College; M.S., 1963, Ph.D., 1965, Tulane University. FACULTY OF THE UNIVERSITY 65

ROGERS, 'WILLARD LEWIS (1959), Professor of Aerospace and Mechanical Engineering; B.S.M.E., 1942, Iowa State College; M.S.M.E., 1949, Northwestern University; Ph.D., 1960, Stanford University. ROKEY, NED W. (1957), Animal Pathologist in the Agricultural Experiment Station; B.S., 1943, D.V.M., 1950, Kansas State College. ROLAND, EDWARD HERMAN (1962), Research Associate in the Lunar and Planetary Laboratory. ROLLINS, FRANKLIN D. (1959), Professor of Poultry Science; Extension Poultry Specialist; B.S., 1950, M.S., 1951, University of Massachusetts; Ph.D., 1959, Ohio State University. ROMANOSKI, FRANCES M. (1966), Assistant Extension Home Economist, Maricopa County; B.S., 1966, University of Arizona. RONEY, JAMES N. (1943), Extension Entomologist; B.S., 1926, M.S., 1927, Mississippi State University; Ph.D., 1941, Cornell University. ROOS, NESTOR R. (1955), Professor of Finance, Insurance and Real Estate; B.S.B.A., 1948, M.S.B.A., 1949, Washington University; D.B.A., 1959, Indiana University. ROSALDO, RENATO IGNACIO (1955), Professor of Romance Languages; Head of the Department; B.A., 1936, M.A., 1937, Ph.D., 1942, University of Illinois. ROSENBERG, CHARLES IRA (1956), Professor of Romance Languages; B.A., 1949, Stanford University; M.A., 1954, Middlebury College; Ph.D., 1959, Northwestern University. ROSENBLATT, JOAN BARBARA (1970), Lecturer in Psychology; B.A., 1956, Bard College; Ph.D., 1968, University of Arizona. ROSENBLATT, PAUL (1958), Professor of English; B.A., 1949, M.A., 1951, Brooklyn College; Ph.D., 1960, Columbia University. ROSENTHAL, THEODORE L. (1967), Associate Professor of Psychology; A.B., 1956, University of North Carolina; Ph.D., 1963, Stanford University. ROSEVEARE, GEORGE HARRISON (1944),Professorof MetallurgicalEngineering; Metallurgist, Arizona Bureau of Mines; B.S., 1923, Ad.E.M., 1929, University of Arizona. ROSS, ANDREW WILSON (1947), Professor of Civil Engineering; B.S.C.E., 1937, Purdue University; M.S.C.E., 1952, University of Arizona. ROSS, ANNIE V. (1961 -62; 1964 -67; 1969), Catalog Librarian, University Library; B.A., 1941, University of Pittsburgh; B.S., 1942, Columbia University. ROSS, DONALD RUFUS (1968), Associate Professor of Education, Rehabilitation Center; B.S., 1959, Kansas State College; M.Ed., 1963, University of Missouri; Ed.D., 1967, University of Arizona. ROSSI, JOSEPH (1968 -69; 1970), Professor of Romance Languages; B.S., 1928, M.A., 1929, Columbia University; Ph.D., 1934, University of Wisconsin. ROTERUS, VICTOR (1970), Visiting Professor of Geography and Area Development; Ph.B., 1930, S.M., 1931, University of Chicago. ROTH, PATRICIA ANN (1970), Instructor in Nursing; B.S., 1968, Mary Manse College; M.S., 1970, University of Arizona. ROUBICEK, CARL BEN (1954), Professor of Animal Science; Animal Scientist, Agricultural Experiment Station; B.S.,1941, University of Nebraska; M.S., 1948, Kansas State College; Ph.D., 1949, University of Minnesota. ROWE, EMILY SUZANNE (1967 -69; 1970), Assistant Professor of Nursing; B.S.N., 1962, University of Arizona; M.S., 1967, University of California at Los Angeles. ROWLAND, HOWARD DOUGLAS (1970), Instructor in Oriental Studies; B.A., 1960, Oberlin College; M.A., 1966, University of Michigan. RUBIS, DAVID DANIEL (1956),Professorof Agronomy; Agronomist, Agricultural Experiment Station; B.S., 1948, University of Minnesota; M.S., 1950, Ph.D., 1954, Iowa State College. RUBOW, CAROL LYNN (1969), Assistant Professor of Elementary Education; B.S., 1956, Valparaiso University; M.A., 1962, Concordia Teachers College; Ed.D., 1967, George Peabody College. RUCKER, MARY ELIZABETH (1968), Assistant Professor of English; B.A., 1958, South Carolina State College; M.A., 1959, Atlanta University; Ph.D., 1968, University of Illinois. RUND, HANNO (1967 -68; 1971), Professor of Mathematics; Head of the Department; B.Sc., 1945, Ph.D., 1950, University of Cape Town, South Africa. RUND, JOHN VALENTINE (1963), Associate Professor of Chemistry; B.S., 1959, University of Illinois; Ph.D., 1962, Cornell University. RUPLEY, JOHN ALLEN (1962), Professor of Chemistry; B.A., 1954, Princeton University; Ph.D., 1959, University of Washington. RUSK, JAMES JARRETT (1969), Assistant Analyst in Institutional Studies, Business Affairs; B.A., 1958, The Ohio State University; M.A., 1960, University of Arizona. RUSSELL, KATHRYN R. E. (1966), Assistant Professor of Physical Education for Women; B.A., 1960, St. Olaf College; M.Ed., 1966, University of Arizona. 66 FACULTY OF THE UNIVERSITY

RUSSELL, STEPHEN M. (1964), Associate Professor of Biological Sciences and Curator of Birds;B.S.,1953,VirginiaPolytechnicInstitute;Ph.D.,1962,Louisiana State University. RYAN, BARRIE (1963 -66; 1967), Instructor in Humanities; B.A., 1957, University of Arizona; M.A., 1960, New York University. RYAN, GRACE (1920), Home Management Specialist Emeritus; B.S., 1912, University of Nebraska; M.A., 1930, University of Chicago. RYAN, JANET NORTON (1970), Instructor in Surgical Biology, Department of Surgery; A.B., 1966, Southern Connecticut State College; Ph.D., 1971, University of Miami. RYERSE, WILLIAM HERBERT (1968), Lecturer in Public Administration; B.S., 1968, M.P.A., 1969, University of Arizona. SAARINEN, THOMAS FREDERICK (1965), Associate Professor of Geography and Area Development; B.Sc., 1956, University of Alberta, Edmonton; M.A., 1963, Ph.D., 1966, University of Chicago. SABERS, DARRELL LEE (1971), Associate Professor of Educational Psychology; B.S., 1967, General Beadle State College; M.A., 1963, Adams State College; Ph.D., 1967, University of Iowa. SACAMANO, CHARLES MICHAEL (1970), Associate Professor of Horticulture; Extension Horticulturist; B.S., 1951, M.S., 1962, Ph.D., 1970, University of Missouri. SACKETT, ROBERT GEORGE (1969), Assistant Agronomist in the Agricultural Experiment Station; B.S., 1959, M.S., 1963, University of Wyoming. SAEED, M. MUHAMMAD (1969), Assistant Professor of Oriental Studies; B.A., 1955, M.A., 1956, M.A., 1958, University of Punjab; Ph.D., 1965, London University. SAKALL, DANIEL (1964 -65; 1969 -70; 1971) Lecturer in Public Administration; B.A. ,1959, Alma College; B.Th., 1959, Detroit Bible College; M.P.A., 1962, University of Arizona. SALANAVE, LEON EDWARD (1958), Research Associate in the Institute of Atmospheric Physics; A.B., 1940, M.A., 1948, University of California at Berkeley. SALTUS, ELINOR CHAPPLE (1956), Professor of Library Science;B.A., B.S.,1926, University of North Dakota; B.S.L.S., 1931, University of Illinois; A.M.L.S., 1951, University of Michigan. SALVAN, JACQUES LEON (1964 -65; 1967 -70;1971), Visiting Professor of Romance Languages; B.ès L.1916, University of Poitiers, France; M.A., 1923, University of Kansas; Ph.D., 1937, University of Michigan. SALZMAN, WILLIAM RONALD (1967), Assistant Professor of Chemistry; B.S., 1959, M.S'., 1964, Ph.D., 1967, University of California at Los Angeles. SAMMARCO, ANITA KALIS (1945), Professor of Music; B.S., 1933, University of Illinois; M.A., 1941, Columbia University. SAMUELS, THOMAS MORAN (1970), Associate Director, Pharmacy and Supply, University Hospital;ClinicalInstructor, College of Pharmacy; B.S.,1962, Pharm.D.,1970, University of Kentucky. SANCET, FRANK (1947), Professor of Health, Physical Education and Recreation; B.S., 1932, University of Arizona. SANDERS, JERRY LEE (1963), Professor of Systems Engineering; B.S., 1958, M.S., 1959, Montana State College; Ph.D., 1962, Case Institute of Technology. SANDS, LILA (1924), Professor Emeritus of Chemistry; B.S., 1919, M.A., 1920, Ph.D., 1924, University of Nebraska. SAPPINGTON, MELVIN JAY (1970), Senior Reference Librarian, University Library; B.A., 1953, Idaho State University; M.L.S., 1968, University of Oklahoma. SARGENT, MURRAY III (1969), Assistant Professor of Optical Sciences; B.S., 1963, M.S., 1964, Ph.D., 1967, Yale University. SAUNDERS, THOMAS FRANK (1962), Professor of Educational Administration; B.A., 1949, M.A., 1951, Wayne University; Ed.D., 1962, Wayne State University. SAYLES, EDWIN BOOTH (1943), Curator Emeritus, Arizona State Museum. SAYNER, DONALD BENNETT (1957), Lecturer in Biological Sciences. SCADRON, MICHAEL DAVID (1970), Visiting Professor of Physics; B.S., 1959, University of Michigan; Ph.D., 1964, University of California at Berkeley. SCAFF, LAWRENCE A. (1969), Assistant Professor of Government; B.A., 1964, M.A., 1965, University of California at Berkeley. SCHAEFER, JOHN PAUL (1960), Dean of the College of Liberal Arts and Professor of Chemistry; B.S., 1955, Polytechnic Institute of Brooklyn; Ph.D., 1958, University of Illinois. SCHARF, CARL BRADLEY (1970), Lecturer in Government; A.B., 1966, Colorado College; A.M., 1969, Stanford University. SCHEIBER, STEPHEN C. (1970), Assistant Professor of Psychiatry; B.A., 1960, Columbia College; M.D., 1964, State University of New York. SCHEIFELE, KATHLEEN SAYRE (1961), Associate Editor, University Press; B.A., 1951, University of Arizona. FACULTY OF THE UNIVERSITY 67

SCHLOSS, GERD TOBIAS (1958), Professor of Microbiology and Medical Technology; M.D., 1938, University of Berlin, Friedrich Wilhelms-Universitaet. SCHMITZ, FREDERICK JOSEPH (1942), Professor of German; A.B., 1930, MA., 1932, Ph.D., 1936, University of California at Berkeley. SCHMUTZ, ERVIN M. (1956), Professor of Range Management; Range Management Specialist, Agricultural Experiment Station; B.S.,1939, M.S., 1941, Utah State Agricultural College; Ph.D., 1963, University of Arizona. SCHNEIDER, LAWRENCE K. (1968), Assistant Professor of Anatomy; B.A., 1960, Ph.D., 1966, University of Washington. SCHNOPPER, HERBERT W. (1970), VisitingProfessor, Optical Sciences;B.S.,1954, Rensselaer Polytechnic Institute; M.S., 1958, Ph.D., 1962, Cornell University. SCHOLZ, UWE KURT (1970), Research Associate and Instructor in Mathematics; B.A., 1966, M.A., 1967, Ph.D., 1970, University of California at Los Angeles. SCHONHORST, MELVIN HERMAN (1956), Professor of Agronomy; Agronomist, Agricultural Experiment Station; B.S., 1951, M.S., 1953, Iowa State College; Ph.D., 1958, Purdue University. SCHOOLER, SEWARD DEAN, JR. (1968), Assistant Professor of Government; Research Specialist, Institute of Government Research; A.B., 1963, Wesleyan University; M.A., 1965, Ph.D., 1969, The Ohio State University. SCHOOLEY, LARRY CHARLES (1968), Assistant Professor of ElectricalEngineering; B.S.E.E., 1961, Ph.D., 1968, University of Kansas; M.S.E.E., 1965, University of Maryland. SCHREIBER, JOSEPH FREDERICK, JR. (1959), Professor of Geosciences; A.B., 1948, M.A., 1950, Johns Hopkins University; Ph.D., 1958, University of Utah. SCHROEDER, LYNN R. (1960), Associate Professor of Art; B.A., 1951, Cornell College; M.F.A., 1959, State University of Iowa. SCHUH, JAMES DONALD (1964), Professor of Dairy and Food Sciences; Dairy Scientist, Agricultural Experiment Station; B.S., 1953, Kansas State University; M.S., 1957, Ph.D., 1960, Oklahoma State University. SCHULMAN, ALSIE FRENCH (1937), Assistant Professor Emeritus of English; A.B., 1914, Earlham College; M.A., 1923, Columbia University. SCHULTZ, DONALD G. (1962), Professor of Electrical Engineering; B.S.E.E., 1952, University of Santa Clara; M.S., 1956, University of California at Los Angeles; Ph.D., 1962, Purdue University. SCHULTZ, WILLIAM RUDOLPH (1961), Professor of Oriental Studies; Director, Language and Area Center; B.A., 1947, Ph.D., 1955, University of Washington. SCHUMACHER, DIETMAR (1970), Assistant Professor of Geosciences; B.S., 1964, M.S., 1967, University of Wisconsin; Ph.D., 1970, University of Missouri. SCHWALEN, HAROLD CHRISTY (1919), Professor and Head Emeritus of Agricultural Engineering; B.S., 1917, M.S., 1925, C.E., 1946, University of Arizona. SCHWARZ, JOHN ERWIN (1970), Assistant Professor of Government; A.B., 1961, Oberlin College; Ph.D., 1966, Indiana University. SCOTT, JAMES POWELL (1935), Professor of Art; Graduate of Art Institute of Chicago, 1932. SCOTT, LAWRENCE BERTRAND, JR. (1967), Professor of Aerospace and Mechanical Engineering; Head of the Department; B.S., 1952, University of Texas; M.S., 1957, University of Colorado; Ph.D., 1967, Stanford University. SCOTT, RICHARD ALLEN (1967), Associate Professor of Marketing; B.S., 1953, Ph.D., 1964, University of Illinois; M.B.A., 1960, University of Arizona. SCRUGGS, CHARLES WATKINS (1967), Assistant Professor of English; A.B., 1960, Lawrence University; M.A., 1961, Ph.D., 1965, University of Wisconsin. SCULLY, MARLAN ORVIL (1969), Professor of Physics and Optical Sciences; B.S., 1961, University of Wyoming; M.S., 1963, Ph.D., 1965, Yale University. SEALE, ROBERT LEWIS (1961), Professor of Nuclear Engineering; Head óf the Department; B.S., 1947, University of Houston; M.S., 1951, Ph.D., 1953, University of Texas. SEARS, JOHN L. (1948), Agricultural Agent in Charge, Graham County; B.S., 1948, Michigan State College; M.Ag.Ed., 1966, University of Arizona. SEELEY, MILLARD GARFIELD (1939 -42; 1945), Professor of Chemistry; B.S., 1938, M.S., 1939, University of Arizona; Ph.D., 1948, Stanford University. SEIBERT, KAREN SUE (1970), Reference Librarian, University Library; B.A., 1969, M.L.S., 1970, Indiana University. SELKE, MARVIN RAY (1964), Professor of Animal Science; Animal Scientist, Agricultural Experiment Station; B.S., 1958, Iowa State University; M.S., 1961, Ph.D., 1964, University of Kentucky. SELLERS, WILLIAM DAVID (1957), Research Professor, Institute of Atmospheric Physics; Professor of Atmospheric Sciences; B.A., 1951, University of California at Los Angeles; S.M., 1954, Ph.D., 1957, Massachusetts Institute of Technology. 68 FACULTY OF THE UNIVERSITY

SENOB, ALICE (1951), Assistant Professor of English; B.A., 1928, University of California at Los Angeles; M.A., 1931, University of Arizona; Ph.D., 1939, University of Chicago. SERAPHIN, BERNHARD O. (1970),ProfessorofOpticalSciences;M.S., 1949, Friedrich -Schiller University, Germany; Ph.D., 1957, Humboldt University, Germany. SERKOWSKI, KRZYSZTOF MARIA (1970), Associate Professor in the Lunar and Planetary Laboratory; M.Sc., 1954, Wroclaw University, Poland; D.Sc., 1958, Warsaw University. SERVIN, HENRI (1967), Assistant Professor of Romance Languages; B.A., 1961, M.A., 1962, Ph.D., 1969, University of California at Los Angeles. SHACK, ROLAND VINCENT (1964), Professor of Optical Sciences; B.S., 1949, University of Maryland; B.A., 1951, The American University; Ph.D., 1965, University of London. SHAFFER, KATHERINE MILLER (1969), Assistant Catalog Librarian, College of Medicine Library; A.B., 1967, University of Rochester; M.S.L.S., 1969, State University of New York. SHAKEL, DOUGLAS WILSON (1967), Instructor in Geosciences; B.S., 1961, California Institute of Technology. SHANNON, ROBERT R. (1969), Professor of Optical Sciences; B.S., 1954, M.A., 1957, University of Rochester. SHARP, ANNA MAE (1937), Professor of Violin; B.M., 1924, University of Oklahoma; M.M., 1937, University of Arizona; Pupil of G. Remy, Paris; Michael Press, New York; Joseph Gingold. SHARP, ELIZABETH YERXA (1970), Assistant Professor of Special Education; B.S., 1965, Central State College; M.C.D., 1966, University of Oklahoma; Ph.D., 1970, University of Arizona. SHARPLES, GEORGE CARROLL (1948), Associate HorticulturistintheAgricultural Experiment Station; B.S., 1941, M.S., 1948, University of Arizona. SHAW, ELIZABETH HARRIET LEWIS (1959), Associate Editor, University Press; B.A., 1941, M.A., 1967, University of Arizona. SHAW, JAMES RAYMOND (1962), Professor of Community Medicine; A.B., 1936, Michigan State Normal College; M.D.,1936, University of Michigan; D.Sc., 1961, Eastern Michigan University. SHAW, RICHARD JOY (1948), Assistant Agricultural Engineer Emeritus;B.S.,1929, University of Arizona. SHEEHAN, EDWARD T.(1961),AssistantProfessor of Home Economics;Assistant Nutritionist, Agricultural Experiment Station; B.S., 1955, Canisius College; M.S., 1964, Ph.D., 1967, University of Arizona. SHELDAHL, LOIS MARIE (1968), Instructor in Physical Education for Women; B.A., 1966, Concordia College; M.Ed., 1968, University of Arizona. SHELDON, JAMES J. (1964), Professor of Animal Pathology; Animal Pathologist, Agricultural Experiment Station; D.V.M., 1961, Iowa State College. SHELTON, LOIS (1970), Director of the Stephan Poetry Center; B.M., 1953, North Texas State; M.M., 1955, University of Michigan. SHELTON, RALPH L. (1970), Professor of Speech; B.A., 1952, M.S., 1956, Ph.D., 1959, University of Utah. SHELTON, RICHARD WILLIAM (1960 -62; 1963 -66; 1967 -69; 1970), Assistant Professor of English; B.A., 1958, Abilene Christian College; M.A., 1961, University of Arizona. SHEN, SHIAO -WEI (1970), Instructor in Internal Medicine; B.A., 1960, Dartmouth College; M.D., 1965, Boston University. SHERWOOD, ARNOLD IRA (1969), Assistant Professor of Physics; A.B., 1960, Princeton University; M.S., 1962, Ph.D., 1966, University of California at San Diego. SHIELDS, CURRIN VANCE (1960), Professor of Government; Director of the Institute of Government Research; A.B., 1941, University of Nebraska; Ph.M., 1943, University of Wisconsin; Ph.D., 1950, Yale University. SHIELDS, IVAN J. (1952), Agricultural Agent in Charge, Maricopa County; B.S., 1947, M.S., 1948, Kansas State Teachers College; Ph.D., 1952, University of Kansas. SHIELDS, MARY RYAN (1967), Associate Professor of Nursing; B.S., 1939, M.A., 1947, Columbia University. SHIPP, CRISTINA A. (1970), Extension Home Economist, Maricopa County; B.A., 1968, Arizona State University. SHIRLEY, DAVID E. (1965), Professor of Economics; Director of Division of Economic and Business Research; A.B., 1943, Princeton University; M.A., 1949, University of Utah; Ph.D., 1955, University of Southern California. SHOOK, NAOMI FREDA (1969), Assistant Professor of Elementary Education; B.A., 1958, M.A., 1963, Ph.D., 1969, University of Iowa. SHOULTS, SANFORD W. (1959), Professor of Public Administration; J.D., 1941, Detroit College of Law. SIBLEY, WILLIAM AUSTIN (1967), Professor of Internal Medicine; B.S., 1945, M.D., 1948, Yale University. FACULTY OF THE UNIVERSITY 69

SIEBECKER, DOROTHY F. (1946), Catalog Librarian, University Library; A.B., 1924, Carroll College; Diploma, 1928, University of Wisconsin; M.A., 1940, University of Michigan. SIEBER, OTTO FRANK (1970), Assistant Professor of Pediatrics; B.S., 1954, M.D., 1958, University of Cincinnati. SIEGEL, ALBERT (1959), Professor of Agricultural Biochemistry; Agricultural Biochemist, Agricultural Experiment Station; B.A., 1947, Cornell University; Ph.D., 1951, California Institute of Technology. SIERKA, RAYMOND ANTHONY (1969), Associate Professor of Civil Engineering; B.S., 1960, University of Pittsburgh; M.E., 1967, Ph.D., 1969, University of Oklahoma. SIGWORTH, OLIVER FREDERIC (1953), Professor of English; A.B., 1947, M.A., 1948, Ph.D., 1951, University of California at Berkeley. SIMKO, DARRELL G. (1967), Associate Professor of Health, Physical Education and Recreation; B.S., 1956, M.A., 1960, Western Reserve University; Ph.D., 1966, The Ohio State University. SIMLEY, OLE ANDREW (1927), Professor Emeritus of Psychology; B.A., 1919, M.A., 1920, Carleton College; Ph.D., 1931, University of Wisconsin. SIMMONS, MARY KAY (1963), Extension Home Economist, Gila County; B.S., 1942, M.S., 1963, Montana State College. SIMONIAN, VARTKES HOVANESS (1955), Professor of Pharmacognosy; Ph.C., 1936, American University of Beirut; M.Sc., 1948, Massachusetts College of Pharmacy; Ph.D., 1950, University of London, England. SIMPSON, EUGENE SIDNEY (1963), Professor of Hydrology and Water Resources; B.S., 1944, City College of New York; M.A., 1949, Ph.D., 1960, Columbia University. SIMPSON, GEORGE GAYLORD (1967), Professor of Geosciences; Ph.B., 1923, Ph.D., 1926, Yale University; Sc.D., 1946, Yale University; Sc.D., 1947, Princeton University; D.Sc., 1951, Durham University, England; LL.D., 1951, University of Glasgow, Scotland; D.Sc., 1951, Oxford University, England; Sc.D., 1954, University of New Mexico; Sc.D., 1959, University of Chicago; M.A., 1960, Harvard University; D.Sc., 1965, Cambridge University,England;Dr.h.c.(Docteur honoriscausa),1965,UniversityofParis, Sorbonne; Sc.D., 1966, University of York, Canada; Sc.D., 1968, Kenyon College; Sc.D., 1968, University of Colorado. SINCLAIR, NORVAL ARTHUR (1968), Associate Professor of Microbiology and Medical Technology; B.S., 1957, M.S., 1959, South Dakota State University; Ph.D., 1964, Washington State University. SINSKI, JAMES THOMAS (1966), AssociateProfessorof Microbiology and Medical Technology; B.S.,1950, M.S.,1952, Marquette University; Ph.D., 1955, Purdue University. SJOBERG, ALICE M. (1968), Assistant Extension Home Economist, Pinal County; B.S., 1949, University of California at Los Angeles; M.A., 1970, Arizona State University. SKINNER, PAUL HEETHER (1963), Professor of Speech; B.S., 1957, M.A., 1958, Ball State Teachers College; Ph.D., 1963, Wayne State University. SLATER, PHILIP N. (1966), Professor and Assistant Director of Optical Sciences; B.Sc., 1955, Ph.D., 1958, London University. SLATIN, RONALD C. (1968), Research Associate in Internal Medicine; B.A., 1964, Knox College; M.S., 1968, University of Chicago. SLOANE, RICHARD LEWIS (1959), Professor of Civil Engineering; B.C.E., 1938, M.S., 1941, The Ohio State University. SMILEY, TERAH LeROY (1946),Professor,of Geosciences;Associate Head of the Department; Chief of Research Laboratories; B.A., 1946, M.A., 1949, University of Arizona. SMITH, ARTHUR HENRY (1968 -70; 1971), Assistant Agricultural Economist, Agricultural Experiment Station; B.S., 1962, Cornell University; M.S., 1964, University of Arizona. SMITH, BILLY CHARLES (1970), Agricultural Agent, Pinal County; B.S., 1953, East Texas State University; M.S., 1964, Louisiana State University. SMITH, BYRON LAKE (1970), Catalog Librarian, University Library; B.A., 1946, Wesleyan University; M.A., 1947, Harvard University; M.L.S., 1959, University of Southern California. SMITH, CHANNING STEVENS (1958), Assistant Professor of Drama, and Theatre Manager; B.F.A., 1958, M.A., 1959, University of Arizona. SMITH, CHARLES MARSHALL (1960), Professor of Law; LL.B., 1943, University of Arizona. SMITH, DAVID WAYNE (1955), Professor of Education; Director of Rehabilitation Center; Assistant Dean, College of Education; B.S., 1949, Purdue University; M.S., 1953, D.Ed., 1955, Indiana University. SMITH, EDWIN LAMAR JR. (1966), Assistant Professor of Watershed Management; Assistant Watershed Specialist, Agricultural Experiment Station; B.S., 1958, M.S., 1964, Ph.D., 1966, Colorado State University. SMITH, ELINORE ELIZABETH (1951), Chief Serials Librarian, University Library; B.S., 1957, University of Arizona; M.A., 1961, University of Denver. 70 FACULTY OF THE UNIVERSITY

SMITH, GEORGE EDSON PHILIP (1900), Professor Emeritus of Agricultural Engineering; B.S., 1897, C.E., 1899, D.Eng., 1929, University of Vermont. SMITH, HOWARD VERNON (1924), Professor Emeritus of Agricultural Chemistry and Soils; Soil Scientist, Agricultural Experiment Station; B.S., 1923, M.S., 1924, University of Illinois. SMITH, HUGH HOLLINGSWORTH (1958), Research Professor of Microbiology and Medical Technology; B.A., 1923, Davidson College; M.D., 1927, M.P.H., 1939, The Johns Hopkins University. SMITH, JEAN W. (1959), Assistant DeasG. of Women; A.B., 1947, Drake University; M.A., 1950, University of Colorado; Ed.D., 1960, Columbia University. SMITH, JOHN PETER (1969), Instructor in Music; B.M., 1952, M.M., 1954, B.S., 1961, University of Arizona. SMITH, KENNETH JOE (1968), Professor of Reading; Head of the Department; B.S., 1953, M.Ed., 1954, Ed.D., 1963, University of Missouri. SMITH, LAURENCE McLAUGHLIN (1969), Assistant Professor of Secondary Education; B.A., 1958, M.A., 1963, University of Iowa; Ed.D., 1969, University of Nebraska. SMITH, LAWSON V.(1970),ConsultingProfessor,CollegeofBusiness andPublic Administration; A.B., 1928, LL.D., 1968, University of Arizona. SMITH, LUCY CRANWELL (1957), Research Associate in Palynology; B.A., 1928, University of New Zealand; M.A., 1929, University of Stockholm; D.Sc., 1959, University of New Zealand. SMITH, NORMAN SHERRILL (1968), Associate Professor of Biological Sciences; Assistant Unit Leader, Arizona Cooperative Wildlife Research Unit; B.S., 1958, Oregon State University;M.S.,1960,Universityof Montana; Ph.D.,1969, Washington State University. SMITH, ROBERT J. (1971), Visiting Professor of Anthropology; B.A., 1949, University of Minnesota; M.A., 1951, Ph.D., 1953, Cornell University. SMITH, SIGMUND L. (1954), Professor of Metallurgical Engineering; E.Met., 1939, M.Met.E., 1947, Colorado School of Mines. SMITH, WATSON (1954), Research Associate in the Arizona State Museum; Ph.B., 1919, Brown University; LL.B., 1924, Harvard University. SMOCK, JAMES EARL, Major, Armor, United States Army (1968), Assistant Professor of Military Science and Tactics; B.S., 1961, University of Illinois. SMOKOSKI, FRED JOHN (1969), Assistant Professor of Special Education; B.S., 1960, State University of New York at Genesco; M.S., 1961, University of Illinois; Ed.D., 1966, Pennsylvania State University. SMYER, RICHARD INGRAM (1966), Assistant Professor of English; B.A., 1957, M.A., 1960, Southern Methodist University; Ph.D., 1967, Stanford University. SNELL, RICHARD SAXON (1970), Professorof Anatomy; M.R.C.S., L.R.C.P., 1948, M.B.B.S., 1949, Ph.D., 1955, M.D., 1961, University of London. SNIDER, EMILY JEAN (1966), Instructor in Nursing; B.S., 1958, University of Wisconsin; M.S., 1965, University of Michigan. SNYDER, DAVID WILLIAM (1958), Associate Professor of Health, Physical Education and Recreation; B.S., 1956, University of Texas; M.Ed., 1960, University of Arizona; Ph.D., 1969, The Ohio State University. SNYDER, SUZANNE LAWS (1969), Lecturer in Elementary Education; B.A., 1956, M.Ed., 1963, University of Arizona. SOBIN, HARRIS (1970), Associate Professor of Architecture; A.B., 1953, Harvard College; J.D., 1956, M.Arch., 1961, Harvard University. SOLOMON, ALLEN MORRIS (1970), AssistantProfessor of Geosciences; B.A.,1965, University of Michigan; Ph.D., 1970, Rutgers University. SOLOT, SANDERS K. (1965), Lecturer in Finance, Insurance and Real Estate; B.S., 1950, University of Arizona. SOLVE, MELVIN T. (1928), Professor and Head Emeritus of English; B.A., 1918, University of Oregon; Ph.D., 1926, University of Michigan. SORENSEN, GLADYS ELAINE (1958), Dean of Nursing; Professor of Nursing; B.S., 1945, University of Nebraska; M.S., 1951, University of Colorado; Ed.D., 1965, Columbia University. SOULEN, GARRETT HARVEY (1969), Assistant to the Dean of Liberal Arts; B.S., 1939, University of Minnesota; M.S., 1941, Texas A &M University. SOWLS, LYLE KENNETH (1951),ProfessorofBiologicalSciences; Leader, Arizona Cooperative Wildlife Research Unit; B.S., 1939, M.S., 1941, Ph.D., 1951, University of Wisconsin. SPARKS, GEORGE FRAY (1946), Professor of Speech; B.S., 1936, Kansas State Teachers' College; M.A., 1941, Northwestern University; Ph.D., 1952, University of Utah. SPICER, EDWARD H. (1939 -41; 1946), Professor of Anthropology; Anthropologist, Bureau of Ethnic Research; B.A., 1932, M.A., 193, University of Arizona; Ph.D., 1939, University of Chicago. FACULTY OF THE UNIVERSITY 71

SPIESMAN, GUY DWIGHT (1966), Lecturer, Rehabilitation Center; A.B., 1956, Oberlin College; M.A., 1963, University of Utah. STAFFORD, ANITA MARY (1970), Instructor of Pediatrics; B.A., 1962, St. Hilda's College, Oxford; B.M., B.Ch., 1965, University College Hospital, London. STAGG, JAMES FRANCIS (1967), Instructor in Internal Medicine; M.D., 1947, University of Buffalo. STAININGER, HELEN PETERSON (1967), Assistant Professor of Nursing; B.S., 1961, M.A., 1970, University of Arizona. STALEY, DEAN ODEN (1959), Professor of Atmospheric Sciences; Research Professor, Institute of Atmospheric Physics; B.S., 1950, Ph.D., 1956, University of Washington; M.A., 1951, University of California at Los Angeles. STANERSEN, LEWIS ALBERT (1968), Assistant Agricultural Agent, Navajo County; B.S., 1958, Michigan State University; M.S., 1963, University of Arizona. STANFIELD, ALICE LENORA (1951), Associate Professor of Agricultural Biochemistry; AssociateAgriculturalBiochemist,AgriculturalExperimentStation;B.A.,1929, Gooding College; B.S., M.S., 1932, University of Washington. STANGHELLINI, MICHAEL E. (1969), Assistant Plant Pathologist, Agricultural Experiment Station; Extension Specialist; B.A., 1963, University of California at Davis; M.S., 1965, University of Hawaii; Ph.D., 1969, University of California at Berkeley. STANISLAWSKI, DAN (1963), Professor of Geography and Area Development; A.B., 1937, Ph.D., 1944, University of California at Berkeley. STANLEY, ERNEST BROOKE (1920), Professor of Animal Science; Head of the Department Emeritus; B.S., 1919, Montana State College; M.S., 1923, Iowa State College. STANLEY, RICHARD MELVIN (1970), Assistant Professor of Mathematics; A.B., 1965, University of California at Berkeley; Ph.D., 1970, Columbia University. STAPLETON, HERBERT NORMAN (1963),ProfessorofAgriculturalEngineering; Agricultural Engineer, Agricultural Experiment Station; B.S., 1930, M.S., 1931, Kansas State University. STARK, ROYAL W. (1970), Visiting Professor of Physics; B.S., 1959, M.S., 1961, Ph.D., 1962, Case Institute of Technology. STAVROUDIS, ORESTES NICHOLAS (1967), Professor of Optical Sciences; B.A., 1948, M.A., 1949, Columbia University; D.I.C., 1959, Ph.D., 1959, University of London. STEDMAN, SAMUEL W. (1964), Agricultural Agent, Pinal County; B.S., 1964, University of Arizona. STEELINK, CORNELIUS (1957), Professor of Chemistry; B.S., 1944, California Institute of Technology; M.S. ,1950, University of Southern California; Ph.D., 1956, University of California at Los Angeles. STEIN, HANS FRED (1967), Instructor in Internal Medicine; M.D., 1936, University of Munich, Germany. STEINBRENNER, ARTHUR HENRY (1953), Professor of Mathematics and Secondary Education; A.B.,1940, Columbia College;A.M.,1941, Ph.D.,1955, Columbia University. STEINMETZ, DAVID LEE (1964 -65; 1967), Research Associate in Optical Sciences. STEPHENS, CHARLES ARTHUR LLOYD JR. (1958), Visiting Research Professorin Agricultural Biochemistry; B.A., 1938, M.D., 1942, Cornell University. STERLING, MARGARET ELIZABETH (1966), Lecturer in English; B.A., 1949, University of Denver; M.A., 1966, University of Colorado. STEWART, HARRY E. (1946), Professor of Electrical Engineering; B.S., 1934, University of Arizona; M.S., 1939, University of Michigan. STEWART, JEAN MARGARET (1938), State Leader of Home Economics Extension Emeritus; B.A., 1927, M.A., 1929, University of California; M.P.A., 1958 Harvard University. STINSON, CORRINE (1960), Extension Home Management Specialist; B.S., 1946, Texas Technological College; M.S., 1957, Iowa State University. STITH, LEE S. (1955), Professor of Plant Breeding; Plant Breeder, Agricultural Experiment Station; B.S. , 1940, New Mexico College of Agriculture and Mechanic Arts; M.S., 1942, University of Tennessee; Ph.D., 1955, Iowa State College. STITTICH, ELIZABETH ANN (1969), Assistant Professor of Nursing; B.S., 1967, Fresno State College; M.S., 1968, University of California at Los Angeles. STOCKMAN, LYNN HOMER (1966), Professor of Marketing; A.B., 1936, University of Utah; M.B.A., 1938, Ph.D., 1957, Northwestern University. STOKES, MARSDEN B. (1965), Professor of Educational Administration; Assistant Dean, College of Education; B.A., 1942, College of Idaho; M.S.Ed., 1950, University of Idaho; Ph.D., 1959, University of Minnesota. STOKES, MARVIN ALLEN (1956), Assistant Professor of Dendrochronology; B.A., 1952, University of Colorado; M.S., 1965, University of Arizona. STONE, HERBERT REYNOLDS (1965), Assistant Professor of Romance Languages; A.B., 1949, San Jose State College; M.A., 1962, Ph.D., 1965, University of North Carolina. 72 FACULTY OF THE UNIVERSITY

STONER, JOHN OLIVER, JR. (1967), Associate Professor of Physics; B.S., 1958, The Pennsylvania State University; M.A., 1959, Ph.D., 1964, Princeton University. STOOPS, THOMAS DICKSON (1966 -67; 1969), Lecturer in Pharmaceutical Sciences; B.S., 1949, M.S., 1951, University of Arizona. STOTT, GERALD H. (1957), Professor of Dairy and Food Sciences; Dairy Scientist; Head of the Department; B.S., 1950, M.S., 1951, Utah State Agricultural College; Ph.D., 1956, University of Wisconsin. STOYANOW, ALEXANDER (1923), Professor of Geosciences; M.A., 1900, Ph.D., 1906, University of Moscow; E.M., 1904, Petrograd School of Mines. STREETS, RUBERT B. (1924), Professor of Plant Pathology; Plant Pathologist, Agricultural Experiment Station; Head of the Department, Emeritus; B.S., 1918, Montana State College; M.S., 1922, Ph.D., 1924, University of Wisconsin. STROEHLEIN, JACK LEE (1962), Adviser in Soils and Soil Fertility, -and Associate Professor, AID -Brazil Program; B.S., 1954, Southern Illinois University; M.S., 1958, Ph.D., 1962, University of Wisconsin. STROM, ROBERT G. (1963), Assistant Professor in the Lunar & Planetary Laboratory; B.S., 1955, University of Redlands; M.S., 1957, Stanford University. STUART, DOUGLAS GORDON (1967), Professor of Physiology; D.P.E., 1950, Sydney Teachers College (Australia); B.S., 1955, M.A., 1956, Michigan State University; Ph.D., 1961, University of California at Los Angeles. STUBBLEFIELD, THOMAS MASON (1951), Professor of Agricultural Economics; Agricultural Economist, Agricultural Experiment Station;B.S.,1948, New Mexico College of Agriculture and Mechanic Arts; M.S., 1951, Ph.D., 1956, Agricultural and Mechanical College of Texas. STULL, J. WARREN (1949), Professor of Dairy and Food Sciences; Dairy Scientist, Agricultural Experiment Station; B.S., 1942, M.S., 1947, Ph.D., 1950, University of Illinois. STURGUL, JOHN ROMAN (1968), Associate Professor of Geosciences; B.S., 1961, Michigan College of Mining & Technology; M.S., 1963, University of Arizona; Ph.D., 1966, University of Illinois. SUGG, JOHN YOUNG (1969), Research Professor of Microbiology and Medical Technology; A.B., 1926, M.A., 1928, Ph.D., 1931, Vanderbilt University. SULLIVAN, MARY ANN (1970), Assistant Professor of Community Medicine; B.S., 1962, M.D., 1966, University of Washington. SULLIVAN, MICHAEL PATRICK (1968), Assistant Professor of Government; Research Specialist, Institute of Government Research; B.S., 1965, University of San Francisco; Ph.D., 1968, University of Oregon. SULT, JAMES BRENDAN (1969), Lecturer in Law; B.A., 1963, Arizona State University; J.D., 1970, University of Arizona. SULTAN, HASSAN AHMED (1967), Associate Professor of Civil Engineering; B.S., 1958, Cairo University; M.S., 1961, University of Utah; Ph.D., 1965, University of California at Berkeley. SUMMERS, GEORGE W. (1966), Professor of Management; Research Specialist, Division of Economic and Business Research; B.S., 1944, U.S. Naval Academy; B.A., 1949, M.A., 1950, University of Cblorado; Ph.D., 1961, Case Institute of Technology. SUMNER, JOHN STEWART (1963), Professor of Geosciences and Geophysics; B.S., 1947 (Geology); B. of Physics, 1948, University of Minnesota; Ph.D. (Geophysics), 1955, University of Wisconsin. SVORE, JUDY LEE (1965), Lecturer in Speech; B.A., 1963, University of Washington; M.A., 1965, University of Montana. SWANGO, DANIEL LEE (1968), Lecturer in Finance, Insurance and Real Estate; B.S., 1964, M.B.A., 1967, University of Arizona. SWANSON, GERALD JOHN (1970), Assistant Professor of Economics; B.S., 1963, M.A., 1969, University of Illinois. SWANSON, PHILIP JOHN (1969), Assistant Professor of Music ;,B.M., 1962, M.M., 1964, Eastman School of Music. SWEET, JUDITH MAE (1970), Instructor in Physical Education for Women; B.S., 1969, University of Wisconsin. SWENSON, FLOYD A. (1963), Associate Comptroller; B.A., 1950, Brooklyn College. SWENSON, JOHN (1968), Coordinator of Business Conferences; B.A., 1932, Dartmouth College. SWIHART, THOMAS LEE (1963), Professor of Astronomy; Astronomer, Steward Observatory; A.B., 1951, A.M., 1952, Indiana University; Ph.D., 1955, University of Chicago. SWINDELL, WILLIAM (1968), Assistant Professor of Optical Sciences; B.Sc., 1959, Ph.D., 1964, University of Sheffield. TANNER, CLARA LEE (1928), Professor of Anthropology; B.A.,1927, M.A.,1928, University of Arizona. FACULTY OF THE UNIVERSITY 73

TANSIK, DAVID ANTHONY (1969), Assistant Professor of Management; B.B.A., 1965, M.A., 1968, University of Texas; Ph.D., 1970, Northwestern University. TAPP, JESSE W., JR. (1970), Associate Professor of Community Medicine; B.A., 1952, StanfordUniversity; M.D.,1955, University of Chicago; M.P.H.,1962, Harvard University. TATE, ELIZABETH COPPEDGE (1971), Lecturer in Secondary Education; A.B., 1941, East Carolina Teachers College; M.S., 1957, Omaha University; Ed.D., 1962, Nebraska University. TATE, HARVEY FORNEY (1935), Extension Horticulturist Emeritus; B.S., 1923, Clemson Agricultural College. TATUM, ROY A. (1955), Assistant Professor of Health, Physical Education & Recreation; B.S., 1948, M.Ed., 1949, University of Missouri. TAYLOR, B. BROOKS (1969), Extension Agronomist; B.S., 1958, Brigham Young University; Ph.D., 1967, Rutgers University. TAYLOR, BRUCE ROSS (1957), Professor of Animal Science; Animal Scientist, Agricultural Experiment Station; Head of the Department; B.S., 1931, M.S., 1934, Kansas State College; Ph.D., 1955, Iowa State College. TAYLOR, CECIL REIGN, JR. (1964), Assistant Dean of Men; B.S., 1959, Kansas State University. TAYLOR, CHARLENE MAE (1966), Assistant Professor of English; B.A., 1960, University of Wichita; A.M., 1962, Ph.D., 1965, University of Illinois; Dip.E.S., 1963, University of Edinburgh. TAYLOR, DONALD JAMES (1965), Assistant Professor of Astronomy; Assistant Astronomer, Steward Observatory; B.S., 1955, M.S., 1958, California Institute of Technology; Ph.D., 1963, University of Wisconsin. TAYLOR, RALPH RONALD (1955), Research Associate in Dairy and Food Sciences, Agricultural Experiment Station; B.S., 1954, M.S., 1961, University of Arizona. TAYLOR, ROGER WAYNE (1970), Instructor in Accounting; A.B., 1963, Grove City College; M.S., 1969, Arizona State University. TAYLOR, THOMAS HOWLEY, Captain, United States Air Force (1969), Assistant Professor of Military Aerospace Studies; B.S., 1960, University of Detroit; M.A., 1969, University of Southern California. TELLMAN, STEPHEN GAGE (1965), Assistant Professor of Mathematics; BA., 1957, Reed College; Ph.D., 1960, University of Washington. TEMPONE, VINCENT JEREMIAH (1964), Associate Professor of Psychology; B.A., 1955, Pennsylvania State University; M.A., 1959, Temple University; Ph.D., 1962, University of Texas. ter HORST, ROBERT (1969), Professor of Romance Languages; A.B., 1952, Princeton University; M.A., 1961, Ph.D., 1963, Johns Hopkins University. THAMES, JOHN LONG (1966), Professor of Watershed Management;_ Watershed Specialist, Agricultural Experiment Station; Coordinator of International Biological Program, Office of Arid Lands Studies; B.S., 1950, University of Florida; M.S., 1960, University of Mississippi; Ph.D., 1966, University of Arizona. THAYER, JOHN E. JR. (1951 -57; 1967), Chief Social Science Librarian, University Library; A.B., 1948, Duke University; B.S.L.S., 1949, Peabody College. THEISS, JOHN BOYD (1959), Assistant Professor of Electrical Engineering; B.S.E.E., 1951, Syracuse University; M.S.E.E., 1959, University of Pennsylvania. THEURER, C. BRENT (1964), Associate Professor of Animal Science; Associate Animal Scientist, Agricultural Experiment Station; B.S., 1956, Utah State University; M.S., 1960, Ph.D., 1962, Iowa State University. THEWS, ROBERT L. (1970), Assistant Professor of Physics; S.B., 1962, Ph.D., 1966, Massachusetts Institute of Technology. THOMAS, GARY MARSHAL (1971), Instructor in Mathematics; B.A., 1965, Kansas State University; M.S., 1967, Ph.D., 1971, University of Arizona. THOMAS, JAMES WILLIAM (1970), Instructor and Research Associate in Mathematics; B.S., 1963, Michigan Technological University; M.S., 1965, Ph.D., 1967, University of Arizona. THOMAS, VIOLET SCHULER (1966), Assistant Professor of Office Administration and Business Education; B.S., 1962, M.Ed., 1963, D.Ed., 1969, University of Arizona. THOMPSON, ETHEL MARION (1938), Professor Emeritus of Home Economics; A.B., 1926, University of Washington; M.S., 1929, Ph.D., 1940, Columbia University. THOMPSON, HUGH C. (1969), Professor of Community Medicine and Pediatrics; B.A., 1926, Yale University; M.D., 1930, Columbia University. THOMPSON, RAYMOND HARRIS (1956),Professorof Anthropology; Head of the Department; Director of the Arizona State Museum; B.S., 1947, Tufts University; A.M., 1950, Ph.D., 1955, Harvard University. THOMPSON, REX KAY (1953), Research Associate in Agronomy, Agricultural Experiment Station; B.S., 1948, University of Missouri; M.S., 1957, University of Arizona. 74 FACULTY OF THE UNIVERSITY

THOMPSON, RICHARD ALLEN (1970), Assistant Professor of Anthropology; B.A., 1962, Texas College of Arts and Industries; M.A., 1966, Ph.D., 1970, University of Texas at Austin. THOMPSON, RICHARD BRUCE (1967), Associate Professor of Mathematics; B.A., 1961, State College of Iowa; M.S., 1963, Ph.D., 1967, The University of Wisconsin. THOMPSON, RODGER IRWIN (1970), Assistant Professor of Optical Sciences; S.B., 1966, Ph.D., 1970, Massachusetts Institute of Technology. THOMSON, DONALD A. (1963), Associate Professor of Biological Sciences; Curator of Fishes; B.S., M.S., 1957, University of Michigan; Ph.D., 1963, University of Hawaii. THOMSON, QUENTIN ROBERT (1953), Professor of Aerospace and Mechanical Engineering; B.S., 1940, Georgia Institute of Technology; M.S., 1953, University of Arizona: THORNBURG, HERSHEL DEAN (1967), Associate Professor of Educational Psychology; A.B., 1959, Friends University; M.Ed., 1966, Wichita State University; Ed.D., 1967, University of Oklahoma. THORNBURG, MARTIN LYNN (1924), Professor of Aerospace and Mechanical Engineering; B.S., 1915, M.E., 1922, Purdue University. THORUD, DAVID BRUCE (1966), Professor of Watershed Management, Hydrology and Water Resources; Watershed Specialist, Agricultural Experiment Station; B.S., 1958, M.S., 1960, Ph.D., 1964, University of Minnesota. THORUP, OSCAR ANDREAS, JR. (1966), Professor of Internal Medicine; Head of the Department; B.A., 1944, M.D., 1946, University of Virginia. THRIFT, INEZ E. (1920), Professor of English; B.A., 1916, M.A., 1922, University of Arizona; Ph.D., 1935, University of London. THURMAN, R. GARY (1970), Assistant Professor of Chemistry; B.S., 1962, M.S., 1965, New Mexico State University; Ph.D., 1970, University of Arizona. THUT, PAUL DOUGLAS (1970), Assistant Professor of Pharmacology; A.B., 1965, Hamilton College; M.S., 1968, University of Rhode Island; Ph.D., 1971, Dartmouth Medical School. THWEATT, WILLIAM HENRY (1963), Associate Professor of Psychology; Counseling Psychologist, Student Counseling Service; B.A., 1945, Louisiana College; B.D., 1948, Th.D., 1954, Southern Baptist Theological Seminary; Ph.D., 1964, Michigan State University. TIFFT, WILLIAM GRANT (1964), Associate Professor of Astronomy; Associate Astronomer, Steward Observatory; A.B., 1954, Harvard University; Ph.D., 1958, California Institute of Technology. TINDALL, ROBERT EMMETT, JR. (1963), Associate Professor of Management; B.Mar.E., 1955, State University of New York, Maritime College; LL.B., 1963, University of Arizona; LL.M., 1967, New York University. TINLIN, RICHARD McGEE (1970),InstructorandResearch AssociateinWatershed Management; B.S., 1964, Arizona State University; M.S., 1969, University of Arizona. TINSLEY, ROYAL LILBURN, JR. (1963), Associate Professor of German; B.A., 1960, University of Houston; Ph.D., 1965, Tulane University. TITLEY, SPENCER ROWE (1956 -58;1959), Professorof Geosciences; Geol.E.,1951, Colorado School of Mines; Ph.D., 1958, University of Arizona. TOLAND, FLORENCE WINIFRED (1942), Assistant Professor of Office Administration and Business Education; B.A., 1934, M.S., 1946, University of Arizona. TOLLIN, GORDON (1959), Professor of Chemistry; B.S., 1952, Brooklyn College; Ph.D., 1956, Iowa State College. TOMA, PETER ALEXANDER (1959), Professor of Government; B.A., 1951, Franklin and Marshall College; M.A., 1952, Rutgers University; Ph.D., 1958, University of Southern California. TOMIZUKA, CARL T. (1960), Professor of Physics; Head of the Department; B.S., 1945, Tokyo University; M.S., 1951, Ph.D., 1954, University of Illinois. TONG, JOHN SHOU -KANG (1969), Assistant Professor of Oriental Studies; Ph.L., 1944, Sacred Heart College;S.T.L.,1950, Immaculate- Conception College; M.A., 1953, University of Montreal; Ph.D., 1969, Georgetown University. TORCHIANA, CHARLENE MARIE (1 =970), Lecturer in Elementary Education; B.A., 1949, M.Ed., 1967, University of Arizona. TORGERSON, KENNETH JULINE (1969), Research Associate in Biological Sciences; B.S., 1940, St. Cloud State College; M.Ed., 1957, M.S., 1962, University of Arizona. TORMEY, THOMAS JAMES (1961), Law Librarian; Associate Professor of Law, B.S., B.A., 1953, J.D., 1956, University of Arizona. TORNQUIST, ROBERT HARRY JR. (1965), Research Associate in the Steward Observatory. TOUBASSI, ELIAS (1970), Research Associate and Assistant Professor of Mathematics; B.A., 1966, Bethel College; M.S., 1969, Ph.D., 1970, Lehigh University. TRAFTON, CLINTON LAVERNE (1967), Associate Professor of Psychology; B.S., 1959, M.S., 1962, University of New Mexico; Ph.D., 1965, University of Illinois. FACULTY OF THE UNIVERSITY 75

TRAUTMAN, ROBERT JOHN (1953), Assistant Animal Pathologist, Agricultural Experiment Station; B.S., 1951, M.S., 1953, University of Arizona. TRAVER, GAYLE ANN (1970), Instructor in Internal Medicine; Assistant Professor of Nursing; B.S.N., 1963, University of Rochester; M.S.N., 1966, Case Western Reserve University. TREAT, JAY E., JR. (1951), Associate Professor of Physics; B.S., 1942, University of Arizona; Ph.D., 1954, Cornell University. TREJO, ARNULFO DUENAS (1966), Bibliographer for Latin American Collections; Associate Professor of Library Science and English; B.A., 1949, University of Arizona; M.A., 1951, Universidad de las Americas; M.A., 1953, Kent State University; Litt.D., 1959, National University of Mexico. TRIER, WILLIAM CRONIN (1969), Associate Professor of Surgery; Chief of Plastic Surgery; A.B., 1943, Dartmouth College; M.D., 1947, New York Medical College. TRIFAN, DEONISIE (1949), Professor of Mathematics; A.B., 1937, Baldwin -Wallace College; M.A., 1940, Toledo University; Ph.D., 1948, Brown University. TRIMBLE, JOHN B. (1953), Associate Director of Physical Plant; B.S.C.E., 1950, University of Arizona. TRIMM, JOHN H. (1964), Associate Professor of Management; B.A., 1948, M.A., 1958, Ph.D., 1967, Michigan State University. TROUTMAN, JOSEPH LAWRENCE (1968),AssociatePlantPathologist,Agricultural Experiment Station; Extension Specialist; B.S., 1950, University of Kentucky; Ph.D., 1957, University of Wisconsin. TRUE, LOWELL F. (1957), Agricultural Agent, Maricopa County; B.S., 1956, M.S., 1963, University of Arizona. TU, EUGENIA YOUNG -JEN (1966 -69; 1970), Lecturer in Oriental Studies; B.A., 1960, Baylor Woman's College; B.Ed., 1957, Taiwan Normal University; M.S., 1969, University of Arizona. TUCKER, EDWIN WALTER (1970), Research Professor in Pharmaceutical Sciences; B.S., 1932, M.D., 1936, Tulane University. TUCKER, HENRY (1956), Professor of Systems Engineering; B.S., 1947, New Mexico College of Agriculture and Mechanic Arts; M.A., 1948, Washington State College; Ph.D., 1956, North Carolina State College. TUCKER, MELVIN L. (1965), Associate Professor of Secondary Education; B.A., 1948, Ph.D., 1965, University of Utah; M.A., 1959, Utah State University. TUCKER, THOMAS CURTIS (1956), Professor of Agricultural Chemistry and Soils; Soil Scientist, Agricultural Experiment Station; B.S., 1949, University of Kentucky; M.S., 1951, Kansas State College; Ph.D., 1955, University of Illinois. TULLY, NORMAN LEE (1966 -69; 1970), Assistant Professor, Rehabilitation Center; B.A., 1951, University of Florida; M.S., 1955, Gallaudet College; M.A., 1965, San Fernando Valley State College; Ed.D., 1970, University of Arizona. TURNER, ARTHUR FRANCIS (1971),ProfessorofOpticalSciences;B.S.,1929, Massachusetts Institute of Technology; Ph.D., 1935, University of Berlin. TURNER, FRED JR. (1957), Superintendent of the Safford Experimental Farm; Agriculturist, Agricultural Experiment Station;B.S.,1948, University of Arizona; M.S., 1951, Washington State College; Ph.D., 1958, Michigan State University. TURNER, PATRICIA (1963), Chief Humanities Librarian; A.B., 1950, Butler University; M.A., 1960, Indiana University. TURNER, PAUL R. (1967), Professor of Anthropology; A.B., 1952, Wheaton College; A.M., 1964, Ph.D., 1966, University of Chicago. TURNER, WARREN HARVEY (1969), Research Associate in Optical Sciences; A.B., 1960, M.A., 1967, Washington University. TUTTLE, DAWN HARDES (1967), Assistant Professor of Home Economics; Assistant Home Economist, Agricultural Experiment Station; B.S., 1939, The Pennsylvania State College; M.S., 1957, Ph.D., 1962, The Pennsylvania State University. TUTTLE, DONALD MONROE (1952), Professor of Entomology; Entomologist, Agricultural Experiment Station; B.S.,1940, M.S., 1947, Michigan State College; Ph.D., 1952, University of Illinois. TYAGI, AVDHESH KUMAR (1970), Instructor in Hydrology and Water Resources; B.S., 1965, University of Allahabad, India; M.S., 1967, University of Roorkee, India; Ph.D., 1971, University of California at Berkeley. UNDERHILL, LONNIE EDWARD (1970), Instructor in English; B.A., 1965, M.Ed., 1968, Northeastern State College. UNDERWOOD, AMOS H. (1957), Agricultural Agent in Charge, Navajo County; B.S.A., 1942, University of Arkansas. UNDERWOOD, BILLIE JEANNE (1970), Assistant Professor of Educational Psychology; B.A., 1950, M.S., 1966, Ph.D., 1970, University of Arizona. UNDERWOOD, HELEN R. (1970), Extension Home Economist, Pima County; B.S., 1952, Miles College. 76 FACULTY OF THE UNIVERSITY

UNDERWOOD, JANE HAINLINE (1968), Associate Professor of Anthropology; B.A., 1960, University of California at Riverside; M.A., 1962, Ph.D., 1964, University of California at Los Angeles. VALENTINE, MARGIE G. (1970), Extension Home Economist, Pima Couunty; B.S., 1970, University of Arizona. VALMONT, WILLIAM JENNINGS (1969), Assistant Professor of Reading; B.S., 1962, M.Ed., 1965, The Pennsylvania State University; Ph.D., 1969, The University of Delaware. VAN ASDALL, WILLARD (1962), Associate Professor of Biological Sciences; A.B., 1956, Valparaiso University; M.S.,1958, Purdue University; Ph.D., 1961, University -of Chicago. VAN BIESBROECK, GEORGE A. (1963), Research Consultant in the Lunar & Planetary Laboratory; B.S., 1902, University of Ghent, Belgium; D.Sc., 1928, University of Brussels, Belgium. VAN DE VOORDE, RONALD ANDRE (1966), Assistant Professor of Library Science; B.A., 1951, Parsons College; M.L.S., 1962, University of Washington. VAN METRE, EDWARD JAMES (1969), Instructor in Secondary Education; A.B., 1950, Oberlin College; M.Ed., 1963, University of Arizona. van NORTON, ROGER N. (1967), Professor of Systems Engineering; Director of the Computer Center; B.S., 1952, M.S., 1953, University of Wisconsin; Ph.D., 1960, New York University. VAN SANT, W. RALPH (1941), Extension Dairy Specialist; B.S., 1932, University of Arizona. VAN SLYCK, WILLARD NICHOLAS, JR. (1961), Professor of Law; B.A., 1940, Yale College; LL.B., 1947, Washburn Law School. VAN WINKLE, WALTON JR. (1970), Professor of Surgical Biology, Department of Surgery; A.B., 193, M.D., 1938, Stanford University. VASHOLZ, DAVID P. (1970), Instructor and Research Associate in Physics; B.S., 1965, Valparaiso University; M.S., 1967, Ph.D., 1970, University of Wisconsin. VAVICH, MITCHELL GEORGE (1946), Professor of Agricultural Biochemistry; Agricultural Biochemist, Agricultural Experiment Station; Head of the Department; B.S., 1938, M.S., 1940, University of Arizona; Ph.D., 1943, Pennsylvania State College. VEMULAPALLI, G. KRISHNA (1967), Associate Professor of Chemistry; B.Sc., 1956, M.Sc., 1957, Andhra University; Ph.D., 1961, Pennsylvania State University. YERRAN, JOYCE ANN (1970), Assistant Director of Nursing, University Hospital; Instructor in Nursing; B.S., 1969, M.S., 1970, University of Arizona. VESCOVI, GENO MICHAEL (1970), Lecturer in the Rehabilitation Center; B.A., 1956, Gallaudet College; M.A., 1959, Catholic University. VIGNERY, JOHN ROBERT (1962), Professor of History; B.A., 1951, M.A., 1957, University of Kansas; Ph.D., 1960, University of Wisconsin. VINCENT, THOMAS LANGE (1960), Professor of Aerospace and Mechanical Engineering; B.S.M.E., 1958, M.S.M.E., 1960, Oregon State College; Ph.D., 1963, University of Arizona. VIRENE, EDGAR P. (1970), Visiting Professor in Aerospace and Mechanical Engineering; A.B., 1935, M.S., 1936, Ph.D., 1940, University of Pennsylvania. VIRMOND, BERTHA JANE (1925), Home Demonstration Agent Emeritus; A.B., 1904, Kansas University. VIVIAN, DONALD LINDSAY (1959), Research Associate in Pharmaceutical Sciences; Ph.B., 1929, Yale University; Ph.D., 1934, George Washington University. VIVIAN, RICHARD GWINNETT (1965 -67;1968), Archaeologistinthe Arizona State Museum; B.A., 1957, M.A., 1960, University of New Mexico; Ph.D., 1970, University of Arizona. VOELZOW, EUGENE FRANCIS, Lt. Colonel, Infantry, United States Army (1970), Assistant Professor of Military Science and Tactics; BG -ED, 1965, University of Omaha. VOGEL, JOHN WILLIAM (1970), Assistant Professor of Mathematics; B.E., 1965, Cooper Union; M.S., 1968, Ph.D., 1969, New York University. VOIGT, ROBERT LEE (1959), Professor of Plant Breeding; Plant Breeder, Agricultural Experiment Station; B.S., 1949, M.S., 1955, University of Nebraska; Ph.D., 1959, Iowa State College. VOLCKMANN, RUSSELL WILLIAM (1970), Visiting Assistant Professor of Government; B.A., 1961, Monmouth College; M.A., 1963, University of California at Berkeley. VOLK, MARIE THERESE (1970), Assistant Professor of Classics; A.B. , 1961, Ursuline College (Ohio); M.A., 1964, Tufts University; Ph.D., 1970, The Ohio State University. VONTSOLOS, NICHOLAS (1969), Lecturer in Russian; B.A., 1960, M.A., 1964, The Ohio State University. VORIS, MARK (1946), Professor of Art; B.F.A., 1956, University of Arizona; Pupil of Paul Dougherty. VORIS, WILLIAM (1963), Dean of the College of Business and Public Administration; Professor of Management; B.S., 1947, M.B.A., 1948, University of Southern California; Ph.D., 1951, The Ohio State University. FACULTY OF THE UNIVERSITY 77

VOSSKUHLER, MAX. PHILIP (1921), Associate Director of Correspondence Instruction, Division of Continuing Education; B.S., 1919, M.S., 1920, University of Arizona. VUILLEMIN, JOSEPH J. (1966), Associate Professor of Physics; B.S., 1956, University of Texas; M.S., 1957, Baylor University; Ph.D., 1965, University of Chicago. WACKS, MORTON E. (1964), Associate Professor of Nuclear Engineering; B.A., 1950, New York University; Ph.D., 1958, University of Utah. WAGLE, ROBERT FAY (1957), Professor of Watershed Management; Watershed Specialist, Agricultural Experiment Station; B.S.,1940, University of Minnesota; M.F., 1955, University of Washington; Ph.D., 1958, University of California at Berkeley. WAGNER, J. RICHARD (1964), Assistant Professor of Government; A.B., 1961, University of Pittsburgh; Ph.D., 1966, The University of Denver. WAIT, JOHN VARY (1959 -60; 1961 -63; 1966), Associate Professor of Electrical Engineering; B.S., 1955, University of Iowa; M.S., 1959, University of New Mexico; Ph.D., 1963, University of Arizona. WALAND, ROBERT L. (1963), Research Associate in the Lunar & Planetary Laboratory. WALKA, JOSEPH J. (1968), Assistant Professor of Economics; A.B., 1960, Grinnell College; M.B.A., 1962, Indiana University; M.P.A., 1966, Ph.D., 1969, Harvard University. WALKER, HENRY PICKERING (1965), Assistant Editor of ARIZONA AND THE WEST; A.B., 1933, Harvard College; M.A., 1935, Harvard University; M.A., 1961, Texas Western College; Ph.D., 1965, University of Colorado. WALKER, WALTER WYRICK (1959 -63;1967),AssociateProfessorof Metallurgical Engineering; B.S., 1950, M.S., 1962, University of Arizona. WALKUP, FAIRFAX PROUDFIT (1947), Professor Emeritus of Drama; B.A., 1927, University of California; M.A., 1947, Ph.D., 1951, University of Utah. WALL, NANCY KAY (1964 -68; 1969), Instructor in English; B.A., 1960, Colorado State University; M.A., 1963, University of Arizona. WALLER, GORDON DAVID (1969), Lecturer in Entomology; B.S., 1959, Wisconsin State University at River Falls; M.S., 1967, Utah State University. WALLRAFF, CHARLES F. (1942), Professor of Philosophy; B.A., 1931, University of Redlands; M.A., 1933, Ph.D., 1939, University of California at Berkeley. WALTERS, JEANNE CLAIRE (1967 -68; 1969), Instructor in Nursing; B.S., 1951, St. Louis University; M.S., 1969, University of Arizona. WAMSTEKER, WILLEM (1970), Research Associate in the Lunar & Planetary Laboratory; B.S., 1965, University of Leiden, Holland. WANGSNESS, ROALD KLINKENBERG (1959), Professor of Physics; B.A., 1944, University of Minnesota; Ph.D., 1950, Stanford University. WARD, DOUGLAS JOHN (1958), Associate Director of Admissions; B.A., 1953, M.Ed., 1966, University of Arizona. WARD, OSCAR G. (1966), Assistant Professor of Biological Sciences; B.S., 1958, M.S., 1960, University of Arizona; Ph.D., 1966, Purdue University. WARE, GEORGE WHITAKER, JR.(1966),Professorof Entomology; Entomologist, Agricultural Experiment Station; Head of the Department; B.S., 1951, M.S., 1952, University of Arkansas; Ph.D., 1957, Kansas State University. WARNER, EMORY DEAN (1970), Professor of Pathology; B.S., 1927, M.D., 1929, University

of Iowa. _ WARREN, HUGH EUGENE (1970), Assistant Professor of Mathematics; B.S., 1963, Stanford University; M.S., 1965, Ph.D., 1966, University of Michigan. WARRICK, ARTHUR WILL (1967), Assistant Professor of Agricultural Chemistry and Soils; Assistant Soil Scientist, Agricultural Experiment Station; B.S., 1962, M.S., 1964, Ph.D., 1967, Iowa State University. WASTCHAK, DAVID (1971), Clinical Instructor of Hospital Pharmacy; B.S., 1961, M.S., 1963, Massachusetts College of Pharmacy. WATERS, NADINE MAE (1970), Instructor in Physical Education for Women; B.A., 1966, Colorado State University; M.S., 1970, Arizona State University. WATSON, MARYLIN JUANITA (1968), Instructor in English; B.A., 1953, North Central College; M.A., 1962, University of Michigan. WATSON, THEO FRANKLIN (1966), Professor of Entomology; Entomoligist, Agricultural Experiment Station; B.Sc., 1953, M.Sc., 1958, University of Arkansas; Ph.D., 1962, University of California at Berkeley. WATTS, RAYMOND ELLSWORTH (1960),Professorof Animal Pathology; Animal Pathologist, Agricultural Experiment Station; D.V.M., 1942, Colorado State College; M.S., 1948, University of Illinois. WEAVER, ALBERT BRUCE (1958), Provost for Academic Affairs; Professor of Physics; A.B., 1940, University of Montana; M.S., 1941, University of Idaho; Ph.D., 1952, University of Chicago. WEAVER, THOMAS (1969), Director of the Bureau of Ethnic Research; Associate Professor of Anthropology; B.A., 1955, M.A., 1960, University of New Mexico; Ph.D., 1965, University of California at Berkeley. 78 FACULTY OF THE UNIVERSITY

WEBB, DONALD L. (1946), Professor of Mathematics; B.S., 1931, M.S., 1933, University of Arizona; Ph.D., 1936, California Institute of Technology. WEBER, CHARLES WALTER (1966), Associate Professor of Poultry Science; Associate Poultry Scientist, Agricultural Experiment Station; B.S., 1956, M.S., 1958, Colorado State University; Ph.D., 1966, University of Arizona. WEBER, DALE SARGE (1966; 1967; 1969), Lecturer in Psychology; B.A., 1948, Albright College; M.A.,1949,Universityof Pennsylvania; Ph.D.,1964, Western Reserve University. WEBER, ROBERT WAYNE (1967), Assistant Professor of Health, Physical Education and Recreation; Head Football Coach; B.S., 1958, M.A., 1962, Colorado State University. WECHSLER, BARBARA ELIZABETH (1962), Assistant Professor of Physical Education for Women; B.S., 1961, University of Arizona. WEDGE, KAREN JEANNE (1970), Assistant Dean of Women; B.S., 1966, University of Arizona; M.S., 1968, Indiana University. WEGNER, THOMAS NORMAN (1964), Assistant Professor of Dairy and Food Sciences; Assistant Dairy Scientist, Agricultural Experiment Station; B.S., 1955, Michigan State University; M.S., 1956, Colorado State University; Ph.D., 1964, University of California at Davis. WEICK, RAY K. (1953), Extension District Supervisor; B.S., 1951, South Dakota State College; M.S., 1960, Michigan State University; Ed.D., 1969, North Carolina State University. WEIGEN, EDNA H. (1957), Extension Home Economist, Maricopa County; B.S., 1937, Colorado Agricultural & Mechanical College. WEIK, SHIRLEY L. (1958), Extension Home Economist, Pinal County; B.S., 1943, University of Connecticut; M.A., 1956, Columbia University. WEIL, FLOYD EUGENE (1967), Assistant Professor of Music; B.M., 1954, M.M.E., 1958, University of Arizona. WEINBERGER, HANS FELIX (1970), Visiting Professor of Mathematics; B.S., 1948, M.S., 1948, Sc.D., 1950, Carnegie Institute of Technology. WEINER, LEONARD JAY (1969), Assistant Professor of Surgery; B.A., 1957, University of California at Los Angeles; M.D., 1961, Albert Einstein College of Medicine. WEIS, THEODORE P. (1970), Assistant Professor of Internal Medicine; B.S., 1958, University of Wisconsin; M.D., 1964, University of Chicago. WELCHERT, WILLIAM T. (1955), Extension Specialist in Agricultural Engineering; B.S., 1951, M.S., 1965, South Dakota State University. WELDON, ROGER JONATHAN (1958 -60; 1961), Professor of Systems Engineering; B.A., 1927, Pomona College; M.B.A., 1933, Stanford University; Ph.D., 1952, University of California at Los Angeles. WELLBORN, CECIL WALLEY (1956), Head of the Loan Department, University Library; B.A.,1948, University of Arkansas; B.S.L.S., 1949, George Peabody College for Teachers. WELLS, DONALD A. (1969), Associate Professor of Economics; B.A., 1953, DePauw University; M.A., 1958, University of Virginia; Ph.D., 1960, University of Oregon. WELLS, MICHAEL ARTHUR (1967), AssistantProfessor of Biochemistry, College of Medicine; B.A., 1961, University of Southern California; Ph.D., 1965, University of Kentucky. WELTY, MARY JANE (1970), Assistant Professor of Nursing; B.S.N., 1960, M.S.N., 1966, University of Pennsylvania. WENDEL, JOHN RICHARD (1967), Assistant Professor of German; B.A., 1960, University of Utah; M.A., 1964, Ph.D., 1966, University of Connecticut. WENDERS, JOHN THOMAS (1970), Visiting Associate Professor of Economics; A.B., 1958, Amherst College; M.A.,1960, University of Hawaii; M.A., 1963, Ph.D.,1967, Northwestern University. WENE, GEORGE PETER (1957), Associate Entomologist, Agricultural Experiment Station; A.B., 1934, Park College; M.S., 1939, The Ohio State University; Ph.D., 1946, Cornell University. WERNER, FLOYD GERALD (1954), Professor of Entomology; Entomologist, Agricultural Experiment Station; S.B., 1943, Harvard College; Ph.D., 1950, Harvard University. WERT, JAMES EDWARD (1967), Professor and Head of the Department of Finance, Insurance, and Real Estate;B.S.,1948, Lebanon Valley College; M.B.A., 1951, University of Pennsylvania; Ph.D., 1954, The Ohio State University. WESTERLUND, BENGT ELIS (1967 -69; 1970), Visiting Professor in the Steward Observatory; M.S., 1947, Licentiate, 1949, Ph.D., 1954, Upsula University, Sweden. WESTERMAN, ROBERT LEE (1969), Assistant Professor of Agricultural Chemistry & Soils; AssistantSoilScientist, Agricultural Experiment Station; B.S.,1961, M.S.,1963, Oklahoma State University; Ph.D., 1969, University of Illinois. WESTON, JOHN HARRISON (1967), Assistant Professor of English; B.A., 1954, Arizona State University; M.Ed., 1961, University of Arizona. FACULTY OF THE UNIVERSITY 79

WETHERILL, RODERICK JR., Captain, Infantry, United States Army (1969), Assistant Professor of Military Science and Tactics; B.S., 1965, United States Military Academy. WETZEL, RALPH JAMES, JR., (1962), Professor of Psychology; B.S., 1955, M.S., 1958, Ph.D., 1961, University of Washington. WEXLER, DAVID B. (1967), Professor of Law; B.A., 1961, Harpur College; J.D., 1964, New York University. WEYMANN, RAY JOHN (1961), Professor of Astronomy; Head of the Department; Director, Steward Observatory; B.S., 1956, California Institute of Technology; Ph.D., 1959, Princeton University. WHEELER, LAWRENCE (1969), Professor of Psychology and Optical Sciences; A.B., 1948, M.A., 1950, Ph.D., 1962, Indiana University. WHEELER, TERENCE O. (1968), Agricultural Agent, Gila County; B.S., 1958, University of Arizona. WHITAKER, EWEN ADAIR (1960), Research Associate in the Lunar & Planetary Laboratory; Equiv. to B.Sc., 1940, London University. WlIITE, DONALD HENRY (1958),Professorof Chemical Engineering; Head of the Department; B.Ch.E., 1940, The Ohio State University; M.S., 1942, Ph.D., 1949, Iowa State College. WHITE, EDWARD T., III (1966), Associate Professor of Architecture; B.Arch., 1965, M.Arch., 1966, University of Florida. WHITE, GLENN MARLOW (1967), Assistant Professor of Psychology; B.A., 1964, Brigham Young University; A.M., 1966, Ph.D., 1967, Princeton University. WHITE, RAYMOND EDWIN, JR. (1964), AssistantProfessor of Astronomy; Assistant Astronomer, Steward Observatory; B.S., 1955, Ph.D., 1967, University of Illinois. WIELAND, JOHN H. (1962), Professor of Marketing; A.B., 1929, Oberlin College; LL.B., 1932, Western Reserve University; M.B.A., 1961, Ph.D., 1963, Michigan State University. WIERSMA, FRANK (1957), Professor of Agricultural Engineering; Agricultural Engineer, Agricultural Experiment Station; B.S., 1948, M.S., 1950, South Dakota State College; Ph.D., 1966, Oklahoma State University. WILDER, CARLETON S. (1970), Lecturer in Pharmaceutical Sciences; B.A., 1936, M.A., 1940, University of Arizona. WILDERMUTH, JOHN RICHARD (1968), Assistant Professor of Agricultural Economics; AssistantAgriculturalEconomist,AgriculturalExperimentStation;B.S.,1964, University of Arizona; Ph.D., 1969, University of California at Davis. WILKIE, EDWARD HENRY JR. (1959), Coordinator of Civil Defense Training Program, Division of Continuing Education; B.S., 1935, University of Missouri. WILLARD, WILLIAM (1967), Assistant Director of Social Perspectives in Medicine; Assistant Professor of Community Medicine; A.B., 1951, University of Southern California. WILLEY, RICHARD RENDIGS (1968), Director of the Division of Social Perspectives in Medicine; Associate Professor of Community Medicine; Ph.B., 1947, B.S., 1948, Ph.D., 1951, University of Chicago. WILLIAMS, EDWARD JEROME (1968), Associate Professor of Government; B.A., 1960, M.A., 1961, Duquesne University; Ph.D., 1966, The Johns Hopkins University. WILLIAMS, JAMES E.(1960 -64;1966),ExtensionAreaSpecialistinCommunity Development; B.S., 1948, Sam Houston State College; M.Ag.Ed., 1970, University of Arizona. WILLIAMS, JEAN MARIE (1969), Assistant Professor of Physical Education for Women; B.A., 1965, M.A., 1967, University of Iowa. WILLIAMS, RICHARD DEE (1968), Assistant Professor of Chemical Engineering; B.S., 1963, Texas Technological College; A.M., 1965, Princeton University. WILLIAMS, ROBERT EUGENE (1965),AssociateProfessor of Astronomy; Associate Astronomer, Steward Observatory; A.B., 1962, University of California at Berkeley; Ph.D., 1965, University of Wisconsin. WILLIAMS, THEODORE L. (1967), Associate Professor of Electrical Engineering; B.S.E.E., 1960, Massachusetts Institute of Technology; M.S.E.E., 1964, Drexel Institute of Technology; Ph.D., 1966, Pennsylvania State University. WILLIAMS, VIRGINIA GRANT (1964), Lecturer in English; B.A., 1928, M.A., 1929, University of Idaho. WILLIAMS, WILLIE LAVERNE (1969), Assistant Professor of Health, Physical Education and Recreation; B.A., 1962, San Jose State College. WILLS, DAVID HOWARD (1966), Assistant Director of Pharmacy and Supply, University Hospital. WILSKA, ALVAR P. (1960), Professor of Physics; M.D., 1935, University of Helsinki. WILSON, ANDREW WILKINS (1950), Professor of Geography and Area Development; B.A., 1935, Pomona College; M.B.A., 1937, Stanford University; Ph.D., 1955, Syracuse University. 80 FACULTY OF THE UNIVERSITY

WILSON, CLIFTON E. (1961), Professor of Government; Associate Director, Institute of Government Research; B.S.,1950, M.A., '1953, University of Utah; Ph.D.,1964, University of Minnesota. WILSON, EDWARD A. (1967), Lecturer in Health,.Physical Education and Recreation; B.S., 1963, University of Arizona. WILSON, FREDERICK VAN (1958), Agricultural Agent in Charge, Gila County; B.S., 1958, Colorado State University. WILSON, GEORGE SPENCER (1967), Assistant Professor of Chemistry; A.B., 1961, Princeton University; M.S., 1963, Ph.D., 1'965, University of Illinois. WILSON, HERBERT BLAIR (1962), Professor of Educational Administration; B.A., 1948, University of New Mexico; M.A., 1954, Ed.D., 1957, Stanford University. WILSON, LORNE GRAHAM (1962): Hydrologist in the Water Resources Research Center; B.S.A., 1951, University of British Columbia; M.S., 1956, Ph.D., 1962, University of California at Davis. WILSON, RICHARD FAIRFIELD (1962), Associate Professor of Geosciences; B.S., 1952, Yale University; M.S., 1954, Ph.D., 1959, Stanford University. WILSON, WILLIAM JERRAM (1965), Associate Professor of Oriental Studies; B.A., 1949, M.A., 1959, Ph.D., 1965, University of Utah. WILT, JAN CAROL (1970), Assistant Geologist in the Arizona Bureau of Mines; B.S., 1965, M.S., 1969, University of Arizona. WINANS, S. SHERWOOD (1964), Agricultural Agent, Yuma County; B.S., 1955, Fresno State College. WINBORNE, MARILYNN GRIFFITH, C.P.A. (1964), Professor of Accounting; B.S.C., 1954, Texas Christian University; M.B.A., 1959, Southern Methodist University; Ph.D., 1962, The University of Texas. WINCH, PETER (1970), Visiting Professor of Philosophy; B.A., 1949, University of Oxford. WINDMILLER, RIC (1970), Assistant Archaeologist in the Arizona State Museum; B.A., 1968, Sacramento State College; M.A., 1970, University of Manitoba, Canada. WINSHIP, HENRY WARD, III (1967), Professor of Pharmacy Administration; B.S., 1961, University of Arizona; M.S., 1965, University of Minnesota; Ph.D., 1967, University of Pittsburgh. WIRSCHING, PAUL HUGH (1970),AssociateProfessorof Aerospace & Mechanical Engineering; B.S.C.E., 1957, St. Louis University; M.S., 1959, Notre Dame University; Ph.D., 1970, The University of New Mexico. WIRTH, ELAINE DACEY (1970), Lecturer in Special Education; B.Ed., 1961, M.Ed., 1966, University of Arizona. WISE, EDWARD NELSON (1952), Professor of Chemistry; Coordinator of Research; B.S., 1937, M.S., 1938, Ohio University; Ph.D., 1953, University of Kansas. WISSNER, HELEN J.(1959), Extension Home Economist, Yuma County; B.S.,1933, . Michigan State University. WITTE, CHARLES LIONEL (1969), Assistant Professor of Surgery; A.B., 1956, Columbia College; M.D., 1960, New York University. WITTE, MARLYS HEARST (1970), Assistant Professor of Surgical Biology, Department of Surgery; B.A., 1955, Barnard College; M.D., 1960, New York University. WOELFEL, WARREN CHARLES (1966), Lecturer in Chemistry; B.S., 1933, M.S., 1936, Oklahoma State University. WOLANIN, MARY O.B. (1963 -67; 1968 -69; 1970), Associate Professor of Nursing; B.A., 1954, M.P.A., 1963, University of Arizona. WOLFE, WILLIAM DOWNING (1969), Lecturer in Radio -Television; Operations Supervisor, Radio -TV Bureau; B.S., 1969, University of Arizona. WOLFE, WILLIAM LOUIS JR. (1969), Professor of Optical Sciences; B.S., 1953, Bucknell University; M.S., 1956, M.S.E., 1966, University of Michigan. WOLFF, THOMAS (1968), Assistant Professor of History; B.A., 1962, M.A., 1965, Ph.D., 1968, University of California at Santa Barbara. WOLOSHIN, DAVID JORDAN (1957), Associate Professor of German; A.B., 1951, Tufts University; M.A., 1952, University of Michigan; Ph.D., 1968, University of Arizona. WOOD, BRUCE (1967), Assistant Professor of Mathematics; B.S., 1960, Pennsylvania State University; M.S., 1964, University of Wyoming; Ph.D., 1967, Lehigh University. WOOD, CLIFFORD A. (1970), Assistant Professor of Speech; B.A., 1967, University of Florida. WOOD, ELWIN GRANT (1924), Professor Emeritus of Marketing; B.S., 1916, Washington State College; Ph.D., 1924, University of Wisconsin. WOOD, GEORGE CORWIN (1970), Associate Professor of Pharmaceutical Sciences; B.S., 1965, M.S., 1969, Ph.D., 1970, University of Illinois at the Medical Center. WOOD, MARY ADELE (1935), Professor of Home Economics; B.S., 1922, University of Arizona; M.S., 1934, University of Chicago. FACULTY OF THE UNIVERSITY 81

WOODS, ALEXANDER HAMILTON (1964), Associate Professor of Internal Medicine; B.S., 1948, Harvard University; M.D., 1952, Johns Hopkins University. WOODS, WINTON deRUYTER, JR. (1967), Associate Professor of Law; A.B., 1962, J.D., 1965, Indiana University. WORTHEN, THOMAS DE VOE (1965), Associate Professor of Classics; B.A., 1959, University of Utah; M.A., 1963, Ph.D., 1968, University of Washington. WRENN, ROBERT LA -RAUT (1962), Associate Professor of Psychology; Counseling Psychologist, Student Counseling Bureau; B.A., 1955, Macalester College; M.A., 1959, Ph.D., 1962, The Ohio State University. WRIGHT, GRAHAM PATTON (1954), Assistant to the Director of the Agricultural Extension Service; B.A., 1938, University of Tennessee; M.A., 1939, George Peabody College for Teachers. WRIGHT, JEROME J. (1964), Associate Professor of Geosciences; B.S., 1941, M.S., 1947, University of Nebraska; Ph.D., 1964, University of Arizona. WRIGHT, L. NEAL (1959), Professor of Agronomy; B.S., 1947, M.S., 1948, Oklahoma State University; Ph.D., 1951, Pennsylvania State University. WRIGHT, LOYD STANLEY (1970), Assistant Professor of Special Education; B.S., 1962, University of Houston; M.A., .1966, University of Texas; Ed.D., 1969, University of Illinois. WRIGHT, SUSAN ELIZABETH (1969), Instructor in Home Economics; B.S., 1964, Texas Woman's University; M.S., 1969, New Mexico State University. WRIGHT, W. HOPE (1968), Head Resident of Manzanita Hall; A.B., 1957, Adams State College. WUERKER, RAYMOND BURGER (1969), Assistant Professor of Anatomy; A.B., 1955, M.D., 1959, Johns Hopkins University. WYCKOFF, RALPH W. G. (1959), Professor of Microbiology and Physics; B.S., 1916, Hobart College;Ph.D., 1919,CornellUniversity;M.D.,1947,MasarykUniversity, Czechoslovakia; Sc.D., 1952, University of Strasbourg, France. WYLIE, MARY JEAN (1967), Assistant Professor of Home Economics; Assistant Textile Chemist, Agricultural Experiment Station; B.S., 1948, Bowling Green State University; M.S., 1957, The University of Wisconsin. WYMORE, A. WAYNE (1957), Professor of Systems Engineering; Head of the Department; B.S., 1949, M.S., 1950, Iowa State College; Ph.D., 1956, University of Wisconsin. WYNN, RUTH EVELYN (1956), Assistant Professor of Physical Education for Women; A.B., 1946, Oberlin College; M.A., 1951, State University of Iowa. YAKOWITZ, SIDNEY (1966), Associate Professor of Systems Engineering; B.S., 1960, Stanford University; M.S., 1965, Ph.D., 1967, Arizona State University. YALL, IRVING (1957), Professor of Microbiology and Medical Technology; B.A., 1948, Brooklyn College; M.A., 1951, University of Missouri; Ph.D., 1955, Purdue University. YANG, TIEN WEI (1969), Research Associate and Lecturer in Biological Sciences; B.A., 1949, Oberlin College; M.S., 1951, Ph.D., 1958, University of Arizona. YAPPEL, A. RALPH (1948), Professor of Aerospace and Mechanical Engineering; B.S.M.E., 1947, Case Institute of Technology; M.S., 1950, University of Colorado. YOSHINO, I. ROGER (1958), Professor of Sociology; A.B., 1944, Denver University; M.A., 1951, Ph.D., 1954, University of Southern California. YOUNG, MARIA (1969), Research Associate in Geosciences; B.S., 1958, National Taiwan University; M.A., 1962, Texas Woman's University; Ph.D., 1966, Iowa State University. YOUNG, RICHARD A. (1968), Assistant Professor of Physics; B.S., 1964, Lehigh University; Ph.D., 1968, University of Chicago. YOUNGGREN, NEWELL AMOS (1962), Professor of Biological Sciences; Head of the Department; Biologist, Agricultural Experiment Station; B.S., 1937, Western State College of Wisconsin; M.P.H., 1941, University of Wisconsin; Ph.D., 1956, University of Colorado. YOUNGQUIST, GORDON RAY (1970), Visiting Associate Professor of Chemical Engineering; B.S., 1958, University of Minnesota; M.S., 1960, Ph.D., 1962, University of Illinois. YOUTZ, DOROTHY DEBORAH (1970), Associate Professor of Nursing; B.A., 1949, The Ohio State University; M.S., 1961, Indiana University. ZAGONA, SALVATORE VINCENT (1959), Professor of Psychology; B.A., 1951, M.A., 1954, Ph.D., 1959, University of Arizona. ZAITLIN, MILTON (1960), Professor of Plant Pathology and Agricultural Biochemistry; Plant Pathologist and Agricultural Biochemist, Agricultural Experiment Station; B.S., 1949, University of California atBerkeley; Ph.D., 1954, University of California at Los Angeles. ZAPOTOCKY, JOSEPH A. (1953), Professor of Pharmacy and Pharmaceutical Chemistry; B.S., in Pharm., 1940, Ph.D., 1948, The Ohio State University. 82 FACULTY OF THE UNIVERSITY

ZECHES, BARBARA JEAN (1967), Assistant Professor of Home Economics; B.S., 1954, University of Texas; M.S., 1963, University of Arizona. ZIEBELL, CHARLES DANIEL (1966), Lecturer in Biological Sciences; Assistant Leader, Arizona Cooperative Fishery Unit; B.S., 1952, M.S., 1954, Oregon State College. ZIMMERMAN, BARRY JOSEPH (1968), Assistant Professor of Educational Psychology; B.A., 1965, University of Arizona; M.A., 1966, New Mexico State University; Ph.D., 1969, University of Arizona. ZIMMERMAN, LEROY HARLAN (1968), Professor of Agronomy; B.S., 1948, M.S., 1950, University of Nebraska; Ph.D., 1961, University of California at Davis. ZUCKER, WILLIAM V. (1969), Assistant Professor of Biological Sciences; B.S., 1958, Cornell University; Ph.D., 1968, University of California at San Diego. ZUKOSKI, CHARLES FREDERICK III (1969), Professor of Surgery; Chief, Section of General Surgery; A.B., 1947, University of North Carolina; M.D., 1951, Harvard University. ZUMBERGE, JAMES H. (1968), Professor of Geology; Dean of the College of Earth Sciences; A.B., 1946, Ph.D., 1950, University of Minnesota. ZWOLINSKI, MALCOLM JOHN (1965), Associate Professor of Watershed Management; Associate Watershed Management Specialist, Agricultural Experiment Station; B.S., 1959, University of New Hampshire; M.F.,1961, Yale University; Ph.D.,1966, University of Arizona.

SUPPLEMENTARY RECORD Appointments made subsequent to the publication of the biennial catalog, 1969 -70, 1970 -71, with service during part or all of the years indicated: ANDERSON, FRANK JAMES (1969 -70), Instructor in Mining and Geological Engineering; B.S., 1964, Colorado School of Mines; M.S., 1968, University of Arizona. ANSFIELD, JOSEPH G. (1967 -69), Lecturer in Psychology; Physician Psychiatrist, Student Health Service; B.S., 1953, University of Wisconsin; M.D., 1958, Chicago Medical School. ARMSTRONG, DANIEL PAUL (1969 -70), Instructor in English; B.A., 1966, Marian College; M.A., 1969, Indiana University. AVIAS, JACQUES V. A. (1968-69), Professor of Geology; M.S., 1942, University of Lyon, France; Agregation de Sciences Naturelles, 1945, Sorbonne; Ph.D., 1952, University of Nancy, France. BALOGH, DAVID ANDREW (1969 -70), Instructor in Geography and Area Development; B.A., 1965, M.A., 1967, San Fernando Valley State College. BISHOP, MARGUERITE (1969 -70), Instructor in English; A.B., 1933, Northern Michigan University; M.A., 1962, Wayne State University. BLEAKLEY, JOANNA (1969 -70), Instructor in English; B.S., 1961, M.A., 1962, St. Louis University. BROWN, LAWRENCE KARL (1970), Instructor in Art; B.A., 1967, Washington State University; M.F.A., 1970, University of Arizona. BYINGTON, TELFORD S. (1967 -70), Research Coordinator, Optical Sciences; B.S., 1957, University of Southern California; M.A., 1960, George Washington University. CHOW, CHUNG -YU CHEN (1968 -69), Lecturer in Oriental Studies; B.A., 1966, National Taiwan University; M.A., 1968, The University of Hawaii. CAPRIOTTI, EUGENE R. (1969 -70), Visiting Associate Professor in the Steward Observatory; B.S., 1959, Pennsylvania State University; Ph.D., 1962, University of Wisconsin. COOK, PHILIP JAY (1970), Instructor in Art; B.A., 1967, Colorado State University; M.F.A., 1970, University of Arizona. COOKE, RONALD U. (1970), Visiting Professor of Geography and Area Development; B.Sc., 1962, M.Sc., 1964, Ph.D., 1967, University College London. CUNDIFF, RICHARD JOHN (1967 -69), Instructor in Internal Medicine; B.A., 1939, Stanford University; M.D., 1943, Harvard University. de1VILLAR,,MARY HARMON (1970), Instructor in English; A.B., 1938, Smith College; Ph.D., 1970, University of Arizona. DESPAIN, DALE (1969 -70),LecturerinEducational Administration and Engineering Experiment Station; B.A., 1965, University of Arizona; M.Ed., 1968, Brigham Young University. DiGENNARO, MICHAEL WILLIAM (1969 -70), Instructor in English; B.A., 1962, Dartmouth College; M.A., 1966, Fordham University. DOIDGE, JAMES ALLAN (1970), Instructor in Biological Sciences; B.S., 1967, St. Mary's College. FACULTY OF THE UNIVERSITY 83

ECKHARDT, AUGUST G. (1970), Visiting Professor of Law; B.A., 1940, LL.M., 1946, S.J.D., 1951, University of Wisconsin; LL.B., 1942, George Washington University. ERVIN, GERARD LEWIS (1967 -69), Instructor in German and Russian; B.S.Ed., 1965, M.Ed., 1967, University of Arizona. FENG, JEAN LUNG (1969 -70), Lecturer in Oriental Studies; B.A., 1937, Northeastern University; M.A., 1968, Monterey Institute of Foreign Studies. FLEMING, JAMES SIPE (1969 -70), Instructor in Government; B.A., 1965, Wake Forest College; M.A., 1968, University of Arizona. FORMAN, THOMAS ARTHUR Major, Infantry, United States Army (1966 -68), Assistant Professor of Military Science and Tactics; B.S., 1958, United States Military Academy at West Point. FRIGNOCA, RICHARD ALAN (1969), Instructor in Art; B.F.A., 1966, M.F.A., 1969, University of Arizona. GRABOW, STEPHEN HARRIS (1969 -70), Assistant Professor of Architecture; B.Arch., 1965, University of Michigan; M.Arch., 1966, Pratt Institute. GRAYBEAL, FREDERICK TURNER (1969 -70),InstructorinGeology;A.B.,1960, Dartmouth College; M.S., 1962, University of Arizona. HARPER, GEORGE LACY (1969 -70), Associate Professor of Community Medicine; M.D., 1955, M.P.H., 1959, Harvard University. HEABERLIN, ROBERT ELMAN (1966 -70), Lecturer in the Rehabilitation Center, College of Education; B.S., 1953, Kansas State University; M.Ed., 1961, University of Missouri. HENSHAW, PAUL S. (1969 -70), Visiting Professor of Government; Consultant in Biological Sciences; A.B., 1925, Southwestern College; M.S.., 1927, Ph.D., 1930, University of Wisconsin. HINSON, LUCILLE LORTON (1969 -70), Head Resident of Arizona Hall. HOCKINGS, JAMES HILL (1969), Lecturer in Architecture; B.S., 1951, University of Arizona; B.Arch., 1957, University of Oklahoma. HOFFMAN, WILLIAM F. (1969 -70), Visiting Associate Professor in the Lunar. and Planetary Laboratory; A.B., 1954, Bowdoin College; Ph.D., 1962, Princeton University. HUNT, JOHN HENRY (1969 -70), Instructor in Physics; A.B., 1962, Greenville College; M.S., 1967, Ph.D., 1969, University of Arizona. JACOBS, ALICE DOROTHY (1970), Lecturer in Sociology; B.A., 1963, Brandeis University; M.A., 1966, Boston University. KAMALI, MOHAMAD REZA (1969 -70), Assistant Professor of Counseling and Guidance; BA., 1962, M.A., 1964, San Francisco State College; Ph.D., 1967, University of Oregon. KEELER, JOHN BUDD (1969 -70), Lecturer in Sociology; B.A., 1965, Brigham Young University. KELLY, ELEONORE MARY (1969), Assistant Extension Home Economist; B.S., 1968, University of Arizona. LAWSON, PATRICIA ANN (1968 -69), Associate Professor of Physical Education for Women; B.A. ,1950,B.Ed.,1953,University ofSaskatchewan;M.A., 1959, University of Oregon; Ph.D., 1967, University of Southern California. LINCOLN, JAMES RUSSELL (1969 -70), Lecturer in Sociology; B.A., 1967, University of California at Berkeley; M.A., 1968, Kent State University. LUTTON, WILLIAM RHINES (1968 -69), Assistant Professor of Romance Languages; B.A., 1951, Lawrence College; M.A., 1953, University of Chicago; Ph.D., 1967, Stanford University. MBIAD, RICHARD EDWARD (1969 -70), Instructor in Speech; B.S., 1966, M.Ed., 1968, Kent State University. McMANAWAY, JAMES GILMER (1969 -70), Visiting Professor of English; B.A., 1919, M.A., - 1920, University of Virginia; Ph.D., 1931, The Johns Hopkins University. MEAD, RICHARD WILSON (1969 -70), Instructor in Chemical Engineering; B.S., 1963, M.S., 1966, University of Denver. MILLER, JAMES ELGER (1969 -70), Lecturer in Systems Engineering; B.S., 1956, University of Maryland. MILNE, JOHN ROBERT (1969 -70), Visiting Associate Professor in Chemical Engineering; B.S., 1942, Iowa State University; Ph.D., 1950, The Ohio State University. MOK, ALBERT LOUIS (1970), Visiting Associate Professor of Sociology; B.A., 1956, M.A., 1958, Ph.D., 1962, University of Utrecht. MOLLOY, JOHN FITZGERALD (1950; 1951 -52; 1969 -70), Lecturer in Law; B.A., 1939, University of Arizona; LL.B., 1944, University of Kansas City; J.D., 1946, University of Arizona. MOODY, MICHAEL WESTON (1969 -70), Assistant Professor of Romance Languages; B.A., 1962, M.A., 1966, Ph.D., 1969, University of Washington. MOORE, MORTIMER NORMAN (1969 -70), Visiting Professor of Nuclear Engineering; B.A., 1950, University of California; Ph.D., 1955, University of London. 84 FACULTY OF THE UNIVERSITY

MOULDS, ALICE M. (1969), Extension Home Economist in the Agricultural Extension Service; B.S., 1967, Western Michigan University. NARVARTE, JOHN A. (1970), Lecturer in Mathematics; B.A., 1963, University of Texas; M.S., 1964, St. Mary's University. NICHOLS, DONNA MARTIN (1969 -70), Catalog Librarian, University Library; B.S., 1939, M.A., 1964, Western Michigan University. O'ROURKE, ROBERT A. (1969 -70), Assistant Professor of Internal Medicine; M.D., 1961, Creighton University. PACKER, ROD EARLE (1969 -70), Assistant Professor of Speech; B.A., 1953, Yale University; M.A.,1954, Universityof Southern California; M.A.,1956, Southern Methodist University; Ph.D., 1960, University of Minnesota. PARKS, LUCILLE MABEL (1960 -63; 1969 -70), Instructor in Mathematics; B.S.,1949, University of Alberta; M.A., 1960, University of Kansas. REESE, DONALD MERRITT (1970), Instructor in Art;' B.A., 1949, State University of Iowa; M.A., 1963, University of Arizona. RITTER, JEROME (1969), Physician in the Student Health Service; B.A., 1932, Cornell University; M.D., 1936, Yale University. ROESLER, FREDERICK LEWIS (1970), Visiting Associate Professor of Physics; B.A., 1956, St. Olaf College; M.S., 1958, Ph.D., 1962, University of Wisconsin. ROUSH, HOWARD PATRICK (1968), Social Work Supervisor in Psychology; B.A.Ed., 1953, M.Ed., 1958, University of Arizona; C.S.W., 1959, M.S.W., 1960, Louisiana State University. SALTER, RUBIN JR. (1969 -70), Visiting Lecturer, Institute of Government Research; B.A., 1956, LL.B., 1964, University of Arizona. SCOTT, ALLEN HERBERT (1968 -69), Instructor in English; B.A., 1954, Bridgewater College; M.A., 1957, University of Richmond. SMITH, JAMES EMANUEL (1969 -70), Instructor in Accounting; B.A., 1965, Southeastern Louisiana College; M.B.A., 1967, University of Houston. SMITH, WILLIAM T. SHAWN (1969 -70), Assistant Professor of Drama; B.A., 1965, Western Carolina University; M.A., 1968, University of North Carolina. SPRAGUE, JO A. (1968 -69), Instructor in Speech; B.S., 1965, Northern Illinois University; M.A., 1968, Purdue University. STROMEI, ANGELINA VIRGINIA (1969 -70), Instructor in English; B.A., 1968, M.A., 1969, University of Arizona. THOMPSON, DENNIS NEAL (1969), Research Specialist in the Division of Economic and Business Research; A.B., 1962, Transylvania College. VAN CLEVE, PAUL WENDELL (1970), Lecturer in Civil Engineering; B.S., 1938, Iowa State University. . WAHL, KENNETH JOHN (1969 -70), Visiting Assistant Professor of Law; B.S., 1962, Fòrdham University ; LL.B., 1965, Columbia University. WEIGAND, JAMES RAYMOND Captain, TransportationCorps,UnitedStates Army (1969 -70), Assistant Professor of Military Science and Tactics; B.S., 1963, John Carroll University. WHITE, THOMAS PATRICK (1969 -70), Instructor in English; B.A., 1965, M.A., 1966, University of Arizona. WOLF, PAUL EVERSON (1969 -70), Lecturer in Law; B.A., 1964, North Central College; J.D., 1968, University of Arizona. WOOD, ARTHUR LEWIS (1970), Professor of Sociology; A.B., 1935, Dartmouth College; M.A., 1936, University of Michigan; Ph.D., 1941, University of Wisconsin. WOODRUFF, WILLIAM MUNGER (1967; 1969 -70), Lecturer in Mathematics; B.S., 1958, University of Michigan; M.S., 1965, Ph.D., 1967, University of Arizona. ZUCKERMAN, FRIEDA GERTRUDE (1969 -70), Assistant Professor of Nursing; B.S., 1958, M.A., 1959, Columbia University.

DIVISION OF CONTINUING EDUCATION AND THE SUMMER SESSIONS GAINES, FRANCIS PENDLETON, JR. (1959), Dean; B.A., 1942, University of Arizona; M.A., 1947, Ph.D., 1950, University of Virginia; L.H.D., 1969, College of Artesia, N.M. HUFF, JOHN S. (1951 -54; 1964), Assistant Dean; B.A., 1942, University of Arizona; M.A., 1960, Tulane University. LOUTTIT, EDGAR E. (1967), Director of Adult Education; B.S., 1951, M.Ed., 1953, Kent State University.' POCHYLA, BENJAMIN H., Major General, United States Army, Retired (1966); Director of Conferences and Institutes; B.S., 1929, Texas A & M University. FACULTY OF THE UNIVERSITY 85

DARCY, LYMAN L. (1964), Director of General Extension and Correspondence; A.B., 1938, Defiance College; M.A., 1947, Miami University. FELIX, CARLOS A. (1969), General Extension Specialist; B.A., 1950, M.A., 1967, University of Arizona. BERRY, RICHARD C. (1969), Field Coordinator of Distributive Education; B.S., 1961, Drake University. BRICKNER, DUANE C. (1965), Field Coordinator of Distributive Education; B.S., 1958, Western MichiganUniversity;M.S.,1965, Stout StateUniversity; M.Ed.,1968, University of Arizona. SWENSON, JOHN (1968), Coordinator of Business Conferences; B.A., 1932, Dartmouth College. RABY, WILLIAM L., C.P.A. (1957 -60; 1961 -62; 1965), Director of Tax Practitioners Institute; B.S.B.A., 1949, Northwestern University; M.B.A., 1961, University of Arizona. WILKIE, EDWARD H., JR. (1959), Coordinator of Civil Defense Training; B.S.,1935, University of Missouri. SHAW, WALTER A. (1964), Instructor in Civil Defense Training. ELLISON, HAROLD A. (1969), Instructor in Civil Defense Training; A.B., 1932, Park College. LITTLE, JOHN M. (1967), Coordinator of State Technical Services; L.L.B., 1950, University of Arizona. MESICK, BENJAMIN S. (1959), Consultant for State Technical Services and Professor of Aerospace and Mechanical Engineering; B.S., 1942, United States Military Academy; B.S., 1931, M.S.M.E., 1933, Sc.D., 1938, Massachusetts Institute of Technology. MOE, MAX E. (1968), Coordinator of Traffic Safety Education; B.F.A., 1941, University of Arizona. VOSSKUHLER, MAX P. (1921), Associate Director of Correspondence Instruction; B.S., 1919, M.S., 1920, University of Arizona. McCULLOUGH, EDWARD C. (1965), Director of University of Arizona Peace Corps Programs; B.S. Ed., 1965, University of Arizona. PEEL, MARCUS A. (1970), Coordinator of Engineering and Mining Conferences; A.B., 1935, University of California; M.B.A., 1968, University of Arizona. PHIPPEN, DANIEL K. (1969), State Director of Title I Programs; B.S., 1941, University of Idaho; M.S. Ed., 1968, Troy State University.

AABERG, ERIC R. (1969), Lecturer; B.B.A., 1959, M.A., 1963, University of Oregon. ABERNATHY, ILA L. (1968), Lecturer; B.A., 1965, Smith College; M.A., 1970, University of Arizona. ADAMS, LESLIE (1968), Lecturer; B.A., 1967, M.Ed., 1970, University of Arizona. ALBERTSON, H. CURTIS (1964), Lecturer; B.S., 1953, Kansas State College; M.A., 1959, University of Kansas. ALDRICH, LOREN J. (1967), Lecturer; B.S., 1949, Northwest Missouri State College; M.S., 1930, Indiana University; Ed.D., 1963, University of Wyoming. ANDERSON, JEROME L. (1965), Lecturer; B.F.A., 1964, M.F.A., 1967, University of Arizona. ANDREWS, MICHAEL (1969), Lecturer; B.A., B.S., 1963, Rutgers University. ARCINIEGA, GUILLERMO M. (1970), Lecturer; B.S., 1963, M.A., 1967, New Mexico State University. ARENTZ, DONALD W. (1969), Lecturer; B.A., 1965, Jamestown College; M.A., 1969, Syracuse University. ARTHUR, RICHARD O. (1970), Lecturer; B.A., 1963, Biola College; M.A., 1965, Ph.D., 1970, Arizona State University. ASHBY, SUSAN M. (1969), Lecturer; B.A., 1969, Willamette University. AVENDANO, FAUSTO (1967), Lecturer; B.A., 1967, San Diego State College. BABOR, THOMAS F. (1966), Lecturer; B.A., 1966, Manhattan College. BAKER, JEAN (1969), Lecturer; B.A., 1948, M.A., 1968, Ph.D., 1970, University of Arizona. BALL, BRUCE P. (1969), Lecturer; B.A., 1968, South.Dakota State University; M.A., 1969, University of South Dakota. BALLIET, CONRAD A. (1969), Lecturer; A.B., 1951, Muhlenberg College; M.A., 1953, Lehigh University; Ph.D., 1961, Cornell University. BARBER, CARL W. (1970), Lecturer; B.S., 1957, University of Missouri; M.S., 1969, University of Arizona. BARTLEY, WILLIAM J. (1966), Lecturer; B.B.A., 1965, Washburn University, Topeka. BEEKER, JON (1968), Lecturer; B.A., 1961, Indiana University; M.A., 1969, University of Arizona. BENSON, RICHARD (1968), Lecturer; B.A., 1968, DePauw University. 86 FACULTY OF THE UNIVERSITY

BERG, WILLIAM J. (1965), Lecturer; B.S., 1949, M.S., 1953, University of Wisconsin; Ed.D., 1963, University of Arizona. BERNI, BETTY (1969), Lecturer; B.S., 1964, M.S., 1967, Northern Illinois University. BIRCHLER, WILBUR (1964), Lecturer; B.S., 1961, Sacramento State College; Ph.D., 1970, University of Arizona. BLITSTEIN, ALLEN (1970), Lecturer; B.A., 1962, San Fernando Valley State College. BLUE, MICHAEL (1966), Lecturer; B.S., 1950, Colorado State University; Ph.D., 1960, University of Washington. BOLLER, DANIEL, W. (1969), Lecturer; 'B.A., 1955, Eastern Washington College; B.A. and M.A., 1957, American Institute for Foreign Trade; M.A., 1969, University of Arizona. BONG, HUNG KYU (1969), Lecturer; B.A., 1953, Korean University, Seoul, Korea; M.A., 1962, University of Washington. BORROR, DONALD (1968), Lecturer; B.S., 1928, Otterbein College; M.S., 1930, Ph.D., 1935, Ohio State University. BRANDT, PATRICIA D. (1969), Lecturer; B.A., 1968, University of Arizona. BRENT, ROBERT A. (1969), Lecturer; A.B., 1943, Gettysburg College; M.A., 1947, Ph.D., 1950, University of Virginia. BRET -HARTE, SUSAN U. (1968), Lecturer; B.A., 1966, University of Arizona. BRITO, ARISTEO (1965), Lecturer; B.A., 1965, Sul Ross College; M.A., 1967, University of Arizona. BROWN, EDWARD L. (1952), Lecturer; B.A., 1957, M.Ed., 1961, University of Arizona. BROWN, LAWRENCE K. (1968), Lecturer; B.A., 1967, Washington State University; M.F.A., 1970, University of Arizona. BRYANT, JAN C. (1963), Lecturer; B.A., 1963, University of North Carolina; M.A., 1966, University of Arizona. BUMPP, EDWIN (1970), Lecturer; B.S., 1964, Utica College of Syracuse University; M.S.B.A., 1966, University of Denver. BURKHART, BRUCE W. (1969), Lecturer; B.S.Ed., 1962, M.Ed., 1963, M.S., 1966, University of Arizona. BURNS, HOWARD E. (1968), Lecturer; B.A., 1957, Union University; M.S., 1962, Purdue University. BUTLER, ROSS E. (1969), Lecturer; B.A., 1965, M.A., 1966, University of Oregon. BUUS, DAVID (1970), Lecturer; B.A., 1967, Ohio State University; M.A., 1969, University of Arizona. CAMP, EMILY E. (1968), Lecturer; B.A., 1968, M.A., 1970, University of Arizona. CAMPBELL, COLIN E. (1964), Lecturer B.S., 1964, University of Arizona. CARET, GARY L. (1967), Lecturer; B.A., 1966, University of California, Santa Barbara. CARSON, PATRICIA (1969), Lecturer; B.S. 1969, University of Arizona. CHEREPY, ROBERT (1959), Lecturer; B.S., 1959, University of Connecticut; M.S., 1960, University of Arizona. CHORBA, RONALD W. (1966), Lecturer; S.B., 1964, S.M., 1966, Massachusetts Institute of Technology. CLARE, SHELDON I. (1968), Lecturer; B.A., 1959, New York University; M. Litt., 1962, University of Pittsburgh. COBB, THOMAS LEE (1970), Lecturer; B.A., 1969, University of Arizona. CONDON, JOHN T. (1967), Lecturer; B.A, 1949, Whittier College; M.S. Ed., 1955, University of Southern California; Ed.D., 1966, Stanford University. CONKLIN, JOHN (1969), Lecturer; A.B., 1963, Mexico City University; M.A., 1968, Northern Illinois University. CONNOLEY, BONITA L. (1969), Lecturer; B.A., 1958, Notre Dame College; M.A., 1964, Immaculate Heart College. COOK, VALERIE (1970), Lecturer; National Diploma of Design, 1961, Kingston College of Art; DESRCA, 1965, Designer of the Royal College of Art. COON, DENNIS L. (1968), Lecturer; B.A., 1968, University of California, Riverside. COOPER, AL (1967), Lecturer; B.A., 1964, University of Nevada; M.A., 1969, University of Arizona. COOPER, GARY C. (1968), Lecturer; B.A., 1964, Gonzaga University; M.A., 1967, University of Arizona. COTTRELL, RICHARD R. (1967), Lecturer; B.S., 1966, Northern Arizona University. CREEGAN, ROBERT F. (1970), Lecturer; B.A., 1936, Marietta College; M.A., 1937, Ph.D., 1939, Duke University. CROAL, RALPH F. (1970), Lecturer; B.S., 1945, U.S. Military Academy; M.A., 1967, Ph.D., 1970, University of Arizona. CROPPER, ARDITH P. (1970), Lecturer; B.A., 1965, M.Ed., 1968, University of Arizona. CROSS, JOHN K. (1968), Lecturer; A.B., 1968, University of California, Los Angeles. FACULTY OF THE UNIVERSITY 87

CROWN, PETER (1966), Lecturer; B.A., 1965, Franklin & Marshall College. CUTTS, ROBERT I. (1966), Lecturer; B.S., 1936, Illinois Institute of Technology; M.D., 1940, University of Illinois College of Medicine. DANEHY, RUTH (1968), Lecturer; B.A., 1966, University of Arizona. DAVIS, JULIE (1968), Lecturer; B.A., 1967, University of Arizona. DEWITT, MARJORIE A. (1965), Lecturer; B.A., 1962, University of California, Berkeley; M.Ed., 1963, University of Arizona. DOLAN, JANET A. (1968), Lecturer; B.A., 1966, University of Southern Mississippi; M.A., 1967, Ph.D., 1970, University of Arizona. DRISCOLL, MICHAEL F. (1966), Lecturer; B.A., 1966, St. John's University; M.S., 1968, University of Arizona. DUNBAR, DAVID L. (1967), Lecturer; B.A., 1963, San Jose State College; M.A., 1965, University of Oregon. DVORANCHIK, WILLIAM M. (1969), Lecturer; B.A., 1964, Rutgers University. DYER, CLARENCE R. (1968), Lecturer; B.S., 1953, M.Ed., 1956, Kent State University; M.F.A., 1965, Arizona State University. FAITH, RICHARD (1961), Lecturer; B.M., 1950, M.M., 1952, Chicago Musical College. FAWCETT, JAMES C. (1969), Lecturer; B.A., 1964, M.A., 1968, University of Nevada. FEUGATE, JULIA T. (1969), Lecturer; B.S., 1968, Southwest Missouri State College. FITZGERALD, DAVID F. (1964), Lecturer; B.A., 1941, Williams College. FLANINGHAM, MICHAEL (1965), Lecturer; B.A., 1965, Southern Illinois University. FOLLETT, KENNETH P. (1969), Lecturer; B.A., 1968, M.B.A., 1970, University of Arizona. GEBHARDT, DEBORAH L. (1969), Lecturer; B.S., 1969, East Stroudsburg State College. GEHRELS, ALEIDA J. (1970), Lecturer; B.A., 1964, M.A., 1966, Ph.D., 1969, University of Arizona. GENTEL, WILLIAM D. (1969), Lecturer; B.S., 1969, New Mexico State University; M.P.A., 1970, University of Arizona. GILBERT, EDNA M. (1969), Lecturer; B.A., 1962, M.A., 1965, Arizona State University. GOODKIN, HARRISON S. (1967), Lecturer; B.S., 1967, The Pennsylvania State University. GRAY, ANN PAGE (1963), Lecturer; B.S., 1954, University of Arizona. GREEN, LYLE (1968), Lecturer; A.B., 1962, Williamette University; M.A., 1963, University of Washington, Seattle. GREENUP, GARY D. (1967), Lecturer; B.A., 1958, M.A., 1964, University of Washington. GROENKE, GLENN R. (1970), Lecturer; B.S., 1953, M.S., 1958, University of Wisconsin; Ed.D., 1969, Arizona State University. GUERRERO, ANTONIO G. (1968), Lecturer; A.B., 1968, M.A., 1970, University of Arizona. HALONEN, ROBERT J. (1968), Lecturer; B.S.B., 1963, University of Minnesota; M.B.A., 1966, University of Chicago. HANNON, JOHN J. (1969), Lecturer; A.B., 1946, St. Patrick Seminary. HANSON, CONSTANCE (1969), Lecturer; B.S., 1965, Stout State University. HARVEY, MICHAEL G. (1969), Lecturer; B.B.A., 1967, M.B.A., 1969, Southern Methodist University. HEATH, LEONARD F. (1969), Lecturer; B.F.A., 1950, M.F.A., 1951, Ed.D., 1963, University of Southern California. HECKMAN, JAMES C. (1970), Lecturer; B.A., 1961, Washington University; M.S., 1965, Stanford University. HOEHN, ROBERT (1967), Lecturer; B.A., 1952, Monmouth College; M.Ed., 1964, Ed.D., 1970, University of Arizona. HOLLYER, STEWART G. (1962), Lecturer; B.A., 1950, M.A., 1955, University of Colorado; Ph.D., 1961, University of Nebraska. HOPPE, LAYNE (1969), Lecturer; B.A., 1963, Texas A & I College; M.A., 1966, University of Houston; Ph.D., 1969, University of Arizona. HOPPONEN, JERRY (1968), Lecturer; B.S., 1966, North Dakota State University; M.S., 1968, University of Arizona. HOWARD, MARTHA W. (1966), Lecturer; A.B., 1937, Randolph -Macon Women's College; A.M., 1942, George Washington University; Ph.D., 1967, University of Maryland. HOWARD, W. KENNETH, JR. (1966), Lecturer; B.A., 1964, Loyola University of Los Angeles; M.A., 1967, University of Arizona. HOYLMAN, DOUGLAS (1965), Lecturer; S.B., 1964, Massachusetts Institute of Technology; M.S., 1966, University of Arizona. HUBNER, JOHN S. (1969), Lecturer; B.A., 1967, Ohio Wesleyan University. HUFF, MAX E. (1969), Lecturer; B.S., 1938, M.A., 1958, Michigan State University. HUGHES, GERALD (1969), Lecturer; B.A., 1968, University of Arizona. 88 FACULTY OF THE UNIVERSITY

HUIZINGA, RALEIGH (1970), Lecturer; B.A., 1961, Michigan State University; M.A., 1964, Syracuse University. HUMBLE, LYNN D. (1969), Lecturer; B.A., 1969, Incarnate Word College. HUMPHREY, JOHN J. (1969), Lecturer; B.S., 1946, Mississippi State University; B.A., 1946, M.A., 1969, University of Wyoming. HUNTER, MARY ALICE (1966), Lecturer; B.A., 1939, Geneva College; M.Ed., 1952, Franklin & Marshall College. HUTCHISON, THOMAS (1968), Lecturer; B.S., 1962, United States Air Force Academy, Colorado; M.S., 1966, University of Arizona. JACKSON, JAMES S. (1968), Lecturer; B.A., 1962, Arizona State University. JACOBSON, KENNETH D. (1968), Lecturer; B.A., 1968, Utah State University, M.A., 1970, University of Arizona. JOHNSON, JAMES H. (1964), Lecturer; B.M., 1950, Louisiana State University; M.M., 1951, University of Texas. JOHNSON, RICHARD J. (1969), Lecturer; A.B., 1961, M.A., 1965, Columbia University. JOSEPH, YALE B. (1969), Lecturer; B.A., 1943, New York University. JUERGENS, THEODORE L. (1969), Lecturer; B.A., 1969, MacMurray College. KAIGH, WILLIAM D., JR. (1966), Lecturer; B.S., 1966, University. of Arizona. KARAM, BRUCE G. (1968), Lecturer; B.A.,.1967, University of Arizona. KEIPPEL, RONALD J. (1967), Lecturer; B.A., 1967, University of Arizona. KELLY, ROGER E. (1968), Lecturer; B.A., 1960, Beloit College; M.A., 1963, University of Arizona. KESEL, RICHARD (1969), Lecturer; B.S., 1962, Eastern New Mexico University; M.A., 1964, University of Nebraska. KESSLER, FRANCIS R. (1969), Lecturer; B.S., 1968, M.P.A., 1968, University of Arizona. KIMSEY, KENNETH R. (1970), Lecturer; B.A., 1957, M.A., 1961, Arizona State University. KOMONCHAK, BERNADETTE (1965), Lecturer; B.S.,1954, State University Teachers' College, Plattsburgh, New York; M.A., 1967, University of Arizona. KOST, LARRY (1965), Lecturer; B.A., 1965, University of St. Thomas; M.S.., 1968, University of Arizona. KROMKO, JOHN A. (1965), Lecturer; B.S.E.E., 1962, Pennsylvania State University; M.B.A., 1965, Temple University. LAASE, THOMAS D. (1968), Lecturer; B.S., 1961, M.S., 1968, Massachusetts Institute of Technology. LAFFOON, FRANK D. (1959), Lecturer; B.S., 1959, Southern Methodist University; M.S., 1961, University of Arizona. LEE, JAMES B. (1970), Lecturer; B.S., 1968, Loyola University. LERMA, JOSE (1968), Lecturer; B.A., 1966, University of Arizona. LEWIS, JESSE F. (1968), Lecturer; B.A., 1968, California State College, Hayward. LONG, ROBERT E. (1967), Lecturer; B.S., 1959, University of Arizona. LOVEDAY, THOMAS E. (1967), Lecturer; B.A., 1965, University of Arizona. LYNCH, VERNON E. (1969), Lecturer; B.A., 1965, M.A., 1967, University of Texas. LYNN, MINNIE (1962), Lecturer; A.B., 1928, Oberlin College; M.S., 1937, Pennsylvania State University; Ph.D., 1944, University of Pittsburgh. LYONS, PETER A. (1968), Lecturer; A.B., 1965, Georgetown University. MACCURDY, G. GRANT (1966), Lecturer; B.A., 1966, University of New Mexico; M.A., 1967, University of Arizona. MACDONALD, SUSAN L. (1969), Lecturer; B.A., 1964, Vanderbilt University; M.A., 1968, Memphis State University. MAIER, JOHN S. (1969), Lecturer; B.F.T., 1961, American Institute for Foreign Trade; B.S., 1960, M.B.A., 1969, University of Arizona. MARLOW, SHELTON (1968), Lecturer; B.S. /B.A., 1948, Kansas State University; Ed.D., 1970, University of Arizona. MASON, ALICE (1969), Lecturer; B.A., 1937, Ohio Wesleyan University; M.A.,1952, University of Alabama. MASSEY, JACK, JR. (1969), Lecturer; B.A., 1956, M.A., 1963, University of Texas. MATHEZ, EDMOND A. (1969), Lecturer; B.A., 1968, Franklin & Marshall College. MCARDLE, JAMES (1969), Lecturer; B.A., 1969, University of Arizona. MCCOY, ELLA J. (1969), Lecturer; B.A., 1955, University of Missouri; M.A., 1958, University of Rochester. MCELROY, ROBERT A. (1969), Lecturer; B.S., 1948, New York University. MCGINNISS, VINCENT D. (1967), Lecturer; B.S., 1963, University of Florida. MCVAY, JOHN M. (1968), Lecturer; B.S., 1964, University of Arizona. FACULTY OF THE UNIVERSITY 89

MENG, LEROY W. (1967), Lecturer; B.S., 1965, M.S., 1966, University of Arizona. MERZ, GERI W. (1959), Lecturer; B.A., 1953, College of St. Catharine; M.A., 1968, University of Arizona. MILLER, ELIZABETH H. (1969), Lecturer; B.A., 1944, M.A., 1969, University of Arizona. MILLER, ROGER A. (1968), Lecturer; B.S., 1961, M.B.A., 1963, University of Arizona. MILLIGAN, ALFRED W. (1966), Lecturer; B.S., 1966, California State Polytechnic College. MILLS, TERRY B. (1965), Lecturer; B.A., 1965, M.A., 1969, University of Arizona. MOLOFF, PAUL (1970), Lecturer; B.A., 1964, Queens College; M.A., 1967, New York University. MOORE, STEVEN F. (1968), Lecturer; B.A., 1967, M.A., 1968, New York University. MOOREHEAD, RALPH (1968), Lecturer; B.S., 1959, Arizona State College; M.Ed., Ph.D., University of Wyoming. MOSES, THOMAS C. (1968), Lecturer; B.S., 1968, University of Arizona. NAGEL, VICKIE (1969), Lecturer; B.A., 1969, University of Arizona. NAVARTE, JOHN E. (1964), Lecturer; B.A., 1963, University of Texas; M.S., 1964, St. Mary's University; Ph.D., 1970, University of Arizona. NESS. ROBERT F. (1969), Lecturer; B.A., 1968, Mankato State College. NIXON, ROBERT O. (1969), Lecturer; B.S., 1948, University of Pittsburgh; M.S., 1964, Air Force Institute of Technology. NOBLE, WESTON H. (1969), Lecturer; B.A., Luther College; M.M., University of Michigan. OLSSON, ELAINE C. (1968), Lecturer; B.A., 1968, M.A., 1970, University of Arizona. OLSSON, ERIC JAY (1967), Lecturer; B.A., 1967, M.A., 1969, University of Arizona. OSTA, WINIFRED H. (1965), Lecturer; A.B., Clark University, 1956, M.A., 1965, Ph.D., 1970, University of Arizona. OTTESON, HANNA (1968), Lecturer; A.B., 1967, University of Washington, Seattle; M.A., 1969, University of Arizona. PALACIOS, MIGUEL A. (1967), Lecturer; B.A., 1967, M.A., 1969, University of Arizona. PAWLIK, PAUL (1967), Lecturer; B.A., 1965, North Central College; M.A., 1967, Roosevelt University. PEED, MICHAEL R. (1968), Lecturer; B.A., 1968, University of Arizona. PETERSEN, JAMES CARL (1970), Lecturer; B.A., 1967, University of Arizona. PETERSON, ROY (1969), Lecturer; A.B., 1965, Hardin -Simmons University; M.A., 1966, Texas Technological College. PHAUP, JIMMIE D. (1969), Lecturer; B.A., 1966, University of New Mexico; M.A., 1969, University of Arizona. PIKE, ROBERT S. (1968), Lecturer; B.A., 1965, Northern Arizona University; M.A., 1967, University of Arizona. PILZ, GUNTER (1969), Lecturer; Ph.D., 1967, University of Vienna. PLATT, JOHN M. (1969), Lecturer; B.A., 1959, Cornell College; M.Ed., 1963, Oregon State University; Ed.D., 1970, University of Arizona. POLINARD, JERRY L. (1969), Lecturer; B.A., 1962, M.A., 1963, Texas A & I University; Ph.D., 1966, University of Arizona. POMERANTZ, NORLEEN K. (1969), Lecturer; B.S., 1967, Appalachian State University; M.A., 1970, University of Arizona. POPE, JOHN (1968), Lecturer; B.A., 1967, M.A., 1970, University of Arizona. RADATZ, PETER R. (1969), Lecturer; B.A., 1966', M.A., 1968, Eastern Michigan University. RANKIN, STEVEN R. (1967), Lecturer; B.A., 1966, M.A.T., 1967, Washington University. REED, THEODORE P. (1968), Lecturer; B.S., 1960, Wayne State University. REESE, DONALD M. (1969), Lecturer; B.A., 1949, State University of Iowa; M.A., 1963, University of Arizona. REEVES, JAMES (1968), Lecturer; B.S., 1952, M.S., 1959, Louisiana State University. REICH, SHELDON (1969), Lecturer; A.B:,- 1954, University of Miami; M.A., 1957, New York University; Ph.D., 1966, State University of Iowa. RIDDLE, AUDRA CLARENCE, JR. (1966), Lecturer; B.S., 1954, Oklanoma State University; M.Ed., 1966, University of Arizona. RILEY, E. CLAYTON (1969), Lecturer; B.S., 1960, University of Kentucky; M.A., 1965, Murray State University; Ed.D., 1969, University of Missouri. ROSE, LISLE (1970), Lecturer; B.A., 1961, University of Illinois; M.A., 1962, Ph.D., 1966, University of California. ROSEN, PAUL (1969), Lecturer; B.A., 1968, University of Iowa; M.F.A., 1970, University of Arizona. ROTH, ANNA M. (1969), Lecturer; B.A., 1958, University of Denver. 90 FACULTY OF THE UNIVERSITY

ROTHSCHILD, HELEN I. (1969), Lecturer; B.A., 1969, Valparaiso University. ROWE, WILLIAM J.(1969), Lecturer; Ph.B., 1945, University of Chicago; A.M., 1948, University of Chicago; Ed.D., 1952, University of Maryland. SAXTON, DEAN F. (1966), Lecturer; D.V.M., 1949, Michigan State University; B.C., 1952, Fuller Theological Seminary. SAYER, JAMES E. (1968), Lecturer; B.S., 1968, Northern Arizona University. SCHILO, EILEEN MARY (1969), Lecturer; B.A., 1965, San Fernando Valley State College; M.Ed., 1967, University of Arizona. SCHUTTE, ROBERT J. (1969), Lecturer; B.S., 1967, M.S., 1969, Wichita State University. SCIARROTTA, MARIA (1969), Lecturer; A.B., 1969, Salve Regina College. SENSE, RICHARD G. (1967), Lecturer; B.S., 1957, Texas Western College. SHAFER, DOROTHY A. (1968), Lecturer; B.S., 1961, California Institute of Technology. SHAW, DAVID G. (1967), Lecturer; B.A., 1967, California State College, Fullerton. SHELLEY, ARDITH (1954), Lecturer; B. Mus., 1938, Grinnell College; Mus.M., 1940, University of Idaho. SHELLEY, DEL (1953), Lecturer; B.A., 1940, M.A., 1950, Arizona State University. SHOLTES, WAYNE H. (1969), Lecturer; B.S., 1939, Iowa State College; M.F., 1940, Duke University; Ph.D., 1951, Iowa State College. SIESWERDA, DAVID E. (1966), Lecturer; A.B., 1943, Brown University; M.A., 1951, Arizona State University. SIMPSON, PHILLIP M. (1969), Lecturer; B.A.,1965, M.A., 1966, North Texas State University. SIMS, EUGENE S. (1964), Lecturer; B.A., 1959, M.S., 1962, Texas A & M University. SINCLAIR, GEORGE E. (1965), Lecturer; B.S., 1962, Massachusetts Institute of Technology; M.A., 1966, University of Arizona. SIROTA, DAVID (1968), Lecturer; B.S.B.A., 1965, M.B.A., 1966, University of Arizona. SLOANE, M. D. (1966), Lecturer; B.A., 1932, Louisiana State University. SMITH, GREGG (1970), Lecturer; B.A., 1954, M.A., 1956, University of California, Los Angeles. SMITH, JO ANN (1969), Lecturer; A.B., 1946, Goucher College; M.A., 1968, University of Arizona. SMITH, WALTON B., JR. (1969), Lecturer; B.A., 1968, Mississippi State University. SMITH, W. WAYNE (1970), Lecturer; B.S.,1958, Salisbury State College; M.A., 1961, University of Maryland. SNYDER, VIRGIL W.(1969),Lecturer;B.S.C.E.,1956,M.S.C.E.,1962,Michigan Technological University; Ph.D., 1968, University of Arizona. SPECTOR, IRWIN L. (1969), Lecturer; B.S., 1947, St. Peters College; M.A., 1951, Columbia University; Ed.D., 1966, Arizona State University. STIPE, HERBERT J. (1969), Lecturer; B.A., 1969, University of Wyoming. STROUD, EVELYN M. (1969), Lecturer; B.S., 1951, University of Oregon; M.Ed., 1966, University of Arizona. SUBLETTE, WERNER J. (1968), Lecturer; B.S., 1965, Arizona State University. SULLIVAN, J. E. (1969), Lecturer; A.B., 1952, Loras College; Ph.B., 1955, Ph.M., 1956, St. Thomas Aquinas Pontifical Institute of Philosophy; Th.M., 1960, Th.D., 1961, St. Thomas Pontifical Institute of Philosophy. TANZILLO, FRANK (1968), Lecturer; B.S., 1968, Rensselaer Polytechnic Institute. TATE, ELIZABETH (1966), Lecturer; A.B., 1941, East Carolina Teachers College; M.S., 1957, Omaha University; Ed.D., 1962, Nebraska University. THARP, CHARLES A. (1963), Lecturer; B.S., 1948, Taylor University; M.A., 1951, Ball State Teachers College. THOMAS, ROBERT (1969), Lecturer; B.A., 1966, University of North Carolina; M.A., 1968, Ph.D., 1970, University of Arizona. THOMPSON, WALTER D. (1969), Lecturer; B.A., 1963, University of Minnesota. THURMAN, ROBERT R. (1968), Lecturer; B.S., 1968, California State College. TIBBETTS, NICKOLAS R. (1968), Lecturer; B.A., 1967, Willamette University. TODD, SALLY M. (1969), Lecturer; B.S., 1959, Brigham Young University; M.A., 1970, University of Arizona. TODD, TATIANA J. (1967), Lecturer; B.A., 1967, M.A., 1969, University of Arizona. TOMLINSON, NANCY (1966), Lecturer;B.A.,1962, Kalamazoo College; M.S.,1964, University of Wisconsin. TRIPLEHORN, CHARLES A. (1970), Lecturer; B.S., 1949, M.S., 1952, Ohio State University; Ph.D., Cornell University. VERSTEEG, ARLEN D. (1968), Lecturer; B.A., 1964, Calvin College. FACULTY OF THE UNIVERSITY 91

VOLGYES, IVAN (1970), Lecturer; B.A.,1960, M.A.,1961, Ph.D.,1968, American University. WALLACE, WILLIAM B. (1969), Lecturer; B.S., 1955, Fort Hays Kansas State College; M.A., 1960, University of Kansas. WATKINS, DONNA (1969), Lecturer; B.S., 1969, M.S., 1970, University of Arizona. WEAVER, HALENE (1968), Lecturer; B.Sc., 1939, Western Reserve University; M.A., 1967, University of Arizona. WEBB, MERLE W. (1969), Lecturer; B.A. Ed., 1963, M.E., 1967, University of Arizona. WEISSENBERGER, RICHARD J. (1968), Lecturer; B.S.E.E., 1967, Manhattan College. WESSELMANN, JAMES P. (1969), Lecturer; B.S., 1969, University of Arizona. WHITE, IRVIN L. (1967), Lecturer; B.A., 1954, Penn State University; Ph.D., 1967, University of Arizona. WHITE, KATHLEEN S. (1968), Lecturer; B.A., 1965, M.A., 1968, University of Utah_ WIKSTROM, GUNNAR (1968), Lecturer; A.B., 1958, Tufts University; B.D., 1961, Hartford Seminary; M.A., 1967, Syracuse University. WILLIAMSON, PORTER B. (1967), Lecturer; L.L.B., 1945, B.S., 1963, D.J., 1967, Indiana University. WILLSON, GEORGE H. (1970), Lecturer; B.S., 1955, M.S., 1956, Central Missouri State College; Ed.D., 1969, University of Arizona. WISSINK, JOHN (1970), Lecturer; A.B., 1962, Calvin College; M.A., 1964, Western Michigan University. WITT, STANLEY P. (1968), Lecturer; B.A., 1965, M.A., 1967, University of Arizona. WOODRUFF, WILLIAM (1964), Lecturer; B.S., 1958, University of Michigan; M.S., 1965, Ph.D., 1967, University of Arizona. WRINKLE, ROBERT D. (1970), Lecturer; B.A., 1963, Texas A & I College; M.A., 1964, Texas Technological College. YETMAN, DAVID (1966), Lecturer; B.A., 1964, M.A., 1965, University of Arizona. YOUNG, ROBERT S. (1968), Lecturer; B.S., 1964, M.A., 1967, University of Arizona. ZSITVAY, TAMAS D. (1967), Lecturer; B.A., 1966, M.A., 1967, Arizona State University. The Board of Regents

Ex- Officio

Jack Williams Governor of Arizona W. P. Shofstall, B.S., M.A., Ph.D State Superintendent of Public Instruction

Appointed Term Expires John A. Lentz, B.S. January, 1973 Norman G. Sharber, President January, 1973 Margaret M. Christy, B.A., Assistant Secretary January, 1975 Paul L. Singer, B.S., M.D., Secretary January, 1975 James E. Dunseath, B.A., J.D., January, 1977 Gordon D. Paris, Treasurer January, 1977 K. G. Bentson, Assistant Treasurer January, 1979 Sidney S. Woods, B.S. January, 1979

Thomas L. Hall, B.A., LL.B Advisor to the Board Myron R. Holbert, A.B., M.A Budget Officer for the Board Harry A. Rutherford, B.S. Associate Budget Director and Supervisor Dorothy D. Balin Secretary to the Board

THE BOARD OF REGENTS The government of the institution is vested in the Arizona Board of Regents, a body corporate, consisting of the Governor and the Superintendent of Public Instruction of the State as ex officio members and eight members appointed by the Governor. The term of office of the appointed members is eight years. The Board elects a presiding officer, its own secretary and treasurer. The Board of Regents has power to control and manage the University and its properties, and to adopt regulations governing the institution.

92 General University Information

MEMBERSHIPS AND ACCREDITATIONS ACCREDITATIONS:The North Central Association of Colleges and Secondary Schools; The Liaison Committee on Medical Education of The American Medical Association and the Association of American Medical Colleges; The American Association of Collegiate Schools of Business; The Association of American Law Schools and The American Bar Association; The American Chemical Society; The American Council on Pharmaceutical Education; The American Psychological Association (graduate program in clinical psychology); The Council on Social Work Education; The Engineers' Council for Professional Development; The National Association of Schools of Music; The National League for Nursing; The National Architectural Accrediting Board; The National Council for Accreditation of Teacher Education; The American Council on Education for Journalism.

MEMBERSHIPS:The National Association of State Universities and Land Grant Colleges; The American Council on Education; The American Association of Colleges for Teacher Education; The Council of Graduate Schools in the United States; The Western Association of Graduate Schools; The Association of American UniversityPresses;TheAssociationofResearchLibraries; The University CorporationforAtmosphericResearch; TheUniversities Council on Water Resources; The ArgonneUniversities Association; The Universities Research Association, Inc.; The Associated Western Universities; The Consortium of Western Universities and Colleges; University Space Research Association.

THE UNIVERSITY - AN HISTORICAL SKETCH The University of Arizona, located at Tucson, is an integral part of the system of public education established by and for the state. Its purpose, in the language of the organic law, is "to provide the inhabitants of this state with the means of acquiring a thorough knowledge of the various branches of literature, science, and the arts," and, insofar as possible, to provide a technical education adapted to the development of the resources peculiar to Arizona. The University is maintained by funds appropriated by the state of Arizona and the United States government, and by certain fees and collections including private grants from many sources.

93 94 GENERAL UNIVERSITY INFORMATION

The general organization of the University is in accordance with the Act of Congress of July 2, 1862, known as the Morrill Act, creating the "Land -Grant Colleges." Its organization and government are regulated by acts of the Legislative Assembly of the Territory of Arizona in 1885, and subsequent acts. By 1890 three of the departments provided for - the College of'Agriculture, the College of Mines and Engineering, and the Agricultural Experiment Station - were organized, and in 1891 the University was opened to students. From these beginnings,in pioneer days the University advanced slowly for the firsttwenty years of itshistory. Enrollment in the preparatory department exceeded that in the University proper, and the number of University graduates was never more than ten a year. Then came a decade of rapid expansion. The territory becameastate.High schoolsmultiplied, andthe preparatory department accordingly was closed. In 1915 the University was reorganized as three colleges - the College of Letters, Arts, and Sciences, (later the College of Liberal Arts); the College of Mines and Engineering; and the College of Agriculture. Another division of the University, the Arizona Bureau of Mines, was established that same year. In 1922 the College of Education was organized, and in 1925 offerings in law, originally established in 1915, were organized under the College of Law. The School of Business and Public Administration, established within the College of Letters, Arts, and Sciences in 1934, was reorganized as a separate college in 1944. In 1934 the Department of Home Economics was enlarged to a school within the College of Agriculture. In 1934 the College of Fine Arts, including the School of Music, and the Graduate College were established. In 1940 the Board of Regents reorganized the College of Mines and Engineering into two separate colleges. In 1967 the School of Earth Sciences was organized within the College of Mines, but became the College of Earth Sciences in 1971. In 1947, the School of Pharmacy was organized within the College of Liberal Arts, and was given separate status as the College of Pharmacy in 1949. The Board of Regents in 1956 authorized the establishment of the School of Nursing as a division of the College of Liberal Arts, and in 1964 the school became the College of Nursing. The Department of Architecture in the College of Fine Arts, authorized in 1958, became the College of Architecture in 1964. Further development of the University took place in 1961, when the Board of Regents authorized the College of Medicine. Special agencies for research have been established periodically in keeping with the growth of the University. These include, in addition to the Agricultural Experiment Station which was part of the parent institution in 1890, the Arizona Bureau of Mines (1915), the Arizona State Museum (1893), the Laboratory of Tree -Ring Research (1937), the Bureau of Business Research (1949), now the Division of Economic and Business Research, the Arizona Cooperative Wildlife Research Unit (1951), the Bureau of Ethnic Research (1952), the Institute of Atmospheric Physics (1954), the Computer -Data Reduction Center (1956), now the Computer Center, the Arizona Transportation and Traffic Institute (1959), the Bureau of School Services (1959) reorganized in 1964 as the Bureau of Educational Research and Service, the Lunar and Planetary Laboratory (1960), the Institute of Government Research (1963), the Arizona Cooperative Fishery Unit (1964), and the Water Resources Research Center (1965). Special statewide public services are offered by the Cooperative Extension Service (1914), the Visual Aids Bureau (1927) reorganized in 1959 as the Bureau of Audio -visualServices, the Radio Bureau (1939) reorganized in 1950 athe Radio -TelevisionBureau, the Arizona Poisoning Control Information enter (1957), the University Rehabilitation Center (1959), the Peace Corps Training Programs (1963), the Civil Defense Extension Program (1964), Title I of the Higher Education Act of 1965 (1966), and the State Technical Services Program (1967). GENERAL UNIVERSITY INFORMATION 95

The Water Resources Research Center(1965),also has responsibility for coordinat- ing statewide research efforts in its field of concern. Extension and correspondence courses were formally organized through the University Extension Division on a department basis in1922.A summer session to supplement the regular academic program was established in1918.These programs are now being pursued through the Division of Continuing Education, the Correspondence Instruction and Extension Service, and the Summer Session, including the campus program in Tucson, the Guadalajara Summer School in Mexico, and limited programs in various cities of Arizona.

THE UNIVERSITY OF ARIZONA PRESS The book -publishing arm of the University specializes in "works of merit in the subject- matter fields identified with the institutions of higher learning in Arizona, and other significant books of a regional nature about Arizona and the Southwest." Most of its titles are at the university level, or at least at the adult level in the "regional lore" category. It does not publish fiction. Every manuscript must provide its answer to the question: "Why would this come out of Arizona ?" Either the book topically belongs because it is appropriate for identification with a strong field of study, or it is a volume which would make a contribution to knowledge of the state and of the Southwest. The imprint is controlled by the Publications Committee composed of the director plus members drawn from the faculty and appointed by the President. Manned by a professional publishing staff, the Press shoulders the generally accepted four basic responsibilities of a competent publisher: manuscript appraisal and selection; comprehensive editing and organizing; appropriate design and quality production; and effective marketing. The Press distributes in85foreign countries as well as throughout the United States. Works are in the English language, but rights for translations may be negotiated by the Press. A number of books of the Press have received awards for scholarly excellence and quality of production. Manuscripts will be considered by the Press from any authoritative writers - regardless of geographical location - if the works are in the publishing fields in which the Press operates in upholding University intention and emphasis. About half the titles in print have come from University faculty or authors holding former University of Arizona affiliation, with the other half from outside authors whose works qualify. Also appearing under the Press imprint is the historical quarterly Arizona and the West, whose separate editorial and subscription office is in the Library.

COMMITTEES OF THE UNIVERSITY Many major functions of The University are carried on through permanent University Committees. These committees and their respective chairmen are as follows: ADMISSIONS (Vice President for Academic Affairs); ADVANCED STAND- ING (Registrar); ADVISORY COUNCIL (President); ARTIST SERIES (Dean of Fine Arts); AUDITORIUM (Comptroller); CAMPUS (Vice President for Physical Resources); CATALOG (Coordinator ofCurricularMatters); CONTINUING EDUCATION (Dean of Continuing Education and The Summer Session); COURSE REVIEW COMMITTEE (CoordinatorofCurricularMatters); DISHONEST SCHOLASTIC WORK (Robert H.Marshall); FOLKLORE (Frances Gillmor); 96 GENERAL UNIVERSITY INFORMATION

FORUM (Leonard Dewhirs0; GRADUATE COUNCIL (Dean of the Graduate College); HEALTH (Vice President for University Relations); HONORS COUNCIL (Roger Daldrup); INTER- COLLEGIATE ATHLETICS (R. M. Edwards). LECTURES (Vice President for University Relations); LEGAL RESIDENCE (Comptroller);LIBRAR Y(Librarian);ORIENTATION WEEK (Registrar); PARKING AND TRAFFIC(VicePresidentforPhysical Resources); PUBLICATIONS (Raymond H. Thompson); RETIREMENT AND INSURANCE (N. V. Roos); SCHEDULE AND ROOMS (Registrar); SCHOLARSHIPS AND AWARDS (W. R. Brewer); SPACE SCIENCES RESEARCH (Provost for Academic Affairs); SPECIAL OCCASIONS (S.L. Smith); STADIUM (Director of Health, Physical Education and Recreation); STUDENT ACTIVITIES AND ELIGIBILITY (Dean of Men); STUDENT GRANTS AND AID (Director of Placemént Service); STUDENT PERSONNEL COMMITTEE (Vice President for University Relations); SUMMER SESSION (Dean of Continuing Education and The Summer Session); UNDERGRADUATE COUNCIL (Robert J. Letson); UNIVERSITY RELATIONS (Vice President for University Relations). Listings of the full membership of each committee may be found in the Faculty -Staff Handbook.

THE UNIVERSITY OF ARIZONA ALUMNI ASSOCIATION

The University of Arizona Alumni Association was organized June 2, 1897. It is incorporated under the law of the state of Arizona and operates in accordance with the Articles of Incorporation and By -Laws adopted by the membership in open meeting at Homecoming, October 27, 1956. A copy of the Articles of Incorporation and By -Laws may be obtained from the Director of Alumni upon request.

MEMBERSHIP:Active membership is automatic for all graduates and former students of the University. Voting life membership is subject to the payment of a fee of $24.00 for undergraduates and $15.00 for graduate students. A $3.00 fee is collectedateach .regularsemesterregistration.Accordingly,allgraduates automatically obtain voting life membership. All non -graduates may obtain voting membership by paying the difference between the sum of the $3.00 semester payments and $24.00.

OBJECTIVES: The objectives of the Association are generally to promote the interest and welfare of the state of Arizona and the cause of education. More specifically they are "To promote the objectives of The University of Arizona, Tucson, Arizona, through the establishment and maintenance of contact between the University, its graduates and its students - present, former, prospective, and otherwise." The Association operates as a liaison between the University and former students.Itis the former student's immediate and direct contact with his alma mater. Its basic motivating principle is service, both to the former student and the University. Because of the large number of alumni in the Phoenix area, an office is maintained in Phoenix to help coordinate the activities of the Phoenix Alumni Club.

ACTIVITIES: The Association is guided by a board of directors of not fewer than ten, nor more than twenty -seven members, elected for three -year terms. Vacancies, are filled through general election by voting members of the Association in April of each year. Officers are elected by the board from among its own membership. The activitiesof the Associationare managed by a full -time director of alumni GENERAL UNIVERSITY INFORMATION 97 responsible to the Board of Directors. The Director of Alumni maintains the Central Alumni Office in the Arizona Alumni Building on campus. The alumni office is headquarters for all alumni activities and here also are maintained record files on graduates and former students. All students and alumni are invited to visit the alumni office. Their opinions, sugestions and needs will receive full attention. A major responsibility of the Central Alumni Office is the assistance and guidance of the more than 90 regional alumni clubs throughout the United States and foreign countries. The central office encourages and assists in the formation of these regional clubs. It gives direction and guidance to them in the formulation of their programs of activities. Campus speakers, films, and preparation and handling of mail announcements are but a part of the assistance provided by the central office to these regional clubs. The clubs are a key factor in Association activities, for it is through them that the alumnus has a real and personal tie with his University. Students and former students may obtain information about the regional club in their area from the Director of Alumni. The alumni office also publishes the Arizona Alumnus and the Alumnus Wildcat, the official publications of the Alumni Association. Published four times a year,these are sent free to life members for one year, thereafter they are distributed on a subscription basis, $2.00 per year or $3.00 for two years. These publications represent the most immediate contact for alumni with the University programs and progress, with news of former classmates, and with all alumni activities. The Associationas now incorporated levies no annual dues upon the membership. Dedicated as itis to a program designed to help insure research, scholarship, and athletic excellence at the University, the Association established the Arizona Alumni Fund in 1956 as a means of obtaining the necessary funds to support such a program. In the name of the fund the central office conducts an annual campaign soliciting support from alumni and other friends of the University. All donations to the fund are tax deductible. Contributions need not be confined to the annual solicitation period. Gifts to the University can be made at any time by addressing them to the Arizona Alumni Fund, The University of Arizona, Tucson, Arizona. The Director of Alumni administers the fund under the direction of the board of directors of the Association. Current projects receiving support from the fund include: research, study grants and loans, and nearly seventy scholarships. A complete listing of Association scholarships may be found in the Scholarships and Financial Aid chapter.

DIVISIONS OF RESEARCH AND SPECIAL PUBLIC SERVICE The following divisions are a part of or affiliated with the University. Additional information regarding their organization and services may be obtained upon inquiry to the director concerned. The AGRICULTURAL EXPERIMENT STATION, one of the divisions of the College of Agriculture, is responsible for the basic and applied research programs in the fifteen departments in the College of Agriculture, the School of Home Economics, and the Department of Biological Sciences. It is administered by the Director of the Experiment Station. Modern facilities for laboratory and field research, as well as graduate and undergraduate teaching, are available on the University campus as well as at branch experiment stations and farms at Marana, Mesa, Phoenix, Tempe, Tucson, Safford and Yuma. Research is also conducted on 98 GENERAL UNIVERSITY INFORMATION farms, orchards, ranches, rangelands, and forests in cooperation with farmers, ranchers, and officials of various state and federal agencies. The ARIZONA BUREAU OF MINES isdirectly charged with developing, maintaining, and disseminating to the people of Arizona information relating to mining, metallurgy and earth sciences generally. The bureau's primary functions therefore are scientific investigation and public service activities comparable to those conducted by geological survey agencies and mineral experiment stations in other states. The close union of the Bureau of Mines with the teaching programs of the College of Mines has been exceptionally productive in the development and dissemination of knowledge about the mineral resources of Arizona. The bureau is a member of the Association of American State Geologists, the national affiliation of geological surveys of individual states.

The ARIZONA COOPERATIVE FISHERY UNIT is engaged in graduate education, research, and extension. It is supported by The University of Arizona, the Arizona Game and Fish Department, and the U. S. Bureau of Sport Fisheries and Wildlife. The research program is directed chiefly toward learning how to meet the rapidly increasing demand for inland sport- fishing opportunities in the Southwest.

The ARIZONA COOPERATIVE WILDLIFE RESEARCH UNIT is sponsored and supported jointly by The University of Arizona, the Arizona Game and Fish Department, the U.S. Fish and Wildlife Service, and the Wildlife Management Institute. Unusual opportunities for research on game- management problems exist because of the large diversity of habitats and of game species native to the state.

The ARIZONA POISONING CONTROL INFORMATION CENTER in the College of Pharmacy is a part of the Arizona Medical Association's Poisoning Control Program for prevention and treatment of human poisoning. The center serves a statewide network of treatment centers located in the major and strategically located hospitals of Arizona.

The ARIZONA STATE MUSEUM, founded as a territorial museum in 1893, is an educational, research, and service division of The University of Arizona. The prehistoric and recent Indian cultures of Arizona and the Southwest are interpreted through the permanent exhibitions.Collections number more than 150,000 specimens, including those of the Gila Pueblo Archaeological Foundation. The State Museum is open daily to the public. The ARIZONA TRANSPORTATION AND TRAFFIC INSTITUTE is engaged in broad research aimed at developing advanced methods of analysis, and answers to the transportation problems in Arizona. Simulation of traffic systems, human factors in accident prevention, highway design, economic impact studies, and physical research in highway materials are among topics considered. The institute acts as a technical information center. Its activities are closely tied to those of the Civil Engineering Department, though research is conducted on an individual basis.

The BUREAU OF EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH AND SERVICE provides surveys and other consultant services to school districts which contract with it. While the bureau operates through the College of Education, it makes use also of other University personnel in curriculum evaluation, in- service education of personnel, and other instructional or administrative problems. GENERAL UNIVERSITY INFORMATION 99

The BUREAU OF ETHNIC RESEARCH, adivision of the Department of Anthropology, is a center for basic and applied research relating to ethnic studies, demography, culture change, migration, and urban anthropology in Arizona, the Southwest, and northern Mexico. The COLLEGE OF AGRICULTURE BRAZIL PROGRAM was initiated in 1963 with a contract between The University of Arizona, the U.S. Agency for International Development (USAID), and the University of Ceará inFortaleza, Ceará, Brazil. The objectives of the project are to adapt the philosophy of the U. S. land -grant college in Brazil under local conditions through training top leadership and closely coordinating the work in teaching, research and extension, and to assist the College of Agriculture of the University of Ceará in becoming a regional focal point for stimulating agricultural production and improving the welfare of the rural areas. The COMPUTER CENTER provides facilities and services for the instructional, research, and administrative computational needs of the University community. A large -scaleControl Data 6400 computer operates in the newly constructed Computer Center and Classroom Building.Itis augmented by other smaller computers (both analog and digital) at that site and elsewhere on campus. The COOPERATIVE EXTENSION SERVICE functions to present information on agriculture and homemaking to interested people of Arizona. One of the four divisions of the College of Agriculture, it emphasizes: Agricultural Production and Marketing,FamilyLiving, Youth Development (4 -H), and Community and Resource Development. The Service is financed from federal, state, and county appropriations.Itoperates through the county extension home economists - agricultural agent system, and is supported by a staff particularly trained in the technical subjects of their specialty, and in the practical application of scientific information on farms, ranches and in rural and urban homes.

The DIVISION OF ECONOMIC AND BUSINESS RESEARCH within the College of Business and Public Administration conducts basic and applied research in business and economics; government and public administration; social organization and action; and area and community planning and development. The division is the official state agency for administration of federal urban -planning grants to assist local government. It also assists individuals and groups interested in the economy of thestate, and aids public and government organizations with their research programs and problems. Publications include the monthly Arizona Review, and monographs and special studies. The division's Institute of Industrial and Labor Relations specializes in research in its field of interest, and conducts educational programs and conferences on problems of direct concern to both labor and management.

The ENGINEERING EXPERIMENT STATION conducts research in engineering, using state appropriated funds, where the research has potential benefit to the state. The Experiment Station also administers all sponsored grants and contracts in the College of Engineering.

The INSTITUTE OF ATMOSPHERIC PHYSICS conducts research in all aspects of the fundamental mechanisms governing the weather processes. Particular emphasis isplaced upon basic investigations leading to a better understanding of the atmospheric conditions that affect cloud and precipitation processes as well as 100 GENERAL UNIVERSITY INFORMATION evaporation from the surface. The Environmental Research Laboratory, part of the institute, emphasizes artificial control of the environment in a systems approach to water, food, and power production. The INSTITUTE OF GOVERNMENT RESEARCH, a part of the Department of Government,isan affiliateof theInter- University Consortium for Political Research. Research includes prójects in Arizona government and politics, with emphasis on metro -urban affairs, Latin -American governments and politics, the various areas of political theory, American and comparative governments and politics, and international relations. The institute publishes monograph studies and occasional papers and reports in various areas of political science, and the annual Arizona Model United Nations proceedings.

The LABORATORY OF TREE -RING RESEARCH isan outgrowth of the pioneering tree -ring studies initiated by Andrew Ellicott Douglass at The University of Arizona in 1906. A division of the College of Earth Sciences, the laboratory conducts a unique program designed to utilize millennia -long, precisely dated tree -ring chronologies as an index to environmental conditions and as a basis for accurately dating prehistoric structures and events. Current research efforts are directed toward the quantification of tree -ring parameters, the establishment of new tree -ring chronologies throughout the world, the understanding of basic tree -growth and environmental relationships, the reconstruction of paleohydrologic and paleoclimatic variables, and the documentation and development of prehistoric chronological controls. Available for study are over 100,000 tree -ring specimens from archaeological sites in the United States, Mexico, and the Near East, and some 25,000 samples from living trees, including 4600 -year -old bristlecone pines.

The LUNAR AND PLANETARY LABORATORY is the principal occupant of the Space Sciences Building. It operates the Catalina Observatory near Mt. Bigelow at an elevation of 8,400 feet, the highest stellar and planetary observatory in the United States. Seven telescopes, three of 60 -inch aperture, are located there. In addition, a small observatory for solar infrared spectroscopy is located on Mt. Lemmon (9,150 ft.). Research programs and graduate instruction include studies of the lunar surface, planetary atmospheres and surface features, the satellite systems, asteroids, comets, and associated laboratory programs. The Space Sciences Building houses the nation's largest absorption tube for planetary atmosphere studies, allowing a 5 -mile (8 km) total path length and pressures up to 10 atmospheres. Project Polariscope conducts an extensive high -altitude research program from balloons. The Orbiting Astronomical Observatory program is affiliated with and supported by NASA. The Laboratory's stellar photometric programs, including measurements in the far infrared, are unique in scope and importance. The Laboratory staff conducts two manned high -altitude programs for solar, planetary, and stellar infrared spectroscopy from NASA jet aircraft, and has under way an intensive development program in infrared Fourier spectroscopy. The OFFICE OF ARID LANDS STUDIES, a division of the College of Earth Sciences,coordinatestheUniversity -wideAridLandsProgram,abroad interdisciplinary approach to the local and worldwide problems of utilization of arid lands, taking advantage of the warm, dry climate of southern Arizona. Information services are furnished to the public and the scientific -governmental community. The program receives support from federal and institutional sources to supplement state funds. Interdisciplinary aspects of the program are coordinated by afaculty advisory committee. The office administers the unique Doctor of Philosophy degree in Arid Lands Resource Sciences. GENERAL UNIVERSITY INFORMATION 101

The OPTICAL SCIENCES CENTER was established as a research center for applied and theoretical optical physics. University -industry relationships are established and maintained so that university research advances can be rapidly developed by industry.Both faculty and researchpersonnelcontributetothe graduate curriculum in optical sciences for advanced -degree students. The center's facilities are used for dissertation research. Research at the center includes the areas of atmospheric optics, electro- optical systems, glass physics, image formation, imaging tubes and devices, infrared detectors, interference and diffraction, ionic polishing, laser applications, massive optics, mathematical optics, optical design, opto-mechanical systems, photointer- pretation physics, photoreactive solid state, physiological optics, remote sensing, and thin films. The RADIO -TV BUREAU is a center for all radio, television and film activities, providingbothteaching and extensionservices.The bureauoperatesthe University's television station, KUAT -TV (Channel 6), and the AM radio station, KUAT (1550 kHz, 50,000 watts). Both operations include fully equipped color television,radio, and film- production facilities. A translator station (K71BQ Channel 71) provides coverage for certain areas in Tucson. University classes in the fields of radio, television, and film are provided by faculty members on the bureau staff. The Bureau provides a general educational service to the people of Arizona as wellas producing, and recording regular University classes for broadcast on KUAT -TV or by closed- circuit television on the campus, and producing both instructional and educational motion pictures. KUAT -TV is an affiliate of PBS, the Public Broadcasting Service. The STEWARD OBSERVATORY was created in 1916 by the generous gift of Lavinia Steward. A 90 -inch reflector, made possible by a recent grant from the National Science Foundation, has an f/8 Cassegrain focus and a Coudé focus, and will be used first for photographic work, photoelectric photometry, and Cassegrain spectroscopy. For many years the observatory's principal telescope was a 36 -inch reflector, completed in 1922, now in operation at the University site on Kitt Peak, 52 miles southwest of Tucson. Steward Observatory has several other smaller telescopes used in its academic and research program. Principal areas of research are: galactic and extra -galactic research by optical and radio -astronomical techniques; the study of variable stars including eclipsing binaries; theories of galaxy and star formation, dark nebulae and emission nebulae, including theoretical work in theseareas; starclusters;stellar atmospheres; cosmological theory. Adjacent to the Steward Observatory is the Kitt Peak National Observatory, a major federal astronomical research center. The staffs of the Steward Observatory and that of Kitt Peak National Observatory collaborate in sponsoring a weekly colloquium. Steward Observatory also maintains close working relations with both the Lunar and Planetary Laboratory and the Optical Sciences Laboratory of The University of Arizona. The UNIVERSITY REHABILITATION CENTER, apart of theCollege of Education, provides educational instruction, research, and services in four broad areas of rehabilitation: vocational, psychological, social, and paramedical. The Center offers instruction to prepare rehabilitation counselors, administrators, and other specialists; and it cooperates with public and private agencies in research investigationof rehabilitation problems. The Center provides comprehensive rehabilitation services to patients and clients referred by physicians and agencies. The services offered provide clinical experience for students in graduate and 102 GENERAL UNIVERSITY INFORMATION undergraduate programs. Workshops and seminars are regularly conducted for professional rehabilitation workers. The WATER RESOURCES RESEARCH CENTER, an interdisciplinary organiza- tion formed in response to the U.S. Congress' Water Resources Act of 1964, is primarily devoted to the coordination of and assistance to water -related research activities of the University. In addition, the center conducts certain special research investigationswithinitsorganization.This work includes the harvesting of additional water from arid and semiarid watersheds, -artificially recharging the groundwater aquifiers, evaporation suppression, and maintenance of the well- instrumented Atterbury Reservoir Watershed and the research facility on the Casa Grande Highway north of Tucson. OTHER SPECIAL SERVICES: The University extends a wide variety of other services throughout the state. Among the most important of these are: the courses offered by the Division of Continuing Education; correspondence instruction; public lectures and concerts; radio and television programs; audiovisual services including the distribution of educational motion pictures, library and inter -library loans; and the loan of multiple copies of plays. The University of Arizona Foundation Every institution of higher learning, whether supported by public or by private funds, needs a group of friends who have a special interest in its welfare. The need is great and the opportunities are many for contributions of counsel, time, materials, and money to improve and develop the several educational and research programs outside the limited scope of state funds and tuition income. In Arizona and elsewhere many people, aware of these needs, are assisting The University of Arizona. To unite these efforts a group of citizens has formed The University of Arizona Foundation, a non -stock and non -profit Arizona corporation intimately associated with the University, but legally independent of it. The foundation is governed by a board of directors. Members are selected by a committee appointed by the president of the foundation. The principal objectives of the foundation are: First, to acquaint its members and the public with the programs, plans, and needs of the University, and Second, to attract gifts and bequests to the foundation which may be directed into the University's activities as advantageously as possible. The foundation invites into membership people interested in the University and capable of assisting the foundation in reachingitsobjectives. Periodic luncheons and dinners are held where members of the University administration and faculty discuss questions of current and continuing interest. These meetings are both informative and entertaining. Brochures and booklets keep the members advised of activities and trends. To accomplish the second objective, the foundation assists prospective donors and testators in planning trust and will arrangements for the foundation. The foundation invests, manages, and controls the gifts in accordance with the terms of the trust instruments and deeds of gift. By this united effort of friends of the University, higher education in Arizona is being enriched for the benefit of the state and nation.

OFFICERS Leicester H. Sherrill PresidentVernon L. Newell Secretary Lawson V. Smith Vice President Frank M. Votaw Treasurer John S. Greenway Vice President Samuel C. McMillan Executive. Director

DIRECTORS C.T.R. Bates John S. Greenway Elmer E. Present Forrest C. Braden Dr. Richard A. Harvill Mrs. J. Addison Robb Samuel J. Campbell A.Y. Holesapple Leicester H. Sherrill George W. Chambers Emery C. Johnson Lawson V. Smith John F. Chiappetta Leon Levy Robert C. Stubbs Mrs. Laurence B. Emmons Vernon L. Newell Sidney F. Tyler Thomas B. Freeman R.B. O'Rielly Frank M. Votaw Bernard J. Friedman Edgar C. Park Samuel H. Woods Martin Gentry

Honorary Directors:Henry G. Boice, Lloyd E. Eisele, Louis J.Felix, Senator Barry Goldwater, Norman S. Hull, Albert Lent, Sr., Frank C. O'Rielly, Herbert S. Ullmann.

103 Admission to The University

GENERAL REGULATIONS

AGE - Applicants for admission to the University must be at least 16 years of age.

CHARACTER - All Students at the University must be of good character, and new students are required to furnish satisfactory evidence thereof at or prior to admission. A certificate of graduation or of honorable dismissal from the school last attended may be furnished as evidence of good character, but the University may require additional evidence. EQUAL OPPORTUNITY - The University of Arizona is committed to providing equal educational opportunity for allqualified students, welcoming all such without regard to race, religion, or national origin.

PHYSICAL EXAMINATION - All new students as well as former students absent from the University for over one semester must furnish the Student Health Service with a chest X -ray report and a University Health Evaluation form signed by a practicing physician, not more than 6 months prior to registration. A mobile unit X -ray report obtained within 6 months of the examination willsatisfy this requirement, provided the report is included with the Health examination form and received prior to registration. Chest X -rays may be obtained after arrival at the University during the first 3 weeks of the semester at nominal charge. Medical and nursing students should defer chest X -ray until arrival at the University. Failure to comply with entrance health requirements within 3 weeks of registration will subject the student to cancellation of registration and will impede subsequent registration. APPLICATION FOR ADMISSION - Inquiry regarding application for admission should be directed to the Registrar and Director of Admissions.

TIME FOR APPLICATION - Application for admission and allsupporting transcripts should be submitted to the Admissions Office by no later than one month before the first day of registration for the fall semester or the spring semester concerned. ADMISSION AFFIDA VIT -A student enrolling in The University of Arizona for the first time, or a student returning after an absence of one or more semesters, must file an Admission Affidavit if he intends to carry 7 or more units. The affidavit should be filed with the University Comptroller at least 30 days before registration. The affidavit form is furnished students at the time admission or readmission is granted. CANCELLATION OF ADMISSION OR REGISTRATION - The University reserves the right to cancel the admission or registration of an individual whose attendance at the University, in the opinion of the appropriate administrative officer and the President, would not be mutually beneficial to himself and to the institution. 104 ADMISSION TO THE UNI VER SIT Y 105

READMISSION - Former students absent from the University for a regular semester or longer, regardless of reason, must make a formal application for readmission, applying to the Admissions Office at least four weeks prior to the opening of the semester or summer term for which they wish to re- enroll. SCHOLASTIC REQUIREMENTS -A resident of Arizona must have completed high school graduation requirements, and rank in the upper two -thirds of his high school graduating class; and a nonresident applicant must have completed high school graduation requirements and rank in the upper one -half of his high school graduating class. On the basis of pre- admission counselling and testing, and the evaluation of special factors pertaining to academic suitability and promise, each institution may grant admissions in exceptional instances where the applicant has demonstrated the probability that he can successfully pursue a collegiate education. Scores on the ACT (American College Test) must be submitted by all applicants. An acceptable pattern of high school subjects (as outlined below) is required.

NON -RESIDENT APPLICATIONS ADMISSION APPLICATION FEE - Applicants for admission residing outside the state of Arizona will pay an application fee of $10 (this fee does not apply to applicants for admission to the Graduate College). This should be paid in check or money order made payable to The University of Arizona, and must be submitted withtheapplication for admission. Applications are not considered unless accompanied by this non -refundable fee. ADMISSION OF FOREIGN STUDENTS - Inquiries should be directed to the Foreign Student Admissions Office. Foreign students must demonstrate proficiency in the English language as one of the conditions for admission. All foreign applicants whose family language is other than English must take the Test of English as a Foreign Language, i.e., TOEFL. The scores must be submitted before consideration of the application for admission. For further information on the TOEFL, please write to Test of English as a Foreign Language, Educational Testing Service, Princeton, New Jersey, 08540, USA. The Department of English and the Division of Continuing Education offer a fourteen -week intensive program in English as a Second Language for foreign students whose preparatory records would admit them to the University but whose scores in English are below the required level. Upon completion of the program, students are retested and recommended for admission or rejection to academic credit programs in the University. For further information, write to Foreign Student Admissions. Foreign students are required by the University to have insurance coverage against illness and accident before being permitted to register. The insurance must be maintained throughout the student's enrollment in the University. Group insurance with a recognized American insurance company is available, and coverage should be obtained through the Business Office at registration time. Information is supplied with admission material. Comparable insurance with a reputable American insurance company is acceptable. Canadian students may be insured by recognized Canadian insurance agents. In addition, foreign students must certify that they possess adequate financial resources to support themselves while in residence at The University of Arizona.

ADMISSION OF VETERANS AND CHILDREN OF DECEASED VETERANS GOVERNMENT EDUCATIONAL PROGRAMS FOR VETERANS AND WAR ORPHANS - The University of Arizona is fully approved for the training of 106 ADMISSION TO THE UNIVERSITY students under the several government educational programs for veterans and war orphans.Eligiblestudents shouldapplydirectlytotheir nearestVeterans' Administration office for benefits to which they may be entitled under these laws. The University is unable to permit deferment of payment of registration fees to students awaiting certification for government benefits.

EVALUATION OF MILITAR Y TRAINING AND EXPERIENCE -A Guide to the Evaluation of Educational Experiences in the Armed Services, published by the American Council on Education, has been adopted by The University of Arizona as a basis for evaluating training and experience in the armed forces. For active service terminated under honorable conditions in the Army, Navy, Marine Corps, Air Force, or Coast Guard, for a period of at least six months and less than a year, the University allows four units of military science; for one year or more of active service, eight units of military science; and for a commission earned intheservice,twelve upper- division units of militaryscience.Information concerning the evaluation of military training and experience may be obtained in the Admissions Office.

ADMISSION TO FRESHMAN STANDING ADMISSION TO THE DIVISION OF CONTINUING EDUCATION - Arizona residents ranking in the lowest third of their graduating class may be admitted to the Division of Continuing Education for a maximum of 9 units of class work each semester. Such students may use the facilities of the Student Union, the libraries, and the Student Health Service, but may not reside in campus residence halls nor participate in extracurricular activities. Upon completion of 15 units of course work taken in the Division of Continuing Education, including English 1, with a satisfactory grade average, such students will be granted regular admission to one of the colleges of the University.

GRADUATION FROM AN APPROVED SECONDAR Y SCHOOL - Applicants for admission must have graduated with satisfactory scholarship from an accredited secondary school and have completed a 4 -year secondary -school course or the equivalent with a minimum of sixteen units in acceptable subjects. The definition of a unit is that used by the North Central Association of Colleges and Secondary Schools. ARIZONA HIGH SCHOOLS The high schools of the state are classified in four divisions - North Central Association schools, Class I schools, Class II schools, and Class III schools whose graduates are acceptable to The University of Arizona. The following schools are members of the North Central Association of Colleges and Secondary Schools and meet the standards set by that association: NORTH CENTRAL HIGH SCHOOLS Agua Fria Union (Avondale) Monument Valley (Kayenta) Ajo Moon Valley (Phoenix) Alchesay (Whiteriver) Morenci Alhambra (Phoenix) Nogales Amphitheater (Tucson) North (Phoenix) Antelope Union (Wellton) Palo Verde (Tucson) Arcadia (Scottsdale) Paradise Valley (Phoenix) Benson Union Parker ADMISSION TO THE UNIVERSITY 107

Bisbee Peoria Buckeye Union Phoenix Christian Buena (Sierra Vista) Phoenix Indian Camelback (Phoenix) Phoenix Union Canyon del Oro (Tucson) Prescott Carl Hayden (Phoenix) Pueblo (Tucson) Casa Grande Union Ray District (Kearny) Catalina (Tucson) Rincon (Tucson) Central (Phoenix) Round Valley (Springerville) Chandler Safford Coconino (Flagstaff) Saguaro (Scottsdale) Coolidge Sahuaro (Tucson) Coronado (Scottsdale) St. Johns Cortez (Phoenix) San Manuel Douglas Santa Cruz Valley Union (Eloy) Duncan Scottsdale Dysart (Peoria) - Snowflake Union East (Phoenix) South Mountain (Phoenix) Flagstaff Sunnyside (Tucson) Florence Union Sunnyslope (Phoenix) Flowing Wells (Tucson) Superior Gila Bend Tempe Gilbert Thatcher Glendale Tolleson Union Globe Tombstone Grand Canyon Tuba City Hayden (Winkelman) Tucson Holbrook Washington (Phoenix) Kingman West (Phoenix) Kofa (Yuma) Westwood (Mesa) Moran Wickenburg Maryvale (Phoenix) Willcox McClintock (Tempe) Williams McNary Window Rock (Ft. Defiance) Mesa Winslow Miami Yuma Mingus Union (Jerome) The following schools are approved by the State Committee on Accreditation and meet the standards prescribed for Class I High Schools. CLASS I HIGH SCHOOLS Apache Junction Payson Ash Fork Pima Bagdad Regina Cleri Seminary (Tucson) Blue Ridge (Lakeside) Sahuarita Bourgade (Phoenix) St. David Bowie St. John's Indian (Laveen) Brophy College Prep (Phoenix) St. Mary's (Phoenix) Camp Verde Salome Chinle Salpointe (Tucson) Clifton San Simon Fort Thomas Seligman Fredonia Seton (Chandler) Ganado Public Suffolk Hills (Tucson) Maricopa (formerly Immaculate Heart) Mayer Valley (Sanders) Page Valley Union (Elfrida) Patagonia Union Xavier (Phoenix) 108 ADMISSION TO THE UNIVERSITY

The followingschoolsare non -publicschools approved by theState Committee on Accreditation and meet the standards prescribed for Class II High Schools. CLASS H HIGH SCHOOLS Fenster (Tucson) St. Michael's Gerard (Phoenix) Southern Arizona School (Tucson) Green Fields (Tucson) Thunderbird Academy (Scottsdale) Judson School (Scottsdale) Valley School for Girls (Tucson) Orme School (Mayer) Verde Valley (Sedona) Phoenix Country Day The following schools have applied for accreditation or approval: Cholla (Tucson), Lake Havasu, Mohave (Bullhead City), Santa Rita (Tucson). Graduates of Class II schools are acceptable to The University of Arizona into full freshman standing upon the personal recommendation of the principal of their high school and under the foregoing provisions governing admission.

REQUIRED SECONDARY -SCHOOL SUBJECT UNITS English 4 (see Group I below) (or English 3 and one foreign language 2) (5) (see Groups I and II below) Mathematics 2 (see Group III below) American history & social studies 2 (see Group IV below) Laboratory science 1 (see Group V below) Electives 7 (see Groups I through VI below) (or depending upon English option) (6) 16

Provision for Admission of Secondary -School Graduates Who Have Not Completed the Required Subject Units Applicants who lack no more than two units of the required program may be admitted with deficiencies. These should be made up by the beginning of the sophomore year, either by additional high school course work (for example, by correspondence study with Phoenix Union High School), or by college courses. Credit for college courses applied to deficienciesis not applicable to degree requirements. Additional Subject Units Recommended The required pattern of subjects is that which on the basis of experience can reasonably be expected to provide satisfactory preparation for college when these subjects have been completed with better than average grades. Academically talented students are strongly urged to take additional courses from Groups I through V beyond those listed above, particularly an additional unit of laboratory science (Group V).

Classification of Acceptable secondary- School Subjects Group I. English: only courses with major emphasis upon grammar, com- position, and literary analysis. ADMISSION TO THE UNIVERSITY 109

Group II. Foreign language: a classical or modern foreign language. Less than oneunitisnotaccepted. Two unitsor more arestrongly recommended. Group III. Mathematics: one unit of algebra must be presented. The second required unit may be either advanced algebra or plane geometry. Group IV. Social Studies: history, civics, economics, sociology, geography, and government (including United States and Arizona constitution). Group V. Laboratory science: courses in biology, chemistry, earth science, and physics, in which at least one regular laboratory period is scheduled each week. Group VI. Art,agriculture, bookkeeping, generalscience, home economics, arithmetic,businessarithmetic,general mathematics, journalism, industrial arts, music, drama and speech, secretarial training, and other subjects commonly offered for credit by secondary schools, except - physical education and military science.

SPECIAL REQUIREMENTS FOR ADMISSION TO PARTICULAR COLLEGES Agriculture - Applicants who plan to major in agricultural chemistry and soils must present 1 unit of plane geometry. Architecture - Applicants are expected to present credit in mathematics and laboratory science as follows: i unit of elementary algebra, Vz unit of intermediate algebra, 1 unit of plane geometry, and 1 unit of physics. Students are strongly advised to include among their electives additional courses in mathematics such as trigonometry, advanced algebra, or solid geometry; 1 unit of art or mechanical drawing is also recommended. Business and Public Administration - Applicants who plan to carry a business major are strongly advised to offer entrance credit in intermediate algebra in addition to credit in elementary algebra. Earth Sciences - Applicants are expected to present credits as indicated in the College of Earth Sciences section, under "Admission." Engineering - Applicants are expected to present credit in mathematics as follows:1 unit of elementary algebra, 1/2 unit of intermediate algebra, 1/2 unit of advanced algebra,1 unit of plane geometry, 1/2 unit trigonometry. It is strongly recommended that 1 unit of physics and 1 unit of chemistry be presented. Mines - Applicants are expected to present credit in mathematics and laboratory science as follows:1 unit of elementary algebra, 1/z unit of intermediate algebra, 1 unit of plane geometry, 1/2 unit of trigonometry, and 1/2 unit of advanced algebra; 1 unit of physics; 1 unit of chemistry. Liberal Arts - Applicants are strongly advised to offer 1 unit of plane geometry in meeting the entrance requirements in mathematics. High school algebra orplanegeometryareprerequisitestobeginningcoursesinastronomy, mathematics, and physics. Students whose goal is the Bachelor of Science degree in the College of Liberal Arts must offer plane geometry in addition to elementary algebra. Students wishing to major in philosophy or psychology will also be severely handicapped without this preparation. Students planning to take work in chemistry other than Chem: la -lb (General Chemistry) should present high school credit in intermediate algebra. Unless special circumstances indicate the wisdom of omitting a foreign language the student is strongly advised to present two units of work therein. Pharmacy - Applicants are expected to complete in high school 1 unit of elementary algebra, 1 unit of plane geometry, 1/2 unit of advanced algebra, 1/2 unit of 110 ADMISSION TO THE UNIVERSITY trigonometry and in the freshman year of college 6 units of Mathematics 65 and 66, 6 units of Freshman Composition, 8 units of General Chemistry, and either 8 units of Physics 2a -2b or 8 units of Biological Science.

ADVANCED FRESHMAN PLACEMENT

ADVANCED PLACEMENT - Students who have completed college -level courses in secondary schools and have taken the Advanced Placement Examinations of the College Entrance Examination Board will be considered for advanced placement and for the granting of college credit to count towards degree requirements. The Advanced Placement Program recognizes that many students can complete college -level courses while they are still in secondary school. Participating colleges encourage and recognize this achievement. The Program provides course descriptions and professional consultants to help schools establish college -level courses for their stronger students. It sets, administers, and grades examinations in these courses. It sends the examination grades, together with supporting materials, to the students' colleges, enabling the college to grant appropriate placement and credit. Students should consult their high school counselors or write the College Entrance Examination Board, Princeton, New Jersey, 08540 for more details.

TRANSFER STUDENTS

APPLICATION FOR ADMISSION - Students transferring from other colleges and universities are required to file with the Registrar and Director of Admissions official transcripts of record sent directly from the previously attended schools. These should include or be accompanied by statements of honorable dismissal. Students may not disregard their records in other colleges and universities in order to apply for admission solely on the basis of their high school records. Any student who does so is subject to suspension from the University. Credentials presented for admission may be rejected in whole or in part and examinations required in any or all of the subjects offered. Admission will not be granted to students whose credentials from other institutions are not on file, or to students who, for any reason, are ineligible to continue in the institutions from which they desire to transfer. ACT test scores will not be required of transfer students except for those who plan to enroll for the required beginning college course in English Composition. An applicant for transfer is expected to meet the regular high school subject- matter entrance requirements and should make arrangements with his high school to have a transcript sent directly to the Admissions Office. SCHOLARSHIP REQUIREMENT - Arizona residents applying for admission to advanced standing are required to present an over -all grade average on their previous college work that is above the level at which University of Arizona students are placed on academic probation. (See "Scholarship Requirements" under Academic Guidelines.) Out -of -statestudents applying for admission to advanced standing are required to present an over -all grade average of 3.0000 (C) on their previous college work. ADMISSION TO THE UNIVERSITY 111

Note: The above statements do not necessarily apply to students seeking admission to certain professional divisions of the University which may have higher entrance requirements. See the sections stating requirements for admission to the College of Education, the College of Pharmacy, and the College of Law.

COLLEGE -LEVEL EXAMINATION PROGRAM - The University of Arizona grants credit for both the General Examinations and the Subject Examinations of the College -Level Examination Program of the College Entrance Examination Board. TRANSFER OF CREDITS - Credit earned at institutions approved by the National Association of American Universities ordinarily will transfer hour for hour, insofar as it applies to the requirements of the curricula pursued at The University of Arizona. Credit from other institutions will be evaluated on the basis of requirements at The University of Arizona. Credit in courses in which the lowest passing grade was received is not transferable. The University does not recognize credit earned at a second institution during a period of disqualification from a first institution. CREDITS FROM JUNIOR COLLEGES - Credits transferred from accredited junior colleges will be accepted up to a maximum allowed by the University for the first two years in the corresponding University curriculum. (See "Maximum Units Allowed" under Academic Guidelines.) As new junior colleges initiate their programs in Arizona The University of Arizona will be glad to undertake accreditation procedures promptly, if invited to do so. Pending accreditation, students from such colleges may transfer and receive full credit for all courses which have been passed with a grade of "3" or better, and which are applicable to a degree program at The University of Arizona. ADMISSION TO THE GRADUATE COLLEGE - See the Graduate College section of this catalog and the Graduate Catalog. Expenses and Fees

The Board of Regents reserves the right to change all fees and charges from time to time without notice if necessary. The University cannot extend credit. Therefore all students must have sufficient funds upon entering to defray their immediate expenses. An estimate of the amount required for the first month in residence, covering board for one month, room for one semester on the campus, registration, incidental fees, books, supplies, etc.,is$475. (This does not include the nonresident tuition fee of $445.00 each semester.)

SUMMARY OF MINIMUM ANNUAL EXPENSE FOR FULL -TIME CAMPUS STUDENTS

College College of General of Law Pharmacy Residence Halls, Minimum rate' $ 280.00 $ 280.00 $280.00 Meals in University Cafeteria, Meal tickets 500.00 500.00 500.00 Books and Supplies2 100.00 120.00 120.00 Registration Fee ($175.00 per semester)3 350.00 350.00 350.00 Laboratory and Incidental Fees 25.00 -0- -0- Special College Fee -0- 70.00 70.00 Total Minimum Annual Expense $1,255.00 $1,320.00 $1,320.00 (Legal Residents of Arizona) $1,255.00 $1,320.00 $1,320.00

Nonresident Tuition Fee ($445.00 per semester)4 890.00 890.00 890.00 Total Minimum Annual Expense $2,145.00 $2,210.00 $2,210.00

1The residence hall rates range from $140 to $195 per student per semester. 2Freshman students should provide for an additional $50 for the first semester. 3 $175.00 for credit load of 7 or more units; includes services and facilities of student activities, Student Union, Infirmary, Artist Series, Library, and Alumni Association; does not include course, laboratory and nonresident fees. Students taking 6 or less units of work pay $18.00 per unit. 4$37.00 per unit for 7 through 11 units of work. Nonresident fee waived for students taking less than 7 units of work.

All students should add to this list incidental personal expenses as needed, and room reservation deposit of $25. Men students taking military science should add a military deposit of $25. All fees are payable to the University Cashier on registration day as the final step in the registration procedure. Do not send checks in advance. Residence hall rent should be paid by the semester at the beginning of the semester. Students may purchase meals at the University cafeteria on a daily a la carte basis, or may purchase meal ticket books for bi- weekly or monthly periods. 112 EXPENSES AND FEES 113

Graduate students who are registered for thesis or dissertation only, pay a registration fee of $10.00. Graduate students registered for thesis or dissertation and French 1 g -2g, German 1 g -2g, Russian 1 g -2g, or Spanish 1g-2g, and no other course work, pay a registration fee of $10.00 plus $18.00 per hour for the language course. Graduate students registered for extended registration only (courses 401, 406, 411, or 421), pay a registration fee of $7.00. A fee of $ 2.00 per unit with a minimum of $6.00 is payable each semester by graduate students carrying work in absentia other than thesis or dissertation. The nonresident tuition fee is payable in each case if applicable. NON -CREDIT FEE - Studentsregisteringfor "no- credit" only, or for a combination of courses for credit and "no- credit," pay the same fees as students registering entirely for credit, including the nonresident tuition fee when applicable. LATE REGISTRATION FEE - A student who fails to complete payment of all fees during the three -day registration period is charged a late registration fee of $10 on 7 or more units and $5 on less than 7 units. The late fee is not refundable. PAYMENT OF FEES - The University accepts checks for the amount due the University but cannot advance cash on checks. Students entering the University are advised to establish accounts in local banks prior to registration. All fees for the semester must be paid in fullat the time of registration. A student whose registration check is returned by the bank for any reason will be assessed the late registration fee. RESIDENCE HALL RESER VATION - Accompanying the Registrar's notification of admission is an application for reservation of residence hall space. This should be filled out immediately and mailed to the Director of Student Housing with a deposit of $25. Do not send cash. The University cannot be responsible for any cash deposits sent through the mail. Make checks payable to The University of Arizona. Room deposits should not be submitted until notice of admission is received from the Registrar. The room deposit applies against damage or loss to University property and does not apply on the rent, and is refunded when a student leaves the residence hall, if all charges for loss or damage have been paid. Notification of residence hall assignments is mailed to applicants after August 15. Although residence hall accommodations are made available first to legal .residents of Arizona, many rooms are available each year to out -of -state students. Residence in halls, fraternity or sorority houses, is ordinarily restricted to students registered for 12 or more units of regular University work and is not open to non -credit, continuing education, or correspondence students. Exceptions must be approved by the Dean of Men or the Dean of Women. Deposits on rooms will not be refunded after August 1 preceding the first semester, nor after the first day of registration for the second semester, except in case the University is unable to provide accommodations. RESIDENCE HALL FEES - The University prefers that rent be paid by the semester in advance; however, payments each month in advance are permissible. Semester rate per student Residence Hall Single Double Triple Quadruple Coconino, Coronado, Manzanita, Mohave, Apache,Graham,Greenlee, Kaibab -Huachuca, Santa Cruz, Maricopa, Yavapai $312 $195 Arizona, Sonora 273 $195 $195 Navajo, Pinal, Stadium 256 160 Pima 125 125 Cochise, Hopi, Papago, South, Gila, Yuma ..224 140 140 114 EXPENSES AND FEES

Women students who are legal residents of Arizona are assigned to rooms of their choice as long as the requested type of accommodation is available. Single occupancy of a double room, if available, requires the payment of 60 percent increase over the double -room rate. A charge of $3.00 is assessed for changing halls after the original assignment has been accepted.

FAMILY HOUSING Unfurnished Furnished Monthly Rate Monthly Rate Efficiency $72.50 $ 80.00 One -bedroom 82.50 92.50 Two- bedroom 92.5 0 105.00 These rates include the cost of water, gas, and electricity.

POLO VILLAGE Rate per Month Unfurnished (2 bedrooms) $42.00 Furnished (2 bedrooms) 50.00 BOARD - The University cafeterias, located in the Student Union Memorial Building and the Park Student Center, are operated on a self -sustaining basis for the convenience of students. The cost of food for the average student is approximately $65 a month. Students and members of the University staff may purchase meal tickets, or may pay in cash at the time the meal is served. No credit, however, will be extended. The University charges for board only a sufficient amount to cover its cost and reserves the right to increase the cost to meet any increase in the prices of foodstuffs and service. The University reserves the right to prescribe rules under which its students shall board at the University cafeteria, with private families, in fraternity houses, or elsewhere, whether these rules are or are not published in its Biennial Catalog.

TUITION FOR NONRESIDENT STUDENTS - Students who are not legal residents (as defined below) of the State of Arizona must pay the nonresident tuition fee. The following provisions govern the assessment of this fee: Nonresidents student carrying 12 or more units in day, late afternoon, and /or evening courses on campus, except graduate assistants, must pay a nonresident fee of $445 per semester. Those carrying 7 through 11 units pay a non -resident fee of $34 per unit of work carried, in addition to other listed fees. The nonresident fee is waived for students carrying fewer than 7 units. Nonresident graduate students also pay the tuition fee. Graduate assistants, however, are exempt from the nonresident tuition fee and from laboratory or other fees applicable to courses in the student's major.

Legal Residency

1. A student to be considered a legal resident of Arizona for the purpose of registering at The University of Arizona must meet the requirements and must present evidence thereof as follows: A. If Under 21 Years of Age - that the parent (or guardian) having legal custody of the student has been a legal resident of the State of Arizona for at least one year next preceding the last day of registration for credit. In the event that a legal resident of Arizona is appointed guardian of a non -resident minor, the application of the minor for classification as a resident student must be supported by a certified copy of the letters of issued by an Arizona Superior Court and the affidavit of the guardian that the minor has an estate within this state. EXPENSES AND FEES 115

B. If Over 21 Years of Age - that legal residence in the state has been established (independently of the circumstance of attendance at an Arizona institution of learning) for at least one year next preceding the last day of registration for credit, and that he is eligible to become a registered voter. (Sec. 3 of Art. 7, Constitution of Arizona, provides, "For the purpose of voting, no person shall be deemed to have gained or lost a residence ... while a student at any institution of learning ... "; Sec. 6, Art. 7, provides, "No soldier, sailor or marine ... shall be deemed a resident of this State in consequence of his being stationed at any military or naval place within this State." These constitutionalprovisions apply to the establishment of residence in Arizona for tuition purposes.) C. If a Resident Alien - that the relevant requirements of A or B above have been met by the student and /or his parents, except that pertaining to voting eligibility. 2. The student must have the question of his legal residence passed upon previous to registration and payment of fees. The responsibility of registration under proper residence is placed upon the student. The Residence Affidavit must be completed and filed prior to any adjudication of residence. The affidavit is required upon original registration, or upon a desired change in classification, or after an absence for more than a single semester. If there is any question as to legal residence, the matter should be brought to the attention of the University Comptroller and passed upon previous to registration and payment of fees. A sworn statement of the facts is required, and a form for the purpose is provided at the time of registration. In all cases where the records indicate that the student's legal residence is outside of Arizona, the nonresident fee shall be assessed. Any student found to have made a false or misleading statement concerning his legal residence shall be subject to dismissal from the University. 3. The University has a Committee on Legal Residence. The Comptroller or his authorized representative may, during the registration period, or at other times, refer certain cases to the committee provided the question of legal residence requires further review and additional information. A student who believes the decision regarding his legal residence classificationis not consistent with the regulations adopted by the Board of Regents may appeal his case to the Legal Residence Committee. A student's request for appeal should include a written statement of all facts relative to the matter and he may be given an opportunity to appear before the committee. Appeals and claims for refund may be filed at any time within 30 days from the date of registration. MEN'S GYMNASIUM FEE -A course fee of $3.50 to cover the cost of the use of the locker and towels is charged for students registered in any course in the Department of Health, Physical Education and Recreation. WOMEN'S GYMNASIUM FEE AND DEPOSIT - Women registered for activity courses in the Department of Physical Education for Women pay a fee of $3 for each course and a deposit of $5 for the year. This fee covers the cost of laundering towels and gymnasium suits, and entitles each student to the use of locker, lock, towel and gymnasium suit. The deposit is refunded at the end of the year if articles charged are returned in good condition. Refund orders are available only on dates posted by the Department and must be cashed before the next June 30.

MILITARY UNIFORMS AND EQUIPMENT - The Departments of Army and Air Force of the United States government supply uniforms without cost to students 116 EXPENSES AND FEES

taking military training. Each student in military science or aerospace studies must deposit $25 to cover damage to or loss of uniform or equipment. This deposit, less any charge for damage or loss is refunded at the close of the year or upon withdrawal from the course. To obtain refund, property must be turned in to the Military Property Custodian within seven days after withdrawal from or completion of the military course, and the refund order obtained from the Military Property Custodian must be cashed before the following June 30 or be forfeited. Property must be turned in or its total money value be paid to the University.

COURSE FEES - In certain courses, fees are required to cover incidental expenses. Such fees are stated in the course descriptions. BREAKAGE DEPOSIT -A breakage deposit is required of each student registered for laboratory work in certain departments. This deposit, less the value of apparatus broken by the student, is returned upon completion of the course. LABORATORY PENALTY FEE - Students who, upon the termination of their work in a course, fail to check their desks and clear their accounts with the department concerned will be assessed a penalty of $5.

FIELD -TRIP FEES - Trips to near -by mines, mills, smelters, and power plants are made during the year by students in mining, metallurgy, and geology, and in mechanical, civil, and electrical engineering. Trips to ranches and ranges are made by students in agriculture courses, and to points of historic and prehistoric interest by students in anthropology. Students in economics may make trips to industrial plants and business houses.Students pay their transportation and personal expenses. CHANGE OF SCHEDULE - For any change in schedule other than withdrawal with a failing grade of5,a fee of $2 will be charged. This fee iseffective immediately upon completion of registration. CREDIT BY EXAMINATION FEE -A fee of $4 per unit is charged for all special examinations for credit. EXAMINATION FOR EXEMPTION FROM ENGLISH 1 OR 2 - A fee of $3 is charged for this optional examination which, if passed satisfactorily, exempts the student from the first semester of the required course in Freshman Composition.

FOREIGN LANGUAGE EXAMINATION FEE -A fee of $10 is charged to take any one foreign language examination. Examinations in French, German, Russian, and Spanish are administered nationally by the Educational Testing Service. The fee is paid to ETS at the time of registration. For other foreign language examinations, the feeis paid to the University Cashier at the time of registration. See the Graduate Calendar in the Graduate Catalog for registration deadlines and test dates.

MUSIC FEES - Rates for individual lessons in voice or instrument and for instrument rentals are listed in the College of Fine Arts section of the catalog.

LAW COLLEGE FEE - Students registered for 7 or more units of law must pay a fee of $35 each semester in addition to other fees. Students registered for 6 units or fewer of law pay $5 per unit each semester in addition to other fees. EXPENSES AND FES 117

PHARMACY COLLEGE FEE - All Pharmacy College registrants with 7 or more units are required to pay a fee of $35 each semester in addition to other fees. Students with 6 units or less in the College are required to pay $5 per unit each semester in addition to other fees. LIBRARY IDENTIFICATION CARD REPLACEMENT FEE - Library borrower identification cards, if lost or stolen, must be reported to the librarian's office. They can be replaced at a fee of one dollar. TRANSCRIPT FEE - Each student isentitled, upon request, one transcript without cost, except for premedical and predental students, who are provided their first six transcripts without charge. For each additional transcript $1 is charged. Transcripts will not be issued for students whose records indicate indebtedness to the University.

GRADUATION EXPENSES GRADUATION FEE - Every candidate for a degree is required to pay a graduation fee which includes a diploma charge of $5, and the balance, if any, of the Alumni Association Life Membership dues of $24 ($15 for students receiving law degrees and for graduate students who do not hold a previous degree from The University of Arizona). Credit is given at this time against the dues at the rate of $3 for each semester in which the Alumni Association fee has been paid. The amount is determined by the Registrar's office and must be paid promptly upon notification during the semester in which the student expects to complete requirements for the degree. An additional fee of $1.50 ($5.00 for airmail) is also charged for subsequent mailing of the diploma to the student. CAP AND GOWN RENTAL FEE - Degree candidates participating in the Commencement Exercises are required to wear the prescribed academic costume, which may be rented through the University Bookstore at fees varying from $4.50 to $9.75, depending upon the degree being awarded. A deposit of $10 is required at the time the costume is rented, refundable upon return of the costume in satisfactory condition. LATE APPLICATION FOR DEGREE CANDIDACY -A fee of $2 will be charged for late application for degree candidacy. See Graduation Requirements section. SENIOR DEGREE CHECK - Each senior is entitled without charge to one official check of remaining degree requirements, following filing of the application for degree candidacy, under the curriculum designated in such application. A fee of $5 willbe charged for any additional degree check necessitated by a student subsequently changing his catalog or his curriculum. A fee of $1 will be charged for duplicate copies furnished. BINDING THESIS -A fee of $10, to cover the cost of binding two copies of the thesis or dissertation for the Library, is required of each graduate student at the time of submitting the thesis or dissertation.

REFUNDS OF TUITION AND FEES All refunds and deposits that may be due to a student will be forfeited unless called for on or before the following June 30. 118 EXPENSES AND FEES

TUITION, REGISTRATION, COURSE, LABORATORY FEES, LAW COLLEGE FEE - See schedule below.

ROOM AND BOARD - Unless the move is made at the request of the University or unless the student is withdrawing from the University, no refund of any part of the current month's room rent will be made. No refund will be made on meal tickets.

MUSIC FEES - See schedule of refunds below and also under "School of Music" in College of Fine Arts section. MILITARY DEPOSIT - See "Military Uniforms and Equipment" above, for refund.

WITHDRAWAL FROM COURSES - Refunds on deposits and field -trip fees may be made upon recommendation from the head of the department concerned.

CANCELED REGISTRATION -A student whose registration is canceled because of scholarship failure the preceding semester will be refunded his fees in full. A student on the delinquent scholarship report for the first semester (failing to maintain the grade average required for his class and thereby automatically placed on probation) and who completes registration for the second semester may, upon filing a withdrawal within two weeks of such registration, be refunded his fees in full. This refund must be approved by the Registrar. Schedule of Refunds

Amount of 1 -6 7 -13 14 -20 21 -27 28 -34 35 days Fee total days days days days days and over (Examples) 100 %* 80% 60% 40% 20% none $ 1.00 $ 1.00 $ .80 $ .60 $ .40 $ .20 none 10.00 10.00 8.00 6.00 4.00 2.00 none 100.00 100.00 80.00 60.00 40.00 20.00 none 300.00 300.00 240.00 180.00 120.00 60.00 none

*A withdrawal charge of $10 is assessed during the 100% refund period. The refund schedule begins with the first day of classes and applies to calendar days. Sufficient time must be allowed for final clearance of registration fee payment check before a refund may be made. Scholarships and Financial Aid

STUDENT EMPLOYMENT - Every effort is made by the University Placement Service to assist worthy students in finding employment, and in the past few years practically all students who sought part -time employment were able to secure it. Applicants should consult the Placement Service upon arrival at the campus. Various positions in the city as well as on the University campus are filled by students. The wages depend on the particular job and the experience or skill of the applicant. All new students are urged, however, to bring with them full expenses for at least one semester. Itis somewhat more difficult to accommodate foreign students needing employment due to the lack of familiarity with certain U.S. work situations, and occasionally, due to government regulations. COOPERATIVE WORK -STUDY PROGRAMS - For information concerning cooperative work -study programs in the Colleges of Earth Sciences, Engineering, and Mines, see the respective chapters for those colleges.

NATIONAL FINANCIAL AID PROGRAMS The University of Arizona is cooperating with the federal government in supporting several financial aid programs intended to provide funds for students with ability and need of financial assistance to achieve a higher education. A student may request a combination of work, loan and /or scholarship to meet his need. Information and applications for the following programs may be obtained from the Student Financial Aids Office. Applications should be completed for the entire year, if needed, and submitted three to five months prior to the beginning of the school year, and in no event less than thirty days prior to the need for funds. WORK -STUDY PROGRAM - The College Work -Study program was established under the Economic Opportunity Act of 1964, to provide funds for the employment of needy students. Full -time eligible students are placed in on- campus jobs and may work a maximum of fifteen hours per week while attending classes and forty hours per week while classes are not in session. EDUCATIONAL OPPORTUNITY GRANTS - The Educational Opportunity Grants Program provides nonrepayable grants from $200 to$1,000 each year to undergraduate students with exceptional financial need. Under the EOG Program the grant award cannot exceed one -half of the total financial aid made available by the University.

NATIONAL DEFENSE STUDENT LOANS - The National Defense Education Act of 1958 provides long -term loans for students with ability and need of financial assistance. The maximum loan available to an undergraduate is $1,000 in any one year, with a total limit of $5,000. A graduate student may borrow up to $2,500 in any one year. The loan is repayable over a ten -year period at an interest rate of 3% per year, beginning nine months after the date the borrower ceases to be a full -time

119 120 SCHOLARSHIPS AND FINANCIAL AID student. The NDEA loan program also provides that loan recipients who become full -time teachers in approved public or other nonprofit schools, may receive partial cancellation of loan principal and interest for such service. NDEA loans are not available to students in Nursing, Pharmacy and Medicine. NURSING STUDENT LOANS - The Nurse Training Act of 1964 provides long -term loans for full -time Nursing students with ability and need of financial assistance. The maximum yearly loan available to a student is $1,500 and is repayable over a ten -year period at an interest rate of 3% per year, beginning one year after the borrower ceases to be a full -time student. This program also provides for cancellation of 50 to 100% of the loan (at the rate of 10 or 15% per year) for professional practice in certain designated institutions and /or shortage areas. NURSING AND HEALTH PROFESSIONS SCHOLARSHIPS PROGRAM - The Public Health Service Act provides scholarships of up to $1,500 per year to full -time students with exceptional financial need, enrolled in a course of study leading to a diploma, associate, baccalaureate or graduate degree in Nursing or a professionaldegreeinPharmacy or Medicine.Exceptional need takes into consideration the income, assets and resources of the student and his family and spouse compared with reasonable costs for full -time attendance at school. HEALTH PROFESSIONS STUDENT LOANS - A program of the U.S. Public Health Service provides long -term loans to full -time Pharmacy and Medical students with ability and need of financial assistance. The maximum yearly loan available to a student is $2,500 and is repayable over a ten -year period, at an interest rate of 3% per year, beginning one year after the borrower ceases to be a full -time student. This program also provides for cancellation of 50 to 100% of the loan (at the rate of 10 or 15% per year) for professional practice in certain designated institutions and /or shortgage areas. GUARANTEED STUDENT LOANS - The Higher Education Act of 1965 authorized the Guaranteed Loan Program. A full -time student, with an adjusted family income of less than $15,000 a year, may borrow 'funds directly from his bank or other eligible lending institutions. An undergraduate student may borrow up to $1,000 in any one year, and a graduate student may borrow up to $1,500 in any one year. Repayment of the loan principal and interest at 7% begins nine months after the borrower ceases to be a student. Applicants should inquire at their hometown bank or the University Financial Aids Office. THE LAW ENFORCEMENT EDUCATION PROGRAM - The Omnibus Crime Control and Safe Streets Act of 1968 provides for both loan and grant aid to law enforcement students. Loans are available to full -time students enrolled in a program directly related to law enforcement. The maximum annual loan is $1,800 and may be cancelled at the rate of 25% per year for full -time service in public law enforcement. Otherwise, loans carry 7% interest and must be repaid in 10 years or at a rate of $50 a month, whichever is the shorter time period. Tuition grants are available to full -time employees of a publicly funded law enforcement agency who are enrolled in courses which are job related. The student need not be a degree candidate but the courses must be creditable toward a degree. Grants of up to $200 per academic quarter or $300 per semester may be made for tuition and mandatory fees related to the courses taken. The borrower must continue employment with the qualifying agency for a period of 2 years, otherwise the grant must be repaid. SCHOLARSHIPS AND FINANCIAL AID 121

UNITED STUDENT AID FUND - Various Arizona businesses and organizations have made generous contributions enabling the University to activate a student bank -loan program under the United Student Aid Fund, a private nonprofit corporation established to assist needy students, who have satisfactorily completed one year of college, to obtain low -cost loans from local banks. The maximum yearly loan is $1,000 with a total limit of $4,000. The loan is repayable in 36 monthly installments beginning 4 months after the borrower ceases to be a full -time student. Students may obtain information and applications from their local bank or from the Student Financial Aids office at the University. SCHOLARSHIP AND OTHER AID BEQUESTS The University of Arizona is grateful to its alumni and friends whose generosity has made it possible to grant financial assistance to its students, and is anxious to increase the number of aids available to the growing numbers of worthy students, many of whom are in need of financial help. Gifts to the University may take the form of scholarships, endowments, equipment, or other types of financial aid. Those who seek advice about the needs of the institution are invited to consult with the President. Any person who wishes to make a bequest or devise to the University may do so by inserting the following provision in his will: ABSOLUTE BEQUEST OR DEVISE - I hereby give, devise and bequeath to the Arizona Board of Regents and its successors forever (the sum of dollars) or (describe the property or securities) for its general corporate purposes in the maintenance of The University of Arizona, Tucson, Arizona (or name a particular corporate purpose). TESTAMENTARY TRUST - I hereby give, devise and bequeath to (name person, bank or trust company) as trustee (name sum of money or describe the property or securities) to hold in trust for the benefit of the Arizona Board of Regents and its successors forever and to pay over the net income arising therefrom to the use of said beneficiary for its general corporate purposes in the maintenance of The University of Arizona, Tucson, Arizona (or name a particular corporate purpose) (and as a memorial to ), and with power in said trustee to change the nature of the corpus of the trust in his (or its) discretion.

GENERAL UNIVERSITY STUDENT LOAN FUNDS The following funds are primarily for short -term needs. Unless otherwise specified in the descriptions, these loans must be repaid by the end of the semester or summer session in which granted. Students must have completed at least one semester at the University with satisfactory grades to be eligible. Applications should be filed with the Student Financial Aids Office at least five days before the funds are needed. THE AJO ALUMNI ASSOCIATION FUND was given by the Ajo group of the University Alumni Association and is available to students from Ajo, Arizona. THE SHELDON PHILLIP ALFOU LOAN FUND - Mr. and Mrs. Jack Alfou have established a loan fund in memory of their son, Sheldon Phillip, who was a Phi Beta Kappa graduate of the University. 122 SCHOLARSHIPS AND FINANCIAL AID

THE ALPHA ZETA FUND of $150, sponsored by the -fraternity of Alpha Zeta is limited to deserving students in the College of Agriculture who have attained sophomore standing and attended the University for at least two semesters. THE ALUMNI ASSOCIATION FUND of $300 was given by the Alumni Association in 1922. It is presently available to deserving students in the junior and senior classes.

THE ARIZONA FEDERATION OF WOMEN'S CLUBS LOAN FUND provides for a number of temporary loans to deserving students with financial need. THE WOMEN'S AUXILIARY (ARIZONA SECTION) OF THE AMERICAN CONGRESS ON SUR VEYING AND MAPPING FUND has been established to assist students of Civil Engineering, majoring in Surveying, with short -term loans. THE AMERICAN SOCIETY OF WOMEN ACCOUNTANTS FUND has been established by the Tucson Chapter to assist deserving women students engaged in upper- division accounting study at the University. THE ARIZONA STATE FEDERATION OF BUSINESS AND PROFESSIONAL WOMEN'S CLUBS has established a fund for qualified and worthy Arizona students. THE JOHN C. BEISEL MEMORIAL LOAN FUND was established in memory of Sergeant First Class John C. Beisel who died of injuries sustained while serving with the Arizona Army National Guard. Preference is given students who are members of the Arizona National Guard or enrolled in the University ROTC Program. THE JOSEPHINE F. BENNETT FOUNDATION LOAN FUND was established to provide short -term loans to medical students, or others, providing the needs of medical students have been met. THE M. O. BEST MEMORIAL FOUNDATION FUND of $2,000 was donated in 1957 for deserving students who meet the University's general loan requirements. THE BETA ALPHA PSI LOAN FUND has been given for students in the College of Business and Public Administration. The Beta Omicron Chapter of Beta Alpha Psi and the head of the Accounting Department must recommend the applications. BETA BETA BETA LOAN FUND - The Scholastic Honorary Society of the Biological Sciences has provided a loan fund limited to students in this field of study. Recommendation by the University Chapter Adviser is required. THE JOSEPH A. BIRCHETT MEMORIAL FUND - In memory of Joseph A. Birchett of the Phoenix law firm of Tognoni, Parson, Birchett & Gooding, the fund is for second- and third -year law students approved by the Dean of the Law College.

THE WILLIAM M. BISHOP MEMORIAL FUND is in memory of William Bishop, class of 1941. The Dean of Men administers this fund for loans to members of Sigma Nu Fraternity. THE E. S. BORGQUIST STUDENT LOAN FUND established by E. S. Borgquist, Professor of Civil Engineering from 1926 to 1961, is available to students in Civil SCHOLARSHIPS AND FINANCIAL AID 123

Engineering who have shown a real interest in the profession, have completed their freshman year and have ability to carry on college work, as certified by the head of the Civil Engineering Department.

THE GEORGE STEWART BROWN STUDENT LOAN FUND was established in 1960 in memory of George Stewart Brown, class of 1927, by his widow and children with an original gift of $1,000. Loans from this fund are available for deserving students upon the terms governing similar University funds.

THE BUROS LOAN FUND makes available, equally to the College of Engineering and the College of Architecture, the earnings from a gift of $10,000. Loans are limited to $100 to students designated by the Deans of the respective colleges. T. J. BYRNE MEMORIAL FUND - In memory of T. J. Byrne of the Prescott bar, friends have established a revolving loan fund for second- and third -year law students, from which approximately $1,000 is available annually.

THE H. WESLEY CARLSON MEMORIAL LOAN FUND provides short -term loans for needy students in the College of Law as approved by the Dean.

THE EDWIN F. CARPENTER MEMORIAL LOAN FUND -A fund established by the Arizona Chapter of the Society of the Sigma Xi and staff members of the Astronomy Department in honor of Dr. Edwin F. Carpenter, a long -time faculty member and Director of the Steward Observatory. THE CATALINA ROTARY SCHOLARSHIP LOAN FUND assists needy Tucson resident men or women, junior, senior, or graduate students with 2.5 or better grade averages. A renewable loan of $200 for each semester is repayable after graduation with a grace period of one year and repayment over a period of 36 months. The interest rate of 3 percent commences immediately after graduation. Applicants should contact the Catalina Rotary Club Scholarship Committee or the University Committee on Scholarships and Awards.

THE COLLEGE OF MEDICINE EMERGENCY LOAN FUND provides temporary emergency loans to Medical students and must be approved by the Dean of the college.

THE COLLEGIATE CLUB SCHOLARSHIP FUND was established in 1922 by the Collegiate Club of Tucson, and is available to women students of the University. THE COSMOPOLITAN -INTERNATIONAL RELATIONS FUND of $70 was established in 1927, jointly by the Cosmopolitan Club of the University and the Tucson Woman's Club, for the purpose of assisting deserving foreign students. THE JOHN B. CUNNINGHAM MEMORIAL LOAN FUND was established in memory of John B. Cunningham, Professor of Mechanical Engineering, and is reserved for students in the College of Mines. THE DEAN OF MEN'S EMERGENCY FUND isthe amount of $5,000 was ,established in 1952 by the Goldfarb Foundation to meet emergency needs of students. It is administered by the Dean of Men. THE CLIFFORD J. DOMINOS MEMORIAL FUND, established by members of the ;class of 1967 of the College of Architecture in honor of Clifford J. Dominos, a 124 SCHOLARSHIPS AND FINANCIAL AID member of the class, is available to students in Architecture who have completed three years' work in design. The recommendation of the Dean of the College is required.

THE KAREN EBY LOAN FUND - Mr. and Mrs. Wayne L. Eby have established a loan fund in memory of their daughter, Karen Eby, who was a student at The University of Arizona. Loans are made to junior and senior students at the University who demonstrate financial need in order to remain in school, and repayment will be made during the two years immediately following graduation. Interest at a rate of five percent per year will accrue from the date of graduation until repayment of the loan. THE DIXON FAGERBERG LOAN FUND - A fund of $1,000 established by Dixon Fagerberg of Prescott, Arizona, is available to junior and senior women. THE FOREIGN STUDENT ADVISOR'S LOAN FUND provides short -term emergency loans to foreign students and must be approved by the Foreign Student Adviser. THE MERRILL P. FREEMAN FUND was established in 1920 by bequest. The proceeds from the fund are granted on the basis of scholarship. THE PHOEBE GARDNER FUND established by friends in honor of Mrs. Phoebe Gardner of Miami, Arizona, is available to deserving students who meet the general University loan requirements. THE GENERAL LAW LOAN FUND - This fund was established in 1966 to provide short -term loans to deserving law students who have completed at least one year of study in the College of Law. Application is made to the Dean of the Law College. THE HAMER EDUCATION LOAN FUND, established by the Women's Auxiliary to the Arizona Medical Association, assists deserving students in any of the allied health career fields. Up to $400 per semester may be granted to a maximum total of $1,200. Monthly repayment without interest begins two months after the borrower ceases full -time study.

THE RICKEL M. HANSON MEMORIAL LOAN FUND has been established by the friends and family of Rickel M. Hanson, a student in the College of Engineering at the time of his death. Loans up to $300 are available to senior students in the College of Engineering, repayable within one year after ceasing full -time study. THE HEARD SCHOLARSHIP LOAN FUND - The late Dwight B. Heard left a bequest of $20,000. The income is to provide scholarships in such amounts and under such regulations as the University officials may determine. Applications must be made to the Dean of Men or Dean of Women. THE GEORGE F. HERRICK MEMORIAL FUND, established by friends of Professor George Herrick, is available to students in the College of Business and Public Administration upon application to the Dean of that College.

THE INTERNATIONAL STUDENTS' CLUB LOAN FUND assists members of the International Students Club subject to approval by the president of the club and the Foreign Student Adviser. iCHOLARSHIPS AND FINANCIAL AID 125

l'HE DANIEL C. JACKLING MEMORIAL FUND isestablished to benefit ntelligent and worthy students majoring in mining engineering or metallurgical ngineering.

l'HE J. PRESTON JONES MEMORIAL FUND - In memory of J. Preston Jones, lass of 1916, the fund was established in 1921 by former President R.B. von {leinSmid. Loans are available for deserving students upon the terms governing )ther similar University funds. THE DONALD A. KELLIHER MEMORIAL FUND was given for the benefit of students in the College of Mines in memory of Donald A. Kelliher, class of 1958. THE HARRY E. KR UMLA OF MEMORIAL LOAN FUND, donated by the family and friends of Professor Harry E. Krumlauf, assists deserving students in the College of Mines. THE LT. WILLIAM PEARSON LEISENRING MEMORIAL LOAN FUND is a memorial established by his parents to provide loans to needy law students as designated by the Dean of the College.

THE JANE LEONARD MEMORIAL LOAN FUND has been donated in memory of Jane Leonard for loans to deserving women students. :THE C. ZANER LESHER MEMORIAL LOAN FUND - Friends of C. Zaner Lesher, former Registrar of the University, have contributed to a loan fund for deserving students who meet the general University loan requirements. THE FRED C. MacALPINE MEMORIAL LOAN FUND - Friends of Fred C. MacAlpine, adistinguished Arizona pharmacist, established a loan fund for deserving students in Pharmacy, to be administered by the pharmacy faculty. THE CREIGHTON F. MAGOUN MEMORIAL LOAN FUND was established in 'memory of Dr. Magoun, Professor of Educational Administration, to provide temporary loans to student teachers and must be approved by the Dean of the College of Education.

THE LLOYD E. McCANN MEMORIAL LOAN FUND, established in memory of Dr. McCann, Professor and Head of the Department of Educational Administration, is available to Doctoral candidates selected by the Head of the Department and two faculty members. THE MR. AND MRS. S. C. McFARLAND LOAN FUND was established by Mr. and Mrs. McFarland of Coolidge, Arizona, to aid worthy and deserving Arizona students in obtaining a college education. Contributions are loaned to students selected by Mr. and Mrs. McFarland with repayments made available for loans to other qualified students.

THE CARL L. MENG MEMORIAL LOAN FUND was established by Mrs. Meng in memory of her late husband to provide short -term loans to students in the colleges of Engineering and Business and Public Administration who have attended the University one full year. MORTAR BOARD LOAN FUND of $100 was established by the Mortar Board as a revolving fund for women students, to be loaned at the discretion of the Dean of Women without interest, for periods up to two months, in small emergency loans. 126 SCHOLARSHIPS AND FINANCIAL AID

THE AL VA OTIS NEAL FUND is a memorial to the late Alva Otis Neal, former Registrar of the University, and is available to both men and women students.

THE DOWNTOWN OPTI -MRS. CLUB LOAN FUND provides temporary assistance to deserving women students with preference to Nursing students.

THE ARTHUR HAMILTON OTIS LOAN FUND of $1,000 was established by Mrs. Otis as a memorial to her late husband, for many years a faculty member and Dean of Men at the University. Loans are available to deserving junior or senior men. THE PANHELLENIC LOAN FUND of $100 was established by the Panhellenic Council to assist women students, and is administered by the Dean of Women. THE PHI DELTA CHI PHARMACY LOAN FUND was established by the fraternity for emergency loans to full -time students in the College of Pharmacy on approval of the Dean and President of the Fraternity.

THE PHI KAPPA PHI LOAN FUND has been established by the Arizona chapter of the national honor society and is available to student members. THE PILLETTE LOAN FUND - Was established by the Pillettes, the Women's Auxiliary of the Arizona Pharmaceutical Association, and is available to pharmacy students. Loans are made by a faculty committee of the College of Pharmacy. THE JOHN M. POLLACK LOAN FUND of $100 is open only to citizens of Arizona,withoutdistinctionofraceorcreed.Itisawardedonthe recommendations of the President and the committee in charge of loans. THE WINNIE BELLE COCHRAN PURCHASE MEMORIAL LOAN FUND has been established by friends of Winnie Belle Cochran Purchase, Class of 1931, and is available tofull -time undergraduate Arizona residents. The maximum loan is $1,000 in any one year and is repayable in 36 installments after the borrower ceases full -time study. THE SAMUEL J. REICH PHARMACY STUDENT LOAN FUND - Established in 1968 to assist deserving Pharmacy students with short -term financial need. THE RENAUD LOAN FUND - Established in memory of Ernest and Charlie Renaud to be available to deserving applicants under the general terms for University loans. THE DR. HAROLD W. RICE MEMORIAL LOAN FUND, established in memory of Dr. Harold Rice, a pioneer Arizona physician, is available to medical students designated by the Dean. THE WALTER ROCHE MEMORIAL FUND - In memory of Walter Roche, a leading member of the Phoenix bar, friends donated over $3,000 for a revolving loan fund for second- and third -year law students, administered by the Dean of thé Law College.

THE JOSEPH M. SCHACHNER MEMORIAL LOAN FUND was established as a memorial to Mr. Schachner by Mrs. Schachner and their sons. Loans are available to deserving students of the rank of sophomore or above, who are members of Hillel. SCHOLARSHIPS AND FINANCIAL AID 127

THE GEORGE FREDERICK SCULLY MEMORIAL LOAN FUND -A loan fund of $1,200 has been established by Mr. and Mrs. John D. Scully, Sr., in memory of their son, Lieutenant George Frederick Scully, a student of the College of Business and Public Administration who was killed in action in World War II. This fund is available to students in the College of Business and Public Administration. No interest will be charged to honorably discharged veterans of World War II.

THE CHARLES W. SECHRIST LOAN FUND provides long -term loans to medical students with approval of the Dean of the College. Preference is given to upperclassmen. THE CHARLES L. SORTOMME MEMORIAL FUND - This fund of $2,000 was established by Mrs. Charles L. Sortomme in memory of her husband, Lieutenant Charles L. Sortomme, a graduate of the College of Liberal Arts, who was lost in action in World War II.. Loans will be made to deserving students in chemistry of ,upper- division or graduate standing upon recommendation by the Department. THE CHARLES L. STROUSS MEMORIAL FUND - In memory of Charles L. Strouss, long a leader of the Arizona bar, his family and friends have established a trust fund in excess of $6,000. Loans are available to deserving law students who have completed at least one year of study in that college. THE ELLA MARY THOMAS MEMORIAL FUND - In memory of Ella Mary Thomas, a teacher in the public schools of Texas and Arizona, her sister, De Rossette Thomas, established a loan fund of $1,000 for the benefit of deserving students in home economics at The University of Arizona.

THE LEVI S. UDALL MEMORIAL FUND - Friends of Justice Levi S. Udall of the Supreme Court of Arizona have donated approximately $1,900 as a revolving loan fund for second- and third -year students in the College of Law. THE 'UNIVERSITY CLUB OF TUCSON LOAN FUND - The University Club of Tucson has established a loan fund of $350 to assist foreign students at the University.

THE CHARLES F. WILLIS MEMORIAL LOAN FUND was established in memory of Charles F. Willis, noted figure in the Arizona mining industry, to provide loans to 'students in the College of Mines with the approval of the Dean. THE WOMEN'S SELF -GOVERNMENT FUND of $250 is available to women students of the University. 'THE ZONTA CLUB LOAN FUND donated by the Zonta Club of Tucson, assists deserving women students who meet the general University loan requirements.

FOUNDATIONS SUPPORTING SCHOLARSHIPS AND FELLOWSHIPS AT THE UNIVERSITY OF ARIZONA THE ALCOA FOUNDATION, PITTSBURGH, PENNSYLVANIA The Aluminum Company of America through its Alcoa Foundation provides an annual scholarship for students in mechanical engineering of $750. 128 SCHOLARSHIPS AND FINANCIAL AID

THE AMERICAN FOUNDATION FOR PHARMACEUTICAL EDUCATION, WASHINGTON, D.C. Supported byallfacets of the pharmaceutical industry, the American Foundation for Pharmaceutical Education provides scholarships and fellowships at all colleges accredited by the American Council on Pharmaceutical Education.

SOUTHERN ARIZONA CHAPTER OF THE AMERICAN INSTITUTE OF ARCHITECTS FOUNDATION The Board of Directors of the Southern Arizona Chapter of the American, Institute of Architects Foundation awards $500 annually to an Arizona resident enrolled in the College of Architecture, preferably from Tucson, who is a third- or fourth -year student in design.

THE AMERICAN METAL CLIMAX FOUNDATION, INCORPORATED The American Metal Climax Foundation annually provides assistance to one or two students majoring in geology, geophysics, or geochemistry. This assistance providedspecificallytodefraythe expenses connected with thestudent's attendance at a summer field course in geology.

THE ASARCO FOUNDATION, NEW YORK, NEW YORK The ASARCO Foundation of New York, New York, supports the American Smelting and Refining Company Scholarships of $750 each awarded annually to three juniors or seniors, one majoring in metallurgical engineering, one in geology, and one in mining engineering.

THE BAIRD FOUNDATION, TUCSON, ARIZONA A permanent endowment fund was established in 1948 by the late Mr. James A. Baird, outstanding New York engineer, contractor, and builder of the in Washington, D.C., and the Times Building in New York City. Currently, the foundation supports sixty -fivescholarshipsat$700 each for outstanding graduates of Arizona high schools pursuing fields of study of their own choice.

THE CENTRAL NEWSPAPERS FOUNDATION, INDIANAPOLIS, INDIANA The Central Newspapers Foundation, supported by the Arizona Republic and Phoenix Gazette, has since 1959 assisted newspaper boys and other worthy youths from the newspaper industry in obtaining college degrees at The University of Arizona. The number and the amounts of the scholarships vary with the needs.

THE JOHN W. DARGAVEL FOUNDATION, INDIANAPOLIS, INDIANA Sponsored by the National Association of Retail Druggists, which honors its longtime President, Mr. John W. Dargavel, by aiding in the education of future pharmacists, the Foundation has provided scholarship loans in varying amounts to University of Arizona students since 1959, and a scholarship of $200 annually to a worthy pharmacy student beginning in 1964 -65. THE HERMAN E. DeMUND FOUNDATION, PHOENIX, ARIZONA The late Mr. Herman E. DeMund, and the Foundation which he established, provided grants for"tuition and sustenance" fordeserving students inthe institutions of higher learning in the state beginning in the 1940's. Currently, the Herman E. DeMund Foundation provides $1,000 each for three resident scholars annually at The University of Arizona in any field, and $1,500 for scholarships in the College of Medicine. SCHOLARSHIPS AND FINANCIAL AID 129

THE EDDIE AND MADELON EARL CHARITABLE FOUNDATION, 'INCORPORATED, TUCSON, ARIZONA A- contribution of $20,000 in mutual fund_ shares, the income used to fund a scholarship valued at $1,200 per year-for the College of Medicine.

THE GENERAL ELECTRIC FOUNDATION, OSSINING, NEW YORK The General Electric Foundation of Ossining, New- York, currently supports graduateeducation summer _programsfor secondary andcollegeteachers; undergraduatephysics,_ mathematics,engineering,economics,andfinance; educational associations and organizations; international fellowships; and the Corporate Alumnus Program. THE MARSHALL FOUNDATION, TUCSON, ARIZONA Beginning with the year 1949 -50, the late Mrs. Louise F. Marshall, formerly a Dean. of Women- at The University of 'Arizona, has provided annually $350 each in scholarship funds for 34 deserving women students through the work of the Marshall Charitable Foundation which she established.

THE MILLER FOUNDATION, MARSHFIELD, WISCONSIN Mr. and Mrs. -Steve J. Miller of Marshfield, Wisconsin, and Tucson, Arizona, - provide through _theMillerFoundation the sum of $12,000 annually for scholarships and fellowships in the performing arts, architecture, and in dairy science at The University of Arizona. The first recipients were supported during the 1965 -66 school year in drama, theater arts and crafts, 'cello, and in dairy science.

THE NATIONAL SCIENCE FOUNDATION, WASHINGTON, D.C. In the support of science education and research, the National Science Foundation provides institutional grants, training grants, and research grants at outstandinginstitutions of higher learning in the UnitedStates. Numerous undergraduate and graduate students of The University of Arizona have been assisted with N.S.F. scholarships and fellowships in the sciences since 1951.

THE PHELPS' DODGE FOUNDATION, NEW YORK, NEW YORK By an agreement.dated April 7, 1956, between the Phelps Dodge Foundation of the state 'of 'New York and the Board of. Regents of the Universities of Arizona, four -year .scholarships of $1,500 per year are now available to two incoming Arizona -high school - graduates annually -who are -bona fide residents of the- State of =Arizona. Two post-graduate scholarships providing $1,750 plus tuition are also provided in the current agreement for advanced work at The University of Arizona or at other ' institutions approved by The University of Arizona. Recipients have -visited annually one of the Phelps Dodge copper mines of Arizona or the copper -refinery._.at El Paso, Texas, as guests of the mining company.

THE PRESSER FOUNDATION, PHILADELPHIA, PENNSYLVANIA The ' Department of Scholarships of the Presser Foundation has since 1950 -51 consistently supported a scholarship at the University of Arizona for a worthy student preparing to become a teacher of music. The Presser Foundation Scholarship currently provides $400 to the recipient. DOROTHY ' H. AND LEWIS ROSENSTIEL FOUNDATION, NEW YORK, NEW YORK A gift _of $800,000 in November, 1968,, created a permanent endowment fund for the benefit of the College of Law; (a) income from $400,000 to be used for Dorothy H. and Lewis . Rosenstiel Scholarships, with preference given to 130 SCHOLARSHIPS AND FINANCIAL AID

applicants from disadvantaged minorities; (b) income from $250,000 to be used to create the Dorothy H. and Lewis Rosenstiel Distinguished Professorship of Law; and (c) income from $150,000 to be used at the discretion of the Dean to provide Dorothy H. and Lewis Rosenstiel Visiting Professorships or Lecturerships and /or for use by the College in developing interdisciplinary skills.

THE SEARS -ROEBUCK FOUNDATION, CHICAGO, ILLINOIS Assistance to home economics students from the Sears -Roebuck Foundation began at The University of Arizona in 1941. The purpose of this program, conducted at land -grant educational institutions, is "to contribute to society by helping to put educated, productive individuals into society." Currently the Sears -Roebuck Foundation provides scholarships annually to three students in home economics.

THE SHELL COMPANIES FOUNDATION, INCORPORATED, NEW YORK, NEW YORK Following a long history of service to education and research on the part of the Shell Petroleum Companies, including fellowships and scholarships at The University of Arizona, the Shell Companies Foundation, Incorporated, was formed in 1963 with a committee on Fellowships and Grants. Currently, a Shell Aid of $5,000 is available in chemistry.

THE SAM S. SHUBERT FOUNDATION, INCORPORATED, NEW YORK, NEW YORK Beginning in 1965, the Sam S. Shubert Foundation, Incorporated, New York, New York, has provided fellowships for students majoring in playwriting.

THE UNITED STATES STEEL FOUNDATION, NEW YORK, NEW YORK Beginning in 1960, the United States Steel Foundation included a fellowship in anthropology at The University of Arizona in its nationwide program of aid to education, dedicated to raising the quality of teaching and learning in America. The fellowship provides support for an advanced doctoral student in anthropology for two years.

THE VANCE FOUNDATION, TUCSON, ARIZONA In honor of Kenyon Pyle Vance, a fund has been set up to provide $500 yearly for a woman law student nominated by the Dean of the College of Law.

THE VEGETABLE GROWERS ASSOCIATION MEMORIAL FOUNDATION Originally under the name of the M. O. Best Memorial Foundation in honor of a state leader in the vegetable -growing industry, $500 scholarships were provided beginning in 1958 to six resident agriculture students at the institutions of higher education in Arizona. Since 1960 the foundation, under its new title, has continued to support these scholarships, and as of 1965 broadened the scope of the program to include students in horticulture, agricultural engineering, agricultural chemistry, agricultural business, and agronomy.

WOODROW WILSON NATIONAL FELLOWSHIP FOUNDATION The Woodrow Wilson Foundation offers stipends to first -year graduate students in the humanities, social sciences, and natural sciences who are willing seriously to consider a career in college teaching. SCHOLARSHIPS AND FINANCIAL AID 131

SCHOLARSHIPS The scholarshipslisted following are consistentlyavailable to students through the services of the University Committee on Scholarships and Awards. Recipientsareselected on the basis of exceptional scholastic achievement, character, promise, financial need, and qualifications as specified by the donors. A cumulative grade average of 2.5000 must be maintained for consideration of renewal, unless the donor requires a higher average. Arizona high school seniors should apply on forms available at the offices of their principals or counselors. University students may obtain applications from the Scholarships and Awards Office. Many scholars gain support through numerous sources outside of the University.. Although such scholarships are not listed in this publication, the services of the Committee on Scholarships and Awards are available to scholars and to donors upon request. All inquiries about scholarships should be addressed to the Office of Scholarships and Awards. Full details regarding eligibility and specifications on all scholarships are available in a separate publication of the Office. Scholarships are listed according to the following divisions:

SECTION ONE: Scholarships available to entering freshmen A. Alumni Association scholarships B. General scholarships 1. Scholarships in particular fields 2. Scholarships unrestricted as to field

SECTION TWO: Scholarships restricted to resident undergraduates A. Scholarships unrestricted as to field B. Scholarships in particular fields

SECTION THREE: Graduate appointments and scholarships A. Scholarships restricted to graduate students B. Other scholarships available to graduate students

SECTION ONE: SCHOLARSHIPS AVAILABLE TO ENTERING FRESHMEN A. ALUMNI ASSOCIATION SCHOLARSHIPS The University of Arizona Alumni Association, through the Alumni Fund, maintains a number of scholarships. The following are currently available: ALUMNI CLUB SCHOLARSHIPS. Donated by local Arizona Alumni Clubs. Scholarships vary in number and amount. - GENERAL ALUMNI SCHOLARSHIPS.Donated by the University Alumni Association. Scholarships vary in number and amount. ARIZONA ALUMNI ASSOCIATION OF TUCSON SCHOLARSHIPS. Donated by the Tucson Alumni Club. Six scholarships of variable amount. ARTHUR BRINKMAN SCHOLARSHIP. Donated by Mr. Brinkman. One scholarship of $250, renewable for three additional years. CANANEA ALUMNI - 4 -C REVOLVING SCHOLARSHIP.Donated by the Cananea University of Arizona Alumni and 4 -C Fund. Value varies; repayable. MARGUERITE CHESNEY TENNIS SCHOLARSHIP.Donated by friends and former students of Professor Chesney. Value varies. HUBERT DeWOLF SCHOLARSHIP. Donated by friends and family of the late Mr. DeWolf. Scholarships vary in amount. 132 SCHOLARSHIPS AND FINANCIAL AID

GEORGE GREGSON SCHOLARSHIPS. Donated by Mr. Gregson, '24. Four scholarships at $600 per year renewable for three additional years. TODD W. JOHNSON SCHOLARSHIPS.Donated by Mr. Johnson. Scholarships vary in amount. McKALE SCHOLARSHIPS. Established by alumni scholarship contributions honoring the late Dr. J. F. McKale. Value $600. MICHIGAN -McKALE SCHOLARSHIP.Donated by alumni and friends of the late Dr. J. F. McKale. Varies in amount. ELSIE HOLMAN NEAL, PI BETA PHI ALUMNAE CLUB SCHOLARSHIP. Donated by the Pi Beta Phi Alumnae Club in tribute to Elsie Holman Neal. Varies in amount. JOHN A. NOON MEMORIAL SCHOLARSHIP. Given by an anonymous donor. $150 per year. ROBERT L. NUGENT MEMORIAL SCHOLARSHIP. Donated by former students and friends of the late Dr. Nugent. Varies in amount. PEPSI -COLA SCHOLARSHIP.Donated by the Santa Rita Bottling Company. Scholarship amount varies. W. W. PICKRELL MEMORIAL SCHOLARSHIP. Donated by Mrs. Pickrell in memory of her husband. One scholarship of $500. SEABURY SCHOLARSHIP.Donated by the Seabury Foundation. $500 per year renewable through four years. In addition, the Alumni Association maintains the following scholarships, listed separately under various colleges and categories: Alpha Zeta Alumni Scholarships, Helen Bocock Memorial Scholarship, Jane Browder Memorial Scholarship, Thomas G. Chapman Memorial Scholarship, Thomas G. Chapman Memorial Metallurgy Scholarship, E. Ray Cowden Scholarship, Ruth Cowden Scholarship, Ina E. Gittings Memorial Scholarship, Charles W. Hall, Jr., Memorial Revolving Scholarship, Heron -Jones Memorial Scholarship, Reuben M. and Virginia Hess Scholarship, Douglas Holsclaw Band Scholarships, Frank M. Life Memorial Scholarship, Douglas D. Martin Journalism Scholarships, Fred C. McCormick Memorial Scholarship, Edward Jackson Meyer Scholarship,Rollin PeaseScholarship,Pistor -StanleyScholarships in Agriculture, Desmond Powell Memorial Scholarship, Samuel J. Reich Scholarship in Pharmacy, John P. Rockfellow Memorial Scholarship, A. B. Schmidt Memorial Scholarship, Students of Maxwell N. Short Scholarship, Tucson Press Club- Orville McPherson Scholarship, Wall's Livestock Supply Company Scholarship, Robert J. Weiler Real Estate Scholarship, John Lewis Wilson Memorial Revolving Scholarship.

B. GENERAL SCHOLARSHIPS AVAILABLE TO ENTERING FRESHMEN

1. Scholarships in Particular Fields Agriculture GEORGE H. HUMPHREY MEMORIAL SCHOLARSHIP. Given by family and friends of Mr. Humphrey. One scholarship of $200. CHARLES U. PICKRELL MEMORIAL REVOLVING SCHOLARSHIP. Donated as a memorial to the late Mr. Pickrell. Value varies. RAK SCHOLARSHIPS. A bequest from the estate of Charles L. and Mary Kidder Rak. Two scholarships of $400 each. VEGETABLE GROWERS ASSOCIATION MEMORIAL SCHOLARSHIPS. Given by the Vegetable Growers Memorial Foundation. Six scholarships of $500 each; renewable. Engineering ARIZONA PORTLAND CEMENT COMPANY SCHOLARSHIP. Donated by the Arizona Portland Cement Company. One scholarship of $500. GENERAL MOTORS COLLEGE PLAN SCHOLARSHIPS. Given by the General Motors Corporation. Value varies according to need. Fine Arts (Music) DAVID MURDOCK MEMORIAL SCHOLARSHIPS. Donated by friends and family of Lt. Murdock. Value varies. UNIVERSITY GENERAL MUSIC SCHOLARSHIPS. Established by the Arizona Board of Regents. Remission of tuition, registration and course fees. SCHOLARSHIPS AND FINANCIAL AID 133

Mines THE ANACONDA COMPANY SCHOLARSHIPS. Given by The Anaconda Company. Four scholarships of $2,000 each, renewable through four years. DANIEL C. JACKLING SCHOLARSHIPS. A bequest of the late Mr. Jackling. Amounts vary. HENRY W. OLIVER SCHOLARSHIPS. A fund of $25,000 given by the late Mrs. Ann Rae Binney in memory of her grandfather. Amount varies. Nursing DEVON GABLES NURSING SCHOLARSHIP. Donated by Devon Gables Nursing Home, Tucson, Arizona. One scholarship of $500.

Pre- Medical CHARLES, CHARLES, JR., AND ANTHONY VOMASKA MEMORIAL SCHOLARSHIP. Given by Mrs. Sophia Vomaska, wife and mother. One scholarship of at least $250.

Pre- Ministerial BILLINGS SCHOLARSHIP. Given by the late Minnie Ruth Billings. One scholarship of $250.

2. Scholarships Unrestricted as to Field MARY STORRS ANDERSEN SCHOLARSHIP. Donated as a memorial by the Tucson Alumnae and Patroness Chapters of Sigma Alpha Iota. One scholarship of at least $100. ARIZONA TRUST COMPANY SCHOLARSHIP. Given by the Arizona Trust Company. One scholarship of $250. BAIRD SCHOLARSHIPS. A fund in excess of $250,000 donated by the late Mr. James Baird. Sixty -five scholarships of $700 each, renewable for the sophomore year. BAUM AND ADAMSON SCHOLARSHIPS. An annual gift from the Baum and Adamson Tire and Automotive Company. Two scholarships of $500 each. HYMAN AND DORA CAPIN MEMORIAL SCHOLARSHIPS. Given in memory of the Capins by the Capin Mercantile Corporation of Nogales, Arizona. Amounts vary; renewable. FRANK G. (PANCHO) GONZALES MEMORIAL SCHOLARSHIP. Given in honor of Mr. Gonzales by his wife and sons. One scholarship of $500. HABBJACH (DOLLARS FOR SCHOLARS) SCHOLARSHIPS. Donated by HABBJACH. Normal and usual registration fees. Number of scholarships varies. HABBJACH (DOLLARS FOR SCHOLARS) SCHOLARSHIP IN MEMORY OF CAROL GORDON FIST. Donated by HABBJACH. Normal and usual registration fees. HABBJACH (DOLLARS FOR SCHOLARS) SCHOLARSHIP IN MEMORY OF NICK SIFLIN. Donated by HABBJACH. Normal and usual registration fees. Number of scholarships varies. HUGHES AIRCRAFT COMPANY, TUCSON DIVISION SCHOLARSHIP. Given by the Tucson Division of Hughes Aircraft. $500 per year, renewable. CONSOLIDATED COPPER COMPANY SCHOLARSHIPS. Donated by the Inspiration Consolidated Copper Company. One scholarship of $1,000, renewable. KIWANIS CLUB OF TUCSON SCHOLARSHIPS. Given by the Kiwanis Club of Tucson in tribute to Mr. Harry Heighton. Eight scholarships of $350 each, renewable. JAMES AND GRACE M. LOGIE MEMORIAL SCHOLARSHIP. A bequest of Grace M. Logie. Amount varies. MARSHALL FOUNDATION FOR ARIZONA WOMEN SCHOLARSHIPS. Given by the Marshall Foundation. 34 scholarships of $350 each; renewable for the sophomore year. MASONIC SCHOLARSHIP. Donated by The Most Worshipful Prince Hall Grand Lodge, F. & A. M., Arizona Jurisdiction, Inc. One scholarship of $200. THE MARTHA MERRILL MEMORIAL REVOLVING FUND. Given by family and friends of the late Martha Merrill. MEXICAN -AMERICAN STUDENT ASSOCIATIONSCHOLARSHIPS.Givenbythe Mexican -American Student Association. Two scholarships of $400 each. 134 SCHOLARSHIPS AND FINANCIAL AID

KIRK TONNER MOORE SCHOLARSHIP. A fund of $6,000 given by Nina Moore Wygant and Roy W. Moore as a memorial to their brother. Amount varies. W. L. "TEX" NEEL MEMORIAL SCHOLARSHIP. Donated by friends of the late Mr. Neel. One scholarship of at least $200. PHELPS DODGE GENERAL SCHOLARSHIPS. Given by the Phelps Dodge Foundation. Eight scholarships of $1,500 each, renewable, two reserved for freshmen. PRESIDENT'S CUP AND SCHOLARSHIP. Established by the Arizona Board of Regents. Remission of fees up to $300, and $100 in cash for books. WALTER AND LILLIAN RECTOR SCHOLARSHIP. Given by Mr. W. G. Rector in honor of his parents. $600 yearly; renewable. RICHARD C. ROSALDO MEMORIAL REVOLVING FUND was given by the Rosaldo family and the many friends and associates of Dr. Renato Rosaldo. ROTARY CLUB OF TUCSON SCHOLARSHIPS. Given by the Rotary Club of Tucson. Ten or more scholarships of $395 each. CY RUBEL MEMORIAL SCHOLARSHIPS. Given in honor of Albert Chatfield Rubel by the Union Oil Company of California Foundation. Twelve scholarships of $1,000 each, renewable; three reserved for freshmen. SCHOLARSHIP FUND IN HONOR OF RICHARD HERRERAS, ART KINGMAN, SR., ALEX MOLINA, SR., AND DECEASED MEMBERS OF THE LATIN -AMERICAN SOCIAL CLUB OF PIMA COUNTY. Given by the Scholarship fund of the Latin -American Social Club of Pima County. Two new scholarships yearly at $350 each. JANE AND ROBERT SHELTON SCHOLARSHIP. Given by the Sheltons. One scholarship of $1500. THE SUNNYSIDE EDUCATION ASSOCIATION SCHOLARSHIP. Donated by the Sunnyside Education Association. One scholarship of $300. TUCSON GAS AND ELECTRIC COMPANY SCHOLARSHIPS FOR CHILDREN OF EMPLOYEES. Given by the Tucson Gas and Electric Company. Remission of registration fees; renewable. TUCSON PRESS CLUB -ORVILLE McPHERSON SCHOLARSHIPS. Given by the Tucson Press Club. Two scholarships of $250 each. TUCSON WOMAN'S CLUB SCHOLARSHIP. Donated by the Tucson Woman's Club. One scholarship of $250. UNIVERSITY CUP AND SCHOLARSHIP. Established by the Arizona Board of Regents. Remission of fees up to $300, and $100 in cash for books. UNIVERSITY GENERAL ATHLETIC SCHOLARSHIPS. Established by the Arizona Board of Regents. Values vary. UNIVERSITY GENERAL INDIAN SCHOLARSHIPS. Established by the Arizona Board of Regents. Remission of registration and regular course fees. UNIVERSITY GENERAL INTERNATIONAL NONRESIDENT TUITION SCHOLARSHIPS. Established by the Arizona Board of Regents. Up to 20 scholarships carrying remission of non -resident tuition fees. UNIVERSITY GENERAL INTERNATIONAL SCHOLARSHIPS. Established by the Arizona Board of Regents. Up to 17 scholarships carrying remission of tuition, registration and regular course fees. The University accepts no financial responsibility other than the waiver of such fees. UNIVERSITY GENERAL LATIN -AMERICAN SCHOLARSHIPS. Established by the Arizona Board of Regents. Up to 10 scholarships carrying remission of tuition, registration and regular course fees. The University accepts no financial responsibility other than the waiver of such fees. UNIVERSITY GENERAL MEXICAN SCHOLARSHIPS. Established by the Arizona Board of Regents. Up to 15 scholarships carrying remission of tuition, registration and regular course fees. The University accepts no financial responsibility other than the waiver of such fees. UNIVERSITY GENERAL NONRESIDENT SCHOLARSHIPS. Established by the Arizona Board of Regents. Five scholarships carrying remission of tuition, registration and regular course fees; renewable. SCHOLARSHIPS AND FINANCIAL AID 135

UNIVERSITY GENERAL RESIDENT SCHOLARSHIPS. Established by the Arizona Board of Regents. Scholarships provide remission of registration and regular course fees; renewable sophomore year. UNIVERSITY MEMORIAL SCHOLARSHIPS. A number of scholarships of variable value are awarded annually by the University Committee on Scholarships and Awards from funds contributed as memorials to members of the faculty or staff or to friends of the University. Those honored in this way are: Walter Armstrong Fern Gustafson Mary Sue Northington Josephine Barnes Jonathan David Greer Eva Olesen Arthur H. Beattie Michael Johnston Drew Pallette Julius Birdman Paul Kershner, Jr. Robert C. Parnell Helen Bocock Henry and Barbara Kiker A. C. Simon Albert Deal Eugene Lyon Margaret Bayless Smallhouse William F. Foy James Muir Norman C. Wade Patricia Upshaw Gerhardt Nancy Michele Navin Kenneth F. Wertman VALLEY NATIONAL BANK SCHOLARSHIPS. Given by the Valley National Bank. Sixteen scholarships of $300 each, four reserved for freshmen; renewable. THELMA OCHOA VAN HORNE MEMORIAL SPANISH SCHOLARSHIP. Given by Mr. J. D. Van Home. One scholarship of $100, renewable. VESTA CLUB SCHOLARSHIP. Donated through the Vesta Club Scholarship Fund. Varies in number and amount. " HEINZE" YOUNG MEMORIAL SCHOLARSHIP. A bequest from the late Henry Edgar Young. One scholarship at $400 or two at $200 each.

SECTION TWO: SCHOLARSHIPS RESTRICTED TO RESIDENT UNDERGRADUATES

A. SCHOLARSHIPS UNRESTRICTED AS TO FIELD RUTH C. ACKERMAN MEMORIAL SCHOLARSHIPS. Given by Mr. Lee Ackerman in memory of his mother. Variable in number and amount. AIR FORCE R.O.T.C. SCHOLARSHIPS. Given by the United States Air Force. Scholarships cover tuition, textbooks, fees, and $50 per month for duration of the grant. AMERICAN HELLENIC EDUCATIONAL PROGRESSIVE ASSOCIATION SCHOLARSHIP. Given by the Daughters of Penelope, senior ladies auxiliary of the AHEPA. Two scholarships of $300 each. ARMY R.O.T.C. SCHOLARSHIPS. Given by Headquarters, Department of the Army. Scholarships cover tuition, textbooks, course fees, $50 monthly for duration of the award, plus stipend and certain travel expenses. BAGDAD COPPER CORPORATION SCHOLARSHIPS. Donated by Mr. David C. Lincoln, president of Bagdad Copper Corporation. Two scholarships of $600 each. THE SENATOR AND MRS. HUBERT D'AUTREMONT MEMORIAL SCHOLARSHIPS. Established by a gift of $10,000 from the d'Autremont Memorial Association. Scholarship amounts determined by the University Committee on Scholarships and Awards; repayable. THE BLUE KEY SCHOLARSHIP. Given by Blue Key, in honor of Dr. Richard A. Harvill, President of The University of Arizona, 1951 -1971. One scholarship of $200. BENJAMIN AND BIO DeCASSERES SCHOLARSHIP. A bequest from the lateMrs. DeCasseres. Amount determined by the University Committee on Scholarships and Awards. HERMAN E. DeMUND MEMORIAL SCHOLARSHIP. Given by the Herman E. DeMund Foundation. Three scholarships of $1,000 each. STEPHEN J. DINOU SCHOLARSHIPS. A bequest from the estate of Mr. Dinou. Scholarship amounts vary. RICHARD L. DISNEY AND HARRIET M. DISNEY FOREIGN STUDENT SCHOLARSHIP. Given by Mr. Disney and the late Harriet Disney. Value varies. DOWNTOWN OPTIMIST CLUB MEMORIAL SCHOLARSHIPS. Given by the Tucson Downtown Optimist Club. Two scholarships of $250 each. EASTERN STAR SCHOLARSHIPS. Given by the Grand Chapter of the Order of Eastern Star of Arizona. Two scholarships of $200 each, one reserved for Nursing students. 136 SCHOLARSHIPS AND FINANCIAL AID

EL PASO NATURAL GAS COMPANY SCHOLARSHIP. Donated by the El Paso Natural Gas Company. Scholarship varies in amount up to $1,000. OTTUS F. FISHER MEMORIAL SCHOLARSHIP. Given by Mr. John F. Fisher, Mrs. Ethel Fisher Sullivan and other members of the family. One scholarship of $500. FRATERNAL ORDER OF POLICE SCHOLARSHIPS. Given by the Tucson Lodge No. 1, Fraternal Order of Police. Scholarships vary in number and amount. GARLAND STEEL COMPANY SCHOLARSHIP. Given by Mr. David C. Lincoln, president of the Bagdad Copper Corporation. One scholarship of $600. MERCEDES SHIBELL GOULD MEMORIAL SCHOLARSHIPS. A bequest in excess of $14,000 from the late Mercedes Shibell Gould, one of the three members of the first graduating class of the University. Value varies. KENNETH GUNTER SCHOLARSHIP. Donated by Elizabeth Fulton Gunter. One scholarship of $500, renewable. ALBERT M. AND KATHRYN HALDEMAN SCHOLARSHIP FUND. Established by the Albert M. Haldeman Endowment. Scholarships vary in number and amount. CHARLES W. HALL, JR., MEMORIAL REVOLVING SCHOLARSHIP. Given by family and friends of the late Mr. Hall. Amount varies. THE GEORGE G. HARVILL SCHOLARSHIP OR STUDY GRANT FOR DAMES. Established by The University of Arizona Faculty Women's Club, honoring Mrs. George G. Harvill, wife of the University president (1951 -71). Value, at least $350 per year. INDEPENDENT ORDER OF FORESTERS, COURT SANTA RITANO. 1007, SCHOLARSHIP. Given by Court Santa Rita No. 1007. Two scholarships at $100 each. ITALIAN -AMERICAN CLUB SCHOLARSHIP. Given by the Italian- American Club of Tucson. One scholarship of $500. KARL JASPERS MEMORIAL SCHOLARSHIPS. Donated by students of the philosophy of Karl Jaspers. Three scholarships of $400 each. VICTOR BRUCE KELLEY MEMORIAL SCHOLARSHIP. Given as a memorial by family and friends. One scholarship of $500. KIWANIS CLUB OF SUNSHINE SCHOLARSHIPS. Given by the Kiwanis Club of Sunshine in Tucson. Scholarships vary in number and amount. SUSAN ELIZABETH (SUKI) LEONARD MEMORIAL SCHOLARSHIP. A gift of $5,000 by Mr. and Mrs. Egerton D. Lakin in memory of their granddaughter. One scholarship of $200. KATE C. LEWIS AND JOHN WILLIAM LEWIS MEMORIAL SCHOLARSHIP. A bequest from the late Kate C. Lewis. Varies in amount. FRED C. AND ADA P. McCORMICK SCHOLARSHIP. Given by Mrs. McCormick in honor of her late husband. Amount varies. SAMUEL H. MORRIS MEMORIAL SCHOLARSHIPS. A bequest from the late Mr. Morris, former President of the Board of Regents. Amount varies. JOHN AND HELEN MURPHEY FOUNDATION REVOLVING SCHOLARSHIP. Established by the John and Helen Murphey Foundation Funds. Amount varies; repayable. THE NEWMAN SUSTAINING BOARD SCHOLARSHIP. Donated by the Sustaining Board of the Newman Students Center. One scholarship of $500. NICHOLS SCHOLARSHIP. Given by Mr. Robert C. Nichols. Amount varies. NUGENT SCHOLARSHIPS. A bequest from the late Robert L. Nugent in memory of his father, Paul Cook Nugent, his mother, Mary Logan Nugent, and his brother, Paul Cook Nugent, Jr. Varies in number and amount; renewable. OLD FORT LOWELL SCHOLARSHIPS. Given by a friend of the University. Two scholarships of $500 each. PHI ETA SIGMA SCHOLARSHIP. Given by Phi Eta Sigma National Honor Society. One scholarship of $75. PHRATERES SCHOLARSHIPS. Given by The University of Arizona Town Girls' Organization, Phrateres. Two scholarships of $150 each. PIMA COUNTY COUNCIL OF HOMEMAKERS SCHOLARSHIP. Given by the Pima County Council of Homemakers in memory of Miss Evelyn A. Bentley and in honor of Miss Grace Ryan. One scholarship of $150. THE CAROL REED MEMORIAL SCHOLARSHIP. Donated by Mr. and Mrs. Roger Reed, parents of Carol Reed. One. scholarship-of. SCHOLARSHIPS AND FINANCIAL AID 137

SAKRISON SCHOLARSHIP. Given by Mr. J. M. Sakrison, president of Pima Savings and Loan Association. Amount varies. HARRIET SEIFERT MEMORIAL SCHOLARSHIPS. A bequest from the late Harriet Seifert. Scholarships vary in number and amount. SOUTHERN ARIZONA BANK AND TRUST COMPANY SCHOLARSHIPS. Given by the Southern Arizona Bank and Trust Company. Scholarship value varies up to $1574 yearly. PRISCILLA TOWNE MEMORIAL SCHOLARSHIP. Given as a memorial by residents of Sonora Hall. Scholarship pays room rent for one semester. UNIVERSITY OF ARIZONA GYMNASTICS CLUB SCHOLARSHIP OR STUDY GRANT. Given by the University Gymnastics Club for Men. Scholarship amount covers approximate cost of tuition and fees. FREDERICK USHER SCHOLARSHIP. A legacy from the late Mr. Usher. Amount varies.

B. SCHOLARSHIPS IN PARTICULAR FIELDS Agriculture AGRICULTURAL ENGINEERINGSCHOLARSHIPS.Maintainedbyfundsofthe Irrigation- Engineering Fellowship (G.E.P. Smith Fund); varies. ALPHA ZETA ALUMNI.SCHOLARSHIP. Given by alumni of the University Chapter of Alpha Zeta. One scholarship of $250. CARMAN CORLISS SCHOLARSHIP. Given by the Arizona State Federation of Garden Clubs. One scholarship of $300. E. RAY COWDEN SCHOLARSHIP. Given by the Cowden family. One scholarship of varying amount. WALTER S. CUNNINGHAM MEMORIAL REVOLVING SCHOLARSHIP. Given by Mr. and Mrs. Joseph Metcalf. One scholarship of $200. TOMMY LEE HART MEMORIAL SCHOLARSHIP. Given in memory of their son by Mr. and Mrs. Leo B. Hart. One scholarship of $100. HEBBARD AND WEBB COMPANY SCHOLARSHIP. Given by Mr. Milton D. Webb. One or more scholarships at $500 each. REUBEN M. AND VIRGINIA HESS SCHOLARSHIP. A gift of $10,000 from Mr. and Mrs. Hess. One scholarship of $400. LOS PALOS VERDES GARDEN CLUB SCHOLARSHIP. Given by the Los Palos Verdes Garden Club. One scholarship of $100. THE W. T. AND WINIFRED McCLELLAND SCHOLARSHIPS. Given by family and friends of the late W. T. McClelland. Two scholarships of $500 each. THE MILLER FOUNDATION SCHOLARSHIPS AND FELLOWSHIPS IN DAIRY SCIENCE. Given by Mr. and Mrs. Steve J. Miller and the Miller Foundation of Marshfield, Wisconsin. A scholarship sum of $2,500 awarded in varying amounts. OLD PUEBLO CAT CLUB SCHOLARSHIP. Donated by the Old Pueblo Cat Club of Tucson. One scholarship of varying amount. PISTOR- STANLEY SCHOLARSHIPS IN AGRICULTURE. Given by alumni in honor of Professors William J. Pistor and Ernest B. Stanley. Scholarships vary in number and amount. RALSTON PURINA COMPANY SCHOLARSHIP. Donated by the Ralston Purina Company. One scholarship of $500. HAROLD C. SCHWALEN SCHOLARSHIP. Given by Professor and Mrs. Harold C. Schwalen. Amount varies. TRANS -MISSISSIPPI GOLF ASSOCIATION SCHOLARSHIPS. Given by the Trans -Mississippi Golf Association. Two scholarships of $500 each. WILLIAM J. VAN ARSDELL MEMORIAL SCHOLARSHIP. Given as a memorial through the University of Arizona Block and Bridle Club. One scholarship of $250; renewable. WALL'S LIVESTOCK SUPPLY COMPANY SCHOLARSHIP. Given by Wall's Livestock Supply Company. One scholarship of $300.

The following scholarships in Agriculture are described under the section headed "Scholarships Available to Entering Freshmen:" George H. Humphrey Memorial Scholarship; Charles U. Pickrell Memorial Scholarship; Rak Scholarships; Vegetable Growers Association Scholarships. 138 SCHOLARSHIPS AND FINANCIAL AID

Architecture LEE CHURCHILL MEMORIAL MASONRY SCHOLARSHIPS. Donated by the Arizona Masonry Guild. One scholarship of $500. FRIEDMAN AND JOBUSCH SCHOLARSHIP. Given by Friedman and Jobusch Architecture and Engineering, Inc. One scholarship of $500. THE MILLER FOUNDATION SCHOLARSHIP IN ARCHITECTURE. Given by Mr. and Mrs. Steve J. Miller and the Miller Foundation of Marshfield, Wisconsin. One scholarship of $1,000. SOUTHERN ARIZONA CHAPTER OF THE AMERICAN INSTITUTE OF ARCHITECTS FOUNDATION SCHOLARSHIP. Given by the Southern Arizona Chapter of the A.I.A. One scholarship of $500. JOHN S. SUNDT MEMORIAL SCHOLARSHIP. Given by family and friends of the late Mr. Sundt. Amount varies. Business and Public Administration AMERICAN SOCIETY OF WOMEN ACCOUNTANTS SCHOLARSHIP. Given by the Tucson Chapter of the American Society of Women Accountants. Scholarship covers registration fee for the senior year. GEORGE H. AMOS, SR., SCHOLARSHIP. Given in honor of Mr. Amos by Albert W. Gibson, President, and George H. Amos, Jr., Executive Vice President of the Tucson Realty and Trust Company. One scholarship of $600. HENRY E. DAHLBERG SCHOLARSHIP. Given by Mr. Dahlberg, `33. One scholarship of $500. ALBERT GLICKMAN MEMORIAL SCHOLARSHIP. Given by the College Shop, founded by Mr. Glickman. One scholarship of $500. CARLOS C. JÁCOME MEMORIAL SCHOLARSHIP. A gift of $5,000 by members of Mr. Jácome's family. Amount varies. i RAYMOND C. JOHNSON SCHOLARSHIP. Given by Mr. Johnson, `28, vice president of the New York Life Insurance Company. One scholarship of $350. WILLIAM H. McCONNICO MEMORIAL SCHOLARSHIP. Given by the University of Arizona Chapter of Alpha Delta Delta. Amount varies. DONALD W. MOORE SCHOLARSHIP. Given by Mr. Moore, `24. One scholarship of $600. VICTOR MYERSON MEMORIAL SCHOLARSHIP. Given by Mr. Hyman Myerson in memory of his father. One scholarship of $500. NEW PUEBLO CONSTRUCTORS SCHOLARSHIPINBUSINESS AND PUBLIC ADMINISTRATION. Donated by the New Pueblo Constructors, Incorporated, of Tucson. One scholarship of $300. THE CELE PETERSON'S SCHOLARSHIP. Given by Cele Peterson's of Tucson. One scholarship of $250. ELMER PRESENT SCHOLARSHIP. Given by Mr. Present. One scholarship of $500. BEN PROJAN MEMORIAL SCHOLARSHIP. Given by friends of the late Mr. Projan. One scholarship of $500. SALES AND MARKETING EXECUTIVES OF TUCSON, INCORPORATED, SCHOLARSHIP. Given by the Sales and Marketing Executives of Tucson, Inc. One scholarship of $500. A. B. SCHMIDT MEMORIAL SCHOLARSHIP. Given by family and friends of Professor , Schmidt. Scholarship amount varies. BENJAMIN H. SOLOT MEMORIAL SCHOLARSHIP. Donated by the Solot Realty Company. One scholarship of $300. SOUTHERN ARIZONA BANK SCHOLARSHIP. Given by the Southern Arizona Bank and Trust Company. One scholarship of $400. JOHN R. STILB AND ASSOCIATES SCHOLARSHIP. Given by John R. Stilb and Associates. One scholarship of $300. GLEN WOOD STRICKLER MEMORIAL SCHOLARSHIP. Contributions from an investment fund established by Professor Strickler and his students; and from members of his family and friends. One scholarship of $350. JOHN S. SUNDT MEMORIAL SCHOLARSHIP (See Architecture, this section) TUCSON ADVERTISING CLUB -JANET CHILD MEMORIAL SCHOLARSHIP. Given as a memorial by the Tucson Advertising Club. One scholarship of $250 per semester for one year. TUCSON FEDERAL SAVINGS AND LOAN ASSOCIATION SCHOLARSHIP. Given by the Tucson Federal Savings and Loan Association. One scholarship of $250. SCHOLARSHIPS AND FINANCIAL AID 139

TUCSON TRANSPORTATION CLUB SCHOLARSHIP. Given by the Tucson Transportation Club. One scholarship of $50 per semester. ROBERT J. WEILER REAL ESTATE SCHOLARSHIP. Donated by the Robert J. Weiler Insurance Company of Columbus, Ohio. One scholarship of $100 per semester. THE JOHN LEWIS WILSON MEMORIAL REVOLVING SCHOLARSHIP. Given by relatives and friends of the late Mr. Wilson. One scholarship of $150 per semester. Earth Sciences AMAX FOUNDATION SCHOLARSHIP. Given by the American Metal Climax Foundation, Inc. One scholarship of $750 or two at $375 each, toward expenses of summer field school in geology. AMERICAN SMELTING AND REFINING COMPANY SCHOLARSHIP. Donated by the American Smelting and Refining Company. One scholarship of $750. HERNON -JONES MEMORIAL SCHOLARSHIP. Given by friends and colleagues in memory of Robert H. Hernon and William R. Jones. Amount varies. STUDENTS OF MAXWELL N. SHORT SCHOLARSHIPS. Given in honor of the late Professor Short by Dr. D. J. Cederstrom. Amount varies. TUCSON GEM AND MINERAL SOCIETY, INCORPORATED, SCHOLARSHIP. Donated by the Society. One scholarship of $300. Education ARIZONA ALPHA DELTA KAPPA SCHOLARSHIP. Given by Alpha Delta Kappa Women's Honorary Educational Sorority. One scholarship of $200. ARIZONA ASSOCIATION OF INDEPENDENT INSURANCE AGENTS - SAFETY EDUCATION SCHOLARSHIPS. Given by the Arizona Association of Independent Insurance Agents. Three scholarships of $50 each. ARIZONA PERSONNEL AND GUIDANCE ASSOCIATION SCHOLARSHIP. Donated by the Arizona Personnel and Guidance Association. One scholarship of $100. ROBERT E. BAVER MEMORIAL SCHOLARSHIP. From the estate of Mr. Baver. Scholarship amount varies. THE ROBERT A. CROWELL MEMORIAL SCHOLARSHIP. Donated by family and friends of the late Professor Crowell. $75 yearly, awarded for purchase of textbooks. DELTA KAPPA GAMMA SCHOLARSHIP. Given by the Tucson Chapters of the Delta Kappa Gamma Society. One scholarship of at least $200. DELTA KAPPA GAMMA, NU CHAPTER, SCHOLARSHIP. Given by Nu chapter of Delta Kappa Gamma. One scholarship of $300. DELTA KAPPA GAMMA, UPSILON CHAPTER, SCHOLARSHIP. Donated by Delta Kappa Gamma, Upsilon chapter. One scholarship of $300. INA E. GITTINGS MEMORIAL SCHOLARSHIP. Given by students and friends of the late Professor Gittings. Amount varies. ANNA HENRY EDUCATION SCHOLARSHIP. Donated by Miss Anna Henry. One scholarship )f $300. .4ATIONAL ASSOCIATION FOR RETARDED CHILDREN SCHOLARSHIP. Given by the ;final County Association for Retarded Children. One scholarship of $150. TUCSON SECTION, NATIONAL COUNCIL OF JEWISH WOMEN, CLARA F. BLOOM SCHOLARSHIP. Given by the Tucson Section, National Council of Jewish Women. One ; cholarship of $300; renewable. "WEN BARTHELS PEDERSEN MEMORIAL SCHOLARSHIP. Given in memory of Mrs. ?edersen, '62, by family and friends. One scholarship of $600 or two at $300 each. ?I LAMBDA THETA SCHOLARSHIP, ALPHA ALPHA CHAPTER. Given by Alpha Alpha hapter of Pi Lambda Theta. Two scholarships at $400 each. 3ETTINA HALL RUBICAM SCHOLARSHIP FOR READING IMPROVEMENT. Given by the leading Reform Foundation and Mrs. Raymond Rubicam. One scholarship of varying amount. 'iARY I. SARVER MEMORIAL SCHOLARSHIP. Given in memory of their son by Mr. and AI's. Jack Sarver. One scholarship of $300. 'UCSON EDUCATION ASSOCIATION SCHOLARSHIPS. Donated by the Tucson Education association. Minimum of four scholarships of $300 each. -ngineering kGRICULTURAL ENGINEERING SCHOLARSHIPS (See Agriculture this section) 140 SCHOLARSHIPS AND FINANCIAL AID

ALCOA FOUNDATION SCHOLARSHIP. Donated by the Alcoa Foundation. One scholarship of $750. ARIZONA WATER AND POLLUTION CONTROL ASSOCIATION SCHOLARSHIP. Given by the Arizona Water and Pollution Control Association. One scholarship at $300 or two at $150 each. ASSOCIATED GENERAL CONTRACTORS SCHOLARSHIPS. Given by the Arizona Chapter, Associated General Contractors of America. Three scholarships of $200 each; renewable. AUXILIARY TO THE SOUTHERN CHAPTER ARIZONA SOCIETY OF PROFESSIONAL ENGINEERS SCHOLARSHIP. Maintained by Auxiliary project funds. One scholarship of at least $250. BOARD OF REGENTS SCHOLARSHIPS. Endowed by a friend of higher education in Arizona. Two scholarships of $400 each. JOHN RALYEA BOROUGH MEMORIAL REVOLVING SCHOLARSHIP - ENGINEERING. Given by a friend of the University. Amount varies. ELLIS, MURPHY AND HOLGATE SCHOLARSHIP. Given by Ellis, Murphy and Holgate, Consulting Engineers. One scholarship of $100 per semester. MEMORIAL SCHOLARSHIP. Established by members of the Tucson Chapter of the American Society of Heating, Refrigerating and Air- Conditioning Engineers, Incorporated. One scholarship of $250. NEW PUEBLO CONSTRUCTORS SCHOLARSHIP. Given by New Pueblo Constructors, Inc., of Tucson. Two scholarships of $300 each. LIN B. ORME MEMORIAL SCHOLARSHIPS. Given by the Salt River Project Agricultural Improvement and Power District of Phoenix. Two scholarships of $500 each. THE EUGENE C. PULLIAM ENGINEERING SCHOLARSHIP. Given by Mr. Pulliam. One scholarship of $500. THE JOHN MOSHEIM RUTHRAUFF MEMORIAL SCHOLARSHIP. A gift of $5,000 by Mr. and Mrs. Thomas G. Beaham in honor of Mrs. Beaham's father. One scholarship of $200. STRUCTURAL ENGINEERS ASSOCIATION OF ARIZONA SCHOLARSHIP. Given by the Structural Engineers Association, Tucson chapter. One scholarship of $150. JOHN S. "JACK" STUM, JR., MEMORIAL SCHOLARSHIP. Given by the Tucson chapter, Structural Engineers Association of Arizona. One scholarship of $150. JOHN S. SUNDT MEMORIAL SCHOLARSHIP (See Architecture this section) TUCSON GAS AND ELECTRIC COMPANY SCHOLARSHIPS. Given by Tucson Gas and Electric Company. Three scholarships of $400 each. PAUL ELLIOTT ULLMANN MEMORIAL SCHOLARSHIPS. Given in honor of their son by Herbert and Eleanor Ullmann. Two scholarships of $350 each. WESTERN ELECTRIC FUND SCHOLARSHIP. Given by the Western Electric Fund, a charitable and educational foundation. Amount varies. The following scholarships in Engineering are described in the section headed "Scholarships AvailabletoEntering Freshmen, B:" Arizona Portland Cement Company Scholarship; Inspiration Consolidated Copper Company Scholarships. Fine Arts ARIZONA BROADCASTERS ASSOCIATION SCHOLARSHIP. Given by theArizona< Broadcasters Association. One scholarship of $500. ARIZONA FEDERATION OF MUSIC CLUBS SCHOLARSHIP. Given by the Arizona Federation of Music Clubs. One scholarship of $80. WILLIAM H. BARNES SCHOLARSHIP. Established by Dr. Barnes. Scholarship amount varies. JOHN RALYEA BOROUGH MEMORIAL REVOLVING SCHOLARSHIP - DRAMA. Given by a friend of the University. Amount varies. A. LINCOLN BUSH MEMORIAL SCHOLARSHIP. Given by Mrs. Bush in behalf of the Opera Guild of Southern Arizona. One scholarship of $150. DELTA ZETA SORORITY SCHOLARSHIP. Given by Beta Iota chapter of Delta Zeta Sorority. One scholarship of $50. JUNE LANDER GREENE MEMORIAL SCHOLARSHIP. Given by the Opera Guild of Southern Arizona. One scholarship of $150. ALBERT M. AND KATHRYN HALDEMAN SCHOLARSHIPS. Given by the Albert M. Haldeman Endowment. Scholarships vary in number and amount. DOUGLAS HOLSCLAW BAND SCHOLARSHIPS. Given by Mr. Holsclaw, `25, in honor of Jack Lee, University Band Director. Five scholarships of $50 each. SCHOLARSHIPS AND FINANCIAL AID 141

SAMUEL LATTA KINGAN SCHOLARSHIPS. A memorial bequest from Gertrude Withers Kingan. Amount varies. PAULINE LANDON MEMORIAL SCHOLARSHIP. A fund established by family and friends. Amount varies. JULIA HUESINGER McCALL SCHOLARSHIPS. A bequest from Mrs. McCall. Amount varies. ELIZABETH BLACK MILLER CELLO AND STRING INSTRUMENT SCHOLARSHIP. Given by Mr. and Mrs. Steve J. Miller and the Miller Foundation of Marshfield, Wisconsin. $2,000 awarded in varying amounts to recipients. MILLER FOUNDATION SCHOLARSHIPS IN DRAMA. Given by Mr. and Mrs. Steve J. Miller and the Miller Foundation of Marshfield, Wisconsin. Scholarships up to $225 each. NATIONAL ACADEMY OF TELEVISION ARTS AND SCIENCES SCHOLARSHIP. Donated by the Phoenix chapter of the National Academy of Television Arts and Sciences. One scholarship of $300. OPERA GUILD OF SOUTHERN ARIZONA SCHOLARSHIP. Donated by the Opera Guild of Southern Arizona. One scholarship of $150. ROLLIN PEASE SCHOLARSHIP. Given by friends, family and former students of Professor Pease. Amount varies. ALBERT G. POST AND ESTHER S. GRAHAM SCHOLARSHIPS. A bequest of Dr. Anita C. Post. Amount varies. PRESSER FOUNDATION SCHOLARSHIP. Donated by thePresserFoundation. One scholarship of $400. FRANK SIMON MEMORIAL SCHOLARSHIP. Given by Kappa Kappa Psi, honorary band fraternity. One scholarship of $100. ORVILLE SNARR MEMORIAL SCHOLARSHIP. Given by Kappa Kappa Psi, honorary band fraternity. One scholarship of $100. TUCSON BROADCASTERS ASSOCIATION SCHOLARSHIP.GivenbytheTucson Broadcasters Association. One scholarship of $500. TUCSON MUSIC TEACHERS ASSOCIATION SCHOLARSHIP. Given by the Tucson Music Teachers Association. One scholarship of $150 per semester. TUCSON WOMAN'S CLUB ART SCHOLARSHIP. Given by the Tucson Woman's Club. One scholarship of $100. UNIVERSITY OF ARIZONA DRAMA SCHOLARSHIPS. A donated fund. Amounts variable. The following scholarships in Fine Arts are described under the section "Scholarships Available toEntering Freshmen ":MaryStorrs Andersen Scholarship; David Murdock Memorial Scholarships; University General Music Scholarships. Home Economics RUTH COWDEN SCHOLARSHIP. Given by the Cowden family. Amount varies. REUBEN M. AND VIRGINIA HESS SCHOLARSHIP. (See Agriculture, this section) SCHOOL OF HOME ECONOMICS SCHOLARSHIP. Given by friends of the School of Home ' Economics. One scholarship of $400. SEARS -ROEBUCK HOME ECONOMICS SCHOLARSHIPS. Donated by the Sears- Roebuck Foundation. Three scholarships in variable amounts. The following scholarship in Home Economics is described under the section, "Scholarships Available to Entering Freshmen ": Rak Scholarships.

Law , ALPHONSE E. AND ALFRED J. FARONE SCHOLARSHIP. Given as a memorial by the ' Amico Club of Phoenix and the Farone family. One scholarship of $500. ' THE CHARLOTTE FEEZER SCHOLARSHIP. From the estate of Charlotte Feezer. One scholarship of $250. MARTIN GENTRY LAW SCHOLARSHIPS. Given by Mr. Gentry, `29 (Law). One scholarship of $175 per semester. BERTHA B. HOLLIS SCHOLARSHIP. A bequest of Bulah Ruth Thomas. Value varies. HARRY O. JULIANI SCHOLARSHIP. Endowed as a memorial by family and friends of Mr. 'Julian, `27. One scholarship of $100. ROBERT F. KENNEDY MEMORIAL SCHOLARSHIP. Established by Mr. and Mrs. Frederick 'D. Palmer and Mr. and Mrs. Chandler Ide. Scholarship amount varies. PIMA COUNTY BAR AUXILIARY SCHOLARSHIP. Given by the Pima County Bar Auxiliary. One scholarship of $500. 142 SCHOLARSHIPS AND FINANCIAL AID

DOROTHY H. AND LEWIS ROSENSTIEL SCHOLARSHIPS. Donated by the Dorothy H. and Lewis Rosenstiel Foundation. Amount varies. SILVER SCHOLARSHIP. Established in honor of Mr. and Mrs. James E. Silver by their children. One scholarship of $75. CHESTER H. SMITH MEMORIAL SCHOLARSHIP. Given by friends of the late Mr. Smith. One scholarship of $500. JOHN S. SUNDT MEMORIAL SCHOLARSHIP. (See Architecture, this section) FLOYD. E. THOMAS MEMORIAL SCHOLARSHIP. Given by friends of the late Mr. Thomas. Amount varies. KENYON PYLE VANCE SCHOLARSHIP. Donated by the Vance Foundation, Tucson, Arizona. One scholarship at $500.

Liberal Arts ALPHA CHI SIGMA SCHOLARSHIP IN CHEMISTRY. Donated by Beta Tau chapter of Alpha Chi Sigma, professional chemistry fraternity. Two at approximately $25 each. ARIZONA BROADCASTERS ASSOCIATION SCHOLARSHIP. (See Fine Arts, this section) ARIZONA PARKS AND RECREATION ASSOCIATION SCHOLARSHIP. Donated by the Arizona Parks and Recreation Association. One scholarship of $100. ROBERT E. BAVER MEMORIAL SCHOLARSHIP (See Education this section) BOARD OF REGENTS SCHOLARSHIPS (See Engineering this section) BYRON C. BROWDER MEMORIAL SCHOLARSHIP. Given by friends of the late Mr. Browder. Covers tuition at Guadalajara Summer School. BERNICE COSULICH JOURNALISM SCHOLARSHIP. A bequest of Mrs. Cosulich. Amount varies. BYRON CUMMINGS MEMORIAL SCHOLARSHIP. Give by Mr. and Mrs. E. Tad Nichols in honor of Dr. Cummings, former President of the University. One scholarship of $500. ANDREW ELLICOT DOUGLASS MEMORIAL SCHOLARSHIP. Established by the late Mrs. Ida Whittington Douglass. Amount varies. WILLIAM SHIRLEY FULTON SCHOLARSHIP. A bequest of Mr. Fulton. Amount varies. HUBERT CROUSE HEFFNER SCHOLARSHIP. Given by Mr. Curtis G. Benjamin, `27, in honor of Professor Heffner. One scholarship of $500. WILMA D. HOYAL MEMORIAL AMERICAN LEGION AUXILIARY SCHOLARSHIP. Given by the American Legion Auxiliary. One scholarship of $200; renewable. FRANK M. LIFE MEMORIAL SCHOLARSHIP. Given in memory of Professor Life by George Gregson, '24. Two scholarships of $600 each. DOUGLAS D. MARTIN JOURNALISM SCHOLARSHIP. Maintained by annual contributions from alumni and friends of the Journalism department. Amount varies. MINNEAPOLIS TRIBUNE SCHOLARSHIP. Given by the Tribune. One scholarship of $400. NATIONAL ACADEMY OF TELEVISION ARTS AND SCIENCES SCHOLARSHIP. (See Fine Arts, this section) NATIONAL SOCIETY OF THE COLONIAL DAMES OF AMERICA IN THE STATE OF ARIZONA SCHOLARSHIP. One scholarship of $100. ERDEAN TEAGUE PATTERSON SCHOLARSHIP. Given by Mrs. Charles Ector Patterson, `24. One scholarship of $200. DESMOND POWELL MEMORIAL SCHOLARSHIP. Given by friends and students of Professor Powell. Amount varies. EUGENE C. PULLIAM JOURNALISM SCHOLARSHIPS. Given by the Central Newspapers Foundation. Four scholarships of $500 each; junior year scholarships renewable. HARRIS E. SALONIC MEMORIAL SCHOLARSHIP. Given in memory of their son by Mr. and Mrs. Philip Salonic. One scholarship of $200. WILLIAM JOHN (PADDY) TUCKER MEMORIAL SCHOLARSHIP. Given by Mr. Curtis G. Benjamin, `27, in memory of Professor Tucker. One scholarship of $500. TUCSON BREAKFAST LIONS CLUB SCHOLARSHIP. Given by the Tucson Breakfast Lions Club. One scholarship of $150 per semester. TUCSON BROADCASTERS ASSOCIATION SCHOLARSHIP. (See Fine Arts, this section) TUCSON ROD AND GUN CLUB SCHOLARSHIP. Donated by the Tucson Rod and Gun Club. One scholarship of $300. SCHOLARSHIPS AND FINANCIAL AID 143

Medicine (See the catalog of the College of Medicine for information on the following scholarships available in that College.) AMERICAN COLLEGE OF PHYSICIANS SCHOLARSHIP ARIZONA MEDICAL ASSOCIATION SCHOLARSHIP PROGRAM ASSOCIATES IN LABORATORY MEDICINE, P.C., SCHOLARSHIP NELSON C. BLEDSOE SCHOLARSHIPS LOUISE COBB MEMORIAL SCHOLARSHIP HERMAN E. DeMUND MEMORIAL SCHOLARSHIPS IN MEDICINE THE EDDIE AND MADELON EARL CHARITABLE FOUNDATION, INC., SCHOLARSHIP NICHOLAS W. GENEMATAS FOUNDATION SCHOLARSHIP HOWARD MELVILLE HANNA MEMORIAL SCHOLARSHIPS THE HASKELL BOOK SCHOLARSHIP HEALTH PROFESSIONS SCHOLARSHIPS IN MEDICINE GEORGE MARTIN MEMORIAL SCHOLARSHIPS FRED C. McCORMICK MEMORIAL SCHOLARSHIP MEDICAL STUDENT RELIEF FUND JOHN A. MULCAHY SCHOLARSHIP MR. AND MRS. HARVEY L. OTT SCHOLARSHIP PFIZER LABORATORIES MEDICAL SCHOLARSHIP DR. GEORGE D. REAY MEMORIAL SCHOLARSHIP THE FRANCIS A. ROY AND DOROTHY ROY MEMORIAL SCHOLARSHIP IN MEDICINE GEORGE F. SPAULDING SCHOLARSHIP SPECIAL ASSISTANCE FUND DR. SAMUEL HUMES WATSON MEDICAL SCHOLARSHIP CLARA SEIPPEL WEBSTER MEMORIAL SCHOLARSHIP DR. BORIS ZEMSKY MEMORIAL SCHOLARSHIP

Mines AMERICAN SMELTING AND REFINING COMPANY SCHOLARSHIPS. Donated by the American Smelting and Refining Company. Two scholarships of $750 each. BANNER MINING COMPANY SCHOLARSHIP. Given by the Banner Mining Company. One scholarship of $1,000 or two of $500 each. THOMAS G. CHAPMAN MEMORIAL SCHOLARSHIP. Established by alumni of the College of Mines in honor of the late Professor Chapman. One scholarship of $1500 or two at $750 each. THOMAS G. CHAPMAN MEMORIAL METALLURGY SCHOLARSHIP. Given in honor of the late Professor Chapman by Mr. George Gregson, '24. Two scholarships of $600 each. DUVAL CORPORATION SCHOLARSHIP. Given bytheDuval Corporation.Three scholarships of $1,410 each. EMPIRE MACHINERY COMPANY MINING HONOR SCHOLARSHIP. Given by the Empire Machinery Company. One scholarship of $500. KENNECOTT COPPER CORPORATION SCHOLARSHIPS. Given by the Kennecott Copper Corporation. Two scholarships of $1,000 each. EDWARD JACKSON MEYER SCHOLARSHIP. A memorial to the late Mr. Meyer, an alumnus of the College. One scholarship of $150. MIAMI COPPER COMPANY SCHOLARSHIP. Donated by the Miami Copper Company Division of Tennessee Corporation. One scholarship of $1,000 or two of $500 each. NEWMONT MINING CORPORATION SCHOLARSHIPS. Given by the Newmont Mining Corporation. Up to eight scholarships of $1,000 each. PHELPS DODGE CORPORATION UNDERGRADUATE ENGINEERING SCHOLARSHIPS. Given by the Phelps Dodge Corporation. Four scholarships of $1,500 each. PIMA MINING COMPANY SCHOLARSHIP. Given by Pima Mining Company. One scholarship of $1,000. 144 SCHOLARSHIPS AND FINANCIAL AID

A.C. RUBEL MINING SCHOLARSHIPS. Given by Pima Mining Company in memory of Mr. Rubel. Two scholarships of $500 each. HARRISON SCHMITT MEMORIAL SCHOLARSHIPS. Maintained by the Harrison Schmitt Memorial Fund, established by friends and clients of Dr: Schmitt. Amount varies. PAUL ELLIOTT ULLMANN MEMORIAL SCHOLARSHIPS. (See Engineering, this section) WAAIME SCHOLARSHIP - THE TUCSON SECTION. Given by the Tucson section of the Women's Auxiliary of the American Institute of Mining, Metallurgical and Petroleum Engineers. Amount varies. The following scholarships in the College of Mines are described in the section headed "Scholarships Available to Entering Freshmen, B:" The Anaconda Company Scholarships; Inspiration Consolidated Copper Company Scholarships; Daniel C. Jackling Scholarships; Henry W. Oliver Scholarships. Nursing GEORGE D. BOONE, M.D., MEMORIAL SCHOLARSHIP. Given in,honor of Dr. Boone by Mrs. Harold O. Reif. One scholarship of $500. MARGARET A. .BRADY MEMORIAL NURSING SCHOLARSHIP. Given as a memorial by relatives and friends. Amount varies. JANE BROWDER MEMORIAL SCHOLARSHIP. Given by friends, family and students of the late Professor Browder. Amount varies. DR. E. H. BRUENING MEMORIAL SCHOLARSHIP. Given in memory of her husband by Mrs. Bruening. Amount varies. MILDRED F. BUTLER MEMORIAL SCHOLARSHIP. A bequest in excess of $11,000 by Mrs. Butler. One scholarship of $450. THE IDA T. DeCONCINI SCHOLARSHIP IN NURSING. Given by the DeConcini family. One scholarship of $500. EASTERN STAR SCHOLARSHIPS. (See "Scholarships in Any Field of Study," this section) KAPPA DELTA PHI SORORITY NURSING SCHOLARSHIP. Given by Kappa Delta Phi Sorority. Amount varies. FRED C. McCORMICK MEMORIAL SCHOLARSHIP. Given by family and friends of the late Professor McCormick. One scholarship of $200. FRANCES MORROW SCHOLARSHIP. Given by a friend of the University. One scholarship of $600; renewable. TUCSON JAYCEE -ETTES NURSING SCHOLARSHIP. Given by the Tucson Jaycee -ettes. One scholarship of $300, continuing through senior year. TUCSON MEDICAL CENTER AUXILIARY NURSING SCHOLARSHIP. Given by the Tucson Medical Center Auxiliary. One scholarship of $430. TUCSON WOMAN'S CLUB NURSING SCHOLARSHIP. Donated by the Tucson Woman's Club. One scholarship of $150. VOITURE LOCALE #73 40 -8 NURSES TRAINING SCHOLARSHIPS. Given by Voiture Locale #73 40 -8. Two scholarships of $250 each. The following scholarships in Nursing are described under "Scholarships Available to Entering Freshmen:" Devon Gables Nursing Scholarship; HABBJACH (Dollars for Scholars) Scholarship in Memory of Carol Gordon Fist. Pharmacy ALPHA ZETA OMEGA PHARMACEUTICAL FRATERNITY PHOENIX CHAPTER SCHOLARSHIP. Given by the Phoenix chapter of Alpha Zeta Omega. Amount varies. AMERICAN FOUNDATION FOR PHARMACEUTICAL EDUCATION SCHOLARSHIPS. Given through the A.F.P.E. Board of Grants. Three scholarships of $200 each. BRUNER -TILLMAN SCHOLARSHIPS. Given by the Bruner -Tillman Division of Iatric Corporation. Four scholarships of $250 each. JOHN W. DARGAVEL FOUNDATION SCHOLARSHIP SPONSORED BY THE NATIONAL ASSOCIATION OF RETAIL DRUGGISTS. Given by the John W. Dargavel Foundation. One scholarship of $200. HEALTH PROFESSIONS SCHOLARSHIPS IN PHARMACY. Given by the Training Resources Branch, Division of Community Health Services, U.S. Public Health Service. Amount varies. ANDREW P. MARTIN MEMORIAL SCHOLARSHIPS. A bequest from Mr. Martin, active in founding the College of Pharmacy. Number and amount vary. SCHOLARSHIPS AND FINANCIAL AID 145

GEORGE MARTIN MEMORIAL SCHOLARSHIPS. Given in honor of her husband by Mrs. Martin. Two scholarships of $325 each. MEMORIAL SCHOLARSHIPS OF THE ARIZONA PHARMACEUTICAL ASSOCIATION. Maintained by a memorial scholarship' fund honoring: Evelyn Mills; Glen Hoopes; Joseph B. Ryan; Fred C. MacAlpine; Dr. W. Roy Wayland. Scholarships vary, with minimum of $100 each. SAMUEL L. REICH SCHOLARSHIP IN PHARMACY. Given in honor of their father by Paul F. and Morton D. Reich,-and Geraldine Reich Kroloff. One scholarship of $150. THE REVCO DRUG CENTERS OF THE WEST SCHOLARSHIPS IN PHARMACY. Given by Revco Drug Centers of the West, Inc., of. Glendale, Arizona. Two scholarships of $250 each. UNIVERSITY DRUG COMPANY SCHOLARSHIP. Given by Mr. Harold Webb, owner of the University Drug Company. One scholarship of $500. Premedicine GELDERMAN MEMORIAL.MEDICAL_REVOLVING SCHOLARSHIP. Given by friends and relatives of the late Dr. Frederic H. Gelderman. Amount varies.

WESTERN INTERSTATE COMMISSION FOR HIGHER EDUCATION For Arizona residents who wish to attend professional schools of medicine, dentistry, veterinary medicine, physical therapy, occupational therapy, and optometry in one of the other western states, Arizona has joined with the other western states to create the Western Interstate Commission for Higher Education through whose effort and agency qualified Arizona residents may attend schools in these other states at essentially the same expense to the students as to residents of the state in which the school is located. Students must have maintained at least average grades in their preprofessional work and must have been legal .residents of Arizona for at least the last five years. Recipients are required to return to Arizona to practice or to repay a portion of the funds expended in their behalf.

SECTION THREE: GRADUATE APPOINTMENTS AND SCHOLARSHIPS Teaching and research assistantships and associateships as well as fellowships are available in numerous fields of study. In addition, the University awards a number of nonresident tuition scholarships. Except by permission of the Dean of the Graduate College, a student may hold a graduate assistantship or associateship only in the department of his major subject, with the exception that a student in education may hold an assistantship or associateship in either education or his field of teaching. TUITION AND FEES - Graduate assistants and associates are exempt from the nonresident tuition fee, and from laboratory, music, and course fees applicable to courses in their major field. MINIMUM COURSE LOAD - Graduate assistants and associates are required to register for at least 6 units of graduate work as a condition of their appointments. ADDITIONAL INFORMATION - All communications regarding graduate assistantships and associateships should be addressed to the head of the department concerned.

GRADUATE ASSISTANTSHIPS AND ASSOCIATESHIPS Both graduate assistantships and associateships in teaching and in research are available in most departments of the University. Approximately 1400 of these positions are available, many of them for first -year graduate students. Salaries vary, but first -year graduate students carrying a full course load may expect to receive at least $1,450 for the academic year for service not exceeding 10 hours a week. Larger salaries with additional work and a reduced academic loadareoffered.Several departments alsoadminister funds which provide grants -in -aid. Applicants who are interested in one of these positions should make inquiry of the appropriate head of department. 146 SCHOLARSHIPS AND FINANCIAL AID

GRADUATE SCHOLARSHIPS Full details regarding eligibility for all the following scholarships are available from the Office of Scholarships and Awards, or the particular college concerned. All awards are given on a yearly basis unless otherwise noted.

A. SCHOLARSHIPS RESTRICTED TO GRADUATE STUDENTS Agriculture PAUL STEERE BURGESS MEMORIAL GRADUATE ArSSISTANTSHIP. Established in memory of Professor Burgess. One assistantship of $1,750 plus exemption from nonresident tuition Business and Public Administration ARIZONA BANKERS ASSOCIATION SCHOLARSHIP. Given by the Arizona Bankers Association. One scholarship of $400. Education UNIVERSITY OF ARIZONA LIBRARY STAFF ASSOCIATION SCHOLARSHIP IN LIBRARY SCIENCE. Established by the University Library Staff Association. One scholarship of $200. Engineering BURR -BROWN RESEARCH CORPORATION FELLOWSHIP. Donated by the Burr -Brown Research Corporation. Amount varies. MOTOROLA FOUNDATION MERIT SCHOLARSHIPS. Given by the Motorola Foundation. Two scholarships at $1,200 each. Fine Arts MILLER FOUNDATION PERFORMING ARTS FELLOWSHIPS IN THE AREA OF DRAMA. Given by Mr. and Mrs. Steve J. Miller and the Miller Foundation of Marshfield, Wisconsin. Three fellowships of $1,800 each. SAM S. SHUBERT FOUNDATION, INCORPORATED, FELLOWSHIP. Given by the Sam S. Shubert Foundation, Inc. One fellowship of $2,500.

Liberal Arts Anthropology COMINS FELLOWSHIP. Given by Eben F. Comins, a student and painter of the American Indian. Amount varies with the nature of the research. UNITED STATES STEEL FOUNDATION FELLOWSHIP. Donated by the United States Steel Foundation. One fellowship of $2,400 per year for two years. Chemistry AMOCO FELLOWSHIP. Given by the Standard Oil Company of Indiana. One fellowship of $5,000. DUPONT FELLOWSHIP. Given by the E. I. DuPont de Nemours Corporation. Value, up to $5,000 at the discretion of the Department Head. ETHYL CORPORATION FELLOWSHIP. Given by the Ethyl Corporation. One fellowship of $4,000. IBM FELLOWSHIP. Given by International Business Machines Corporation. One fellowship of $4,000. JOHNSON'S WAX MACROMOLECULAR RESEARCH FELLOWSHIP. Given byS.C. Johnson and Son, Inc. One fellowship of $5,000. LUBRIZOL FELLOWSHIP. Established by the Lubrizol Foundation of Cleveland. One fellowship of $1,000. SHELL COMPANIES FOUNDATION, INCORPORATED, SHELL AID IN CHEMISTRY. Donated by the Shell Companies Foundation, Inc. One fellowship of $5,000. 3M COMPANY FELLOWSHIP. Given by the Minnesota Mining and Manufacturing Company. One fellowship of $3,500. SCHOLARSHIPS AND FINANCIAL AID 147

English DAVID L. PATRICK GRADUATE SCHOLARSHIPS IN ENGLISH. From the David L. Patrick Memorial Scholarship Fund. Two scholarships of $500. History NATIONAL SOCIETY OF THE COLONIAL DAMES OF AMERICA, DISTRICTI, SCHOLARSHIP. Contributed on a revolving basis by the Colonial Dames of Washington, California, Oregon and Arizona. One scholarship of $450 every four years. JOHN P. ROCKFELLOW MEMORIAL SCHOLARSHIP. Funds contributed by family and friends of the late Mr. Rockfellow, and from the Union Oil Company. Amount varies. Philosophy MR. AND MRS. YALE B. JOSEPH GRADUATE SCHOLARSHIP IN PHILOSOPHY. Given by Mr. and Mrs. Joseph. One scholarship of $250. Mines BERT S. BUTLER SCHOLARSHIPS. Given by the late Professor Butler and his wife. One scholarship of $600; renewable. PHELPS DODGE POSTGRADUATE SCHOLARSHIPS. Given bythePhelpsDodge Foundation. Two scholarships of $1,750 each plus tuition. MAXWELL N. SHORT MEMORIAL SCHOLARSHIP. Given by the family of the late Professor Short. One scholarship of approximately $150 to $200. J. R. SIMPLOT COMPANY SCHOLARSHIP. Given by the J. R. Simplot Company. One scholarship of $2,400. UNITED STATES BUREAU OF MINES FELLOWSHIPS. Donated by the U.S. Bureau of Mines, Tucson Station. Fellowships of approximately $2,500 each plus exemption from tuition. Nursing NANCY K. TEMPKIN MEMORIAL SCHOLARSHIP. Given by family and friends of Nancy Tempkin. Scholarship amount varies. Optical Sciences NORTHROP CORPORATION FELLOWSHIP.GivenbytheNorthropCorporation. Scholarship varies in amount. PERKIN -ELMER FELLOWSHIP. Given by the Perkin -Elmer Corporation. Scholarship varies in amount. Pharmacy AMERICAN FOUNDATION FOR PHARMACEUTICAL EDUCATION FELLOWSHIPS. Maintained by scholarship funds of the A.F.P.E. Board of Grants. Fellowships vary in number and amount. Urban Planning McCULLOCH SCHOLARSHIP IN URBAN PLANNING. Donated by McCulloch Properties, Incorporated. One scholarship of $1,000. General Scholarships ALPHA XI DELTA GRADUATE FELLOWSHIP IN SOCIAL SERVICE. Given by Alpha Xi Delta, national social fraternity for women. One scholarship of $2,500. AMERICAN ASSOCIATION OF UNIVERSITY WOMEN FELLOWSHIP. Given by the Tucson Branch of the American Association of University Women. One fellowship of $300. GRADUATE TUITION SCHOLARSHIPS. Established by the Arizona Board of Regents. Scholarships provide remission of nonresident tuition. RHODES SCHOLARSHIPS. Established under the Rhodes Scholarship Trust. 720 pounds plus fees. SIGMA XI GRADUATE TRAVEL SCHOLARSHIP. Given by the Arizona chapter of the Society of the Sigma XI. Amount varies. UNIVERSITY OF ARIZONA PREDOCTORAL FELLOWSHIP AWARDS. Maintained by institutional funds. Fellowships provide $3,600 per calendar year, or $300 monthly. UNIVERSITY OF ARIZONA PREDOCTORAL FELLOWSHIP GRANTS. Maintained by institutional funds. Fellowship provides from $300 to $3,000 depending upon term and need. 148 SCHOLARSHIPS AND FINANCIAL AID

B. OTHER SCHOLARSHIPS AVAILABLE TO GRADUATE STUDENTS The following scholarships are not limited to graduate students, and are described under the appropriate college heading in the previous section entitled "Scholarships for Students in Specified Colleges and Schools." AGRICULTURE: Reuben M. and Virginia Hess Scholarship; The W. T. and Winifred McClelland Scholarships; Miller Foundation Scholarships and Fellowships in Dairy Science; Pistor -Stanley Scholarships in Agriculture; Harold C. Schwalen Scholarship. BUSINESS AND PUBLIC ADMINISTRATION: George H. Amos, Sr., Scholarship; Carlos C. licorne Memorial Scholarship. EDUCATION: National Association for Retarded Children Scholarship; Tucson Section, National Council of Jewish Women, Clara F. Bloom Scholarship. ENGINEERING: Arizona Water and Pollution Control Association Scholarship. FINE ARTS: Elizabeth Black Miller Cello and String Instrument Scholarship. LIBERAL ARTS: William Shirley Fulton Scholarship (Archaeology); National Society of the Colonial Dames of America in the State of Arizona Scholarship (History). MINES: Empire Machinery Company Mining Honor Scholarship; Miami Copper Company Scholarship; Pima Mining Company Scholarship; A. C. Rubel Mining Scholarship; Harrison Schmitt Memorial Scholarships; Tucson Gem and Mineral Society, Incorporated, Scholarship. PHARMACY: Bruner -Tillman Scholarships. GENERAL: Bagdad Copper CorporationScholarships; Herman E. DeMund Memorial Scholarships; Richard L. Disney and Harriet M. Disney Foreign Student Scholarship; Garland Steel Company Scholarships; Elsie Holman Neal, Pi Beta Phi Alumnae Club Scholarship. Provisions for Superior Students

UNIVERSITY -WIDE HONORS PROGRAM

Under the supervision of the Honors Council, the University offers an Honors Program for students of superior ability. The Program seeks to foster initiative and the ability to do productive independent work. FRESHMAN AND SOPHOMORE YEARS - Freshmen and sophomores having distinguished academic records, and demonstrating intellectual curiosity and independence of judgment, may be invited to participate in the program. In no instance is admission based solely on grades, though a grade -point average of 2.0 is a basic requirement. Each participant must be nominated by at least one faculty member, and be interviewed by a panel of faculty members. The Sophomore Colloquium allows lower -division students to encounter a wide range of faculty views on topics from the humanities, social sciences and sciences. Honors students may also petition to carry units beyond the normal maximum load, and to take courses regularly open only to more advanced students. JUNIOR AND SENIOR YEARS - Beginning with the junior year, the individual departments are primarily responsible for advising the Honors student. Students may become candidates for the bachelor's degree with Honors as late as the second semester of their junior year. Honors work involves considerable independent study under competent direction and, in the senior year, the completion of a satisfactory Honors thesis or the equivalent. The degree with Honors inthe student's specialization will be recommended after he has met these requirements, and the recommendation has been approved by the Honors Council. Credit will be given for Honors courses completed with a passing grade even though the student is not awarded the degree with Honors. HONORS COURSES - Many departments offer honors sections of their regular courses which are open to Honors students. In addition to these courses, the Honors Program offers colloquia, summer readings, and independent study. See the listing "Honors Courses" under Departments and Courses of Instruction.

HONORS, AWARDS, AND PRIZES UNIVERSITY SCHOLARSHIP HONORS are conferred annually to encourage sound scholarship. They are noncompetitive and are awarded to every under- graduate student attaining required proficiency during one complete academic year. To be eligible for University scholarship honors, students, other than those in the College of Law, must complete a minimum of 30 units of work during the two semesters of the regular academic year with a minimum grade average of 2.0000. Students in the College of Law must complete a minimum of 24 units with an average of 2.0000.

149 150 PROVISIONS FOR SUPERIOR STUDENTS

GRADUATION WITH DISTINCTION in three categories is awarded for superior scholarship in work leading to the bachelor's degree. This honor, based upon the graduation grade average, is awarded upon graduation and is affixed to the diploma of the recipient. With Highest Distinction is awarded to candidates whose grade average is 1.1000 or higher; With High Distinction, to candidates whose average is 1.1001 to 1.5000; With Distinction, to candidates whose average is 1.5001 to 1.8000. In computing these averages only work in residence is considered (in the College of Law residence work in law only is considered). To be eligible for distinction at graduation, candidates (other than in Law) must have completed at least 60 units in undergraduate residence at The University of Arizona. In the College of Law, they must have completed at least 52 units in residence. AWARDS AND PRIZES as listed below are given in recognition of outstanding achievement.Insomecases,financialneedisalsoaconsideration.All communications with respect to scholarship awards and prizes should be addressed to the Director, Office of Scholarships and Awards. COLLEGE OF AGRICULTURE

THE AMERICAN SOCIETY OF RANGE MANAGEMENT SCHOLARSHIP AWARD. Donated by the Arizona Section of American Society of Range Management to an outstanding undergraduate range management major, selected on the basis of scholarship, character, and promise. Preference is given to graduates of Arizona high schools. A prize of $200. ARIZONA PEST CONTROL ASSOCIATION AWARD. Donated by the Arizona Pest Control Associationto an undergraduate or graduate student majoring in entomology, upon recommendation by the department. Made on the basis of academic performance and future promise, it is assigned for one semester at a time and may thus be shared between two students during an academic year. A prize of $200. THE BURPEE AWARD IN HORTICULTURE. Donated by the W. Atlee Burpee Company to the junior student in the College of Agriculture who has high scholastic standing, has displayed an interest in flower and vegetable growing, and has had some practical experience in this field. A prize of $100. MEN'S GARDEN CLUB OF TUCSON AWARD. Donated by the Men's Garden Club of Tucson to a junior or senior majoring in botany, or a field related to plant science in the College of Agriculture, whose academic research promises benefit to gardening or horticulture in southern Arizona. Prizes of $150, $75 and $25. THE MARY MILLER MEMORIAL AWARD. Donated by friends and associates of Mary Fawcett Miller to the upper- division student in landscape architecture who submits the outstanding solution to a design problem relating to the aesthetic and orderly development of the Tucson area, demonstrating the principles for which Mary Miller worked. A prize of $100 and a certificate. THE SUNBONNET GARDEN CLUB LANDSCAPE DESIGN AWARD. Donated by the Sunbonnet Garden Club of Tucson to the student who submits the outstanding landscape design for the improvement of a selected public area. A prize of $100 minimum per year.

School of Home Economics THE ARIZONA DIETETIC ASSOCIATION, INC., STUDENT AWARD OF MERIT. Given by the Arizona Dietetic Association. Prize, an engraved silver dish or wood plaque. HOME ECONOMICS CLUB CUP. Donated by the Home Economics Club to the senior doing the most outstanding work in home economics. The recipient's name is engraved on a cup. NATIONAL SOCIETY OF INTERIOR DESIGNERS SCHOLARSHIP AWARDS. Donated by the National Society of Interior Designers to junior and senior interior design majors members PROVISIONS FOR SUPERIOR STUDENTS 151 of The University of Arizona Student Chapter of NSID recommended by the School of Home Economics- Interior Design. A prize of $300 for juniors. The prize varies for seniors.

COLLEGE OF ARCHITECTURE AMERICAN INSTITUTE OF ARCHITECTS PRIZE. Donated by the American Institute of Architects to the best all- around graduating senior. The prize is a silver medal and a book. WILBUR F. CONELLY CONSTRUCTION COMPANY AWARD. Donated by the Conelly Construction Company to a student in the College of Architecture for general excellence in design at the third- or fourth-year level. A prize of $250. THE DEAN'S AWARD. Donated by the Dean of the College of Architecture to the student with the best record for the year. The prize is a book. MONARCH TILE MANUFACTURING, INCORPORATED, AWARD. Donated by Monarch Tile Manufacturing, Incorporated, of Tucson to a promising student in the College of Architecture with emphasis on skill and design. A prize of $500. PRODUCERS COUNCIL SCHOLARSHIP AWARD. Donated by the Producers Council of Phoenix, Arizona, to a promising student in the College of Architecture with emphasis on skill and design. A prize of $150. M. M. SUNDT CONSTRUCTION COMPANY AWARD. Donated by the M. M. Sundt Construction Company to an advanced student in the College of Architecture with emphasis on general skill. A prize of $250.

COLLEGE OF BUSINESS AND PUBLIC ADMINISTRATION ARIZONA SOCIETY OF CERTIFIED PUBLIC ACCOUNTANTS AWARD. Donated by the Arizona Society of Certified Public Accountants to the outstanding graduating senior in accounting. The prize is an engraved plaque. VINCENT F. BOLAND MEMORIAL AWARD. Donated by students and friends of Professor Boland to a graduate student in the Department of Economics for outstanding academic performance. The prize varies. THE GEORGE HAY BROWN MARKETING PRIZE. Donated by George Hay Brown to a candidate for the degree of Master of Business Administration majoring in marketing, selected by the faculty on the basis of high scholastic achievement. The prize is a cash award. THE GEORGE E. BUXTON HONOR AWARD. Donated as a memorial to Mr. Buxton by the Buxton -Smith Mercantile Company to a student in the College of Business and Public Administration who has shown the greatest promise of succeeding in the field of retail distribution. A prize of $75. THE DELTA SIGMA PI SCHOLARSHIP KEY. Donated by Delta Sigma Pi to the male senior in the College of Business and Public Administration who ranks highest in scholarship for the entire course in commerce and business administration, of which two years shall have been completed at The University of Arizona. Selected by the faculty of the College of Business and Public Administration. The prize is a key. LAURENCE R. GRAY MEMORIAL AWARD. Established by friends and associates of Mr. Gray for one or more upperclassmen in the College of Business and Public Administration for excellence in scholastic attainment, by recommendation of the Dean of that College. LAVENTHOL KREKSTEIN HORWATH AND HORWATH AWARD. Given by Laventhol Krekstein Horwath and Horwath to encourage an entering freshman to pursue a career in accounting. Must show scholastic achievement and financial need. A cash prize. THE ANSON A. VOORHEES ENCOURAGEMENT AWARD. Donated as a memorial to the late Mr. Voorhees by Mr. A. Willard Voorhees to a student in the junior class of the College of Business and Public Administration who submits the best paper on some aspect of "Small Corporatións" and is recommended by the Dean of that College. A prize of $100. 152 PROVISIONS FOR SUPERIOR STUDENTS

THE WILLIAM WISDOM INSURANCE AWARD. Donated by Mrs. William Wisdom to the outstanding graduating senior who is majoring in insurance and preparing to enter the insurance profession. The award is based on scholarship, personality, and promise of achievement in the profession. A prize of $100.

COLLEGE OF ENGINEERING

ARMED FORCES COMMUNICATION AND ELECTRONICS ASSOCIATION GOLD MEDAL HONOR AWARD. Donated by the Armed Forces Communications and Electronics Association to an outstanding electrical engineer, senior ROTC student, Army or Air Force. The prize is a gold medal. CIVIL ENGINEERING AWARD. Donated by the Arizona Section of the American Society of Civil Engineers to the outstanding member of the graduating class in Civil Engineering. An engraved certificate, a junior badge of the society, and one year's dues in the national organization are awarded. TAU BETA PI AWARDS. Donated by Tau Beta Pi to the four sophomores in the Colleges of Engineering and Mines having the highest scholastic averages in their freshman year. Engineers' handbooks in the winners' major fields are awarded.

COLLEGE OF FINE ARTS

Drama

NATIONAL COLLEGIATE PLAYERS CUP. Donated by the National Collegiate Players to the student who has given the outstanding dramatic performance. The prize is a loving cup. THE UNIVERSITY PLAYERS AWARD. Donated by the University Players to the man and woman showing the greatest excellence in dramatic activities. Two engraved cups are given. THE UNIVERSITY PLAYERS SCHOLARSHIP AWARD. Donated by the University Players to students enrolled in the Drama Department. A student is recommended on the basis of character and scholarship to the University Committee on Scholarships and Awards by the members of University Players. Prize varies each semester.

Speech THE DELPHIAN AWARD. Donated by the Tucson Delphian Chapter to the outstanding woman student in public speaking. The name of the recipient is engraved on a cup. THE VIRGINIA FLOYD FRESHMAN- SOPHOMORE SONNET READING AWARDS. Donated by Dr. Virginia Hastings Floyd to the freshman or sophomore adjudged the outstanding sonnet reader of the annual Sonnet Reading Hour. Participants must be currently enrolled in or have taken basic oral interpretation of literature (Speech 36). The prize is $75. A definitive edition of modern poetry is second prize (Honorable Mention). THE CARLOS C. JÁCOME AWARD FOR FORENSIC EXCELLENCE. Donated as a memorial to Mr. Jácome by Mr. Alex G. Jácome to the graduating senior who has displayed the highest quality of forensic ability during his undergraduate years. The prize is an engraved cup. THE MEYER RUBINSTEIN AWARD. Given by Mr. and Mrs. Henry Rubinstein in memory of their son. Awarded to junior or senior students recommended by the head of the Speech department. A prize of $25.

School of Music

JOHN ERIC ROBSON MEMORIAL AWARD IN MUSIC. Established by family and friends of Mr. Robson for worthy and deserving students enrolled in the School of Music (vocal). The prize is a minimum of $300. PROVISIONS FOR SUPERIOR STUDENTS 153

COLLEGE OF LAW

RALPH W. AIGLER MEMORIAL PRIZE. Donated by Mrs. Eileen Aigler Gotz to a law student who ranks sixth or higher in his class. A prize of $500. THE AMERICAN JURISPRUDENCE PRIZES. Donated by the joint publishers of American Jurisprudence to the law students receiving the highest grades in selected courses. Bound subjects of American Jurisprudence are awarded. ARIZONA LAW REVIEW PRIZE. Donated by the Arizona Law Review to the third -year student contributing the best written work to the Arizona Law Review, both quantity and quality considered. The prize is a ten -year subscription to the Arizona Law Review. EUGENIA TULL BARNES MEMORIAL AWARD. Established by family and friends of Mrs. Barnes for the woman student in the College of Law, who at the end of her second regular semestershallhave attainedthe highest cumulative grade average among her female contemporaries. The prize is a minimum of $50. THE CLAUDE H. BROWN PRIZE. Donated by Vincent E. Odgers to the law graduate, eligible to continue, who has made the greatest scholastic improvement following a first semester comprising at least 14 semester hours. The prize is a copy of Selected Writings on Evidence and Trial. THE NATHAN BURKAN MEMORIAL COMPETITION PRIZES. Donated by the American Society of Composers, Authors, and Publishers to second- and third -year students in the College of Law who submit the best papers on some aspect of copyright law. First prize is $250, second is $100. THE DAILY REPORTER PRIZE. Donated by The Daily Reporter to the members of the two ranking teams in the first- and second -year Fegtly Moot Court Competition in the College of Law. Book prizes. THE LESTER W. FEEZER PRIZE. Established as a memorial to Professor Feezer by Mrs. Charlotte A. Feezer for the senior law student selected by his classmates as most likely to succeed in practice. The prize is the income from a $500 endowment. THE FEGTLY MOOT COURT AWARD. Donated by the Student Bar Association of the College of Law to the third -year students who win first place in the Fegtly Moot Court Competition. A plaque is awarded. TONEY A. HARDY PRIZE. Donated by Mr. Toney A. Hardy for the best oral argument in the first-year Fegtly Moot Court Competition. The prize is the income from a $500 endowment. HARRY O. JULIANI SCHOLARSHIP AWARD. Established by family and friends of the late Mr. Juliani for a deserving student in the College of Law. A prize of $100. KAPPA BETA PI AWARD. Donated by Alpha Phi Chapter of Kappa Beta Pi to the outstanding third -year female law student. Recipient's name is inscribed on a plaque. RALPH E. LONG MEMORIAL AWARD. Established by relatives and friends of Mr. Long for a second -year law student who best exemplifies the principles for which he stood. A law -book award; recipient's name is engraved upon a permanent memorial plaque. THE J. BYRON McCORMICK PRIZE. Donated by Vincent E. Odgers to a full -time first -year law student, eligible to continue, who makes the greatest scholastic improvement during his second semester. The prize is a copy of Corbin on Contracts. PHI DELTA PHI AWARD. Donated by the Samuel L. Pattee Inn, The University of Arizona Chapter of Phi Delta Phi, to the graduating senior who has the highest scholastic average for the full three years of his law course, at least one year of which must have been completed at The University of Arizona. Recipient's name is engraved on a plaque. PRENTICE -HALL, INCORPORATED, TAX AWARD. Donated by Prentice -Hall, Incorporated, to the leading third -year law student in the field of taxation. The prize is a copy of Federal Tax Guide. CHARLES L. STROUSS LAW REVIEW PRIZE. Established by the Charles L. Strouss Memorial Fund for the second -year student contributing the best written work to the Arizona Law Review, both quantity and quality considered. A prize of $50. THE TRANSAMERICA TITLE INSURANCE COMPANY PRIZE.Donated bythe Transamerica Title Insurance Company to an outstanding student who submits the best paper of publishable quality in the field of real property law. A prize of $250. 154 PROVISIONS FOR SUPERIOR STUDENTS

THE UNITED STATES LAW WEEK AWARD. Donated by the Bureau of National Affairs to the student in the College of Law who makes the greatest scholastic improvement during his third year. The prize is $100, consisting of a year's subscription to the United States Law Week. WEST PRIZES. Donated by the West Publishing Company to the first -, second -, and third -year law students having the highest averages. The prize is a selected title from the Hornbook Series.

THE COLLEGE OF LIBERAL ARTS

Chemistry

PHI LAMBDA UPSILON CUP. Donated by the Arizona chapter of Phi Lambda Upsilon to the student making the highest grade in a competitive examination covering the field of first-year chemistry. The competition is open to all regular freshman students registered in Chemistry la -lb or 2a -2b during the current year. Recipient's name is engraved on a cup.

History JOHN FITZGERALD KENNEDY MEMORIAL SCHOLARSHIP AWARD. Donated by patriotic citizens to outstanding majors in history, recommended by faculty members in the Department of History. Prize varies.

Journalism

THE WILLIAM HATTICH JOURNALISM AWARD. Established by the friends and relatives of the late William Hattich for a journalism student showing distinguished writing in Mr. Hattich's tradition. The prize is Webster's Unabridged Dictionary. DOUGLAS D. MARTIN MEMORIAL TROPHY. Donated by Associated Students to a journalism student for writing in the best tradition of journalistic courage and integrity. The prize is a trophy and inscription on a permanent trophy (Mr. Martin's typewriter). ALEX K. PARKER PLAQUE. Donated by Mr. Donald Still to a journalism student for distinguished reporting during the year. The prize is a plaque. SIGMA DELTA CHI AWARD. Donated by the National Sigma Delta Chi Journalism Society to the outstanding undergraduate student in the field of journalism. The prize is a certificate awarded by the national society. DONALD STILL PLAQUE. Donated by Mr. Donald Still to a journalism major on the Wildcat for distinguished service during junior and senior years. The prize is a plaque and inscription on a permanent trophy. WOMEN'S PRESS CLUB CUP. Donated by the Women's Press Club to the outstanding sophomore girl in the field of journalism. The prize is a cup.

Romance Languages

THE SYDNEY B. BROWN PRIZE. Donated by a friend of the University to an outstanding senior student majoring in French. A prize of $25. THE JOHN D. FITZ- GERALD AWARD. Donated by Sigma Delta Pi to a graduating student majoring in Spanish selected by members of the Department of Romance Languages. A prize of $15. THE FRENCH PRIZES. Donated by The Consulate of France at Los Angeles to two senior students majoring in French having the highest scholastic averages. A bronze medal is one of the prizes. THE R. E. RUFENACHT FRENCH AWARDS. Donated by Mrs. R. E. Rufenacht to the outstanding student in elementary and intermediate French and the outstanding junior and senior French majors. Books are awarded. SIGMA DELTA PI MEDALS. Donated by the Pi Chapter of Sigma Delta Pi to students making the highest grade in competitive examination in first -year and second -year Spanish. Official bronze medals struck for excellence in Spanish by the American Association of Teachers of Spanish are awarded. PROVISIONS FOR SUPERIOR STUDENTS 155

COLLEGE OF MEDICINE

THE ARIZONA MEDICAL ASSOCIATION PRIZE. Given by the Arizona Medical Association, Inc., from an endowment of the State Medical Association, to a senior student in the College of Medicine for the purpose of broadening his educational experience. A cash award. ALVIN R. KIRMSE MEMORIAL PRIZE. Given by Mrs. Alvin T. Kirmse as an annual award to a junior or senior in the College of Medicine who has demonstrated excellence in the field of obstetrics. A prize of $100.

COLLEGE OF MINES

THE ALLEN E. WARE AWARD. Established by Mr. and Mrs. John Allen Ware in memory of his father for a worthy Arizona student enrolled in the College of Mines. A prize of $50 each semester.

COLLEGE OF NURSING FIRST AMERICANS AWARD. Donated by the National Society of the Colonial Dames of America in the State of Arizona to the outstanding American Indian nursing student, to be selected by the Dean of the College of Nursing. The prize is a minimum of $100 a year.

COLLEGE OF PHARMACY

THE ARIZONA SOCIETY OF HOSPITAL PHARMACISTS AWARD. Donated by the Society of Hospital Pharmacists in Arizona to a lower- division pharmacy student who has demonstrated interest in and professional promise for the practice of hospital pharmacy. The prize is a copy of the current edition of the United States Dispensatory. THE BRISTOL AWARD. Donated by the Bristol Laboratories of New York to a fourth-year pharmacy student who in the opinion of the pharmacy faculty is considered most deserving. The prize is the Modern Drug Encyclopedia. THE KAPPA EPSILON AWARD. Donated by Kappa Epsilon to the outstanding Kappa Epsilon woman in the graduation class each year. Recipient's name is inscribed on a permanent plaque in the College of Pharmacy. THE CHARLES E. MEE KAPPA PSI SCHOLARSHIP AWARD. Donated by a friend of the University to outstanding third -year students in pharmacy who are preferred to be, but not required to be, members of Kappa Psi. The recipient is selected by the University Committee on Scholarships and Awards based on recommendations by the pharmacy faculty. The name of the recipient is engraved on a perpetual trophy in the College of Pharmacy, and a scholarship of at least $100 is granted for use during the fourth year of study in pharmacy. THE MERCK AWARD. Donated by Merck and Company of New Jersey to the fourth -year 'student who in the opinion of the pharmacy faculty is considered most deserving. The prize is a set of the Merck Index and the Merck Manual. PHI DELTA CHI AWARD. Established from scholarship funds of Alpha Nu Chapter of Phi Delta Chi for undergraduate, full -time students enrolled in the College of Pharmacy and recommended by the pharmacy faculty as deserving and capable of graduation from the College of Pharmacy. A prize of $100. 'PHI DELTA CHI AWARD. Donated by Phi Delta Chi to the outstanding Phi Delta Chi member in the graduating class each year. Recipient's name is inscribed on a permanent plaque in the College of Pharmacy. THE REXALL CORPORATION TROPHY. Donated by Rexall Drug Corporation to the graduating pharmacy senior with the most outstanding record of service to the College of Pharmacy and its student body. The prize is a bronze replica of an antique mortar and pestle. THE RHO CHI AWARD. Donated by the Rho Chi Pharmacy Honor Society to a high- ranking second -year pharmacy student chosen by the Rho Chi membership. The prize is an appropriate ?harmacy reference book. 156 PROVISIONS FOR SUPERIOR STUDENTS

ROBERT SEROTE MEMORIAL AWARD. Established by family and friends of Mr. Serote for the outstanding married graduating senior in pharmacy. A plaque is awarded at the Pharmacy Senior Banquet each spring.

SCHOOL OF MILITARY SCIENCE AND AEROSPACE STUDIES

ADJUTANT GENERAL ARIZONA NATIONAL GUARD TROPHY. Donated by the Adjutant, Arizona National Guard, to the outstanding National Guard member of all classes, Army and Air Force. The prize is a trophy. AIR FORCE ASSOCIATION MEDAL. Donated by the Air Force Association to a first -year, advanced AFROTC student for high military and academic achievement. The prize is a medal. AMERICAN LEGION MORGAN McDERMOTT POST No. 7 GOLD MEDAL AWARDS. Donated by the Morgan McDermott Post No. 7 to the outstanding second -year basic student in AFROTC and to the outstanding second -year advanced -course student in Army ROTC. Medals are awarded. THE AMERICAN ORDNANCE ASSOCIATION GOLD SCHOLARSHIP KEY AWARD. Donated by the American Ordnance Association to an outstanding advanced -course Army ROTC cadet. The prize is a gold key. THE ASSOCIATION OF THE UNITED STATES ARMY MEDAL. Donated by the Association of the United StatesArmy to an outstanding advanced -course ROTC cadet. The prize is a medal. THE CONSOLIDATED VULTEE AIRCRAFT CORPORATION AWARD. Donated by the Consolidated Vultee Aircraft Corporation to an outstanding cadet in the second -year advanced Air Force ROTC, for outstanding academic achievement. The prize is a medal. DISTINGUISHED AEROSPACE STUDIES GRADUATES. Established by the Department of Military Aerospace Studies (Air Force) for those students who were previously selected as distinguished AFROTC students. The individual is eligible for appointment to the regular Air Force, as outlined in Air Force regulations. DISTINGUISHED AEROSPACE STUDIES STUDENTS. Donated by the Department of Military Aerospace Studies (Air Force) to students in the Air Force ROTC who excel in academic work and military training and who meet specific requirements as set forth in Air Force regulations. Certificates are awarded. DISTINGUISHED MILITARY GRADUATES. Donated by the Department of Army ROTC to distinguished graduating students who possess outstanding qualities of leadership, excellent moral character, high academic standing, and a definite aptitude for the military service. Certificates are awarded. DISTINGUISHED MILITARY STUDENTS. Donated by the Department of Army ROTC to students in the Army ROTC who excel in military training and who meet specific qualifications set forth in Army regulations. As distinguished military students they can apply for a regular commission in the United States Army. Certificates are awarded. THE PERCY D. ELDRED MILITARY SCIENCE SCHOLARSHIP AWARD. Donated by Lt. Col. (Retired) Eldred to a cadet enrolled in first year of Advanced Army ROTC program who is selected as the outstanding MS III cadet at the completion of the first semester. Among other requirements, the cadet must have a cumulative grade average of 2.500 or better. The prize ise approximately $25. PROFESSOR OF MILITARY SCIENCE AWARD. Donated by the professor of military science to a second -year advanced Army ROTC student for outstanding achievement and military excellence. The prize is a medal. THE REPUBLIC AVIATION CORPORATION AWARD. Donated by the Republic Aviation Corporation to an outstanding cadet in the second -year advanced Air Force ROTC, for outstanding military achievement. The prize is a medal. THE RESERVE OFFICERS ASSOCIATION AWARD. Donated by the Reserve Officers Association to the Outstanding first -year advanced -course Army ROTC cadet based upon individual standings at the annual ROTC Summer Camp. The prize is a medal. SCABBARD AND BLADE MILITARY HONOR AWARD. Donated by Company K, 4th Regiment, Scabbard and Blade to the second -year basic Army ROTC honor student. The prize is a medal. PROVISIONS FOR SUPERIOR STUDENTS 157

THE SONS OF THE AMERICAN REVOLUTION AWARD. Donated by the Arizona chapter of the Sons of the American Revolution to outstanding sophomore students in the field of military science or military aerospace studies. The prize is a medal. SUPERIOR CADET AWARD. Donated by the Department of the Army to the outstanding cadet in each of the four classes of Army ROTC. Certificates and recognition ribbons are awarded. UNITED STATES ARMOR ASSOCIATION AWARD. Donated by the United States Armor Associationtothe outstanding graduate of Army ROTC who has been selected for commissioning in the Armor branch, U.S. Army. Individual award of particular interest to the Armor branch. THE JACOB A. VAN HARDEVELD MILITARY SCIENCE SCHOLARSHIP AWARD. Donated by Col. (Retired) Van Hardeveld to a cadet enrolled in second -year basic Army ROTC program who is selected as the outstanding MS II cadet at the completion of the first semester. Cadet must have a cumulative grade average of 2.500 or better. Prize is approximately $20.

GENERAL AWARDS, HONORS AND PRIZES

THE ARIZONA DAILY STAR VOCABULARY CONTEST. Donated by the Arizona Daily Star. All regular undergraduate students of the University are eligible to compete. The purpose of the contest is to stimulate interest among undergraduate students in the derivation, meaning and use of words. The contest is held in the spring of each year under the management of the English Department. (A student with a bachelor's degree from any college and now registered in mother college working toward a second baccalaureate degree is, for the purpose of this ontest, considered a graduate student.) First prize $50; second prize $30; third prize $20. THE JOHN BROOKS AWARD. Donated by the Pi Chapter of Sigma Delta Pi to a graduate student writing the most outstanding term paper during the fall semester. The prize is a book. THE THOMAS E. CAMPBELL MEMORIAL AWARDS. Donated by the Arizona Legislature to wo students, Arizona residents, who have completed at least one year at an accredited college within the state. Awards of $125 each are made at the beginning of the sophomore year to the nan and woman judged most worthy. THE CHI OMEGA SOCIAL SCIENCE PRIZE. Donated by the Zeta Beta chapter of Chi Omega :o the senior girl who has done the most outstanding work in the social sciences. Prize, $50. THE CLASS SCHOLARSHIP AWARDS. The University has established an award for each class o be given to the student who makes the highest grade average for the year. To be eligible, a ,tudent must have completed a minimum of 30 units for the year. Silver bowls are awarded. FIRST NATIONAL BANK AWARDS. Donated by the First National Bank of Arizona to tudents competing in design for the purpose of studying methods to beautify the downtown iistrict of the City of Tucson. Four prizes at $250 each. THE MERRILL P. FREEMAN MEDALS. Donated by Dr. Merrill P. Freeman to two members Af the graduating class, a man and a woman. Scholarship, character, and qualities of leadership ire considered in making the awards. Two medals are awarded. THE THOMAS E. GOODALE, III, MEMORIAL AWARD. Donated by the family of Mr. 3oodale to a worthy arthritic student for the purchase of textbooks. A prize of $25. THE INTERFRATERNITY SCHOLARSHIP CUP. Donated by the Interfraternity Council to the fraternity having the highest scholarship for the semester. The prize is a cup. THE KAPPA KAPPA PSI AWARD. Donated by Kappa Kappa Psi to worthy participants in the University band activities. Cash awards. THE CHARLES M. NIELSEN KAPPA PSI AWARD. Donated by Mr. Charles M. Nielsen to the :op scholar among the Kappa Psi members of the graduating class each year. The prize is a eweled Kappa Psi key or pin. PANHELLENIC SCHOLARSHIP CUP. Donated by the Panhellenic Council to the sorority laving the highest scholarship for the semester. The cup is to be held permanently by the group winning it three successive times. PHI ALPHA DELTA AWARD. Donated by the Knox chapter of Phi Alpha Delta to the winner )f the Phi Alpha Delta speech contest. Recipient's name is inscribed on a cup. 158 PROVISIONS FOR SUPERIOR STUDENTS

PHI KAPPA PHI CERTIFICATES OF MERIT. Donated by The University of Arizona Chapter of Phi Kappa Phi to the highest one percent of students in the freshman, sophomore, and junior classes who have completed 30 units for the year. PHI KAPPA PHI FRESHMAN AWARD. Donated by The University of Arizona chapter of Phi d Kappa Phi to that member of the freshman class achieving the highest scholastic standing for a minimum of 30 units completed in residence at the University. The student having the highest number of units shall receive the award. In case of a tie, in grades and units, the award shall be divided equally among those eligible. A prize of $50. PHI KAPPA PHI PLAQUE. Donated by the Arizona chapter of Phi Kappa Phi to the outstanding graduating senior chosen on the basis of superior scholarship and other meritorious achievement. Recipient's name is engraved on a bronze plaque, located in the foyer of the University Library. THE PRESIDENT'S CUP AND SCHOLARSHIP - See President's Cup and Scholarship under Undergraduate Scholarships. GRANDMOTHER ROTHBERGER AWARD. Donated by the late Mrs. Jeanette Rothberger and members of Theta Omega to handicapped students who are not recipients of support from the Division of Vocational Rehabilitation. The prize varies. THE SHAMROCK DAIRY - JIM EWING AWARD. Established as a memorial to Jim Ewing by theShamrock Dairytothefootballplayer who demonstratesthefinestall- arounds characteristics in conduct. A prize of $150. THE STEINFELD AWARD. Donated by the Albert Steinfeld Company to the campus organization which earns the highest number of total points in the Steinfeld Intramural Speech Tournament. The prize is an engraved cup. THE UNIVERSITY CUP AND SCHOLARSHIP - See University Cup and Scholarship under Undergraduate Scholarships. Student Services

COUNSELING AND ADVISING The University offers varied guidance service for students. The faculty, the faculty advisers, the heads of departments, and the deans of the colleges keep regular office hours for consultation. The Health Service provides health counsel; the Placement Service office compiles records for possible employment; and the Registrar'sofficedirectsadmissions,keepscumulativefilesofstudent achievements, and issues the catalog which students should read in order that they may plan their courses and obtain necessary information about the University. DEANS OF THE COLLEGES - Information regarding the selection of a proper academic program, including both required and elective courses, is obtained in the office of the dean of the college in which the student is enrolled. DEAN OF MEN - Advisory service for men is the first consideration of the office of the Dean of Men. Helpful attention is given to financial, personal, and social problems of students. DEAN OF WOMEN - The office of the Dean of Women is concerned with the total welfare of all women students. Much time is given to counseling women students on personal problems; to the supervision of their housing; to Panhellenic, class honoraries, and other organizations for women. FOREIGN STUDENT ADVISER - The Foreign Student Adviser serves as a liaison between foreign students and the various administrative and departmental offices of the University, the United States and foreign governments, and private agencies. He also counsels students that need assistance in adjusting to campus and community life.

AMERICAN INDIAN STUDENT ADVISER - This official assists American Indian students intheir transition from the home environment into the university community by counselling at both the academic and personal adjustment level and by soliciting wider campus involvement in the programs and affairs of the American Indian student.

The STUDENT COUNSELING SERVICE, adivisionof the Department of Psychology, offers free of charge to all University students professional counseling on educational, personal, or career problems. Service is offered in identifying aptitudes, interests, and personality traits affecting the choice of a vocation or educational program, in dealing with emotional disturbances or factors hindering the student's ability to benefit fully from his University experience. The Service normally works by scheduled appointments but students can generally be seen promptly in cases of urgent need.

159 160 STUDENT SERVICES

The Student Reading Center, part of the Counseling Service, offers classes and supervised laboratory practices in improving rate and comprehension of reading materials, and in developing -efficient study habits. The classes, of approximately 8 weeks. duration,:start_.near the beginning and middle of each semester. Neither grades .nor academic credits -.are given for the course, but maximum benefit is obtained only with outside preparation equivalent to a three -unit credit course. Extensive information is maintained on occupations and opportunities for continuing education following study at the University. The file on occupations centers on areas of interest to college- trained persons; the material on continuing education describes undergraduate and graduate programs at other institutions, scholarships, and other forms of financial assistance. Students are invited to use this file without appointment, whether or not they desire counseling or consultation. TheStudentCounselingServiceadministerscertaintestswhichare recommended to students by the appropriate dean or required by University policy.

CLINICAL SERVICES SPEECH AND HEARING CLINIC - The Department of Speech maintains a speech and hearing _center where University students may receive remedial training. Diagnostic and referraLassistance for any Arizona citizen is offered.

;The STUDENT HEALTH SERVICE assists_ students in the maintenance of health, and counsels with respect to health problems. The Center is essentially a clinic and small hospital, including treatment and consulting rooms, facilities for emergency care and minor surgery, X -ray and laboratory facilities, and in- patient beds with around- the -clock general nursing service. The staff consists of medical doctors, registered pharmacists, and graduate ..nurses experienced in student problems, and the -ancillary personnel necessary to the operation of such a clinic -hospital consistent with standards of student. health services. Compliance with University regulations requiring physical examination and chest -X- ray-is a prerequisite to eligibility for_care at the University Health Service. Regularly Enrolled Students:Eligibleon payment of registrationfees and compliance with admission health -requirements. Optional Eligibility: Continuing dissertation students, thesis students,-and-special students may become eligible on payment of health. fee_and submission of-physical examination and required chest X -ray. If an illness requires special diagnostic or treatment facilities, or the services of an outside physician or consultant (major surgery, complicated medical illness, major fractures, or extraordinary services), the cost of such -facilities or services must be borne by the student. Eligible students are entitled to care for a period not to exceed 3 _days each semester. After the third day a charge based on costs per day is made. Illness or accident requiring intensive or extended care exceeding the facilities of the Health, Service is handled by transfer to a local hospital under the care of a local physician. Outside hospitalization and medical service are at the student's expense; thus adequate hospitalization insurance is strongly recommended. Students covered by family insurance plans should carry evidence of such coverage in case emergence hospital admission becomes necessary. ASUA Health and Accident Insurance t, supplement Student Health facilities is available to all students eligible for care aA the Health Center. Services - Full staff is available at the Student Health Center from 8:00 a.m. t 11:45 a.m. and from 1:00 p.m. to 4:45 p.m. Monday morning through Saturda STUDENT SERVICES 161 noon. Service limited to emergencies is available after 5:00 p.m. and from Saturday noon to Monday morning. A charge is necessary for calls outside of clinic hours. Registered nurses are on duty at all times and in communication with University physicians.Outside or house calls cannot be made by University physicians.Ambulanceserviceisnot provided by theUniversity, although on- campus transportation by University police car is available to students unable to get to the Student Health Center because of acute illness or injury. Vehicular accidents are handled by referral to local hospitals and physicians at student expense following necessary emergency treatment. No dental service is provided. Immunizations are available without charge when related to a program of public health measures in the University community. Immunizations required for personal travel to foreign countries are available at nominal charge. Students may continue allergy- desensitization programs at a nominal charge at the Center. Such students must provide appropriate allergens and schedule, individual vials identified as to concentration and content, and a letter from their physician stating diagnosis and including any special instructions and a request for continuationoftheprogram. A memorandumdetailinglimitationsand requirements for allergy desensitization programs at the Health Service is available to physicians on request. Facilities do not at present permit testing and initiation of desensitization programs. Laboratory and X-Ray - The Health Service maintains an approved clinical laboratoryequipped for hematology, urinalysis,serologictests, and routine chemical analyses. Bacteriologic studies are available for control of infectious disease. There is no charge for routine diagnostic services when ordered by a Health Service physician. A charge is made for unusual or complicated tests or those requiring the services of an outside laboratory. X -ray service is available without charge for diagnosis of acute illness or injury. A charge is made for specialized radiologic examinations, for follow -up films in the treatment of chronic illness, and for the routine chest film required for admission to the University should the student defer this X -ray until registration. X -rays remain the property of the University but are available on request to outside physicians or agencies. Pre -Existing Illness or Disability - Students and their physicians are encouraged to report fully in regard to prior or chronic illness so that appropriate attention can be giventothestudent'sneeds.The HealthServiceprovides routineoffice management of chronic conditions such as diabetes, allergy, arthritis, mild cardiac or lung conditions, and will cooperate with the student's personal physician in this respect. In general, the services approximate those of the family physician. The HealthServicecannotassumeresponsibilityfor complexrehabilitativeor therapeutic programs, and may require the student to seek consultation or private medical care at his own expense in such cases. Students suffering from contagious disease which may be a hazard to others, or from uncompensatedpsychiatricillness,may berequiredto withdraw temporarily or permanently from the University. The University cannot assume responsibility for long -term management of psychiatric illness and may require private consultation or therapy in such cases. Private Medical Care - Students who prefer to obtain medical care from local private physicians are not exempt from student health fees on this basis. Medical Records - All data obtained from any student remain in the Student Health Service. The relationship of the student to the Health Service physicians is a 162 STUDENT SERVICES personal one and professional confidence iscarefully maintained. Release of information to private physicians, insurance companies, or other agencies may be obtained only on presentation of a written release of records signed by the student concerned, or upon judicial process or requirement of law.

UNIVERSITY PLACEMENT SERVICE The University of Arizona maintains a placement service to help employers find well -prepared and efficient workers, and to help graduates of the University and other qualified persons get in touch with prospective employers, making available to them the record of persons enrolled in the Placement Service. All graduates and former students of the University are eligible for enrollment, as are persons now engaged in teaching or in school administration in Arizona. Teachers enrolling for the first time are charged an enrollment fee of $2; other details with respect to methods of operation and cost may be obtained by writing to the Placement Service.

STUDENT UNION POST OFFICE Only students living in campus halls will be assigned a Student Union Post Office box upon request made in person. No written applications are accepted. These boxes are free to the students living in halls as a service of the University. Until such time as a post- office box has been assigned, students with reservations in one of the campus residence halls may have their mail addressed to General Delivery, Student Union Post Office, Tucson, Arizona. This does not include, however, newspapers, magazines, and circulars. New students should refrain from having these sent until their correct post office box number can be placed on them. Returning residence hall students who had Student Union Post Office boxes in the spring semester will have them automatically reserved for the next year only by paying their residence hall deposit before July 1. Any student who has not been given residence hall assignment before coming to the University, and whose local address is uncertain should have his mail directed to General Delivery, Main Post Office, Tucson, Arizona 85701, until a definite residence is determined. Immediately after the student has established his definite residence,he shouldsend changeofaddresscards toallindividuals and organizations from which he may expect to receive mail. These cards are available at the Student Union Post Office.

THE UNIVERSITY LIBRARIES The UniversityLibrary system contains more than 600,000 cataloged volumes in addition to nearly 500,000 U. S. government publications, 300,000 microforms, 100,000 sheet maps and aerial photographs, and numerous other items such as industrialreports,newspapers,musicalscoresandrecordings. Approximately 50,000 volumes are added yearly. The Library's basic holdings cover all fields of instruction and are especially strong in anthropology, astronomy and optical science, geology, Spanish and Latin -American language and literature, and American agriculture. The Library is a regional depository of U. S. government publications and for those of the Atomic Energy Commission and the National Aeronautics and Space Administration. It receives the publications of many American and foreign scientific societies and institutions. Supplementary materials for advanced research are available through interlibrary loan. STUDENT SERVICES 163

For those interested in the history of the West the Library's Western Collections are a rich research resource particularly on Arizona and the Southwest. These include books and manuscript materials on the range cattle industry, Indians, and mining as well as a body of source materials made up of state, county and municipal documents. Additional items in Special Collections include rare books, University archives, photographs and the papers of such outstanding persons as Lewis Douglas and former Secretary of the Interior Stewart Udall. During the academic year the libraries are open from 7:30 to midnight. Holiday and summer hours are somewhat shorter. Regulations concerning fines, special charges, and rules and regulations concerning library use are stated in student and faculty handbooks of the respective libraries. Other regulations pertaining to library privileges are available at the library information desks. MAIN LIBRARY - Humanities and Social Sciences, Map Collection, Oriental Collection, Special Collections (rare books, Arizoniana, Western Americana). SCIENCE DIVISION -Physical and Natural Sciences, Agriculture, Engineering, Technology.

MUSIC COLLECTION- (Music Building) Scores, Sheet Music, Recordings and facilities for listening.

INSTRUCTIONAL MATERIALS COLLECTION - (Education Building) Contains a model school library, textbooks for elementary and high school instruction, and curriculum materials. Books about education are housed in the Main Library. THE LAW LIBRARY - This library now contains over 86,000 volumes, including the reported cases of all the jurisdictions in the United States and substantially all the English reported cases; American and English statutory law; decisions of federal administrative agencies; complete sets of leading legal periodicals; and a carefully selected collection of legal encyclopedias, digests, treatises, and textbooks. THE ARIZONA MEDICAL CENTER LIBRARY - The College of Medicine Library contains over 45,000 cataloged volumes in medicine, nursing and the allied health sciences. Approximately 2,500 serialtitles are currently received. The collection includes all pertinent reference materials in the health sciences as well as a careful selection of treatises and textbooks. Housing Facilities and Social Life

The University recognizes the importance of housing as a part of the total educational program. Thus, to the extent possible, University housing is made available to undergraduates so they may experience the companionship, cultural environment, and social opportunities which enrich university life. One of the valued aspects of university life is the opportunity to meet students of varied cultures and interests. By the mutual exchange of views, students learn from one another, gain a fresh outlook and new ideas, and enlarge their experience in human relationships. This phase of university life is shared most fully by hall residents. Lifelong friendships are formed among residence companions and students gain worthwhile experience in community living. Each residence hall elects its own student officers and plans programs of social and recreational activities. Exchange parties between men's and women's halls are among the enjoyable events of the school year. Head residents in each hall are experienced counselors skilled in helping new students adjust to campus life and in providing mature guidance when needed. The interrelations of residence halls, fraternities, and sororities are controlled, respectively, by the Residence Hall Council, the Interfraternity Council, and the Panhellenic Council. MEN'S RESIDENCE HALLS - Located on the south side of the campus, the thirteen men's residence hallsare Apache, Cochise, East Stadium, Graham, Greenlee, Hopi Lodge, Kaibab -Huachuca, Navajo, Papago Lodge, Pinal, Santa Cruz, South, and Yavapai halls. WOMEN'S RESIDENCE HALLS - Three of the ten residence halls for women, Arizona, Coronado, and Sonora are on the south side of the campus. The women's halls on the north side of the campus, set among olive and palm trees, are Coconino, Gila, Manzanita, Maricopa, Mohave, Pima, and Yuma. COOPERATIVE RESIDENCE HALL - Pima Hall is operated by women students and is the only hall in which meals are served. In order to reduce the cost of overhead, students living in this hall do all cleaning and cooking. The working schedule requires of each girl nine hours of service weekly in the house and is so arranged that it does not conflict with class hours. Under the supervision of the head resident, meals are planned by a student house manager familiar with the principles of nutrition and dietetics. The cost of board and room fluctuates with the price of food and usually approximates $60 per month. The hall accommodates thirty -nine students.

HOUSING FACILITIES - Rooms in residence halls are completely furnished including pillows, sheets, and pillowcases. Sheets and pillowcases are laundered weekly. Three heavy blankets should be provided for sleeping porch use. Students are requested not to bring additional furniture with them, but are asked to provide their own window curtains and spread for daybed except in Arizona, Sonora, Coronado, Manzanita, Mohave, and Maricopa Halls which are furnished with curtains. Students care for their own rooms, but maid or janitor service is supplied through other portions of the hall.

164 HOUSING FACILITIES AND SOCIAL LIFE 165

Some of the residence halls have sleeping porches. If the health of a student is such that he must sleep in his room, or if a physical handicap necessitates a single room, the student may be required to rent a single room if available in the hall. The University reserves the right to change the residence of any student, or to deny or cancel accommodations in cases where such action is deemed desirable. OCCUPANCY OF ROOMS - Residence hall rent should be paid by the semester in advance. The rental does not cover occupancy in the fall prior to the day preceding Orientation Week, or during the Christmas recess. All halls are kept open for students during spring recess. The occupancy of rooms at any time other than while the University is in session shall be only by permission of the Department of Student Housing. No hall will remain open during the Christmas recess. It should be understood that when students give up their rooms during vacation periods for which they are not paying, the University may feel free to use these rooms for the housing of other groups. Students' rooms will be available for 24 hours following the student's last semester examination. Graduating seniors may occupy their rooms until 24 hours after Commencement exercises. When a student withdraws from the University or the University terminates his registration, his room must be vacated within 24 hours. All students assigned to residence halls are required to sign a housing agreement pledging to remain in the residence halls for the academic year. The University is not responsible for loss of students' personal property.

CHANGE OF ADDRESS - It is the student's responsibility to keep the University informed at all times of his current Tucson address. Failure to do so may result in disciplinary action. Change of address forms are available in the Registrar's Office and the Offices of the Dean of Men and Dean of Women.

HOUSING REGULATIONS FOR UNDERGRADUATE WOMEN STUDENTS UNDER 21 YEARS OF AGE - Residence in University halls or sorority houses is mandatory for undergraduate women under 21 years of age until they have successfully completed 24 units of academic work. Thereafter they may live in a residence hall, sorority house, or with parental permission, off campus. Exceptions are made for students living with parents or guardians, or working for board and room in private homes. Request for the latter exception must be supported in advance of registration by a letter written to the -Dean of Women by the parents. No change of hall residence may be made until cleared through the Department of Student Housing. No change of sorority residence may be made until cleared through the Office of the Dean of Women. Women students who pledge sororities during the first semester formal rushing period may move to sorority houses at that time if spaces are available. After the rushing period, no students will be permitted to move from the hall until the close of the semester.

HOUSING REGULATIONS FOR UNDERGRADUATE WOMEN STUDENTS 21 YEARS OF AGE OR OVER - All sorority women, under the age of 21, who have successfully completed 24 units of academic work, who are members of the University of Arizona sorority chapters, and who desire to live off campus must in addition have on file in the office of the Dean of Women a letter from an alumnae officer designated by the Corporation Board releasing her from the requirements of living in the chapter house. 166 HOUSING FACILITIES AND SOCIAL LIFE

A waiver signed by a parent or legal guardian, releasing the University from responsibility, and signed also by the student, is required of all women students in the following categories: a. Women who are under the age of21at the time of registration who have completed24units of academic work. b. Tucson women who have parental permission to live away from home. c. Freshman women who for justifiable reasons have been granted special permission by the University to live off campus. HOUSING REGULATIONS FOR WOMEN GRADUATE STUDENTS - Such students assume responsibility for their own living arrangements but, in cases of vacancies, may apply to the Department of Student Housing for residence hall accommodations. If admitted, they conform to all housing regulations. Graduate women students interested in serving as student assistants to head residents in exchange for a room should write to the Dean of Women.

HOUSING OFF THE CAMPUS - Listings of off -campus housing are available in the Student Union. Numerous such listings are also given in Tucson's daily newspapers. Freshmen, other than Tucson residents living at home, are normally required to live in University -controlled housing. They must secure permission from the Dean of Men or Dean of Women to reside in off -campus living quarters, or be subject to suspension from the University. Such permission is given only under exceptional conditions. HOUSING FOR MARRIED STUDENTS Polo Village - Fifty -four quonset hut apartments are available for married students. Full -time students who are married and registered for classes may apply for an apartment with the Department of Student Housing.

Family Housing - This project of420apartments is located in northeast Tucson about12 -15minutes time from the University. Applications may be submitted afteraperson has beenofficiallyadmittedto theUniversity.Additional information and application forms may be obtained from The Family Housing Office,3401N. Columbus, Tucson, Arizona85712. THE UNIVERSITY CAFETERIA - The University operates two fountains and two dining halls in the Student Union Memorial Building, as well as a dining hall located in the Park Student Center on the corner of Fifth Street and Park Avenue. All facilities are under the management of a trained dietician. The University reserves the right to prescribe rules under which its students shall board in the University cafeteria, with private families, in fraternity and sorority houses, or elsewhere, whether these rules are or are not published in its catalog.

GENERAL REGULATIONS STUDENT CONDUCT- When a student accepts admission to The University of Arizona, the University assumes that he thereby agrees to conduct himself in accordancewithitsstandards.The Universityreservestheright,on the recommendation of the appropriate dean and with the approval of the President, to terminate at any time the enrollment of a student who proves to be an undesirable member of the student body. Evidence of unsatisfactory citizenship may be an overt violation of a specific standard, or social behavior that is not acceptable. HOUSING FACILITIES AND SOCIAL LIFE 167

The use, possession, or serving of alcoholic beverages is not permitted on the campus or in any University building, including sorority and fraternity houses, and houses and premises of other recognized organizations. The serving of alcoholic beverages is not permitted at any approved social function. Studentsareexpectedtodressappropriatelyfor appearance inthe classrooms and on the campus. For a detailed statement of University regulations concerning both academic and social activity, see the publications University of Arizona Guidelines and the Code of Conduct.

USE OF NARCOTIC DRUGS - The use by a student, or the sale, possession, or giving as a gift by him of narcotic drugs, sedatives, stimulants, pyschotherapeutic drugs, psychedelic agents of any variety, prescription drugs other than such as may be prescribed by a physician for the student's individual use, or of any of the foregoing in violation of federal or state law, is incompatible with and inimical to the social, health, and safety standards and educative purposes of the University, and shall be cause for disciplinary measures, including suspension or expulsion, regardless of action or inaction by civil authorities with respect to violations of the law above mentioned.

USE OF AND CONDUCT UPON UNIVERSITY PROPERTY - The grounds and properties of the three universities of the State of Arizona are owned by the State through the Arizona Board of Regents, for the use and benefit of the respective institutions. Such properties are devoted to and maintained for the sovereign function of supplying higher education to the people, and are not places of unrestricted public access. Neither the State nor the Board is obligated to furnish or supply in such grounds and properties a forum or locale for the commission of crime, disorders, violence, injuries to persons or property, or the incitement or encouragement thereof, or any conduct or activity whatsoever which will interfere with or is harmful, disruptive, or inimical to the educational function aforesaid. Accordingly, in the light of the foregoing and in the exercise of the jurisdiction and control vested in it by law, the Arizona Board of Regents has formally adopted and promulgated the following ordinance and regulation: No person or persons may enter upon the grounds, buildings, roadways, or properties of The University of Arizona, Arizona State University, or Northern Arizona University, nor may a person or persons there be or remain, for the purpose of or in the actual or threatened commission of, any one or more of the following: a breach of the criminal laws (state or national); violent, obscene, or disorderly conduct; injury to or destruction of property; interference with free access, ingress, or egress; injury to person or persons; seizure or exercise of unpermitted control of properties of the institution; trespass; conduct harmful, obstructive, or disruptive to, or which interferes with, the educational process, institutionalfunctions,contractualarrangements,orthepublic peace and tranquility; conduct likely to foment uproar or violence; or the incitement, support, encouragement, aid, or abetment of any or all of the foregoing. Access to, enjoyment of, and presence upon or within the areas aforesaid are conditioned upon compliance with the foregoing ordinance and regulation. Any and all persons not in compliance with the foregoing, or in threatened or actual violation thereof, will be denied entry to or upon such areas, or will be evicted therefrom, as the case may be. More specific details regarding conduct appropriate to a university campus are found in the separately published Code of Conduct. 168 HOUSING FACILITIES AND SOCIAL LIFE

MARITAL STATUS - Any change of the marital status of a student should be reported immediately to the Dean of Men or the Dean of Women for the correction of student records. Attention is invited to the provisions of Arizona law with respect to necessity of parental consent to involving men under 21 years of age and women under 18 years of age.

AUTOMOBILES REGISTRATION - Students operating an automobile on the campus, whether their own or otherwise, must register this automobile with the Department of Physical Plant, and display an appropriate sticker on its rear window at all times. Students should have with them at the time of official registration the license numbers of all cars they expect to operate on the campus. Students who own or drive cars on the campus are expected to familiarize themselves with, and to abide by, the parking and traffic regulations.

PENALTIES - Nonregistration or improper registration of student vehicles, illegal or improper parking, speeding and reckless driving are all subject to penalty. Failure to comply with parking and traffic regulations may result in a student forfeiting the privilege of driving or parking on campus. LIMITED PARKING - The University provides limited parking space for automobiles owned by resident students. Because of congested traffic in Tucson and lack of adequate parking space on and around the campus, students are not encouraged to bring their automobiles to the University. STATE OF ARIZONA REGISTRATION - Arizona law requires that every motor vehicle owned by an out -of -state student and operated within this state, which does not carry Arizona license plates, must be registered with the Motor Vehicle Division, whose Tucson office is at 1102 S. Euclid. No fee is charged for such registration when the vehicle is not used for business purposes and the owner qualifies as a nonresident.

ELIGIBILITY FOR EXTRACURRICULAR ACTIVITIES GENERAL ACTIVITIES - Any undergraduate student not on scholarship probation who is registered for 12 or more units, and any full -time* student in a graduate division not on scholarship probation, is eligible for participation and may represent the University in any extracurricular activity other than intercollegiate athletics. Further, to be eligible for participation in any activity continuing from one semester to the next, other than intercollegiate athletics, an undergraduate student must have completed successfully at least 12 units the previous semester and a graduate student must have completed successfully the previous semester all work required to maintain his full -time classification. Exceptions to these provisions must be approved by a review committee made up of three student members appointed by the President of the Associated Students of The University of Arizona and three faculty members appointed by the Vice President for University Relations. *A full -time graduate student is one who is attending the regular daytime session of the University and who (a) is registered for and meeting the requirements of 9 or more units of work important to his graduate program, or (b) is a graduate assistant registered for and meeting the requirements of 6 or more units of work important to his graduate program, or (c) HOUSING FACILITIES AND SOCIAL LIFE- 169 is registered for "extended registration" and is certified by his faculty adviser and department head to be actually spending essentially his full time in completing requirements for his degree as rapidly as possible

INTERCOLLEGIATE ATHLETIC .POLICY -Intercollegiateathletics -are sponsored primarily as an aid to the educational purposes of the University. Full control of all phases of this program remains with and is administered by the faculty and staff of the University. Students participating in athletics must have conformed to normal entrance requirements and must maintain acceptable progress toward a college degree. Requirements for participation in and regulations covering conduct of intercollegiate athletics are administered under standards set by the Arizona Board of Regents, the National Collegiate Athletic Association, and the Western Athletic. Conference. Scholarships awarded to properly qualified students who participate in athletics are administered solely. by -the Comnittee on Scholarships and Awards under standards applying to all such awards. All funds for the support of the athletic program, regardlessof source,are accounted for by the University Comptroller and are included in the annual audits.

ASSOCIATED STUDENTS The student body is organized under the title, Associated Students of The University of Arizona. The purpose is to enable students to assume the privileges and responsibilities of self -government, and the direction and management of student activities and enterprises. Governing authority of the Association is vested in the Student Executive Council, Student Senate, and the Student Courts. ASUA membership includes all students who are registered for 7 or more units and have paid the student activity fee. The functions of the ASUA are classified under publications, activities, committees, special events, and operations. The official publications of the Associated Students are the (newspaper), the Desert (yearbook), Tongue (literary magazine), Arizona Grid Review (football program), Student Handbook, Campus Calendar, Student and Faculty Directory, Campus Organizations, and Course Evaluation. Activities receiving financial support from the Associated Students are Women's Recreation Association, the Speaker's Board, the band, the orchestra, the choir, debate team, moot court team, the livestock judging team, the Army and Air Force ROTC Drill Teams, Angel Flight, Kaydettes, the Rifle Teams, and the Model United Nations. Sport clubs also receiving financial support include rodeo, soccer, fencing, rugby, lacrosse, and bowling. Student government committees include the following: Academic, Camp Wildcat, Community Services,Concerts, Consumer Service, Draft Counseling, Elections, High School Relations, Human Relations, Liaisons in Neighborhood Knowledge, Off -Campus Housing, Ombudsman, People -To- People, Project Rillito, Speakers Board, Student- Faculty Grievance, and Traditions. Student government is responsible for the planning and management of these special events: Homecoming, Parents' Day, High School Senior Day, Band Day, Religion in Life Week, invitational tennis tournament, Intercollegiate Rodeo, and social concerts. The enterprises of the Associated Students are the ASUA Bookstore and ASUA Photo Service. FRATERNITIES AND SORORITIES FRATERNITIES - Alpha Epsilon Pi, Alpha Gamma Rho, Alpha Kappa Lambda, Alpha Phi Alpha, Alpha Tau Omega, Delta Chi, Delta Tau Delta, Kappa Sigma, 170 HOUSING FACILITIES AND SOCIAL LIFE

Lambda Chi Alpha, Phi Delta Theta, Phi Gamma Delta, Phi Sigma Kappa, Pi Kappa Alpha, Sigma Alpha Epsilon, Sigma Chi, Sigma Nu, Sigma Phi Epsilon, Tau Kappa Epsilon, Theta Chi, Zeta Beta Tau.

SORORITIES - Alpha Delta Pi, Alpha Epsilon Phi, Alpha Omicron Pi, Alpha Phi, Chi Omega, Delta Delta Delta, Delta Gamma, Delta Zeta, Gamma Phi Beta, Kappa Alpha Theta, Kappa Kappa Gamma, Phi Mu, Pi Beta Phi, Sigma Delta Tau.

HONORARY AND PROFESSIONAL SOCIETIES, OTHER ORGANIZATIONS

COORDINATING BODY: Student Union Activities Board.

SCHOLASTIC HONORARY SOCIETIES Alpha Delta Delta - Public Administration Phi Alpha Theta - History Alpha Kappa Delta - Sociology Phi Beta Kappa - Liberal Arts Alpha Lambda Delta - Freshman Women Phi Eta Sigma - Freshman Men Alpha Tau Alpha - Agricultural Education Phi Kappa Phi - all colleges Alpha Zeta - Agriculture, men Phi Lambda Upsilon - Chemistry, men Beta Alpha Psi - Accounting Pi Delta Phi - French Beta Gamma Sigma - Commerce Pi Lambda Theta - Education, women Delta Phi Alpha - German Pi Mu Epsilon - Mathematics Dobro Slovo - Slavic Rho Chi - Pharmacy Gamma Sigma Delta - Agriculture Sigma Gamma Epsilon - Earth Sciences Omicron Nu -Home Economics Tau Beta Pi - Engineering

PROFESSIONAL ORGANIZATIONS Advancement of Management - ManagementKappa Delta Pi - Education Alpha Chi Sigma - Chemistry Kappa Epsilon - Pharmacy, women Alpha Epsilon Delta - Premedical Kappa Kappa Psi - Band, men Alpha Kappa Psi - Business Administration Kappa Psi - Pharmacy, men American Home Economics Association National Collegiate Players - Dramatics American Institute of Phi Chi Theta - Commerce, women Aeronautics and Astronautics Phi Delta Chi - Pharmacy, men American Institute of Architects Phi Delta Phi - Law, men American Institute of Chemical Engineers Phi Mu Alpha - Music, men American Institute of Mining, Pi Kappa Delta - Forensics Metallurgical and Petroleum EngineersPi Omega Pi - Business Education American Nuclear Society Professional Nursing Honor Society American Pharmaceutical Association Psi Chi - Psychology American Society of Civil Engineers Scabbard and Blade - Military American Society of Mechanical Engineers Sigma Alpha Eta - Speech Correction American Society of Range Management Sigma Alpha Iota - Music, women Arizona Association of Student Nurses Sigma Delta Chi - Journalism Association for Computing Machinery Society of American Foresters Beta Pi Alpha - Business Student Council for Exceptional Children Beta Rho Delta - Engineering, women Student National Education Association Delta Nu Alpha - Transportation Tau Beta Sigma - Band, women Delta Psi Kappa - Physical Education, womenTheta Sigma Phi - Journalism and Delta Sigma Pi - Commerce, men Mass Communication Institute of Electrical & Electronic Engineers Theta Tau - Engineering Kappa Beta Pi - Law, women

DEPARTMENTAL ORGANIZATIONS - A number of Universitydepartments have organizations, some open to all students taking courses in the department, some limited to majors in the department, and some with only elected membership. HOUSING FACILITIES AND SOCIAL LIFE 171

STUDENT LEADERSHIP AND SERVICE SOCIETIES Alpha Phi Omega - Service, men Circle K Club - Service, men Arete - Sports and Dance, women Mortar Board - Senior women Blue Key - Senior men Sophos - Sophomore men Bobcats - Senior men Spurs - Sophomore women Chain Gang - Junior men Wranglers - Independent women Chimes - Junior women STUDENTACTIVITY ORGANIZATIONS African Student Union New Party of Arizona Agricultural Council Orchesis - Dancing, women Amateur Radio Club Organization of Arab Students Amerind Club Panhellenic Association Angel Flight - AFROTC, women Parachute Club Anthropology Club People to People Archery Club Pharmacy Students Wives' Club Army ROTC Drill Team Phrateres - Towngirls Army ROTC Rangers Physical Education Major Minor Club Arnold Air Society - Military Pre -Veterinary Society Associated English Students Putters - Golf, women Associated Oriental Students Quadrille Team Badminton Club Racquet Club - Tennis, women Black Student Union Ramblers - Hiking Block and Bridle Club Range Management Society BPA Council Real Estate Club Chinese Language Club Residence Hall Association Chi Rho Omega - Social Service Rodeo Club Collegiate Civitan Club Rugby Football Club Conservative Seminar Russkü Kruzhok - Russian Crops and Soils Club Semper Fidelis Society Dairy Science Club Sigma Delta Psi - Athletics, men Desert Sunfish Swim Club Silver Wing Die Gesellschaft Zum Wunderhorn Ski Club Engineering Council Society of Corrections Fencing Club Southern Arizona Peace Corps Council Flying Club Strategic Games Society Folklanders - Folk -dance Club Student Association for Japanese Students Forestry Club Student Bar Association Geography and Area Development Club Student International Meditation Society Graduate Student Association Student Libertarian Action Movement Group Against Smelter Pollution Students of Objectivism Gymnastic Club Student Peace Association India Club Student Religion Council Insurance Club Theta Omega - Handicapped Interfraternity Council University Dames - Wives of Students International Folk Dance Club University 4 -H Club International Relationa Club University Hostesses International Students' Club University Players - Dramatics Italian Club University Rifle and Pistol Club Judo Club Veteran's Student Association Karate Club Wildlife Club Kaydettes - ROTC, women Women's Recreation Association Lacrosse Club Women's Rifle and Pistol Association Lambda Delta Sigma Young Americans for Freedom Le Cercle Francais Young Democrats Marketing Club Young Republicans Mexican American Students Association Zero Population Growth National Society of Interior Designers 172 HOUSING FACILITIES AND SOCIAL LIFE

RELIGIOUS ACTIVITIES

Organizations on the campus which are designed to foster the spiritual, intellectual, and social interest of various religious faiths or denominations are: American Baptist Student Movement, Arizona Bible Student Center, Baha'i Youth Organization, Baptist Student Union, B'nai B'rith Hillel Foundation, R. S. Beal Memorial Student Center (ConservativeBaptist), Canterbury- Episcopal Youth Center, Christian Science Organization, Humanist Association, L. D. S. Student Association,LittleChapelofAllNations,LutheranCampus Parish (ALC -LCA- Missouri), Muslim Student Association, Newman Catholic Student Association, Quaker University Organization, United Campus Christian Fellowship, UnitedLiberalReligiousYouth(Unitarian),WildcatChristianFellowship, University Nazarene Fellowship, Wesley Foundation (Methodist). The Student Religion Council, representative of the various organizations, coordinates campus religious activities, works toward understanding and tolerance among religious groups, and fosters interest in religion among students. An interdenominational Little Chapel of All Nations is located near the campus. Students are welcome at all the churches of the city, and upon entering the University are urged to contact their own denominational groups on the campus.

THE UNIVERSITY FORUM COMMITTEE - exists to stimulate and coordinate the religious activities of the campus and to cooperate with the churches of Tucson. It encourages and assists student and faculty groups to meet informally for study and discussion. Some of the activities emphasized are lectures and forums on religion,faculty- student get -togethers,the annual Religion -in -Life Week, and sponsorship of the Student Religion Council.

SPECIAL CULTURAL OPPORTUNITIES

UNIVERSITY ARTIST SERIES - Each year the University sponsors a group of outstanding artists in music and dance for a public concert. Selections are made by a joint committee of faculty and students. Upon completion of registration all students registered for at least 7 units of credit in the University (except those registered only for thesis or dissertation) are entitled to tickets as available for the attractions offered in the series. This program provides a unique opportunity for the entire student body to experience more deeply the finearts, and provides a supplement to regular instruction for students working more directly in music, dance and drama. Among the most popular offeringsisthe Collegeof Fine Arts' presentation of a dramatic -musical production. A guest soloist for the University Symphony is often invited;and,wheredemandnecessitates,multipleconcertsfeaturing instrumentalists and vocalists are scheduled.

THE UNIVERSITY MUSEUM OF ART - Open to students and the public, the Museum offers a rare opportunity for intimate study of original paintings by old masters as well as important contemporary painters and sculptors of Europe and America. Besides the permanent collections, the University provides numerous exhibitions of special and general interest. HOUSING FACILITIES AND SOCIAL LIFE 173

The University collections include many single works of art given by individuals and also large significant collections. Among these are the Samuel H. Kress Collection of paintings, the C. Leonard Pfeiffer Collection of Contemporary American Art, the Gallagher Memorial Collection of international contemporary painting and sculpture, and the Samuel Latta Kingan Memorial. Other important donors include Mr. and Mrs. Harry L. Bell, Mr. Raymond Burr, Mr. and Mrs. Samuel J. Campbell, Mrs. Ward Cheney, Mr. Richard Dreaper, Mr. George Gregson, Mr. and Mrs. Arthur Grunewald, Mr. T. E. Hanley, Dr. and Mrs. Richard A. Harvill, Mr. and Mrs. Oliver B. James, Mr. and Mrs. Orme Lewis, Mr. and Mrs. John A. Logan, Mr. Alfred Messner, Mr. Harold Nason, Mr. and Mrs. Harold O. Reif, Mrs. R. E. Rufenacht, Dr. and Mrs. Richard H. Rush, Mrs. Jay Sternberg, and Mr. and Mrs. George E. Woodruff. ARIZONA STATE MUSEUM - Open daily to students and the public. The prehistoric and recent Indian cultures of Arizona and the Southwest are interpreted through the permanent exhibitions. Special temporary exhibits are presented throughout the year. THE RUTH STEPHAN POETRY CENTER -A gift of Ruth Stephan, the center contains a continually growing collection of poetry in a house near the campus where students and faculty may read and where groups may gather informally for poetry readings and discussion. The collection includes poetry of all ages and various nations, with emphasis on American and British poets. It also includes' books about poetry and poets. The center regularly sponsors readings by nationally known poets throughout the year. THE LECOMTE DU NOUY MEMORIAL ROOM - This room is the gift of Madame du Nouy, preserving the manuscripts and first editions of the works of Pierre Lecomte du Nouy and of other important figures in the history of scientific development. Located in the Physics Department, the room and its collections are available for the use of graduate students and faculty members. THE ANNIE W. RIECKER LECTURERSHIP FOUNDATION - Established in 1953 by Mrs. Eleanor Riecker Ritchie as a memorial to her mother, the original endowment of $10,000 has been increased by the contribution of a friend of the University to a total of $15,000. The income provides for one lecture during each academic year, delivered by a visiting speaker approved by the Board of Regents. The subject of the lecture is one of interest to the faculty and student body but not a part of any formal University course. The first Riecker Memorial Lecture was delivered during the academic year, 1954 -55. These lectures are published. DRAMA SERIES - Each season the Drama Department sponsors a four -phase program: (1) a major series of five to six productions of which one is the all- University musical; (2) the Playwright- Director's laboratory theatre; (3) the Lyceum -Experimental theatre; (4) the classroom laboratory theatre. Tickets are available to all students and faculty for the major series and the lyceum series at a very nominal cost. MUSIC SERIES - The School of Music offers special programs of chamber music, chamber orchestra, chamber opera and selected soloists on a subscription basis throughits"Connoisseur Concerts." Theseconcerts and themajor opera productions by the school's Opera Theatre are offered at a nominal cost to all students and faculty. The School of Music also presents free concerts throughout 174 HOUSING FACILITIES AND SOCIAL LIFE the year by its student performing groups such as the Bands, the Choruses, the Orchestras, and the Collegium Musicum. In addition, recitals are offered free of charge by members of the School Faculty.

Through special arrangements with theUniversity,the following organizations offer periodically during the academic year programs of interest to members of the faculty and to students.

INTERNATIONAL ARTS SOCIETY -A cinema club, Society membership is open to the faculty, staff, and student body of the University. A program of outstanding American and foreign films is presented throughout the academic year. ARIZONA FRIENDS OF MUSIC - These concerts present distinguished chamber musicgroups.Studenttickets maybeobtainedwithoutchargeinthe Administration Building prior to each concert.

THE TUCSON SUNDAY EVENING FORUM - Each Sunday during the academic year the Forum, one of the largest organizations of its type in the nation, offers free of charge to students, a special lecture by a nationally known authority on some topic of general interest. Registration

CLASSIFICATION OF STUDENTS Students of The University of Arizona are classified as regular, unclassified, or no credit.

REGULAR -A regular student follows a prescribed curriculum leading to a degree. Students with regular classification may, with the consent of the college dean, elect irregular schedules with the understanding that the approval of such schedules does not constitute the waiver of any specific requirements for a degree. Minor students may deviate from prescribed schedules only with the written approval of their parents. UNCLASSIFIED - An unclassified student is not a candidate for a degree. Minor students must have the written approval of their parents and the Dean of Women or Dean of Men for unclassified registration. NO CREDIT - No- credit registrants pay the same fees as students who register for credit, including the nonresident tuition fee if applicable. A medical examination is required.

PROCEDURES NEW STUDENT ORIENTATION - Orientation for new students is held during the summer and again in the fall. Each new student will be furnished information about these programs. Students are encouraged to attend orientation during the summer if possible.Orientationactivitiesincludecounseling,placementtesting,and pre- registration (summer only). PERIOD OF REGISTRATION - Students are required to register at the University in alphabetical groups on designated days at the beginning of each semester. The period of registration for credit closes one week from the opening of classes. See the calendar for the academic year in the front of this catalog. PENALTY FOR LATE REGISTRATION - Students who fail to complete registration by payment of all fees during the designated registration period are charged a late registration fee. PHYSICAL EXAMINATION - All new students as well as former students who have not attended the University for over one semester must furnish the Student Health Service with a chest X -ray report and a University Health Evaluation form signed by a practicing physician, not more than 6 months prior to registration. See "Physical Examination" under Admission.

CLEARANCE OF ACCOUNTS - No student whose record indicates indebtedness to the University shall be permitted to register. 175 176 REGISTRATION

SPECIAL TESTING - Students may be required to take specialtestsas recommended by the appropriate personnel dean or college dean.

REGISTRATION ADJUSTMENTS CHANGE. OF SCHEDULE - Changes in an originaLregistration by additions or withdrawals may be made with approval of the instructor, major professor, and the dean concerned. Change -of- schedule forms may be obtained at the Office of the Registrar. A fee of $2.00 is charged unless the change is made for the convenience of the department or is limited to withdrawal with a failing.grade. This form must be presented at the Office of the Registrar and processed by._the University cashier no later than one week following the award of a grade of 8 (withdrawal). After the last day of registration for credit, as stated in the Academic Calendar, a student may not add a course without special permission from the instructor of the course and the student's college dean. The last day on which a student (other than in the College of Law) may drop a course with the grade of 8 shall be the last day of the tenth calendar week during which classes are held, except for an_ extraordinary reason approved by the student's: college.,_dean. The grade of 8 is awarded only if the student is doing -passing work. For students in the College of Law the privilege of withdrawing with a grade of 8_ is limited to the first six weeks of classes; thereafter this grade may be awarded only with the approval of the faculty of the College of Law.

TRANSFER TO LESS ADVANCED COURSE - Whenever a student is unable to meet satisfactorily. the requirements of a course in which he is registered he may be transferred to a less advanced course in the same department if the head of the department and the instructor of the less advanced course believe the student can satisfactorily pursue the work of the less advanced course., In all such cases, the transfer shall be made within 5 weeks_ after the beginning of classes using the change -of- schedule form. In certain departments_ this privilege =extends only through the 14th day of classes.

CHANGE OF REGISTRATION FROM CREDIT. TO NON -CREDIT -A student mayshange his registration in a course from credit to no credit after the sixth week of classesonly if he is doing passing work in that _course. CHANGE OF COLLEGE - Change from one college to another may be made by filing a change of college form in the Admissions Office at leastr30 days prior to the next - registration.(See "Choice of Catalog Under Which Students May Be Graduated" in the Requirements for Graduation_section' for__the provision with respect to change of college.) The change of college is effective at the beginning of the semester or term in which the student registers in the new college. CHANGE OF MAJOR -A student may change his major by informing the dean of his college in writing. Senior students also must inform the degree certification section of the Registrar's Office. PETITIONS - - Students desiring to submit petitions to the faculty may obtain petition forms in the office of the Registrar or their college dean. For information, contact the .degree certification section.of the Registrar's Office . or - the office of the college dean concerned. REGISTRATION 177

CONCURRENT REGISTRATION AT THE UNIVERSITY OF ARIZONA AND PIMA COLLEGE. A student enrolled at The University of Arizona will be permitted to enroll concurrently at Pima College only with the approval of his University academic dean. University of Arizona students carrying work at Pima College without securing this approval will not be permitted to transfer such credits to the University.

LIMITATION OF REGISTRATION - Whenever lack of facilities in courses makes it necessary to limit the number of students admitted, preference will be given to students for whom these courses are required. Among these, priority is given in order to graduating seniors and students having superior records in prerequisite courses.

CANCELLATION OF COURSES - The University reserves the right to cancel any course not elected by an adequate number of students. Academic Guidelines

SCHOLARSHIP REQUIREMENTS

MINIMUM GRADE AVERAGE REQUIRED - To be in good academic standing all students must earn minimum cumulative averages as follows: Minimum average Units completed required to remain in good academic standing Fewer than 25 units 3 6000 From 25 through 55 units 3 4500 From 56 through 86 units 3 3500 87 or more units 3 1500 Graduate students (any student registered in the Graduate College) work carried for graduate credit only 2 5000

Units completed constituteallunits accepted as degree credit by the University, whether residence or nonresidence credit. For scholarship requirements in the College of Law, see the College of Law section of this catalog. RESIDENCE CREDIT. Only those courses offered on the campus of The University,or off -campus courses approved by The Advisory Council, carry residence credit. Only courses taken for residence credit are used in calculating the grade point average.

MAXIMUM UNITS ALLOWED PER SEMESTER - Approval of the college dean is required for any student exceeding the maximum units allowed per semester as indicated below. The semester load includes all work carried in residence as well as concurrent registrationin correspondence, extension, high school courses or approved courses at Pima College

College or School Units College Units Agriculture 18 Home Economics 18 Architecture 18 Law 15 Business and Public Administration 18 Liberal Arts 18 Earth Sciences 19 Mines 19 Education 18 Music 18 Engineering 19 Nursing .18 Fine Arts 18 Pharmacy 18 Graduate 16 CLASS STANDING - Class standing in the various colleges and schools, based upon the number of units completed, is given in the table below. A student's class standing does not necessarily relate to the number of semesters or units required to complete degree requirements. Class standing is determined by the college in Architecture, Medicine, and Pharmacy. 178 ACADEMIC GUIDELINES 179

College or School Freshman Sophomore Junior Senior Agriculture 1 - 25 26 - 57 58 - 90 91 + Bus. & Pub. Admin. 1 - 24 25 - 55 56 - 86 87 + Earth Sciences 1 - 27 28 - 62 63 - 97 98 + Education - - 56 - 86 87 + Engineering 1 - 27 28 - 62 63 - 97 98 + Fine Arts 1 - 24 25 - 55 56 - 86 87 + Home Economics 1 - 25 26 - 57 58 - 90 91 + Liberal Arts 1 - 24 25 - 55 56 - 86 87 + Mines 1 - 27 28 - 62 63 - 97 98 + Music 1 - 24 25 - 55 56 - 86 87 + Nursing 1 - 28 29 - 64 65 - 100 101 + 1st year 2nd year 3rd year Law 1 - 21 22 - 49 50 +

MIDSEMESTER SCHOLARSHIP REPORT -A report of students (except in the College of Law) doing failing or below average work is issued during the seventh week of classes each semester. Students listed on this scholarship report are warned that their work in the courses reported is deficient and their extracurricular activities may be restricted by the dean until the end of the semester. FULL TIME STUDENT STATUS - Full time status for an undergraduate student varies with the College and study program, but ordinarily requires a load of at least twelve units per semester. Full time status for graduate students is more widely variable, depending upon assistantship or associateship duties, and the constitution of the individual student's program. Students in doubt about their standing should check with the Dean of their respective college.

ACADEMIC PROBATION AND DISQUALIFICATION FAILURE TO EARN REQUIRED GRADE AVERAGE - Failure to meet grade average requirements listed above subjects the student to academic probation or disqualification. PROBATION - Students on probation are subject to such restrictions with respect to courses, extracurricular activities, and outside employment as may be imposed by the dean of the college concerned. Students are returned to good standing upon earning the cumulative average required by the table listed under "Minimum Grade Average Required" above, or by action of the dean of their college.

DISQUALIFICATION - Disqualification is of two types: from a particular college in the University, or from the University as a whole, the type to be established by the Advisory Council on the recommendation of the dean of the college in which the student was enrolled. 1. The student recommended for disqualification from a particular college may seek immediate admission to another college in the University. Permission for admission to another college is obtained from the dean of the college into which the student plans to transfer. Ordinarily permission will be granted only if the student plans to pursue a modified program in a curriculum of the new college and if his demonstrated ability warrants such action. Students who have been given collegedisqualificationarestronglyurgedto seek thorough academic and vocational counseling and guidance. Failure to secure approval to transfer to another college in the Universityis tantamount to disqualification from the 180 ACADEMIC GUIDELINES

University as a whole, and the rules governing such type of disqualification then will apply. 2. A student disqualified from aparticular college who may have secured subsequent permission to study in another college, is automatically on scholastic probation in the new college. A student may be granted college disqualification only once in his academic career. Any later recommendation for disqualification will be considered as disqualification from the University. A student disqualified from the University as a whole is ineligible to register the following semester. A student disqualified at the close of the first semester may enter the summer session, but a student disqualified at the close of the second semester is not eligible to enter the summer session or the first semester of the following academic year. PERMANENT DISQUALIFICATION -A student with two disqualifications may return to the University only on the basis of evidence that underlying conditions have materially improved and that he is now capable of serious intellectual effort. He must furnish the Registrar a letter from the dean of the college from which he was last disqualified stating that the dean approves his re- registration. If he wishes to enroll in a college of the University other than the one from which he was last disqualified, he must obtain the approval of both the dean of the college from which he was disqualified and the dean of the college he desires to enter. Students who have been disqualified from the University are not permitted to enroll in Continuing Education classes which are offered for credit, but, with the permission of the dean of the college concerned, may enroll for correspondence courses at the University. They may not establish credit by examination during the period of disqualification, although incomplete grades may be removed. Students may not transfer to the University any credit completed elsewhere during the period of disqualification. PROBATION OR DISQUALIFICATION BY SPECIAL ACTION - Upon recommendation of the dean of his college and the approval of the Advisory Council, a student may be placed on scholastic probation or disqualified at any time for neglect of his academic work. Such disqualification may be either temporary or permanent. GRADING SYSTEM The grading system used by The University of Arizona follows:

1 - superior 2 - above average 3 - average 4 - below average 5 - failure 7 - incomplete - passing 8 - approved withdrawal 9 - course cancelled by University 0 no credit S - superior (see paragraph on Special Grades) P - passing (see paragraph on Special Grades and section on Pass -Fail Option) F - failure (see section on Pass -Fail Option) K - course in progress N - nonofficial withdrawal Y - no grade reported by instructor All students in the College of Medicine are graded on a pass -fail basis. ACADEMIC GUIDELINES 181

INCOMPLETE GRADE - The grade of 7 may be awarded only at the end of the semester or term when a small portion of the student's work is incomplete. The grade of 7 is not to be awarded when the student is expected to repeat the course; in such case, a grade of 5 must be awarded. Incomplete grades do not enter into the calculation of the grade point average, and remain permanently on the student's record unless removed by a final grade within one year after the Incomplete is given. The time limit for removing an incomplete grade in Thesis or Dissertation is six years for full credit. WITHDRAWAL GRADES - (1) For approved withdrawal: withdrawal grades for either complete withdrawal from the University or withdrawal from one course are restricted to 5 or 8. An 8 indicates approved withdrawal and that the student's work is passing at the time the course is dropped; a 5 denotes failing work at the time the course is dropped. Withdrawals properly filed with the University cashier prior to the end of the sixth week of classes are limited to a grade of 8; thereafter, a grade of 5 or 8 may be recorded. (2) For nonofficial withdrawal: for courses dropped without the proper filing of withdrawal forms, grades are restricted to 5 or N. A 5 is based on failing academic performance only; an N may be recorded in cases of non -attendance, or of passing work until the course was non -officially dropped. SPECIAL GRADES - The grades S (Superior) or P (Passing) are used in place of grades 1 or 2 for (1) Individual Studies courses as follows: 99 (Independent Study), 199(IndependentStudy),299(SpecialProblems),400(Research),405 (Internship), 408 (CaseStudies), 409 (Master's Report), 410 (Thesis), 420 (Dissertation); (2) Honors 50 (Sophomore Colloquium); Honors 191 (Honors Seminar); Honors 192 (Junior Colloquium); Honors 193 (Senior Colloquium); (3) Microbiology 10la -101b (Medical Technology). The only grades available in courses numbered 99, 199, 299, and 400, Honors 50, 191, 192, and 193, and Microbiology 101a -101b are S, P, 3, 4, 5,7, 8. For courses numbered 399, the instructor may use these special grades or the regular number grades as his own or departmental policy dictates; but all registrants in a given instance are graded by the same system. The only grades available for all other courses in the 400 series (405, 408, 409, 410, 420) are S, P, 5, 7, 8. Library Science 205 and 303, and Special Education 275 and 290 are graded according to S, P, 3, 4, 5, 7 and 8.

NO- CREDIT GRADE - The grade of 0 is awarded for courses taken for no credit. This grade is not awarded unless the student is registered for no credit. AVERAGING OF GRADES - Grade averages are computed as follows: The unit value of each course is multiplied by the grade received in the course if the grade is a 1, 2, 3, 4, or 5. The sum of these products is divided by the sum of the units. The grades of 7, 8, 9, 0; all letter grades; and any grades received in English X are never included in the average. The cumulative average is based on all work attempted in residenceattheUniversity.. (Seeprovisionfor"Graduation Average"in Requirements for Graduation section.) CHANGE OF GRADE - Final grades may be changed by the instructor on a grade- change form if there has been an error in computation or for an equally justifiable reason to be stated on the form. The grade change must be approved by the head of the instructor's department and the Registrar, or, when in his judgment it is necessary, by the Advisory Council. 182 ACADEMIC GUIDELINES

EXAMINATIONS REQUIRED - All students, including graduating seniors, are required to take final examinations each semester in their courses in accordance with the published final examination schedule. PASS -FAIL OPTION - An undergraduate student may elect to take courses under the pass -fail option only after he has attained junior standing and only if he has earned a cumulative average of 3.0000 or better. He must also have the approval of his college dean to register for a course under the pass -fail option. A student registering for a course under the pass -fail option must meet the prerequisites or otherwise satisfy the instructor of his ability to take the course. An undergraduate student may register under the pass -fail option for only one course per semester up to a maximum of four courses. Further, he must carry a minimum of twelve units for regular grades during each semester in which he elects a course under the pass -fail option. Courses taken under the pass -fail option must be elective only, and may not be used to fulfill major, minor, or other specified curriculum requirements. Each department decides which of its courses will be available under the pass -fail option. Further, the instructor of the course must approve of its being so offered. The instructor shall be informed by the Registrar which students are enrolled in his course under the pass -fail option. Students may change from pass -fail enrollment to enrollment for a regular grade, or vice versa, only through the last day of registration for credit. If a course is taken under the pass -fail option, the grade of P or F will be permanently recorded. However, neither grade will be included in the average. If the course is passed, the units of credit will be applied toward graduation. Note: The only grades given in the following courses are Pass or Fail; enrollment in these courses will not reduce the amount of work for which a student can enroll under the pass -fail option as described above: Elem. Educ. 129, Secondary Educ. 139, Agric. Educ. 189, Home Ec. Educ. 189, and Special Educ. 290. All courses in the College of Medicine are graded on a pass -fail system for medical students.

REQUIRED SUBJECTS - LOWER DIVISION FRESHMAN COMPOSITION - All students working toward degrees are required to complete 6 units of freshman composition. These 6 units may be a combination of English 1 and 3, or English 2 and 4, or English 2 and 3. The freshman English composition requirement may not be satisfied by correspondence course work. Placement in freshman composition is based upon the student's performance on the English section and the Social Studies section of the American College Test. Students who fail to earn a minimum score on the ACT must register for non -credit subcollegiate English (English X) and pass this course before they register for English 1. A student who fails English X twice may not take the course again,. but there is no limit to the number of times he may repeat the English X examination to qualify for English 1. Those who wish to take this examination must arrange with the English Department during the week before any final examination period. A student whose English score and Social Studies score on the ACT averages 29 is eligible to take the Exemption Test. A fee of $3.00 is charged for this test. A student who passes the Exemption Test will be exempted from English 2 and will be eligible to take English 4. Three units of non -residence credit will be given for English 2 as soon as he passes the Exemption Test, but no grade is recorded. ACADEMIC GUIDELINES 183

A student who has taken the College Entrance Examination Board's Advanced Placement Test in English in high school and has had his test score sent to the Registrar's Office, will be considered for advanced placement in English. If he is granted advanced placement, he will be exempted from English 2 and will be eligible to take English 4. Three units of non -residence credit will be given him for English 2 as soon as he has been informed that he is eligible to take English 4, but no grade will be recorded for English 2. Students whose native speech is not English and whose training in English (both oral and written) has been limited to schools in foreign countries may fulfill the English and speech requirements for graduation by passing English 5a and 5b. All incoming foreign students are required to take a placement test in written and spoken English prior to registration. This test is given at the beginning of each regular and summer session. Students who fail to pass it must register for and complete satisfactorily English 5Y. Students in English 5Y, 5a, and 51) may be required to take concurrently appropriate courses in speech. Native American students with a bilingual background who fail the freshman composition placement examinations may be advised to take English 5a and 51) without credit instead of English X, before proceeding to take English 1 and 3. PHYSICAL EDUCATION - The lower -division requirement in physical education must be met by activity courses. Theory classroom subjects in physical education are not a substitute for the basic activity requirement. Men: All freshman men must successfully complete two units of physical education* in consecutive semesterst during their first year #. Students admitted with advanced standing of at least 13 but less than 25 units must complete one unit of physical education. Students admitted with 25 units or more are excused from this requirement, as are veterans, students 23 years of age or over, and students registered for fewer than 7 units.

Women:All freshman and sophomore women must successfully complete four units of physical education.# Four consecutive semesterst are required of women who enter as first -semester freshmen. For transfer students the requirement is as follows: second -semester freshmen (at least 13 units but less than 25 units), 3 semesters; first -semester sophomores (at least 25 units but less than 41 units), 2 semesters; second -semester sophomores (at least 41 units but less than 56 units), 1 semester. The requirement does not apply to veterans, students 23 years of age or over, married women with children, students registered for fewer than 7 units. Students having no requirement may register for physical education activity courses if they are carrying at least 3 units of other credit course work.

*Students may take exemption examinations in HPER 4, 5, 7, 8, 9, 10, 11, 12, 13 and 16. The examination, which is given each semester, consists of a physical fitness test, a performance test, and a knowledge test. Students are not eligible to take the exemption examination for the course in which they are enrolled. A test fee of $3 is charged. #Music 10 -B (Band) may be substituted in the fall semester for physical education. tone unit per summer session may be credited toward this requirement.

SPECIAL CREDIT CREDIT BY EXAMINATION - Nonresidence credit for certain courses listed in the Biennial Catalog may be obtained, upon a satisfactory examination by a faculty member of the department concerned. The candidate for such an examination, 184 ACADEMIC GUIDELINES after counsel with the department concerned, secures the necessary application form from the Registrar's office. Upon obtaining the recommendation of the head of the department concerned and the dean of the college in which the student is registered, the student pays a fee of $4 per unit. His receipt authorizes the department to give the examination. The results of the examination are reported by the department to the Correspondence Instruction and General Extension and subsequently recorded on the student's academic record. The examination together with the student's examination paper, is filed with the head of the department. Credit earned by examination is not acceptable in meeting the requirements for admission to the College of Law or in meeting degree requirements in applied music in the School of Music. Credit by examination may be established only by persons registered, or who have previously been registered, in the University. Only undergraduate credit may be established by examination. Such credit may not exceed 60 units for any person. Residence courses awarded a grade of 5 may not be established for credit by examination. INSTITUTE OF RELIGION - The Institute of Religion, Church of Jesus Christ of Latter Day Saints, Tucson, is accredited for a maximum of 8 units of general elective credit in such courses as may be approved by the University. GRADUATE CREDIT FOR SENIORS - A senior within 15 units of completing requirements for graduation may register for graduate work if recommended by the head of the department and approved by the Dean of the Graduate College. A petition for graduate credit in excess of senior requirements must be filed with the Graduate Dean at the time of registration or within 10 days thereafter. The number of units of graduate credit for which a student may petition is limited to the difference between the 16 -unit maximum of the Graduate College and the number of units needed to complete bachelor's degree requirements. The Graduate Council will not approve a petition unless the senior has a grade average of 2.5000 or better on all work already completed in the University, is proceeding toward graduation as directly as possible, and does not propose a semester load to exceed 16 units. COLLEGE -LEVEL EXAMINATION PROGRAM - The University of Arizona grants credit for both the General Examinations and the Subject Examinations of the College -Level Examination Program of the College Entrance Examination Board.

ABSENCES Students are expected to be regular and punctual in class attendance. The Universitybelievesthatstudentsthemselvesareprimarilyresponsiblefor attendance. Recognizing, however, that the University bears responsibility to the students, it sets forth certain regulations regarding attendance. Class attendance for freshman students is mandatory in all courses. Class attendance is mandatory for all students enrolled in laboratory, discussion, and drill sections where a substantial amount of the course content can be had only in class participation. Whenever freshman studentsorstudentsinsuch laboratory, discussion, or drill sections are absent for as many times as correspond to the unit value of the course, whether such absences are consecutive or not, the instructor shall report such absences to the Dean of Men or Dean of Women. Upon receipt of such notice, the Dean shall notify the instructor if any information in his possession explains the student's absence. If the Dean has no such information, he shall notify ACADEMIC GUIDELINES 185 the student that his absences have been reported and that additional absences will authorize the instructor, at his discretion, to drop the student from the course with such grade, N (non -official withdrawal) or 5 (Failure), as his record warrants. When an instructor recommends dropping a student because of absences, the dean of the college, after investigating the circumstances, shall request the Registrar - to close the records of the student with the appropriate grade unless he has learned of extenuating circumstances which,- when communicated to the instructor, will lead him to withdraw his recommendation. _

LEAVING THE UNIVERSITY FORMAL WITHDRAWAL - Formal withdrawal from the University is arranged through the office of either the Dean of Men or the Dean of Women. The effective date of such withdrawal shall be the date the formal application is filed in the office of the Dean of Men or the Dean of Women. Formal withdrawal papers must be completely processed by the last day of classes in any semester. Withdrawals will not be processed during the final examination period. DISMISSAL FROM COURSES OR FROM THE UNIVERSITY - Reprehensible conduct or failure to comply with University regulations may result in a student's dismissal from a course or from the University at any time. Such action is posted on the student's academic record. Students suspended from the University are denied student privileges during the period of suspension, and may not register for correspondence work except with permission of the dean of the college in which they have previously registered. They may not enroll for Continuing Education courses, nor establish credit by examination during the period of suspension. Students suspended from the University may not establish academic credit elsewhere during the period of their suspension. MEDICAL WITHDRAWAL - Students who withdraw from the University for medical reasons must have their readmittance approved by the University Health Center. TRANSCRIPTS - Official transcripts are issued to other institutions, offices or agencies designated by the student. When the student is required by the institution or agency personally to present an official transcript, one will be issued to him with the notation "issued to student." (See "Transcript Fee" in Expenses and Fees.) Graduation Requirements

THE UNIT SYSTEM - Credit for a degree is based on a unit system. A unit usually represents one hour of lecture or recitation, or three hours of laboratory work per week for a semester. Minimum units required for bachelors' degrees are: Units DEGREE Required Bachelor of Architecture 167 Bachelor of Arts 125 in Art 125 in Drama 125 in Education 125 in Music 125 in Radio- Television Production 125 in Speech (Major in Speech Arts) 125 Bachelor of Fine Arts (except major in Art Education: 131 units) 125 Bachelor of Music (except major in Music Education: 136 units) 125 Bachelor of Science 125 in Aerospace Engineering 127 in Agriculture 130 in Agricultural Engineering 127 in Business Administration 125 in Chemical Engineering 137 (men); 139 (women) in Civil Engineering 134 in Education 125 in Electrical Engineering 130 in Engineering Mathematics 133 in Engineering Physics 126 in Geological Engineering 146 in Geosciences 140 in Home Economics 130 in Hydrology 135 in Industrial Engineering 135 in Mechanical Engineering 127 in Metallurgical Engineering 136 (men); 138 (women) in Mining Engineering 142 in Nuclear Engineering 130 in Nursing 144 in Pharmacy 164 in Public Administration 125 in Speech (major in Speech and Hearing Science) .125 (men); 127 (women) in Systems Engineering 135 Students exempted, according to established policy, from physical education or certain other courses normally required for degree are permitted to graduate with the number of units required for their degree less the units formally exempted. However, no student will be permitted to graduate with fewer than 120 units.

186 GRADUATION REQUIREMENTS 187

CHOICE OF CATALOG UNDER WHICH STUDENTS MAY BE GRAD UA TED - Candidates for bachelors' degrees may elect to fulfill degree requirements as outlined in any one catalog in effect during their dates of registration for residence credit at the University, with the following exceptions: (1) students who withdraw from the University for more than two consecutive semesters must meet degree requirements as outlined in the catalog in effect at the date of their reenrollment or any subsequent catalog in effect during their dates of registration for residence credit at the University; (2) students who transfer from one college of the University to another (except to the College of Education from a pre- education curriculum) must meet degree requirements as outlined in the catalog in effect at the time of their registration in the new college, or any subsequent catalog in effect during their dates of registration for residence credit at the University. Students should decide as early as possible which catalog is to be used in meeting degree requirements, and follow carefully the curriculum outlined therein. Each senior is entitled without charge to one official check of remaining degree requirements following filing of the application for degree candidacy, under the curriculum designated in such application. A fee of $5 will be charged for any additional degree check necessitated by a student's subsequently changing his catalog or his curriculum. GRADUATION AVERAGE Part I. -A graduation average of 3.0000 for all work undertaken in residence at The University of Arizona is required for the bachelor's degree. Computation of this graduation average will begin with the first academic period (semester or summer session) following the close of the academic period in which a total of 25 attempted units has been acquired. Attempted units include all residence and nonresidence credit acceptable to the University in which a passing, failing, incomplete, or unofficial withdrawal grade has been received, but exclude approved withdrawals. This computation of the graduation average is not applicable to the average of 3.0000 required in the major field by certain colleges (see below). The above method of computing the graduation average applies to all students whose initial enrollment in any division of the University is in September, 1969, or thereafter, or whose enrollment prior to September, 1969, was in the Correspondence Instruction and Extension Service only. Students who reenrolled in any division of the University (with the exception of the Correspondence Instruction and Extension Service) in September, 1969, or thereafter, after an absence of more than two consecutive semesters, will be included in the above method of computing the graduation average. Part II. Students who have enrolled* in any division of the University (with the exception of the Correspondence Instruction and Extension Service) prior to September, 1969, and who continue their enrollment with an absence of not more than two consecutive semesters will remain under the following graduation average requirement: A graduation average of 3.0000 for all work undertaken in residence at The University of Arizona is required for the bachelor's degree. It is provided, however, that the grade of 5 for a course failed in the freshman or sophomore year is not included in the graduation average when the course is repeated and established for credit in residence at the University. When such a course has been failed more than once, one failure only is removed from the graduation average. This regulation is not applicable to the average of 3.0000 in the major field required by certain colleges (see below). *Enrollment is defined as any semester or term in which a student registers for at least one class, and is awarded a passing or failing grade for such class. 188 GRADUATION REQUIREMENTS

MAJOR AVERAGE - TheCollegesofArchitecture,Business and Public Administration, Earth Sciences, Education, Engineering, Fine Arts, Liberal Arts, Mines, Nursing, and Pharmacy require an average of 3.000 or better for all residence work undertaken in the major field at The University of Arizona. RESIDENCE REQUIREMENT - A minimum of 30 units of residence credit is required for the bachelor's degree. All candidates are expected to do the work of the senior year (defined as the last 30 units offered in fulfillment of degree requirements) in residence at the University. However, the University will accept as many as 12 nonresidence units for inclusion in the final 30 residence units.

APPLICATION FOR DEGREE CANDIDACY - Candidates for a bachelor's degree to be awarded in either February or May are required to file at the degree certification section of the Registrar's office an application for degree candidacy by May 1of the year preceding graduation. Candidates for a bachelor's degree to be awarded in September at the close of the summer session are required to file an application for degree candidacy by December 1 of the year preceding graduation. A fee of $2 will be charged for late filing. SECOND BACHELOR'S DEGREE - Candidates for a second bachelor's degree at the University must offer not fewer than 30 units in addition to the units required for the first degree, and must meet all requirements for the second degree. The additional units may be completed concurrently with those applying on the first degree. PROVISION CONCERNING COMPLETION OF DEGREE IN ABSENTIA - Students who lack not more than a one -semester course toward the fulfillment of course and graduation average requirements may apply, as the final course to complete the degree, a single one -semester course either in residence at another accreditedinstitutionor in correspondence work through The University of Arizona. Permission must be obtained from the academic dean, prior to enrolling for the course, to apply the grade received in such course toward the graduation average. This provision may be applied also to the required separate average of 3.0000 in the major field, if prior permission is obtained from the major professor and the academic dean. CLEARANCE OF ACCOUNTS - Degree candidates are required to clear any indebtedness to the University as a condition to certification for graduation. ABBREVIATIONS USED IN THE FOLLOWING PAGES

Accounting Acct. Hydrology Hyd. Aerospace and Mechanical Industrial Engineering . Ind. E. Engineering A.M.E. Internal Medicine Int. Med. Aerospace Studies (Military)Aero. Stu. Italian Ital. Agricultural Biochemistry . Ag. Biochem. Journalism Journ. Agricultural and Business Landscape Architecture L. Arch. Resource Economics.. Ag. B.R.E. Latin American Studies . L.A.S. Agricultural Chemistry Law Law and Soils Ag. Chem. Library Science L.S. Agricultural Education .. Ag. Ed. Linguistics Ling. Agricultural Engineering . Ag. E. Management Mgt. Agriculture Ag. Marketing Mkt. Agronomy Agron. Mathematics Math. Alcohol Studies Alc. St. Medical Technology Med. Tech. American Indian Studies . Am. I.S. Metallurgical Engineering Met. E. Anatomy Anat. Microbiology Microb. Animal Pathology An. Path. Military Science Mil. Sci. Animal Physiology An. Physio. Mining Engineering Min. E. Animal Science An. Sci. Molecular Biology Anthropology Anthro. (Microbiology) Molec. Architecture Arch. Music Music Arid Lands Resource Natural Resource Sciences Arid Recreation Nat. R. R. Art Art Nuclear Engineering N.E. Astronomy Astron. Nursing Nurs. Atmospheric Sciences Atmos. Obstetrics -Gynecology .. Ob -Gyn. Biochemistry Biochem. Office Administration and Biological Sciences Bio. Sci. Business Education . Off. Ad. Business Administration . B.A. Optical Sciences Op. Sci. Chemical Engineering ... Chem. E. Oriental Studies O.S. Chemistry Chem. Pathology Path. Civil Engineering C.E. Pediatrics Peds. Classics Clas. Pharmacology Ph'col. Community Medicine ... Com. Med. Philosophy Phil. Computer Science ...... C.S. Physical Education for Counseling and Guidance.. Coun. Guid. Women PEW Dairy and Food Sciences . Da. F. S. Physics Phys. Drama Drama Physiology Physio. Economics Econ. Plant Breeding PL Breed. Education Ed. Plant Pathology PL Path. Educational Administration Ed. Admin. Portuguese Port. Educational Psychology ... Ed. Psych. Poultry Science Poul. Sci. Electrical Engineering ... . E.E. Psychiatry Psychi. Elementary Education ... El. Ed. Psychology Psych. Engineering Mechanics ... E.M. Public Administration. P.A. English Eng. Radio -Television Ra-TV Entomology Ent. Radiology Radiol. Finance, Insurance, and Range Management R.M. Real Estate Fin. Reading Read. Fisheries Management .... Fi. Mgt. Rehabilitation Rehab. Foundations of Education . Found. Ed. Religious Studies Rel. Std. French French Russian Rus. Genetics Gen. Secondary Education . Sec. Ed. Geography and Area Sociology Soc. Development Geog. Spanish Span. Geological Engineering ... Geol. E. Special Education Spec. Ed. Geosciences Geos. Speech Speech German Ger. Statistics Stat. Government Govt. Surgery Surg. Health, Physical Education, Systems and Industrial and Recreation HPER Engineering Sys. I.E. History Hist. Urban Planning Urb. Pl. Home Economics Home Ec. Water Resources Honors Hon. Administration W.R.A. Horticulture Hort. Watershed Management W.M. Humanities Hum.

189 College of Agriculture

The College of Agriculture was one of the original divisions of The University of Arizona when it opened to students in 1891. The College has since grown to include the School of Home Economics, the Agricultural Experiment Station, and the Cooperative Extension Service, whose personnel and facilities contribute to the strength of the teaching programs. Full information on the latter agencies is given in the section Divisions of Research and Special Public Service. The facilities, activities, and curricula of the School of Home Economics are included. Modern agriculture is a basic and complex industry with a wide range of career opportunities. Graduates may find employment in business, industry, research, education, communications, conservation, natural resources, or farming and ranching. The curricula combine a broad knowledge of agriculture with elements of general education, giving the student a foundation in natural sciences, socialsciences, and communication skills upon which to develop a working knowledge of scientific agriculture.

FACILITIES - Four buildings house the administration, teaching and research facilities: Herring Hall, Biological Sciences East, the Agriculture Building and the Agricultural Sciences Building. In addition, students have the use of other facilities on the University campus and in the Tucson area: the Dairy Research Center, Poultry Research Center, Casa Grande Highway Farm, River Road Farm, Campbell Avenue Farm for animal and plant research, and the facilities of a number of cooperating agencies. Facilities away from the campus available for student visitation and research include the Citrus Branch Station, Tempe; Mesa Branch Station; Cotton Research Center, Phoenix; Marana Farm; Safford Branch Station; Yuma Branch Station; Page Ranch near Oracle; Mt. Lemmon Experimental Watershed; and the Santa Rita Experimental Range.

THE COLLEGE OF AGRICULTURE BRAZIL PROGRAM was initiated in 1963 with a contract between The University of Arizona, the U.S. Agency, for International Development (USAID), and the University of Ceará in Fortaleza, Ceará, Brazil. The objectives of the project are to adapt the philosophy of the U.S. land -grant college in Brazil under local conditions through training top leadership and closely coordinating the work in teaching, research and extension, and to assist the College of Agriculture of the University of Ceará in becoming a regional focus for stimulating agricultural production and improving the welfare of the rural areas. Faculty members from The University of Arizona College of Agriculture serve on the staff of the University of Ceará in various agricultural disciplines for two -year or longer assignments and also provide short -term consulting services. Some University of Ceará faculty members are studying for advanced degrees at The University of Arizona and other institutions. Senior faculty are visiting The University of Arizona and agricultural operations in Arizona and other states. 190 COLLEGE OF AGRICULTURE 191

STUDENT GUIDANCE - Each freshman is assigned a faculty adviser, who guides and counsels the student during his freshman and sophomore years, or until he selects a major. After a student has selected his major field of interest, he is assigned an adviser in the appropriate department.

FELLOWSHIPS, SCHOLARSHIPS, AND AWARDS - A number of types of financial assistance are available only to students in the College of Agriculture, while others are available to qualified students in any college of the University. See chapter on Scholarships and Financial Aid.

HONORARY SOCIETIES - Scholastic societies in the College include Alpha Tau Alpha, Alpha Zeta, and Gamma Sigma Delta. Students also may qualify for membership in honorarysocietiesindisciplinesoutside of theCollege of Agriculture.

HONORS PROGRAM - The College participates in the University -wide Honors Program designed to recognize and encourage a high level of academic achievement among superior students. Modern agriculture is constantly changing and thereby creating more challenges for an increasing number of students. By participating in the Honors Program, outstanding students are able to receive individually designed academic programs, exposure to research methodology, and individual instruction from faculty members. For details, see Provisions for Superior Students.

DEAN'S HONOR LIST - This honor is reserved for students who carry not less than 15 units of work in a semester and attain a scholarship average of 1.5000 or better. The listis posted on the College Bulletin Board at the close of each semester, and the honor is indicated in the student's college record.

STUDENT ACTIVITIES - Students in the College of Agriculture are eligible to join the clubs and social groups within the College. Representatives from each group serve on the Agricultural Council, a unifying agency for these organizations. The Council serves as a contact between the Dean of the College of Agriculture and the agricultural student body and coordinates activities with both.

GRADUATE STUDY - Programs for advanced degrees are offered in various departments of the College of Agriculture. See the departmental sections under Departments and Courses of Instruction and the Graduate Catalog. Residence credit may be earned in certain graduate courses at The University of Arizona facilities away from Tucson.

GENERAL CURRICULA

I. AGRICULTURE. This curriculum offers broad preparation in the field of agriculture with the opportunity to select a major in one of the departments within the College. II. AGRICULTURAL SCIENCE. For students who desire more intensive technical training as well as those who wish to prepare for graduate study, a curriculum is offered in Agricultural Science in either (1) the Natural Sciences or (2) Agricultural Business and Resource Economics. 192 COLLEGE OF AGRICULTURE

MAJORS - Students should elect a major by the beginning of the junior year. Within the major, the student may specialize in either of the general curricula (Agriculture or Agricultural Science) or in one of the special options described below. Departmental majors are offered in: Agricultural Chemistry & Soils *Food Science and Technology Agricultural Communications General Agriculture Agricultural Business and. Resource Economics Horticulture Agricultural Education Landscape Architecture Agri- Mechanics and Irrigation *Nutritional Sciences Agronomy Natural Resource Recreation Animal Health Science Plant Breeding Animal Science Plant Pathology Botany Poultry Science Dairy and Food Science Range Management _Entomology Watershed Management Fisheries Management

*Interdepartmental

SPECIAL OPTIONS

The following options are designed toqualify students inspecialized professional areas. Courses are selected from . several related departments and a major may be chosen from one of them. For further information on these options, contact the Director of Resident Instruction of the College of Agriculture.

I. CROP PROTECTION.StudentsmajoringinAgricultural Chemistry andSoils, Agronomy , `Entomology, General Agriculture, Horticulture, and Plant Pathology may prepare for careers in crop protection by including courses recommended by the participating departments. II. _EXTENSION EDUCATION.Thisprogramisdesignedtodevelopprofessional competence in :the_ application of principles and techniques of the basic sciences, technicahagriculture, teaching -learning processes, and working with people in an educationalsetting.,- Students .majoringinany department may enhancetheir employability for certain positions by electing courses in the Extension Education option. It has been developed for students who plan to enter Extension and other related educational and public service work. III. HYDROLOGY AND WATER RESOURCES. Options in these fields are offered in the Departments of Agricultural Chemistry and Soils, Agricultural and Business Resource Economics, Agricultural Engineering, and Watershed Management. The options are designed to provide professional training in the scientific development, management, and use of water resources. IV. INTERNATIONAL AGRICULTURE. Students preparing for careers in international agriculture through foreign service or trade activities select a departmental major and then take approved elective courses to provide a background for understanding the problems of agriculture in other countries.' Electives may include courses in agriculture, anthropology, education, geography, government, and sociology. V. PREVETERINAR Y. The State of Arizona has entered into a compact- with California, Colorado, and Washington through the Western Interstate Commission for Higher Education (WICHE) under the terms of which certain qualified Arizona students may attend the veterinary schools of these states without being required to pay nonresident . tuition. Such students must have completed their preveterinary training and must have been bona fide residents of Arizona for five years immediately preceding admission to a veterinary school. Admission to the several schools depends primarily on the quality of the student's academic record. While the course admission requirements vary slightly between the veterinary collegesthereisconsiderableuniformity.Studentsinterestedinfulfillingthe preveterinary requirements of any veterinary college by taking course work at this COLLEGE OF AGRICULTURE 193

University are urged to contact the Head of the Department of Animal Pathology. Advising of students interested in becoming veterinarians is handled by faculty in this Department. All veterinary colleges require at least two years of preveterinary work. However, it is becoming increasingly difficult to gain admittance with only the minimum number of preprofessional credits. Therefore, it is strongly recommended that students plan on taking at least 3 school years to complete the preveterinary requirements and obtain additional credit which would aid in the professional program. VI. AGRICULTURE -BUSINESS. This option is provided for the student who wishes to complement his technical agriculture training with a background in business and management. In addition to satisfying the requirements of his chosen major under this option, the student will be required to elect a core of courses relevant to the decisions and management problems in agricultural business. VII. TURFGRASS MANAGEMENT. This optionisavailabletostudents majoring in Agricultural- Chemistry and Soils, Agricultural. Engineering, Agronomy, Entomology, General : Agriculture, Horticulture, and Plant Pathology. It provides the background essential to a career as a professional manager of specialized recreational, industrial, or 'residential turf areas, or in technical services and sales related to this rapidly expanding phase of agriculture.

MINIMUM REQUIREMENTS FOR THE DEGREE OF BACHELOR OF SCIENCE IN AGRICULTURE

Agriculture . Agricultural Sciences Natural Agricultural Sciences Bus. R.E. Option Option Group Courses Units Units Units I. GENERAL COURSES: Freshman Composition 6 8 6 Speech 2 3 3 3 - Physical Education (Men -2; Women -4) .. 2 2 2 (Group total) - (11) (13) (11) II. AGRICULTURE: Ag. B.R.E. 1 or Econ. 2a 3 3 3 Technical courses to be selected from at least . two-of. thefollowingareas:animal sciences, plant sciences; or soil science . 6 6 6 Major subject 16 16 16 Electives 12 6 6 (Group total) (37) (31) (31) III; BIOLOGICAL AND PHYSICAL SCIENCES: Biological Sciences 8 8 4 Chemistry 8 16 4 Physics, meteorology, geosciences 3 8 3 Mathematics or statistics 3 12 15 Electives to be selected from the following: astronomy, . atmospheric sciences, biolog- ical sciences, chemistry, entomology, geol- ogy, mathematics, microbiology, physics, or plant pathology 6 9 7 (Group total) (28) (53) (33) IV. SOCIAL SCIENCES AND HUMANITIES: To be selected from atleast two of the following:-anthropology,art, classics, economics,education,English,foreign language, geography, government, history, Humanities 50a -50b, journalism, manage- ment,music,philosophy,psychology, _sociology, and speech 12 12 27 (Group. total) (12) (12) (27) V. ELECTIVES: At least 9 units must be taken outside the College of Agriculture 42 21 28 (Group total) (42) (21) (28) TOTAL REQUIRED FOR GRADUATION . 130 130 130 194 COLLEGE OF AGRICULTURE

TYPICAL FRESHMAN YEAR SCHEDULE AGRICULTURE FIRST SEMESTER SECOND SEMESTER Subject Units Subject Units Freshman Composition 3 Freshman Composition 3 Biological science 4 Chemistry .4 -5 Mathematics 3 -5 Mathematics or Bio Sci 2 -4 Agricultural elective 3 Agricultural elective .3 HPER or PEW 1 HPER or PEW ...1 Electives 1 -3 Electives 1 -3 AGRICULTURAL SCIENCES Subject Units Subject Units Freshman Composition 3 Freshman Composition 3 Biological science 4 Biological science ..4 Mathematics 3 Mathematics 2 Chem. 2a and 3a 4 Chem. 2b and 3b .4 HPER or PEW 1 Speech 2 ..3 Electives 1 -3 HPER or PEW ..1

SCHOOL OF HOME ECONOMICS

There are five major fields of study in home economics at The University of Arizona: child development and family relations; clothing, textiles, and interior design; family economics -home management; food and human nutrition; and home economics education. The program is divided into instruction, research, and Extension activities. The undergraduate program has as its major objectives (1) general education for personal and family living,(2) specialization in various aspects of home economics in preparation for professional positions, and (3) courses to enrich the professional preparation of students in other colleges. Home economics is concerned with personal and group values that are desirable outcomes of successful family life through the use of personal, family, and social resources for the attainment of these values. It deals with social, economic, aesthetic,managerial,health,andethical aspects of family relations,child development, food, clothing, and housing. FACILITIES - The School is located in the Home Economics Building. It provides well- designed and equipped laboratories, class and lecture rooms, and offices. Across the campus are located the preschool laboratory and the home management residence. The preschool facility allows students to observe the behavior of small children and learn to work successfully with them. The home management residence allows students to apply principles of management to actual experiences.

ADVISING STUDENTS - When newly admitted students enrollin home economics, they are assigned to an adviser who helps with scheduling and with personal or academic problems. At the time of registration for the first semester of the sophomore year, the student is required to declare a major in home economics, and is assigned to a new adviser who acts as major 'professor for the remainder of the academic career.

SCHOLARSHIPS AND AWARDS - In addition to the general scholarship and loan funds which are available to women students of the University, several are offered exclusively to home economics majors. See Scholarships and Financial Aids. COLLEGE OF AGRICULTURE 195

STUDENT ORGANIZATION - The University of Arizona student section of the American Home Economics Association is open to all home economics students. It is the organization for college -age individuals affiliated with their professional organization. OMICRON NU - A chapter of the national honor society. Junior, senior, and graduate students with high scholastic records are eligible for consideration of election to membership.

HONORS IN SCHOLARSHIP AND PARTICIPATION - Each year the faculty of the School chooses the outstanding senior home economics student. The student so honored receives a cup and has her named engraved on the permanent Home Economics Plaque.

CLOTHING PROFICIENCY EXAMINATION -Somestudentsenterthe University with a great deal of work in clothing and textiles. In order to place students most effectively a placement test in clothing and textiles is administered to students requesting it. Upon successful completion of the test, students may omit the first course in clothing, Home Ec. 33, but do not receive credit for the course. GRADUATE WORK - For those students who wish to pursue advanced work toward the M.S. or Ph.D. degrees, the Graduate Catalog should be consulted.

UNDERGRADUATE MAJORS Child Development and Family Relations Food Service Management Early Childhood Education General Home Economics Clothing and Textiles Home Economics Education Interior Design (No teaching minor available) Merchandising and Fashion Promotion Home Economics Extension option Consumer Service in Food Home Economics and Journalism Food and Human Nutrition

Preparation for Home Economics Research: Child Development - Family Relations Human Nutrition Family Economics - Home Management Textiles The student must choose a field of specialization not later than the first semester of the sophomore year and complete work as outlined in the major curricula listed below, consulting with her adviser in planning her schedule of work.

GENERAL REQUIREMENTS IN THE LOWER DIVISION FOR THE DEGREE OF BACHELOR OF SCIENCE IN HOME ECONOMICS (except for preparation for research in home economics and early childhood education. For the latter, see description in College of Education section.)

Group Courses Units I. GENERAL: Art 3 Freshman Composition 6 Physical Education 4 Speech 2 or 5 2 -3 Electives to be selected from: Anthropology, classics, government, history, Humanities 50aorSob, language, literature, philosophy(in one or a combination) 6 (Group total) (21 -22) 196 COLLEGE OF AGRICULTURE

II. SCIENCE (Laboratory)-one of the following: A. BIOLOGICAL SCIENCE: Botany, biology, microbiology, zoology (in one, or a combination of two subjects)

B. PHYSICAL SCIENCE: Chemistry *, mathematics, physics, (one subject) . 8 III.SOCIAL SCIENCE: Econ. 2a 3 Psych. 1a 3 Soc. 1 3 (Group total) (9) IV.HOME ECONOMICS CORE: **A. Home Ec. 3, Careers in Home Economics ...0 B. Home Ec. 89, The Profession of Home Economics ... 3 C. Courses to be selected from three divisions in Home Economics; choose 9 units: t Home Ec. 2 (Nutrition) 2 Home Ec.15(Home Furnishings) 3 Home Ec. 16 (Home Management) 2 Home Ec.17(Human Development and Relations) 3 Home Ec.45(Costume Selection) 2 9 (Group total) (12) TOTAL UNITS REQUIRED FOR GRADUATION 130 * Required of all majors in food and human nutrition and textile research. Recommended for all others. ** Required of freshmen only. t Home Ec. Educ. majors may take 202R. $ Home Ec. Educ. majors substitute 27a.

ADDITIONAL REQUIREMENTS FOR THE VARIOUS MAJORS In addition to the lower division courses listed as required of all home economics students, the specific courses which must be selected for each major are listed following the major.

CHILD DEVELOPMENT AND FAMILY RELATIONS I: CURRICULUM IN CHILD DEVELOPMENT AND FAMILY RELATIONS GROUP A.Home Economics 12, 27b, 147, 157, 167, 227, 237, 247a or 247b, 257 and 267a. GROUP B.Supporting Courses: (1) Psych. lb, and one of the following: Soc. 83 or 85 or 89. (2) Math. 11 (3) Hist. 10a -10b or 4a -4b and 3 units of government. (4) Literature or humanities, 3 -4 units. (5) A minimum of 20 units selected from anthropology, education,health, physical education, recreation, home economics, library science, psychology, public administration and sociology.

II: CURRICULUM IN EARLY CHILDHOOD EDUCATION In addition to the requirements listed under the College of Education, Home Economics majors take the Group IV requirements of Home Economics Core above and 20 -24 units from the following: Home Economics 12, 17, 27b, 147, 157, 167, 207, 227, 237, 247a, 247b, 257, 267a, 267b, Counseling and Guidance 202, Psychology 213.

CLOTHING, TEXTILES, AND INTERIOR DESIGN

I: CURRICULUM IN CLOTHING AND TEXTILES GROUP A.Home Economics 15, 33, 44, 45, 94, 144 or 234 or 264, 204, 246, 225 or 255 or 265. Also 115, 146, 216, 245, 254, 294 - 8 units. GROUP B.Supporting Courses: (1) Art or art history - 6 units. (2) Economics, management, marketing, psychology - 6 units. (3) English, journalism, speech - 6 units. (4) Education, history, humanities - 6 units. These majors are required to take History 4a -4b or Humanities 50a -50b in Group I of general requirements in lower division. COLLEGE OF AGRICULTURE 197

II: CURRICULUM IN INTERIOR DESIGN GROUP A. Home Economics 15, 94, 115, 135, 156, 185, 255, 265, 275 (twice). GROUP B. Supporting Courses: (1) Architecture 110 or 120a or Landscape Architecture 20a -20b; Art 6, 30, 31. (2) Art History - 6 units. (3) Home Ec. 205, Art 65, 142, 240, 242 - 3 units. (4) Mgt. 7; Mkt. 161 - 3 units. (5) Home Ec. 146, 256, Landsc. Arch. 221 - 3 units. These majors are required to take History 4a -4b or Humanities 50a -50b and Art 3 in Group I of general requirements in lower division.

III: CURRICULUM IN MERCHANDISING AND FASHION PROMOTION GROUP A.Home Economics 33, 44, 45, 94, 204, 216, 225, 246, 254. GROUP B.Supporting Courses:(1)Mkt. 161,165,166; Econ 2b.(2) Accounting, management, marketing - 9 units. (3) Art or Art history -6 units. (4) Speech - 3 units. These majors are required to take Hist. 4a -4b or Hum. 50a -50b in Group I of general requirements in lower division.

FOOD AND HUMAN NUTRITION

I: CURRICULUM IN CONSUMER SERVICE IN FOOD GROUP A.Home Economics la, lb, 2, i1, 91, 146, 212 or 282, 216, 231, 246. GROUP B.Supporting Courses: (1) Journ. 5a, 206a, 208a. (2) Speech 54a -54b. (3) Mgt. 101. (4) Physics 5 or Microbiology, 2 -4 units. (5) Mkt. 166.

II: CURRICULUM IN FOOD AND HUMAN NUTRITION GROUP A. Home Economics la, lb, 2, 11, 12, 91, 202R, 202L, 221a or 221b, 231, 232 and 241. GROUP B.Supporting Courses: (1) Chem. laR -lbR, laL -lbL, 41a; Microb. la; Bio. Sci. 59a -59b (These courses may be included in the basic science 8 unit requirement in Group II). (2) Ag. Biochem. 211a or 211b. (3) Additional requirements for acceptance as internsin institutional management and hospital dietetics - Educational Psychology 110, Accounting la, Mgt. 101. Requirements for entrance to training centers in institution management and hospital dietetics as approved by the American Dietetic Association can be met by completing these courses.

III: CURRICULUM IN FOOD SERVICE MANAGEMENT GROUP A. Home Economics la, lb, 2, 11, 91, 107, 199, 202R, 221a -221b, 231, 241. GROUP B.Supporting Courses:(1) Chem. la -lb; Microb. la; Bio. Sci. 59a -59b (These courses may be included in the 8 units of the basic science requirement.) (2) Mgt. 101, 105, 120, 178. (3) Accounting - 9 units.

GENERAL HOME ECONOMICS

GROUP A.Home Economics la, lb, 2, 11, 15, 16, 17, 33 or 44, 94, 116, 146, 216, 237. GROUP B.Supporting Courses: (1) History, classics, humanities, government - 10 units. (2) Foreign language, psychology, philosophy, anthropology - 10 units (3) Art, music, drama, office administration - 6 units.

HOME ECONOMICS EDUCATION GROUP A. Home Economics la, lb, 2, or 202R, 11, 16, 27a, 27b,* 33, 44, 94, 116, 15 or 146 or 156 (6 units), 147, 189, 208, 216 or 246, 237. GROUP B.Supporting Courses: (1) a minimum of 18 units of home economics education and education including Found. Ed. 150, Sec. Ed. 197g, Ed. Psych. 110; Nurs. 93. 198 COLLEGE OF AGRICULTURE

(2) Additional science tototal11 units selected from biological sciences, chemistry, mathemetics, microbiology, physiology, physics (Chemistry must be chosen if not included in the basic science requirements). (3) 3 additional units of social science from Anthro. lb, 85b; Psych. lb, 10, 40, 216, 217; Soc. 83, 153. (4) If not taken as elective in Group I, Govt. 100, or 2 and 3, or 2 and 214 or Govt. exam to meet teacher certification requirements. *May take 3 units from Ed. Adm. 210; Ed. Psych. 102; Fd. Educ. 237 or 240; Spec. Ed. 203a or 203b in place of H.E. 27b.

HOME ECONOMICS EXTENSION EDUCATION OPTION

In addition to the requirements for one of the preceding home economics majors, 12 units must be selected from the following: Home Ec. 208; Sec. Ed. 197g, 217; Soc. 296a, 296b; Ag. Ed. 189, 231, 252, 298; Ed. Psych. 110; Anthro. 20, 125; Mgt. 105; Winter School Ag. Ed. 6260, 6262, 6226, 6256.

HOME ECONOMICS AND JOURNALISM

GROUP A.Home Economics la, 2, 15, 16, 33, 94, 146 or 156, 237, 216 or 246, and 204 or 225 or 255. Journalism: 5, 8, 51 and 107 or 110. 9 additional units in either broadcasting or writing courses. GROUP B.Supporting Courses: 9 units to be selected from the following: Journ. 54a -54b or 107 and 208; and 116, 118, 212, 222, 225.

MINIMUM REQUIREMENTS FOR THE DEGREE OF BACHELOR OF SCIENCE IN HOME ECONOMICS Preparation for Home Economics Research This curriculum provides the student interested in research with an education designed to prepare her for graduate study. Either of two options may be chosen.

OPTION 1 Group I. GENERAL COURSES: Units Freshman Composition .. 6 English 8 .. 2 Speech .. 2 P.E. ...4 II. HOME ECONOMICS Alternate A .Alternate B For Child Development For Family Economics and Family Relations Home Management Units Units Home Ec. 12 2 Home Ec. 16 . 2 Home Ec. 27 3 Home Ec. 116 . 3 Home Ec. 147 2 Home Ec. 146 ... 3 Home Ec. 216 3 Home Ec. 156 ... 3 Home Ec. 237 3 Home Ec. 216 .. 3 Home Ec. 247 2 Home Ec. 237 .. 3 Home Ec. 257 3 Home Ec. 246 ... 3 Home Ec. 267 3 Home Ec. electives Home Ec. electives (incl. prerequisites) .. 10 (incl. prerequisites) 9 30 30 III. BIOLOGICAL SCIENCE: Units Microbiology, Biological Sciences .. 8 IV. PHYSICAL SCIENCE: Mathematics and Statistics .. 6 Chemistry or Physics (one subject) 8 COLLEGE OF AGRICULTURE 199

V. SOCIAL SCIENCES AND HUMANITIES: Psychology, sociology, economics 15 8 units required in three of the following: Anthropology, art, classics, English, foreign language, history, Humanities 50a -50b, government, journalism, philosophy 8 VI. ELECTIVES: 41 TOTAL REQUIRED FOR GRADUATION 130 OPTION 2 I. GENERAL COURSES: Units Freshman Composition 6 English 8 2 Speech 2 P.E. 4 14 II. HOME ECONOMICS: Alternate A Alternate B For Human Nutruition For Textiles Units Units Home Ec. 202R and 202L 4 Home Ec. 44 3 Home Ec. 212 3 Home Ec. 94 3 Home Ec. 222 2 Home Ec. 204 3 Home Ec. 232 3 Home Ec. 254 3 Home Ec. 246 3 Home Ec. 294 2 Home Ec. 282 3 Pl. Breed. 228 3 Home Ec. electives Home Ec. electives (incl. prerequisites) 12 (incl. prerequisites) 13 30 30 III. BIOLOGICAL SCIENCES: Biological Sciences 7 Bio. la or Bio. lb 4 Ag. Biochem. 211a 3 Bio. 120 4 Microbiology 4 g 14 IV. PHYSICAL SCIENCES: Chem. 2a -2b, 41a -41b, 43a -43b, 121 20 Physics (4 units only for Human Nutrition) 4 -8 Mathematics and Statistics 6 V. SOCIAL SCIENCES AND HUMANITIES: 15 units required in three of the following: Anthropology, art, classics, English, foreign language, history, Humanities 50a -50b,government,journalism,philosophy,psychology,sociology, economics 15 VI. ELECTIVES: 27 -29 TOTAL REQUIRED FOR GRADUATION 130 College of Architecture

The five -year curriculum in architecture at the University is designed to prepare its graduates for the professional practice of architecture. The curriculum has as its basic aim the development of a student's awareness of the broadest expression of architecture, and secondly, its means of achievement. The faculty wishes to produce individuals with ideas and initiative as well as with architectural ability.

ENTRANCE REQUIREMENTS

SeeUniversity. admission requirements insection on 'Admissions.For entrance to the College of Architecture, 16 units of acceptable high school subjects must include the following: Subjecf Units English 4 or 5 or English (3 units) and one foreign language (2 units) Elementary Algebra 1 Intermediate Algebra '/2 Plane Geometry 1 American History and Social Studies 2 Physics (with lab) 1 Electives (depending on the English option) 61/2 or 51/2 Total 16 Applicants are strongly advised to include among their electives additional courses in mathematics, such as trigonometry, advanced algebra, or solid geometry., One unit of art or mechanical drawing is also recommended. Students transferring into the College of Architecture with credit from another institution will not be given transfer credit for any courses in the architectural major (i.e., any course prefaced by ARCH.) - unless such . work. was taken at an accredited school of architecture (i.e., NAAB accreditation). The only exceptions to this are Arch. 110 and Arch.1 13 in the first -phase. However, such- work, while not acceptable for transfer or substitution for courses in the major, may -be used as partial fulfillment of the elective requirements in the curriculum. Students transferring units earned at an accredited architectural school must . appear with a transcript of record plus a portfolio of design work taken at the previous institution. This material will be reviewed by a college committee during' the registration period, at which time the student's academic and design record will be evaluated, and he will be assigned to a specific design year in the curriculum.

BACHELOR OF ARCHITECTURE. DEGREE THE PROGRAM - The curriculum consists of two phases. The first phase is the freshman year. The student is required to complete all courses in this year, as shown in the curriculum, before he can enter the second phase. This includes high school entrance deficiencies. The second, or professional phase, is the. last 4 years of the curriculum. The major emphasis during this period is on architectural design. 200 COLLEGE OF ARCHITECTURE 201_

There is also a complementary emphasis on advanced theory of structure, history, etc., all conceived as a resource to design: In order to enter :the second phase, a student must have a cumulative grade average of 3.0000 or better. ACCREDITATION - The curriculum has been fully accredited by the National Architectural Accrediting Board. The State Boards for Architectural Registrations recognize degrees granted by the University as eligible for professional registration after a typical in- service training period. In Arizona, this includes participation in the A.I.T.. program. The College is a member of the Association of Collegiate Schools of Architecture. The College recognizes a student chapter of the. American Institute of Architects. CONDUCT OF WORK IN ARCHITECTURAL DESIGN - Work in architectural design is conducted on a case -method basis. Emphasis is placed upon analysis and programming, especially during the professional phase. Each student is encouraged to develop his unique individual abilities. Design classes are purposely .kept small, as such creative work requires close personal attention by the faculty to the student. The four -year sequence in design is conducted on an increasingly individual basis from the freshman through the senior years.. Itis possible, therefore, to identify students with special aptitudes and skill in design. Provision may be made in the schedule to recognize this skill by shortening certain problem requirements from time to time or in some cases to waive a problem or problems in the sequence in recognition of demonstrated ability. This process when applied to the individual gives opportunity for acceleration, and review of these cases is made by the design faculty at the end of each semester beginning with the second year of design:_ Because of the close interrelationship between design and structures a student must have completed the structural design courses as well as the earlier architectural design sequences before he is eligible to enter the terminal (fifth) year of design. SUMMER SCHOOLS - Students who attend summer school sessions at other schools may submit for credit design work completed at another institution. Credit toward graduation will be given for not more than the equivalent of one semester's work and the amount of credit allowed will be determined after appraisal of the student's work by the design faculty of The University of Arizona. It is strongly recommended that before the fifth year at least one summer be spent working on actual construction projects. Experience gained by working in the office of a practicing architect is also valuable for the more advanced students. ELECTIVES - Electives occur throughout the curriculum but are concentrated in the fourth and fifth years to permit preliminary concentrations in special fields directly related to architecture.

CURRICULUM LEADING TO THE DEGREE OF BACHELOR OF ARCHITECTURE FIRST YEAR FIRST SEMESTER SECOND SEMESTER Subject Units Subject Units Art 6 (Freehand Dwg.) 3 Arch. 110 (Graphic Comm.) 3 Hist. 4a (Hist. West. Civ.) 3 Hist. 4b (Hist. West. Civ.) 3 Math 44 5 English 3 English 3 HPER 1 HPER 1 Arch. 113 Struct. in Arch.) 2 Total 15 Arch. 122(Determinants) 3 Total 15 202 COLLEGE OF ARCHITECTURE

SECOND YEAR Arch. 121a (Presentation) 2 Arch. 121b (Presentation) 2 Arch. 120a (Fund. Arch.) 4 Arch. 120b (Fund. Arch.) 4 Elective 5 Elective 5 Arch. 133a Elern. of Struct.) 3 Arch. 133b Elem. of Struct.) 3 Arch. 124a(Hist.of Arch.) 3 Arch. 124b(Hist.of Arch.) 3 Total 17 Total 17 THIRD YEAR Arch. 130a Arch. Design I) 4 Arch. 130b (Arch. Design I) 4 Arch. 134a Bldg. Mat.) 3 Arch. 134b (Bldg. Mat.) 4* Arch. 136a Synth. Clim.) 4* Arch. 136b (Synth. Clim.) 3 Arch. 233a (Elem. of Struct. II) 3 Arch. 233b (Elem. of Struct. II) 3 Arch. 152a (Hist. of Arch.) 3 Arch. 152b (Hist. of Arch.) 3 Total 17 Total 17 FOURTH YEAR Arch. 140a (Arch. Design II) 7 Arch. 140b (Arch. Design II) 7 Speech 2 3 Arch. 154 (Ethics & Practice) 2 Electives (see option lists) 6 Arch. 128 (Landscape Mat.) 2 Total 16 Electives (see option lists) 5 Total 16 FIFTH YEAR Arch. 150 (Arch. Design III) 7 Arch. 160 (Arch. Design IV) 7 Arch. 244 (Envir. Plan.) 2 Electives (see option lists) 8 Electives (see option lists) 6 Total 15 Total 15 *Includes one lab for one semester. Minimum total credits for B. Arch. degree 160

Note:Student work in design remains the property of the department unless previous arrangements are made with the instructors. Material retained will be photographed and the student may obtain a print for his personal record. College of Business and Public Administration

The College offers professional education in business administration and in public administration, combined with cultural and interdisciplinary course work in other colleges of the University. Students enrolled for degrees in the College must complete specific lower -division University courses and are encouraged to select electives in other colleges of the University during both the lower- and upper - division years. The College is a full member of the American Association of Collegiate Schools of Business (1948), and both its graduate and undergraduate curricula in business are accredited by this national association. In the field of business administration, students may specialize in accounting, area development, business economics, finance, general business administration, insurance, marketing, office administration and business or distributive education, personnel management, production and operations management, and real estate. In the field of public administration, students may specialize in public management, correctional administration, law enforcement administration, public recreation administration, and health services administration. HONORS - The college cooperates in the University -wide Honors Program. For details, see Provisions for Superior Students.

ACADEMIC COUNSELING Students consult with advisers regarding all relevant aspects of their academic programs (approval of registration programs, checking of candidacy- for -degree petitions, approval of change -of -study slips, etc.).

FRESHMEN AND SOPHOMORES - Lower -division students in business or public administration degree programs are advised through the Office of the Dean. JUNIORS AND SENIORS - Upon attaining upper- division status, each student is assigned a major professor from the department administering his selected major. TRANSFER STUDENTS - All transfer students (whether from other colleges on the campus or from other universities) receive their initial advising through the Office of the Dean.

TRANSFER CREDITS FROM ARIZONA COMMUNITY COLLEGES Undergraduate programs in business administration in universities normally concentrate the professional courses in the last two years of a four -year program. Only a limited amount of work in business courses is offered below the junior year. The objective of this policy is to permit the student to acquire a foundation of work in the basic arts and sciences as a prerequisite for professional courses in business. All business programs accredited by the American Association of Collegiate Schools of Business require the students to take a minimum of 40 per cent of the

203 204 COLLEGE OF BUSINESS AND PUBLIC ADMINISTRATION four years' work in the arts and sciences, including work in mathematics, social science, humanities and the natural sciences. Students desiring a four -year degree are advised to take a majority of their work during the first two years in the arts and sciences, including a strong background in mathematics. Students planning to take their first two years of work at a junior college or at another four -year college should take only those courses in business that are offered as freshman or sophomore level courses at any of the three universities. Full lower division transfer credit will be granted for all courses equivalent to those specified for the freshman and sophomore years at any one of the three four -year universities in Arizona. These lower division courses are numbered 1 through 99 at the University of Arizona and 1 through 299 at Arizona State University and Northern Arizona University. Professional business courses taught in the junior and senior years in the three state universities may not be completed for transfer credit at any community college. Courses taught as terminal, vocational, or career classes at the community colleges, even though similar to professional courses offered at the junior and senior levels at the three universities, will not be accepted for credit toward a bachelor's degree. A one -semester course in business law will be accepted as an exception to this policy. A maximum of 30 hours of business and economics courses from community colleges will be accepted toward a bachelor's degree in business administration.

DEGREES The degree of Bachelor of Science in Business Administration will be conferred upon students who satisfactorily complete one of the prescribed curricula in business administration. The degree of Bachelor of Science in Public Administration will be conferred upon students who satisfactorily complete one of the prescribed curricula in public administration. For either degree, a student must complete 125 units, including all prescribed courses, with a minimum graduation average of 3.0000. In addition, he must complete all courses in the major field with a minimum grade average of 3.0000. (See also "Graduation Average" under Requirements for Graduation.) The Graduate Collegeoffers master's degrees for qualified students in Business administration, public administration, and in several departments of the College. The Doctor of Philosophy degree is offered with a major in economics or business administration.

OTHER CURRICULA ENGINEERING -BUSINESS - Students in the College of Engineering or in the College of Mines who desire to combine training in engineering or mining and business may, by following the program described further on in this section, secure a bachelor's degree in Engineering (or Mines), and the degree of Master of Business Administration. BUSINESS OR DISTRIBUTIVE EDUCATION - Students wishing to become secondary school teachers with majors in Business Education or in Distributive Education will enroll in this College for their freshman and sophomore years, indicating the degree sought as Bachelor of Science in Education. For the junior and senior years, they must be admitted to the College of Education. COLLEGE OF BUSINESS AND PUBLIC ADMINISTRATION 205

REQUIREMENTS FOR DEGREES LOWER- DIVISION REQUIREMENTS are stated in the following pages for the BachelorofSciencedegreesinBusinessAdministrationandinPublic Administration. These requirements should be completed in proper sequence by freshmen (defined as having credit up to 25 units) and sophomores (up to 56 units). Transfer students must fulfill these requirements either by acceptable transfer credit or work in residence.

UPPER - DIVISION REQUIREMENTS are stated in the following pages. In addition to the degree requirements below, every candidate for the B.S. degree in the College must complete at least 50 units of upper- division credits (i.e., University courses numbered 100 or above) within the total of 125 units offered for graduation.

OTHER REQUIREMENTS - Transfer credits will be evaluated and accepted by the Registrar and Director of Admissions (see Registration section). Regular unclassified students not seeking a degree will be accepted as registrants in the College according to the regulations in the Registration section.

PRESCRIBED CURRICULUM FOR BACHELOR OF SCIENCE IN BUSINESS ADMINISTRATION

Lower -Division Requirements All candidates for this degree will complete these requirements: FRESHMAN YEAR FIRST SEMESTER SECOND SEMESTER Subject Units Subject Units Freshman Composition 3 Freshman Composition 3 *Philosophy or Science 3 -4 *Philosophy or Science 3 -4 Math 20 (College Algebra) 3 Math. 65 (Topics for Social Science) 3 Electives in Social Science 6 Electives in Social Science 3 HPER (men) or PEW (women) i Govt. 2 (Am. Nat. Govt.) 3 Total 16 -17 HPER (men) or PEW (women) 1 Total 16 -17 Electives in Social Science: Three 3 -unit courses in the social science area which are open to freshmen must be completed. They may be chosen from courses in anthropology, geography, government, history, psychology, or sociology. SOPHOMORE YEAR Acct. 1 (Principles) 3 Acct. 3 (Principles) 3 Econ. 2a (Principles) 3 Econ. 2b (Principles) 3 Humanities 50a 4 $Humanities 50b 4 Math 66 (Topics for Social Science) ... 3 Speech 112 (Bus. and Mgt. 155a (Stat. Methods) 3 Prof. Communication) 3 Mgt. '78 (FORTRAN) 1 Mgt. 155b (Stat. Methods) 3 PEW (women) 1 PEW (women) 1 Total 17 -18 Total 16 -17 *Fulfilled by Phil.12 and 11; or by Phil. 12 and 3 -4 units of laboratory science; or by two semesters of laboratory science (astronomy, biology, botany, chemistry, geology, microbiology, physics, zoology). $See Group II of College of Liberal Arts "Group Units" for options which may be used in satisfying this requirement. 206 COLLEGE OF BUSINESS AND PUBLIC ADMINISTRATION

UPPER -DIVISION REQUIREMENTS The upper- division requirements for the B.S. degree in Business Administra- tion include:(1) the required professional courses; (2) fifteen units in "non - business" subjects; (3) a major in one of the fields of business administration listed below. A student must have satisfactorily completed at least 56 units and have completed orbe enrolledinall lower -divisionCollege requirements before registering for 200 -level courses.

I. REQUIRED PROFESSIONAL COURSES: All candidates for the degree must complete the professional courses listed below. As a rule these courses should be completed prior to the senior year. Subject Units Acct. 111 Cost and Managerial Accounting 3 tEcon. 100 Economics of American Enterprise 3 *Econ. 131 Money and Banking 3 Fin. 241 Corporation Finance 3 Mgt. 105 Management and Organizational Behavior 3 Mgt. 120 Business Law 3 Mgt. 155a -155b Statistical Methods in Business & Economics 6 (May be completed in the sophomore year) Mkt. 161 Marketing Principles 3 t Majors in Business Economics will substitute Econ. 200. * Majors in Business Economics and Finance will substitute Econ. 230a.

H. FIFTEEN UNITS IN NON -COLLEGE OR -NON-BUSINESS" SUBJECTS: All candidates for the degree must complete 15 units in non -business subjects. At least 9 of the units must be in courses numbered 100 or above. Mathematics 65 -66 can not be used to fulfill the lower- division part of this requirement. Courses included as electives in Social Science for the freshman year may not be used to fulfill any part of the requirement. These units may be elected from the offerings of any University department, including the Departments of Geography and Public Administration within the College, but not from the Departments of Accounting; Finance, Insurance, and Real Estate; Economics; Management; Marketing; and Office Administration and Business Education. Courses crosslisted in the College as "identical with" courses in other colleges may be included as "non- business" courses if not specified as part of the student's major. No more than 6 units in Military Science and Aerospace Studies, in courses numbered 100 and above, may be used to meet this 15 -unit requirement. If a student wishes to present a foreign language to fulfill this non -business requirement, he should take 16 units in a single language and may include the foreign language in his freshman and /or sophomore year by postponing the Electives in Social Science requirement. The 16 units in the language selected must be earned in college courses (i.e., not by examination or in secondary school). This option does not exempt the student from fulfilling the 50 -unit upper- division course requirement.

HI. A MAJOR IN ONE OF THE FIELDS OF BUSINESS ADMINISTRATION: Students should select a major field by the end of the sophomore year. The major consists of 15 units with additional units optional to the student. The grade average earned in the major must be 3.0000 or better and includes all courses undertaken in the major. The major fields available are described below. COLLEGE OF BUSINESS AND PUBLIC ADMINISTRATION 207

MAJOR FIELDS AVAILABLE Accounting This major prepares students for diversified careers in the independent practice of public accounting, in controllership for business and government, and in general accounting management. The increasingly complex operations and require- ments of business and government institutions, together with a growing recognition of the importance of accounting services, have brought about a national unfilled demand for accounting graduates. The major consists of 15 units, with additional units optional to the student (except that Acct. 33, 41, 111, 151 and 152 may not be included in the major). To satisfy the requirements for this major, a student must complete the following: (a) All students in the major will complete these 9 units: Subject Units Acct. 101, 102, Intermediate Accounting 6 Acct. 221 Federal Income Taxation 3 (b) An additional 6 units must be selected from the following: Acct. 201 Advanced Accounting 3 Acct. 231 Principles of Auditing 3 Acct. 241 Governmental & Institutional Accounting 3 Acct. 261 Accounting Systems 3 Acct. 291 Accounting Theory 3 Other upper- division courses described in the Department of Accounting are for students wishing further undergraduate training in accounting and who wish to prepare more fully for the Uniform C.P.A. Examination. Units in excess of the 125 required for the B.S. degree may be so selected, either in regular sessions or in summer sessions. In some instances, a five -year program leading to the Master of Accounting degree (see Graduate Catalog) may be necessary or desirable to achieve a student's objectives. Information concerning the legal requirements for taking the Uniform C.P.A. Examination may be obtained by writing to the Secretary to the Board, Arizona State Board of Accountancy, 222 West Osborn Road, Phoenix, Arizona 85013.

Area Development This major is for those interested in area development careers, i.e., conducting research in area and industry growth problems, and devising public or private programs. Employment opportunities for area development specialists are found in federal,state,and local government development agencies,private research agencies,localindustrialdevelopment corporations,banks, railroads,public utilities,and chambers of commerce. The major consists of 15 units, with additional units optional to the student. (a) The following 12 units must be completed by all students in this major: Subject Units Geog. 179 Urban Growth and Development 3 Geog. 253 The Localization of Manufacturing 3 Geog. 261 Population and Resources 3 Geog. 297 Seminar in Area Development 3 (b) Students in the major will also complete 3 units from the following: Econ. 266 Transportation 3 Econ. 290 Regional and Urban Economics 3 Fin. 282 Real Estate Appraisals 3 Geog. 181 Cartography 3 Geog. 256 Urban Regions 3 Geog. 257 Advanced Geographical Techniques 3 Psych. 210 Social Psychology 3 Urb. Pl. 280 Planning Law 3 208 COLLEGE OF BUSINESS AND PUBLIC ADMINISTRATION

Business Economics This major parallels the major in economics in the College of Liberal Arts. It is designed for those who wish to concentrate in economic analysis and to prepare themselves for such professional work in business firms, governmental agencies, private research or consulting firms; or to enter collegiate teaching following graduate study. The major consists of 15 units of Economics, including Econ. 230b, to be selected from the 200 -level courses offered by the Department of Economics.

Distributive Education Students interested in a teaching major in Distributive Education (high school marketing, merchandising, and cooperative distributive education programs and junior college mid -management - programs) see the Office Administration and Business Education section of the catalog.

Finance This major offers undergraduate preparation for careers or graduate work in .corporatefinancial management, .investment analysis, security brokerage, and investment or commercial banking. The major consists of 15 units, with additional units optional to the student. (a) The following 9 units must be .completed by all students in this major: Subject Units Econ. 230b Aggregate Economic Analysis 3 Fin. 242 Investment Portfolio Management 3 Fin. 243 Corporate Financial Problems 3 (b) -Six additional units will also be chosen from the following: Acct. 221 Federal Income Taxation 3 Econ. 235 Public Finance 3 Econ. 260 Econ. Org. and Gov't. Policy 3 Econ. 224 Introduction to Econometrics 3 Fin. 244 Security Analysis 3 Fin. 282 Real Estate Appraisals 3 Fin. 283 Management of Banks & Related Institutions 3 Fin. 284 Real Estate Finance 3

General Business Administration This major gives the student a broad knowledge of the principal areas of business administration. It prepares the graduate for a variety of careers (including intensive graduate study in business), and aims to educate generalists rather than specialists. The major consists of 15 units with additional units optional. All students in this major must complete . Mgt. 271. Students will also select one 3 -unit 200 -level course from each of any four of the following departments: Accounting; Economics; Finance, Insurance, and Real Estate; Management; or Marketing. Insurance This major, designed for those preparing for careers in the insurance field, is divided into three sub -fields: life insurance, property and liability insurance, and actuarial science. The major consists of 15 units, with additional units optional. (a) Students selectinglife insuranceas sub -major will complete the following: Subject Units Fin. 250 Life Insurance 3 Fin. 251 Advanced Life Insurance 3 Fin. 257 Property and. Liability Insurance 3 COLLEGE OF BUSINESS AND PUBLIC ADMINISTRATION 209

(b) The property and liability field requires completion of the following: Fin. 250 Life Insurance 3 Fin. 257 Property and Liability Insurance 3 Fin. 258 Functional Analysis of Multiple Line Insurers 3 (c) Students in actuarial science will complete the following: Fin. 250 Life Insurance 3 Fin. 252 Introduction to Actuarial Theory 3 Fin. 254 Employee Security Plans 3 (d) In addition to completing the 9 units in his chosen sub -major, each student in the Insurance major will complete 6 units from the following: Fin. 181 Real Estate. Practice 3 Fin. 242 Investment Portfolio Management 3 Fin. 251 Advanced Life Insurance or Fin. 25& Advanced Property and Liability Insurance (if not chosen above) 3 Fin. 254 Employee Security Plans (if not chosen above) 3 Fin. 282 Real Estate Appraisals 3 Mgt. 226 Wills, Estates and Trusts 3 Mgt. 178 Data Processing 3 Math. 190 Intro. to Probability Theory 3

Marketing Undergraduate marketing majors study the role of marketing in a free - enterprise economy. Emphasis isplaced on the many and varied marketing problems which must be solved if the firm is to compete successfully. The major course offerings: provide the student a _broad background in marketing. Additionally, elective offerings are available in (a)- advertising and sales promotion, (b) sales management, (c) marketing institutions, and (d) international marketing. The major consists of 15 units with additional optional to the student. (a) All students in the major will complete the following sequence of 12 units: Subject Units Mkt. 240 Marketing Research 3 Mkt. 241 Behavioral Science in Marketing 3 Mkt. 242 Quantitative Marketing Analysis 3 Mkt. 261 Marketing Policies 3 (b) At least 3 units will be selected from the following: Mkt. 253 Mass Communications in Marketing 3 Mkt. 254 Sales Management 3 Mkt. 255 Marketing Channels 3 Mkt. 256 International Marketing 3 Mkt. 257 Selected Topics in Marketing 3 Office Administration and Business Education The following majors are offered by the Department: Business Education (teaching), Distributive Education (teaching), and Office Administration.

BUSINESS EDUCATION OR DISTRIBUTIVE EDUCATION - Students preparing for careers as high school business teachers (Business Education or Distributive Education) must register in the College of Business and Public Administration during their freshman and sophomore years, indicating that they seek the B.S. degree in Education. After completing 56 units with a cumulative grade average of at least 3.0000, and meeting other requirements, students will transfer to the College of Education. The following courses will be taken during the first two years in the College of Business and Public Administration. Subject Units Freshman Composition 6 Either mathematics or a laboratory science 8 Math. 11 or 20 3 Speech 2 or 112 3 Anthro. lb, Psych, la, or Soc. 1 3 Government 100 3 210 COLLEGE OF BUSINESS AND PUBLIC ADMINISTRATION

Humanities 50a -50b (or option, See Liberal Arts) 8 Economics la -lb or 2a -2b 6 Accounting 1, 3 6 PEW or HPER (Men, 2 units) 4 Off. Ad. 8, '74, 75 (Bus. Ed. majors only) 9 Business Education majors should complete typing requirements in the freshman year and the beginning shorthand requirement in the sophomore year. During the junior and senior years, the required education courses for secondary school teachers (see College of Education) will be completed, along with special methods classes and a major inBusiness Education orDistributive Education. Students may select (a) a 48 -unit major in Business or Distributive Education without ateaching minor or (b) a 30 -unit major inBusiness or Distributive Education with a teaching minor. (a) Business Education majors will select approved Office Administration courses, other approved courses from the College of Business and Public Administration, and complete the following: Subject Units Acct. 1, 3 Principles of Accounting 6 Off. Adm. 8 Advanced Typing 3 Off. Adm. 170 Introduction to Data Processing 3 Off. Adm. 174 Advanced Shorthand, and Off. Adm. 280 Executive Secretarial Training or Acct. 101, 102 Intermediate Accounting 6 (b) Those students selecting the Distributive Education major will select from the following courses (starred courses required): *Acct. 1, 3 Principles 6 *Mkt. 161 Marketing Principles 3 *Mkt. 255 Marketing Channels 3 Marketing courses (in addition to above) 9 Management courses 6 Finance courses 6 Business Electives 15 Courses included as part of the Distributive Education major must be approved by the major adviser. Math 65- 66, Mgt. 155a -155b, and proficiency in typewriting are recommended for all Distributive Education majors. The regular Business and Distributive Education programs qualify graduates fora Secondary Teaching Certificate. The Vocational Certificateisstrongly recommended for all Business Education majors and is required for all Distributive Educationteachers and /orcoordinators.(B.E.223, Cooperative Vocational Education Programs,isrequiredforthe Vocational Distributive Education Certificate and for coordinators of Cooperative Office Education programs in high schools and junior colleges). Students are counseled for 'these programs in the Business Education and Office Administration Department. OFFICE ADMINISTRATION - The major is designed to equip the student with a broad knowledge of the developing area of office administration. With the proper selection of course work, a student will be qualified for employment as an office administrator or as an executive secretary, depending upon the option chosen. (a) Administrative Management: 15 units Subject Units Off. Adm. 170 Intro. to Data Processing 3 Mgt. 178 Data Processing 3 Off. Adm. 272 Administrative Management 3 Off. Adm. 273 Administrative Communications 3 (b) Executive Secretarial: 15 units. Off. Adm. 75, 174 Shorthand 6 Off. Adm. 176 Office Services 3 Off. Adm. 280 Executive Secretarial Training 3 COLLEGE OF BUSINESS AND PUBLIC ADMINISTRATION 211

(c) Students inboth options must select 3 additional units from: Off. Adm.77 Business Computations 2 Off. Adm.170 Intro. to Data Processing 3 Off. Adm.173 Expository Writing for Business 3 Off. Adm.176 Office Services 3 Off. Adm.179 Records Management 3 Off. Adm.273 Administrative Communications 3 Off. Adm.274 Automation and Business 3 (d) Proficiency in typewriting is required for both majors. NON - DEGREE PROGRAM IN OFFICE ADMINISTRATION- Students who so desire may pursue a specialized two -year program to prepare for stenographic or supervisory positions in the office. Students must be regularly enrolled and must meet University entrance requirements. The program will be similar to the first two years of the Office Administration major. See a counselor in the department for further information.

Personnel Management This major is concerned with the procurement, training and development, compensation, and the creation of constructive human relationships within business organizations. Prospective majors are strongly urged to choose elective courses in psychology and sociology. Psychology la and lb should be elected in the freshman or sophomore years. The following 15 units must be completed by all students: Subject Units Econ. 289 Collective Bargaining 3 Mgt. 101 Personnel Management 3 Mgt. 202 Personnel Policies 3 Psych. 250 Tests and Measurements or Mgt. 178 Data Processing 3 Soc. 186 Sociology of Industry or Soc. 282 Comparative Organizations 3

Production and Operations Management This major is concerned with the design, operation, control, and updating of productive systems. Emphasis is on the application of quantitative techniques to such diverse systems as hospitals, banks, department stores, and manufacturing firms.Italso emphasizes data processing, providing a base for more intensive graduate work in this expanding field. The major consists of 15 units with additional units optional to the student. (a) All students in the major will complete these 12 units: Subject Units Mgt. 178 Data Processing 3 Mgt. 278 Systems Analysis for Data Processing 3 Mgt. 273a -273b Production and Operations Management 6 (b) Three additional units will be completed from the following: Mgt. 274 Work Simplification 3 S.I.E. 240 Operations Research 3 S.I.E. 241 Operations Research 3 S.I.E. 290 Computer Center Management 3 S.I.E. 172 Programming for Scientific Applications 3 Math 175 Introduction to Numerical Techniques for Computers 3

Real Estate This major, by providing a broad basic understanding of the legal, economic, social, and civic aspects of real property prepares the student for a career in both 212 COLLEGE OF BUSINESS AND PUBLIC ADMINISTRATION

the real estate profession and in related industries. The major consists of 15 units with additional units optional to the student. Majors are advised to elect Finance 80, Urban Land Use, during the sophomore year. The following 12 units must be completed: Subject Units Fin. 181 Real Estate Principles 3 Fin. 281 Real Estate Law 3 Fin. 282 Real Estate Appraisals 3 Fin. 284 Real Estate Finance 3 Three additional units must be selected from the following: Acct. 221 Federal Income Taxation 3 Econ. 235 Public Finance or Econ. 236 State & Local Government Finance 3 Fin. 151 Risk and Insurance 3 Fin. 280 Real Estate Investment and Taxation 3 Geog. 179 Urban Growth and Development 3 Mgt. 226 Wills, Estates and Trusts 3 Urb. Pl. 280 Planning Law 3

PRESCRIBED CURRICULUM FOR BACHELOR OF SCIENCE IN PUBLIC ADMINISTRATION Lower Division Requirements All candidates for this degree will complete these requirements:

FRESHMAN YEAR FIRST SEMESTER SECOND SEMESTER Subject Units Subject Units Freshman Composition 3 Freshman Composition 3 *Philosophy or Science 3 -4 *Philosophy or Science 3 -4 Govt. 2 (Am. Nat. Govt.) 3 Govt. 3 (Am. St. & Loc. Govt.) 2 P.A. 1 (Intro. to Adm. ) 3 P.A. 3 (Ethics for Public Service) ... 3 Psych. la (Elementary) 3 Psych. lb (Elementary) 3 HPER (men) or PEW (women) 1 HPER (men) or PEW (women) 1 }-Electives 0 -2 ¡-Electives 2 -3 Total 17 -18 Total 17 -18 SOPHOMORE YEAR Econ. 2a (Principles) 3 Econ. 2b (Principles) 3 Soc. 1 (Intro.) 3 Speech 112 (Bus. & Prof. Communic.) . 3 §Humanities 50a 4 §Humanities 50b 4 Mgt. 78 (FORTRAN) 1 P.A. 41 (Acct. for Public Agencies) ... 3 PEW (women) 1 PEW (women) . 1 t Electives 4 -6 ¡-Electives 3 -4 Total 16 -18 Total 17 -18 *Fulfilled by Phil. 12 and 11; or by Phil. 12 and 3 -4 units of laboratory science; or by two semesters of laboratory science. Students planning to major in health services must take Microb. 1 a -1 b. (Students majoring in corrections or law enforcement must take English 7 or 8. Students majoring in public recreation must take HPER 52 and 53 during their freshman year. Students majoring in public recreation must take HPER 58, 59 and 70 during their sophomore year. §See Group II of College of Liberal Arts "Group Units" for options which may be used in satisfying this requirement.

UPPER -DIVISION REQUIREMENTS Candidates for the B.S. in Public Administration will select one of the major fields described below. Each of these majors has its own required courses, plus required electives, which when added to the professional courses total 50 units. The additional electives necessary to complete the required 125 units for graduation may be taken in areas of the student's personal interest._ COLLEGE OF BUSINESS AND PUBLIC ADMINISTRATION 213

Every candidate for the B.S. degree in the College must complete at least 50 units of upper- division units (i.e., University courses numbered 100 or above). When the student enters the upper division of the College (i.e., with 56 units of earned credit), he will normally have completed all of the required courses of the freshman -sophomore years. No student may enroll for credit in a 200 -level course before passing 56 units. For the B.S.P.A. degree, the student must complete the required units and all prescribed courses with a minimum graduation average of 3.0000. In addition, the student must complete all courses undertaken in the major field with a minimum grade average of 3.0000. (See "Graduation Average" under Requirements for Graduation.) Students should select a .major field no later than the end of their sophomore year. The following professional courses are required for all the majors: Subject Units P.A. 229a Public Administration Research 3 P.A. 237 Public Budgeting 2 P.A. 241 Public Management 3 P.A. 261 Public Administration 3

MAJOR FIELDS AVAILABLE Correctional Administration This major prepares students for staff skills and administrative responsibility in a variety of correctional institutions and agencies. It offers preparation for subsequent graduate work in correctional, probation, and parole administration. (a) The following courses are required for the major: Subject Units P.A. 188 Introduction to Corrections 3 P.A. 230 Social Counseling 3 P.A. 240 The Delinquent Child 3 P.A. 247a -247b Correctional Counseling 4 P.A. 287 Criminal Psychopathology 2 P.A. 289 Prison Administration 3 (b) In addition, at least 21 units must be selected from the following: Govt. 277 Jurisprudence and Legal Systems 3 Home Ec. 157 Principles of Guidance for the Normal Child 2 Psych. 218 Abnormal Psychology 3 P.A. 101 Personnel Management 3 P.A. 229b Public Administration Research 3 P.A. 242 Field Work 3 P.A. 244 Social Group Work 3 P.A. 266 Police and Law Enforcement Administration 3 P.A. 290 Correctional Rehabilitation 2 Soc. 212 Collective Behavior 3 Soc. 222 Minority Relations 3

Health Services Administration The major in Health Services Administration is designed for students wishing positions in public or private, national, state, or local health services and related activities. Its purpose is to develop administrative personnel for hospitals, public and voluntary health agencies, institutions for the aged, voluntary and non -profit medical care services (executive offices, management analysis, personnel, and budget offices). (a) The following courses are required for the major: Subject Units Microb. 157 Communicable Diseases and Their Control 3 P.A. 229b Public Administration Research 3 P.A. 282 Fields of Health Services 3 P.A. 284a -284b Administration of Health Agencies 6 214 COLLEGE OF BUSINESS AND PUBLIC ADMINISTRATION

(b) In addition, at least 24 units must be selected from the following: Classics 115 Scientific Terminology 3 Dairy Sci. 272R Food Sanitation 3 HPER 266 Organization and Administration of Community and School Health Services 3 HPER 267 International Health Problems 3 Mgt. 178 Data Processing 3 P.A. 101 Personnel Management 3 P.A. 242 Field Work 3 P.A. 243 Administrative Leadership 3 Rehab. 282 Organization, Structure, and Functions of Rehabilitation Agencies 3 Soc. 191 Medical Sociology 3 Soc. 290 Social Gerontology 3

Law Enforcement Administration This major prepares students for operational and staff skills and administra- tive responsibility in the nation's complex structure of law enforcement. It offers preparationfor subsequent graduate work inpoliceand law enforcement administration. (a) The following courses are required for the major: Subject Units P.A. 100 Introduction to Law Enforcement 3 P.A. 265 Federal Law Enforcement Systems 3 P.A. 266 Police and Law Enforcement Administration 3 P.A. 269a Traffic Administration 3 P.A. 270 Police Problems and Practices 3 P.A. 272 Legal Aspects of Law Enforcement 3 (b) In addition, at least 21 units must be selected from the following: Eng. 107 Business Writing 3 Govt. 213 Municipal and Metropolitan Government 3 Govt. 272 Constitutional Law: Federalism 3 Govt. 273 Constitutional Law: Civil Liberties 3 Govt. 277 Jurisprudence and Legal Systems 3 Govt. 279 The Judicial Process 3 Mgt. 178 Data Processing 3 Psych. 218 Abnormal Psychology 3 P.A. 267 Bureaucracy 3 P.A. 268 Criminal Investigation and Report Preparation 3 P.A. 269b Traffic Administration 3 P.A. 287 Criminal Psychopathology 2 Soc. 187 Criminology 3 Soc. 241 Juvenile Delinquency 3

Public Management

The major inpublic management prepares students foravariety of administrative positions in local, state, or national governments. Entry into federal service is most frequently through the Civil Service Entrance Examination. For entry into the foreign service of the State Department, independent written -oral examinations are currently prescribed. The student should consult an adviser concerning any of these examinations. (a) The following courses are required for the major: Subject Units Econ. 230a Aggregate Economic Analysis 3 P.A. 229b Public Administration Research 3 P.A. 243 Administrative Leadership 3 P.A. 262 Comparative Public Administration 3 P.A. 267 Bureaucracy 3 (b) In addition, at least 24 units must be selected from the following: Econ. 290 Regional Economics 3 Econ. 235 Public Finance 3 Econ. 289 Collective Bargaining 3 Fin. 80 Urban Land Use 3 COLLEGE OF BUSINESS AND PUBLIC ADMINISTRATION 215

Geog. 179 Urban Growth and Development 3 Govt. 212 Local Government 3 Govt. 213 Municipal and Metropolitan Government 3 Govt. 268 Administrative Behavior 3 Govt. 280 Formation of Public Policy 3 Mgt. 178 Data Processing 3 P.A. 101 Personnel Management 3 Urb. Pl. 280 Planning Law 3

Public Recreation Administration The major in public recreation administration prepares students for staff skills and administrative responsibility in public and private recreational and group work facilities. It offers preparation for subsequent graduate work in recreation. (a) The following courses are required for the major: Subject Units HPER 171 Principles & Practices in Recreation 2 HPER 175 Recreational Activities, Materials and Methods 2 HPER 178 Recreational Field Work 2 HPER 180 Camp Organization and Management 2 P.A. 229b Public Administration Research 3 P.A. 243 Administrative Leadership 3 P.A. 244 Social Group Work 3 P.A. 283 Administration of Recreation 3 (b) In addition, at least 19 units must be selected from the following: Drama 111a -111b Drama Production 6 Econ. 290 Regional Economics 3 HPER 170 Game Supervision and Officiation 2 HPER 165 Elementary School Physical Education 2 HPER 273 School Camping 2 Mgt. 178 Data Processing 3 Music 271 Music for the Elementary Classroom Teacher 3 P.A. 101 Personnel Management 3 Psych. 218 Abnormal Psychology 3 Soc. 153 Group Dynamics 3

Social Work Undergraduate preparation for social work may be undertaken in the College of Liberal Arts by majoring in Anthropology, Government, Economics, History, or Sociology, and enrolling in Public Administration 138, 230, 242, and 244.

COMBINED DEGREE PROGRAMS IN THE COLLEGES OF ENGINEERING OR MINES AND BUSINESS ADMINISTRATION Students interested in combining the bachelor's degree in one of the fields of engineering and the Master of Business Administration degree in this College may plan their undergraduate curricula in either the College of Engineering or the College of Mines so that the M.B.A. degree program may be completed in the summer following graduation, one full academic year, and tue succeeding summer. Ordinarily, students lacking undergraduate work in business administration need to devote approximately two years to the M.B.A. program. However, students in the College of Engineering or the College of Mines may utilize a portion of their undergraduate nontechnical electives to save a substantial portion of this time. Specifically,theyshouldincludethefollowing non -technicalelectivesat appropriate times in their undergraduate years: Subject Units Econ. 101 Survey of Economic Theory 3 Econ. 131 Money and Banking 3 Econ. 100 Economics of American Enterprise 3 216 COLLEGE OF BUSINESS AND PUBLIC ADMINISTRATION

During the University Summer Session immediately following the award of- the Bachelor of Science degree in engineering, students should take 12 units as follows: Acct. 151 Survey of Accounting 3 Mgt. 120 Business Law 3 Mgt. 155a Statistical Methods in Economics and Business 3 Mkt. 200 Marketing Management 3 During the academic year following, students will take Acct. 152, Fin. 241, and Mgt. 105 and 155b, to complete the basic background courses required for- the M.B.A. program. Completion of the. 30 approved graduate units will satisfy the course work required for the degree.

GRADUATE PROGRAM IN URBAN PLANNING A program leading to the M.S. in Urban Planning is administered through the Graduate College by the College of Business and. Public Administration, with the cooperation of the Colleges of Architecture and Engineering. For details,. see "Urban Planning" in the Course Description section, or the Graduate Catalog. College of Earth Sciences

A School of Earth Sciences was created at The University of Arizona in 1967 within the College of Mines, and on July 1, 1971, became the College of Earth. Sciences. The Collegeis composed of the Department of Geosciences, the Department of. Hydrology and Water Resources, the Laboratory of Tree -Ring Research, and the Office of Arid Lands Studies. The College of Earth Sciences is concerned with the earth as a planet. Academic and research programs include those that deal with the solid earth, the hydrosphere, the atmosphere, and the interaction and relationships of these three physical components with each other and with the biological world, including man. The scope._ of the College includes not only the dynamic processes of the contemporary earth but also the history of the earth and its inhabitants. Other colleges and units within the University also deal with major components of the planet earth in their academic and research programs, and strong relationships are maintained between those groups and the College of Earth Sciences. To support its teaching and research, the College has a variety of specialized equipment and apparatus, and maintains an extensive. collection of modern and prehistoric tree -ring specimens, a comprehensive pollen-spore _ reference set, and systematic mineral, rock, ore, and fossil reference specimens. Its Museum of Mineralogy is one of the finest in the west and is open to the general public. Programs of instruction are augmented at all levels with field trips in Arizona. This State contains a great diversity of natural features and climatic zones that makes it a superb outdoor laboratory for students of earth sciences. The summer field program for geosciences majors is operated from the University -owned Turkey Creek Ranch in the Chiricahua Mountains of southeastern Arizona, and the summer field course for hydrology majors is conducted out of Thatcher, Arizona.

DEGREES The College of Earth Sciences offers academic programs leading to the following degrees: Bachelor of Science:-GEOSCIENCES (concentrations in geobiology, geochemistry, geochronology, geology *, and geophysics); HYDROLOGY. The College of Earth Sciences also collaborates with the College. of Education in its degree program. leading to a B.S. in Education (Earth Science Teaching Major). Master of Science: GEOSCIENCES (same concentrations as for B.S. program); HYDROLOGY; WATER RESOURCES ADMINISTRATION. Doctor of Philosophy: GEOSCIENCES (same concentrations as for B.S. program); HYDROLOGY; WATER RESOURCES ADMINISTRATION; ARID LANDS RESOURCE SCIENCES.

*A Bachelor of Arts degree program with a major in geology is offered by the College of Liberal Arts. 217 218 COLLEGE OF EARTH SCIENCES

ADMISSIONS FRESHMAN STANDING: See chapter on "Admissions." Study in most of the academic programs of the College of Earth Sciences makes necessary an extension of the general requirements for admission to The University of Arizona. Admission to full standing in the College of Earth Sciences, except as indicated below * *, requiresallentering freshman students to present high school credits in the following subjects: * *Those students electing the curriculum leading to the Bachelor of Science in Education degree (Earth Science Teaching Major) will meet only the general requirements for admission to The University of Arizona.

Subject Units Elementary Algebra 1 -English 4 Intermediate Algebra 1/2 Plane Geometry 1 Trigonometry 'h Advanced Algebra 'h History 1 Chemistry 1 Physics 1 Electives 51/2 Total 16 Electives should include credits in such subjects as biology, social studies, government, humanities, and foreign languages. tOr 3 units of English and 2 units of foreign language in which case the number of units of electives is reduced to 41/2.

ENTRANCE DEFICIENCIES: Students will be permitted to enter the College of Earth Sciences if they are deficient in one or more of the high school courses listed above. A student who has a deficiency in English, Intermediate Algebra, Advanced Algebra, or Trigonometry is required to take respectively English X, Math. 11, Math. 20, or Math. 44. Deficiencies in Chemistry or Physics will be waived upon satisfactory completion of Chemistry 2b or Physics 3b, respectively. ADVANCED PLACEMENT: Students who have completed college -level courses in high school and have taken the Advanced Placement Examinations of the College Entrance Examination Board (CEEB) will be considered for advanced placement and for the granting of college credit towards degree requirements. (See "Advanced Placement" under the general section on Admission to the University.) ADVANCED STANDING (Transfer Students):See "Transfer Students" under Admission to the University.

GRADUATE STANDING: Prospective graduate students must apply directly to the Graduate College. Students should contact the head of the department in which their major is planned for information about graduate degree programs. Students interested in the Ph.D. program in Arid Lands Resource Sciences should confer with the Director of the Office of Arid Lands Studies before applying to the Graduate College.

HYDROLOGY (WRSP) PROGRAM: The University of Arizona cooperates in the Western Regional Student Program (WRSP) of the Western Interstate Commission for Higher Education by extending special consideration to qualified students who are residents of the 13 Western states and who desire to enroll in the Hydrology COLLEGE OF EARTH SCIENCES 219 curriculum of the College of Earth Sciences. The program is designed to afford such students preference in admission to The University of Arizona as well as exemption from payment of out -of -state tuition. Additional information concerning this cooperative educational program is available from the Registrar and Director of Admissions, University of Arizona, Tucson, 85721.

REQUIREMENTS FOR DEGREES OFFERED IN THE COLLEGE OF EARTH SCIENCES NUMBER OF UNITS REQUIRED: Each undergraduate curriculum in the College of Earth Sciences is designed so that graduation requirements can be met through a four -year period of study. However, each is sufficiently flexible to permit an extension of study time if such is desired by the student. A minimum of 135 total units of credit for Hydrology majors and 140 total units of credit for Geosciences majors must be completed to earn a Bachelor of Science degree. This total includes credit in required summer field courses. The program must follow one of the prescribed curricula; deviations must be approved through proper channels of the College of Earth Sciences. A regular student who earns 16 -17 units in each semester and the necessary summer units can complete the degree requirements in four years. A student who earns on the average of 15 -16 units in each semester plus summer field work will require four and one -half years to earn a degree. Any student earning units at a rate that will ensure completion of degree requirements within four and one -half years and who is maintaining a satisfactory grade record will be considered by the College to be making normal progress toward a degree. Candidates for a Bachelor of Science degree may elect to fulfill degree requirements as outlined in any one catalog in effect during their dates of registration for resident credit at the University. A student who transfers to the College of Earth Sciences from another college in the University must meet the degree requirements under the catalog in effect at the time of the transfer, or any subsequent catalog. See "Choice of Catalog" under Academic Guidelines.

GRADE AVERAGE IN MAJOR FIELDS: To receive a bachelor's degree, a student is required to maintain a grade average of 3.000 or better for all courses taken in the major field at The University of Arizona. MAXIMUM UNITS PER SEMESTER: An undergraduate student may register for a maximum of 19 credits in a given semester. This maximum may be exceeded by students who have permission of the Dean of the College. GRADUATE DEGREES: The general requirements for graduate degrees are established by the Graduate College. See the Graduate College section of this Catalog, or the Graduate Catalog published by the University. HONORS PROGRAM: The College of Earth Sciences cooperates in the Univer- sity -wide Honors Program. For details see Provisions for Superior Students. FINANCIAL ASSISTANCE AND AWARDS: In addition to the scholarships, grants -in -aid, loans, and other types of financial assistance available to University students (described in the Scholarships and Financial Aid section), several part -time graduate assistantships in teaching and in research are awarded each year in all professional fields of the College of Earth Sciences. The stipends vary, depending on the amount of service rendered in each case. 220 COLLEGE OF EARTH SCIENCES

COOPERATIVE PROGRAM WITH INDUSTRY: A voluntary student -trainee program on a five -year work -study plan is available for students working toward a Bachelor of Science degree in Geosciences. This program is administered in the College of Mines.

STUDENT ORGANIZATIONS: There are two professional organizations for students in the College of Earth Sciences: the Society of Sigma Gamma Epsilon, a college honor society in the earth sciences, and the student chapter of the American Institute of Mining, Metallurgical, and Petroleum Engineers (AIME). Students interested in membership in either or both of these organizations should contact the office of the Department of Geosciences.

DEPARTMENT OF GEOSCIENCES The Department of Geosciences incorporates academic work formerly offered by the Departments of Geochronology and Geology. Areas of concentration are: Geobiology. The historical aspects of the biological sciences as related to the study of the earth. Geochemistry. The application of chemical properties of elements and their isotopes to the study of the earth. Geochronology. The study of time in relationship to the history of the earth. Geology. The study of earth processes as well as the search for and development of mineral resources. Geophysics. The application of physics to practical and theoretical earth studies.

Curriculum Leading to the Degree of Bachelor of Science in Geosciences This curriculum is designed to accommodate students wishing to attain a general background inor tospecializein some aspect of the Geosciences. Opportunity is provided for the student to broaden his background through a wide selection of courses, as well as to attain a breadth of practical experience in the Geosciences. Some areas of concentration will prepare graduates for a professional career, while other areas will require additional work at the graduate level. A core program required of all students working toward this degree is listed below. Additional requirements for various concentrations are listed following the core program.

CORE PROGRAM FOR BACHELOR OF SCIENCE DEGREE IN GEOSCIENCES

Subject Units Subject Units English 6 Geosciences la -2a 4 HPER (Men) 2 lb -2b or 52 4 PEW (Women) 4 16 2 Total 10

Mathematics 44 5 General Education Electives to be se- lectedfromthehumanities,social Chemistry sciences, or foreign languages with not 2a -b 2 more than 16 units from any one of the Total 8 three groups. These may be taken during any period of the academic program. . . 30 Total Core Program 61 -63 COLLEGE OF EARTH SCIENCES 221

PROGRAMS LEADING TO THE BACHELOR OF SCIENCE IN GEOSCIENCES GeobiologyGeochemistryGeochronologyGeology Geophysics Geosciences (b) - - - - 7 3 - (a) - 3 9 - 5 (a) 5 102 3 - 3 3 103 or 222a, or 235 - - - 3 115 - 3 - 3 - 121 - 3 - 3 3 125 3 - - 3 - 200 - - 3 - - 216 - - - 4 - 219 - - - - 3 220 - - - - 3 258 - 3 - - - Science Requirement 5(b) 9(c) 15(d) Chemistry 41 a -b 6 43 a -b 2 121 -122 5 280 a -b 6 Mathematics (g) (g) 10(e,g) (f,g) (g) 49a 5 5 - 5 5 49b - 5 - 5 5 91 3 - - - - 181 - 3 - - 3 Physics - - (h) (f) - 2 a -b 8 - - - - 3 a -b - - 8 8 - 10,16 &21 - 11 - - 11 131 - - - - 3 Biosciences (b) (i) 5 a -b 8 8 8 - - Approved Courses 12 - - - - Civil Engineering 10 - - - 3 - 51 - - - 3 - Electives 13 -15 14 -16 34 -38 14 -16 17 -19 Summer Field Program 6 6 6 6 6 Total Units 140 140 140 140 140 a.Students must enroll in either Geosciences 7 or 9 after consultation with their advisers. b. Students selecting the Geobiology option must show a combined total of 50 units in Geosciences and Biological Sciences with not less than 20 units in either area. The 50 units must include a field camp in either area. c. Students selecting the Geology option must choose 9 units from the following: Chem. 41 a -b, 121, 280 a -b, Math. 91, Sys. I.E. 172, Biological Sciences 120, 210. d. Students selecting the Geophysics option will choose 15 units from the following: Geosciences 360, Math. 201, 203, 205 a -b, Physics 210, 215a, 225, 260, 271 a -b. e.Students selecting the Geochronology option will choose any 10 acceptable mathematics units beyond Math. 44. f.Students selecting the Geology option with a concentration in paleontology may substitute biological science units for Math. 49b and Physics 2a -b for Physics 3a -b. g.Students may submit Math. 50 a -b -c as a substitute for Math. 49 a -b. h. Students in the Geochronology option not enrolling in Math. 49 a -b or 50 a -b -c should substitute Physics 2 a -b for Physics 3 a -b. i.Students selecting the Geochemistry option may substitute Astronomy 100 a -b for Biological Sciences 5 a -b. REPRESENTATIVE FRESHMAN YEAR SCHEDULE FIRST SEMESTER SECOND SEMESTER Subject Units Subject Units Geosciences la 3 Geosciences lb 3 2a 1 2b 1 Chemistry 2a 3 Chemistry 2b 3 3a 1 3b 1 Freshman Composition 3 Freshman Composition 3 Mathematics 44 or 49a 5 Mathematics 49a or 49b 5 PEW or HPER 1 PEW or HPER 1 Total 17 Total 17 222 COLLEGE OF EARTH SCIENCES

Proposed Curriculum Leading to the Degree of Bachelor of Science in Education (Earth Science Teaching Major) Students in this curriculum will enroll in the College of Earth Sciences for their first two years and transfer to the College of Education at the beginning of their junior year to complete degree requirements. The necessary General Education Electives to complete this program must have the approval of the Department of Geosciences. COURSES REQUIRED* Subject Units Subject Units Earth Sciences Mathematics 44 5 Astronomy la-b 8 Approved Biological Sciences 3 -5 Atmospheric Sciences 71 3 English . 6 Geosciences la -b 8 HPER -PEW 2 -4 Approved Earth Sciences Courses 12 Government 100 3 College of Education Requirements .. 24 Total 31 General Education Electives must be Minor to be selected from Chemistry, selected fromthe humanities -social Physics, or Mathematics 18 -22 sciences course listings. 20 Electives 5 -13 Total 125 *Candidates for this degree must include at least 40 units of upper division work in the total number of units offered in satisfaction of the requirements for a degree. REPRESENTATIVE FRESHMAN YEAR SCHEDULE FIRST SEMESTER SECOND SEMESTER Subject Units Subject Units Geosciences la. 3 Geosciences lb 3 2a 1 2b 1 Chemistry 2a 3 Chemistry 2b 3 3a 1 3b 1 Freshman Composition 3 Freshman Composition 3 Mathematics 20 3 Mathematics 24 2 PEW or HPER 1 Electives 2 -3 Total 15 PEW or HPER 1 Total 16 -17

DEPARTMENT OF HYDROLOGY AND WATER RESOURCES The Department of Hydrology and Water Resources was formed on July 1, 1971.Administered by the Department arethe undergraduate program in Hydrology and the graduate programs in Hydrology and in Water Resources Administration. Previously, the undergraduate program was administered by the Department of Geosciences and the graduate programs were interdepartmental under the direction of the Committee on Hydrology and Water Resources. Hydrology, the science of water, deals with the origin, distribution, and properties of the waters of the earth, and is basic to the sound development and management of our water resources. As societies become more complex and populations increase, the managerial problems of providing adequate quantities of suitable quality water to meet specific needs are becoming critical in all regions of the world with water pollution being recognized as one of the most critical environmental problems. Hydrologyisbasicallyan earth science butitiscloselyalliedwith mathematics, physics, chemistry, engineering, geology, meteorology, soil science, and the biological sciences.

Curriculum Leading to the Degree of Bachelor of Science in Hydrology The hydrology curriculum is designed to give the student a basic knowledge of hydrology and allied subjects. Flexibility is offered through the selection of COLLEGE OF EARTH SCIENCES 223 electives so that a program of study can be developed which best fits the student's desired emphasis. The graduate from this curriculum will be prepared to undertake professional work in hydrology or related fields, and the better student will be well prepared for graduate studies. COURSESREQUIRED Subject Units Subject Units Hydrology Physics 50 Principles of Hydrology) 3 3a, 3b (Intro. Phys. with Calc.) . 8 98(Seminar) 1 Freshman Composition 6 205 (Hyd. Props. of Soils) 3 English 8 (Tech. Writing) 2 214s (Field Hydrology) 6 Aerosp. & Mech. Engr. 223 ydrology) 3 131 (Princ. & App. Fluid Mech.) 3 235 Hydrogeology) 3 Biological Sciences 245 Statistical Hydrology) 3 60 (Elem. Plant. Physiol.) 4 280 Hydrologic Systems) 3 Economics Total 25 101 (Survey of Econ.) 3 Geosciences Atmospheric Sciences 51 (Physical Geology) 3 71 (Intro. Meteor. & Clim.) 3 121 (Structural Geology) 4 Water Resources Administration 250 (Geomorphology) 3 201 (Water, Society & Environ.) . 3 Total 10 204 (Natur. Res. Econ.) 3 Mathematics Systems and Industrial Engineering 49a -49b (Anal. Geo. & Calc.) or 172 (Pgm. for Sci. App.) 3 50a, 50b, 50c 10 Total 38 91 (Statistics) 3 181 (Ordinary Diff. Equations) . . 3 Total 16 Chemistry PEW (Women) 4 2a, 3a, 2b, 3b (Fund. of Chem.) . . 8 HPER (Men) 2 One add'tl. course beyond 2b, 3b. .. 3 Electives 31 -33 Total 11 Total 135 REPRESENTATIVE 4 -YEAR PROGRAM. FRESHMAN YEAR FIRST SEMESTER SECOND SEMESTER Subject Units Subject Units Math. 49a (Analyt. Geom. & Calc.) 5 Math. 49b (Analyt. Geom. & Calc.) ... 5 Chem. 2a (Fund. of Chem.) 3 Chem. 2b (Fund. of Chem.) 3 Chem. 3a (Fund. of Chem. Lab.) . 1 Chem. 3b (Fund. of Chem. Lab.) 1 English Composition 3 English Composition 3 Geosciences 51 3 Hydrology 50 3 HPER or PEW 1 HPER or PEW 1 Total 16 Total 16 SOPHOMORE YEAR Math. 181 (Ordinary Diff. Eq.) 3 Hydrology 98 1 Phys. 3a (Intro. Physics w /Calc.) 4 Phys. 3b (Intro. Physics w /Calc.) ....4 Chem. (Option) 3 Atmos. Sci. 71 (Intro. Meteor. & Clim.) 3 Geos. 121 (Struc. Geol.) 4 Math. 91 (Intro. to Statistics) 3 AME 131 (Princ. & Appl. Fluid Mech.) 3 S.I.E. 172 (Pgm. for Scien. Appl.) .... 3 PEW (Women) 1 Electives 3 Total 17-18 PEW (Women) 1 Total 17-18 JUNIOR YEAR Hyd. 205 (Hyd. Props. of Soils) 3 Econ. 101 (Survey of Econ.) 3 Hyd. 235 (Hydrogeology) 3 Bio. Sci. 60 (Elem. Plant. Physiol.) .. . 4 Hyd. 223 (Hydrology) 3 English 8 (Tech. Writing) 2 Geosciences 250 (Princ. of Geomorph.) .3 Electives Electives 3 Total 16 Total 15 SUMMER SESSION (First Term) Hyd. 214s (Field Hydrology) 6 SENIOR YEAR Hyd. 280 (Hydrologic Systems) 3 W.R.A. 201 (Water, Soc. & Env.) W.R.A. 204 (Natur. Res. Econ.) 3 Hyd. 245 (Statistical Hyd.) 3 Electives 10 Electives 8 -10 Total 16 Total 14 -16 Faculty advisor should be consulted for guidance in the selection of electives. 224 COLLEGE OF EARTH SCIENCES

OFFICE OF ARID LANDS STUDIES The Office of Arid Lands Studies serves as the coordinating agency for the many University departments and colleges engaged in arid lands research. The Office undertakes special arid lands studies under grants and contracts, issues bibliographical and scientific publications, and, as a clearinghouse for the exchange of world arid lands information, maintains liaison with all international bodies and foreign institutions concerned with arid zone problems. The Advisory Committee for Arid Lands Research coordinates the . interdisciplinary aspects of the Uni - -versity's commitment to arid lands research. The highly interdisciplinarydoctoral program in Arid Lands Resource Sciences is designed for the mature student who has the capacity to make an outstanding contribution .to the worldwide problems of the arid lands. Programs of study are tailor -made from course , work in other departments, but there are no specific course requirements for this degree. (For further description of activities see Division of Research and Special' Public Service and Departments and Courses of Instruction sections).

LABORATORY OF TREE -RING RESEARCH The Laboratory of Tree -Ring Research, the world's oldest and largest center of its kind, houses extensive - collections of prehistoric and modern tree -ring specimens and conducts . research in all -aspects of dendrochronology. Precisely dated tree -ring chronologies of up to '8200 years in length are used to study past climatic and hydrologic conditions; to furnish data for geochemical, biological, and _ecological investigations; and to provide accurate dating for archaeological and geologicalevents.Strong interdisciplinarytieswith thesocial,atmospheric, biological, and water -related sciences are emphasized, and qualified students within these fields are encouraged to participate in the courses listed below which are taught by Laboratory personnel. Through the Department of Geosciences and the Department of Hydrology and Water Resources respectively, dendrochronology and dendrohydrology are available as academic options at the graduate level. (For further description of research activities see. Divisions of Research and Special Public Service section). Geosciences 295, (Introduction to Dendrochronology) Geosciences 355 (Dendroclimatology) Geosciences 357- (Quantitative Methods in Dendrochronology) Geosciences 399v (Seminar in Dendrochronology) Anthropology 293 (Tree -Ring Dating and Archaeology) Anthropology 399e (Seminar in Tree -Ring Dating) Individual Studies in Related Departments: 299 (Special Problems), 400 (Research), 410 (Thesis), .420 (Dissertation)

DEPARTMENT OF GEOSCIENCES RESEARCH LABORATORIES LABORATORY OF PALEONTOLOGY: Fossils from Arizona and the Southwest are the fundamental research tool of the Laboratory of Paleontology. The research collection is primarily composed of fossil invertebrates from Paleozoic deposits, and fossil mammals from Cenozoic deposits. The major function of the Laboratory is the collection and documentation of the Arizona fossil record. In conjunction with other scientific disciplines, the research collection supports interpretations of the geologic history and past environments in the Southwest. COLLEGE OF EARTH SCIENCES 225

LABORATORY OF PALEOENVIRONMENTAL STUDIES: Research on paleo- environmental problems includes paleobotany (the study of the development of plant life through the earth's history), palynology (the study of fossil and modern pollen and spores, and its application in anthropology, botany, and geology), and paleoecology (the investigation of past environmental changes based on ecological principles). The Laboratory maintains paleobotanical and pollen -spore reference collections. LABORATORY OF ISOTOPE GEOCHEMISTRY: Research in this Laboratory involves the development and application of radioactive dating techniques for the correlation of geologic events. Much of the work has centered around the evolution of the Basin and Range Province and the Colorado Plateau of the Southwest. Other investigations have included the dating of volcanic events,the genesis and preservation of ore deposits, and the chronology of early man's appearance and migration in the New World. The Laboratory has facilities for potassium- argon, rubidium -strontium, alpha -helium, radiation damage, tritium, and carbon -14 dating. LABORATORY OF ORGANIC GEOCHEMISTR Y: The Laboratory of Organic Geochemistry focuses upon the nature and diagenesis of carbonaceous substances in rocks, particularly those of the earliest Precambrian age, Recent marine sediments, soils, fossil fuels, and carbonaceous meteorites. This Laboratory is also one of the few selected by NASA to study carbonaceous substances in the returned lunar samples. Investigations of the nature and distribution of biochemicals in recent plant and animal tissues are also conducted to help elucidate the character, occurrence, and diagenesis of such compounds in the fossil record. LABORATORY OF EXPERIMENTAL PETROLOGY: Research in the Laboratory of Experimental Petrology involves the analysis of rock and mineral equilibria under laboratory -controlled high temperature and high pressure conditions. Silicate and sulfide systems are studied, with special emphasis on the interaction of volatiles and condensed phases. Major research includes experimental and theoretical investigations into the behavior of complex gaseous systems, and the collection and analysis of volcanic and hot spring gases. LABORATORY OF GEOPHYSICS: The Laboratory of Geophysics is actively engaged in research in solid . earth geophysics and applied geophysics, including geophysical exploration. Investigations in magnetism, geodesy, and seismology are being conducted, particularly as they pertain to the Southwest. Magnetic and gravity surveys are underway in Arizona, and these data, together with heat flow and seismic information, are being used to interpret the tectonic setting. Resistivity and induced polarization methods of geophysical prospecting are fields of special interest in laboratory studies. College of Education

TheCollegeof Educationprepares and certifiesteachers,counselors, librarians, supervisors, rehabilitation personnel, school psychologists, and adminis- trative officers for schools and junior colleges. All undergraduate students seeking teaching certificates other than vocational certificates in agriculture and in home economics and special certificates in art, music, and drama must be registered in the College of Education and for graduation must fulfill the education requirements for the Arizona certificate sought.

AREAS OF SPECIALIZATION The College offers programs of preparation for careers in: I. ELEMENTARY SCHOOLS (a) Classroom teachers.. (b) Consultants and supervisors in fields such as reading and special education. (c) Principals and.other administrative personnel. (d) Early childhood education. H. SECONDARY SCHOOLS (a) Classroom teachers in a variety of subject areas. (b) Consultants and supervisors in such areas as reading and special education. (c) Principals and other administrative personnel. III. LOCAL, COUNTY, AND STATE SCHOOL SYSTEMS (a) Superintendents and other central office supervisory and administrative personnel. (b) Consultants in a variety of special areas. IV. HIGHER EDUCATION (a) Teaching in junior colleges, colleges and universities. (b) Research. (c) Administration. V. SPECIAL POSITIONS IN EDUCATION (a) Counselors and guidance specialists. (b) Student personnel specialists in higher education. (c) Teachers of the acoustically handicapped, behaviorally disordered, mentally retarded,physicallyhandicapped,visuallyhandicapped, and children with learning disabilities. (d) Rehabilitationcounselors,rehabilitationadministrators,andvocational evaluators. (e) Specialists in research and statistics. (f) School librarians. (g) Reading specialists. (h) School psychologists and specialists in measurement and evaluation. (i) Specialists in multi -cultural education.

ADMISSION - Candidates for admission to the College of Education must have completed 56 units of work applicable to a degree with a grade average of 3.0000 or better. In addition, candidates must take certain physical and psychological examinations and meet other criteria for admission. Each student registering in the College of Education for the first time must make application for admission through the Admissions Office.

ORIENTATION AND COUNSELING FOR NEW STUDENTS - Each semester, as a regular part of registration activities, Orientation Assemblies are held to assist students entering the College of Education, and to instruct lower- division students who are looking forward to entering the College later. The College offers counseling services for planning careers in education. 226 COLLEGE OF EDUCATION 227

FACULTY ADVISING - An adviser from the faculty of the College of Education will, on request, be assigned to any student enrolled in the University interested in entering the teaching profession. Upon entering the College of Education, any student without such an adviser will be assigned one by the Dean's Office. The adviser will guide the student in arranging his schedule of studies and in selecting his field of specialization.

HONORS PROGRAM - Students may enroll as candidates for the Bachelor's degree with Honors under the University -wide Honors Program. For details, see Provisions for Superior Students.

OPEN COURSES - Courses in the College of Education are restricted to students admitted to the College or the Graduate College, except for the following which are open to any student with junior standing, assuming prerequisitesare met: Counseling and Guidance 201, 203, 221, 222; Educational Administration 210, 211; Educational Psychology 101, 102, 110, 220, 240; Foundations of Education 150, 201, 206, 210, 212, 237, 240, 289, 297; Library Science 201, 202, 280; 282, 283, 285, 286, 287; Reading 235; Rehabilitation184,185, 281, 282, 286; Secondary Education 99, 131; Special Education 203a -203b, 205, 256, 270, 272a.

GRADES IN STUDENT TEACHING - Pass -Fail grades are the only grades given in Elementary Education 129, and Secondary Education 139. Enrollment in these courses will not reduce the amount of work for which a student may enroll under the regular Pass -Fail option as described in the Academic Guidelines section.

COLLEGE PLACEMENT SERVICES - Graduates and former students are eligible to register with the University Placement Service, which assists superintendents and principalsinfillingtheir positions by sending them credentials of qualified applicants, and by arranging for interviews. College of Education seniors should register with the Placement Service not later than the beginning of the last semester of their senior year. Information concerning the Service may be obtained by writing to the Director of the Placement Service, or by visiting the Placement Office.

UNIVERSITY REHABILITATION CENTER The UniversityRehabilitation Center,a comprehensive facility holding membership in the International Association of Rehabilitation Facilities, and the Southern Arizona Hospital Council, has three functions: training, research, and service.

TRAINING - The University Rehabilitation Center is used as a clinical and laboratory facility by many campus and community groups. Students pursuing undergraduate and graduate degrees participate in offering services to the Center's handicapped clientele.

RESEARCH - The Rehabilitation Center provides an excellentsetting for inter -disciplinary research and demonstration programs involving faculty members from several university departments. Research is encouraged in all aspects of rehabilitation. 228 COLLEGE OF EDUCATION

SERVICE PROGRAMS OFFERED may include any or all of the following rehabilitation services: Physical Therapy Occupational Therapy Psychological Counseling Psychological Diagnosis (learning and emotional problems) Speech Therapy and Audiology Vocational Evaluation and Counseling Job Sampling and Try -Outs Consultàtion, Research, and Special Projects

BUREAU OF EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH AND SERVICE

Under the direction of the College of Education, the Bureau of Educational Research and Service makes the resources of the University available to school districts and other educational institutions in the region. Some of the activities and services of the Bureau are: SURVEYS of school problems administered in cooperation with local school officials. RESEARCH initiated by local schools which needs the help of consultants. ADMINISTRATION OF RESEARCH PROJECTS in various areas of teacher education. IN- SERVICE WORKSHOPS or continuing study groups of teachers, adminis- trators, and other school personnel. TESTING SERVICES including advice on test selection, administration of testing programs, and scoring and interpreting test results. CONSULTANT HELP inareas of educational researchdesign, project proposal format, and budgetary needs and preparation. CONSULTANT HELP with program development, curriculum evaluation, facilities planning, and other general problems of teaching, administration, and organization. SPECIAL PROBLEMS arising which need specialized objective analysis.

CERTIFICATION

Students having completed approved programs in elementary, secondary, or special education are eligible for Arizona teaching certificates specific to their areas of preparation. Applications for Arizona certification and information concerning certification in Arizona and in other states are available in the Certification Office of the College of Education. Details regarding approved' programs are available through the respective departments. '

REQUIREMENTS FOR THE DEGREES OF BACHELOR OF ARTS IN EDUCATION AND BACHELOR OF SCIENCE IN EDUCATION There are three basic requirements in the adequate preparation of teachers and school officers: (1) a broad and liberal educational background; (2) thorough and substantial scholarship in the fields to be taught; (3) professional preparation and study giving an understanding of the pupils to be taught, the fundamental concepts of educational procedure, familiarity with the problems to be met in the art of teaching, and proficiency in actual classroom practice. For the prospective junior high school or high school teacher, the major emphasis is placed upon the special subjects to be taught in the major field and, ordinarily, one or more minor COLLEGE OF EDUCATION 229 subjects. Subjects appropriate for high school teaching are listed under "Secondary Education" below. For the prospective elementary teacher, or special education teacher (deaf or retardation), education will be the major; however, another specialization may be developed in a broad field or in a specific subject. National and state constitution is required for teacher certification. This requirement may be fulfilled by passing Govt. 2 and either 3, 101, or 214; or Govt. 100; or a special State examination. MAJORS AND MINORS - Candidates for graduation from the College whose major subjects are physical education, business education, mathematics, or some field of science will receive the degree of Bachelor of Science in Education. Those majoring in other subjects will receive the degree of Bachelor of Arts in Education. A major is defined as the principal subject which the student desires to teach (with the exceptions noted above for elementary education. Secondary teachers see Program for Secondary Education). It must be selected with the advice of the student's adviser in the College of Education. For graduation, a grade average of 3.0000 is required for all courses. The specific requirement for majors are listed in the Departments and Courses of Instruction section of this catalog. A minor (teaching minor) is a secondary subject -field which the student plans to teach. It must be chosen with the advice of the College of Education adviser. The specific requirements for minors are listed in the Departments and Courses of Instruction section of this catalog. The major and minor subjects should be selected as early as possible, not later than the junior year. A student may change his major subject at the beginning of any semester. If a change of major or minor fields is made late in the teacher education program, an additional semester or semesters may be necessary to complete the requirements. SPECIFIC LIMITATIONS - Candidates for graduation from the College of Education are subject to the following restrictions: 1. Not more than 48 units may be taken for credit in any one department. 2. Candidates for a secondary certificate must include at least 40 units of upper- division work in the total units offered to meet degree requirements. Candidates for the elementary certificate must offer 35 such units. 3. A maximum of 16 units in military science will be accepted toward a degree. 4. Students enrolled in the College of Education may not concurrently register in any junior college in anticipation of later transferring credit to their program at The University of Arizona.

EXPERIMENTAL PROGRAM - The faculty of the Collegeisdedicated to 3eveloping new programs of pre -professional and in- service education. Experimenta- tion is carried on with various kinds of programs, arrangements of course sequence, and content structures within courses. Regularly students are invited to participate in these experimental programs. These students are selected on the basis of criteria established for the particular experiment, and can enroll by special permission only. PROGRAM FOR EARLY CHILDHOOD, ELEMENTARY EDUCATION AND SPECIAL EDUCATION (For teachers of Grades Kindergarten through 8) Freshman and Sophomore Years For students preparing to be elementary school teachers, the freshman and .;ophomore years should be in the College of Liberal Arts. Regardless of the college 230 COLLEGE OF EDUCATION from which the student transfers, the following general education requirements must be met: Subject Units Freshman Composition 6 Social sciences (including two of the following: Anthro. lb, Geog. 51, Psych. la, Soc. 1) 12 Science (Biol. 12, Chem. 12, Geol. 12, and Phys. 12) 12 Mathematics (Math. 16 or 12a -b) 3 to 6 Humanities 50a -50b 8 Government (Govt. 100, or 2 and either 3, 101, or 214) 3 to 5 Home Ec. 27a 3 HPER 75 (Health) 2 PEW activity courses (women) 4 HPER activity courses (men) 2 Upon completion of 56 units with a 3.0000 average or better in all official college work, the student is eligible to apply for admission to the College of Education. *See options under Liberal Arts College, "Group Units." * *Special Education majors may elect Home Ec. 27a in the sophomore year or Ed. Psych. 101 or 102 in the junior year. Education is the major for students who are candidates for the elementary certificate. It is also recommended that students use their electives to build at least one other area of specialization. The work must be planned carefully with a College of Education adviser and in accordance with one of the following curricula:

ELEMENTARY EDUCATION JUNIOR YEAR SENIOR YEAR Subject Units Subject Units Ed. Psych. 101 (Child Dev.) 3 El. Ed. 124 (Teach. Sci.) 3 Ed. Psych. 110 (Learning in the Schools).3 El. Ed. 125a, 125b (Teach. Read. & Found. Ed. 150 (Soc. Found.) 3 Language Arts) 5 L.S. 201 (Lit. for Children) 3 El. Ed. 126 (Teach. Math.) 3 Music 271 (Mus. Elem. Class. Tchr.) . 3 El. Ed. 127 (Teach. Soc. Studies) . 3 Art 103 (Vis. Arts in Elem. Ed.) 3 Music 272 or 273 (Mus. Mat. & Act.) . 2 PEW 165 or HPER 165 (Elem. Sch. P.E.) 2 El. Ed. 129 (Student Teaching) 8 Electives 0 -12 Electives 6 -9 Total 20 -32 Total 30 -33

EARLY CHILDHOOD EDUCATION Early Childhood Education is the major for students from the College of Education or the School of Home Economics who are candidates for the Elementary Certificate intending to teach at the pre- school, kindergarten, or primary grade levels. These students follow the program for the freshman and sophomore years as described above. The junior and senior year program includes those courses listed above with the exception that El. Ed. 176 (Lang. Arts in Early Childhood), El. Ed. 177 (Early Childhood Education), and El. Ed. 179 (Kindergarten Education) are substituted for El. Ed. 125a (Teaching Reading and Language Arts) and El. Ed. 127 (Teaching Social Studies).

PROGRAM FOR ELEMENTARY SCHOOL LIBRARIANS The following courses meet requirements for certification as an elementary school librarian. The sequence must be planned with a Library Science adviser. All courses required for an elementary teaching certificate must also be completed. 'OLLEGE OF EDUCATION 231

Subject Units Subject Units L.S. 201 (Literature for Children) . 3 L.S. 282 (Cataloguing and L.S. 202 (Selection of Library Materials Classification) 3 for School Use) 3 L.S. 286 (Oral Presentation of L.S. 205 (Practice Work in the Children's Literature) 2 School Library) 2 -3 Sec. Ed. 217 (Visual and Auditory L.S. 280 (Reference) 3 Aids in Teaching) 3 L.S. 281 (Library Administration & Organization) 3 PROGRAM FOR SPECIAL EDUCATION Special education is concerned with methods and materials necessary for working with children who deviate markedly in physical, mental, or emotional characteristics. Students interested in these programs should consult with-an adviser in this department prior to the junior year. Undergraduate programs are available in the teaching of the deaf and the mentally retarded. Graduate programs areavailable in the above areas plus behaviorallydisordered, visually handicapped, physically handicapped, special education administration and learningdisabilities.Graduate fellowships and undergraduate traineeships are available in several areas. PROGRAM IN DEAF EDUCATION JUNIOR YEAR FIRST SEMESTER SECOND SEMESTER Subject Units Subject Units Ed. Psych. 101 or 102, or Spec. Ed. 203b (Study of Excep. Child). 3 Home Ec. 27a 3 El. Ed. 125a (Tchg. Reading & Ed. Psych. 110 (Lrng. in the Sch.) 3 Lang. Arts) 3 Art 103 or El. Ed. 217 3 Speech 267 English Phonetics) 3 Spec. Ed. 205 (Educ. of Deaf) 3 Speech 282(AuralRehab.) ... 3 'Speech 277 (Problems of the Sp. Ed. 203a (Study of Exc. Child) 3 Acous. Hndcpd.) 3 Found. Ed. 210 (Phil. Foundations PEW 165 or HPER 189 (Elem. of Ed.) 3 School P.E.) 2 Total 18 Total 17 SENIOR YEAR Spec. Ed. 201a (Tchg. Lang. to Deaf).. 2 Spec. Ed. 290 (Student Teaching - Spec. Ed. 206a (Tchg. El. Subj. Deaf) 10 to Deaf) 3 Spec. Ed. 201b (Tchg. Lang. to Deaf) 2 'Spec. Ed. 207a (Tchg. Speech to Deaf) 3 Spec. Ed. 206b (Tchg. Elem. Subj. Spec. Ed. 275 (Observ. & Study of to Deaf) 2 Exc. Child) 3 Spec. Ed. 207b (Tchg. Speech Spec. Ed. 285 (Teacher- Parent Rel. to Deaf) 3 in Spec. Ed.) 3 Total 17 Electives 4 Total 17 PROGRAMIN MENTAL RETARDATION JUNIOR YEAR FIRST SEMESTER SECOND SEMESTER Subject Units Subject Units Ed. Psych. 101 or 102, or Spec. Ed. 274 (Cur. Adapt Home Ec. 27a 3 for Exc. Child) 3 Ed. Psych. 110 Lrng. in the Sch.). . 3 Spec. Ed. 270 (Mental Retardation) 3 Spec. Ed. 203a(Studyof Excep. Child). 3 Elem. Ed. 126 (Teaching Math.) 3 El. Ed. 125a (Tchg. Reading & Spec. Ed. 207a (Teaching Speech Lang. Arts) 3 to Deaf) 3 PEW 165 or HPER 165 (Elem. Sch. P.E.) 2 Rdg. 271 (Tch. Rdg. to Slower Learners) 3 Art 103 or El. Ed. 217 3 Psych. 213 (Developmental Psychology). 3 Total 17 Total 18 SENIORYEAR Spec. Ed. 275 (Obs. & St. Exc. Child).. 3 Spec. Ed. 290 (Student Teaching 'Spec. Ed. 203b (Study of Exc. Child) .. 3 [Mentally Retarded ] ). 8 Spec. Ed. 204a (Tch. Ment. Ret.) .. .. 3 Spec. Ed. 204b (Teaching Mentally Spec. Ed. 298 (Special Topics) 1 Retarded) 3 Electives 6 Sp. Ed. 298 (Special Topics) 1 Total 16 Total 12 232 COLLEGE OF EDUCATION

PROGRAM FOR THE UNDERGRADUATE MAJOR IN REHABILITATION Students will enroll in colleges other than the College of Education during their freshman and sophomore years. Regardless of the college from which the student transfers, the following general education requirements must be met: Subject Units Freshman Composition 6 *Social Sciences (including either Anthro. lb, Psych, la, or Soc. 1) 9 tMath or Laboratory Science 8 Humanities 50a -50b, or option 8 PEW activity courses (women) 4 HPER activity courses (men) 2 *The electives for the junior and senior year program cannot include any course used to satisfy this requirement. 1-The science requirement must be met in one department. NOTE: Requirements include an18 -unit minor ina related area such as anthropology, psychology, or sociology. JUNIOR YEAR FIRST SEMESTER SECOND SEMESTER Subject Units Subject Units Ed. Psych. 102 - Adol. Devpt 3 Ed. Psych. 220 - Mental Rehab. 281 - Principles Hygiene in Education 3 of Rehabilitation 3 Rehab. 282 _ Organiz. Struct., and Spec. Ed. 203- Study of Funct. of Rehab. Agencies 3 Exceptional Children 3 Rehab. 280 - Observation and Rehab. 280 - Observation and Participation in Rehab. . 1 Participation in Rehab. 1 Ed. Psych. 110 - Learning in the.Sch. . 3 Minor or electives 6 -8 Minor or electives 3 -5

Total . 16 -18 Total 13 -15 SENIOR YEAR FIRST SEMESTER SECOND SEMESTER Subject Units Subject Units Ed. Psych. 258 - Psych. Meas. in Ed. 3 Rehab. 280 - Observation and Rehab. 283 - Case Practices Participation in Rehab...... 5 and Procedures in Rehab 3 Ed. Psych. 240 - Statistical Rehab. 280 - Observation and Methods in Education . 3' Participation in Rehab- 1 Minor or electives 6 -7 Minor or electives 9 -11 Total 14 -15 Total 16 -18

PROGRAM FOR SECONDARY 'EDUCATION Students in the College of Education who are candidates for secondary certificates must have a major in subjects or fields usually taught in high schools and a minor, with exceptions noted below, in similar fields or in library science. All candidates preparing to qualify for a secondary certificate must plan their work with their College of Education adviser from the outset of the program in accordance with the curriculum outlined for secondary -school teachers: Teaching combinations must be selected from the following subjects: *Art *Economics History Physical Education Biology English *Italian Physics t Business Education -English - Journalism *Portuguese Chemistry Language Arts-I-Language Arts - Russian *Coaching French Social Studies *Safety Education §Computer Science Geography Latin -Social Studies j-Distributive Education German *Library Science Spanish Drama Government Mathematics Speech Earth Sciences Health

Though candidates for teaching certificates do not register in the College of Education until their junior year, they are encouraged to contact a College of Education adviser during their freshman or sophomore year concerning the selection of appropriate teaching majors and minors. COLLEGE OF EDUCATION 233

Major and minor requirements and descriptions of all courses will be found in the Departments and Courses of Instruction section of this catalog. *Teaching minor only. tStudents who elect business education, distributive education, English -language arts, language arts -social studies, or social studies are not required to have teaching minors. The language arts -social studies program is a fifty -unit special combination of language arts and social studies for junior high school teachers. The social studies major consists of fifty units: The language arts -social studies or social studies, major is to be designed in cooperation. with a secondary education adviser and with the approval of the department head. §Minor only. Requirements found under Department of Systems and Industrial Engineering..

PROGRAM FOR SECONDARY SCHOOL TEACHERS Students wishing a degree in education, specializing in secondary education, are referred to the first- and second -year programs recommended by the other colleges.The following general education requirements must be met, with exceptions noted below: FRESHMAN ANDSOPHOMORE YEARS, Subject Units Subject Units Freshman Composition 6 Math. and /or laboratory science 8 Social sciences (including either Anthro. lb- Humanities 50a -50b or option 8 Psych. la, or Soc 1) 9 Govt. 100 (Const.) or option 3 PEW activity courses (women) 4 Foreign language - one (see note) .. 0 -16 HPER activity courses (men) 2 NOTE: Foreign language will not be required for (1) students majoring in business education, distributive education, health education,: physical education, and certain fine arts programs; (2) students transferring directly into the College of Education from other institutions; (3) students registered in pre- education colleges of the University other than the College of Liberal Arts (exceptions: drama education majors, or earth science majors - see pre- education curricula in College of Fine Arts and Mines,-respectively). Foreign language is required of all other students registered in the College of Liberal Arts prior to transfer to the College of . Education. The student must satisfactorily complete successive semesters in the same language during each semester he is registered- in the College of Liberal Arts until- the 16 -unit level is attained, or until he transfers into the College of Education. Exemption from further foreign -language study may be obtained by passing a proficiency examination at the required level. JUNIOR YEAR FIRST SEMESTER SECOND SEMESTER Subject Units Subject Units Ed. Psych. 110 (Lrng. in the Sch.) .... 3 Ed. elective (must be selected from: Ed. Sec. Ed. 131 (or Found. of Ed. 150) .. 3 Psych. 102; Sec. Ed. 217, 232; Found. Major & minor subjects; electives .. 9 -12 Ed. 212; or Found. Ed. 150 or Sec. Total 15 -18 Ed. 131 if not taken) 3 Major & minor subjects; electives . 12 -15 Total 15 -18 SENIOR YEAR *Sec. Ed. 130 Teach. in Second. School) 6 * *Sec, Ed. 139- (Student Teach.) 9 Sec. Ed. 197(ifoffered) 3 -4 Major and minor subjects; electives .. 3 -6 Major and minor subjects; electives . 6 -8 Total 12 -15 Total 15 -18 *Sec. Ed. 130 may also be taken during second semester of Junior year. * *Sec. Ed. 139 may be taken only after successful completion of 130, or concurrent with 130 in the professional semester program. School districts throughout Arizona cooperate with the Secondary Education department in the student teaching program. Opportunities exist for teaching in minority group situations; students desiring such an assignment should confer with an adviser in secondary education well in advance of their student teaching.

PROGRAM FOR MULTICULTURAL EDUCATION The multicultural program combines under one title programs in bilingual education, American Indian education, and education of the culturally diverse. Programs which reflect current and projected needs of the public schools are 234 COLLEGE OF EDUCATION designed for both undergraduate and graduate students interested in multicultural education. The faculty and staff of the College of Education are committed to preparing personnel in research, consultation, material and media development, and teacher preparation in multicultural areas. Those interested in multicultural education should consult with appropriate faculty advisers in the Departments of Elementary, Secondary, and Special Education. Graduates may also confer with advisers in Foundations of Education.

PROGRAMS FOR JUNIOR COLLEGE PERSONNEL The College of Education cooperates with departments in other colleges in the University in the preparation of students who are candidates for junior college academic or administrator's certificates. Pursuant to Section 15 -660 of Arizona Revised Statutes the Arizona State Board of Directors for Junior Colleges has established the following standards for academic certification: A. The minimum requirements for a junior college academic teaching certificate shall be five years or its equivalent of college or university education in institutions approved by a regional accreditation association, or equivalent, and a teaching major of 40 semester hours, and possession of one of the following: 1. A master's or an earned doctor's degree. 2. Any other recognized degree, or a total 60 semester hours credit, beyond the baccalaureate. B. In addition the following professional educational courses are required: 1. A course in the "junior college as an educational institution" or evidence of 2 years' teaching in the junior college prior to receiving the Arizona Junior College Certificate. 2. A course in educational psychology, educational philosophy, or educational sociology. 3. 4 -6 semester credits in a directed teaching program, or evidence of 2 years of successful teaching at high school or college level. Applicants lacking one or more of these professional course requirements but who otherwise qualify, will be issued the provisional certificate with any deficiencies noted thereon. This certificate will be valid for two (2) years and may not be renewed. Twenty -four semester credits in a subject will constitute a teaching minor and be noted on the certificate. C. The Academic Certificate will be issued for a five year period and is renewable upon evidence of satisfactory teaching or administrative experience during a majority of the certificate's life or 5 semester credits in graduate studies. The above standards are subject to modification by The Arizona State Board of Directors of Junior Colleges.

GRADUATE PROGRAM Students working toward the Master of Arts, Doctor of Education, and Doctor of Philosophy degrees may major in one of the following fields: counseling and guidance, education, educational administration, educational psychology, elementaryeducation,reading,secondaryeducation, and specialeducation. Students in the Master of Education program may major in one of the eight fields listed above; in a subject commonly taught in the high schools; in foundations of education, reading,or school library science; or in other academic areas in preparation for junior college teaching. COLLEGE OF EDUCATION 235

The Master of Library Science degree is available in the Graduate School of LibraryScience. M. Ed. degrees in elementary and secondary education are available with a concentration in instructional _ media. The Master of Science, DoctorofEducation,and Doctor of PhilosophyDegreesareofferedin Rehabilitation.The EducationalSpecialistdegreeisoffered in educational administration and reading. Candidates for graduate degrees in Counseling and Guidance will specialize in one of the following areas:elementary or secondary school counseling and guidance, employment and related agency counseling, pupil personnel services, and student personnel work. Candidates for graduate degrees in special education will specialize in one of the following areas: the mentally retarded, the behaviorally disordered, the visually handicapped, the deaf and hard -of- hearing, the physically handicapped, or the administration of special education programs. Candidates for graduate degrees in Educational Psychology will specialize in one of the following areas:generaleducational psychology, including growth,development, and learning; the related areas of measurement, statistics, and research; or school psychology. The minimum prerequisite to graduate work in education is 15 units, 3 of which may be general psychology, anthropology, or sociology. Exception may be made for those specializing in employment service counseling, student personnel work inhigher education, school psychology and educational research, and rehabilitation where appropriate background in anthropology, psychology, or sociologyis presented. The minimum prerequisite to graduate work in library science is 6 units. Beforebeginning work toward the Master of Education degree, each candidate is assigned an adviser who will assist in the formulation of an appropriate graduate study program. Advisers are assigned by the department in which the student is pursuing his major. Early in the first term of graduate work, each student shall submit a proposed graduate study program (See filing deadlines in Graduate Catalog calendar) which must be approved by an adviser before being submitted for Graduate College approval. Appropriate forms are available in the Graduate College office. Specific information concerning the graduate programs listed above may be obtained directly from the College of Education. CollegeofEngineering Engineering provides for those needs and wants of mankind through the processing, adaptation, and control of energy, material, and information. The College of Engineering aims to prepare its students for the wide variety of responsibilities that industry, commerce, government and education offer, from the highly technical, such as research, to managerial, which is most often found in industry and government. The technological systems produced, although founded on the basic and applied sciences, must be compatible with the economic, legal, environmental, ethical and cultural framework within which they are to operate. Although the engineer draws on scientific knowledge to the fullest, his tasks often reach beyond those boundaries where his experienced judgment is essential. Since engineers must consider 1) contemporary human values; 2) the state of scientific knowledge; and 3)the"stateof the art" of technical systems, engineering education must encompass the humanities and social sciences as well as the physical sciences. Moreover, technological changes occur so rapidly that engineers must be throughly based in the engineering sciences and mathematics to keep pace with these changes; a knowledge of contempory technology is not sufficient for tomorrow's problems. Few fieldsof study require greater devotion to rigorous thinking and self -discipline; and few professions offer greater opportunity to the inquiring and creative mind. Allfieldsof engineering originateinthebasic and appliedsciences, mathematics, and the humanities and social sciences; therefore, the first year of study is about the same for all branches of engineering. Thus a student may defer his choice of a major until he has completed one year of his education.

MAJOR PROFESSIONAL FIELDS OF STUDY At the 'present time four -year curricula leading to the Bachelor of Science degree are offered in the following major fields: Aerospace Engineering Engineering Physics Agricultural Engineering Industrial Engineering Civil Engineering Mechanical Engineering Electrical Engineering Nuclear Engineering Engineering Mathematics Systems Engineering Each of these curricula is described in the following pages. In addition, the Bachelor of Science degree is available in chemical, metallurgical, mining, and geological engineering through the College of Mines. The latter curricula are described in the College of Mines section of this catalog.

GRADUATE STUDY TOWARD THE M.S. AND PH.D. The Master of Science degree is offered in the following professional fields: *Aerospace Engineering *Engineering Mechanics Agricultural Engineering *Mechanical Engineering *Civil Engineering *Nuclear Engineering *Electrical Engineering *Systems Engineering The Ph.D. degree is available in all fields marked with an asterisk ( *). Complete details covering the graduate programs are set forth in the Graduate Catalog.

236 COLLEGE OF ENGINEERING 237

Qualified students working toward the Master of Science and /or the Doctor of Philosophydegreesinengineering(Aerospace,Civil,Electrical,Nuclear, Mechanical, or Systems) may select work in biomedical areas as part of their minor programs. Such interdisciplinary studies are intended to enhance progress in biology, medicine, and engineering.

PRE MEDICAL All departments in the College offer a pre -med option in their regular degree programs.

ACCREDITATION The Engineers' Council for Professional Development (ECPD), the official agencyforaccrediting undergraduate engineering curricula,is composed of representatives fromthefollowing:AmericanInstituteof Aeronautics and Astronautics, Inc., American Institute of Chemical Engineers, American Institute of Industrial Engineers, American Institute of Mining, Metallurgical, and Petroleum Engineers, The American Society of Agricultural Engineers, American Society of Civil Engineers, The American Society for Engineering Education, The American Societyof Mechanical Engineers. The Institute of Electrical and Electronics Engineers, Inc., National Council of Engineering Examiners, and The American Nuclear Society. Schools are visited periodically by teams of outstanding engineers selected by ECPD. A complete evaluation is made of curricula scheduled for accreditation, stressing faculty qualifications, laboratory and library facilities, grading standards, and many other considerations. Thus, when the major undergraduate curricula of an engineering college are accredited by the ECPD the student is assured that high standards are maintained.

ENTRANCE REQUIREMENTS See general chapter on Admission. For entrance to the College of Engineer- ing, 16 units of acceptable high school subjects must include the following: Subject Units English 4 or 5 or English (3 units) and one foreign language (2 units) Elementary Algebra 1 Intermediate Algebra 1/2 Plane Geometry 1 Trigonometry and Advanced Algebra 1 American History and Social Studies 2 Laboratory Science (physics or chemistry is strongly recommended) 1 Electives (depending upon the English option) 51 or 41/2 Total 16 Entering freshmen who have credit for one year of high school drafting or mechanical drawing arenot requiredto take C.E.10 and, depending on departmental requirements, may be advanced to C.E. 11. Students with a strong background in chemistry and /or mathematics are encouraged to consider taking the University examinations for exemption from certain of the early required courses in these subjects. ADVANCED PLACEMENT Students who have taken college -level courses in high school as well as the Advanced Placement Examination will be considered for advanced placement and the granting of college credit toward degree requirements. See Advanced Placement paragraph in the Admission chapter. 238 COLLEGE OF ENGINEERING

ENTRANCE DEFICIENCIES Students may be permitted to enter the College of Engineering if they are deficient in one or two of the courses listed under "Entrance Requirements." Students should plan to remove these deficiencies promptly and achieve regular standing in the College. Most of the usual high school deficiencies can be removed by completion of certain courses at the University. The College of Engineering recommends the following substitutions: will be removed by A deficiency in: satisfactory completion of Intermediate Algebra Math. 11 Trigonometry Math. 24 Advanced Algebra Math. 20 Trigonometry and Advanced Algebra Math. 44 Students deficient in advanced algebra and trigonometry (equivalent to Math. 20 and Math. 24) should enroll in Math. 44 in the first semester of the freshman year. Any student who has taken advanced algebra and trigonometry in high school and who makes a grade of 26 or higher on the mathematics portion of the ACT test (in addition to an H -2 score of 50% or higher) may enter Math. 50a. No further examinations are necessary. Students not exempt from advanced algebra and trigonometry may take exemption examinations in Math. 20 and Math. 24 during Orientation Week in September. A fee of $3 is charged for each exemption examination. Credit for Math. 20 and Math. 24 may be obtained by taking this same examination. The credit examination fee in Math. 20 is $12, and in Math. 24, $8. Students desiring to establish college credit for Analytic Geometry and Calculus taken in high school should take the Advanced Placement examination of the College Entrance Examination Board in these subjects. Credit for Math. 50a will be given for scores of 2, 3, 4, or 5 (the four top scores) on this examination; credit for Math. 50b will be given for scores of 4 or 5 (the two top scores).

UNIT REQUIREMENTS FOR THE BACHELOR'S DEGREE IN ENGINEERING The Bachelor of Science degree in the various engineering fields is awarded upon satisfactory completion of 126 -135 units, as required by the University, the College, and the appropriate Department; 15 -16 units per semester is considered a satisfactory work load.

HUMANITIES AND SOCIAL SCIENCE ELECTIVES Throughout the four -year programs in Engineering are requirements for Humanities and Social Science electives, recognized as important in the education of engineers by the Engineers' Council for Professional Development (ECPD). The goals of these electives are to help the students acquire: 1. An understanding of the evolution of the social organization within which we live and of the influence of science and engineering on its development. 2. The ability to recognize and make a critical analysis of a problem involving social and economic elements, to arrive at an intelligent opinion about it, and to read with discrimination and purpose toward these ends. 3. The ability to organize thoughts logically and to express them lucidly and convincingly in oral and written English. 4. An acquaintance with some of the great masterpieces of literature and an understanding of their setting in and influence on civilization. COLLEGE OF ENGINEERING 239

5. The development of moral, ethical, and social concepts essential to a satisfying personal philosophy, to a career consistent with the public welfare, and to a sound professional attitude. 6. The attainment of an interest and pleasure in these pursuits and thus an inspiration to continued study. The courses to be submitted as humanities and social science electives are selected by the student in consultation with his faculty adviser, from a college- approved list. Courses selected should preferably include at least six units in the humanities (Art, Humanities, Languages, Music, Philosophy, and Literature) and at least 6 units in the social sciences (Anthropology, Economics, Geography, Government, History, Psychology and Sociology), with the remainder from either category.

SPECIAL REQUIREMENTS FOR GRADUATION NUMBER OF UNITS REQUIRED FOR DEGREES -A candidate for a degree in Engineering must meet the requirements both in number and kinds of units as outlined in the catalog under which the student has chosen to graduate. QUALITY OF WORK - In addition to the graduation average of 3.0000 required for all work taken in residence at The University of Arizona, the student must attain a minimum grade average of 3.0000 for all residence work taken which has the major departmental designation.(See also"Graduation Average" under Graduation Requirements.) PRE -REGISTRATION FOR RETURNING STUDENTS - Engineering students who plan to continue studies the succeeding semester are required to pre -register during the first weeks of November and April. The exact dates will be announced each year by the College.

DEPARTMENTAL PROGRAMS Brief discussions of each subject area as well as the particular curriculum for each will be found under the following section headings: Aerospace Engineering Industrial Engineering Agricultural Engineering Management Engineering Civil Engineering Mechanical Engineering Electrical Engineering Nuclear Engineering Engineering Mathematics Systems Engineering Engineering Physics

BACHELOR OF SCIENCE IN AEROSPACE ENGINEERING (ECPD Accredited) Aerospace Engineering is concerned with solving the problems of flight, and places special emphasis on problems associated with the design and operation of all types of aircraft, rockets, satellites, and spacecraft; in recent years, aerospace engineers have become involved in the design of deep- submergence vehicles, modern surface ships,air cushion vehicles, and ground transportation systems. The undergraduate curriculum of 127 units includes: (1) a strong emphasis on the fundamental principles of mathematics, physics and engineering science which underlie the science of flight; (2) a significant involvement with courses in the humanities and social sciences; (3) an exposure to realistic aerospace design 240 COLLEGE OF ENGINEERING

problems; and (4) a considerable degree of flexibility, which gives the individual student the opportunity to specialize or to broaden his program, as described in the section titled "Aerospace Engineering Elective Courses." Further comments on the philosophy of the Department with respect to therole of Aerospace and Mechanical Engineering in our technologically oriented society are included in the introductory paragraphs for Mechanical Engineering. Equipment used by students to gain experience with appropriate physical phenomena, experimental techniques, and the physical realization of theoretical studies and predictions includes:digital and analog computers; engines and gas turbines; vibration, dynamics, and acoustics equipment; photo- elastic polariscope and other equipment for stress analysis; production and tooling shop; reliability researchapparatus; subsonic and supersonic windtunnels; heat pump, air conditioning, and refrigeration units; tensile, fatigue, impact, and creep material testing machines; high temperature gas heat transfer loop; convective transport laboratory; magnetogasdynam.ics flow apparatus; combustion tunnel; high -speed motion analysis photographic equipment; some bio-engineering lab facilities; and transducers, oscilloscopes, recorders, meters, and instruments of wide variety. In addition to providing preparation for starting a technical career in industry or:, government, the program prepares the student for continuing his learning after .graduation, either through self study, formal graduate work, or by other means.

Graduate Program: The Department offers the Master of Science and the Doctor of :Philosophy degrees in Aerospace Engineering.

Undergraduate Program (The first two years of the program are the _same for all Aerospace and .Mechanical Engineering students.)

FRESHMANYEAR _FIRST SEMESTER SECOND 'SEMESTER Subject Units Subject Units English Composition 3 English Composition 3 Math 44 (or 20 and 24) or Math Math 50a or Math 50b* (Analytic "50a* (Analytic Geometry and Geometry and Calculus for Calculus for Engineers) 5 or 4* Engineers) 4 or 3* Chem 2aR (Fundamentals of Chemistry) 3 Chem 2bR (Fundamentals of Chemistry) 3 Chem 2aL (Fund. Techniques of Chem.) 1 CE 10 or CE 1'lt or Phys. 3a* (Intro. Elective** or CE 10*. .(Engineering Phys. with Calculus) 3 or 4* Graphics) or CE 11* (Advanced HPER 1 Engineering Graphics) 3 Elective ** 0 or 3* AME 98 (FreshmanSeminar) 1 Total 14 or 17* HPER 1 Total 17 or 16*

SOPHOMORE YEAR Math 50b or Math 50c* (Anal. Geom. and Math 50c (Anal. Geom. and Calc. for Calc. for Engineers) 3 Engineers) or Math. 181* (Inter. Physics 3a or Phys. 3b* (Intro. Phys. Anal. and Differ. Equations) 3 with Calc.) 4 Phys. 3b (Intro. 'Phys. with Calc.) Elective ** or CE 14* (Engineering or AME 132* (AME Dynamics) . 4or 3* Mechanics) 3 AME 140 (Thermodynamics I) 3 Electives ** 6 CE 14 (Engineering Mechanics) or Total 16 EE 114* (Elements of.Elec.Engr.) ...3 S.I.E. 78 (FORTRAN) 1 Elective** 3 Total 17 or 16* COLLEGE OF ENGINEERING 241

JUNIORYEAR Math 181 (Inter. Anal. and Differ. AME 209 (Intro. to Engrg. Design) 3 Equations) or AME 131* (Prin. & App. AME 131 (P. & A. Flu. Mech.) or AME 133* of Fluid Mech.) 3 (AME Instrumentation) 3 AME 132 (AME Dynamics) or 0* 3 or 0* EE 116 (Elements of Electronics) or EE 114 {Elements of Elec. Engineering) AME 161* (Intro. to Aerospace or EE 116* (Elements of Electronics) 3 Engineering) and AME 162* AME 110 (Intro. to AME Analysis) . . 3 (Aerospace Engineering Lab) ... 3 or 4* CE 17 (Mechanics of Materials) 3 Met. E. 231 (Fundamentals of Electives** 3 Materials for Engineers) 3 Total 18 or 15* Met. E. 231L (Engineering Materials Lab) 1 Elective ** 3 Total 16 or 17* SENIORYEAR AME 234 (Theory of Structures) .. .. 3 AME 261 (Aerodynamics of Compressible AME 235 (Theory of Structures Lab) . 1 Fluids) or Elective*,** 3 AME 133 (AME Instrumentation) or AME 262 (Aerodynamics Lab) or Elective*,** 3 Elective *, ** ... 1 AME 161 (Intro. to Aerospace Design Elective (AME 210, 211, or 212). 3 Engineering) or AME 261* (Aerodynamics AME 198 (Seminar) 1 of Compress. Fluids) 3 Electives* * 9 or 5* AME 162 (Aerospace Engineering Lab) or Total 17 or 13* AME 262* (Aerodynamics Lab.) . . 1 Elective** 6 Total 17 *For those students who start with Math 50a (single- starred sequence), total units for the Aerospace Engineering degree are .127 (instead of 132 required of those who start with Math . 44) and for ',the Mechanical Engineering degree total units are 128 (instead of 133). For this reason, highschool students planning to enroll in Aerospace or Mechanical Engineering should make a special effort to obtain credit for trigonometry and advanced algebrabefore entering 'theUniversity. See "Entrance Deficiencies" earlierinthis chapter for requirements on enrollment in Math 44 and 50a. tFor students who have had one year of high school mechanical drawing.

** Aerospace Engineering Elective Courses The 36 units.-of electives are chosen in consultation with a faculty adviser. They must contain a minimum of 15 units of humanities and social science courses selected from the Engineering College approved list. The remainder are technical electives which allow a student to broaden his background or, if he wishes, to attain additional proficiency in some specialized aspect of Aerospace Engineering of particular interest to him. Faculty- recommended lists of organized groups of courses are: available in several areas; see "Aerospace and Mechanical Engineering Elective Courses" for further details. For description of all departmental course offerings, see "Aerospace and . Mechanical Engineering" in the Departments and Courses of Instruction section.

BACHELOR OF SCIENCE INAGRICULTURAL ENGINEERING (ECPD Accredited) Requirements of arapidly expanding world population for food and agricultural raw materials provideagrowing number of opportunities for agricultural engineers. Agricultural engineers work directly in the design, construc- tion, application, .and management of power units, ,machines, water distribution and disposal- systems, buildings, and processing equipment for production of plants and animals.Theydevelopsystemsforproduction,processing,packaging, transportation, . and distribution of food and other agricultural products. Thus agricultural engineers develop a fundamental knowledge in the biological sciences and combine this with the engineering sciences to solve complex engineering problems in agriculture. 242 COLLEGE OF ENGINEERING

The agricultural engineering curriculum is based on those fundamentals common to all types of engineering. The curriculum also develops the student's background in the biological sciences. Specific courses in agricultural engineering are included to offer the student experience in the application of engineering to the agricultural industry. Technical electives within the curriculum may be selected from engineering, science, and agriculture to provide the student a degree of specialization. The department offers the Master of Science Degree. FRESHMAN YEAR FIRST SEMESTER SECOND SEMESTER Subject Units Subject Units Math. 50a (Anal. Geom. & Calc. for Math. 50b (Anal. Geom. & Calc. for Engineers) 4 Engineers) 3 English Composition 3 English Composition . 3 Chem. 2aR (Fund. of Chem.) 3 Chem. 2bR (Fund. of Chem.) 3 Chem. 2aL (Fund. Tech. of Chem.) . 1 Phys. 3a (Intro. Physics with Calc.) 4 C.E. 10 (Engineering Graphics) 3 S.I.E. 78 (FORTRAN) 1 Ag. En. 2 (Ag. Engineering Problems) 2 Physical Education 1 Physical Education 1 Total 15 Total 17 SOPHOMORE YEAR Math. 50c (Anal. Geom. & Calc. for Math. 181 (Intermed. Anal. & Differ. Engineers) 3 Equations) 3 Phys. 3b (Intro. Physics with Calc.) . 4 A.M.E. 143 (Principles and Application Bio. la (General Biology) 4 of Thermodynamics) 3 E.E. 114 (Elements of Electrical Bio. lb (General Biology) 4 Engineering) 3 C.E. 15 (Engineering Mechanics) 3 Humanities & Social Science Elective 3 E.E. 116 (Elements of Electronics)... 3 Total 17 Total 16 JUNIOR YEAR S.E. 170 (Intro. to Engineering E.E. 171 (Intro. to Engineering Analysis I) 3 Analysis II) 3 Ag.En. 121 (Energy in Agriculture).. 3 Ag. En. 122 (Water Control in Agri.) . 3 C.E. 17 (Mechanics of Materials) 3 A.M.E. 131 (Principles and Application Humanities & Social Science Elective . 3 of Fluid Mechanics) 3 Elective* 3 Humanities & Social Science Elective . 3 Total 15 Elective* 3 Total 15 SENIOR YEAR Ag. En. 223 (Comp. and Syst. in Ag.En. 225 (Ag.En. Design) 3 Agri.) 5 Ag.En. 298 (Seminar) 1 Ag.En. 224 (Ag.En. Laboratory) 2 Humanities & Social Science Elective 6 Humanities & Social Science Elective 3 Elective* 6 Elective * 6 Total 16 Total 16 * Electives will include 15 units of technical courses chosen by the student with the assistance of his adviser to form a coherent program of study in relation to an area of special interest such as water resource development, irrigation, livestock housing, feed or food processing, agricultural machinery, or agricultural systems analysis and design. BACHELOR OF SCIENCE IN CIVIL ENGINEERING (ECPD Accredited) Civil Engineering is primarily concerned with the larger elements of man's environment such as transportation, water resources, environmental health, and structures of alltypes. The civil engineer conceives, designs, constructs, and operates the physical works necessary to the environmental needs of people. The expanding scope of civilengineering also includes fields such as control of environmental pollution, ground support for missiles, radar domes, radio telescopes, air frames, and off -shore drilling platforms. Public works make up the bulk of civil engineering projects, and many civil engineers are employed by public agencies, but many are in industry, and many are, COLLEGE OF ENGINEERING - 243 or are employed by, consultants. Emphasis on public works also underlies the concern of the civil engineer with public welfare and safety. The general Civil Engineering program provides a comprehensive base for later specialization either in graduate study or in self -study and on-the-job experience. Modifications to this program may be permitted for students who propose acceptable alternate programs for the approval of the adviser and head of the department. Students with interest in structural engineering, engineering mechanics, water resources, highway engineering, surveying, environmental engineering or other specialty areas should consult their advisers regarding course selection and scheduling. The department offers the Master of Science and Doctor of Philosophy degrees in Civil Engineering and in Engineering Mechanics.

FACILITIES - The department has an extensive structural research and material testing laboratory. Numerous testing machines are available including Riehle- Losenhousenfatigue and dynamic loading equipment. Complete laboratory equipment is available for the testing and design of highway materials, for testing of and research in soil mechanics and concrete. The usual equipment such as triaxial shear machine, consolidation equipment, shear testing and bituminous mix design equipment is available for determining material characteristics and is supplemented by an electron microscope and x -ray diffractometer. A new hydraulic laboratory equipped with hydraulic models for open channel and other hydraulic phenomena isavailable. The sanitary engineering laboratoryis completely equipped for instruction and research in waste water reuse, water pollution control, and air pollution surveillance.Experimental stress analysis equipment includes multi- channel strain gauge equipment, brittle lacquer and photostress equipment. The CDC 6400 digital computer system, the nuclear reactor, and the Analog Computer Laboratory of other departments are also available for student use.

FRESHMAN FIRST SEMESTER SECOND SEMESTER Subject Units Subject Units Math 50a (Anal. Geom. & Calc. Math 50b (Anal. Geom. & Calc. for Engrs.) 4 for Engr.) 3 Chem. 2aR (Fund. of Chem.) 3 Chem. 2bR (Fund. of Chem.) 3 Chem. 2aL (Fund. Techniques of Chem.) 1 Phys. 2aL (Intro. Physics with Calc.) 4 CE 10 or 11 (Engineering Graphics).. 3 CE 51 (Elementary Surveying) 3 SIE 78 (FORTRAN) 1 CE lb (Environmental CE la (Envir. Problems) or ROTC .. . - 2 Problems) or ROTC 2 HPER or P.E.W. 1 HPER or P.E.W. 1 Total 15 Total 16 SOPHOMORE Math 50c (Anal. Geom. & Calc. Math 181 (Intermed. Analy. & Diff. for Engrs.) 3 Equations) 3 English Composition 3 English Composition 3 Phys. 3b (Intro. Physics with Calc.) 4 CE 16 (Applied Mechanics) 3 CE 14 (Engineering Mechanics) 3 CE 17 (Mechanics of Materials) 3 Geol. 51 (Physical Geology) 3 SIE 170 (Intro. Engr. Analysis I).. 3 Total 16 Total 15 JUNIOR CE 130 (Struc. Engr.I) 3 CE 131(Struc.Engr. II) 3 CE 180 (MaterialsLaboratory) 2 CE 236(Struc.Engr. III) 3 CE 160 (Transportation Engr.) . 2 CE 170 (Water Supply & Waste -Water AME 131 (Prin. & App1. of Fluid Mech.) 3 Syst. I) 3 CE 220 Basic FluidMech.Lab.) .. . 1 CE 121 (Water Resources Engr.) 3 EE 114(BasicCircuits and Electronics). 3 Electives . 6 Electives 4 CE 190 (Junior Field Trip) 0 Total 18 Total 18 244 COLLEGE OF ENGINEERING

SENIOR CE 140 (Soil Engineering) 4 CE 290 (Civil Engr. Projects) 3 CE 237 (Structural Engr. IV) 3 CE 297 (Contracts, Specifications & CE 260/270 (Highway & Airport Engr. Engr. Relations) . 2 or Water Supply & Waste -Water CE 298 (Civil Engr. Seminar) 2 Systems II) 3 Electives 11 CE 296 (Engr. Economics) 2 Total 18 Electives 6 Total 18

Civil Engineering Elective Courses Elective courses within the Civil Engineering program are grouped as follows: Humanistic and Social Science (15 units), Engineering Science (6 units), and Technical (6 units). Although elective patterns are quite flexible, they should be worked out early with the approval of the student's adviser and the head of the Department. Since a series of related courses within an elective group is preferred, prerequisite credits, where required, must be accumulated as soon as possible. It is strongly recommended thatelectives which provide background material for required technical or nontechnical courses be promptly completed. Lists of recommended courses within the humanistic and social science group are available through the student's adviser. Appropriate engineering science and technical electives are listed below and described in detail in the Departments and Courses of Instruction section of the catalog. Prior permission may be obtained for consideration of additional courses within the departments indicated or within other departments.

ENGINEERING SCIENCE ELECTIVES TECHNICAL ELECTIVES Subject Units Subject Units E.E. 171 Intro. to Eng. Analysis II ... 3 C.E. 223 Hydrology 3 S.I.E. 220 Engineering Statistics & Ag.E. 122 Water Control in Ag. 3 Probability I 3 Geos. 2 35 Geol. of Ground Water .... 3 Met.E. 231 Fund.of Materials for Eng. . 3 C.E. 262 Highway Engr. Laboratory . 2 Met.E. 231L Engineering Materials Lab. 3 C.E. 263 Traffic Engineering 3 E.E. 116 Elements of Electronics .. 3 C.E. 240 Foundation Engineering .. 3 E.E. 118 Applications of Electronics 3 C.E. 265 Urban Planning . 3 A.M.E. 143 Thermodynamics 3 C.E. 281 Constr. Methods 3 Atmos. 71 Intro. to Meteorology C.E. 232 Structural Design 3 & Climatology 3 C.E. 152 Engr. Surveys 3 Microb. la Microbiology 4 C.E. 202 Computer Methods in C.E. 3 Chem. 41a Lectures in Organic Chem. 3 C.E. 254 Photogrammetry 3 Chem. 283a Prin. of Physical Chem. . 3 Bio. 241 Limnology 4 Ag. 239 Statistical Methods 3 Geos. 52 Historical Geology . 3 Math. 91 Intro. to Statistics 3 A.M.E. 253 Envir. Engr. . 3 C.E. 279 Environmental Air Poll. .. 3 Micro. 157 Communic. Dis. 3

BACHELOR OF SCIENCE IN ELECTRICAL ENGINEERING (ECPD Accredited) The goal of the electrical engineering undergraduate program is to educate immediatelyproductiveelectricalengineers.The programemphasizesbasic scientific knowledge, modern design techniques, and laboratory experiences pinpointing practical design limitations. The rapid pace of modern technology necessitates continuing study, and graduates are well qualified to pursue formal education or informal continuing education. The presenceinthedepartment of theComputer Science Research Laboratory, the Thin Films and Field Emission Laboratory, and the Solid State EngineeringLaboratory,aswellas research infields,physical and plasma electronics, lightning processes, pattern recognition, modern control theory, and other specialities, maintains a modern viewpoint in the undergraduate program. COLLEGE OF ENGINEERING 245

The department offers the Master of Science and Doctor of Philosophy .degrees.

FRESHMAN YEAR FIRST SEMESTER SECOND SEMESTER Subject Units Subject Units Math 50a (Anal. Geom. & Calc. Math 50b (Anal. Geom. & Calc. for Engrs.) 4 for Engrs.) 3 Chem. 2aR (Fund. of Chem.) 3 Chem. 2bR (Fund. of Chem.) 3 Chem. 2aL (Fund. Techniques of Chem.) 1 Physics 10 (Intro. Mechan.) 4 English Composition 3 SIE 78 (FORTRAN) 1 HPER or P.E.W. 1 HPER or P.E.W. 1 EE 1 (Intro. Elec. Engr.) 3 Humanities & Social Science elective 3 Total 15 Total 15

SOPHOMORE YEAR Math 50c (Anal. Geom. & Calc. Math 153 (Linear Algebra & for Engrs.) 3 Diff. Equations) 4 Physics 16 (Intro. Elec. & Mag) 4 Physics 21 (Intro. Optics, Acou., Heat . 3 CE 14 (Engin. Mech.) 3 EE 22 Basic Cts. & Electronics) 3 SIE 170 (Intro. to Engr. Anal. I) 3 EE 11 (Elec. Eng. Lab I) 1 Humanities and Social Science elective . 4 EE 171 (Intro. to Engr. Anal. II) . 3 Total 17 Humanities and Social Science elective. 3 Total 17

JUNIOR YEAR EE 101 (Elec. Engin. Lab II) 3 EE 103 (Elec. Engin. Lab III) 3 EE 122 (Elec. Cts. I) 3 EE 124 (Elec. Cts. II) 3 EE 154 (Electronics I) 3 EE 180 (Elec. & Mag. Flds. I) 4 Math 205a (Adv. Anal. for Engrs.) . 3 English Composition 3 Humanities and Social Science elective 3 Tech. Elective 3 Total 15 Total 16

SENIOR YEAR EE 203 (Sr. Proj. Lab.) 3 Tech. Electives 15 Tech. Electives 12 Humanities and Social Science elective . 2 Humanities and Social Science elective . 3 Total 17 Total 18

The 30 hours of technical electives should generally be chosen from upper division courses in engineering or science, and 15 hours should be upper division or graduate electrical engineering courses. In order to obtain a broad background in electrical engineering, most students should include EE 156, 182, 240, 242, 274 and Physics 131 in their programs. Technical electives must be carefully chosen in conference with the faculty adviser, so as to form a coherent program.

BACHELOR OF SCIENCE IN ENGINEERING MATHEMATICS

The engineering mathematics curriculum is designed to give the student a deep understanding of mathematics to complement hisspecificinterests in engineering. Graduates of this curriculum working in industry may use their proficiency in analysis, statistics, computer science or numerical analysis to develop techniques needed to obtain meaningful solutions to engineering problems for which there is no standard solution. The program can be tailored to give each individual thedesired concentrationinparticular areas of mathematics and engineering,thegoalbeing breadthwithselectivedepth.The engineering mathematics curriculum gives an excellent background for graduate work in applied mathematics as well as various areas in engineering. 246 COLLEGE OF ENGINEERING

FRESHMAN YEAR FIRST SEMESTER SECOND SEMESTER Subject Units Subject Units Math 50a Anal. Geom. & Calc. for Engr. 4 Math 50b Anal. Geom. & Calc. for Engr. 3 Chem 2aR Fundamentals of Chemistry 3 Chem 2bR Fundamentals of Chemistry. 3 Chem 2aL Fund. Techn. of Chemistry 1 Chem 2bL Fund. Techn. of Chemistry . 1 English Composition 3 English Composition 3 C.E. 10 Engineering Graphics 3 Phys. 10 Introductory Mechanics .... 4 HPER or PEW 1 HPER or PEW 1 Total 15 Total 15 SOPHOMORE YEAR Math 50c Anal. Geom. & Calc. for Engr. 3 Math 153 Linear Alg. & Diff. Equations 4 Phys. 16 Intro. Electricity & Magnetism 4 S.I.E. 170 Intro. to Engr. Analysis .... 3 S.I.E. 78 FORTRAN 1 Phys. 21 Intro. Optics, Acoustics & Heat 3 S.I.E. 220 Engr. Stat. & Probability . . 3 S.I.E. 221 Engr. Statistics & Probability 3 C.E. 14 Engineering Mechanics 3 E.E. 22 Basic Circuits & Electronics ... 3 Electives 3 Total 16 Total 17 JUNIORYEAR Math 201 Fourier Series & Ortho Funct. 3 Math 230 Matrix Analysis 3 Math 203 Elements of Complex Variables 3 Math 204 Operational Mathematics 3 S.I.E. 272 Computer Organ. & Progr. .. 3 A.M.E. 131 P. & A. Fl. Mech. 3 A.M.E. 140 Thermodynamics 3 E.E. 118 Appl. of Electronics 3 C.E. 17 Mechanics of Materials 3 Electives 5 Electives 3 Total 17 Total 18 SENIOR YEAR Math 275a Math. Princ. of Num. Anal. . 3 Math 275b Math. Princ. of Num. Anal. . 3 Phys. 130 Structure of Matter 3 Electives 14 Electives 12 Total 17 Total 18 1. Math 49ab may be substituted for Math 50abc 2. 17 units of humanities and social science electives is required 3. Remainder of electives should be chosen to complement the engineering subject matter with mathematical methods and must be approved by the student's faculty advisor.

BACHELOR OF SCIENCE IN ENGINEERING PHYSICS The Engineering Physics curriculum stresses basic scientific and engineering principles in order to prepare the student to solve engineering problems which involve either several areas of knowledge or basic new scientific developments. Modern complex devices and systems often involve several fields such as optics, mechanics, electronics, solid state, and nuclear radiation. The problems in the design of these devices and systems usually require a wide range of basic knowledge. This curriculum also helps bridge the gap between science and engineering. Many new scientific developments such as superconducting magnets, lasers, the Mossbauer effect, etc., with important potentialities for technology and engineering practice,demand abasic knowledge ofphysics.To reducethescientific development to a practical application requires both physical understanding and engineering skill. The Engineering Physics curriculum also prepares the student for graduate work in physics and engineering. Technical electives should be carefully chosen in conference with the advisor. FRESHMANYEAR FIRST SEMESTER SECOND SEMESTER Subject Units Subject Units Math 50a (Anal. Geom. & Calculus Math 50b (Anal. Geom. & Calculus for Engineers) 4 for Engineers) 3 Chem 2aR (Fund. of Chem.) 3 Chem 2bR (Fund. of Chem.) 3 Chem 2bL (Fund. Techniques of Chem.) 1 Physics 10 (Intro. Mech.) . 4 English Composition 3 SIE 78 (FORTRAN) . 1 HPER 1 HPER 1 H &SS elective 3 H &SS elective . 3 Total 15 Total 15 COLLEGE OF ENGINEERING 247

SOPHOMORE YEAR Math 50c (Anal. Geom. & Calculus Math 153 (Linear Algebra & for Engineers) 3 Diff. Equations) 4 Physics 16 (Intro. Elec. & Mag.) 4 Physics 21 (Intro. Optics, Acous., Heat) 3 CE 14 (Eng. Mech.) 3 EE 22 (Basic Cts. & Electron.) 3 EE 170 (Intro. to Eng. Anal. I) 3 Technical elective 3 H &SS elective 3 H &SS elective 3 Total 16 Total 16

JUNIOR YEAR Physics 131 (Atomic Theory of Matter). 3 Physics 260 (Intro. Solid State Phys.) .. 3 Physics 210 (Theo. Mech.) 3 Physics 220 (Optics) 3 Physics 290a (Ad. Undergrad. Lab) ... 1 Physics 290b (Ad. Undergrad. Lab) .. 1 Physics 225 (Thermodynamics) 3 AME 131 P. & A. Fl. Mech. 3 CE 17 (Mech. of Materials) 3 Math 205b (Ad. Anal. for Engineers) .. 3 Math 205a (Ad. Anal, for Engineers) . 3 English Composition 3 Total 16 Total 16

SENIOR YEAR Physics 215a (Electricity & Mag.) .... 3 Physics 215b (Electricity & Mag.) .... 3 Physics 291a (Ad. Undergrad. Lab) ... 1 Physics 291b (Ad. Undergrad. Lab) ... 1 Physics 235 (Intro. Quant. Theory) ... 3 Physics 236 (Applic. Quant. Theory) . . 3 Technical electives 6 Technical electives 6 H &SS elective 3 H &SS elective 3 Total 16 Total 16

BACHELOR OF SCIENCE IN INDUSTRIAL ENGINEERING This programisdesigned to prepare engineers to work with problems involvingdesign,analysis,and management of operating industrial systems considering not only the system of production machinery itself but also the man /machine and man /industry relationships. Preparations include training in basic sciences,engineering, systems analysis, human factors, and management. The applications can be directed toward production problems in industry, management of social engineering problems in government, and systems analysis studies of interdisciplinary problems. FRESHMAN YEAR FIRST SEMESTER SECOND SEMESTER Subject Units Subject Units Math 50a (Anal. Geom. & Calc.) 4 Math 50b (Anal. Geom. & Calc.) 3 Chem 2aR (Fund. Chemistry) 3 Chem 2bR (Fund. Chemistry) 3 Chem 2aL (Fund. Tech. of Chem.) 1 Chem 2bL (Fund. Tech. of Chem.) 1 English Composition 3 Physics 3a (Intro. Phys. & Calc.) 4 HPER or P.E.W. 1 HPER or P.E.W. 1 Elective 3 SIE 78 (FORTRAN) 1 Total 15 Elective 3 Total 16

SOPHOMORE YEAR Math 50c (Anal. Geom. & Calc.) 3 Math 181 (Intro. Anal. & D.E.) 3 Physics 3b (Intro. Phys. & Calc.) 4 EE 22 (Basic Circuits & Elect.) 3 SIE 170 (Intro. Analysis I) 3 EE 72 (Intro. Analog) 1 SIE 150 (Discrete Systems I) 3 SIE 151 (Discrete Systems II) 3 CE 14 (Engr. Mech.) 3 English Composition 3 Total 16 Elective 3 Total 16

JUNIOR YEAR Math 205a (Anal. for Engr.) 3 Math 205b (Anal. for Engr.) 3 Mgmt 105 (Mgmt. & Organ. Behay.) ... 3 EE 118 (Appl. of Elect.) 3 AME 102 (Intro. Prod. Engr.) 3 AME 104 (Mech. Engr. Econ.) 3 SIE 220 (Prob. & Stat. I) 3 SIE 221 (Prob. & Stat. II) 3 Psych la (Intro. Psych.) 3 Psych lb (Intro. Psych.) 3 Elective 3 Elective 3 Total 18 Total 18 248 COLLEGE OF ENGINEERING

SENIOR YEAR SIE 210 (Basic Hum. Factors) 3 AME 202 (Prod. Engr.) 3 SIE 240 (Operations Res. I) 3 SIE 241 (Oper. Res. II) 3 AME 205 (Industrial Mgmt.) 3 AME 206 (Engr. Qual. Cont.) 3 AME 131 (Prin. & Appl. Fld. Mech.) . . 3 AME 143 (Prin. & Appl. of T h e r m ). 3 EE 21 L (Elect. Instru.) 3 AME 133 (A.M.E. Instrum.) 3 Elective 3 Elective ... 3 Total 18 Total 18 Nine units of the 21 elective units must be chosen from approved list of Humanities and Social Science Courses. The recommended list of courses from which the 12 remaining elective units should be chosen are: Acct. 151 (Survey of Acct.) AME 218 (Reliability Test) CE 297 (Cont. Specif. & Engr. Rela.) AME 241 (Therm. of Fld. Flow) Mgmt. 274 (Work Simplification) AME 253 (Envir. Engr.) AME 203 (Tooling Engr.) AME 254 (Power Sys. Anal.) AME 207 (Insp. Mthd. & Inst.) Stat. 239 (Statistical Methods) AME 208 (Reliability Engr.) SIE 250 (Deterministic Systems) AME 212 (Design by Reliability) SIE 251 (Deterministic Sys. II)

MANAGEMENT, ENGINEERING Ordinarily, students lacking undergraduate work in business administration need to devote approximately two years to the M.B.A. degree. Students in Engineering, however, may use a part of their undergraduate nontechnical electives to save a substantial portion of this time. Specifically, engineering students should include the following nontechnical electives in their undergraduate years:

Subject Units Econ. 101 Survey of Economics 3 Econ. 131 Money and Banking 3 Econ. 100 Economics of American Enterprise 3

During the Summer Session immediately following the award of the Bachelor of Science degree in engineering, students should take 12 units as follows: Subject Units Acct. 151 Survey of Accounting 3 Mgt. 155a Statistical Methods in-Economics and Business 3 Mkt. 200 Marketing Management 3 Mgt. 120 Business Law 3

During the following academic year, students will take Acct. 152., Fin. 241, Mgt. 105, and 155b to complete the basic background courses required for the M.B.A. program. Completion of the 30 approved graduate units will satisfy the course work requirements for the degree. Students interested in further details should refer to the College of Business and Public Administration section of the catalog. Consultation with the Dean of that College is advised.

BACHELOR OF SCIENCE IN MECHANICAL ENGINEERING (ECPD Accredited) Mechanical Engineering is concerned with the design and development of machines and of systems which use them, control of the conversion and transfer of energies to serve useful purposes, and the materials and methods of manufacturing processes. The curriculum combines abasic technical background in physical COLLEGE OF ENGINEERING 249 science, engineering science, mathematics, and engineering design . with studies in the social sciences and humanities, and provides for freedom of choice in directing some of the study toward more breadth or toward problem areas of - particular interest to the student. Most engineers will realize the need for continued learning after graduation, either informally by self study or formally in graduate work . or continuing education coursework. The program provides sound background, for this, as well as preparation for immediate beginning of an engineering career in .a broad variety of industrial, government, or consulting positions. There is increasing recognition, too, that such acurriculum can provide an excellent general education inour technologically oriented society, regardless of the field of endeavor that the student ultimately chooses as a career. For example, engineering programs are highly appropriate and have been used successfully for pre- medicine, pre -law, pre- business, and pre -clergy preparation. Equipment on hand to support Mechanical Engineering studies is the same as that for Aerospace Engineering, since the two programs are administered =under a combineddepartment.This makes availabletoAerospace and Mechanical Engineering students a wide range of laboratory facilities, instruments and systems, as described in the introductory paragraphs for Aerospace Engineering. Graduate Program: The department offers the Master of Science and the Doctor of Philosophy degrees in Mechanical Engineering. Undergraduate Program FRESHMAN AND SOPHOMORE YEARS The basic program up to the Junior Year for Mechanical Engineering students is the same as that for Aerospace Engineering students, shown earlier. JUNIOR YEAR FIRST SEMESTER SECOND SEMESTER Subject Units Subject Units Math 181 (Inter. Anal. and Differ. Equa- AME 209 (Intro. to Engr. Design).. . 3 tions) or AME 131* (Principles and AME 102 (Intro. to Production Engrg.) 3 Applications of Fluid Mechanics 3 AME 131(Principles and Applications EE 114 (Elements of Elec. Engineering) of Fluid Mechanics);or AME 133* or EE 116* (Elements of Electronics) 3 AME Instrumentation 3 AME 132 (AME Dynamics) or 0*, .3 or 0* EE 116 (Elements of Electronics) or AME 141 (Thermodynamics II) 3 AME Laboratory Elective* ... 3 or 1* AME 110 (Intro, to AME Analysis) .. 3 Met. E. 231 (Fundamentals of Materials CE 17 (Mechanics of Materials) 3 for Engineers) 3 Total 18 or 15* Met. E. 231L (Engineering Materials Lab) 1 Elective** 3 Total 19 or 17* SENIOR YEAR AME 134 (Dynamics óf Machines) ...3 Design Elective (AME 210, 211, or 212). 3 AME 133 (AME Instrumentation) AME 198 (Seminar) 1 or Elective *, ** 3 Electives** 12 AME Laboratory Elective. or Total 16 Elective *, ** 1 or 3* Electives** 9 or 6* Total 16 or 15* *For those students who start with Math 50a (single- starred sequence), total units for the Mechanical Engineering degree are 128 (instead of 133 required of those who start with Math 44). ** Aerospace and Mechanical Engineering Elective Courses Elective courses are chosen by the student in consultation with a faculty adviser. Of the 39 units, the electives must contain a minimum of 15 units in the 250 COLLEGE OF ENGINEERING humanities and social sciences selected according to approved Engineering College policy. For the remaining electives, the department offers approximately planned sequences in the following categories: Aerodynamics Manufacturing Engineering Bioengineering Reliability Engineering Design Structures Environmental Engineering Thermal & Nuclear Power Systems Flight Mechanics and Space Dynamics Basic Aerospace Engineering Fluid Dynamics (Aero E. students only) Pre -Medicine Basic Mechanical Engineering Management Engineering (M.E. students only) Other appropriate technical elective programs can be arranged from upper - division courses in engineering, mathematics, physics, or other segments of the University upon approval by the Department. For description of all departmental course offerings, see "Aerospace and Mechanical Engineering" in the Departments and Courses of Instruction section.

BACHELOR OF SCIENCE IN NUCLEAR ENGINEERING (ECPD Accredited) Nuclear Engineering is concerned with the release, control, and utilization of all forms of energy resulting from nuclear reactions. This branch of engineering is deeply rooted in the physical sciences and mathematics. To comprehend nuclear technology and its many applications, a broadbased interdisciplinary education is required. The radiation fields resulting from nuclear reactions are a new dimension to the environment within which machines and men must function. In addition, these fields are used to perceive information and control processes with a precision hitherto unknown. Further, radiation fields can produce beneficial changes in the properties of materials. The applications of nuclear energy are many, ranging from commercial nuclear power systems to the use of radioisotopes in science, industry and medicine. The four -year curriculum gives the student a broad base in engineering science and mathematics. The first two years are similar to those for other engineering disciplines. The remaining two years are devoted to areas of particular interest to the nuclear engineer. With understanding of fundamental concepts, the student is prepared to cope with future advancements in the field. FRESHMAN YEAR FIRST SEMESTER SECOND SEMESTER Subject Units Subject Units Math 50a (Anal. Geom. & Calc. for NE lb (Intro. Nucl. Engr.) 1 Engrs.) 4 Chem. 2bR (Fund. of Chem.) 3 Chem. 2aR (Fund. of Chem.) 3 Chem. 2bL (Fund. Tech. of Chem.) 1 Chem. 2aL (Fund. Tech. of Chem.) I Math 50b (Anal. Geom. & Calc. for English Composition 3 Engrs.) 3 NE la (Intro. Nucl. Engr.) 1 Physics 10 (Intro. Mechanics) 4 Elective* 3 English Composition 3 HPER or PEW 1 SE 78 (FORTRAN) i Total 16 HPER or PEW 1 Total 17 SOPHOMORE YEAR Math 50c (Anal. Geom. & Calc. Math 153 (Diff. Equations) 4 for Engrs.) 3 Physics 21 (Intro. Optics, Acous., Physics 16 Intro. Elect. & Magn.) 4 & Heat) 3 CE 14 (Engr. Mechanics) ...... 3 AME 140 (Thermodynamics) 3 SE 170 (Intro. to Engr. Analysis I)...3 NE 130 (Nucl. Phys. Chem.) 3 Elective* 3 Elective* 3 Total 16 Total 16 COLLEGE OF ENGINEERING 251

JUNIORYEAR NE 140a (Nucl. Reactor Theory) . . .. 3 NE 121 (Radn. Detection & Meas.) ... 3 Physics 130 (Structure of Matter) .. 3 NE 121L (Radn. Det. & Meas. Lab.).. 1 Physics 130L (Structure of Matter Lab.) 1 NE 140b (Nucl. Reactor Theory) .... 3 AME 131 P. & A. Fl. Mech. 3 AME 242 (Heat Transfer) 3 CE 17 (Mech. of Materials) 3 EE 22 (Basic Circuits & Electr.) 3 Elective* 3 Elective* 4 Total 16 Total 17 SENIORYEAR NE 141 Intro. toNucl.Reactor Engr.). 3 NE 284 (Dynamics of Nucl. Systems) 3 NE 230(Nucl.Mat. & Fuel Cycles) . .. 3 NE 210 (Nucl. System Design) 3 NE 230L (Nucl. Mat. & Fuel Cycles Lab.) 1 NE 220 (Nucl. Engr. Lab.) 3 Elective* 9 NE 260 (Radn. Fields & Shielding) . 3 Total 16 Elective* 4 Total 16 *Electives will be chosen such that at least 16 units will be in the humanities and social sciences and at least ten units will be in technical disciplines.

Facilities available for laboratory experiments and research include: TRIGA Mark III nuclear reactor operating in the steady state or pulsed mode; 2 MeV Positive Ion Van de GraaffAccelerator operating in steady state, pulsed, or modulated source mode to produce charged particles and neutrons; 1.25 MeV Radiation Dynamics Electron Accelerator operating as a source of electrons or brehmsstrahlung; Computer Systems 5800 Analog Computer serving as a simulàtor for control and kinetic studies of various nuclear reactor systems; and 500 curie Gamma Ray Irradiator serving as a source for materials and biological specimen irradiations. Also availableisa wide variety of laboratories including those needed for radioactive material counting, radiochemical processing, nuclear materials testing and fabrication, thermionic and thermoelectric power unit testing, and related equipment for evaluating performance and modification of materials in radiation fields.

BACHELOR OF SCIENCE IN SYSTEMS ENGINEERING Systems engineering deals with the design and analysis of systems of men and machines in the context of the total physical and cultural environment. Systems engineering is interdisciplinary, leans heavily on traditional engineering but also turns behavioral science and modern mathematics into technology. Majors in systems engineering obtain a broad background in science, engineering, and mathematics with emphasis in probability and statistics, engineering mathematics, operations research and optimization techniques, computer sciences, human factors, and system theory. The development and manipulation of mathematical models of complex systems is a principal theme of the curriculum. The Department of Systems and Industrial Engineering also offers the Master of Science and Doctor of Philosophy degrees in systems engineering. FRESHMAN YEAR FIRST SEMESTER SECOND SEMESTER Subject Units Subject Units Math 50a (Anal. Geom. & Calc.) 4 Math 50b (Anal. Geom. & Calc.) 3 Chem 2aR (Fund. of Chem.) 3 Chem 2bR (Fund. of Chem.) 3 Chem 2aL (Fund. Tech, of Chem.) 1 Chem 2bL (Fund. Tech. of Chem.) 1 Freshman Composition 3 Physics 10 Intro. Mech.) 4 Elective 3 Elective 3 HPER or P.E.W. 1 HPER or P.E.W. 1 Total 15 SIE 78 (FORTRAN) 1 Total 16 252 COLLEGE OF ENGINEERING

SOPHOMORE YEAR Math 50c (Anal. Geom. & Calc.) 3 Math 153 (Lin. Alg. & Diff. Eq.) 4 CE 14 (Statics) 3 Physics 21 (Int. Op., Acc., Ht.) 3 Physics 16 (Int. El. & Mag.) 4 EE 22 (Basic Cir. & El.) 3 S.I.E. 170 (Int. Engr. Anal.) 3 Psych la (El. Psych.) . 3 English Composition 3 Elective . 3 Total 16 Total 16 JUNIOR YEAR S.I.E. 150 (Disc. Sys. I) 3 S.I.E. 151 (Disc. Sys. II) 3 S.I.E. 220 (Engr. St. & Pr. I) 3 S.I.E. 221 (Engr. St. & Pr. II) 3 AME 131 (P. & A. FI. Mech.) 3 AME 143 (P. & A. of Therm.) 3 Math 205a (Adv. An. Engr.) 3 Math 205b (Adv. An. Engr.) 3 Psych lb (El. Psych.) 3 Psych 125 (Gen. Exp. Psych.) 3 EE 72 1 Elective ... 3 Elective 2 Total 18 Total 18 SENIOR YEAR SIE 211 Hum. Fact, in Eng. Des.) .. 3 SIE 212 Hum. Fact. Eng'g) 3 SIE 250Det.Syst.) 3 SIE 241 Op. Res.) 3 SIE 240 Op. Res.) 3 SIE 251 Det. Syst. II) 3 SIE 276 (Num. An. I) 3 Econ. 101 (Surv. of Ec.) 3 Elective 6 Elective 6 Total 18 Total 18

COOPERATIVE PROGRAM

Certaingovernmentalagencies andprivateindustrialfirmsemploying engineers, cooperate with the University in a work -study program of engineering education. The general plan requires the student to finish all freshman courses with a grade average of 2.5 or better, after which he will alternate work with study in six months periods. The program operates in all departments of engineering, and requires five years for the Bachelor of Science degree. Principal advantages are the work experience gained and the money earned. The first year is completed at the student's own expense. Afterward his earnings will almost pay for the remainder of his college education. Each student in the program must register for the work period as well as for study in residence. The registration fee for each work period is $5, which covers the student's exemptions under Selective Service and permits a married veteran to retainUniversity accommodations if his family remains in Tucson. He may purchase Activity and Artist Series tickets on the same basis as any resident student enrolled for fewer than 7 units. RESEARCH Research isintegraltoall departments in the College of Engineering, normally performed by individual faculty investigators and their graduate students. Where several faculty members are engaged in common research, though loosely defined, informal administrative groupings exist. In some cases, formal administra- tive units are constructed about well defined research areas, such as: The Arizona Transportation and Traffic Institute is engaged in broad research aimed at developing new ideas and information, methods and analysis, and answers to the transportation problems in Arizona. Simulation of traffic systems, human factors in accident prevention, highway design, economic impact studies, and physical research in highway materials are among topics considered. The Institute acts asatechnical information center and a center for advanced study in transportation problems. The activities of the Institute are closely tied to those of the Civil Engineering and Engineering Mechanics Department, though research is conducted on an interdisciplinary basis. COLLEGE OF ENGINEERING 253

The Engineering Experiment Station conducts research in engineering, using state -appropriated funds, where the research has potential benefit to the state, and administers all sponsored grants and contracts in the College of Engineering.

STUDENT PROFESSIONAL AND HONORARY SOCIETIES The following student organizations are active in the various professional fields in the College of Engineering: Scholastic Honorary Societies Society of the Sigma Xi - scientific research Tau Beta Pi - engineering only Professional Organizations American Nuclear Society American Society of Civil Engineers American Society of Mechanical Engineers American Institute of Aeronautics and Astronautics Association For Computing Machinery Beta Rho Delta (women students) Institute of Electrical and Electronic Engineers Theta Tau Activity Club: Engineers' Council College of Fine Arts The College of Fine Arts comprises the Departments of Art, Drama, Radio -Television, Speech, and the School of Music, in which instruction and activity have been present since the opening of the University in 1891. The various curricula as described following will be helpful to students in selecting a course of study. For students who wish to prepare for both professional activity and postgraduate study a double major within a professional degree or the combination of aprofessional degree with the Bachelor of Arts degreeis recommended as a five -year program. The adjustment of curricula to meet this plan may be worked out with the adviser during the freshman year. LIBRARY - Besides standard volumes in the fine arts, the University Library has special collections of unusual character in this field, including the T. E. Hanley Collection of more than 37,000 volumes, in great part devoted to painting, sculpture, music, and drama; the Statler Memorial Collection of music scores and books; and the Thomas Wood Stevens Memorial Theater Collection of 1,500 volumes on drama and the theater. The School of Music maintains a branch library with a working collection of records, scores, and some research material. The Art Department maintains over 50,000 color slides covering a good portion of art and architecture from the beginning of recorded history through the middle of the 20th century. GRADUATE DEGREES - The College of Fine Arts offers the Master of Arts degree with a major in art history, art education, drama, or speech; the Master of Fine Arts degree with a major in studiò art; the Master of Music degree with a major in music history, music theory, composition, music education, or applied music in piano, organ, voice, violin, viola, 'cello, flute, oboe, clarinet, bassoon, French horn, trumpet, and trombone; the Doctor of Musical Arts degree; and the Ph.D. degree in Speech. SCHOLARSHIPS - Both undergraduate and graduate students in the College of FineArtsareeligiblefor financialassistance through the loan funds and scholarships described in the Scholarships and Financial Aids section of the catalog. ACTIVITIES - Various extracurricular groups and organizations offer opportunity for growth beyond the curricular requirements. Students participate in art exhibits, productions by the Department of Drama, intramural and intercollegiate offerings by the Department of Speech including debate and Readers Theater, student recitals, and ensembles of the School of Music including band, orchestra, opera theatre, choral society, men's and women's chorus, symphonic choir, and Collegium Musicum. FacultyrecitalsandtheUniversityArtistsSeriesprovideunusual opportunities for hearing the literature performed by artists. OFF CAMPUS PUBLIC PERFORMANCES - Students desiring to participate in off -campus performances or productions should seek approval in advance from their respective department heads or directors. 254 COLLEGE OF FINE ARTS 255

SPEECH CENTER - The Department of Speech maintains a speech and hearing center where any University student may receive personal therapy. The center also maintains diagnostic and referral assistance for any Arizona citizen.

ENTRANCE REQUIREMENTS See the Admission section of the catalog. Special entrance requirements in music are listed under "School of Music," below.

GRADUATION REQUIREMENTS The College of Fine Arts offers courses leading to the degrees of: Bachelor of Fine Arts: Majors in studio art, art education, drama education, drama production; Bachelor of Music: Majors in theory, composition, jazz and contemporary media music, music education, sacred music, piano, organ, voice, violin, viola, 'cello, harp, clarinet, flute, oboe, bassoon, saxophone, string bass, trumpet or cornet trombone, tuba, French horn, and percussion; Bachelor of Arts: Major in art history; Bachelor of Arts in Drama; Bachelor of Arts in Music; Bachelor of Arts in Speech: major in Speech Arts; Bachelor of Science in Speech: major in Speech and Hearing Science. A minimum of 125 units is required for each degree, except for the Bachelor of Fine Arts with major in art education which requires at least 131 units (including a teaching minor), the Bachelor of Fine Arts with major in Drama Education which requires at least 127 units (including teaching minor), and the Bachelor of Music with major in music education which requires at least 136 units. Students must attain an average of 3.0000 or better for all work in the major field. An over -all grade average of 3.0000 is also required for graduation. See Requirements for Graduation section of the catalog. Students majoring in art education, drama education (B.F.A. degree) or music education (B.M. degree) must have completed at least 56 units applicable to their degree with a grade average of 3.0000 or better before being admitted to certain professional education courses. Students with a major in speech education will transfer to the College of Education at the beginning of their junior year and are expected to meet the enrollment requirements of that college. Candidates for Bachelor of Fine Arts and Bachelor of Music degrees must take not less than 44t (46 for men) general academic units, outside the major field, including: GROUP I - Freshman Composition 6 GROUP II - Either Humanities 50a -50b (8 units) or not less than two 3 -unit courses from the following fields: (a) *Art history, *drama history or *music history,(b)Literatureor survey literaturecourses ina foreign language),(c) Philosophyc(exceptlogic and world religions) 6 -8 GROUP III- For men, physical education (2); for women, physical education (4) .. 2 -4 GROUP IV- Science (astronomy, chemistry, geosciences, hydrology, mathematics, physics, biology, botany, entomology, microbiology, zoology - 1 or 2 subjects) 8 GROUP V - Socialscience(anthropology, economics, geography, government, history, * *philosophy, psychology, sociology 6 *Students majoring in art, drama or music may not use courses in their major field to satisfy the Group II requirements. * *The same course in philosophy may not be used simultaneously to satisfy requirements in both Group II and V. to minimum of 48 general academic units is required for students majoring in art education; 46 general academic units for majors in drama education; 49 general academic units for students majoring in music education. 256 COLLEGE OF FINE ARTS

Candidates for Bachelor of Arts degrees in history of art, drama, music, and speech are required to complete a major and minor and the group requirements as listed below:

GROUP I - Freshman Composition 6 GROUP II - Either Humanities 50a -50b (8 units) or a 3 -unit course in each of the following fields: (a) * *Art history, * *drama history or * *music history, (b) Literature (or literature survey courses in a foreign language), (c) Philosophy (except logic and world religions); or 6 units in one field and 3 units in another from a, b, or c ..8 -9 GROUP III- *Foreign language (2 years) 16 GROUP IV- For men, physical education (2), for women, physical education (4) 2 -4 GROUP V - Science (astronomy, chemistry, geosciences, hydrology, mathematics, physics,biology, botany, entomology, microbiology, zoology - 1 or 2 subjects) . 8 GROUP VI- Socialscience(anthropology, economics, geography, government, history, -philosophy, psychology, sociology) 12 *The basic requirement in foreign language is 16 units in one language. This requirement may be met wholly in the University or partly in the high school and partly in the University. In evaluating high school work in this one language, the University_ will count each year as meeting 4 units of the requirement; except that students who have credit for the fourth year in one language in high:.school must pass a proficiency examination at the 16 -unit college level or complete a course in that language for which attainment at the 16 -unit level is a prerequisite. * *Students majoring in art, drama or music may not use courses in their major field to satisfy the group II requirements. tThe same course in philosophy may not be used simultaneously to satisfy requirements in both Group II and VI. Not more than 48 units may be counted in the field of art, drama, music, or speech towards the Bachelor of Arts degree. In addition to the above requirements and general University requirements, a candidate for a degree must complete one of the courses of study following.

'DEPARTMENT OF ART ' BACHELOR OF :FINE ARTS DEGREE Major in Studio Art For students _planning a professional career in . art. - This degree program provides for choices in upper -division work that encourage development of personal objectives and goals.Concentrationinsuch areas as painting, print -making, ceramics, sculpture, and graphic design or combinations of these, are determined in conference with a faculty - adviser. Graduates are prepared for more specialized professional -study at the graduate level. At least 18 units in art must be taken in residence at The University of Arizona.

LOWER- DIVISION REQUIREMENTS FOR ALL STUDIO MAJORS FRESHMAN YEAR FIRST SEMESTER SECOND SEMESTER Subject Units Subject Units Art 3 (Basic Design) or Art 6 (Basic Drawing) or Art 6 (Basic Drawing) 3 Art 3 (Basic Design) . 3 Art 7 (Surv. World Art) 3 Art 8 (Surv. World Art) 3 Freshman Composition 3 Freshman Composition 3 Science 4 Science 4 HPER or PEW 1 HPER or PEW 1 Total 14 Total 14 COLLEGE OF FINE ARTS 257

SOPHOMORE YEAR Art 30 (2- Dimen. Design) or Art 31 (3- Dimen. Design) or Art 31 (3- Dimen. Design) 3 Art 30 (2- Dimen. Design) - 3 Art 45 (Begin. Fig. Draw.) 3 Art 80 (Begin. Paint.) 3 Group II requirements 4 -3 Group II requirements 4 -3 Social science 3 Social science 3 Elective or Art 65 Elective 3 (Begin. Graphic Designs) 3 PEW (women) 1 PEW (women) 1 Total 17 -15 Total 17 -15

UPPER -DIVISION REQUIREMENTS STUDIO COURSES: 24 -units in field of concentration and related areas. ART HISTORY: 12 units; except in graphic design, where unit requirement is 6. ART ELECTIVES: 15 units. GENERAL ELECTIVES: 12 -14 units; except in graphic design concentration where unit requirement is 15 -17. (Total units for graduation: 125)

BACHELOR OF FINE ARTS DEGREE Major in Art Education For students planning to teach art in the elementary and secondary schools. Studio,. Art History, Education and Art Education courses are combined with a teaching minor sequence of courses (optional) to qualify graduates for the K -12 Art Specialists Certificate of the State of Arizona. At least 12 units of art must be taken in residence at -The University of Arizona. Certification requirements vary among thestates;itshould be noted thatthis program approximates certification requirements of all states.

FRESHMAN YEAR FIRST SEMESTER SECOND SEMESTER Subject Units Subject Units Art 3 (Basic Design) 3 Art 45 (Begin. Fig. Draw.) 3 Art 6 (Basic Drawing) 3 Art 30 (2- Dimen. Design) or Art 7 (Surv. World Art) 3 Art 31 (3- Dimen. Design) 3 Freshman Composition 3 Art 8 (Surv. World Art) 3 Anthro. lb, Psych. la, or Soc. 1 3 Freshman Composition 3 HPER or PEW 1 *Teaching minor or elective 3 Total 16 HPER or PEW 1 Total 16

SOPHOMORE YEAR. Art 30 (2- Dimen. Design) or Art Elective (3- Dimen.) 3 Art 31 (3= Dimen. Design) 3 Art Elective (2- Dimen.) 3 Art 80 (Begin. Paint.) 3 Teaching minor 3 t Philosophy 11 3 -Group II or V requirements 3 -4 Group II requirements 3 -4 Science 4 Science 4 PEW (Women) 1 PEW (Women) I Total 16 -18 Total 16 -18

JUNIOR YEAR Art 150 (Found. Art Ed.) or Ed. Psych 101 (Child Dev.) or Govt. 100 (Const.) 3 Ed. Psych. 102 (Adoles. Dev.) 3 Art Elective (2- Dimen.) 3 Sec. Ed. 1971 (Org. Art Learn. Situation)I 3 Ed. Psych. 110 (Learn. in Schools) 3 Art Elective (3- Dimen.) 3 Art Elective (3- Dimen.) 3 Govt. 100 (Const.) or Teaching minor 3 Art 150 (Found. Art Ed.) 3 Art History elective 3 Art Elective (2- Dimen.) 3 Total 18 Teaching minor 3 Total 18 258 COLLEGE OF FINE ARTS

SENIOR YEAR Sec. Ed. 130 (Teach. in Sec. Sch.) .... 6 Art 203 (Art Superv.) . 3 Art Elective (2- Dimen.) 3 Teaching minor or elective 3 Electives - Women (2); Men (4) .... 2 -4 Sec. Ed. 139 (Student Teaching) Teaching minor or elective 3 or 9 other required units 9 or Sec. Ed. 139 (Student Teaching) for Total 15 9 of the above required units 9 Total 14 -16 Total units for graduation 131 *Teaching minor is optional (see art education advisor). Electives are recommended in studio art, art history, or in interests supportive of art education. #Philosophy 11 may be applied to either, but not both, Group II or Group V requirements.

BACHELOR OF ARTS IN ART DEGREE Major in Art History For students planning professional careers inart history or seeking an essentially cultural undergraduate education.. Modest requirements in studio courses are accompanied by a broad sequence of courses in the history of art and cognate areas approved by a faculty adviser. This program provides an appropriate basis of advanced study of art history at the graduate. level. To qualify for this degree, nine units of art (six specifically in the history of art) must be taken in residence at The University of Arizona.

ART HISTORY STUDIO COURSES: Art 3. ART HISTORY: Art 7, 8, art history electives 18 units.* ART ELECTIVES: 7 units.* GROUP REQUIREMENTS:See College of Fine Arts requirements. MINOR REQUIREMENTS: 20 units, see below. ** GENERAL ELECTIVES: 15 -17 units (Total units for graduations 125) *14 units of these must be in upper division art courses. * *An art history major may carry a studio art minor. However, the number of units for graduation must total 125. The supporting minor may also consist of 20 units chosen from not more than two fields; or the minor may consist of 20 units taken in drama, music, and speech. DEPARTMENT OF DRAMA BACHELOR OF FINE ARTS DEGREE Major in Drama Production For students preparing for careers in community or professional theatre. FRESHMAN YEAR FIRST SEMESTER SECOND SEMESTER Subject Units Subject Units Drama 5 (Princ. Perf. Tech.) 2 Drama 21 (Stagecraft & Tech. Probs.).. 3 Drama 25 (Acting I) 3 Drama 23 (Basic Thea. Graphics).... 2 Drama 20 (Drafting & Scene Ptg.) .. 2 Drama 15 (Make -up) 1 Drama 40a (Hist. of Thea. & Drama) 3 Drama 40b (Hist. of Thea. & Drama) . . 3 Freshman Composition, Group I 3 Freshman Composition, Group I 3 Speech 6 (Voice & Artic. for Stg.) 2 Speech 36 (Oral Interp.) . 3 HPER or PEW 1 HPER or PEW . 1 Total 16 Total 16 SOPHOMORE YEAR Humanities 50a or Group II 4 -3 Humanities 50b or Group II 4 -3 Drama 50 (Acting II) 3 Drama 55 (Acting III) . 3 Drama 80a (Stage Costume) 3 Drama 80b (Stage Costume) 3 Drama 120a (Stage Lighting) 2 Drama 120b (Stage Lighting) 2 Science, Group IV 4 Science, Group IV . 4 PEW (women); Elective (men) 1 PEW (women); Elective.(men) I Total 17 -16 Total 17 -16 COLLEGE OF FINE ARTS 259

JUNIOR YEAR Drama 123a (Scene Design) 3 Drama 123b (Scene Design) 3 Drama 150a (Acting IV) 3 Drama 150b (Acting IV) 3 Drama Elective 3 Drama 140 (Princ. Dram. Struc.) 3 Dramatic Literature 3 Social Science, Group V 3 Social Science, Group V 3 Dramatic Literature 3 Elective 3 Drama Elective 3 Total 18 Total 18

SENIOR YEAR Drama 155a (Stage Direction) 3 Drama 155b (Stage Direction) 3 Drama 240a (Hist. Modern Thea.) ... 2 Drama 240b (Hist. Modern Thea.) 2 English 231a (Shakespeare) 3 English 231b (Shakespeare) 3 Drama Elective 3 Drama Elective 3 Elective 3 Elective 3 Total 14 Total 14 Total units, four years 128 -130

BACHELOR OF FINE ARTS DEGREE Major in Drama Education For students preparing to teach on the secondary level.

FRESHMAN YEAR FIRST SEMESTER SECOND SEMESTER Subject Units Subject Units Drama 5 (Princ. Perf. Tech.) 2 Drama 25 (Acting I) 3 Drama 20 (Drafting & Scene Ptg.) .. 2 Drama 21 (Stagecraft & Tech. Probs.) 3 Drama 15 (Make -up) 1 Drama 40b (Hist. of Thea. & Drama) 3 Drama 40a (Hist. of Thea. & Drama) 3 Freshman Composition, Group I 3 Freshman Composition, Group I 3 Science, Group IV 4 Science, Group IV 4 PEW or HPER 1 PEW or HPER 1 Total 17 Total 16

SOPHOMORE YEAR Drama 50 (Acting II) 3 Drama 55 (Acting III) 3 Drama 80a (Stage Costume) 3 Drama 140 (Princ. Dram. Struc.) 3 *Social Science, Group V 3 Social Science, Group V 3 Group II or Humanities 3 -4 Group II or Humanities 3 -4 *Teaching Minor 3 Teaching Minor 3 PEW or HPER 1 PEW or HPER 1 Total 16-17 Total 16-17

JUNIOR YEAR Drama 120a (Stage Lighting) 2 Drama Electives 6 Drama 123a (Scene Design) 3 Teaching Minor 3 Educ. Psych. 110 (Learning) 3 Sec. Ed. 197t (Teach. Dr.) 3 Found. of Educ. 150, or Sec. Ed. 131 3 Ed. Elective (must be selected from Ed. Govt. 100 or Group V 3 Psych. 102; Sec. Ed. 217, 232; Found. Teaching Minor 3 Ed. 212; or Found Ed. 150 or Sec. Ed. Total 17 131 if not taken) 3 Total 15

SENIOR YEAR Drama 155a (Directing) 3 Drama 155b (Directing) 3 Drama 210 (Creative Dramatics) 3 Sec. Educ. 139 9 Sec. Educ. 130 6 Teaching Minor 3 Teaching Minor 3 Total 15 Total 15 Total units, four years 127 -129 *Select from Anthro. lb, Psych. la, or Soc. la *Select teaching minor from Speech, Music, Art, English, or foreign language 260 COLLEGE OF FINE ARTS

BACHELOR OF ARTS IN DRAMA DEGREE Major in Dramatic Theory FRESHMAN YEAR FIRST SEMESTER SECOND SEMESTER Subject Units Subject Units Drama 5 (Princ. Perf. Tech.) 2 Drama 21 (Stagecraft & Tech. Probs.).. 3 Drama 15 (Make-up) 1 Drama 25 (Acting I) . 3 Drama 20 (Drafting & Scene Ptg.) 2 Drama 40b (Hist. of Thea. & Drama) . 3 Drama 40a (Hist. of Thea. & Drama) 3 Freshman Composition . 3 Freshman Composition 3 Language 4

Language 4 HPER or PEW . 1 HPER or PEW 1 Total 17 Total 16 SOPHOMORE YEAR Drama Elective 3 Drama Elective ... 3 Language (Group III) 4 Language . 4 Science (Group V) 4 Science ...4 Humanities, Group II 4 Humanities, Group II . 4 PEW - Elective (men) 1 PEW - Elective (men) 1 Total 16 Total 16 JUNIOR YEAR Drama 120a (Stage Lighting) 2 Drama 140 (Princ. Dram. Struc.) .. .. 3 Drama 123a (Scene Design) 3 Dramatic Literature 3 Social Science (Group VI) 6 Social Science ... 6 Dramatic Literature 3 Minor elective ... 3 Drama 240a (Hist. Modern Thea.) ..2 Drama 240b (Hist. Modern Thea.) .... 2 Total 16 Total 17 SENIOR YEAR Drama 155a (Stage Direction) 3 Drama 155b (Stage Direction) 3 Drama 291 (Hist. of Amer. Mot. Pic.) .. 3 Drama 292 (Hist. World Mot. Pic.) 3 English 231a (Shakespeare) 3 English 231b (Shakespeare) 3 Major or Minor Electives 6 Major or Minor Electives . 6 Total 15 Total 15 A supporting minor of 18 to 20 units in not more than two fields must be chosen from art, English, foreign language, history, music, philosophy, speech. If the minor is in a field other than fine arts itis recommended that additional elective units in art, architecture, music, or speech be chosen from at least two departments. Total units, four years 128

DEPARTMENT OF RADIO -TELEVISION MINOR IN RADIO -TELEVISION PRODUCTION For students preparing for a professional career in broadcasting in its major divisions - creative production, news, sales and advertising. As part of the minor in broadcasting, the student should plan a broad education in related areas of study offered by the University in order to develop an awareness of the relationship between broadcasting and society. The student will have available to him during his academic career the facilities of KUAT television, radio and film studios. This curriculum provides for three areas of emphasis: Option 1 - Creative production; Option 2 - News; or Option 3 - Sales and advertising. FRESHMAN YEAR FIRST SEMESTER SECOND SEMESTER Subject Units Subject Units Broadcasting 1 (All options) 3 Broadcasting 54 (All options) 2 SOPHOMORE YEAR Broadcasting 4 or 6 (option 1) 3 Broadcasting 161 (option 3) 3 Broadcasting 5 (option 2) 2 -3 Broadcasting 165 (option 3) 3 COLLEGE OF FINE ARTS 261

JUNIOR YEAR Broadcasting 209 (options 1 & 3) .. .. 3 Broadcasting 126 (options 1 & 3).. 6 Broadcasting 106a (option 2) 3 Broadcasting 106b (option 2) 6 SENIOR YEAR Broadcasting 224 (all options) 3 Broadcasting 254 (option 1) 3 Broadcastin126 (option 2) 3

DEPARTMENT OF SPEECH The Department of Speech is organized in two administrative divisions: General Speech, and Speech and Hearing Sciences.

BACHELOR OF ARTS IN SPEECH DEGREE Major in Speech Arts For students preparing for careers in education,* business and public affairs, or wishing to major in speech for cultural enrichment. The supporting minor shall consist of 20 units in related subjects which supplement the major. A fine arts minor may consist of 20 units taken in art, drama, and music. FRESHMAN YEAR FIRST SEMESTER SECOND SEMESTER Subject Units Subject Units Freshman Composition 3 Freshman Composition 3 Speech 5 (Voice and Diction) 2 Speech 10 (Public Speaking) 3 Foreign language 4 Foreign language 4 Science 4 Science 4 HPER or PEW 1 HPER or PEW 1 Speech 2 or elective 3 Elective 2 -3 Total 17 Total 17 -18 SOPHOMORE YEAR Speech 36 (Oral Interp. Lit.) 3 Speech elective 3 Foreign language 4 Foreign language 4 Social science 3 Social science 3 Group II requirements 3 -4 Group II requirements 3 -4 Electives 3 Electives 3 PEW (women) 1 PEW (women) 1 Total 17 -18 Total 17 -18 Students planning to meet the undergraduate requirements for high school speech teachers will transfer to the College of Education at the beginning of the junior year and will follow the course of study prescribed by that college for the junior and senior years. The junior and senior years are used to complete the group requirements for the Bachelor of Arts degree (see above), the major of 30 units including Speech 267 and 265, the minor, and other electives. Those preparing to teach speech in high school should include Speech 125 and 210. Minimum total units for graduation: 125.

BACHELOR OF SCIENCE IN SPEECH DEGREE Major in Speech and Hearing Sciences For students preparing for careers in basic and clinical sciences (speech pathology, audiology, speech science, and hearing science) in university, laboratory, medical or other rehabilitation setting, or as public school clinicians. Professional certification in the state of Arizona or with the American Speech and Hearing Association requires graduate study with the acquisition of at least 30 semester hours or a Master of Arts degree. 262 COLLEGE OF FINE ARTS

The supporting minor shall consist of 20 units in related subjects which supplement the major. FRESHMAN YEAR FIRST SEMESTER SECOND SEMESTER Subject Units Subject Units Freshman Composition 3 Freshman Composition 3 Bio. Sci. 59a 4 Bio. Sci. 59b 4 Math. 20 3 Math. 24 2 Psych. la 3 Psych lb 3 Elective 2 -3 Speech 7 (Spch & Hear. in Communic.) 3 HPER -PEW 1 UWE R -PEW . 1 Total 16 -17 Total 16 SOPHOMORE YEAR Foreign Language or Linguistics 3 -4 Foreign Language or Linguistics .... 3 -4 Group II requirements 3 -4 Speech 60b (Anat. & Physiol. of Spch.) . 3 Speech 60a (Anat. & Physiol. of Hear.) 3 Physics 2b ... 4 Physics 2a - 4 Group II requirements 3 -4 PEW 1 PEW 1 Elective (optional) 2 -3 Elective (optional) 2 -3 Total 13 -18 Total 13 -18 *To include Math. 91 or equivalent The junior and senior years are used to complete the group requirements for the Bachelor of Science degree with a major in speech and hearing sciences (see above); the major of 30 units including Speech 7, 60a, 60b, 160, 267, 170a, 170b, 180, 181 ; the minor; and other electives. Minimum total units for graduation: 125. Professional certification in the state of Arizona or with the American Speech and Hearing Association requires a fifth year of study. SCHOOL OF MUSIC The School of Music is a member of. the National Association of Schools of Music and the requirements for entrance and graduation as set forth in this catalog are in accordance with the published regulations of that association. Students who take the Bachelor of Music degree with a major in an applied field and who wish to meet Arizona state requirements for certification of private music teachers should take a minimum of 9 semester hours in the field of music education and meet other requirements established by the Arizona State Board of Education.

ENTRANCE REQUIREMENTS An entrance examination in music aptitude and placement tests in theory and applied music are required. Students desiring the degree of Bachelor of Arts,jn Music or the Bachelor of Music degree with a major in music education or theory and composition must take a placement test and meet requirements for registration in Music 13 in the applied field of concentration. In addition, these students should have some knowledge of the piano if the piano is not the field of concentration. Students desiring the degree of Bachelor of Music with an applied major must take a placement test and meet requirements for registration in Music 15 in the chosen field. Credit for applied music is granted only to students who are eligible to register for regular University credit.

MUSIC SCHOLARSHIPS AND FELLOWSHIPS - A number of special scholarships are available to qualified music students. These are described in the Scholarships and Financial Aids section of the catalog. Graduate assistantships covering certain COLLEGE OF FINE ARTS 263

fees -and a cash stipend are available to qualified graduate students. For application blanks, address Director, School of Music. FEES - All music and music education majors will be charged a fee of $40 per semester. For non -majors, the fees per semester for individual instruction in the applied fields of piano, organ, voice, band, and orchestral instruments are: 1 lesson per week $35 2 lessons per week $50 3 lessons per week $60 Lessons are not interchangeable, and if one lesson a week is desired in any field other than that of the major, the price of that lesson will be on the basis of one lesson a week at the regular rate. RENTALS - Pianos may be rented only by those enrolled for individual instruction. Pianos may be rented for a semester at the following rates: $ 4 for 1 hour's practice per day $ 6 for 2 hours' practice per day $ 8 for 3 hours' practice per day $10 for 4 hours' practice per day No student is allowed to use pianos regularly unless rent has been paid. ORGANS, HARPSICHORDS, and HARPS may be rented at a charge of $10 per semester for one hour daily; $15 for two hours daily; $20 for three hours daily. A limited number of band . and orchestral instruments may be rented for $2 per semester.If the instrumentis damaged in any way, the renter will be held responsible for the full amount of the damage. All rentals are for a period of 17 weeks. REFUNDS will be made according to the refund schedule. No refund will be made on rental charges of $4 or less. Lessons missed by the student will not be made up unless he has notified the instructor 24 hours before the regular time of the lesson. Lessons missed by the instructor will be made up within the semester. Lessons falling on a legal holiday will not be made up. Students registeredfor applied music in individual instruction may be required to attend lessons of another student or special group meetings as arranged by the instructor. Students may also,at the discretion of their major advisers or applied teachers, be required to register for chamber ensemble, Music 20. Students are required to appear in recitals as arranged by the instructor. Attendance at ten on- campus concerts and /or recitals per semester is required of all music majors, both undergraduate and graduate.

BACHELOR OF MUSIC DEGREE Applied Major FRESHMAN YEAR FIRST SEMESTER SECOND SEMESTER Subject Units Subject Units Music 6a (Survey of Music Lit.) 2 Music 6b (Survey of Music Lit.) 2 1-Music 10, 20, or 55 1 ttMusic 10, 20, or 55 1 Music 15 (Applied major) 3 -4 Music 15 (Applied major) 3 -4 *Music 25a Piano Class) 1 *Music 25b (Piano Class) 1 Music 32a (Theory I) 3 Music 32b (Theory I) 3 Freshman Composition 3 Freshman Composition 3 HPER or PEW 1 HPER or PEW 1 Total 1415 Electives (men) 2 Total 15 -17 264 COLLEGE OF FINE ARTS

SOPHOMORE YEAR ttMusic 10, 20, or 55 1 fi-Music 10, 20, or 55 1 Music 16 (Applied major) 4 Music 16 (Applied major) 4 *Music 25c (Piano Class) 1 *Music 25d (Piano Class) 1 Music 33a (Theory II) 4 Music 33b (Theory II) 4 Foreign language or elective 3 -4 Foreign language or elective 3 -4 Social science 3 Social science 3 PEW (women); Elective (men) 1 PEW (women); Elective (men) 1 Total 17 -18 Total 17 -18 JUNIOR YEAR -{-Music 10,20,or 255 1 ttMusic 10,20,or 255 1 *Music 151a (Conducting) 2 Music 151 b (Conducting) 2 Music 217 (Applied major) 4 Music 217 (Applied major) 4 Music 231a (Form & Analaysis) 2 Music 231b (Form & Analysis) 2 Music 232a (Counterpoint I) 2 #Music 232b (Counterpoint) 2 Science 4 Science ... 4 Total 15 Total 15 SENIOR YEAR ttMusic 10, 20 or 255 1 ti-Music 10, 20 or 255 1 Music 106a (History of Music) 3 Music 106b istorof Music) 3 Music 218 (Applied major) 4 Music 218 (ppliedymajor) 4 tMusic 233a (Orchestration) 2 #Music 233b (Orchestration) 2 Group II Requirements 3 -4 Group II Requirements 3 -4 Electives 4 Electives 4 Total 17 -18 Total 17 -18 *Piano and organ majors substitute music electives for both 1 SI a and 151b. * *Voice majors take 1 SI a only. tPiano, organ, and voice majors subsitute electives. ttPiano majors must complete 4 units of 20 -A and 4 units of 20- P and /or 20 -X. # Vocal majors will substitute Music 207 and 209. NOTE: Piano proficiency test required if major instrument is not piano. Voice majors include French la-lb and German la -1 b. Senior recital required of all applied majors.

BACHELOR OF MUSIC DEGREE Major in Theory and Composition FRESHMAN YEAR FIRST SEMESTER SECOND SEMESTER Subject Units Subject Units Music 6a (Surv. of Music Lit.) 2 Music 6b (Surv. of Music Lit.) 2 Music 10 or 20 1 Music 10 or 20 . 1 Music 13 (Applied major) 1 Music 13 (Applied major) 1 Music 24 (String Class) 1 Music 21 W.W. Class) . 1 Music 32a (Theory I) 3 Music 32b (Theory I) 3 Social science 3 Social science . 3 Freshman Composition 3 Freshman Composition 3 HPER or PEW 1 HPER or PEW 1 Total 15 Elective (men) 2 Total 16 -17 SOPHOMORE YEAR Music 10 or 2.0 1 Music 10 or 20 1 Music 14 (Applied major) 1 Music 14 (Applied major) 1 Music 22 (Brass Class) 1 Music elective 1 Music 33a (TheoryII) 4 Music 33b (Theory II) 4 Science 4 Science 4 Foreign language or elective 3 -4 Foreign language or elective 3 -4 PEW (women); Electives (men) 1 PEW (women); Electives (men) 1 Total 15 -16 Total 15 -16 JUNIOR YEAR Music 10 or 20 1 Music 10 or 20 . 1 Music 15 (Applied major) 2 Music 15 (Applied major) 2 Music 15a (Basic Cond. Tech.) 2 Music 151b Basic Cond. Tech.) 2 Music 2 31 a (Form & Analysis) 2 Music 2 31 b Form & Analysis) 2 Music 232a (Counterpoint I) 2 Music 232b Counterpoint I) 2 Music 238a (Composition) 2 Music 238b (Composition) 2 Music electives 1 Music electives 2 Group II Requirements 3 -4 Group II Requirements 3-4 Total 16 -17 Total 16 -17 COLLEGE OF FINE ARTS 265

SENIOR YEAR Music 10 or 20 1 Music 10 or 20 1 Music 15 (Applied major) 2 Music 15 (Applied major) 2 Music 106a (History of Music) 3 Music 106b (History of Music) 3 Music 233a (Orchestration I) 2 Music 233b (Orchestration I) 2 Music 240 (Composition techniques) 2 Music 240 (Composition techniques). 2 Music electives 3 Music electives 3 Electives 2 Electives 2 Total 15 Total 15 NOTE: Piano proficiency test requiredifmajor instrument is not piano.

BACHELOR OF MUSIC DEGREE Instrumental Major in Music Education

FRESHMAN YEAR FIRST SEMESTER . SECOND SEMESTER Subject Units Subject Units Music 10 (Band, Orch.) 1 Music 10 (Band, Orch.) 1 Music 13 (Applied Major) 1 Music 13 (Applied Major) 1 Music 32a (Theory I) 3 Music 32b (Theory I) 3 Music 6a (Survey of Music Lit.) 2 Music 6b (Survey of Mus. Lit.) 2 Music 25a (Piano Class) 1 Music 25b (Piano Class) 1 Music 21 1 Music 21 1 Freshman Composition 3 Freshman Composition 3 Psychology la., Anthro. lb, or Soc. 1 3 Speech 3 HPER or PEW 1 HPER or PEW 1 Total 16 Electives (men) 2 Total 16 -18

SOPHOMORE YEAR Music 10 (Band. Orch.) 1 Music 10 Band. Orch.) 1 Music 14 (Applied Major) 1 Music 14(AppliedMajor) 1 Music 33a (Theory II) 4 Music 33b (Theory II) 4 Music 25d (Piano Class) 1 Music 26a (Voice Class) 1 Music 22, 23 2 Music 22 1 Group II Requirements 3 -4 Group II Requirements 3 -4 Science 4 Science 4 PEW (women) 1 PEW (women) 1 Music 118a (Mus. Ed. Obs.) 1 Music 118b (Mus. Ed. Obs.) .... 1 Total 17 -18 Total 16 -17

JUNIOR YEAR Music 10 (Band, Orch.) 1 Music 10 (Band, Orch.) 1 Music 15 (Applied Major) 1 Music 15 (Applied Major) 1 Music 151a (Conducting) 2 Music 151b (Conducting) 2 Music 220 (Prin. Mus. Ed.) 3 Music 221 3 Music 106a 3 Music 106b 3 Music 24 1 Music 24 1 Ed. Psych. 110 3 Found. Ed. 150 or Sec. Ed. 131 3 Music 119 (Practicum) 1 Academic Elective 3 Gov't. 100 3 Total 17 Total 18

SENIOR YEAR Sec. Ed. 197m 3 Music 10 (Band, Orch.) 1 Music 10 (Band, Orch.) 1 Music 15 (Applied Major) 1 Music 15 (Applied Major) . 1 Sec. Ed. 139 (Practice Teaching) 9 Music 231a 2 Academic Elective 7 Music 233a (Orchestration) 2 Total 18 Sec. Ed. 130 6 Academic Elective 3 Total 18 266 COLLEGE OF FINE ARTS

BACHELOR OF MUSIC DEGREE Vocal Major in Music Education FRESHMAN YEAR FIRST SEMESTER SECOND SEMESTER Subject Units Subject Units Music 10 (Choir) 1 Music 10 (Choir) 1 Music 13V (Applied Major) 1 Music 13V (Applied Major) 1 Music 32a (Theory I) 3 Music 32b (Theory I) 3 Music 6a (Survey of Music Lit.) 2 Music 6b (Survey of Music Lit.) 2 Music 12P 1 Music 12P 1 Freshman Composition 3 Freshman Composition 3 Psych. la, Anthro. 1 b, or Soc. 1 3 Speech 3 HPER or PEW 1 HPER or PEW 1 Electives (men) 2 Academic elective . 2 Total 15 -17 Total 17 SOPHOMORE YEAR Music 10 (Choir) 1 Music 10 (Choir) ... 1 Music 14V (Applied Major) 1 Music 14V (Applied Major) 1 Music 33a (Theory II) 4 Music 33b (Theory II) . 4 Music 13P 1 Music 13P 1 Group II Requirements 3 -4 Group II Requirements 3 -4 Science 4 Science . 4 PEW (women) 1 PEW (women) 1 Music 118a (Mus. Ed. Obs.) 1 Music 118b . 1 Academic elective 2 Academic elective . 2 Total 17 -18 Total 17 -18 JUNIOR YEAR Music 10 (Choir) 1 Music 10 (Choir) . 1 Music 15V (Applied Major) 1 Music 15V (Applied Major) 1 Music 151a (Conducting) 2 Music 151b (Conducting) 2 Music 220 (Prin. Mus. Ed.) 3 Music 221 3 Music 106a 3 Music 1066 . 3 Music 14P 1 Music 14P . 1 Ed. Psych. 110 3 Found. Ed. 150 or Sec. Ed. 131 3 Music 119 (Practicum) 1 Music 238 (Composition) 2 Gov't. 100 3 Total 16 Total 18 SENIOR YEAR Music 10 (Choir) 1 Music 10 (Choir) 1 Music 15V (Applied Major) 1 Music 15V (Applied Major) 1 Music 231a 2 Sec. Ed. 139 (Pract. Tchg.) 9 Music 15P 1 Music 15P 1 Sec. Educ. 197mv 3 Academic elective ... 6 Sec. Ed. 130 6 Total 18 Academic elective 4 Total 18 BACHELOR OF MUSIC DEGREE Major in Jazz and Contemporary Media Music FRESHMAN YEAR FIRST SEMESTER SECOND SEMESTER Subject Units Subject Units Social Science 3 Social Science . 3 Freshman Composition 3 Freshman Composition .. 3 HPER or PEW 1 HPER or PEW . 1 Music 32a 3 Music 32b 3 Music 10 or 20 1 Music 10 or 20 . .. 1 Music 9 (Laboratory group) 1 Music 9 . 1 Music 6a 2 Music 6b 2 Applied Music Elective 1 Applied Music Elective 1 Applied Major (13) 2 Applied Major (14) 2 Total 17 Total 17 SOPHOMORE YEAR Science 4 Science 4 Foreign Lang. or Acad. Elec 3 -4 Foreign Lang. or Acad. Elec 3 -4 PEW (women); Elec. (men) 1 PEW (women); Elec. (men) I Music 33a 4 Music 33b . 4 Music 10 or 20 1 Music 10 or 20 . 1 Music 9 1 Music 9 . 1 Applied Music Elective 1 Applied Music Elective 1 Applied Major (15) 2 Applied Major (15) 2 Total 17 -18 Total 17 -18 COLLEGE OF FINE ARTS 267

JUNIOR YEAR Group II Requirements 3 -4 Group II Requirements 3 -4 Music 10 or 20 1 Music 10 or 20 1 Music 9 1 Music 9 1 Music 151a 2 Music 151b 2 Music 238a 2 Music 238b 2 Music 233a 2 Music 237 (Band Arr) 2 Music 232a 2 Music 232b 2 Applied Music Elective 1 Applied Music Elective 1 Applied Major (15) 2 Applied Major (15) 2 Total 16 -17 Total 16 -17 SENIOR YEAR Music 10 or 20 1 Music 10 or 20 1 Music 231a (F & A) 2 Music 231b 2 Music 9 1 Music 9 1 Music 241 (Jazz) 2 Music 242 (Jazz Imp.) 2 Music Lit. or History 3 Music Lit. or History 3 Music 240 (Comp. Tech.) 3 Music 240 3 Applied Music Elective 1 Applied Music Elective 1 Applied Major (16) 2 Applied Major (16) 2 Electives 2 Electives 2 Total 17 Total 17

BACHELOR OF MUSIC DEGREE Major in Sacred Music FRESHMAN YEAR FIRST SEMESTER SECOND SEMESTER Subject Units Subject Units Social Science 3 Social Science 3 Freshman Composition 3 Freshman Composition 3 HPER or PEW 1 HPER or PEW 1 Music 32a 3 Music 32b 3 *Music 20 1 Music 10 or 20 1 Music 6a 2 Music 6b 2 '*Applied Music (15 -0 or 15 -V) 3 Applied Music (15 -0 or 15 -V) 3 Total 16 Total 16 SOPHOMORE YEAR Science 4 Science 4 .I-Group II Requirements 3 Group II Requirements 3 Music 10 or 20 1 Music 10 or 20 1 Music 33a 4 Music 33b 4 Applied Music:16 -0 or 16-V) 2 AppliedMusic:(16 -0 or 16 -V) 2 (13 -0or 13-V) 1 (13 -0 or 13 -V) 1 PEW (Women); Elec. (Men) 1 PEW (Women); Elec. (Men) 1 Academic Elec 2 Academic Elec 2 Total 18 Total 18 JUNIOR YEAR Foreign Lang. or Acad. Elec. 4 Foreign Lang. or Acad. Elec 4 Music 106a 3 Music 106b 3 Music 10 or 20 1 Music 10 or 20 1 Music 151a 2 Music 151b 2 Music 231a 2 Music 231b 2 Music 232a 2 Music 232b 2 Applied Music: (16- 0 -16 -V) 2 Applied Music: (16- 0 -16 -V) 2 (14-0-14-V 1 (14- 0 -14 -V) 1 Total 17 Total 17 SENIOR YEAR Music 10 or 20 I Music 10 or 20 1 Academic Electives 3 #Academic Electives 3 Applied Music: (217 -0 or 217 -V) 3 Applied Music: (217 -0 or 217 -V) 3 Music 233a or 238a 2 Music 233b or 238b 2 Music Lit. Elective 2 -3 Internship in Sacred Music 3 Sacred Music Administration 2 Hymnology and Liturgies 2 Sacred Music Practicum 3 Sacred Music Practicum 3 Total 16 -17 Total 17 *Organ majors must include 4 units of 20 -A * *Organ majors must include 4 units of Voice. Voice Majors must include 4 units of Piano and 2 units of Organ #English 120a -120b (Literature of theBible)recommended. Philosophy 21 (Western Religions) recommended. 268 COLLEGE OF FINE ARTS

BACHELOR OF ARTS IN MUSIC For students who may wish to pursue graduate work in musicology or whose interest in music is essentially cultural. FRESHMAN YEAR FIRST SEMESTER SECOND SEMESTER Subject Units Subject Units Music 6a (Surv. Music Lit.) 2 Music 6b (Surv. Music Lit.) 2 Music 10 (Band., Orch., Choir) 1 Music 10 ((Band, Orch., Choir) 1 *Music 13 (Applied Music) 1 Music 13 Applied Music) . 1 Music 32a (Theory I) 3 Music 32b (Theory I) 3 Freshman Composition 3 Freshman Composition 3 * *Foreign language 4 Foreign language 4 HPER or PEW 1 HPER or PEW 1 Total 15 Electives (men) . 2 Total 15 -17 SOPHOMORE YEAR Music 10 (Band, Orch., Choir) 1 Music 10 (Band, Orch., Choir) 1 Music 14 (Applied Music) 1 Music 14 (Applied Music) 1 Music 33a (Theory II) 4 Music 33b (Theory II) 4 Foreign language 4 Foreign language 4 Group II Requirements 3 -4 Group II Requirements 3 -4 Hist. 4a (Hist. W. Civ.) 3 Hist. 4b (Hist. W. Civ.) 3 PEW (women); Electives (men) 1 PEW (women); Electives (men) 1 Total 17 -18 Total 17 -18 *Piano proficiency is requiredifthe principal instrument is not piano. * *German or French are recommended. The junior and senior years will be used to complete: 1) group requirements for the Bachelor of Arts in Music degree; 2) major requirements of 4 units in applied music (Music 15), 106a -106b, 231a -231b, 232a -232b, and 4 units elected from courses in music history and literature, 2 of which shall be in Music 260a; and 3) a supporting minor of 20 units in not more than two fields from the following areas: Anthropology English Oriental Studies Psychology Art History Foreign Language Philosophy Speech Drama History Physics Total units required for graduation...125

STUDENT PROFESSIONAL AND HONORARY ASSOCIATIONS The following student professional and honorary organizations are active in the College of Fine Arts: American Guild of Organists - student chapter Kappa Kappa Psi - band fraternity for men Music Educators National Conference - student chapter Music Teachers National Association - student chapter Phi Mu Alpha Sinfonia Fraternity of America - men's national professional music society Pi Kappa Delta - national speech honorary Sigma Alpha Eta - national organization for speech and hearing therapists Sigma Alpha Iota - women's national music honorary Sigma Phi Epsilon - national collegiate players Tau Beta Sigma - band fraternity for women University Players - local student dramatic honorary College of Law The University of Arizona College of Law is a member of the Association of American Law Schools and an approved law school of the American Bar Association. A rigorous course of professional education prepares students for service to the community in the private and public practice of law. To qualify for membership in the legal profession, a student must possess a broad educational experience and significant intellectual capacity, and must successfully negotiate a difficult course of study during which he is expected to master the principles of the law and of the legal system and to acquire professional techniques of lawyers. The College of Law requires that all students possess an undergraduate bachelor's degree upon admission and an academic record indicating the capacity to study law successfully. The program of the College requires six semesters of full -time study or their equivalent. The College provides an excellent library and a distinguished faculty sufficiently large to meet the individual needs of every student. For application forms and additional information pertaining to the program of the College, a College of Law Catalog may be obtained from the College of Law (Room 405).

REQUIREMENTS FOR ADMISSION First -year students are admitted only in the fall semester. The application plusother required materials must be filed by June15forfirst -semester registration.Laterapplicationswillbeconsideredonly where compelling circumstances excuse the delay. Students who have satisfactorily completed one year or more in an approved law school may register for either semester. An applicant for admission must present evidence of good character and submit the following: 1. A completed application form. 2. An official copy of the Law School Admission Test results. 3. The nonresident application fee if necessary. In addition an applicant must register with and send transcripts from each institution of higher education attended to the Law School Data Assembly Services. Admission is granted to students whose cumulative grade point average, when considered with the Law School Admission Test score and other relevant data, indicates a reasonable probability of success in the study of law. Generally students with a cumulative grade average no higher than B will find difficulty in gaining admission, unless they receive a high score on the Law School Admission Test. Admission standards are not inflexible and careful consideration is given to factors which indicate good potential for law study. PRELEGAL STUDIES: No specific courses are required for admission to the College of Law. In addition to the standard curricula prescribed by the college in which they are registered for their prelegal work, pre -law students are advised to elect courses open to them in economics, mathematics, sociology, government, English, speech, foreign language, history, philosophy, and psychology. Facility in English is essential to the successful study and practice of law, and a knowledge of elementary accounting is desirable. 269 270 COLLEGE OF LAW

LAW SCHOOL ADMISSION TEST: All applicants for admission as beginning law students must take the Law School Admission Test, given by the Educational Testing Service. Applicants must write directly to Law School Admission Test, Educational Testing Service, Box 944, Princeton, New Jersey, 08540, requesting an application blank and bulletin of information. The tests are given four times a year at The University of Arizona and other centers throughout the United States. No student may register in the College of Law until the official results of the test have been received by the College.

ORIENTATION:Allfirst -yearstudentsarerequiredtoattenda two -day orientation program immediately prior to first -semester registration in the College of Law. SPECIAL STUDENTS: A limited number of students without the qualifications required of candidates for the law degree may, at the discretion of the faculty, be admitted as special students. Applicants must have experience and an educational background which indicate strong probability of success in law study, and must demonstrate some special need for legal training. They are not degree candidates nor can they become eligible for the bar examination in Arizona. Well- qualified senior undergraduate students, with approval of their major professor and the dean of their college, and graduate students, with approval of their adviser and the dean of the Graduate College, may register for courses in the College of Law. Such students must obtain the approval of the instructor and Executive Committee of the law faculty.

TRANSFER STUDENTS: Students who have done well at other law schools may be permitted to transfer to The University of Arizona in either the fall or spring semester. To be eligible for transfer, the student must have an undergraduate academic record which would qualify him to enter The University of Arizona College of Law as a beginning student. Besides the items required for normal application, a transfer applicant must submit an official transcript of his prior law studies and a letter from the dean of the school from which he is transferring stating that he is eligible to register and continue in that law school. No student either disqualified or on probation at another law school, or who has failed to maintain at least a "C" average for all law attempted may transfer to the College of Law. Each case will be judged as to whether such a transfer would be in the best interest of the student and of the College. Credit will not be given for work done at a law school which was not a member of the Association of American Law Schools or approved by the American Bar Association.

COURSE OF STUDY LEADING TO THE JURIS DOCTOR DEGREE The first year of law study is entirely prescribed: FIRST YEAR FIRST SEMESTER SECOND SEMESTER Subject Units Subject Units Contracts (Law 300) 5 Torts (Law 304) 5 Introduction to Legal Process & Property (Law 305) . 5 Civil Procedure (Law 301) 4 Constitutional Law (Law 306) 4 Criminal Law Process (Law 302) 4 Appellate Practice & Moot Court Research & Writing (Law 303) 2 (Law 307) 1 Total 15 Total 15 COLLEGE OF LA W 271

SECOND YEAR Required course: Subject Units Evidence (Law 308) 4 THIRD YEAR Required course: Subject Units The Legal Profession (Law 309) 2

In addition to the above required courses, the following requirements must be satisfied: 1. Each student as a condition of graduation must satisfactorily complete at least one of the following courses: Jurisprudence, International Law, Legal History, Legal Process, Comparative Law. 2. Each student must satisfactorily complete at least- one seminar and must, either in conjunction with a seminar or through independent research, present a research paper of substantial quality. (See course and seminar listings under "Law" in Departments and Courses of Instruction).

COURSE LOAD REQUIREMENTS The study of law requires substantially the student's full time. To meet the study demands and to avoid overburdening the student, the following rules apply: 1. No student may register for more than 15 units in any semester; 2. Except in special circumstances, first -year-students must register for the entire prescribed course of 15 units in each of the first two semesters. Other students shall carry at least 13 units each semester unless consent of the Dean to a reduced load is obtained. No student may carry fewer than 9 units. For those who require financial assistance in order to carry on full-time law studies, efforts will be made to arrange scholarship and loan ,assistance.. Those finding it absolutely necessary to engage in outside employment will be required to reduce their course loads proportionately, within the above -prescribed limits.

MINIMUM SCHOLASTIC REQUIREMENTS 1. Probation: A student shall be placed on probation if, at the end of any . regular semester or any summer session, his cumulative grade average, or his grade average for that regular semester or summer session, is below 3.0000.- 2. Disqualification: A student on probation shall be disqualified if, at the end of the next regular semester for which he enrolls, he fails to achieve a cumulative average of 3.0000, or better. 3. Readmission: A student disqualified under the above rule- may be readmitted on probation only upon permission of . the Law Faculty Executive Committee after petition filed by the student, and subject to such conditions as the Committee may then impose. Experience indicates that students who have once been disqualified are unlikely to succeed in the study of law thereafter.. Therefore, the Committee - discourages applications for readmission and warns that such applications.shall be granted only in the exceptional case where it is shown that the disqualification resulted from circumstances not indicating the - student's lack of capacity for law study and all material factors in the particular case indicate a high probability of success after readmission: 272 COLLEGE OF LAW

REQUIREMENTS FOR JURIS DOCTOR DEGREE To secure the degree in law from The University of Arizona, a candidate must: 1. Have met fully all prelegal requirements established by the University for the admission of students as candidates for the law degree (see above). 2. Have completed at least 6 semesters or the equivalent in residence study of law in accredited law schools. The course may be accelerated by summer study, two law summer sessions at the University equalling one semester. When part of the study has been done in other accredited law schools, the work of the final two semesters, comprising not fewer than 27 units of law credits (see "Residence," in Requirements for Graduation section), must be done in residence in this University. "Completed...in residence study" means that a student has registered for a minimum of 10 class hours per week. In case a student fails to pass work equal to 9 class hours per -week, he shall not receive "resident credit" in excess of the ratio that the hours passed bear to 9. 3. Have secured during such residence not fewer than 85 units of law study, including the courses above designated as "Required." A grade average of 3.0000 is required for all courses of law study undertaken at the University. College of Liberal Arts The College of Liberal Arts attempts to provide a student with a background that will enable him to lead a meaningful personal life and to pursue a specific vocation or profession. The objectives of a liberal education are to acquire habits of thought, methods of investigation; and ethical perspectives that will foster reasoned judgments and will increase the capacity for living a full life. A further objective is to stimulate the desire for continuing the educational process throughout a lifetime. An individual needs the viewpoints and the organized knowledge of different disciplines that permit the growth of the intellect. 'In addition, he must be able to communicate with effectiveness and clarity.In the long run, no pattern of education is likely to be more relevant.

ADMISSION Applicants for admission to the College of Liberal Arts are strongly advised to offer one unit of plane geometry in meeting the entrance requirement in mathematics. The University gives no introductory work in algebra or plane geometry, and these courses are prerequisites to many beginning courses in the College. Further, unless special circumstances permit the omission of a foreign language, the student is strongly advised to present two units of work therein. (See "Exceptions to Language Requirements," in this section.) ADVANCED PLACEMENT - Students who have taken college -level courses in highschool and have taken the Advanced Placement Examination willbe considered for advanced placement and the granting of college credit toward degree requirements. ADMISSION TO ADVANCED STANDING - Transfer students should check carefully the lower- division requirements of the College of Liberal Arts and the program of the department in which they plan to major in order to determine their remaining course requirements in the College of Liberal Arts at The University of Arizona. Units taken at another school, or in a different program, often do not apply to the program the student chooses at The University of Arizona. (Also note restriction under "Liberal Arts List of Courses" in this section.) FINANCIAL ASSISTANCE - See the Scholarships and Financial Aid section of this catalog.

- CLASSIFICATION OF STUDENTS (See Registration section for details.) REGULAR - Freshmen, sophomores, juniors or .seniors, depending upon how many units of credit have been completed, who are working actively toward graduation.

UNCLASSIFIED - Students who are not candidates for degrees.

273 274 COLLEGE OF LIBERAL ARTS

REGISTRATION APPROVAL OF SCHEDULES - All schedules of courses must be approved by the Dean of the College, after having been approved by the adviser (in the case of lower -division students) or by the major professor (upper- division students). Regular students classified as freshmen or sophomores may elect a special schedule with the understanding that its approval does not constitute waiver of any specific requirements for a degree. Students who are minors may deviate from prescribed schedules only upon written approval of their parents. Prescribed programs for freshmen and sophomores must include Freshman Composition and at least two of the remaining three required academic groups, For the third group the student may substitute courses of his own choice. MAXIMUM SEMESTER LOAD - In the College of Liberal Arts the normal maximum semester load is 18 units. Units above 18 may not be elected by a student without specific permission of the Dean of the College. Such permission is grantedto students, other than seniors andfirst -semester freshmen, whose cumulative grade -point averages are 2.0000 or better. First -semester freshmen are not eligible for such permission. Correspondence course credit, off -campus continuing education courses, and other off -campus college level (LDS) courses are counted, along with residence - courses, in determining the maximum load for a given semester. MINIMUM SEMESTER LOAD - In the College of Liberal Arts lower -division students are expected to carry at least 12 units. A load of fewer units must have the permission of the Dean. See chapter on Registration for more general details.

REQUIREMENTS FOR THE DEGREES OF BACHELOR OF ARTS AND BACHELOR OF SCIENCE The first two years are designated the lower division, and the last two years the upper division of the College. In the lower division, the subject matter and methods of instruction are planned to broaden the student's range of interests and to insure reasonable facility in the use of .basic . tools of thought and com- munication. A student remains in the lower division until he has earned 56 units of credit. The aim in the upper division is to increase the student's mastery in a limited field. To secure this concentration, the major and minor requirements for the degrees have been formulated. (See "Explanatory- Notes " -introducing Departments and Courses of Instruction section for explanation of course numbering system.) Courses numbered 200 and above are not open to students with less than 56 units. GROUP UNITS Group Units I. FRESHMAN COMPOSITION 6 Six units from English 1, 2, 3 or 4. (See "Required Subjects - Lower Division" in the Academic Guidelines chapter regarding placement in English.) All freshmen must enroll in Freshman English. II. HUMANITIES OPTION 8 -10 This requirement may be satisfied by one of the following options: A. Humanities 50a -50b. B. Not less than 9 units from the following three groups, with no more than 6 units from any one group. (Courses numbered 200 or above not open to Freshman and. Sophomores.) COLLEGE OF LIBERAL ARTS 275

1.Literature: Classics 101a -101b Drama 40a -40b English 60, 65, 70a -70b English 87a -87b (for foreign students only) French 50a -50b, 200a -200b, 201a -201b German 200a -200b, 212a -212b Italian 201a -201b, 282a -282b Oriental Studies 55, 206a -206b, 236a -236b, 266, 267 Portuguese 183, 285a -285b Russian 100a -100b, 104a -104b Spanish 104a -104b, 182 2. Philosophy 11, 13, 60, 61 3. Art 7, 8, and Music 7, 8 C. Humanities 50a plus 6 units from courses listed under B. Courses applied toward the Humanities option may not be used to fulfill other requirements. III. FOREIGN LANGUAGES 0 -16 Exceptions to Language Requirements: The basic requirement in foreign language for the bachelor's degree is either proficiencyin one language at the 16 -unit level, or 16 units. This requirement may be met wholly in the University, or partly in high school and partly in the University. Students who have credit for the fourth year in one language in high school must pass a proficiency examination at the 16 -unit level or complete a course in that language for which attainment at the 16 -unit level is a prerequisite. Placement for credit in language courses for students continuing in a foreign language already taken in high school will be based upon the results of a placement examination given by the department concerned. In some cases the student may be granted advanced placement college credit. It is possible for students to take advantage of unusual circumstances of family background, foreign residence, or individual effort to meet the language requirements by taking a proficiency examination in one language at the 16 -unit level. Foreign students will be allowed credit by transfer in their native language only for those courses taken during the years equivalent to the United States collegeyears.Otherwisethey may be allowedproficiencytomeet the lower- division Group III requirement, but without credit toward graduation. Completion of the following course -levels will satisfy the requirement: Oriental Studies 260b (Arabic); Oriental Studies 200b (Chinese); Classics (Greek) 110b; Classics (Hebrew) 120b; Classics (Latin) 2b; French 2b; German 2b or 105; Oriental Studies 230b (Hindi); Italian 2b; Oriental Studies 220b (Japanese); Oriental Studies 295b (Persian); Portuguese 102b; Russian 2b or 2c; Spanish 2b or 101b. IV. SOCIAL SCIENCE 9 -12 For the Bachelor of Arts degree, either 12 units in one subject, or 6 units in each of two. For the Bachelor of Science degree, 9 units in no more than two subjects. The following are open to freshmen and sophomores: Anthropology la -lb Economics 1, 2a -2b Geography 2a -2b Government 1, 2, 3, 40, 50 History 4a-4b, 10a -10b, 20a -20b, 40a -40b, 55a -55b Oriental Studies 7a -7b, 9a -9b Philosophy 11, 12, 13, 60, 61 Psychology la -lb, 10, 40, 43 Sociology 1, 83, 85, 89, 90 V. PHYSICAL EDUCATION 24 See paragraphs on Physical Education under "Required Subjects - Lower Division" in the Academic Guidelines section for the University requirement. VI. SCIENCE OR MATHEMATICS 8 (The entire 8 units must be completed in a single area listed under A, B and C.) A. Mathematics (See"CoursesofInstruction"forstatementregarding placementin mathematics) 276 COLLEGE OF LIBERAL ARTS

B. Physical Sciences - 8 units in only one subject Astronomy la -lb Chemistry laR -lbR, laL -lbL, 2aR -2bR and 2aL -2bL (both must be taken) Students planning to take additional chemistry must start with course 2aR -2bR plus 2aL -2bL. Contemporary Natural Science (Bio. Sci. /Chem. /Physics 4a-4b) Both halves must be taken Geosciences la -lb Students planning to major take la and 52. Physics la -lb, 2a -2b, 3a -3b (calculus corequisite for this course) Prospective physics majors usually start with Physics 10, which has a calculus prerequisite. C. Biological Sciences - 8 units in only one subject Bio. Sci. la-lb Prospective biological science majors start with 5a-Sb,which has a chemistry prerequisite. Microbiology 1 a -1 b Courses in the Foundations of Science series (Physics 12, Chemistry 12, Biological Sciences 12, Geosciences 12, and Mathematics 12a -12b and 16) are for pre -elementary education students only.

DEGREE CREDITS Graduation from the College of Liberal Arts requires a minimum of 125 units. A candidate for the Bachelor of Arts or the Bachelor of Science degree must meet requirements both in number and kinds of units as outlined in the catalog under which he has chosen to graduate. (See "Choice of Catalog" in Requirements for Graduation section.) UNIT REQUIREMENTS FOR THE DEGREES B.A. *B.S. Group Units Units I. Freshman Composition 6 6 II. Humanities 8 -10 8 -10 III. Foreign Language 0 -16 0 -16 IV. Social Science (maximum 2 fields) 12 9 V. Physical Education 2 -4 2-4 VI. Science or Mathematics 8 8 (All B.S. programs require Mathematics) Total group units required 36 -56 33 -53 #Major, minor, electives 89 -69 92 -72 Required for graduation 125 125 Upper- division Units required 40 29 *Candidates for the B.S. degree must choose both the major and the minor from the subjects listed under Group VI. The only exceptions to this rule are that the B.S. degree may not be earned in Geosciences by students in Liberal Arts, and that the minor in Systems Engineering, described under "Mathematics" in the Departments and Courses of Instruction section of this catalog, falls outside Group VI. #The major or minor may lie wholly within the elective or be included in part of the group units required.

THE ELEMENTARY EDUCATION CURRICULUM LEADING TO THE DEGREE OF BACHELOR OF ARTS IN EDUCATION The entire four -year program for students who are candidates for the elementary education certificate must be planned carefully with an adviser from the College of Education. Although Education is the major for such students, they are enrolled in the College of Liberal Arts for the first two years. Upon completion of 56 units, including the courses specified by the College of Education, with a 3.0000 average or better on all official college work, the student is eligible to apply for admission to the College of Education. COLLEGE OF LIBERAL ARTS 277

Students preparing to teach elementary school have quite different Group Requirements from prospective graduates of Liberal Arts; no foreign language is required; the social science choices are prescribed; and the Group VI requirement differs in content and in units. The list of specified courses will be found in the College of Education section of this catalog.

GENERAL STUDIES CURRICULUM FOR THE DEGREE OF BACHELOR OF ARTS This program is designed for students wanting substantial training in several different fields, rather than more intensive work in a single major. For the B.A. in General Studies, only 29 units of upper- division work are required. Students selecting this curriculum must be counseled by one of the deans in the College of Liberal Arts. Total Group Units I. Freshman Composition 6 II. Humanities 20 Humanities 50a -50b (4 -4) 8 American and /or English Literature 12 III. Foreign Language (one) 3 -19 16 -unit level in the language plus 3 -unit literature course for which that level is prerequisite IV. Social Science: 30 Two related subjects, 12 units each 24 An additional subject 6 V. Physical Education 2 -4 VI. Science or Mathematics 29 Chemistry or physics 8 Biological Science 8 An additional year from one of the above, or another Gr. VI subject, or a year course in Nutrition 8 Mathematics 20 and 24, or 44 5 Total GROUP units required 87 -108 Total ELECTIVE units 38 -17 Required for graduation 125

LIBERAL ARTS CURRICULUM CONTENT In addition to Group Unit requirements, the student's curriculum will include a major, a supporting minor, and elective courses, selected with the counsel of his adviser and major professor. MAJOR - A major is defined as a minimum of 30 units in a field of intensive study. Certain departments exclude from their major the basic first -year course and so indicate in their description of the major under Departments and Courses of Instruction. Restrictions on the major: Major subject work must be distributed through at least four semesters. Not later than the junior year each student shall choose his major subject and supporting minor or minors. At least 8 units in the major must be taken in residence. A graduation grade average of 3.0000 is required for all courses in the major undertaken at the University. This average includes the introductory first -year course, even though it may be excluded from the major as defined in the department. Not more than 48 units in any one department (or subject) may be applied to graduationrequirements.*Honors coursesareincludedincomputingthis maximum. At least 16 units must be in upper- division work (unless an exception is noted by the department). 278 COLLEGE OF LIBERAL ARTS

A student may change his major subject at the beginning of any semester by informing the heads of the departments concerned. A senior student must inform in writing not only the departments but also the degree certification office. *For the major and minor in English, the all - University requirement of Freshman Composition is excluded. The first year (elementary) courses in foreign languages (except in Greek and the Oriental languages) are excluded from both the major and the minor in the language. MINOR - A minor is defined as a minimum of 20 units in a subject or subjects supplementing the major. It must be selected or changed with the consent of the head of the major department. Seniors must notify the degree certification office, in writing, of such a change. Restrictions on the minor: The supporting minor shall be chosen from one or two departments (except in special programs such as Fishery and Wildlife Biology, Latin -American, Mexican -American, and Oriental Studies majors), with not fewer than 8 units in any one such department. Note that (1) Freshman Composition and elementary courses in foreign languages (except in Greek, the Oriental languages, and Spanish 101a -101b or Portuguese 102 -102b do not count toward the minor, and (2) units applied toward minimum lower- division group requirements cannot also be used to meet the requirements of a split minor.

MAJORS OFFERED FOR STUDENTS IN LIBERAL ARTS Description of the various majors will be found in the departmental materials listed alphabetically in the Departments and Courses of Instruction section. Anthropology Geography Microbiology Astronomy Geologyf Oriental Studies Biology* German Philosophy Chemistry Government Physics Classics History Portuguese Economics Italian Psychology English Journalism Romance Languages Entomology Latin -American Studies Russian Fishery Biology* Mathematics Sociology French Medical Technology Spanish General Studies# Mexican- American Studies Wildlife Biology *See descriptions of majors in Fishery Biology under "Biological Sciences." #See description of a General Studies major under that heading in this section. tSee description of major in Geology under "Geosciences."

LIBERAL ARTS LIST OF COURSES Not less than 113 of the total 125 units required for the degree of Bachelor of Arts or Bachelor of Science must be in courses chosen from the list that follows this statement. A maximum of 12 units of coursework not included on this list may be offered for a degree in the College of Liberal Arts. *Accounting 1, 3, 151, 152 8, 30, 31, 45, 51, 52,80,142,143,145, *Agricultural Biochemistry 211a -211b 180, 201, 202, 205,206,207,208,209, *Agricultural Chemistry and Soils 211, 221, 210, 211, 212, 213,215,216,221,231, 251 233 *Agricultural Education 101 Astronomy, all courses *Agricultural Economics 202, 203, 204, Atmospheric Sciences, all courses 210 Biological Sciences, all courses *Agronomy 207 Chemistry, all courses *Animal Pathology 203 Classics, all courses Anthropology, all courses *Dairy and Food Sciences 272R, 272L *Architecture 124a -124b, 152a -152b, 214 *Drama5,25, 40a -40b,50a -50b,111a- *Art 170; all courses in art history; 3, 6, 7, 111b, 140, 150a -150b, 155a -155b, 190, 240a -240b, 260a -260b COLLEGE OF LIBERAL ARTS 279

*Economics, all courses *Landscape Architecture 119 *Education *Library Techniques 289 Counseling & Guidance 201 Mathematics, all courses Educational Psychology 220, 240 Microbiology and Medical Technology, all Foundations of Education 212 courses *Engineering MilitaryScienceorAerospace Studies Civil 223, 265 la -lb, 2a -2b, 103a -103b, 104a -104b Electrical 22, 101, 122, 154, 180 *Music 6a -6b, 7, 8, 10b, 10c, 10s, 32a -32b, Systems 75, 172, 272 33a -33b, 106a -106b, 206, 241, and 4 English, all courses units of applied music. All other courses *Entomology, all courses will be classified as technical. *Finance 140, 142 Optical Sciences, 200 -level courses only *Geography and Area Development,all Oriental Studies, all courses courses Philosophy, all courses *Geosciences, all courses Physical Education for Women, 4 units of German, all courses lower- division activity courses Government, all courses Physics, all courses *Health, Physical Education and Recreation *Plant Pathology 105., 200 42and, for men, 3units of lower - Psychology, all courses division activity courses *Public Administration 1, 244 History, all courses *Range Management 202, 215 *Home Economics 2,10, 27a-2'7b, 157, Romance Languages, all courses 202R, 202L, 222, 225, 237, 242, 246, Russian, all courses 247a -247b, 255, 257,265 Sociology, all courses *Horticulture 223 *Speech 2, 5, 10, 25, 36, 113, 118, 125, Humanities 50a -50b, 210s 137a -137b, 218, 220, 236, 245a -245b *Hydrology 50, 260, 280 *Watershed Management 35, 142, 205, 240, Journalism, all courses except 116 270 *For information on courses in departmentsso indicated, consult the appropriate college sections. CREDIT BY EXAMINATION ispermitted incertain departments. See the discussion in "Special Credit" in Academic Guidelines section. CONTINUING EDUCATION AND CORRESPONDENCE CREDIT -If appropriate courses are available, up to 60 units earned through continuing education and /or correspondence courses may be applied toward the bachelor's degree. CERTIFICATION OF CANDIDACY - For certification of candidacy for the degree in the College of Liberal Arts, see the Requirements for Graduation section.

HONORS DEAN'S HONOR LIST - The Dean's Honor List is reserved for students who carry at least 15 units of work in a semester, exclusive of Pass -Fail courses, and who attain a grade average of 1.5000 or better. The Honor List is posted on the College Bulletin Board at the close of each semester, and the honor indicated in the student's college record. Students carrying from 12 to 14 units of work and attaining the required 1.5000 or better scholastic average (exclusive of Pass -Fail courses) are given Honorable Mention. GRADUATION HONORS - See "Graduation with Distinction" under "Honors, Awards, and Prizes," in the Provisions for Superior Students section.

HONORARY SOCIETIES - For a list of these, see general section on Housing and Social Life. UNIVERSITY -WIDE HONORS PROGRAM - The College cooperates fully in the University -wide Honors Program. The bachelor's degree with Honors in the field of specialization will be awarded to those students who have fulfilled, in addition to 280 COLLEGE OF LIBERAL ARTS all general requirements for the degree, the special provisions established by the Honors Council and described in the Provisions for Superior Students section.

PREPROFESSIONAL PROGRAMS Dentistry While the minimum requirement for admission to colleges of dentistry is 60 unitsof collegework ininstitutionsapproved by professionalaccrediting associations, almost all leading dental colleges require a minimum of 90 units and specify minimum requirements in certain subjects. The following table of minimal requirements is representative only. Biology S units Chemistry: Inorganic, 8u; Organic, 4u 12 units English 6 units Physics 8 units In many cases, students are advised to take more than the minimum amount of work in the subjects represented in the prerequisite sciences. The emphasis in the choice of electives should be on those subjects affording thestudentthebroadestpossiblebackground.Subjects recommended are psychology and sociology, the political arts (government), economics, and the broad spectrum of arts and sciences. Students should examine the catalogs of the dental schools to which they plan to seek admission and should consult with the Premedical and Predental Committee, of which Dr. Edwin M. Gaines is chairman, regarding the formulation of their programs. Arizona residents who plan to attend a dental school in one of the Western states are referred to the statement concerning the Western Interstate Commission for Higher Education under section on Medicine following.

Education Education is a professional college which admits students when they reach junior standing. The responsibility for curricular choices during lower- division study in the College of Liberal Arts for students in elementary education lies with the College of Education. (See discussion of "The Elementary Education Curriculum" in this section.) Students in secondary education are counselled by an adviser from each college. For curriculum outlines see the College of Education section.

Preparation for Junior College Teaching A number of departments within the College of Liberal Arts have programs suitable for students preparing themselves for teaching at the junior college level. For information on these programs students should consult the College of Education concerning individual areas, and the outline of the program in the Graduate Catalog.

Law Consult the College of Law section for recommendations on prelegal studies.

Medicine Although colleges of medicine differ in their specific entrance requirements, allemphasize exceptional ability,high aptitudeinscience, and outstanding achievement in premedical college education. A student who plans to apply for COLLEGE OF LIBERAL ARTS 281

admission to a particular medical college should familiarize himself with the requirements of that college and should make certain that his premedical courses meet those requirements. The minimum requirement for admission to colleges of medicine is 90 units of college work in institutions approved by professional accrediting associations. However, almost all the leading medical schools require completion of a bachelor's degree. All medical colleges specify minimum requirements in certain subjects. The following table of minimal requirements is representative only: Biology 8 units Chemistry 16 units English 6 units Physics 8 units Many medical schools also require a foreign language, analytical or physical chemistry, genetics or embryology, calculus, etc. Students who expect to enter medical school upon completion of 90 units of work at The University of Arizona must complete the Humanities (50a -50b or one of the options to this course shown under "Group Units" above) and 9 to 12 units in social science. Colleges of medicine place great emphasis upon a well -balanced cultural. education. A recent publication of the Association of American Medical Colleges states: "From the available evidence it would appear that the emphasis in the choice of electives should be on those subjects which will afford the student the broadest possible background. Subjects recommended for consideration as elective coursesinclude:philosophy,psychology,sociology,statistics,zoology and additional courses in physics and chemistry." The minimum requirements stated above, together with other courses required for a degree in the College of Liberal Arts, comprise from 80 to 83 units. The remaining 42 to 45 elective units are ample to permit a student to major in any department of the college. Students should consult the Premedical and Predental committee, of which Dr. Edwin Gaines is chairman, regarding the formulation of their programs. WESTERN INTERSTATE COMMISSION FOR HIGHER EDUCATION: The state of Arizona supports only a single professional school of medicine - the College of Medicine of The University of Arizona. Dentistry, dental hygiene and veterinary medicine are not offered. To provide assistance in these areas, Arizona has joined with the other Western states to create and support the Western Interstate Commission for Higher Education through whose agency qualified Arizona students may attend schools of medicine, dentistry, veterinary medicine, physical therapy, occupational therapy, and optometry in other Western states at essentially the same expense to the student as residents of the state in which the school is located. To qualify, students must maintain at least average grades in their preprofessional work and must have been legal residents of Arizona for at least the last five years. Students receiving such assistance are required to return to Arizona to practice, or to repay a portion of the funds expended in their behalf. For further information, interested students are referred to Dr. Herbert D. Rhodes, Dean of the Graduate College, who is Executive Secretary of The Arizona Commission.

Optometry Entrance requirements for the various optometric schools and colleges vary slightly but the basic requirements are: 282 COLLEGE OF LIBERAL ARTS

Biology 8 units(1 year) Chemistry 8 units English 6 units Mathematics (analytic geometry and calculus are recommended) (1 year) Physics 8 units Psychology 6 units A student considering the study of optometry should contact the school he intends to enter regarding entrance requirements. Members of the Premedical and Predental Committee at The University of Arizona may also be of assistance.

Pharmacy To be admitted to the College of Pharmacy, a student must have completed 30 units of college work including Freshman Composition, Chem. 2aR -2bR and 2aL -2bL, Math. 20, 65a -65b, and Bio. Sci.la-1 b. See the College of Pharmacy section. The cumulative grade average for all preprofessional work must be 3.0000 or better.

SPECIAL PROGRAMS American Indian Studies A supporting minor is offered in American Indian Studies. This minor, consisting of at least 20 units selected from the courses listed under "American Indian Studies" in the Departments and Courses of Instruction section of this catalog, provides a wide range of courses on the history, culture, lifeways and contemporary problems of the native people of the New World. The Departments of Anthropology, Art, Education and Sociology contribute to this program which is designed to provide American Indian students with basic information on their own cultural and other students with a greater appreciation for the lifeways and value systems of American Indians.

Black Studies A supporting minor is offered in Black Studies. This minor, consisting of at least 20 units selected by the student, in consultation with the chairman of the committee in charge and approved by the student's major professor, from the courses listed under "Black Studies" in the Departments and Courses of Instruction section of this catalog, is designed to provide Black students with basic information on their own cultural heritage and other students with a greater appreciation for the lifeways and value systems of Black citizens of the United States.

Fishery Biology (See offerings in "Biological Sciences" in Departments and Courses of Instruction.)

Foreign Service Students preparing to take the United, States Government Foreign Service examinations may major in any of several departments, but should plan a program of study emphasising (1) area studies - geography, government, history, and language or languages of the area chosen; (2) United States government, history, literature, and English composition; (3) comparative government, international relations. COLLEGE OF LIBERAL ARTS 283

The major in International Relations, within the Department of Government, is specifically intended for the prospective foreign service major. Students should consult the Foreign Service adviser in that department. Latin -American Area Center For the student interested in an integrated program of studies concerning the Latin -American nations and our relations with them, a special curriculum exists leading to both the Bachelor of Arts and Master of Arts degrees, with a major in Latin -American Studies. For descriptions of the program see "Latin- American Studies" in the Departments and Courses of Instruction section of this catalog. Consult the Director of the Latin -American Area Center in the Department of Romance Languages. SUMMER STUDY - The University sponsors the Guadalajara Summer School in Mexico. Details are available from the Area Center in the Department of Romance Languages. Mexican -American Studies CURRICULUM FOR PROGRAM A - ELEMENTARY EDUCATION FRESHMAN YEAR FIRST SEMESTER SECOND SEMESTER Subject Units Subject Units Freshman Composition 3 Freshman Composition 3 Geog. 51 (Fund. of Geog. for Teachers) 3 Chem. 12 (Found. of Science: Phys. 12 (Found. of Science: Physics) 3 Chemistry) 3 Span. 101a (Intensive Span. for Anthro. lb (Introduction to Native Speakers) 4 Anthropology) 3 Physical Education 1 Span. 170 (Phonetics) 3 Electives 2 -3 Physical Education 1 Total 16 -17 Electives 3 Total 16 SOPHOMORE YEAR Geol. 12 (Found. of Science: Geology) . 3 Bio. 12 (Foundations of Science: Life) . 3 Govt. 100 (National and State Span. 104b (Intro. to Spanish Literature)3 Constitutions) 3 Span. 175b (Adv. Composition & or Govt. 2 and 3 (Amer. Nat'l. Conversation) 3 Govt. and Amer. State and Local Govt.) PEW 165 or HPER 165 (Elem. School or Exam (no credit) 5 Phys. Ed.) 2 Span. 104a (Intro. to Spanish PEW (women) 1 Literature) 3 Math 12b 3 Span. 175a (Adv. Composition & Electives 2 -3 Conversation) 3 Total 17 -18 HPER 75 (Elem. School Health Education) 2 PEW (women) 1 Math 12a 3 Total 18 -20 JUNIOR YEAR Found. Ed. 150 (Social Found. Anthro. 212 (Peoples of Mexico) . 3 of Education) 3 Art 233 (Mexican Art & Architecture) 3 Ed. Psych. 101 (Child Development) 3 Elem. Ed. 127 (Teaching Social Studies) 3 Ed. Psych. 110 (Learning in the Schools) 3 Elem. Ed. 125a (Teaching Reading & Geog. 211 (Middle America) 3 Language Arts in Elem. School) .... 3 Lib. Sci. 201 (Literature for Children) 3 Music 271 (Music for the Elem. Classroom Span. 203a (Mexican Literature) 3 Teacher) 3 Total 18 Span. 203b (Mexican Literature) . 3 Total 18 SENIOR YEAR Art 103 (Visual Arts in Elern. Educ.) 3 Hist. 229b (History of Mexico) 3 Hist. 229a (History of Mexico) 3 Speech 272 (Applied Phonetics) 3 Soc. 222 (Minority Relations) 3 Elem. Ed. 125b (Teaching Reading & Speech 267 (English Phonetics) 3 Lang. Arts in Elem. School) 2 Elem. Ed. 124 (Teaching Science) 3 Elem. Ed. 129 (Student Tchg. in Elem. Elem. Ed. 126 (Teaching Mathematics). 3 School) 8 Total 18 Total 16 284 COLLEGE OF LIBERAL ARTS

CURRICULUM FOR PROGRAM S SECONDARY EDUCATION: SPANISH MAJOR FRESHMAN YEAR FIRST SEMESTER SECOND SEMESTER Subject Units Subject Units Freshman Composition 3 Freshman Composition 3 Mathematics or Science 4 Mathematics or Science 4 Soc. 1 (Intro, to Sociology) 3 Anthro. 1 b (Introd. to Anthropology) 3 Span. 101a (Intensive Span. for Speech 5 (Voice & Diction) 2

Native Speakers) 4 Physical Education 1 Physical Education 1 Electives 2 -3 Total 15 Total 15 -16 SOPHOMORE YEAR Geog. 2a (Human Geography) 3 Anthro. 85b (Native Peoples of the Govt. 100 (National and State Southwest) 2 Constitutions) 3 Span. 104b (Introd. to Spanish Soc. 90 (Race Relations & Urban Literature) 3 Society) 3 Span. 170 (Phonetics) . 3 Span. 104a (Introduction to Spanish Span. 175b (Adv. Composition & Literature) 3 Conversation) 3 Span. 175a (Adv. Composition & PEW (women) . 1 Conversation) 3 Electives 5 -6 PEW (women) 1 Total 17 -18 Total 15 -16 JUNIOR YEAR Govt. 248 (Government & Politics Anthro. 212 (Peoples of Mexico) . 3 of Mexico) 3 Art 233 (Mexican Art & Architecture) . 3 Soc. 222 (Minority Relations) 3 Span. 275b (Stylistics) 3 Span. 275a (Stylistics) 3 Sec. Ed. 131 (Prin. & Curricula of Ed. Psych. 110 (Learning in the Schools) 3 Sec. Educ.) or Found. Ed. 150 (Soc. Electives 3 -5 Found, of Educ.) . 3 Total 15 -17 Sec. Ed. 130 (Teaching in the Sec. Schools) , . 6 Total 18 SENIOR YEAR Geog. 211 (Middle America) 3 Hist. 229b (History of Mexico) 3 Hist. 229a (History of Mexico) 3 Span. 203b (Mexican Literature) 3 Span. 203a (Mexican Literature) 3 Speech 272 (Applied Phonetics) 3 Span. 270 (Advanced Grammar) 3 Sec. Ed. 139 (Student Teaching in Speech 267 (English Phonetics) 3 Sec. School) . 9 Sec. Ed. 197k (Teaching Spanish) .. 3 Total 18 Total 18 CURRICULUM FOR PROGRAM C For the Bachelor of Arts in the College of Liberal Arts, with a major in Spanish or in Mexican -American Studies FRESHMAN YEAR FIRST SEMESTER SECOND SEMESTER Subject Units Subject Units Freshman Composition 3 Freshman Composition 3 Span. 101a (Intensive Span. for Anthro. lb (Intro. to Anthropology) . 3 Native Speakers) 4 Mathematics or Science 4 Soc. 1 (Introduction to Sociology) 3 Speech 5 (Voice & Diction) 2 Mathematics or Science 4 Physical Education 1 Physical Education 1 Electives 3 -4 Total 15 Total 16 -17 SOPHOMORE YEAR Geog. 2a (Human Geography) 3 Anthro. 85b (Native Peoples of the Soc. 90 (Race Relations & Urban Society) 3 Southwest) 2 Span. 104a (Intro. to Spanish Literature) 3 Span. 104b (Intro. to Spanish Literature) 3 Span. 175a (Adv. Composition & Span. 170 (Phonetics) . 3 Conversation) 3 Span. 175b (Adv. Composition & PEW (women) 1 Conversation) 3 Electives 3 -4 PEW (women) . 1 Total 15 -17 Electives 5 -6 Total 16 -18 Note: Students in this program who elect to satisfy the Humanities requirements with Spanish 104a -104b and Art 233 will elect additional units in Spanish to complete the major. COLLEGE OF LIBERAL ARTS 285

JUNIOR YEAR Geog. 211 (Middle America) 3 Anthro. 212 (Peoples of Mexico) . . 3 Hist. 229a (History of Mexico) 3 Govt. 248 (Gov. & Politics of Mexico) 3 Soc. 222 (Minority Relations) 3 Hist. 229b (History of Mexico) 3 Span. 203a (Mexican Literature) 3 Span. 203b (Mexican Literature)... 3 Electives 5 -6 Electives 3 -6 Total 18 Total 15 -18 SENIOR YEAR Span. 270 (Advanced Grammar) 3 Art 233 (Mexican Art & Architecture) . 3 Span. 275a (Stylistics) 3 Span. 275b (Stylistics) 3 Speech 267 (English Phonetics) 3 Speech 272 (Applied Phonetics) 3 Electives 7 -9 Electives 7 -9 Total 16 -18 Total 16 -18

Oriental Studies Language and Area Center The Center coordinates teaching and research relating to the Middle East, South Asia,SoutheastAsia, and EastAsia. The disciplines represented are anthropology, art, geography, government, history, philosophy, sociology, and Oriental languages and civilizations. Several interdisciplinary programs of study where Oriental language and area instruction represents a strong concentration are found in curricula leading to the Bachelor of Arts degree with a major in Oriental Studies. The Master of Arts and the Doctor of Philosophy degrees are also offered. Descriptions of the major and its various programs of study are included under "Oriental Studies" in the Departments and Courses of Instruction section.

SUMMER STUDY - The Universityisa member of several consortia which annually offer summer intensive language programs in Chinese and Japanese, Hindi - Urdu, and Arabic. For further information consult the Director of the Center.

Social Work Students interested in professional careers in social work should plan on study through the Master's degree. Although each graduate school of social work has its own statement of requirements, there is general agreement that the student should have a broad liberal arts undergraduate education with appropriate inclusion of the social sciences (anthropology, economics, government, psychology, and sociology). Students wishing to know more about the nature of professional social work should consult the catalogs from the graduate schools of social work, or register in one or more of the following courses: P.A. 230 (Social Counseling); P.A. 242 (Field Work); P.A. 244 (Social Group Work).

Wildlife Biology (See offerings in "Biological Sciences" in Departments and Courses of Instruction.) College of Medicine

The College of Medicine offers a professional program leading to the M.D. degree and graduate programs leading to the Ph.D. degree in certain of the medical sciences. Candidates for the Ph.D. degree are enrolled in the Graduate College, of the University. For information beyond that summarized below, one should request a Catalog from the Admissions Office, College of Medicine, The Arizona Medical Center, University of Arizona, Tucson, Arizona 85721.

PREMEDICAL REQUIREMENTS Applicants must meet the minimum requirement of 90 semester hours in an accred- ited college or university. The following specific course work is required: one year each of inorganic chemistry, organic chemistry, physics, general biology or zoology and English. Students should demonstrate the ability to handle scientific material effectively, irrespective of their major.

MEDICAL COLLEGE ADMISSION TEST All applicants must take the Medical College Admission Test and arrange to have scores forwarded to this College. The test should be taken in May or October of the year preceding that in which the student hopes to enter medical school. For applications write: MCAT -AAMC, 1 , N.W., Washington, D.C. 20036.

APPLICATION TO THE FIRST -YEAR CLASS The College of Medicine is a participating member in the American Medical College Application Service (AMCAS). Each student need submit only one application if applying just to AMCAS schools. Applications are available from the AMCAS Office, 1776 Massachusetts Ave., N.W., Washington, D.C. 20036. The application period is1 July to 1 December of the year preceding that in which the applicant hopes to enter medical school. Following a preliminary screening of applications, those to be considered further are requested to appear for a personal interview. Nonresident applicants who pass the initial screening are required to submit a $10 fee, which is nonrefundable. Applicants will be notified of their status shortly after the close of the application period. Further details of the application procedure may be found in the

ADMISSION TO ADVANCED STANDING Applications are accepted for admission to advanced standing in the second or third year of the College of Medicine curriculum. Requests for transfer into the fourth year class cannot be accepted. Applicants must have completed at least one year of medical education in a medical school fully accredited by the AMA -AAMC Liaison Committee or at least two years in a nonapproved school. Transfer applicants from nonapproved schools must also submit scores to Part I of the test given by the National Board of Medical Examiners. American students attending medical school 286 COLLEGE OF MEDICINE 287 in foreign countries must, in addition, make application prior to 1 March through COTRANS, the Coordinated Transfer System of the AAMC. Further information may be obtained by writing the Admissions Office of the College of Medicine and COTRANS, c/o AAMC, 1 Dupont Circle, N.W., Washington, D.C. 20036.

SELECTION FACTORS The College of Medicine follows the recommended acceptance procedures of the Association of American Medical Colleges. Acceptance is based on an assessment of the applicant's intellectual and personaltraits.In evaluating candidates, the Admissions Committee considersability and scholarship as indicated by the candidate's entire academic record, the results of various aptitude and achievement tests, letters of recommendation, and the personal interview. Preference is given first to residents of Arizona and next to residents of western states which do not have medical schools and which participate in the Western Interstate Commission for Higher Education (WICHE).

ACADEMIC" POLICY AND CURRICULUM All medical students are graded on a Pass -Fail basis. Students who are enrolled in, other colleges of the University and who are taking College of Medicine courses will be graded on the number system of the University. The curriculum of the College of Medicine consists of three semesters of basic science instruction, three semesters of clinical science, and a full year of electives. The courses are arranged so that the student moves from fundamental information of the basic sciences in the first year to an admixture of basic and clinical science information in the second year. The third year is primarily a clinical learning experience. The elective fourth year can be structured in any way which best meets the educational objectives of the student. College of Mines Mineral- industry education has been of important consequence in The University of Arizona since the beginning of the institution. One of the original divisions of the University was the School of Mines. The Arizona Bureau of Mines was established in 1915. At present the College of Mines is composed of the Departments of Chemical Engineering, Metallurgical Engineering, and Mining and Geological Engineering. The College of Mines is ideally situated to give thorough instruction and research in mineral and chemical industry education. It is at the hub of one of the greatest minerals producing provinces in the world where, in addition to the existence of many well -established mining enterprises, discoveries of new ore deposits are continually being made. The college has a splendid physical plant, well equipped laboratories and classrooms, and a noted faculty. HONORS PROGRAM - The College of Mines cooperates in the University -wide Honors Program. For details, see Provisions for Superior Students section of the catalog. 'FINANCIAL ASSISTANCE - See chapter on Scholarships and Financial Aid. Several of these scholarships and loan funds are available only to students enrolled in the College of Mines. In addition, several part -time graduate assistantships in teaching and in research are awarded each year in all professional fields of the College. The stipends range from $1800-$3250/year, depending on the amount of service rendered. MINERAL ENGINEERING PROGRAM - Effective in the fall of 1970 -71, The University of Arizona entered a compact with seven other western schools to support undergraduatestudiesinmineral engineering throughthe Western Interstate Commission for Higher Education ( WICHE). Thus a student who is a. resident of the state of Alaska, Idaho, Montana, New Mexico, Nevada, Utah or Wyoming, and who desires to pursue studies in a mineral engineering curriculum offered by The University of Arizona, is eligible to attend The University of Arizona without payment of non -resident fees which otherwise would be assessed.

COOPERATIVE PROGRAM WITH INDUSTRY Several employers of engineers and scientists in Arizona and in other states cooperate with the College of Mines in a student -trainee program on a five -year work -study plan. To gain admission, most students are required to complete one or two semesters with a grade average of 3.0 or better, after which participants alternate between full -time ' work and full -time residence at the University. A few high school graduates having exceptional academic promise and financial need, may be admitted to the work phase of the program during the summer prior to enrollment in the College of Mines. Among the many advantages to the student are the acquiring of nearly two years of work experience, both practical and professional, in the general area of the student's major field, and the earning of enough money to finance his college education. 283 COLLEGE OF MINES 289

Each student in the program must register for the work period as well as for study in residence. The registration fee for each work period is $5.00. This registration gives student status under Selective Service and permits the student to retain such University accommodations as may be assigned to him if he or his family remains in Tucson. He may purchase Activity and Artist Series tickets on the same basis as would any student enrolled in residence for fewer than 7 units.

THE ARIZONA BUREAU OF MINES The Arizona Bureau of Mines is charged with developing, maintaining, and disseminating to the people of Arizona information relating to mining, metallurgy, and earth sciences generally. Its scientific investigation and public service activities are comparable to,those conducted by geological agencies and mineral experiment stations in other states. The close union of the Bureau of Mines with the teaching programs of the Mines College has been exceptionallyproductiveinthedevelopment and dissemination of knowledge about the mineral resources of Arizona. The Bureau is a member of the Association of American State Geologists, the national affiliation of geological surveys of individual states.

DEGREES The College of Mines, through its departments of Chemical Engineering, MetallurgicalEngineering,andMiningandGeologicalEngineering,offers opportunities to earn the following degrees: BACHELOR OF SCIENCE Metallurgical Engineering Mining Engineering Chemical Engineering Geological Engineering The curricula in Chemical Engineering, Geological Engineering, Metallurgical Engineering, and Mining Engineering have been accredited by the Engineer's Council for Professional Development (ECPD), which is the official agency for accrediting undergraduate curricula in engineering schools. Thus, the fact that the major undergraduate engineering curricula in the College are accredited by ECPD, assures the student that high academic standards are maintained.

MASTER OF SCIENCE Chemical Engineering Mining Engineering Metallurgy Geological Engineering Materials Engineering Metallurgical Engineering DOCTOR OF PHILOSOPHY Chemical Engineering Metallurgy Mining Engineering Geological Engineering PROFESSIONAL DEGREES Chemical Engineer (E. Chem.) Metallurgical Engineer (E. Met.) Geological Engineer (E. Geol.) Mining Engineer (E. Min.)

ADMISSION FRESHMAN STANDING: See Chapter on Admission for general .requirements. Study in' most of the technical and scientific fields of the College of Mines makes necessary, however, an extension of the general requirements for admission to the 290 COLLEGE OF MINES

University. Admission to full standing in the College of Mines, except as indicated below, requires all entering freshman students to present high school credits in the following subjects: Subject Units Elementary Algebra 1 *English 4 Intermediate Algebra Y2 Plane Geometry 1 Trigonometry Y2 Advanced Algebra Y2 History 1 Chemistry 1 Physics 1 Electives 51/2 Total 16 *Or 3 units of English and 2 units of foreign language in which case the number of units of electives is reduced to 4%.

Electives should be taken whenever possible in engineering drawing or draft- ing, natural sciences, social sciences, the humanities, or modern languages. Pertinent technical vocational subjects may be offered also as electives, subject to approval. ENTRANCE DEFICIENCIES: Students deficient in one or more of the high school courses listed above will be permitted to enter the College of Mines. A student with a deficiency in English, Intermediate Algebra, Advanced Algebra, or Trigonometry must take respectively English X, Math 11, Math. 20, or Math. 44. Deficiencies in Chemistry or Physics will be waived upon satisfactory completion of Chemistry 2b or Physics 3b, respectively.

ADVANCED STANDING:Studentstransferringfromothercollegesand universities must present the same high school credits as required for admission to freshman standing, and also meet the general University requirements for transfer students.

GRADUATE STANDING: The prospective graduate student must receive clearance through the Graduate College, and should consult the catalog of that college for full information. In addition, it is recommended that the student have his individual situation fully analyzed by the head of the respective department in which major study will be undertaken.

ORGANIZATIONS The following student organizations are active in the various professional fields in the College of Mines: American Institute of Mining, Metallurgical and Petroleum Engineers student chapter American Society for Metals - student chapter American Institute of Chemical Engineers - student chapter

REQUIREMENTS FOR DEGREES OFFERED IN THE COLLEGE OF MINES UNITS REQUIRED: Each undergraduate curriculum in the College of Mines is designed so that degree requirements can be met in four years of study. However, each is sufficiently flexible to readily permit an extension of study time if desired by the student. Any deviation from prescribed curricula must be approved through proper channels of the College of Mines. COLLEGE OF MINES 291

A minimum of 132 units must be completed to earn a Bachelor of Science degree in each of those curricula of the College not requiring summer field courses; in the curricula where summer work is stipulated, the units required are adjusted accordingly, not to exceed 146. A regular student who earns 17 -18 units each semester and the necessary summer units, where required, may complete the degree requirements within four years. A student averaging only 15 -16 units each semester plus summer field work, if necessary, will require four and one -half years to earn a degree. Any student who is earning units at a rate to ensure completion of degree requirements within four and one -half years and who is maintaining a satisfactory grade record will be considered by the College to be making normal progress toward a degree. A student who transfers to the College of Mines from another college in the University must meet the requirements of his selected curriculum under the catalog then current, or a subsequent catalog (see "Choice of Catalog" in Requirements for Graduation section).

GRADE AVERAGE IN MAJOR FIELD: For graduation, a grade average of 3.000 is required for all courses undertaken in the major field at The University of Arizona.

MAXIMUM UNITS PER SEMESTER: The maximum unitsforwhich an undergraduate student in the College of Mines may normally register is 19. Petitions to elect work in excess of the units recommended in the curriculum for which a student registers will be considered only from students whose capacity for work has been demonstrated to the satisfaction of the Dean of the College. The maximum permissible schedule for graduate students is 16 units per semester.

INCLUSION OF HUMANISTIC -SOCIAL STUDIES: In accord with the policy and recommendations of the Engineers' Council for Professional Development (ECPD), each curriculum requires the credit equivalent of one semester's total course work in the field of Humanistic -Social Studies. The inclusion of these studies in the highlytechnicalengineeringcurriculaisaimed toward awakening inthe technically- inclined student an appreciation and understanding of the arts and humanities and the background of the society in which he studies to become a responsible member. This requirement isin addition to the study of English (Freshman Composition). The scope and content of these studies vary with the degree field but the two general groups are as follows:

Humanities Area Social Studies Area Art Anthropology History Humanities Economics Psychology Literature Geography Sociology Music Government Philosophy

SECOND BACHELOR'S DEGREE: A student desiring two undergraduate degrees, at least one of which is offered through the College of Mines, must meet the subject- matter requirements for each degree and complete a minimum of 30 units in addition to those required for either single degree. GRADUATE DEGREES: See the Graduate Catalog for general requirements. Details are available from the respective departments in the College of Mines. 292 COLLEGE OF MINES

PROFESSIONAL DEGREES: The requirements for the professional degree of Chemical Engineer (E.Chem.), Geological Engineer (E. Geol.), Metallurgical Engineer (E. Met.), or Mining Engineer (E. Min.) are: 1. The candidate must have earned a degree from The University of Arizona and he must hold a bachelor's or master's degree in engineering. 2. The degree may be granted not fewer than ten years after graduation in recognition of outstanding professional accomplishments andisnot conferred merely to mark the termination of prescribed period of industrial practice. 3. The faculty of the College of Mines shall be responsible for recommending candidates for the degree on the basis of professional achievement. 4. Award of a professional degree requires that a candidate be recommended by the College of Mines faculty to the Advisory Council of the University. The name of a candidate approved by the Advisory Council then will be included in the list of those candidates for degrees certified by the Registrar to the college faculties and the University faculty for final approval. TRAINING IN BUSINESS ADMINISTRATION A student majoring in an undergraduate curriculum in the College of Mines, and who desires to complement his technical training by studies in the field of Business Management may elect a coordinated series of courses offered in the College of Business and Public Administration. Then upon completion of his Bachelor of Science degree in the College of Mines, he is partially prepared, at least, to continue studies in business toward the Master of Business Administration degree. Specifically, the undergraduate in the College of Mines should include the followingcoursesasnontechnicalelectivesatappropriatetimesinhis undergraduate years: Subject Units Econ. 101 Survey of Economics 3 Econ. 148 Money and Banking or Econ. 150 National Income Analysis 3 Econ. 191 Economics of American Enterprise 3 During the University Summer Session immediately following the award of the Bachelor of Science degree in engineering, students should take 12 units as follows: Subject Units Acct. 151 Survey of Accounting 3 Mgt. 155b Statistical Methods in Economics and Business 3 Mgt. 120 Business Law 3 tMkt. 260 Marketing Management 3 -Not required if a course in marketing principles has been passed. During the academic year following, students will take Acct. 152, Fin. 241, and Mgt. 105, to complete the basic background courses required for the M.B.A. program; in addition, they will complete 21 of the 30 required graduate units. In the succeeding summer they will complete the 9 additional units required for the degree, plus the comprehensive oral and written examinations. A student interested in this program of Business Management should confer with his department head and with the Dean of the College of Business and Public Administration. CURRICULUM LEADING TO THE DEGREE OF BACHELOR OF SCIENCE IN CHEMICAL ENGINEERING (ECPD Accredited) Chemical Engineering is a modern, dynamic field using not only chemistry but applied mathematics, computers, and automatic instrumentation. The breadth COLLEGE OF MINES 293

of the profession ranges from basic chemicals to research. The curriculum which follows is planned to prepare students for direct entry into the profession of Chemical Engineering as well as for graduate study. Chemical Engineering is concerned with the development and application of manufacturing processes in which chemical or certain physical changes of materials are involved. The curriculum trains the student to work in areas of research, development, design, and operation of chemical equipment and processes, as utilized in the chemical petroleum and metallurgical industries, food industries, atomic energy, and many other industries. Familiarity with these areas of Chemical Engineering may be obtained through a number of options. The technical electives in the curriculum should then be selected from the courses listed in one of the following options: MANUFACTURING - Chem. E. 211, 212, 213, 222, 277, Met. E. 215, 220, 231. MANAGEMENT - A.M.E. 205, Chem. E. 222, Met. E. 214, S.E. 210, 240. RESEARCH - Chem. E. 211, 212, 213, 231, Chem. 380b, Math. 205a. BIO- ENGINEERING - Biol. 5a -5b, Biochem. 261, 262. ENVIRONMENTAL - Chem. E. 213, 280, C.E. 270, 272, 279. MATERIALS - Chem. E. 270, 277, Met. E. 231, 237. PETROLEUM - Chem. E. 213, 277, Geol. 51, 121, 222a. SOLID -STATE - Chem. E. 213, 250, Chem. 380b, E.E. 156, Met. E. 260. Certain other technical electives may be selected by the student with the approval of the Department. The four -year curriculum in Chemical Engineering is as follows:

FRESHMAN YEAR FIRST SEMESTER SECOND SEMESTER Subject Units Subject Units Chem. E. 3a (Anal. of Chem. Processes) 2 Chem. E. 3b (Anal. of Chem. Processes) 2 Chem. 2a Fundamentals of Chemistry) 3 Chem. 2b (Fundamentals of Chemistry) 3 Chem. 3a(Fund.Chem. Lab) 1 Chem. 3b (Fund. Chem. Lab) 1 Math 49a (Analytic Geometry & Calculus) 5 Math. 49b (Analytic Geometry & Calculus)5 Freshman Composition 3 Freshman Composition 3 *Humanities or Social Science Elective . 3 *Humanities or Social Science Elective . 3 HPER or PEW 1 HPER or PEW 1 Total 18 Total 18

SOPHOMORE YEAR Chem. E. 10 (Elements of Chem. E.) . 3 Chem. E. 112a (Chem. Engr. Prin. I) 3 Chem. E. 160a (Elem. Comp. Methods) .2 Chem. E. 160b (Elem. Comp. Methods) 3 Chem. 41a Organic Chemistry) 3 Chem. 41b (Organic Chemistry) 3 Chem.43a(Org.Chem.Lab) 1 Chem. 43b (Org. Chem. Lab) 1 Math. 181(Interm.Anal. & Diff.Eqns.) 3 Chem. 121 (Prin. of Analysis I) 3 Physics 3a (Intro. Physics with Calc.) .. 4 Physics 3b (Intro. Physics with Calc.) 4 E.E. 72 (Intro. Analog Computer Techs.) 1 PEW (Women) 1 PEW (Women) 1 Total 17-18 Total 17-18

JUNIOR YEAR Chem. E. 112b (Chem. Engr. Prin. II) . 3 Chem. E. 113 (Chem. E. Transport * *Chem. E. 220 (Chem. E. Opns. Lab) . 3 Phenom.) 3 Chem. E. 260a (Interm. Comput. Chem. E. 130 (Gen. Thermodynamics) 3 Methods) 2 Chem. E. 260b (Interm. Comput. Chem. 280a (Physical Chemistry) ... 3 Methods) 2 C.E. 14 (Engr. Mechanics I) 3 Chem. 280b (Physical Chemistry) ... 3 *Humanities or Social Science Elective 3 Chem. 282b (Phys. Chem. Lab) 1 Total 17 C.E. 17 (Mechanics of Materials) 3 *Humanities or Social Science Elective . 3 Total 18 294 COLLEGE OF MINES

SENIOR YEAR Chem. E. 230 (Equil. & Rate Processes) 3 Chem. E. 232 (Equil. & Rate Proc. Lab) 1 Chem. E. 240a (Chem. Engr. Design) .. 3 Chem. E. 240b (Chem. Engr. Design) .. 3 Chem. E. 291 (Senior Project) 1 E.E. 116 (Elements of Electronics) ... 3 E.E. 114 (Elements of Elec. Engr.) 3 +Technical Electives 6 +Technical Electives 3 *Humanities or Social Science Elective . . 3 *Humanities or Social Science Elective. 3 Total 16 Total 16 *These courses are to be selected from the humanities and social science fields listed under Special Requirements of the College of Mines. The selection requires Departmental approval and a minimum of six units in each field selected is required. They may be taken at any time including Summer and by correspondence. * *An industrial inspection trip is required as part of Chem. E. 220. This trip is offered in the summer between the end of the second semester and the start of the first summer term. +Technical electives should be selected from one of the departmental option groups.

CURRICULUM LEADING TO THE DEGREE OF BACHELOR OF SCIENCE IN GEOLOGICAL ENGINEERING (ECPD Accredited) The Geological Engineering curriculumisdesigned to prepare men to undertake specialized professional applications of geology in the exploration and productionof mineralresources,inoceanengineering,inthe engineering construction industry, and in related fields such as water -resource development, underground storage of liquified petroleum products, and urban planning. These applications deal primarily with natural forces and materials and the evaluation and correlation of data concerning them. Optional majors for the student are Engineering Geology, Mining Geology or Geophysical Engineering. The first two years of work are essentially identical in all three options. The graduate from any of these options will be prepared to undertakeprofessional work or advanced graduatetraining. The prescribed programs are as follows: FRESHMAN YEAR FIRST SEMESTER SECOND SEMESTER Subject Units Subject Units Freshman Composition 3 Freshman Composition 3 Geos. 51 (Physical Geology) 3 Geos. 52 (Historical Geology) 4 Chem. 5002a (Fund. of Chemistry) . 3 Chem. 5002b (Fund. of Chemistry) 3 Chem. 3a (Fund. Techn. of Chemistry) . 1 Chem. 3b (Fund. Techn. of Chemistry) 1 Math 49a (Anal. Geom. & Calc.) 5 Math. 49b (Anal. Geom. & Calc.).... 5 PEW or HPER 1 PEW or HPER 1 Total 16 Total 17 SOPHOMORE YEAR *Geos. 9 (Intro. to Cryst. & Min.) 5 Geos. 16 (Hand Specimen Lithology) .. 2 *Phys. 3a (Intro. Physics with Calc.) . . 4 *Phys. 3b (Intro. Physics with Calc.) ... 4 C.E. 10 (Engineering Graphics) 3 Geos. 121 (Structural Geology) 4 Math. 181 (Interm. Calc. & Dif. Eq.) .. 3 Math. 91 (Intro. to Statistics) 3 S.E. 78 (FORTRAN) i E.E. 72 Intro. to Analog Comp. Tech.) 1 PEW (women) 1 C.E. 51(Elem.Surveying) 3 Unrestricted elective (men) 2 PEW (women) 1 Total 17 -18 Total 17 -18 JUNIOR YEAR Geos. 115 (Optical Mineralogy) 3 Geos. 103 (Econ. Min. Deposits) 3 Geos. 102Princ.of Stratigraphy). 3 **Tech.Elective 3 *Geos. 219(Princ.of Geophysics) 3 A.M.E. 131 (Prin. & Applic. of *Chem. 280a (Princ. of Phys. Chem.) 3 Fluid Mech.) 3 C.E. 14 (Engineering Mechanics) 3 *Chem. 280b (Princ. of Phys. Chem.) 3 Eng. 8 (Expos. Writing) 2 C.E. 17 (Mechanics of Materials) 3 Total 17 Econ. 101 (Survey of Economics) .. .. 3 Total 18 SUMMER SESSION Geos. 212s (Field Geology) 3 j-Geol. E. 210s (Mining Geol.) 3 or 6 Hydr. 214s (Field Hydrology) 6 COLLEGE OF MINES 295

ENGINEERING GEOLOGY OPTION SENIOR YEAR FIRST SEMESTER SECOND SEMESTER Subject Units Subject Units Geol. E. 206 (Engineering Geol.) 3 Geol. E. 227 (Geomechanics) 3 Geol. E. 207 (Photogeology) 2 tMin. E. 214 (Rock( Excavation Practice)) 2 tGeos. 235 (Hydrogeology) 3 Technical Electives 4 Geos. 250 (Geomorphology) 3 Unrestricted Electives 2 tHum.- Social Studies Electives 8 $Hum.- Social Studies Electives 7 Total 19 Total 18 *Geophysical Engineering option will take E.E. 22 and Math. 205a, b & Physics 10, 16, 21 sequence and Geos. 7 * *To include Min. E. 20, C.E. 140 or Phys. 130 tSubstitutes made with advisor's approval $Requires advisor's approval (Total Units 146) MINING GEOLOGY OPTION SENIOR YEAR FIRST SEMESTER SECOND SEMESTER Subject Units Subject Units tMet. E. 208 (Mineral Processing) 3 Geol. E. 227 (Geomechanics) 3 Geol. E. 228 (Ore Search) 3 Geol. E. 238 (Design of Explor. Prog.) 3 tMet. E. 111 (Gen. Metallurgy) 3 Technical Electives 3 Min. E. 230 (Mine Valuation) 2 Unrestricted Electives 2 tHum.- Social Studies Electives 7 $Hum.- Social Studies Electives 8 Total 18 Total 19 (Total Units 146) (Substitutions accepted with advisor's approval $Requires Advisor's approval

GEOPHYSICAL ENGINEERING OPTION SENIOR YEAR FIRST SEMESTER SECOND SEMESTER Subject Units Subject Units tPhys. 271a (Surv. of Theor. Phys.) 3 tPhys. 271b (Surv. of Theor. Phys.) 3 tPhys. 190 (Elem. Solid State Phys.) 3 Geol. E. 220 (Explor. Geophysics) 3 Geos. 219 (Prin. of Geophysics) 3 Technical Electives 3 Technical Electives 2 Unrestricted Electives 2 $Hum.- Social Studies Electives 7 tHum.- Social Studies Electives 8 Total 18 Total 19 (Total Units 146) tSubstitutes made with advisor's approval Requires advisor's approval

CURRICULUM LEADING TO THE DEGREE OF BACHELOR OF SCIENCE IN METALLURGICAL ENGINEERING (ECPD Accredited) Metallurgical engineering includes all scientific and engineering aspects of the recovery of metals from the crust of the earth or from the oceans, their adaption to human needs and their behavior as the principal engineering materials of modern civilization. The metallurgical engineer is responsible for developing new and economical methods for the extraction of metals from mineral resources. He must also combine these metals into new and superior alloys to meet such demanding applications as jet engines, nuclear power plants, and spacecraft developments. The metallurgical engineer is responsible for furthering the performance of metals in new and untried fields where failure under conditions of high stress, elevatedtemperatures,corrosive environment, orsevere vibration would be catastrophic in the modern industrial world. 296 COLLEGE OF MINES

The metallurgical engineer also is active in the field of metal sales where his technical know -how is sought in the selection of the right metals and fabrication processes for applications ranging from miniature electronic devices to huge metal -forming machines. Graduates of this curriculum find employment not only with the primary producers of metals, but with a wide variety of product manufacturers such as the electronics, automotive, and aero -space industries; or they may be employed by research laboratories that are concerned with the development of metals, ceramics, semi -conductors, or nuclear energy. In keeping with the wide scope of the field of Metallurgical Engineering, the degree study program provides two options for specialization by students, following their freshman year: The Metals Process Engineering option is concerned with the unit operations and unit processes used to produce pure metals from the raw material that the earth provides in the form of minerals. Metals and Materials Engineering,is concerned with the correlation of physical, chemical, and mechanical behavior of the materials of engineering - metals, ceramics, and plastics - with their composition and underlying structure, to the end that optimum properties may be developed in them by fabrication and heat treatment for use in specific applications. The prescribed study programs are as follows: FRESHMAN YEAR FIRST SEMESTER SECOND SEMESTER Subject Units Subject Units *C.E. 10 (Engr. Graphics) 3 Met. E. 22 (Elem. of Met. E.) 2 Chem. 2aFund.of Chem.) 3 Chem. 2b (Fund. of Chem.) 3 Chem.3a(Fund.of Chem. Lab.) 1 Chem. 3b (Fund. of Chem. Lab.) . 1 Freshman Composition 3 Freshman Composition 3 Math. 49a (Anal. Geom. and Calc.) 5 Math. 49b (Anal. Geom. and Calc.) 5 HPER or PEW 1 S.E. 78 (FORTRAN) 1 Total 16 HPER or PEW 1 Total 16 PROCESS ENGINEERING OPTION SOPHOMORE YEAR FIRST SEMESTER SECOND SEMESTER Subject Units Subject Units Phys. 3a (Intro. Phys. with Calc.) 4 Phys 3b (Intro. Phys. with Calc.) 4 Chem. 121 (Intro. to Analysis) 3 Met. E. 61 (Prin. of Met.) 2 Math. 181 (Ord. Diff. Eq.) .. 3 Met. E. 61L (Prin. of Met. Lab.) 2 Chem. E. 160a (Elem. Comp. Meth.) . 2 Geol. 7 (Intro. Crys. and Min.) 3 E.E. 72 (Intro. to Anal. Comp.) 1 Chem. E. 112 (Chem. Eng. Prin. I) 3 Hum. -Soc. Studies 3 Hum. -Soc. Studies 3 PEW (women) 1 PEW (women) 1 Total 16 -17 Total 17 -18 JUNIOR YEAR Met. E. 208 (Min. Process.) 3 Met. E. 212 (Extrac. Met. I) 3 Met. E. 208L (Min. Process. Lab.) 1 Met. E. 232b (Phys. Met.) 3 Met. E. 221 (Met. Thermo.) 3 Met. E. 232bL (Phys. Met. Lab.) 1 Met. E. 232a (Phys. Met.) 3 Chem. 280b (Phys. Chem.) 3 Met. E. 232aL (Phys. Met. Lab.) 1 C.E. 17 (Mech. of Materials) 3 C.E. 14 (Engin. Mech.) 3 Hum. -Soc. Studies 3 Hum. -Soc. Studies 3 English 8 (Expos. Writing) 2 Total 17 Total 18 SENIOR YEAR Met. E. 237Met. Prop.of Alloys) ... 3 Met. E. 210 Met.. Plant Design) 3 Met. E. 261(Refractories) 2 Met.E. 277(Corrosion) 2 Chem. E. 230 (Equil. & Rate Proc.) 3 E.E. 116 (Elem. of Electronics) 3 E.E. 114 (Elem. of Elec. Engr.) 3 Hum. -Soc. Studies 3 A.M.E. 103 (Metal Machining) 2 Technical Electives '7 Hum. -Soc. Studies 3 Total 18 Tech. Electives 2 Total 18 COLLEGE OF MINES 297

METALS AND MATERIALS ENGINEERING OPTION SOPHOMORE YEAR FIRST SEMESTER SECOND SEMESTER Subject Units Subject Units Phys. 3a (Intro. Phys. with Calc.) 4 Phys. 3b (Intro. Phys. with Calc.) .. 4 Chem. 121 (Intro. to Analysis) 3 Met. E. 61 (Prin. of Met.) 2 Math. 181 (Ord. Diff. Eq.) 3 Met. E. 61L (Prin. of Met. Lab.) 2 English 8 (Expos. Writing) 2 C.E. 14 (Engin. Mech.) 3 A.M.E. 103 (Metal Machining) 2 Chem. E. 112a (Chem. E. Prin. I) 3 E.E. 72 (Intro. to Anal. Comp.) 1 Geol. 7 (Intro. to Crys.) 1 Hum. -Soc. Studies 3 Hum. -Soc. Studies 3 PEW (women) 1 PEW (women) 1 Total 18 -19 Total 18 -19 JUNIOR YEAR Met. E. 221 (Met. Thermo) 3 Met. E. 277 (Corrosion) 2 Met. E. 232a (Phys. Met.) 3 Met. E. 232b (Phys. Met.) 3 Met. E. 232aL (Phys. Met. Lab) 1 Met. E. 232bL (Phys. Met.) 1 E.E. 114 (Elem. of Elec. Engr.) 3 Chem. 280b (Phys. Chem.) 3 Geol. 225 (X -ray Diffraction) 3 C.E. 17 (Mech. of Materials) 3 Chem. E. 160a (Elem. Comp. Methods) . 2 E.E. 116 (Elem. of Electronics) 3 Hum. -Soc. Studies 3 Hum. -Soc. Studies 3 Total 18 Total 18 SENIOR YEAR Met. E. 237 (Met. Prop. of Alloys) .. 3 Met. E. 210 (Met. Plant Design) 3 Met. E. 261 (Refractories) 2 Met. E. 238 (Form. & Fab. Metals)... 3 Met. E. 219 (Prin. of Mat. Eng.) 2 Met. E. 240 (Non- Destr. Testing) . . 3 Chem. E. 270 (Fund. of Polymers) 3 Hum.-Soc. Studies 3 Hum. -Soc. Studies 3 Tech. Electives 4 Tech. Electives 3 Total 16 Total 16 *C.E. 11 may be substituted if student has had one year of mechanical drawing in high school.

CURRICULUM LEADING TO THE DEGREE OF BACHELOR OF SCIENCE IN MINING ENGINEERING (ECPD Accredited) A mining engineer is concerned with the discovery and recovery of metallic and non -metallic mineral deposits from the crust of the earth. A mining engineer thus needs not only the basic sciences but also courses in geology, metallurgy, and civil,electrical, and mechanical engineering, and in business administration. Opportunities available to a mining engineer are many in the heavy construction industry such as in the building of dams and of highways. Opportunities for management positions are excellent because the mining engineer deals with production, operations, and people. Technical electives may be selected from the fields of mining, geological, and metallurgicalengineering,systems engineering, geology, and other scientific, engineering, or management areas. Training in computer programming and in operations research is encouraged. The technical subjects in the curriculum are complemented by subjects in the humanities and social sciences. The prescribed curriculum follows: FRESHMAN YEAR FIRST SEMESTER SECOND SEMESTER Subject Units Subject Units Freshman Composition 3 Freshman Composition 3 Chem. 5002a (Fund. of Chemistry) . . 3 Chem. 5002b (Fund. of Chemistry) . . 3 Chem. 3a (Fund. Techn. of Chemistry) . 1 Chem. 3b (Fund. Techn. of Chemistry). 1 Math 49a (Anal. Geom. & Calc.) 5 Math. 49b (Anal. Geom. & Calc.).... 5 C.E. 10 (Engineering Graphics) 3 Min. E. 20 (Elements of Mining) 2 PEW or HPER 1 Unrestricted elective 2 Total 16 PEW or HPER 1 Total 16 298 COLLEGE OF MINES

SOPHOMORE YEAR Geos. 51 (Physical Geology) 3 C.E. 14 (Engineering Mech.) 3 C.E. 51 (Elementary Surveying) 3 Geos. 7 (Intro. Cryst. & Min.) 3 Math. 181 (Inter. Calc. & Diff. Eq.) . 3 Geos. 121 (Structural Geol.) 4 Min. E. 103 (Underground Methods) 2 Phys. 3b (Intro. Phys. with Calc.) 4 Phys. 3a (Intro. Phys. with Calc.) .. 4 S.E. 78 (FORTRAN) 1 Eng. 8 (Expository Writing) 2 PEW (women) . 1 PEW (women) 1 Unrestricted elective 2 Total 17 -18 Total 17 -18 JUNIOR YEAR E.E. 114 (Elem. of Elect. Engr.) 3 Econ. 101 (Survey of Economics) 3 C.E. 17 (Mechanics of Materials) 3 E.E. 116 (Elem. of Electronics) 3 Math. 91 (Intro. to Statistics) 3 A.M.E. 131 (Prin. & Applic. of Met. E. 111 (General Metallurgy) 3 Fluid Mech.) . 3 Met. E. 111L (Gen. Met. Lab.) 1 Min. E. 104 (Atm. Cont. & Safety)... 3 *Humanities -Soc. Stu. electives 4 Min. E. 110 (Mine Survey I) 2 Total 17 Humanities -Soc. Stu. electives 4 Total 18 SUMMER SESSION Min. E. 1 12s (Mine Survey II) 2 SENIOR YEAR Met. E. 208 (Mineral Processing) 3 Geos. 103 (Econ. Min. Dep.) 3 A.M.E. 143 (Prin. & Applic. of *Hum. -Soc. Studies electives 3 Thermodynamics) 3 Min. E. 204Mine Management) 2 Min.E.151 Design of Mine Struct.)..2 Min. E. 220 Mine Plant Design) 3 Min. E. 201 Oper. Res. in Min. Ind.) . . 2 Min. E. 227 Geomechanics) 3 Min. E. 221 Design of Surf. Min. Sys.) . 3 Tech. electives 5 Min. E. 230 Mine Exam. & Val.) .... 2 Total 19 *Hum. -Soc. Studies electives 4 Total 19 (Total Units: 142) *Requires advisor's approval College of Nursing

Professional nursing is a service which helps people achieve and maintain optimum health. It is demanding but rewarding. Rapid social changes require the professional nurse to have a body of knowledge in pace with scientific advances which she applies to effective nursing care. She must possess problem -solving ability and discriminative judgment in recognizing the health needs of patients, their families, and the community, and in utilizing appropriate nursing intervention. The practice of nursing changes as continuously as the practice of medicine and related disciplines. Clinical nursing is based on the natural and behavioral sciences. Students are encouraged to draw upon scientific principles from related courses, and to include psychological and social as well as physical care in their applied nursing courses.

THE PROGRAM - The four -academic -year and one summer session program which leads to the degree Bachelor of Science in Nursing prepares the graduate to begin practice as a professional nurse, or to undertake graduate study to prepare for a position of leadership in nursing. The curriculum is composed of approximately forty percent clinical nursing courses, with all clinical laboratories in settings where patients need nursing care. Progression in the curriculum depends on successful completion of the preceding year's requirements. ADMISSION - Applicants for admission to the College of Nursing must fulfill the general University requirements as described in the Admission section of the catalog. They are preparing for a profession which is exacting and in which they must take responsibility for the lives and well -being of others. Applicants must be in good physical and mental health; otherwise they may be denied admission or recommended for withdrawal. The faculty of the College of Nursing reserves the privilegeof retaining only those students who, inits judgment, satisfy the requirements of scholarship, health, and personal suitability for nursing. In addition to these requirements, registered nurses from diploma or associate degree schools of nursing must hold a current, valid license to practice nursing. For these applicants, a maximum of 30 units in nursing may be established by examination. (See also the Credit by Examination section.) When possible, applicants should have an interview with the Dean prior to filing for admission. ACADEMIC ADVISING - The College of Nursing facultyis responsible for academic counseling of all students enrolled in the College. FINANCIAL ASSISTANCE - See the Scholarships and Financial Aid chapter. A number of funds are offered exclusively to students in the College of Nursing. Also, the student may be eligible for aid from sources in her home community.

HONORS - The College cooperates fully in the University -wide Honors Program, enabling its students to enroll as candidates for the bachelor's degree with Honors. The Dean's Honor List is prepared each semester, reserved for students who carry 15 or more units in a semester and attain a scholarship average of 1.5000 or better. 299 300 COLLEGE OF NURSING

GRADUATION REQUIREMENTS - A candidate for the degree Bachelor of Science in Nursing must fulfill the requirements both in number and kind of units as outlined in the catalog under which the student has chosen to graduate. The graduation average must be 3.0000 or better, with an average of 3.0000 or better for all work undertaken in the major field at The University of Arizona. See also Requirements for Graduation section. GRADUATE PROGRAM - Requirements for the Master of Science degree with a major in nursing are stated in the Graduate Catalog.

ACCREDITATION - The College is accredited by the National League for Nursing and the Arizona State Board of Nursing. Upon recommendation of the faculty, its graduates will be admitted to the licensing examination administered by the state board. Information regarding licensure may be obtained from the Dean.

CURRICULUM LEADING TO THE DEGREE OF BACHELOR OF SCIENCE IN NURSING FRESHMAN YEAR FIRST SEMESTER SECOND SEMESTER Subject Units Subject Units Chem. 1 Ra (Lec. in Gen. Chem.) 3 Chem. 1 Rb 3 Chem. 1 La (Gen. Chem. Lab.) 1 Chem. 1 Lb 1 Freshman Composition 3 Freshman Composition 3 Pharm. 4 (Dosage, Solutions) 2 Psych. lb or Soc. 83, 85, or 89 3 Psych. la or Soc. 1 3 Bio. Sci. 59b(Hum. Anat. & Phys.) 4 Bio. Sci. 59a, (Hum. Anat. PEW or HPER 1 and Physiol.) 4 Total 15 PEW or HPER 1 Total 17 SUMMER SESSION *Humanities 50a or Microb. la 4 *Humanities 50b or Microb. lb 4 PEW (women) 1 PEW (women) 1 Elective (men) 2 Elective (men) 2 Total 5 -6 Total 5 -6

SOPHOMORE YEAR *Humanities 50a or Microb. la 4 *Humanities 50b or Microb. lb 4 Psych. la or Soc. 1 3 Psych lb or Soc. 83, 85, or 89 3 * *Elective 3_ * *Elective 3 (Semesters may be alternated for following courses) Phys. 5 (Elements of) 3 Nurs. 1 (Introduction) 6 Home Ec. 17, 27a, or 27b 3 Pharm. 72 (Drugs) 2 Total 16 Total 18 JUNIOR YEAR Home Ec. 202R (Nutrition) 2 Home Ec. 232 (Diet Therapy) 3 * *Elective 3 * *Elective 3 Nurs. 110 (Nurs. of Adults and Nurs. 120 (Nurs. of Adults and Children) 12 Children) 12 Total 17 Total 18 SENIOR YEAR (Semesters may be alternated) Nurs. 130 (Ment. Hlth. and Psych. Nurs.) 8 Nurs. 180 (Leadership Nurs.) 8 Nurs. 150 (Commun. Health Nursing) 8 Nurs. 160 (Trends in Nurs.) 3 Total 16 * *Electives 6 Total 17 Total units required for graduation144 -146 *Humanities 50a -50b or acceptable substitute (see Liberal Arts section). * *Choice of electives are at discretion of adviser and student. 8 -10 units of these electives must be inupper- division courses; exceptions may be made with the Dean's permission. College of Pharmacy

Pharmacy, one of the primary health professions has as its basic responsibility the provision of materials to serve as drugs for the diagnosis, cure, mitigation, or prevention of disease in man or other animals. Pharmacy is also an information bridge between the physician and the patient regarding medicines and health care. These responsibilities provide unusual opportunities for humanitarian service and impose unusually high standards of moral and professional integrity. The undergraduate curriculum in pharmacy provides the basic science and professional courses essential to the responsibilities of institutional pharmaceutical practice, yet provides some flexibility for the student interested in community, industrial, governmental or consulting pharmacy, or in graduate study preparation. The College of Pharmacy isfully accredited by the American Council on Pharmaceutical Education. The College offers the degree of Bachelor of Science in Pharmacy based on five years of college work as outlined below. Through the Graduate College, the Master of Science and Doctor of Philosophy degrees are also offered. The Graduate Program in Hospital Pharmacy combines a Master of Science degree and Pharmacy Residency Certification through the cooperation of qualified hospitals in Arizona.

THE ARIZONA POISONING CONTROL INFORMATION CENTER inthe Pharmacy College is part of the Arizona Medical Association's Poisoning Control Program designed to aid in prevention and treatment of human poisoning cases. The center serves a network of treatment centers in the major and strategically located hospitals of Arizona.

ADMISSION - To be admitted to the College, a student must have completed 30 units of college work, including Freshman Composition, Chem 2Ra -2Rb, 2La -2Lb, Math 65 and 66, and either Physics 2a -2b or Bio. Sci. 59a -59b, with a 3.000 or better over -all grade average. The cumulative average for all courses in the major and for graduation must be 3.000 or better also. To enter Math 65 in the pre- Pharmacy year, the high school student must complete one unit of elementary algebra, one unit of plane geometry, one -half unit of advanced algebra, and one -half unit of trigonometry. Any students scoring 26 or higher on the mathematics portion of the ACT may enter Math 65 without further examinations. Upon successful completion of 30 units in this or any college of pharmacy accredited by the American Council on Pharmaceutical Education, the student may register as an intern with the Arizona State Board of Pharmacy, 1624 West Adams Street, Phoenix, Arizona 85007. Inquiries concerning internship regulations, state registrations, state examinations and fees should be addressed to the secretary of the board. Both undergraduate and graduate students in the College of Pharmacy are eligible for financial assistance through the scholarship and loan funds described in the "Financial Assistance" section of the catalog.

301 302 COLLEGE OF PHARMACY

COURSE OF STUDY LEADING TO THE DEGREE OF BACHELOR OF SCIENCE IN PHARMACY FIRST YEAR FIRST SEMESTER SECOND SEMESTER Subject Units Subject Units Ph. Sci. 10 (Calculations) 2 Ph. Sci. 3 (Orientation) 2 Ph.Sci.102a(Ph'ctics) 4 Ph.Sci.102b(Ph'ctics) 4 Chem. 41a & 43a (Organic) 4 Chem. 41b & 43b (Organic) 4 Bio. Sci. 59a, (Physiol.) or Bio. Sci. 59b, (Physiol.) or Physics 2a, (General) 4 Physics 2b, (General) 4 Phys. Education (Women) or Phys. Education (Women) or Elective (Men) 1 Elective (Men) 1 Total 15 Total 15 POST -FIRST YEAR SUMMER SESSION Electives (6) SECOND YEAR Ph. Sci. 207 (Physical Pharm.) 3 Microbiology 110 (Immunity) 5 Ph. Sci. 221a (Biolog. Drugs) 3 Ph. Sci. 221b (Biolog. Drugs) 3 Ag. Biochem. 211a (Biochem.) 3 Ag. Biochem. 211b (Biochem.) 3 Biol. Sci. 264a (Human Physiol.) 4 Biol. Sci. 264b (Human Physiol.) 4 Chemistry 121 (Analysis I) 3 Total 15 Total 16 THIRD YEAR Ph. Sci. 205 (Intern Practice) 1 Ph. Sci. 63 (1st Aid & Emerg.) 3 Ph. Sci. 237a (Med. Chem.) 4 Ph. Sci. 237b (Med. Chem.) 4 Pharmacol. 271a (Pharmacol.) 4 Pharmacol. 271b (Pharmacol.) 4 Economics 101 (Survey) 3 Ph. Sci. 238 (Drug Quality Control) 2 Microbiol. 223 (Pathol.) 4 Ph. Sci. 239 (Techniques of Drug Total 16 Quality Control) 1 Electives 3 Total 17 FOURTH YEAR Ph. Sci. 209 (Biopharm.) 3 Ph. Sci. 210 (Dispensing) 4 Ph. Sci. 251 Institut'nl.) 3 Ph. Sci. 242 (Managem't.) 3 Ph.Sci.265(PublicHealth) 3 Ph. Sci. 243 (Pharm. Laws) 2 Ph. Sci. 291a (Colloquium) 1 Ph. Sci. 291b (Colloquium) 1 Electives 7 Pharmacol. 274 (Toxicology) 2 Total 17 Electives 5 Total 17 Total units required for graduation .. 164

Students with special exemptions in physical education may reduce the graduation requirement by the number of units in these exemptions. Electives - The student must take a prescribed minimum of elective units in each of three groups with exceptions made only by approved petition: Group I -A minimum of 5 elective units required; Govt. 3, Psych. la -lb, 218, Soc. 101, Speech 2. Group II - A minimum of 4 elective units required: Hum. 50a -50b (or approved substitutes), Phil. 11, Hist. 4a -4b. Group III -A minimum of 9 units in the first field of interest, below, and a minimum of 3 units in a second field of interest: Community Pharmacy: Pharm. Sci. 324, 212, 239, 299a; Accounting 33 or 152; English 107; Mgmt. 120 or 201; Mkt. 161. Institutional Pharmacy: Pharm. Sci. 212, 218, 219, 230a -230b, 239, 255, 299a, 324; Pharmacol. 275; Math 75, 91. Graduate Study Preparation: Chem. 280a -280b; Stat. 239; S.I.E. 172, 272. The Graduate College THE NATURE OF GRADUATE WORK - Students entering the Graduate College should realize that their status isdifferent from that of the undergraduate. Although administrative machinery cannot be wholly dispensed with, the primary aim of the graduate student should not be merely to meet requirements. Students should see in their graduate experience the opportunity to enlarge their knowledge and make themselves independent workers. To realize these ends, personal interest should carry beyond the bounds of requirements. A mere accumulation of units or grades is not sufficient. Achievement should be limited only by the time, energy, and ability at the student's command. ADMISSION - Admission to the Graduate College is open to persons who hold the bachelor's degree from The University of Arizona or from a college or university which grants degrees recognized by The University of Arizona. Admission in any case is granted only after approval of the candidate's previous academic record by the Registrar, the Dean of the Graduate College, and the heads of the departments - in which the candidate proposes to do the greater portion of his work. Each applicant with an undergraduate academic record containing' "pass'; - "satisfactory";"credit'; or similar entries for courses which have a substantial bearing on his field of specialization must also submit (i) a written evaluation by the instructor of each such course or letter grade and (ii) scores on the aptitude test of the Graduate Record Examination. An additional number of undergraduate courses may be required when previous work has not approximated the general requirements for the corresponding bachelor's degree at The University of Arizona or the special requirements for the field in which the candidate proposes to specialize; and prospective graduate students are urged to determine from the Dean their status in this regard. Students whose preparation is such that they are unable temporarily to elect any work for graduate credit must register in the appropriate undergraduate college.

REGULAR GRADUATE STATUS -Students who meettheadmission requirements outlined above will be admitted to Regular Graduate Status to undertake work leading to an advanced degree. UNCLASSIFIED GRADUATE STATUS - Students who do not wish to pursue a degree program or those who areseriouslydeficientin course or subject prerequisites, or slightly deficient in previous academic grade average may be admitted to Unclassified Graduate Status for the purpose of undertaking work to suit their needs. Unclassified graduate students may earn graduate credit as their qualifications and performance warrant; but no student may later apply toward an advanced degree more than 6 units earned as an unclassified student. ADMISSION OF FOREIGN STUDENTS - Itis frequently very difficult to evaluateproperlyaforeignstudent'spreparationintermsofAmerican requirements for advanced degree programs. Most graduates of foreign institutions aretherefore admitted routinelyas International Special Students with the understanding that particular students may be required to undertake certain work without graduate credit in order to make up deficiencies in preparation, and that no 303 304 THE GRADUATE COLLEGE commitment can be made in any case regarding the time required to complete a course of study.. The decision as to whether an International Special Student can qualify for graduate credit will be made. at the close of his first semester of residence. Foreign students must demonstrate -their proficiency in the English language as one of the conditions for admission. The University requiresallforeign applicants, whose family language is other than English, to take the Test of English as a Foreign Language (TOEFL). Further information can be obtained by writing to Test of English as a Foreign Language, Educational Testing Service, Princeton, New Jersey 08540. The scores for this examination must be submitted before the student's application can be considered. Foreign students are required by the University to have insurance coverage against illness and accident before being permitted to register. The insurance must be maintained throughout the student's enrollment in the University. Group insurance with a recognized American insurance company is available and coverage should be obtained through the Business Office at registration time. Information is supplied with admission material. Comparable insurance with any other reputable American insurance company is acceptable. Canadian students may be insured by recognized Canadian insurance agents. In addition, foreign students must certify that they possess adequate financial resources to support themselves while in residence at The University of Arizona. APPLICATION FOR ADMISSION - Application for admission to the Graduate College must be made on the blanks furnished by the Dean of the Graduate College. An applicant from another institution should request that complete transcripts of all undergraduate and graduate work done and degrees received be sent directly by the institution at which the work was done to the Dean of the Graduate College of The University of Arizona. Both the application and the transcript must be on file at least one month prior to registration. Students who have been admitted to the Graduate College, but were not enrolled during the previous regular semester, should ascertain well in advance of registration whether or not it will be necessary for them to reapply for admission. GRADUATE RECORD EXAMINATION - To supplement other evidences of preparation for graduate work, the Graduate Council has authorized the use of Graduate Record Examinations. These examinations will not replace other records of achievement as a basis for admission to the Graduate College, but they will offer additional evidence concerning the qualifications of students desiring to undertake graduate work. A number of departments have specific requirements with regard to Graduate Record Examinations, the Admission Test for Graduate Study in Business, and other examinations. Departmental headnotes in the Graduate Catalog should be consulted for further information. Itis strongly recommended that in addition to providing a transcript of record of undergraduate and graduate work, each applicant for admission to the Graduate College take the Graduate Record Examination and submit a transcript of his scores.. Applications for the examination, which will be administered locally as well as in. other centers, should be sent, together with an examining fee of $8 to $15, to Educational Testing Service, 1947 Center. Street, Berkeley, California 94704, or 20 Nassau Street, Princeton, New Jersey 08540. Application materials are generally available in the office of the Graduate College. CANDIDACY FOR AN ADVANCED DEGREE - Admission to graduate study does not imply admission to candidacy for an advanced degree and gives no right or THE GRADUATE COLLEGE 305

claim to be so admitted. Such candidacy is determined after the student has demonstrated by work done at The University of Arizona the ability to do work of graduate character with originality and independence. Until admitted to candidacy a student should not count upon taking the final examination for a degree at any set time.

GRADUATE CREDIT FOR SENIORS AND UNCLASSIFIED (NOT GRADUATE) STUDENTS -A student of senior standing who is within 15 units of completing all requirements for graduation may register for graduate work if recommended by the head of the department and approved by the Dean of the Graduate College. For such registration a petition for graduate credit in excess of senior requirements must be filed with the Dean at the time of registration, or within ten days thereafter, for the action of the Graduate Council. This petition must be endorsed by the professor in charge of the course and the student's major professor. The Council will not approve a petition unless the senior has a grade average of 2.50 or better on all work already completed in the University, is proceeding toward graduation as directly as possible, and does not propose a total load to exceed 16 units. The maximum number of units of graduate credit that may be earned by a senior in any semester is equal to the difference between 16 and the number necessary to complete requirements for graduation. A student who holds the bachelor's degree but who is not registered in the Graduate College may petition for permission to take courses for graduate credit. His petition must befiledwithin ten days following registration, must be recommended by the instructor of the course and the head of the department concerned, and must be approved by the Graduate Council. GENERAL PREREQUISITES FOR MAJOR GRADUATE CREDIT - The undergraduate major, or its equivalent, in any field of study is prerequisite to major graduate work inthat field. In some cases afield of concentration in the undergraduate work different from but suitably related to the graduate major may be acceptable. The minimum requirement in education is 15 units, of which 3 may be in general psychology, anthropology, or sociology. Deficienciesinundergraduatepreparationmustbesatisfiedby the completion of prescribed courses for undergraduate credit. REGULAR GRADUATE CREDIT COURSES - Regular courses numbered 300 and above are intended for graduate students, while courses numbered 200 -299 may be taken for graduate credit. (See Departments and Courses of Instruction section for classification of regular courses by number.) OTHER COURSES FOR GRADUATE CREDIT - In addition to the regularly scheduled campus offerings, the University also offers a variety of specially scheduled courses at other ..times and places. Such courses are designated by numbers of four digits and many are available for graduate credit. The first digit 5, 7, or 9 indicates the conditions under which a particular course is offered and the limit of applicability, if any, toward meeting requirements for an advanced degree. The last three digits are the same as the number of the regular campus offering unless there is no such counterpart. Most courses given off campus are designated by four -digit numbers beginning with 7. As many as 6 units of credit in courses in the 7200 and 7300 series may be applied toward meeting requirements for the master's degree except that this limit is subject to reduction by the number of units of transfer work (see below). All courses given by television for credit are designated by four -digit numbers beginning with 5. As many as 18 units of credit in the 5200 and 5300 series courses 306 THE GRADUATE COLLEGE may be applied to meeting the requirements for the master's degree, except that this limit is subject to reduction by the number of units offered in the 7200, 7300, 9200, and 9300 series, and the number of units of transfer work. Allcourses taught off campus for which residence creditis given are designated by four -digit numbers beginning with 9. Not more than 18 units of credit in the 9200 and 9300 series courses may be applied to meeting the requirements for the master's degree and this limit is subject to reduction by the number of units offered in the 5200, 5300, 7200 and 7300 series, and the number of units of transfer work. Grades obtained . in the 7200 and 7300 series courses, however, are not counted in calculating the grade average required for graduation. No course in the 5000 or 7000 series may be applied toward meeting requirements for a doctoral degree.

TRANSFER OF GRADUATE CREDIT - The University of Arizona accepts credit by transfer from other accredited institutions. There may be offered toward a master's degree a whole number of transferred units not to exceed 20 percent of the minimum number of units required for the degree in question. These limits are subject to reduction by the number of units offered in courses in the 7000 series. Such transfer of credit may be established to apply toward an advanced degree only upon satisfactory completion of such additional courses as may be prescribed by the head of the corresponding department in the University. Furthermore, the application of transfer work toward meeting requirements for a master's degree will reduce the number of units of work in the 5000, 7000, and 9000 series acceptable for the same program (see "Other Courses for Graduate Credit" above). In any case, transfer of credit toward an advanced degree will not be made unless approved by the head of the major department and unless the grade earned was 1 or 2 (A or B). Furthermore, transfer will be made of credit only; no account will be taken of the grades of transfer work in computing the student's grade average. Such transfer may be initiated at any time but will not become effective until the student has completed satisfactorily at least 12 units of graduate work at The University of Arizona. Credit previously obtained for extension work offered by other institutions will not be accepted. CORRESPONDENCE COURSES - Correspondence courses will not be accepted for graduate credit. SCHOLARSHIP REQUIREMENTS - A high level of performance is expected of students enrolled for graduate credit. A student who does not appear to be making satisfactory progress in his graduate work may be required to withdraw from the University. No student will be recommended for the award of an advanced degree unless he has achieved a grade average of 2.0000 or better (a) on all work taken for graduate credit and (b) on all work included specifically in his graduate study program. To meet condition (a) the grade average will be computed on all work for which the student has enrolled for graduate credit, whether or not it is offered in satisfaction of requirements for an advanced degree except for courses dropped with a passing grade and courses in which grades of "P" or "S" have been awarded. The grades of "4" and "5" do not carry graduate credit but are included in computing the grade average. To meet condition (b) the grade average is computed in a like manner but only on courses included in the approved graduate study program set up by the major department. Students who do not meet condition (b) may take additional work. Such additional work may be included with the major THE GRADUATE COLLEGE 307 work in the computation of the grade average to meet condition (b), but only with the approval of the major department secured prior to taking the 'work in question. No course in the 5000 or 7000 series may be applied toward meeting requirements for a doctoral degree. DROPPING COURSES - After the first ten weeks of classes, courses may not be dropped by graduate students except for cause approved by the Graduate Council. MAXIMUM STUDY LOAD - The usual maximum load for students registered in the Graduate College is 16 units. Students are asked not to request permission to take more than this maximum. EXTENDED REGISTRATION -Students completing requirementsfor an advanced degree must be registered during the semester or summer term in which requirements are completed, or during the previous semester or term if require- ments are completed during an intersession. Students who have previously enrolled for all the credit required for their degrees and who do not wish to enroll for further work may register for this purpose for extended registration. Extended registration may not be used concurrently with other enrollments.

THESIS AND DISSERTATION WORK IN ABSENTIA - Under conditions approved by the head of the major department and the Dean, a portion of the student's thesis or dissertation work may be done in absentia. Approval to do work in absentia must be sought prior to undertaking the work.

AUDITING OF COURSES BY GRADUATE STUDENTS - With the consent of the Dean and the instructors concerned, students enrolled in the Graduate College may audit courses not included in their regular programs. It is not necessary to register for such courses, but an auditor's permit must be obtained from the Dean.

ADVANCED DEGREES OFFERED Full description of programs and requirements for each of the following degrees are to be found in the Graduate Catalog. The catalog may be obtained upon request from the Dean of the Graduate College. Master of Accounting (M.Ac.) Master of Public Administration (M.P.A.) Master of Agricultural Education (M.Ag.Ed.) Master of Science (M.S.) Master of Arts (M.A.) Master of Science Teaching (M.S.T.) Master of Business Administration (M.B.A.) Master of Education (M.Ed.) Educational Specialist (Ed.S.) Master of Fine Arts (M.F.A.) Optical Specialist (Op.S.) Master of Home Economics Education (M.H.E.Ed.) Doctor of Education (Ed.D.) Master of Library Science (M.L.S.) Doctor of Musical Arts (A.Mus.D.) Master of Music (M.M.) Doctor of Philosophy (Ph.D.) A number of departments offer work leading to more than one degree, and a great many specializations areavailable within thedegrees listed.Details regarding degree programs and specializations are given in the informative text preceding the listing of course offerings for each department. While no specific graduate degree is required for junior college teaching, the normal minimum preparation includes a master's degree. For information on certification see "Programs for Junior College Personnel" in the College of Education section. 308 THE GRADUATE COLLEGE

MAJOR FIELDS FOR THE DOCTORAL DEGREE Major work and research leading to the doctoral degree are offered inthe following fields. (Except as noted, the degree is the Doctor of Philosophy.) aerospace engineering educational administration* optical sciences agricultural biochemistry educational psychology* Oriental studies and nutrition electrical engineering pharmaceutical chemistry agricultural chemistry elementary education* pharmacology and soils engineering mechanics pharmacy agronomy English philosophy anatomy entomology physics animal physiology French physiology anthropology genetics plant breeding arid lands resource sciences geological engineering plant pathology astronomy geosciences psychology atmospheric sciences government range management biochemistry history reading * biology horticulture rehabilitation * botany hydrology secondary education* business administration linguistics sociology chemical engineering mathematics Spanish chemistry mechanical engineering special education * civil engineering metallurgy speech computer science microbiology systems engineering counseling and guidance* mining engineering water resources administration economics molecular biology watershed management education * music (A. Mus. D. only) zoology nuclear engineering *Both Ph.D. and Ed.D. are offered. MAJOR FIELDS FOR THE MASTER'S DEGREE Major work leading tothe master's degree is offered in each of thefollowing fields: accounting educational psychology microbiology aerospace engineering electrical engineering mining engineering agricultural biochemistry elementary education molecular biology and nutrition engineering mechanics music composition agricultural chemistry English music education and soils English as a second language music theory agricultural economics entomology nuclear engineering agricultural education finance nursing agricultural engineering fishery biology optical sciences agronomy foundations of education Oriental studies alcohol studies French pharmacology animal physiology genetics pharmacy animal science geography philosophy anthropology geological engineering physical education applied music geosciences physics art German plant breeding art education government plant pathology astronomy health education poultry science atmospheric sciences history psychology biochemistry history of art public administration biology history of music range management botany home economics reading business administration home economics education rehabilitation business education horticulture Russian chemical engineering hydrology school library science chemistry journalism secondary education civil engineering landscape architecture sociology computer science Latin American studies Spanish counseling and guidance library science special education creative writing linguistics speech dairy science management statistics dietetics marketing systems engineering distributive education materials engineering urban planning drama mathematics water resources administration economics mechanical engineering watershed management education metallurgical engineering wildlife biology educational administration metallurgy zoology General Departments of The University

Department of Health, Physical Education and Recreation The University has a well- equipped athletic plant which includes the new McKale Memorial Center seating15,000,a 40,000 seat football stadium, a gymnasium seating 3,600 and an excellent baseball field. Additional facilities include a pool, quarter -mile track, tennis courts, wrestling room, weight- lifting room, and four -wall handball courts. Men students of the University have the opportunity to engage in any of the following activities conducted by the Department of Health, Physical Education and Recreation: (1) physical education; (2) intramural sports; (3) varsity and freshman athletics.

ATHLETIC COMPETITION TheUniversity,along with Arizona StateUniversity, Brigham Young University, Colorado State University, and the Universities of New Mexico, Texas at El Paso, Utah, and Wyoming, holds membership in the Western Athletic Conference as well as in the National Collegiate Athletic Association. A well- rounded varsity sportsprogramisconductedwith intercollegiatecompetitioninbaseball, basketball, cross country, football, golf, gymnastics, rifle, swimming, tennis, track, and wrestling. Favorable climatic conditions allow the spring sports season to open around March first, with competition schedule in all spring sports through May. The varsity football team plays a schedule of 11 games and a basketball schedule of 26 games. In baseball the usual schedule is about 50 games. Other sports also have challenging intercollegiate schedules.

THE INTRAMURAL PROGRAM - An extensive intramural program is open to all men students who wish to compete in any one of 17 different sports. For information, consult the Supervisor of Intramural Sports in the Men's Gymnasium.

FRESHMAN PHYSICAL EDUCATION PROGRAM Physical education is required of all freshman men with certain exceptions; these are listed under "Required Subjects - Lower Division" in the Registration section. The freshman program is composed of 18 different activity courses offering the student opportunity to acquire new motor skills as well as to improve his physical fitness. Students may choose from the activity courses listed under "Health, Physical Education and Recreation" in the Departments and Courses of Instruction section of the catalog.

MODIFIED PHYSICAL EDUCATION: This programisdesigned for those physically unable to participate in the regular program. The student's health, as determined by the Student Health Service, may necessitate assignment to a modified program of exercises and activities suited to the student's needs. 309 310 GENERAL DEPARTMENTS OF THE UNIVERSITY

PROGRAMS FOR THE HEALTH EDUCATION AND PHYSICAL EDUCATION MAJORS A professional preparation program is offered to those who are interested in teaching health education, physical education, coaching, or in directing recreational programs. A list of the requirements for either a major or minor in health, physical education for men, and recreation, will be found in the course -description section of the catalog. Freshmen and sophomores are enrolled in the College of Liberal Arts, junior and senior students in the College of Education. For further information, students should consult the Director of the Department of Health, Physical Education and Recreation.

FOR SECONDARY SCHOOL TEACHERS WITH A MAJOR IN HEALTH EDUCATION FRESHMAN YEAR (The student enrolls in the College of Liberal Arts) FIRST SEMESTER SECOND SEMESTER Subject Units Subject Units Home Ec. 2 2 Freshman Composition 3 Freshman Composition 3 HPER (men) or PEW (women) 1 Social science 3 HPER 42 (Personal Health) 3 HPER (men) or PEW (women) 1 Electives 9 -10 Speech 2 (Principles) 3 Total 16 -17 Electives 4 -5 Total 16 -17 SOPHOMORE YEAR Humanities 50a 4 Humanities 50b 4 Chem. la 5 HPER 71 or 75 2 -3 PEW (women) 1 PEW (women) 1 Bio. 59a (Anatomy) 4 Bio. 59b (Physiology) 4 Electives 2 -3 Electives 4 -5 Total 16 -17 Total 15 -17 JUNIOR YEAR (The student enrolls in the College of Education) Ed. Psych. 110 3 Ed. Psych. 102 (or Sec. Ed. 217 orFound. Sec. Ed. 131 (or Found. Ed. 150) .. 3 Ed. 212) 3 HPER 267 3 HPER 70 or PEW 170 (First Aid) 2 Microb. 157 3 HPER 266 3 Speech 10 3 Electives 9 Electives 2 Total 17 Total 17 SENIOR YEAR Sec. Ed. 130 (Teach. in Second. Sch.). 6 Sec. Ed. 139 (Student Teach.) 9 HPER 270 3 Ed. Psych. 220 (Mental Hygiene) . 3 Govt. 100 (Const.) 3 Electives 3 -5 Electives 5 Total 15 -17 Total 17 Recommended electives: Home Ec. 10 and 237, PEW 252, Speech 113. Total required for graduation .125 units FOR TEACHERS OF PHYSICAL EDUCATION FOR MEN FRESHMAN YEAR (The student enrolls in the College of Liberal Arts) FIRST SEMESTER SECOND SEMESTER Subject Units Subject Units Freshman Composition 3 Freshman Composition 3 Social Science 3 Speech 2 (Prin.) 3 Psych. la (Elem.) 3 Math 11 or 20 3 HPER 52 (Beg. Dance) 1 HPER 53 (Folk -Sq. Dance) 1 HPER 55 (Found. of P.E.) 2 Electives 2 -4 Electives 0 -2 tHPER Activities 3 j-HPER Activities 3 Total 15 -17 Total 15-17 GENERAL DEPARTMENTS OF THE UNIVERSITY 311

SOPHOMORE YEAR Humanities 50a 4 Humanities 50b 4 Bio. 59a (Anat -Physio) 4 Bio. 59b (Anat -Physio) 4 HPER 95 (Hist. of P.Ed.) 2 HPER 71 3 Electives 2 -4 HPER 87 (Kinesiology) 3 tHPER Activities 3 Electives 1 -3 Total 15 -17 Total 15 -17 JUNIOR YEAR (The student enrolls in the College of Education) Ed. Psych. 110 3 Ed. Psych. 102 or Sec. Ed. 217 or Found. Sec. Ed. 131 or Found. Ed. 150 3 Ed. 212 3 HPER 150 Physio, of Ex.) 2 HPER 155 (Methods ofTeach.P.Ed.) . 3 HPER 151Physio.of Ex. Lab.) 1 HPER 160 (Designed Exercise) 2 HPER 293 Adapted P.Ed) 2 HPER 190 (Prey. of Injuries) 2 HPER Athletic Coaching 2 HPER Athletic Coaching 2 Electives 3 -4 Electives 4 -5 Total 16 -17 Total 16 -17 SENIOR YEAR Sec. Ed. 130 (Teach. in Second. Sch.). 6 Sec. Ed. 139 (Student Teach.) 9 HPER 185 (Eval. in P.Ed.) 3 Govt. 100 (Const.) 3 HPER 197 (Org. of P.Ed) 3 HPER 198 (Senior Sem. in P.Ed.) . 1 Electives 4 -5 Electives 4 -5 Total 16 -17 Total 16 -17 Recommended Electives: Anthro. la -lb, Chem. 2a -2b, Clas. 15a -15b, Econ. 2a -2b, foreign language, Eng. 70a -70b, Phil. 11, Phys. la-1 b. Total required for graduation . 125 units tThe student must complete a class or demonstrate proficiency in the following activities which are prerequisite to HPER 155; Archery, Badminton, Baseball, Basketball, Football, Golf,Gymnastics, Handball, Life Saving, Soccer,Tennis, Track and Field,Volleyball, Wrestling.

Department of Physical Education for Women The University provides excellent facilities for physical education classes and recreational activities.In the Women's Physical Education Building there are gymnasiums with apparatus, dance studios, recreational and multi -purpose rooms, a student library and locker facilities. Outdoor areas include a heated swimming pool, sports fields, an archery range, and tennis courts, which are usable the year round. THE RECREATION ASSOCIATION PROGRAM - An extensive and challenging year -round intramural, extramural, and club program is an outgrowth of the activities taught in the Department of Physical Education for Women. Weekly Co-Recreation on Friday evenings is open to all University students. This program is conducted by the Women's Recreation Association Board, composed of students, under the supervision of faculty members of the department. Participation is voluntary. Concerts, exhibitions, demonstrations and clinics are sponsored by the various clubs.

THE PHYSICAL EDUCATION ACTIVITY CLASS PROGRAM Physical education is required of all freshman and sophomore women with certain exceptions. The program includes approximately twenty different activities giving students opportunities to learn movement and exercise fundamentals, sports and games, and dance forms. Activities are tailored to abilities and the student is allowed to fulfill the physical education requirement by taking courses of her choice. Those students who possess and develop ability in certain areas are allowed to enroll in more advanced courses. 312 GENERAL DEPARTMENTS OF THE UNIVERSITY

Students may choose from theactivitycourses listedinthe course - descriptions section, on the basis of their health and proficiency. Students with physical limitations should register for Adaptive Activities. Students are expected to furnish some equipment in the tennis, badminton, and golf classes. Special fees are required for courses in intermediate and advanced golf and are set in accordance with current community golf fees and transportation rates.

ADAPTIVE ACTIVITIES: This program is designed for those physically unable to take a vigorous activity. course. Special programs of exercise and modified activities develop understanding andskillsneededforpersonal health and physical effectiveness.

PROFESSIONAL PREPARATION PROGRAM The professional preparation program leads to the degree of Bachelor of Science in Education with a major in physical education. This degree qualifies the student for teaching physical education in the secondary school. Freshman and sophomore majors enroll in the College of Liberal Arts, and junior and senior majors register in the College of Education. Students may select optional programs to prepare them in such speciality areas as sports, dance, gymnastics and aquatics.

PHYSICAL EDUCATION MAJOR AND MINOR REQUIREMENTS THE TEACHING MAJOR: Minimum of 34 units in physical education, in addition to the 4 units required of freshman -sophomore women, including 61, 76a, 87, 185, 266; HPER 150, 151; Bio. Sci. 59a and 59b; Math. 11 or 20; and Speech 2. Included within the 34 unit minimum the student also will select one of the following options: OPTION A: INDIVIDUAL AND TEAM SPORTS Emphasis 76b, 80a, 80b, 86, 95, 97, 155, 252, 264, 269. OPTION B: COMBINATION SPORTS - DANCE Emphasis (select one of the following) GYMNASTICS /SPORTS: 76b, 80a or. 80b, 80d, 85, 86 (or 155 or 2 additional units of 97), 95, 97, 252, 264, 269. AQUATICS /SPORTS: 76b, 80a or 80b, 80c, 86 (or 155 or 2 additional units of 97), 95, 97, 189, 252, 264, 269. DANCE /SPORTS: 76b, 45 (or 48 or 143 or 144), 80a or 80b, 86 (or 155 or 2 additional units of 97), 95,97,146,187, 252, 264, 269. GYMNASTICS /AQUATICS: 76b, 80c, 80d, 85, 95,97,189,252, 264, 269. GYMNASTICS /DANCE: 76b, 45 (or 48 or 143 or 144), 80d, 85, 95, 97, 146, 187, 252, 264, 269. AQUATICS /DANCE: 76b, 45 (or 48 or 143 or 144), 80c, 95, 97, 146, 187, 189, 252, 264, 269. Students selecting Option A or Option B must demonstrate a high level of skill in the two emphasis areas by participating on one WRA Club in each specialty area. A basic core of classes must be completed or proficiencies demonstrated in the following areas: select three (3) classes from the TEAM SPORTS (basketball, field hockey, field sports, softball, volleyball); three (3) classes from the INDIVIDUAL SPORTS (archery, badminton, golf, tennis, track and field); and one class in each of the following: AQUATICS, GYMNASTICS; FOLK DANCE, MODERN DANCE. GENERAL DEPARTMENTS OF THE UNIVERSITY 313

OPTION C: DANCE Emphasis 45, 48, 97, 143, 144, 145, 146, 147, 187, 248, 249. A basic core of dance technique classes must be completed or proficiencies demonstrated at an advanced skill level. Four (4) additional units must be selectedfromthe.physicaleducationactivityclasses.Classes highly recommended include gymnastics, swimming, folk dance. In consultation with an advisor, students will select at least five (5) additional units from such related disciplines as art, drama, music, home economics, philosophy.

THE TEACHING MINOR IN PHYSICAL. EDUCATION: 20 units in addition to the 4 units required of freshman -sophomore women, including 55, 76a, 76b, 87, 269, 299; Bio. Sci. 59a; and two classes selected from 85, 86, 155, 187, 189 (86 and /or 155 must be taken). THE NON -TEACHING MINOR IN DANCE: 20 units in addition to the 4 units required of freshman -sophomore women, including 45, 143, 144, 146, and one unit each from PEW 110 and PEW 115; Art 3, Music 7 or8; and 2 units of upper- division course work chosen in consultation with the advisor. PROFICIENCY EXAMINATIONS are provided for those students who have attained adequate skill and knowledge in the required activity. Transfer students . desiring to establish credit for required professional preparation courses taken at another institution should take the department proficiency examinations in these subjects.Responsibility for proficiency examination application lies with the student. SCHOLARSHIP REQUIREMENT: A grade point average of 3.000 or better in professional preparation courses (excluding activity courses) is prerequisite to registration in upper- division courses in the major field. An overall grade average of. 3.000 is required for graduation.

PROGRAM FOR TEACHERS OF PHYSICAL. EDUCATION FOR WOMEN OPTION A: Individual and Team Sports Emphasis OPTION B: Combination Sports -DanceEmphasis(Gymnastics /Sports;or Aquatics /Sports;or Dance /Sports;or Gymnastics /Aquatics;or Gymnastics /Dance; or Aquatics /Dance) FRESHMAN YEAR (The student enrolls in the College of Liberal Arts) FIRST SEMESTER SECOND SEMESTER Subject Units Subject Units Freshman Composition 3 Freshman Composition 3 Math 11 or 20 3 Speech 2 3 Psychology la 3 Social Science 3 PEW 61 (Foundations of Phys. Educ.) 2 PEW 76a (Thry: Pract. in Tchg. P.E.) 2 PEW Activities 3 PEW Activities 2 Teaching Minor or Electives . 3 Teaching Minor or Electives 4 Total 17 Total 17 SOPHOMORE YEAR Humanities 50a 4 Humanities 50b 4 Bio. Sci. 59a (Anatomy -Physiology) . .. 4 Bio. Sci. 59b (Anatomy -Physiology) 4 PEW 95 (History of Phys. Educ.) .. 2 PEW 87 (Kinesiology) 3 PEW 76b (Thry. -Pract. in Tchg. P.E.) .. 2 PEW Activities 2 PEW Activities 2 Teaching Minor or Electives 4 Teaching Minor or Electives 3 Total 17 Total 17 314 GENERAL DEPARTMENTS OF THE UNIVERSITY

JUNIOR YEAR (The student enrolls in the College of Education) Ed. Psych. 110 3 Ed. Psych. 102 or Sec. Ed. 217 *Sec. Ed. 131 or Ed. Found. 150 3 or Ed. Found. 212 3 HPER 150 (Physiology of Exercise) 2 **Sec. Educ. 130 (Tchg. in Sec. School) 6 HPER 151 (Physiol. Ex. Lab.) 1 PEW 252 (Health Programs) 2 PEW 97 (Directed Obs. in P.E.) 1 PEW Prof. Prep. Courses in Areas PEW Prof. Prep. Courses in Areas of Emphasis 3 of Emphasis 3 Teaching Minor or Electives 3 Teaching Minor or Electives 4 Total 17 Total 17 SENIOR YEAR -Sec. Ed. 139 (Student Teaching) 9 Govt. 100 (or State Exam) 3 PEW 269 Org. -Adm. of Phys. Educ.) 2 PEW 264 (Thry. of Rec. & Leisure) .. 2 PEW 266(Scient.Found. of P.E.) .. 3 PEW 185 (Evaluation in Phys. Educ.) ,3 Teaching Minor or Electives 3 Teaching Minor or Electives 9 Total 17 Total 17 *May be taken II Sem. Junior Year. * *May be taken I Sem. Senior Year. tMay be taken either semester of the Senior Year only after completion of Sec. Ed. 130.

OPTION C: Dance Emphasis FRESHMAN YEAR (The student enrolls in the College of Liberal Arts) FIRST SEMESTER SECOND SEMESTER Subject Units Subject Units Freshman Composition 3 Freshman Composition 3 Math 11 or 20 3 Speech 3 Psychology 1 a 3 Social Science 3 PEW 61 Foundations of Phys. Educ.) 2 PEW 76a (Thry. -Pract. in Tchg. P.E.) 2 PEW 15(Beg.Modern Dance) 1 PEW 10 (Beg. Folk Dance) 1 PEW 4 (Beg. Ballet) 1 * PEW Activities 1 PEW Activity 1 Teaching Minor or Electives 4 Teaching Minor or Electives 3 Total 17 Total 17 SOPHOMORE YEAR Humanities 50a 4 Humanities 50b 4 Bio. Sci. 59a (Anatomy -Physiology) ... 4 Bio. Sci. 59b (Anatomy -Physiology) 4 PEW 45 (Dance History) 3 PEW 48 (Dance for Children) 2 PEW 65 Int. Modern Dance) 1 PEW 97 (Directed Obs. in Dance) 1 - PEW 60(Int.Folk Dance) 1 PEW 87 (Kinesiology) 3 *PEW Activity 1 PEW 145 (Dance Practicum) 2 Teaching Minor or Electives 3 *PEW Activity 1 Total 17 Total 17 JUNIOR YEAR (The student enrolls in the College of Education) Ed. Psych. 110 3 Ed. Psych. 102 or Sec. Ed. 217 Sec. Ed. 131 or Ed. Found. 150 3 or Ed. Found. 212 3 HPER 150 Physiology of Exercise) 2 Sec. Ed. 130 (Tchg. in Sec. School) . 6 HPER 151(Physiol.Ex. Lab.) 1 PEW 187 (Dance Methods) 2 PEW 146 Choreography) 1 PEW 147 (Production in Dance) 2 PEW 144 Rhythmic Analysis) 2 Teaching Minor or Electives 4 PEW 115 Adv. Modern Dance) 1 Total 17 Teaching Minor or Electives 4 Total 17 SENIOR YEAR Sec. Ed. 139 (Student Teaching) 9 Govt. 100 (or State Exam) 3 PEW 266 (Scient. Found. of P.E.) ... 3 PEW 185 (Eval. in P.E.) 3 PEW 143 (Thry. of Dance) 2 PEW 249 (Seminar in Dance Art Forms) 2 Teaching Minor or Electives 3 PEW 248 (Lect: Demonstration) 1 Total 17 Teaching Minor or Electives 7 Total 16 *Technique classes in ballet and modern dance will be offered. GENERAL DEPARTMENTS OF THE UNIVERSITY 315

School of Military Science and Aerospace Studies The Reserve Officers Training Corps has been an integral part of the University of Arizona since 1920. The School of Military Science and Aerospace Studies consists of two separate departments, the Department of Military Science (Army) and the Department of Military Aerospace Studies (Air Force), under the administrative control of the military coordinator, a civilian member of the University staff designated by the President of the University. Graduates are commissioned as second lieutenants in the United States Army Reserve, and in the United States Air Force Reserve. Regular commissions as second lieutenants in the United States Army and in the United States Air Force may be tendered to Distinguished Military Graduates of both services. OBJECTIVES - The general objective of the course of instruction is to furnish leaders who by training and character are suitable for commissioning as Reserve Officers. Intermediate objectives are to develop: self -discipline, integrity, and a sense of responsibility; an appreciation of the role of a participating citizen in the national defense; and the capacities for thoughtful and decisive leadership.

PROGRAMS Two programs leading to a commission are offered by each service: the four -year program and the two -year program. Instruction is presented by Army and Air Force officers. The Army R.O.T.C. curriculum is in general military science, which includes subjects common to all branches of the Army. The Air Force R.O.T.C. curriculum is in military aerospace studies and is coeducational. FOUR -YEAR PROGRAM - The first two -year period of Army R.O.T.C. is called the Basic Course; in Air Force R.O.T.C. it is called the General Military Course (GMC). The second two-year period in Army R.O.T.C. is called the Advanced Course; in Air Force R.O.T.C. it is called the Professional Officers Course (POC).

BASIC COURSE /GMC - The Basic Course or the General Military Course may be taken by any student meeting the Department's basic eligibility criteria. Eight units ofcreditinBasic Course or the General Military Course and satisfactory achievement on mental and physical examinations are required to enter the upper- division Advanced Course or Professional Officer Course which leads to commissioning. For information about the special two -year program or about a reduction of the four -year program for veterans of active service, students should contact the Professor of Military Science or the Professor of Aerospace Studies. ADVANCED /POC COURSE - This highly selective course is limited to students who can complete requirements for commissioning prior to their 28th birthday, who have completed the Basic /GMC course or its equivalent, and who have two years of undergraduate and /or graduate instruction remaining at the University. They must possess the mental, moral, physical, and leadership qualities necessary for a commission. The Advanced /POC student is required to sign a contract with the government to continue in the Army R.O.T.C. or Air Force R.O.T.C. until the completion of his military instruction and receipt of commission, to devote the prescribed hours per week during such period of military instruction, and to pursue the courses of summer camp training during such period as prescribed by the Secretary of the Army and the Secretary of the Air Force. The student under such 316 GENERAL DEPARTMENTS OF THE UNIVERSITY a contract must be a full -time student in the University until the Advanced /POC courseis completed, unless heisreleased sooner by the government. The Advanced /POC course covers two academic years at the University and one summer training camp normally between the junior and senior years. Exceptions to the age requirements should be discussed with the Professor of Military Science or the Professor of Aerospace Studies.

TWO -YEAR PROGRAM - This program isdesigned specifically for transfer students from junior colleges and four -year colleges who were previously unable to take R.O.T.C. Applicants must successfully complete a six -week summer basic training camp as a prerequisite to entering the Advanced /POC Program. This summer training takes the place of the basic course in the four -year program and, if successfully completed, permits the student to enter the Advanced/POC Course. Appropriate credit not to exceed 8 units may be granted. R.O.T.C. ORGANIZATION - The Cadet Corps consists of an Army R.O.T.C. Brigade, an Air Force R.O.T.C. Wing, and an Army R.O.T.C. Band. UNIFORMS AND EQUIPMENT - The Departments of Army and Air Force furnish, without cost to the student, uniforms, insignia of rank, and the equipment used in instruction. Each student must make a deposit of $25 to cover damage to or loss of uniform or equipment. This deposit, less any charge for damage or loss, will be refunded to the student at the close of the year or upon withdrawal from the course. To obtain the refund, property must be returned to the military property custodian within 7 days after withdrawal from or completion of the course enrolled in, and the refund order obtained must be cashed before the following June 30 or be forfeited. Property must be turned in or its total money value must be paid to the University before graduation clearance will be approved. MONEY ALLOWANCES - Upon enlistment in the appropriate reserve and signing the contract of service, nonscholarship advanced students will receive subsistence pay of $50 per month, for a maximum of 20 months during two academic years plus approximately $208.00 per month for prescribed summer training between the junior and senior years. Cadets in the Two -Year Program attend the basic training camp prior to the junior year and are paid approximately $102.00 per month. Travel pay to and from all of the training camps is also provided. FINANCIAL ASSISTANCE PROGRAM - Highly competitive scholarships are available to selected R.O.T.C. students strongly motivated toward a career in the Army or the Air Force. Each scholarship pays tuition, cost of textbooks, fees, laboratory expenses, and $50.00 per month for the duration of the award, except during the advanced course summer training camp when the pay is approximately $208.00 per month. Only students in the four -year program are eligible. FLIGHT TRAINING PROGRAM - Both the Air Force and the Army offer a flight training program to physically qualified students who are classified in category 11) (Pilot) and enrolled in their final year of the R.O.T.C. program. The actual flight trainingisanextracurricularactivityconductedbyaFederalAviation Agency- approved flying school near the University. The instruction consists of ground training and approximately 36 hours of flight instruction, and provides an excellentopportunitytoobtaina FAA PrivatePilot'slicense.Successful completion of the program is a prerequisite for further military flight training. GENERAL DEPARTMENTS OF THE UNIVERSITY 317

INTERDEPARTMENTAL TRANSFERS - In the Basic /GMC course, a student may enter and continue in either the Army or Air Force R.O.T.C. program. However, if the student, after completing the first year of the Basic /GMC course, intends to apply for the advanced course in the other service, a transfer may be arranged between the two programs with the approval of the professors in charge of each program. An Advanced /POC course student under contract with the Army or Air Force must obtain the approval of the proper authorities of the service with which his contract was made before transfer to an R.O.T.C. unit of another service can be approved. In all instances, transfers will be limited to exceptional cases. DISTINGUISHED MILITARY STUDENTS - Students of the Advanced/POC R.O.T.C. courses who are designated distinguished military students are eligible to apply for selection for regular commission in the Army or Air Force. CREDIT TOWARD GRADUATION FOR ACTIVE MILITARY SERVICE - For active service terminated under honorable conditions in the Army, Navy, Marine Corps, Coast Guard or Air Force for a period of at least six months and less than one year, the University allows 4 units in Military Science or Aerospace Studies; for more than one year of active service, 8 units of Military Science or Aerospace Studies are allowed; and for a commission earned in the service, 12 units in Military Science or Aerospace Studies. Continuing Education and The Summer Sessio

In addition to the degree credit available through the courses listed in this catalog is that available through the Division of Continuing Education, which administers, in Tucson and elsewhere in the state, courses arranged for availability to the general public as well as to full -time students. Continuing education courses consist of extension classes held in some 25 -30 Arizona communities as well as classes offered in the late afternoon and at night on the University campus. Many on- campus courses carry full residence academic credit. A regularly enrolled student may not register for off -campus continuing education (extension) or correspondence courses except upon the approval of the dean of his college prior to registration for such courses. Students dismissed from the University for disciplinary reasons may not enroll in such courses during the period of their disqualification. Students disqualified for failure in scholarship may not enroll in off -campus continuing education courses, but with permission of the dean of the college concerned may enroll for correspondence courses at The University of Arizona. Regularly enrolled students may not carry off -campus continuing education or correspondence courses when the combined units would exceed the maximum allowed for programs in residence unless the excess is approved by the dean of the college concerned. If appropriate courses are available, a maximum of 60 'units earned through off -campus continuing education courses, correspondence courses, or both, may be applied toward a bachelor's degree. However, credit earned through correspondence study is not accepted as pre -legal credit. Residence credit is not allowed for correspondence courses, nor will such courses be accepted for graduate credit. Credit by examination isdiscussed under "Special Credit" in the chapter on Academic Guidelines.Further information about correspondence instruction, including a special brochure, may be obtained by writing the Division of Continuing Education and the Summer Session. Many continuing education classes are designated by four digits and many of these are available for graduate credit. The first digit indicates the conditions under which the particular course is offered and the limit of applicability, if any, toward meeting requirements for an advanced degree (see "General Regulations" in the Graduate College section). The following digits are the same as the numbers of the corresponding courses listed in the Departments and Courses of Instruction section of thiscatalog when thereissuch acounterpart.For further information concerning continuing education courses see the Continuing Education Catalog. A student who wishes to obtain graduate credit for such courses and who has not been admitted to the Graduate College must file regular application for admission to the Graduate College. After requirements for admission to the Graduate College are met, the student so admitted for credit through these specially scheduled courses may at any time, by notifying the Dean of the Graduate College, enroll for regular day work in the Graduate College.

318 CONTINUING EDUCATION AND THE SUMMER SESSION 319

Perhaps the most significant development in continuing education has been the rapid development in retraining professional and other personnel. Administering the many conferences and short courses held here on the University campus involving many academic fields is a major function of this Division.

THE SUMMER SESSION The summer programs of The University of Arizona literally extend around the world. Two five -week summer sessions are conducted on the campus in Tucson. Most courses are of five weeks' duration, although some are for a shorter time, and .a few extend throughout both sessions. Starting dates are, for the first term, the Monday nearest June 15; and for the second term, the Monday nearest July 20. Classes normally meet five days a week, Monday through Friday. In addition to its sessions on the Tucson campus, The University offers certain summer classes in selected Arizona towns and colleges including Ajo, Casa 'Grande, Cochise College, Coolidge, Douglas, Globe, Morenci, Nogales, Phoenix, SierraVista,Thatcher, and Yuma. Summer programs are also conducted at Davis -Monthan Air Force Base and Tucson Police Academy, Tucson, and at the U.S. Army Electronic Proving Ground at Fort Huachuca, Arizona. The University recently introduced a special program which granted residence credit at Eastern Arizona College, Cochise College, and Arizona Western College. Classes at these junior colleges were taught by full -time University faculty members residing in those communities. The University also has several special programs in foreign lands, including the six -week residence sessions in Guadalajara, Mexico, and Florence, Italy, which are outlined below in the section entitled "Programs Abroad." During the summer sessions of 1971 and 1972, there will be offered more than 750 credit -granting courses each year on the campus in Tucson, a metropolitan community of more than 325,000 persons. All Tucson classes during the summer sessions are held in air -conditioned buildings. An excellent highway leads, in an hour and a half, to the pine forests of the Santa Catalina Mountains at an altitude of more than 9,000 feet, and another to Nogales in Mexico, only 70 miles to the south. Summer -school students in Tucson are assured of comfortableliving, modern classrooms, and rich recreational facilities. A full schedule of recreational and informal educational activities enriches the formal summer academic program. Recreational activities include tours to such historic points of interest as the Grand Canyon and Mexico; outstanding lectures and band concerts on the main campus; free weekly movies; and many other leisure activities. The summer sessions are integral parts of the University, with standards of academic accomplishment and courses of the same character as during the regular academic year. All summer session credit, in Tucson and Guadalajara, as well as in study tours and academic programs in foreign countries, is residence credit fully applicable to the appropriate university degrees. All regulations of the University, as set forth in this Biennial Catalog, are in effect except as modified by statements in the special Summer Session Catalog. All information concerning tuition, fees, and general expenses is contained in the Summer Session Catalog. Other literature on individual summer programs is also issued. For more detailed information write to the Dean of the Summer Session, University of Arizona, Tucson, Arizona 85721. 320 CONTINUING EDUCATION AND THE SUMMER SESSION

ADMISSION AND REGISTRATION Regular Students of the University of Arizona in good standing are admitted as at any other time. Prospective Freshmen should file with the Director of Admissions a complete, official transcript of high school credits, with a statement of graduation. Students Coming From Other Universities and Colleges must present to the Director of Admissions evidence that they are in good standing. Those who propose to become candidates for a degree at The University of Arizona, or who wish to continue in the fall semester, must file an official transcript from each institution previously attended. Graduate Students must follow the requirements and procedures fortheir admission as outlined in the Graduate Catalog. Other Students Eligible to enter the University may enroll for such courses as they are qualified to take. All new students, except graduate students, should apply to the Director of Admissions. Admission to the summer school does not necessarily imply admission for the regular year. The maximum number of units for which students may register regularly in the summer is 6 units for each five -week session, or a total of 12 units.

SPECIAL GRADUATE PROGRAMS As a part of its regular summer session offerings, the University has a number of special programs of particular interest to school teachers of Arizona and other states. The University recognizes its responsibility for teacher training in the summer. Many institutes sponsored by the National Science Foundation and the U.S. Office of Education are held each summer on the University of Arizona campus which are designed primarily for schoolteachers. These special graduate programs, offered for five weeks or shorter terms, are all credit -granting programs, although they may be variously described as institutes, clinics, seminars, conferences, and workshops. Prospective graduate students may secure the Graduate Catalog and necessary materials about special summer graduate programs from the Dean of the Graduate College, University of Arizona, Tucson.

PROGRAMS ABROAD The University of Arizona offers certain credit -granting programs abroad each summer. In recent years these have included tours to Europe and Mexico. The Humanities Study -Tour to Europe grants six academic credits, as does the Science Study -Tour to Europe which includes study at various industrial laboratories, technical institutes, and great European universities. A three -week Study -Tour of Mexico examines chiefly Mexican education: Principal universities and schools are visited. A six -week residence program in art history, drawing, and print making is conducted in Florence, Italy. The tours and programs are conducted by regular University of Arizona professors. The University of Arizona operates a unique program for American college students in Guadalajara, Jalisco, Mexico. This six -week summer school is a fully accredited residence offering of the University. Approximately 800 students from 170 universities in 45 states attend these summer programs. Most students live in private homes, all, carefully selected. More than 40 courses are offered in Spanish, art, history, government, anthropology, music and allied subjects. Professors are from The University of Arizona, Stanford University, the University of California at Berkeley, and other outstanding institutions. Departments and Courses of Instruction With Key to Symbols Descriptions of all regular courses offered in the University may be found on the following pages. Departments are arranged alphabetically.

CLASSIFICATION OF COURSES - In all colleges the number by which a course is designated is intended to indicate the relative advancement of the course. Courses numbered 1 to 99 inclusive are lower- division courses primarily for freshmen and sophomores. Courses numbered 100 to 199 inclusive are upper -division courses primarily for juniors and seniors. Courses numbered 200 to 299 inclusive may be carried for upper -division credit by qualified juniors and seniors and for graduate credit by graduate students with approval of the Dean of the Graduate College. These courses are normally not open to students with less than 56 college credits. Courses numbered 300 to 399 inclusivearefor graduate students, but exceptionally well -qualified seniors may be admitted to certain courses in this group with the approval of the instructor and the Dean of the Graduate College. Courses numbered 400 and above all involve research, internship, thesis or dissertation and are never open to undergraduates. THE DIVISION OF CONTINUING EDUCATION administers classes in the late afternoon and night, many of which are available for graduate or undergraduate credit. See that Division's separate catalog for course classifications, and Graduate College chapter in this catalog. YEAR COURSES (DOUBLE NUMBERS) - A course designated by a double number (as Economics 2a -2b) is continued through two successive semesters, the work of the first semester being prerequisite to that of the second unless otherwise indicated in the statement of prerequisites. Credit is awarded for the first half of the course except in a few instances when credit in the first half is contingent upon completion of the second half. SEMESTER COURSES (SINGLE NUMBERS) - A course designated by a single number (as Economics 148) is one semester in length. The semester during which the course is offered is indicated by I or II, or by I, II if it is repeated each semester. Courses with the suffix "S" are offered only in the summer. PREREQUISITES - A student registering for a course must meet the prerequisites or otherwise satisfy the instructor of his ability to take the course. Prerequisites can be waived only at the discretion of the instructor or department involved. KEY TO SYMBOLS () Indicates the unit value of the course for each semester by the number in parentheses following the course title. Each unit usually represents one hour of lecture or recitation or 3 hours of laboratory work per week for a semester. I, II Indicates the semester during which a one -semester course is offered (i.e., "I," first semester; "II," second semester; "I, II," both semesters). Yr. Indicates that the course is given throughout the year, the first half of the course being offered in the first semester, the second half in the second semester. Where one or both halves of a year course are offered each semester, this is indicated in the course description. 1971 -72Indicates that the course is an alternate -year course, to be offered during the year 1972 -73designated. R, L, S Indicates "recitation," "laboratory," or "studio." For courses with laboratory work, the number of hours of recitation and of laboratory work is listed on the basis of hours per week (i.e., 2R, 3L). For courses consisting of lecture and recitation periods only, the number of weekly class hours equals the unit value of the course. Studio work is similar to laboratory work. P, Indicates "prerequisite." CR Indicates "concurrent registration." Symbols in other University Catalogs Prefix Definition 5 Course offered by television - limited applicability toward advanced degree. 6 Course shorter in duration than normal semester or term - full residence credit. 7 Course offered off campus - no residence credit. 9 Course offered off campus - limited applicability toward advanced degree.

321 322 DEPARTMENTS AND COURSES OF INSTRUCTION

INDIVIDUAL STUDIES

Almost all departments make available to qualified students the opportunity to work individually through one or more of the following courses of individual studies. The student is referred to the individual listings of the several departments. Extended Registration: Students completing requirements for an advanced degree must beregisteredduring the semester or summer term inwhich requirementsarecompleted,orduringtheprevious semesteror termif requirements are completed during an intersession..Students who have previously enrolled for all the credit required for their degrees may register for this purpose for extended registration (see 401, 406, 411, and 421 below).

99.Independent Study (Credit varies) I, II.For lower- division students not participating in the Honors Program. 199.Independent Study (Credit varies) I, II.For upper division students not participating in the Honors Program. 299.Special Problems (Credit varies) I, II.Individual or independent work, directed reading, or special problems under the supervision of a member of the faculty with whom specific arrangements have been made. May be taken for graduate credit by properly qualified graduating seniors or graduate students. 400.Research (Credit varies) I, II.Individual research by graduate students, not related to a thesis or dissertation the student will write for an advanced degree. 401.Extended Registration (No credit) I, II.For students not completing an internship, thesis, or dissertation. 405.Internship (Credit varies) I, II.Student internship on a part -time basis or full -time basis in a public or private agency (educational, administrative, correctional, penal, rehabili- tation, planning, welfare, law enforcement or other government agency) appropriate to the student's advanced degree objective. Closely supervised periods of service are arranged in advance by the University and the agency concerned. Students should" consult departmental advisers regarding prerequisites. 406.Extended Registration, Internship (No credit)I,II.For students completing an internship or internship report. 410.Thesis (Credit varies) I, II.Research for the master's thesis (whether library research, laboratory or field observation or research, artistic creation, or thesis writing). Maximum total credit permitted varies with the major department. 411.Extended Registration, Thesis (No credit) I, II.For students completing a thesis. 420.Dissertation (1 to 9) I,II.Research for the doctoral dissertation (whether library research, laboratory or field observation or research, artistic creation, or dissertation writing). 421.Extended Registration, Dissertation (No credit)I,II.For students completing a dissertation. 425.Doctoral Recitals (Credit varies) I, II.For doctoral students in Music not writing a dissertation. 426.Extended Doctoral Recitals (No credit) I, II. ACCOUNTING 323

ACCOUNTING Professors Fred O. Bogart, Hollis A. Dixon, Dee L. Kleespie, Edward S. Lynn, Lyle H. Mclff, Louis A. Myers, Jr., Marilynn G. Winborne Associate Professors William B. Barrett, Head, Jack O. Foltz Assistant Professor Edwin A. Bump Instructor Richard Newton Lecturer Robert L. Hines Students who desire to register for the four -year course leading to the degree of Bachelor of Science in Business Administration with a major in accounting will follow the outline of required studies listed in the College of Business and Public Administration section and will complete the major requirements set forth in that section of the catalog. Non -business students wishing to minor in accounting should contact the department head for a list of required and optional courses. Graduate Program: The Department of Accounting offers graduate instruc- tion leading to the Master of Accounting degree, and participates in the programs leading to the Master of Business Administration degree and the Doctor of Philosophy with a major in business administration. For information concerning requirements for these degrees, see the Graduate Catalog.

1.Principles of Accounting (3) I, II.Fundamental concepts involved in accounting for assets, liabilities, and owners' equity; financial statements. P, Soph. standing. 3.Principles of Accounting (3)I,II.Continuation of 1. Introduction to concepts involved in uses of accounting data in the managerial process. P, 1. 33.Pharmacy Accounting (3) I, II.Accounting methods and procedures applicable to the pharmacy, emphasizing particularly those which should aid the independent pharmacist in developing and using accounting records and reports effectively. Not open to students registered in the College of Business and Public Administration. 41.Accounting for Public Agencies (3) I, II.Primarily for public administration majors. Concepts and procedures of fund accounting, budgeting, and financial control. Not open to students for whom Principles of Accounting is required. (Identical with P.A. 41) 101.Intermediate Accounting (3) I, II.Theory and special problems involved in accounting for assets, liabilities, and stockholders' equity; net income determination; analysis and interpretation of financial statements. P, 3, Econ. 2b or CR, and Jr. standing. 102.Intermediate Accounting (3) I, II.Continuation of 101. P, 101. 111.Cost and Managerial Accounting (3) I, II.Concepts and analytical procedures necessary in the generation of accounting data for management planning and control. P, 3, Math 65, and Jr. standing. 151.Survey of Accounting (3) I, II.Primarily for students desiring a general knowledge of the field of accounting. Concepts and mechanisms of accounting. Not open to BSBA degree candidates. 152.Managerial Accounting (3) I, II.Analysis and uses of accounting data in managerial decisions involving planning and cost control. Not open to BSBA degree candidates. P, 151. 201.Advanced Accounting (3)I,II.Partnerships; consolidated financial statements; businesses in financial difficulties; fiduciary accounting; other special topics in financial accounting and reporting. P, 102. 202.Advanced Accounting (3) I.Special topics in financial accounting and reporting. P, 201. 211.Advanced Cost Accounting (3) II.Theoretical issues of process and standard costing, performance measurement, differential cost analysis, and other selected topics; utiliza- tion of quantitative techniques in cost control. P, 111 or 152. 221.Federal Income Taxation (3) I, II.Principles of federal income taxation applicable to all types of taxpayers. Methods of research, the legislative process, the administrative aspects of taxation, and principles of planning. P, 3. 324 DEPARTMENTS AND COURSES OF INSTRUCTION

222.Advanced Federal Income Taxation (3) II.Emphasis on decision -making and tax planning. Case studies used for in depth study of federal and state taxes relating to partnerships, corporations, and associations; corporate distributions and reorganizations; trusts and foundations; estate, gift, and inheritance taxes. P, 201 or CR, 221. 231.Principles of Auditing (3)I,II.Qualifications, duties and responsibilities of the professional auditor; the standard short -form opinion; rules of professional conduct of the American Institute of Certified Public Accountants; internal control; audit programs. P, 102, and Mgt. 155b. 241.Governmental and Institutional Accounting (3) I.Budgetary accounting and financial control and their application to various governmental units, more particularly cities, counties, other local political subdivisions, and public institutions. Not available for credit to students who have completed 41. P, 3 or 151. 261.Accounting Systems (3)II.Concepts relating to the functions, components, and operation of modern accounting systems; the utilization of machines and other devices in the processing of accounting data. P, 3. 291.Accounting Theory (3) I.Development of accounting theory and practices in the U.S.; evaluation of current socio- economic influences on accounting. P, 102. 311.Controllership (3) I.Principles of profit planning and control in the controllership function; advanced problems in cost and managerial accounting. The use of quantitative techniques to solve accounting problems in planning and control. P, 111 or 152, Math. 65, Mgt. 155b. 341.Responsibilities of the Public Accountant (3) II. A professional course for those who expect to pursue public accounting as a career. P, 231. 342.Tax Planning and Practice (3) I.Scope of activity, responsibility, and ethics of the C.P.A. in the tax field; principles and techniques in minimizing income taxes; procedures in tax practice from return preparation through docketing a case with the Tax Court; extensive individual reading and research. P, 221. 343.Estate Planning and Taxation (3) II.Effect of income, gift, and estate taxation on the accumulation and preservation of an estate. Case studies dealing with forms of property ownership, trusts, wills, and their effects on estate planning. P, 221. 344.Tax Factors in Business Decisions (3) II.The federal tax system in relation to social goals. Case studies will be used to integrate taxation and other disciplines in the decision making process. Open only to graduate students who do not have credit for Acct. 221. 351.Financial Accounting (3)II.Theory and problems of net income determination; accounting for assets,liabilities, and stockholders' equity. Open only to graduate students who do not have credit for 101. P, 3 or 151. 352.Managerial Use of Accounting Data (3) I, II.Case studies and text readings focused on utilization of accounting data in determining the possible results of alternative executive decisions. P, 111 or 152. Not available to accounting majors. 353.Accounting Investigations and Reports (3) II.Case studies dealing with development and presentation of data relating to major aspects of managerial decision -making; extensive outside reading and research; emphasis on written and oral reports. P, 211 or 311 or 352. 390.Advanced Accounting Theory (3) I.Current accounting literature; problems of income determination; current financial accounting practices. P, 102 or 351. 391.Contemporary Accounting Thought (3) II.Special topics in accounting theory and research. Of special interest to advanced doctoral candidates. 399.Seminar (2 to 4) I, II.Special seminars offered from time to time in the following fields: auditing, communications and systems, cost accounting, history of accounting, managerial accounting, taxation theory, and other topics of current interest. Open to qualified students. Individual Studies 299 (1 to 5); 400 (2 to 4); 401 (0); 410 (4 to 6) maximum total, 6 units; 411 (0) AREOSPA CE AND MECHANICAL ENGINEERING 325

AEROSPACE AND MECHANICAL ENGINEERING

ProfessorsLawrenceB.Scott,Jr., Head, Roger A. Anderson, Manfred R. Bottaccini, Harvey D. Christensen, Arland G. Foster, Hussein A. Kamel, Dimitri B. Kececioglu, Heliodore A. Marcoux, Marvin D. Martin, Donald M. McEligot, Edwin K. Parks, Henry C. Perkins, Jr., Russell E. Petersen, Jr., Willard L. Rogers, Quentin R. Thomson, Martin L. Thornburg, Thomas L. Vincent, A. Ralph Yappel Associate Professors Robert B. Kinney, Edward B. Haugen, Paul H. Wirsching Assistant Professors Duane L. Dietrich, Hyok S. Lew, John S. Phelps (Emeritus) Instructor Moran Coxon Visiting Professors Karl M. Pattison, Edgar P. Virene The department offers the Bachelor of Science, Master of Science, and Doctor of Philosophy degrees in aerospace engineering and mechanical engineering. No more than two courses listed as "On Demand" will be offered in a given semester.

20.Technology in Its Social Context (3) I,II.Social, political, economic and ethical factors in the history and development of engineering and technology. Bottaccini 61.Primary Ground School (2)I,II.Elementary theory of flight, FAA regulations, navigation, meteorology, airplane nomenclature. Mainly a preparation for the FAA written examination for a private pilot's rating. Parks 62.Primary Flight Training (2) I, II.Flight training for FAA private pilot's certificate. By arrangement the approximately 40 hours of flight training will be given by a local FAA approved school. Credit awarded when obtained. IR, 3L. P, 61 or CR. Fee $500 -$700. Parks 98.Freshman Seminar (1) I, II.Participation of freshmen in engineering projects involving analysis, construction, operation, testing, design. 102.Introduction to Production Engineering (3) I, II.Theory of economic material removal or forming; machine tool principles, potentialities, and limitations; cutting tools, consideration of cost, and adaptability from manual to servo controls. 2R, 3L. P, C.E. 14. Fee, $8. Foster 103.Metal Machining (2) I.Principles and methods applied in the machining of metals to design drawing, and specification for the production of finished metal parts. P, Phys. 3a or CR. Fee, $8. Foster 104.Mechanical Engineering Economics (3) I, II.Engineering economic problems, corpo- rate financing; corporate securities markets; minimum cost studies; probability theory in decisions under risk. P, upper division standing. Yappel 105.Engineering Communications (2) II.Oral and written technical reports. P, at least Soph. standing. Thornburg 110.Introduction to A.M.E. Analysis (3)I,II.Aerospace and mechanical engineering problem analyses and solutions, with emphasis on appropriate use of computers and numerical analysis. 2R, 3L. P, SE 78, CR CE 14 and Math. 50c. Kamel 131.Principles and Applications of Fluid Mechanics (3)I,II.Fundamentals of fluid mechanics covering properties of fluids, fluid statics and dynamics, concepts and definitions. P, Phys. 3a or 10 or C.E. 14, and Math. 50c. Marcoux

132.A.M.E. Dynamics (3)I,II.Dynamics of particles and rigid bodies as applied to mechanical systems; introduction to mechanical vibrations. P, C.E. 14, CR Math. 181. Anderson 133.A.M.E. Instrumentation (3) I, II.Basic principles of laboratory practice and instru- mentation. 2R, 3L. P, 110, 140, E.E. 116. Fee, $3. Yappel 326 DEPARTMENTS AND COURSES OF INSTRUCTION

134.Dynamics of Machines (3) I, II.Analysis of motions and forces in machines. 3R. P, 132. Rogers *140.Thermodynamics I (3) I, II.Basic laws and examples of engineering applications of macroscopic thermodynamics; introduction to microscopic viewpoint. P, or CR Math. 50c, Phys. 3b. Rogers 141.Thermodynamics II (3) I,II.Continuation of AME 140. Additional applications of thermodynamics to problems involving mixtures, chemical reactions, and compressible flow, introduction to fundamentals of heat transfer. P, 140. *143.Principles and Applications of Thermodynamics (3)I. Principles of engineering thermodynamics; energy transfers concerning gases, liquids, and vapors; cycles for power conversion. P, Chem. 2b, CR Math. 49b or Math. 50c. Marcoux 161.Introduction to Aerospace Engineering (3)I,II.Fundamental concepts inthe following areas: subsonic and supersonic aerodynamics, propulsion systems, aircraft and spacecraft performance, stability and control. P, 131, 140, CR 162. Parks - Vincent 162.Aerospace Engineering Laboratory (1) I, II.Experimental aspects of A.M.E. 161. P, 120, 140, CR 133, 161. Fee, $3. Coxon 198.Seminar (1) I, II.Fee, $2.50 per semester. Martin

*Credit allowed for only one of the theromodynamics courses, 140 or 143.

202.Production Engineering (3) II.Economic production principles; design relationship of materials and production processes; tooling, quality control, and packaging. 2R, 3L. P, 102. Fee, $8. Foster 203.Tooling Engineering (3) I.Analytical approach to the problems of tool engineering; fundamentals of work -holding and tool- guiding devices; cutting actions and forces; emphasis on creative design. 2R, 3L. P, 102. Fee, $5. Foster 205.Industrial Management (2) II.Industrial organization and management; plant location; layout for manufacturing and assembling, controls, and personnel. P, upper division standing. Not for graduate credit in aerospace and mechanical engineering. Marcoux 206.Engineering Quality Control (3)I,II. Shewhart control charts for variables and attributes, preparation, and use; probability and statistical concepts; Q. C. process control; Q. C. influence on design, on specifications and tolerances; acceptance sampling - by variables, Dodge -Romig system - by attributes; related topics. P, Math. 50c. (Identical with S.I.E. 206) Dietrich 207.Inspection Methods and Instrumentation (3) II.Theory of inspection methods and the use of instrumentation in production and quality control. 2R, 3L. P, 102. Fee, $5. Foster 208.Reliability Engineering (3)I. Determination of the capability and probability of components and equipment to perform their intended functions without failure. Reliability principles, prediction, measurement and testing; spare -part provisioning; availability; dependability. 2R, 3L. P, Math. 50c. Kececioglu

209.Introduction to Engineering Design (3) I, II.Role of design in engineering, triaxial and contact stresses; brittle fracture; theories of failure; stress concentrations and fatigue; shock loading and safety factors; reliability and life of components; design of equipment components. 2R, 3L. P, 110, 132, C.E. 17, CR Met. 231; 231 L. Christensen

210.Aerospace Design (3) I, II.Creative participation of student groups in the advanced design of a modern aerospace vehicle system. 2R, 3L. P, 209, 260, 261. Martin

211.Mechanical Engineering Design (3)1,II.Extension of A.M.E. 209; engineering internship in product and systems design; engineering case studies and a major design project. 2R, 3L. P, 209. Martin AREOSPACE AND MECHANICAL ENGINEERING 327

212.Design by Reliability (3) I.Critique- safety factors versus reliability measures; concepts - probability, reliability, distributions of variables; algebra of normal functions, simula- tion; significant stress and strength distribution synthesis; statistical S -N surfaces; Goodman surfaces; design synthesis; reliability analysis. C.E. 17. Haugen 213.Reliability and Quality Analysis I(3)I.Comprehensive study of the analytical methods needed for the understanding and application of Reliability Engineering, Reliability Testing, Maintainability Engineering, Design by Reliability, and Engineering Quality Control. P, Math. 50c, 79b, or 49b. Wirsching 214.Reliability and Quality Analysis II (3) II.Continuation of Reliability and Quality Analysis I (A.M.E. 213). P, 213. Wirsching 218.Reliability Testing (3) II.Replacement, non -replacement, truncated and censored tests; mean time between failures and reliability confidence limits; sequential testing; sampling; tests environments; accelerated testing; qualification, verification and acceptance tests. P, 208. Kececioglu 219.Material Selection in the Design Process (3) ON DEMAND.Presentation of a rational basis for the selection of materials in the design process considering cost, performance, manufacturability, maintainability, and life. P, Met. Engr. 231. Martin 220.Fluid Dynamics (3) I.An intensive examination of the fundamental laws of liquid and gaseous dynamics in preparation for advanced study in fluid dynamics. P, 131, 140, or Physics 225, Math. 181. Bottacini 230.Mechanical Vibrations (3) I.Free and forced vibrations of lumped mass systems; effects of damping; matrix algebra. P, 132. Anderson 232.Engineering Analysis I (3) I.Mathematical models, functions of a complex variable, operational techniques, fields and field properties, application of partial differential equations to linearized field problems. P, 132, Math. 181. 233.Engineering Analysis II (3) II.Continuation of 232. P, 232. 234.Theory of Structures (3) I, II.Application of principles of mechanics to the structural analysis of mechanical and aerospace components. P, 209. Christensen 235.Theory of Structures Laboratory (1) I, II.Experimental aspects of A.M.E. 234, 3L. P, CR 133, 234. Fee, $3. Kamel 236.Finite Element Methods of Structural Analysis (3) I, II.Matrix algebra, computers, theory of elasticity, work and strain energy, energy theorems, the finite element, the assembled structure, programming aspects of the problem, general purpose programs, application to aerospace structures. P, 209. Kamel 241.Thermodynamics of Fluid Flow (3) I.Basic concepts of gas dynamics; fluid properties, fundamental equations of steady one -dimensional flow; qualitative and quantitative analyses of isentropic, diabatic, frictional, and generalized variable -area flow; shock wave phenomena. P, 131, 140. Yappel 242.Heat Transfer (3) I.Study of conduction, convection and radiation heat transfer, with applications to engineering problems. P, 131 and 140. Kinney 243.Transport Phenomena Laboratory (3) II.Laboratory investigations of problems in transport phenomena; problems involving analysis and experiment; determination of behavior of actual systems; comparison with predicted behavior. 2R, 3L. P, 242. Fee, $5. McEligot 252.Propulsion Systems (3) II.Cycles and processes of reciprocating engines, gas turbines and propulsion jets; fuels and lubricants for propulsion engines; elements of solid and liquid rocket systems; introduction to ionic and nuclear propulsion. 2R, 3L. P, 131, 140. Fee, $3. Thomson 253.Environmental Engineering (3) I.Analysis and design of systems and components for control of temperature, air distribution, air cleanliness and acoustics in such spaces as buildings, submarines and spacecraft. 2R, 3L. P, 140, CR 131. Fee, $3. Thomson 328 DEPARTMENTS AND COURSES OF INSTRUCTION

254.Power Systems Analysis (3) II.Performance of gas and vapor power cycles, processes and components; introduction to thermionic, thermo- electric, magnetofluidynamic, photovoltaic, nuclear, and fuel cell power systems. P, 141. Marcoux 255.Power Systems Laboratory (1) I, II.Laboratory investigations involving thermal power systems and energy conversion devices. 3L. P, 140, CR 133. Fee, $3. 260.Theoretical Aerodynamics(3)II.Potential flow theory anditsapplicationto aerodynamics; three -dimensional bodies; complex variables and applications; Prandtl lifting line theory; apparent mass concepts. P, 161, 220. Scott 261.Aerodynamics of Compressible Fluids (3)I,II.One -dimensional gas dynamics; Prandtl -Meyer flow; oblique shock waves; supersonic wind tunnel flow; experimental methods; perturbation methods; method of characteristics. 3R. P, 161, CR 262. Scott 262.Aerodynamics Laboratory (1) I, II. Experimental aspects of 261. P, 162, CR 261. Fee, $ 3. Coxon 263.Dynamics of Space Flight (3) I.Orbital mechanics; interplanetary trajectories; re- entry; ballistic missile trajectories; rocket- boosted vehicle performance. P, 161. Vincent 264.Optimal Performance of Aerospace Vehicles (3)1. Basic concepts of variational methods and optimal processes applied to aerospace performance problems; minimum drag bodies; optimum flight trajectories for aircraft, rocket vehicles, and spacecraft. P, 161, Math. 181. Vincent 266.Stability and Control of Aerospace Vehicles (3) I.Static and dynamic stability and control of rigid and non -rigid vehicles; vehicle response to random excitation; automatic controls. P, 161. Parks 270.Engineering Acoustics (3) ON DEMAND.Fundamentals of engineering acoustics and noise control. Noise sources, transmission, and attenuation. Subjective response to sound. Laboratory experimental work. 2R, 2L, P, Physics 3b or'21. Rogers- Thomson 272.Direct and Feedback Control Systems (3) ON DEMAND.Analysis of problems involving automatic control andself -regulationinelectro- mechanical and biologic systems. P, A.M.E. 133, Math. 181. Bottaccini 273.Instrumentation Theory (3) II.Instruments and instrument systems; errors, accuracy, and human factors. 2R, 3L. P, 132, Math. 181. Fee, $3. Bottaccini 295.Selected Topics in Bioengineering (3) II.Body composition, respiration; biostatistics, computers in medicine; cardiovascular dynamics; body fluid and renal physiology; isotopes and radiation; solid state electronics in biology and medicine; radioisotopes. 2R, 3L. P, 133. Fee, $3. Lew 298.Seminar (1 to 3) I, II. 303.Advanced Tooling Engineering (3) I.Press working of metals and plastics; adaptability of materials to shearing, plastic extrusion, stretch forming, coining, hot and cold rolling, and drawing processes; calculation of press sizes and types. 2R, 3L. P, 203. Fee, $5. Foster 306.Advanced Engineering Quality Control (3) II.(Identical with S.I.E. 306) 308.Advanced Reliability Engineering (3) II.Extension of A.M.E. 208; system effective- ness;predictionof reliabilitiesof complex systems;reliabilitytesting;advanced maintainability; optimization of reliability and maintainability; safety. 2R, 3L. P, 208, CR 214. Kececioglu 312.Advanced Design by Reliability (3)II. Continuation of A.M.E. 212. Probabilistic design projects from industry. Analytical research of probabilistic design theory. Study and evaluation of topics from research papers and reports. 3R. P, 212. FIELD TRIP. Haugen 330.Nonlinear Oscillations (3) I 1971 -72.Modern analytical and graphical methods for the treatment of nonlinear systems. P, 230. Bottaccini 339.Advanced Structural Mechanics (3) ON DEMAND.Advanced problems in structural analysis using the finite element method. Analysis and optimization of complex systems. AREOSPACE AND MECHANICAL ENGINEERING 329

Nonlinear and compositestructures and material systems.Applicationtoother disciplines. 3R. P, 236 or C.E. 335. (Identical with E.M. 339) Kamel- Richard 340.Advanced Thermodynamics (3)I. Reversible and irreversible macroscopic thermo- dynamics; selected engineering applications. P, 140, 131. Perkins- Rogers 342.Convective Transport Phenomena (3) I.Convective energy, mass, and momentum transfer; internal and external flow, exact and approximate solutions to energy equation, application to space vehicle re -entry and nuclear reactor cooling. P, 242. McEligot- Perkins 343.Rarefied Gasdynamics (3) II 1971 -72.Derivation and application of the Boltzmann equation in problems of low density aerodynamics, including gas- surface interactions and molecular theory of transport phenomena. P, 261 or 241 and 342 or 360. Scott 344.Advanced Heat Transfer (3)II. Thermal conduction; steady state and transient problems. Thermal radiation; gray body radiation, network method; radiation in gases. P, 242. Kinney -McEligot 352.Advanced Propulsion Systems (3) I.Extension of 252; combustion gas dynamics; jet propulsion; solid and liquid propellant systems; high energy jets; limitations on thrust and thrust control. P, 252, 241 or 261. Petersen 355.Rotative Fluid Systems (3) II.Theory of energy transfer between fluid and rotor in turbo -machines; application to pumps, compressors, and turbines. P, 241 or 261. Yappel 360.Aerodynamics of Viscous Fluids (3) I.Laminar and turbulent boundary layer theory; aerodynamic heating; turbulence concepts. P, 260, 261, 262. Parks 361.Special Topics in Compressible Aerodynamics (3) II.Generalized method of charac- teristics;one -dimensional non -stationary aerodynamics; shock tubes; rarefied gas - dynamics; elementary concepts in magnetogasdynamics. P, 261, 262. Parks 362.Hypersonic Aerodynamics (3) II 1972 -73.Impact theory; similarity laws; boundary layer shock interactions; perturbation theory; real gas effects; aerodynamic heating. P, 261. Parks 363.Advanced Dynamics of Space Flight (3) II.The three -body and n -body problems. Theory of perturbations. Gravity potential and gravity gradient moments. Rigid body dynamics of spacecraft. P, 263. Anderson 364.Structural Dynamics (3)II.General theory of continuous structures.Influence coefficients and functions. Variational and integral equation methods. Matrix method. P, 230, 234. Anderson 365.Aeroelasticity (3)II 1972 -73.Static aeroelastic phenomena - divergence, control reversal, effect of flexibility on load distribution and control effectiveness. Introduction to the aerodynamics of unsteady flow. Flutter. Effect of flexibility on vehicle stability and response. P, 364. Anderson 366.Aerodynamics of Propulsion (3)II.Interior ballistics of rocket motors; ramjets, turbojets, turbofans; detonation wave theory; combustion chamber instability analysis; nozzle design. P, 241, or 261. Petersen 367.Performance Optimization in Aerospace Engineering (3) II.Application of advanced optimalcontroltheory to aerospace performance problems; numerical methods; introduction to differential games; optimal control in the presence of uncertainty. P, 264. Vincent 372.Mechanical Systems (3) ON DEMAND.Theory of linear and nonlinear idealized feedback systems. P, 232, 272. Bottaccini 398.Special Topics (1 -3) I, II.Lecture course by faculty members in fields of specialized interests. (Not always offered every semester.) 399.Seminar (no credit, or 1 to 3) I, II. Individual Studies 99 (1 -3); 299 (1 to 5); 400 (1 to 3); 401 (0); 408 Case Studies (3); 409 Master's Report (1); 410 (1 to 6) thesis option requires a total of 6 units; 411 (0); 420 (1 to 9); 421 (0) 330 DEPARTMENTS AND COURSES OF INSTRUCTION

AGRICULTURAL BIOCHEMISTRY Professors Mitchell G. Vavich, Head; James W. Berry, Archie J. Deutschman, Jr., Arthur R. Kemmerer, Henry W. Kircher, William F. McCaughey, Albert Siegel, and Milton Zaitlin Associate Professor Alice B. Stanfield The Department offers undergraduate work leading to the Bachelor of Science degree in Agriculture with a major in nutritional sciences under the Committee on Nutritional Sciences. The Department offers graduate work leading to the Master of Science and Doctor of Philosophy degrees under the Committee on Agricultural Biochemistry and Nutrition.

Committee on Nutritional Sciences (Undergraduate) Professors Mitchell G. Vavich (Agricultural Biochemistry), Chairman, William H. Hale (Animal Science), Arthur R. Kemmerer (Agricultural Biochemistry), William F. McCaughey (Agricultural Biochemistry), and Bobby L. Reid (Poultry Science) This program offers work leading to a Bachelor of Science degree in Agriculture with a major in nutritional sciences. This training prepares the student forpositionsinthefood andfeed industries and for graduate study in Biochemistry, Nutritional Sciences, Food Sciences and related areas. The following courses are required: Chem. 2a and 2b, 3a and 3b, 41a and 41b, 43a and 43b, 121; Phys. la; Bio. la and 1 b, or Microb. 117; Mathematics and Statistics, 12 units, and 16 units of 200 level courses listed.

Committee on Agricultural Biochemistry and Nutrition (Graduate) Professors Mitchell G. Vavich,* Chairman, William H. Brown (Dairy and Food Sciences), William H. Hale* (Animal Science), Alec E. Kelley (Chemistry), Arthur R. Kemmerer* (Agricultural Biochemistry), William F. McCaughey* (AgriculturalBiochemistry), WilliamJ.McCauley (BiologicalSciences), Raymond E. Reed (Animal Pathology), Bobby L. Reid* (Poultry Science)

*Designates those persons who are members of the administrative subcommittee for nutrition.

TheinterdepartmentalCommitteeonAgriculturalBiochemistryand Nutrition offers graduate work leading to the Master of Science and the Doctor of Philosophy degrees. Recommended minor fields are botany, genetics, microbiology, pharmacology, physiology, or various branches of chemistry. Faculty members in the Departments of Agricultural Biochemistry, Animal Pathology, Animal Science, Biological Sciences, Chemistry, Dairy and Food Sciences, Home Economics and Poultry Science serve as thesis or dissertation directors. Research direction is offered in animal nutrition, insect nutrition, human nutrition, food science, insect biochemistry, plant biochemistry, biochemistry of plant viruses, biochemistry of lipids and sterols, biochemistry of proteins and amino acids, biochemistry of vitamins, techniques of tissue culture for the study of the biochemistry of certain diseases, and techniques of high pressure reactions. The candidate's course of study willbe selected by the thesis or dissertation director and approved by the Committee on Agricultural Biochemistry and Nutrition. The minimum admission AGRICULTURAL BIOCHEMISTRY 331 requirement is a bachelor's degree which includes one year of general biology, one year of organic chemistry with laboratory, one year of physics, and mathematics through calculus. Course deficiencies may be satisfied after admission to the program by approval of the Committee on Agricultural Biochemistry and Nutrition, but without graduate credit.

204.Principles of Nutrition (3) I, II.(Identical with Animal Science 204). Freitag -Theurer 210.Comparative Animal Nutrition (5) II.(Identical with Animal Science 210). McGinty- Brown -Weber 211a -211b.NutritionalBiochemistry(3 -3)Yr.The biochemicalaspectsof nutrient metabolism in animals with emphasis on nutrient interrelations. P, 41a -41b. 211a is not a prerequisite for 211b. McCaughey 212.Sensory Evaluation of Food (3) II 1971 -72.(Identical with Dairy and Food Sciences 212). Stull 220.Biochemistry of the Aging Process (3) II.The biochemical effect of aging on cellular metabolism and nutrient requirements; current research in the biological effects of aging. P, a basic course in biochem., phys., or micro. McCaughey 262a -262b.Food Chemistry (3 -3) II 1972 -73(Identical with Dairy and Food Sciences 262a- 262b). Stull-Marchello 272L. Food Microbiology and Sanitation Laboratory (2) II 1971 -72.(Identical with Dairy and Food Sciences 272L). F. Nelson 272R. Food Sanitation (3) II 1971 -72.(Identical with Dairy and Food Sciences 272R). F. Nelson 282.Food Processing (3) I 1971 -72.(Identical with Dairy and Food Sciences 282). F. Nelson 300.Plant Pathogenic Fungi and Nematodes (4) I.(Identical with Plant Pathology 300). 301.Advanced Nutrition (3) II 1971 -72.(Identical with Poultry Science 301). Reid 302.Chemistry and Metabolism of Lipids (2) I 1971 -72.(Identical with Home Economics 302). Sheehan 304.Steroid Chemistry and Biochemistry (3) II 1972 -73.Occurrence, biosynthesis and function of steroids in animals, plants and microorganisms; chemical reactions and metabolism; chromatographic analysis. P, Chem. 41a -41b, Chem. 260 or Ag. Biochem. 211a -211b. Kircher 305.Plant Pathogenic Bacteria and Viruses (4) II.(Identical with Plant Pathology 305). 308.Chemistry and Metabolism of Proteins (2) II 1971 -72.The chemistry and structure of proteins and amino acids; chemistry and physiology of their metabolism and their biological and chemical evaluations. P, 6 units of organic chemistry; An. Sci. 204, or Chem. 261 or Home Ec. 202R, 202L; Microb. 117a -117b or Bio. 265a -265b. Berry 309.Nutritional Biochemistry Techniques (3) I.(Identical with Poultry Science 309). Reid 310.Vitamins and Minerals (2) I 1972 -73.The chemistry and metabolism of vitamins and minerals. P, 6 units of organic chemistry; An. Sci. 204 or Chem. 261 or Home Ec. 202R, 202L; Microb. 117a -117b or Bio. 265a -265b. Vavich 312.Chemistry of Enzymes (2) II 1972 -73. (Identical with Poultry Science 312). Reid 314.Intermediary Metabolism(2) II 1972 -73.Chemical, enzymic and regulatory aspects of metabolism and biological oxidation. P, Ag. Biochem. 211a -211b. Berry 318.Chemistry and Metabolism of the Nucleic Acids (2)I1971 -72.Chemistry and structure of nucleic acids; their biosynthesis, metabolism, and biological function. P, Chem. 261 or An.Sci. 204. (Identical with Biochem. 318 and Chem. 318). Siegel 322a -322b. Laboratory Methods in Nutrition (3 -3) Yr. 1971 -72.(Identical with Home Economics 322a- 322b)., Sheehan 332 DEPARTMENTS AND COURSES OF INSTRUCTION

345.Chemistry of Natural Products (3)II1971 -72.(Identical with Chemistry 345). Steelink 362a -362b.Advanced Plant Physiology(3 -3)Yr. (Identical with Biological Sciences 362 a- 362b). 365.Chemistry of Proteins (3) I 1972 -73.(Identical with Chemistry 365). 366.Mechanism of Enzyme Action (3) II.(Identical with Chemistry 366). 370.Special Topics in Genetics (2) I, II. (Identical with Genetics 370). Siegel -Heed 399.Seminar (1 to 2) I, II. Individual Studies 299 (1 to 5); 400 (2 to 4)-; 401 (0); 410 (1 to 6) maximum total, 6 units; 411 (0); 420 (1 to 9); 421 (0)

RELATED COURSES WHICH MAY BE TAKEN FOR CREDIT IN AGRICULTURAL BIOCHEMISTRY AND NUTRITION

Agricultural Chemistry Microbiology 321. Radioactive Tracer Techniques in 219. Introductory Immunology and Agriculture (3) Virology (4) I Biological Sciences 220. Pathogenic Microbiology (4) II 203. Techniques of Biological Literature (2) 223. General Pathology (4) I 210. Cell Biology (4) 227. General Mycology (4) 1 264a -264b. Human Physiology (4 -4)) 316. Advanced General Pathology (4) II 289. Parasitology (4) 318. Microbial Physiology (4) II Chemistry 327. General Virology (3) I 222. Intrumental Analysis (3) 328. Animal Virology (4) II 240. Qualitative Organic Analysis (3) 377. Advanced Microbial Physiology (4) I 261. Biochemistry Laboratory (3) Pharmacy 262a -262b. Biochemistry (3 -3) 221a-22 lb. Drugs of Biological Origin (3 -3) 280a -280b. Physical Chemistry (3 -3) 237 a -237b. Medicinal Chemistry (4-4) 282a -282b. Physical Chemistry 271a -271b. Pharmacology (4 -4) Laboratory (1 -1) 320. Advanced Topics in Analytical Chemistry (3) I 321. Advanced Instrumental Analysis (3) II

AGRICULTURAL CHEMISTRY AND SOILS Professors Wallace H. Fuller, Head, Theophil F. Buehrer (Emeritus), Gordon R. Dutt, Daniel D. Evans, Howard V. Smith, Thomas C. Tucker Associate Professors Hinrich L. Bohn, Donald F. Post, Jack L. Stroehlein Assistant Professors David M. Hendricks, Gordon V. Johnson, Martin D. Openshaw, Arthur W. Warrick, Robert L. Westerman Extension Specialist in Soils Martin D. Openshaw The Department of Agricultural Chemistry and Soils offers the following options: general soils, soil science, hydrology, turf management, crop protection, and international agriculture. All options lead to a Bachelor of Science degree with a major in soils and include 16 units chosen from the following: 11R, 11 L, 103, 104R, 104L, 198, 205, 207, 211, 221, 231, 241, 251, 261, 271, and 299. Each student must enroll for one unit of 198 and take analytical or organic chemistry as one of his elective courses. The general soils option prepares students for careers in federal and state positions as soil conservationists and soil surveyors, as technical representatives for AGRICULTURAL CHEMISTR YAND SOILS 333 the agricultural chemical and fertilizer industries, county agents, farm managers and farm operators. The soil science option gives the student a greater strength in the basic sciences such as botany, chemistry, mathematics, and physics. This curriculum, in addition to the 16 hours of Agricultural Chemistry and Soils, requires a minimum of two courses beyond general chemistry, mathematics through trigonometry, -a full year of physics, two plant science courses in addition to general botany, and one earth science course. Upon graduation the student will be a certified soil scientist as established by the Soil Science Society of America. Majors in this option often take advanced degrees and fill positions as research specialists in Agricultural Chemistry and Soils, university teaching and research positions, higher Civil Service positions, and foreign agriculture assignments. The hydrology optionis structured to qualify students as hydrologists according to the U.S. Civil Service classification. In addition to the minimum general soils requirement, students are required to take Physics 3a, 3b, A.M.E. 131, Atmos. 71, Hyd. 260, 280, and Math. through 181. The turf option is available to train students in plant and soil science to meet the growing demand for management of turf. The crop protection and international agriculture special options in the College of Agriculture are also available to students majoring in Agricultural Chemistry and Soils. A student selecting a special option must fulfill the general soils minimum requirements plus the special courses required for each option. Graduate Program: The department offers graduate study leading to the degrees of Master of Science and Doctor of Philosophy. A student may specialize in soil chemistry, soil physics, soil microbiology, soil fertility, soil classification and genesis, clay mineralogy, and water quality.

11R. Soils (3) I, II.Fundamental principles of soil science - origin, nature, and constitution of soils; their chemical, physical, and biological properties in relation to plant growth and the engineering uses of soils. P, Chem. la or 2a. Post 11L. Soils Laboratory (1) I, II.Laboratory exercises for 11R. 3L. P, CR 11R. Fee, $6. Post- Stroehlein 103.Soil Management (3) I.Evaluation of soil factors that affect water -plant relationships; farm planning for soil conservation; soil and water management on irrigated soils. 2R, 3L. P, 11R. Fee, $6. Post 104R. Soil Fertility (2)II.Fertility status of semiarid and aridsoils; factors affecting availability of the essential elements; influence of physical, chemical and biological conditions on soil fertility; practices for assessing and improving soil fertility. P, 11R. Johnson -Stroehlein 104L. Soil Fertility Laboratory (I)II.Practical application of the basic concepts of soil fertility presented in 104R through demonstration and experimentation under labora- tory, greenhouse and field conditions. P, CR 104R. 2 Field trips. Fee, $8. Johnson - Stroehlein 198.Soils and Crop Seminar (1) I.Discussion on assigned topics. May be repeated once for credit for a total of 2 units. (Identical with Agron. 198). Post -Kneebone 205.Hydrologic Properties of Soils (3) I.Shape and size distribution of soil constituents and structural units of soils as related to the state of soil water and its movement in soil. Individual laboratory projects included. 3R. P, Phys. 2b, Math. 79b. Fee, $6. (Identical with Hyd. 205) Evans 207.Soil Physics (3)II.Soil structure and physical constitution of soils; the physical properties of soil -water systems, movement and exchange of gases in the soil, and physical laws governing the movement and availability of soil water. 2R, 3L. P, 11R, Phys. la or CR. Fee, $6. Warrick 334 DEPARTMENTS AND COURSES OF INSTRUCTION

211.Soil Chemistry (3) I.Chemistry of soil interactions with plants and pollutants; carbon, nitrogen, phosphorus and sulfur cycles; clay mineralogy. P, 11R, Chem 2b. Bohn

221.Soil Microbiology (3)I1972 -73.Nature of soil microorganisms and their trans- formations of inorganic and organic soil constituents, growth -controlling substances, and impact on general environmental quality. 2R, 3L. P, Chem. 41a, Bio. Sci. lb. Fee, $6. (Identical with Microb. 221 and Med. Tech. 221.). Fuller 231.Soil Morphology, Classification and Survey (3) I.Theory and practice of describing characteristics of soils; principles of soil classification and the classification systems; methods and applications of soil surveys. 2R, 3L. P, 11R. Field trips. Fee $6. Hendricks 241.Soil Genesis (3) II 1971 -72.Mineralogy and geochemistry of weathering; physical and chemical processes of soil formation; the soil as part of the ecosystem. P, 11R or advanced standing in an Earth Science area. Field trips. Fee, $4. (Identical with Geosciences 241). Hendricks 251.Chemical Analyses of Soils and Plants (3) II.Analyses of soils and biological materials with emphasis on laboratory methods and instrumentation. 2R, 3L. P, Chem 2b. Fee $8. Tucker 261.World Soils and Conservation (3) II 1972 -73.Distribution of soils in the world and theireffecton world foodproblems;relationshipof soilsto urban planning; consideration of major soil conservation problems in the world. Fee, $4. Fuller -Post 265.. Hydrochemistry (3)II1971 -72. Solute composition of natural- occurring waters, chemical reactions affecting the solute content of water, relations and effects of above on water quality criteria and pollution, analytical procedures used by water testing laboratories. 2R, 3L. P, Chem. 121 or C.E. 270 or 272. Fee, $6. (Identical with Hyd. 265 and W.M. 265). Dutt 271.Water Utilization (3) II 1971 -72.Principles and practices of water utilization as applied to Southwestern conditions with particular emphasis on more efficient use of available water resources. P, 11, Phys. la. (Identical with W.M. 271). Wilson 301.Management of Arid Lands and Salt- Affected Soils (6) II 1971 -72.Principles and practices of soil, water and crop management under arid and semiarid conditions, the use of diagnostic procedures for evaluating soils and waters, reclamation, and economics of irrigation project development. 5 R, 3L. P, B.S. degree or equivalent in soil science, chemistry, agronomy, agricultural engineering or closely related fields. Field trips and labs to be arranged. Fee, $12. Primarily for foreign students. 302.Soil -Plant Relationships (3) I.Theories and concepts of soil fertility and soil -plant relationships. P, 11R; Bio. 60 recommended. Tucker 305.Soil -Water Dynamics (3) II 1972 -73.Water flow in soils; closely related problems of solute,pollutant, and heat transfer; emphasis on mathematical descriptions and solutions. P, Math 181. (Identical with Hyd. 305). Warrick 306.Advanced Soil Chemistry (3) I 1972 -73.Derivation of physical- chemical models and their application to natural systems; ion distribution, redox, silicon, phosphorus and transition metal chemistry in the soil-water system. P, 207, 211. Bohn 321.Radioactive Tracer Techniques (3) I 1971 -72.Principles and methods employed in the use of such tracers as P32, Sr89, Ca45C14,14 and I 131in biological use. 2R, 3L. P, Chem. 121. Fee, $8. Fuller 398.Advanced Topics in Soils (1 -3)I,II.Formal lectures and readings on appropriate subject matter in the field of specialization of faculty members. May be repeated for credit. 399.Seminar (1) I, II.Student reports on current topics based on recent literature. Individual Studies 299 (1 to 5); 400 (1 to 8); 401 (0); 410 (1 to 8) maximum total, 8 units; 411 (0); 420 (1 to 9); 421 (0) AGRICULTURAL ECONOMICS 335

AGRICULTURAL ECONOMICS Professors Jimmye S. Hillman, Head, Robert C Angus, Robert_S. Firch, John L. Fischer, Maurice M., Kelso (Emeritus), Horace Mayes, William E. Martin, Elmer L. Menzie, Aaron G. Nelson, Thomas ÌLStubblefield Associate Professor Roger W. Fox Assistant Professors Harry W. Ayer, John C.., D ay, Paul F. O'Connell, John R. Wildermuth Assistant Economist Lawrence E. Mack

The program of this department is designed to relate real problems and issues of contemporary society to their underlying economic explanations. Students select one of three options, depending on their specific interests within the general field of applied economics. These options are Agricultural Business (which includes both farm, ranch and agriculturallyrelated non -farm businesses), Rural Economic Development, and Environmental Economics. Students selecting the field of Agricultural Business would be interested in careers in farm, ranch, and agricultural business management and governmental agencies relating to agricultural production. Those selecting Rural Economic Development would be more interested in international agricultural problems and /or the economic development problems of the more undeveloped rural areas of the UnitedStates.Students selecting Environmental Economics would have a general interest in the resource allocation decisions of both the private and governmental sectors of our economy. All three options could lead to careers as professional economists. The general requirements under each of the options are as given for the Agricultural Sciences (Agricultural Economics option) under the Degree Require- ments for a Bachelor of Science in Agriculture (p. 242). Each of the options requires 16 units in the major subject area plus certain related courses required under course groups III and IV. For specific major subject and group requirements consult a departmental advisor. A field of concentration in agricultural business is offered by the department for those students in the College of Agriculture who have career aspirations in farm, ranch, and agriculturally related businesses but who wish to major in other departments. The general requirements under this option are those of the major department. For the specific agricultural business requirements, consult either your major advisor or an advisor in the Department of Agricultural Economics. Graduate Program: Graduate study leading to a Master of Science degree in agricultural economics is offered by the department. The Doctor of Philosophy degree in economics is administered by the Graduate Faculty in Economics which is composed of the faculties of the Departments of Economics and Agricultural Economics.

1. Economics of American Agriculture (3) I, II.Description and introductory economic analysis of the dynamic farm economy in the United States. 103.Introduction to Agricultural Marketing (3) II.Basic economic principles and marketing methods for agricultural crops, livestock, and livestock products. P, 1, or three units in Economics. Stubblefield 104.Production Economic Analysis (3) I.An introduction to the nature and use of the analytical tools used in the solution of agricultural economic problems. P, 1 or three units of economics. 142.World Agriculture and Man (3) II.World resources of agriculture; population and food supply; world trade and agricultural policies in light of U.S. foreign policies. Hillman 336 DEPARTMENTS AND COURSES OF INSTRUCTION

150.Agricultural Business Management(3)I. Applying economic and technological principles in decision -making for the agricultural business firm; analytical techniques and management control; problems in organization, management, and supervision of a business. P, 1, or Econ. 2a. 164.Agricultural Industries and Institutions (3) I.Structure and conduct in the agricultural business complex; forms of competition and laws, regulations and institutions impacting on the agricultural service and input industries. P, 1, or three units of Economics. 176.Environmental Economics (3) I.Relationship between man and environment with emphasis on the role of economics, description of environmental problems, economic- environmental systems and economics of environmental management. (Identical with Econ. 176). 203.Marketing and Price Analysis (3) II.Market functions, costs, price forecasting, and regulation in the movement of agricultural products. P, 222 and 104, or Econ. 2b. Firch 212.International Rural Economic Development (3) II. Study of the role of agriculture in economic growth and development, including economic policies related to agriculture, and to world trade in agricultural commodities. P, 104 or Econ. 2b. (Identical with Econ. 212). Hillman Menzie 214.Rural Area Development (3) II.Problem identification and importance in today's society, framework of analysis, and possible modes of rural area development. P, 104 or Econ 2b. Ayer 222.Economic Statistics (3)I. Application and interpretation of statistical measures to problems in economics. P, Math. 20. (Identical with Econ. 220). Angus 240.Forest Resource Economics (3) I.(Identical with Watershed Management 240). King 250.Agricultural Business Capital Management (3) I.Management and appraisal of land and other capital assets; analysis and evaluation of investment alternatives in short and long range planning situations. P, 104. 255.Operations Analysis for Economists (3) I.Emphasis placed on the identification and interpretation of solutionsfor economic problems that can be obtained by the application of linear programming, transportation models, inventory . theory, and simulation. P, 104 or Econ. 2b, Math. 20. (Identical with Econ. 255). Wildermuth 264.Analysis of Rural Policy Issues (3)II. Economic analysis of the policy issues and proposals impacting on agriculture and rural America. P, 1 or equivalent. 276.Natural Resource Economics (3) II.Economic principles useful in analyzing problems and policies of natural resource use, development and conservation. P, 104, or Econ. 2b (Identical with Econ. 276, W.M. 276, and W.R.A. 276). Day 290.Forest and Range Policy (2) II.(Identical with Watershed Management 290). Knorr 298.Seminar (1) II.P, Sr. standing. 300.Research Methodology in Agricultural Economics (3) I. Study of the research process in agricultural economics as an efficient means for acquiring reliable knowledge for problem solutions. 303.Agricultural Price and Marketing Analysis (3) II.Market organization, efficiency, and functions in a dynamic economy. (Identical with Econ. 303). Firch 304.Production Economics (3). I.Theory of the firm and industry; single and multiple products; risk and uncertainty. (Identical with Econ. 304). Martin 322.Quantitative Methods in Agricultural Economics (3) I.Statistical and mathematical techniques as applied to agricultural economics. Emphasis on correlation, regression, analysis of variance, and multi -equational models. P, 222. Angus

364.Agricultural Policy Analysis (3) II.Analysis of agricultural policy and policy proposals. (Identical with Econ 364). Menzie AGRICULTURAL EDUCATION 337

376.Advanced Natural Resource Economics (3) II.Advanced application of the tools of economic analysis to natural resource problems and to policy formation. P, 276 or Econ. 102. (Identical with Econ. 376, W.M. 376, and W.R.A. 376). Kelso 382.Agrarian Development and Social Change (3) II. (Identical with Anthropology 382). Padfield 399.Seminar (1 to 3) Individual Studies 299 (1 to 5); 400 (2 to 8); 401 (0); 410 (2 to 8) maximum total, 8 units; 411 (0)

AGRICULTURAL EDUCATION Professors Floyd G. McCormick, Head, George E. Hull, Kenneth S. Olson Associate Professor Clinton O. Jacobs The program of this department prepares students for teaching agriculture and agricultural extension, and also for educational and public relations work related to agriculture in federal and state agencies, business, commerce, and industry. Employment in these positions requires farm experience, preparation in basic sciences and technical agriculture, an understanding of the principles and techniques of the teaching -learning process, and the ability to work with people. Graduates of this department may qualify to teach vocational agriculture upon completion of the basic program listed below including supervised teaching (courses 189s and 189) and other courses required for certification to teach in Arizona high schools. Those who register for courses 189s and 189 must have a cumulative grade average of 3.0000 or better, approval of the head of the department, and inaddition may be required to take certain physical and psychological examinations or meet other criteria for admission. Students who wish to specialize in one or more areas of technical agriculture may vary the courses they select. This plan will enable a student to qualify for a major in agricultural education or in a subject- matter field and at the same time qualify for a certificate to teach vocational agriculture. Students who do not plan to teach may meet department requirements by completing the recommended courses except supervised teaching (courses 189s and 189). Those who elect this option shall complete a minimum of 18 credits in agricultural education and education. Recommended Courses: Students will meet the minimum requirements for the Bachelor of Science in Agriculture and include in their programs the following recommended courses: Ag. Ed. 21, 101, 189, 195, 298; Sec. Ed. 197a, 209; Anthro. la, or Psych. la, or Soc. 1; Ed. Psych. 110; Ag. E. 1; Ag. Econ. 150; Ag. Chem. 11R, 103; An. Sci. 114 or 204; Ent. 105; An. Path. 116a or 203 or 205 or Plant Path. 105. Extension Education Option: In addition to the requirements for a major in another department in the College of Agriculture, 12 credits must be selected from the following: Required Courses: Ag. Ed. 21, 231, 252. Supporting courses: Sec. Ed. 197a, 217; Soc. 296a -296b; Ed. Psych. 102 or 110; Anthro. 25a -25b, 203; Mgt. 105; Winter School Ag. Ed. 6226, 6256, 6260, 6262. Graduate Program: The department offers programs leading to the degrees of Master of Agricultural Education and Master of Science. See the Graduate College section of the catalog concerning requirements for masters' degrees. 338 DEPARTMENTS AND COURSES OF INSTRUCTION

21.Introduction to Agricultural Teaching and Extension (1) I.Objectives, nature, and scope of vocational and extension education in agriculture and home economics; types of programs; qualifications of personnel; career opportunities. Field trip. Fee, $2. McCormick -Olson 101.Youth Leadership Development (2) I.Characteristics of leadership and techniques of group dynamics, planning and promoting youth organizations in agriculture, conducting meetings, and directing programs. 1R, 2L.McCormick 189.Supervised Teaching in Agriculture (1 to 8) I, II.Observation and teaching vocational agriculture in the classroom and field under supervision. Required of those preparing to teach vocational agriculture in secondary schools. P, Sec. Ed. 197a or CR. Fee, $7. McCormick - Jacobs 195.Methods in Teaching Agricultural Mechanics (2) IIProblems and procedures in teaching mechanics and operative skills; conducting demonstrations; providing space and teaching facilities. Required of those preparing to teach agriculture. 1R, 3L. P, Sec. Ed. 197a or CR. Fee, $3. Jacobs 231.Community Relations in Vocational and Extension Education (2)II.Objectives, criteria and procedures for developing and evaluating effective working relationships. The communications process, methods and techniques for efficient use of individual and mass media. P, 6 units in Ag. Ed. or Ed. Olson 252.Philosphy and Principles of Extension Education(2)I. Social and economic significance of extension education in agriculture and home economics. P, 12 credits in agriculture or home economics. Olson 293.College Teaching of Agriculture (2) I 1972 -73.Objectives, selection and organization of content, the teaching -learning process, and evaluation of instruction; emphasis on teaching agriculture in junior and four -year colleges. P, Psych. la or CR and 12 units in agriculture. McCormick 297.Workshop (1 -2) I, II.Advanced study in the following areas: (Variable credit within each area) a. Curriculum Development; b. Occupational Experience Program; c. Youth Leadership Development; d. Continuing Education in Agriculture; e. Program Planning and Evaluation; f. Developments in Teaching Agricultural Mechanization; g. Teaching Agriculture Business Management. P, 1 year teaching experience or equivalent. Open only to persons employed as agricultural educators. 298.Seminar (1) I.Preparation, presentation, and discussion of problems in vocational and extension education. 301.Advanced Agricultural Education (2)I.Problems inorganizing and conducting programs of instruction in vocational and extension education. P, 8 units in agricultural education and education. Jacobs 315.Investigations and Studies in Agricultural Education (2) I.Study and analysis of research literature, methods, techniques and procedures for conducting investigations; selecting a problem and developing plans for a study. P, 9 units in agricultural education or education. McCormick 321.Program Planning and Evaluation (2) II. Developing programs and evaluating results in agricultural teaching and extension. Situation analysis, objectives, policies, content, procedures, and evaluative criteria. P, 6 units in Ag. Ed. McCormick -Olson 399.Seminar (1 to 2) II.Study of selected topics and current developments in agricultural education. P, 189. Courses in Education The Teaching of Agriculture (4) II.(See Secondary Education 197a). Principles of Vocational Education (2) II.(See Secondary Education 209). Individual Studies 299 (1 to 5); 400 (2 to 4); 401 (0); 410 (2 to 6) maximum total, 6 units; 411 (0) AGRICULTURAL ENGINEERING 339

AGRICULTURAL ENGINEERING Professors Kenneth K. Barnes, Head, Richard K. Frevert, Kenneth R. Frost, Harold C. Schwalen (Emeritus). Herbert N. Stapleton, Frank Wiersma Associate Professors Moody D. Cannon, Delmar D. Fangmeier, Billie L. Harriott, William G. Matlock

The department offers the Bachelor of Science in Agricultural Engineering in the College of Engineering and the Bachelor of Science in Agriculture with the major in Agri- mechanics and Irrigation in the College of Agriculture. Graduate workisoffered leading to the Master of Science degree in Agricultural Engineering.

Part One: Bachelor of Science in Agricultural Engineering

This degree is given in the College of Engineering and Students should consult the Engineering College section of the catalog for an outline of the curriculum and departmental requirements.

2.Agricultural Engineering Problems (2) I.The application of engineering principles to the solution of problems in agriculture. Creative Projects. Matlock 121.Energy inAgriculture(3)I. Sources and applicationof energyinagricultural production and processing. Conversion and transmission of energy in devices for crop and livestock production, processing, and storage. P, C.E. 16, E.E. 22 and CR A.M.E. 140. Wiersma 122.Water Control in Agriculture (3) II.Development and control of water in relation to irrigation, drainage, erosion, and flood prevention on agricultural lands. P, CR A.M.E. 130. Fangmeier 223.Components and Systems in Agriculture (5) I.Functional, capacitive, mechanical, and economic analysis of machines and equipment and combinations of machines and equipment in application to agricultural production and processing. P, 121, 122. Barnes 224.Agricultural Engineering Laboratory (2)I. Testing and analysis of power units, machines, and equipment for agricultural production with emphasis on planning and interpreting tests, instrumentation, and reporting test results. 6L. P, 223, or CR. Fee, $10. Wiersma 225.Agricultural Engineering Design (3)II.Selected design problems in the fields of agricultural machinery, buildings, and irrigation. 1R, 6L. P, 223, 224. Fee, $10.Barnes 298.Seminar (1) II.Wiersma 307.Drainage of Irrigated Lands (3) II.Origin and nature of drainage problems in arid lands. Drainage theories, investigations and design for irrigated agriculture and land reclamation. P, 206 or A.M.E. 130. Field trip. Fee, $10. Matlock

Individual Studies 299 (1 to 5); 400 (2 to 4); 401 (0); 410 (2 to 4) maximum total, 8 units; 411 (0)

Part Two: Bachelor of Science in Agriculture, Major in Agri- Mechanics and Irrigation The major in Agri- Mechanics and Irrigation emphasizes a basic understanding of engineering technology in agriculture as applied to the following areas: selection, operation, maintenance and management of power units and machines for efficient crop production; layout and construction of structures for storage, processing and environmental control; and layout, selection and operation of irrigation and 340 DEPARTMENTS AND COURSES OF INSTRUCTION drainage systems for efficient water management. Students in the major must satisfy the requirements for the Bachelor of Science in Agriculture (General) and include in their programs 16 units of Agricultural Engineering and also Ag. Chem. 11 R, 11L; C.E. 10, 51; Math 20, 24; Phys. 2a -2b.

1.Agricultural Mechanics (3)I. Tools and materials used in farm mechanics and laboratory practice to develop skills in arc and acetylene welding, hard surfacing, woodworking, tool fitting, hot and cold metal work, simple plumbing, soldering, concrete and masonry work, and farm wiring. 1R, 6L. Fee, $9. Jacobs 101.Farm Machinery (3) II.Construction, selection, adjustment, operation, and servicing of the principaltillage,seeding,cultivating,fertilizing,harvesting, and pest control equipment. 2R, 3L. P, Jr. standing. Fee, $3. Barnes 102.Farm Structures and Equipment (2) I 1972 -73.Functional requirements of farm buildings, properties of and techniques in use of building materials, construction methods, and elementary design. 1R, 3L. P, Jr. standing. Fee, $3. Wiersma 103.Farm Power (3) I.Principles of operation, construction, utilization, and adjustment of internal combustion engines, tractors and electric motors, and selection of farm power. 2R, 3L. P, Jr. standing. Fee, $3. Frost 205.Irrigation Principles and Practices (3)II.Principles of irrigation, irrigation water supply, conveyance and measurement of water, water requirements, surveying applica- tions in irrigation and evaluation of irrigation systems. 2R, 3L. Fee, $5. Fangmeier 206.Applied Hydraulics (3) I.Fundamentals of hydraulics applicable in the irrigation of agricultural lands including fluid properties, hydrostatics, irrigation flow characteristics, open channel and pipeline applications, and measurement of flowing water. P, Math. 44. Matlock 297.Workshop in Mechanization (1 -2) I,II.Advanced study in the following areas of Agricultural Mechanization: (Variable credit within each area) a. Power; b. Machinery; c. Irrigation; d. Electrical Energy; e. Construction and Maintenance; f. Structures and Environment. P, 297a: AE 103, 297b: AE 101, 297c: AE 205, 297d: AE 1, 297 e: AE 1, 297f: AE 102. Fee, $3. per hour.

AGRICULTURE

190,International Agriculture (1) I.History of international agriculture, governmental and commercial activities in world trade, problems and progress of agricultural development, foreign assistance programs. Matlock 205.Sampling Theory and Methods (3) II.(Identical with Statistics 205). 222.Community Communications Media (3) I.Characteristics of balanced communications serving education and information programs; participating experience utilizing news- papers, radio, television, magazines and newsletters. 3 Field trips. Graham 239.Statistical Methods (3)I,II.Review of basic concepts, regression and correlation, analysis of variance, and analysis of enumeration data. P, Math. 91. (Identical with Stat. 239) Gebert -Kuehl 240.Design and Analysis of Experiments (3)II.Design principles for complete and incomplete block designs, factorial experiments, split plot design, analysis of series of experiments, multiple regression and other analytical techniques. P, 239. (Identical with Stat. 240). Kuehl 280.AgriculturalInternship(2 -8)I,II.Application of production and management principles basic to the student's major field through on the job experience. 335.Statistical Genetics (3)II1971 -72.Statistical concepts of genetic inheritance in populations, inbreeding, partitions of genetic variance, covariances of relatives, design and estimation in genetic experiments, heritability, selection. P, 239 and Bio. 120. (Identical with Agron. 335). Kuehl AGRONOMY 341

AGRONOMY Professors Martin A. Massengale, Head, Robert E. Briggs, Arden D. Day, Robert E. Dennis, Albert K. Dobrenz, Keith C. Hamilton, Ernest B. Jackson, William R. Kneebone, Dean F. McAlister, Darrel S. Metcalfe, Jack R. Mauney, Robert T. Ramage, David D. Rubis, Melvin H. Schonhorst, L. Neal Wright, Leroy H. Zimmerman Associate Professors Varon Jensen, Gerald M. Loper, Robert G. McDaniel, B. Brooks Taylor Assistant Professor Dwayne R. Buxton The program of study for students majoring in agronomy is planned to develop an understanding of the basic principles and practices necessary in scientific field crop production and improvement. Although the student receives training in the principles of production of all of the major crops grown in the United States, primary emphasis is placed on cotton, alfalfa, small grains, sorghum, and oilseeds which are produced under irrigation in the Southwest. In addition to the basic courses in science and arts required of all students in the College of Agriculture, the agronomy student receives a broad background in allied fields such as agricultural engineering, animal sciences, entomology, plant pathology, and soils. Agronomy majors are trained for employment in such fields as general farming, farm or ranch management, state or federal experiment stations and agricultural agencies, agricultural chemical and seed industries, and agricultural extension and education. Elective courses taken during the junior and senior years permit either a general or specialized curriculum. The Turf Management and Crop Protection special options in the College of Agriculture are available to students majoring in Agronomy. The student in agronomy has the opportunity to observe the research program in progress at the Arizona Agricultural Experiment Station. He will become familiar with the most recent developments in such fieldsas crop improvement, control of weeds, insects and plant diseases, soil management and fertilization, and irrigation practices. Freshmenwillusually take the schedule suggestedinthe College of Agriculture section of this catalog. Courses for agronomy majors will be arranged with advisers from the Department of Agronomy according to the interests and needs of the student. General requirements for graduation: Agron. 150, Field Studies in Agron- omy, a one -week field course, is required of all Agronomy majors and should be taken at the end of the sophomore or junior year. The trip is scheduled for the first week following final examinations of the second semester. Students will register for this course during registration for the second semester of the academic year. Graduate Program: Additional opportunity for specialization and training in research in agronomy is offered in graduate study programs for the degrees of Master of Science and Doctor of Philosophy. Consult the Graduate Catalog for opportunities for graduate work in agronomy.

5.Growth and Development of Crop Plants (2) IGermination, emergence, growth, and reproduction of important agronomic species and how these plant processes are influenced by the environment. Dobrenz 25.Principles of Agronomy (3) IlPrinciples of field crop production with special emphasis on distribution, cultural practices, improvement. 2R, 3L. P, 1 entrance unit in biology. Fee, $3. Dobrenz 131.Utilization of Crop Plants (3) IComposition, processing, and commercial uses of field crop seeds, plants, and their products. 2R, 3L. One 2 -day field trip. Fee, $5. Day 342 DEPARTMENTS AND COURSES OF INSTRUCTION

150.Field Studies in Agronomy (1) Prior to Summer SessionA field course to study management, adaptation, and production practices of field crops grown under irrigation in the Southwest. P, 25 or Hort. 1 or W.M. 35. Fee, $25.Massengale 198.Soils and Crops Seminar (1) 1(Identical with Agricultural Chemistry 198) Kneebone- Post 203.Cotton and Other Fiber Crops (3) I.Principles and practices of growing and harvesting cotton and other fiber crops. Emphasis will be on cotton production, fiber technology, and utilization. One 1 -day field trip. P, 3 units biological sciences. Fee, $3. Briggs 205.Weed Control (3) I.Principles and effects of controlling agronomic, horticultural, and range weeds, with emphasis on chemical control methods; weed identification. 2R, 3L. P, Bio. 60 or 260. Fee, $4. 207.Crop Ecology (3) II 1971 -72.Environmental and human ecological factors as they relate to food production resources, and growth and geographical distribution of economic crops. P, 6 units in Plant Sciences. Buxton 215.Seed Development and Production (3) II.(Identical with Horticulture 215). Bemis 225.Turfgrass Management (3) I.Species, construction, equipment, and cultural practices for recreational, industrial and home lawn turfgrass. 2R, 3L. Fee, $3. (Identical with Hort. 225). Kneebone 231.Theory of Crop Production (3)H. The theoretical aspects of crop production emphasizing growth and development processes, components of yield and quality. P, 25 or Hort. 1, Bio. 60 or 260. Schonhorst 244.Field Plot Research (3) I.Principles of field plot research emphasizing procedures in small -plot experimentation, such as the laying out of experiments, size and shape of plots, border effects, collection of data, and the summarization and publication of results. 2R, 1L. Fee, $4. (Identical with Hort. 244 and Pl. Breed. 244). Rubis 301.Forage Crop Physiology and Production (3) II 1972 -73.Adaptation, culture, and growth of legumes, grasses, and other forage plants with emphasis on a critical examination of literature pertaining to forage crop physiology and management. 3R. P, Bio. 60 or 260. Fee, $3. Dobrenz -Loper 306.Plant Resistance to Insects (2) 1 1972 -73.(Identical with Entomology 306). Nielson 328.Advanced Genetics (3) I.(Identical with Plant Breeding 328). Endrizzi -Katterman 329.Advanced Cytogenetics (3) II.Chromosome structure and number in genetic analysis, developmentoforganisms and evolution of population emphasizing inter- and intra- chromosomal aberrations and heteroploidy. 2R, 3L. P, Bio. 323. Fee, $5. (Identical with Hort. 329 and Pl. Breed. 329). Ramage 335.Statistical Genetics (3) II 1971 -72.(Identical with Agriculture 335). Kuehl 361.Theory of Plant Breeding (3) II 1972 -73.Critical study of the theoretical basis for plant breeding procedures. (Identical with Hort. 361 and Pl. Breed. 361). Kneebone- Zimmerman 362a -362b.Advanced Plant Physiology (3 -3) Yr.(Identical with Bio. Sci. 362a- 362b). 371.Quantitative Genetics and Selection (2) II 1972 -73.A biological approach to the principles of quantitative inheritance as applied to the selection of quantitative characters in breeding experiments with emphasis on the methods of measuring, analyzing, and interpreting quantitative data. P, 361 or An. Sci. 213 and Ag. 240. (Identical with Hort. 371 and Pl. Breed. 371). Rubis 399.Seminar (1)1, II.Literature review and discussion of current topics in Crop Science.

Individual Studies 199 (1 to 3); 299 (1 to 5); 400 (2 to 8); 401 (0); 410 (2 to 8) maximum total, 8 units; 411 (0); 420 (1 to 9); 421 (0) ALCOHOL STUDIES 343

ALCOHOL STUDIES *Interdisciplinary Committee on Alcoholism Professors: Willis R. Brewer, Ph.D. (Pharmacy) Chairman* ; Raymond V. Bowers, Ph.D. (Sociology) *; Lloyd E. Burton, Ph.D. (Pharmacy); Marvin Kahn, Ph.D. (Psychology) *; Alan Levenson, M.D. (Psychiatry) *; Albert L. Picchioni, Ph.D. (Pharmacology); David W. Smith, D. Ed. (Rehabilitation Center) *; Edward H. Spicer, Ph.D. (Anthropology); Lincoln Chin, Ph.D. (Pharmacology); Donald S. Klaiss, Ph.D. (Sociology); Edwin W. Tucker, M.D. (Pharmacology) *. Associate Professors:Robert E. Calmes, Ed. D. (Educ. Psych); Kam Nasser, Ph.D. (H.P.E.R.) *; Courtney B. Cleland, Ph.D. (Sociology); Bob G. Johnson, Ed.D. (Rehabilitation); Harland Padfield, Ph.D. (Anthropology) *; Theodore L. Ro- senthal, Ph.D. (Psychology); I. Roger Yoshino, Ph.D. (Sociology); Salvatore V. Zagona, Ph.D. (Psychology); Vincent J. Tempone, Ph.D. (Psychology). Assistant Professors: Robert Kraner, Ed. D. (Educ. Psych.); R. Brooke Jacobsen, Ph.D. (Sociology); Glen M. White, Ph. D. (Psych.). Lecturers: Gary Hulshoff, M.S. (Rehabilitation); Marty Mann (Pharmaceutical Sciences); Guy Spiesman, M.S. (Rehabilitation); Carleton Wilder, M.S. (Phar- maceutical Sciences). The program for training is designed to provide an understanding of: (1) The problems of the alcoholic, (2) The current interdisciplinary knowledge related to the prevention, treatment and rehabilitation of the alcoholic and the advisement of his family and the public, (3) The procedures for expanding alcoholism continuing education programs for the health professionals who treat the alcoholic as well as the non -professionals who deal with his environment, and, (4) The value of research studies bearing upon the alcoholic and his problems. Admission to the Master of Science program for the Community Specialist in Alcoholism requires completion of a baccalaureate degree with a 2.0 cumulative average or better in one of the following majors: Anthropology, Nursing, Pharmacy, Psychology, Social Work, Sociology, or other health related programs. The requirements of the program include a minimum of 24 units of academic work in the first academic year and subsequent summer session followed by one semester (5 units) of internship while resident at one of the alcoholism units of the governmental or private institutions of the Southwest, and a final academic semester on campus with 9 units of work including a seminar course carrying 2 units of credit. A core of courses required of all candidates includes: Pharm. Sci. 265.Public Health (3) Pharm. Sci. 305a -305b.Psychopharmalogical and Biochemical Problems of the Alcoholic. (3-3) Pharm. Sci. 405.Internship (5) Pharm. Sci. 406.Extended Internship Sociology 296a -296b.Comparative Community Organization and Development (3 -3) Education (Rehab.) 282.Community Resources (3) Educational Psychology 240.Statistical Methods in Education (3) Not less than 16 -19 units must be selected from the offerings of the following departments and others which may be approved by the Committee: Anthropology, Rehabilitation, Public Administration, Pharmaceutical Sciences, Pharmacology, Psychology and Sociology. The following are examples of courses which might be considered for the elective requirements: Public Administration 230.Social Counseling (3) Public Administration 284a -284b.Admin. of Health Agencies (3 -3) 344 DEPARTMENTS AND COURSES OF INSTRUCTION

Sociology 222.Minority Relations (3) Sociology 284.Sociology of the Southwest (3) Sociology 285.Sociology of the Family (3) Sociology 290 (Anthro. 290).Social Gerontology (3) Sociology 350.Social Disorganization (3) Education (Rehab.) 281.Principles of Rehabilitation (3) Education (Rehab.) 382.Psychological Aspects of Disability (3) Nursing 320.Nursing Problems and Issues (3) Psychology 210.Social Psychology (3) Psychology 250.Tests and Measurements (3) Psychology 260a -260b.Experimental Social Psychology (3 -3) Psychology 309.Factor Analysis (3) Psychology 359.Principles of Behavior Modification (3) Psychology 382.Basic Community Psychology (3) Pharm. Sci. 271a -271b.Pharmacology (4.4) The internship following the first 24 units of alcohol studies may be taken at suchsitesas Mendocino State Hospital (California), Veterans Administration Hospitals in Albuquerque (N.M.), Fort Lyons (Colorado), Phoenix, the National Council on Alcoholism in New York City, or the area councils in California, New Mexico, Utah, Nevada and Arizona.

AMERICAN INDIAN STUDIES Committee in charge: Edward P. Dozier, Chairman (Anthropology); Bernard L. Fontana (Arizona State Museum - Anthropology), Cecil Robinson (English), Thomas Weaver (Bureau of Ethnic Research - Anthropology) The supporting minor in American Indian Studies consists of at least 20 units selected by the student in consultation with the chairman of the committee in charge and approved by the student's major professor.

85a -85b.Native Peoples of the Southwest (2 -2) Yr. (Identical with Anthropology 85a -85b). Tanner 125.Cultural Change (3) II.(Identical with Anthropology 125). Hinton 160.Ethnic Groups in the Southwest (3) I.(Identical with Anthropology 160). Kite 181.Ethnology of North America (3)I1971 -72.(Identical with Anthropology 181). Tanner 183.Ethnology of South America (3) II 1971 -72.(Identical with Anthropology 183). Hinton 190.Introduction to Applied Anthropology (3) I.(Identical with Anthropology 190). Kelly 212.Peoples of Mexico (3) II.(Identical with Anthropology 212). Hinton 215R.Archaeology of the Southwest (3) I.(Identical with Anthropology 215R). Longacre 215 L.Archaeology of the Southwest (3) II.(Identical with Anthropology 215L). Longacre 217.History of the Indians of North America (3) I.(Identical with Anthropology 217). Fontana 222.Minority Relations (3) I, II.(Identical with Sociology 222). Yoshino 230.Ethnology of the Southwest (3) II.(Identical with Anthropology 230). Basso 235a -235b.Southwestern Indian Arts (3 -3) Yr.(Identical with Anthropology 235a- 235b). Tanner 237.Issues in Indian Education (3) II.(Identical with Foundations of Education 237). Chilcott ANATOMY 345

280.Archaeology of North America (3) I.(Identical with Anthropology 280). Longacre 282.Archaelogy of South America (3) II.(Identical with Anthropology 282). Culbert 284.Sociology of the Southwest (3) I.(Identical with Sociology 284). Cleland 290.Mesoamerican Archaeology (3) I.(Identical with Anthropology 290). Rathje 298.Seminar (1 to 3) I, II. Individual Studies 99 (1 to 3); 199 (2 to 4); 299 (1 to 5) ANATOMY Professors: Philip H. Krutzsch, Ph.D., Head; Jay B. Angevine, Jr., Ph.D., Richard S. Snell, M.D., Ph.D. Assistant Professors: Roy Horst, Ph.D., Lawrence K. Schneider, Ph.D., Raymond B. Wuerker, M.D. Instructors: H. Daniel Bodley, Ph.D.; Edward C. Carlson, Ph.D. The Department of Anatomy offers work leading to the Master of Science and Doctor of Philosophy degrees. Master of Science Degree - The Master of Science degree is offered only in rare instances when individuals qualified to study for the Doctor of Philosophy degree are forced to terminate their graduate education. The requirements are those outlined in the Graduate College section. A final oral examination, a thesis based upon original investigative studies, and reading proficiency in one foreign language are required. Doctor of Philosophy Degree - It is not necessary that the applicant hold a degree in the biological or chemical sciences, but his training prior to application should include sufficient emphasis in the sciences to permit him to acquit himself with distinction. The general requirements for the Ph.D. at The University of Arizona are outlined in the Graduate Catalog. In order to ascertain eligibility for admissiontothegraduate program,the Department of Anatomy requires submission of test scores from the Aptitude Test and one Advanced Test (Biology preferred) of the Graduate Record Examination, four letters of recommendation from former science instructors familiar with the applicant's academic ability and personal character, and complete transcripts of all previous college -level academic work. Each applicant for admission must present evidence of having taken courses in mathematics through calculus and analytical geometry; inorganic, organic and physical chemistry (Bio. Sci. 310 may be substituted for a deficiency in physical chemistry); a one -year course in general physics; and a minimum of 16 units or 4 semesters in the biological sciences. It is advisable that the applicant include in the latter at least one course in comparative anatomy, genetics, or general physiology, and a one -year course in general zoology or general biology. One or more of these requirements may be met during thefirst. year of graduate work, and, if appropriate, graduate credit may be allowed. Each student must demonstrate reading proficiency in French or German by obtaining a score of 500 or more on theNaturalSciences option of aGraduate School Foreign Language Test administered by the Educational Testing Service. The faculty of the department will assist in determining which language Will be most valuable for the individual student and may at its discretion allow demonstrated proficiency in another foreign language to be substituted for French or German. In addition, the individual student's committee may at its discretion require that the student include in his course work one or more courses in languages other than that which was used to fulfill the minimum requirement. The major subject will be Anatomy. The student will take the courses offered to medical students in gross anatomy, microscopic 346 DEPARTMENTS AND COURSES OF INSTRUCTION anatomy, and neuroanatomy, and additional courses listed below, to fulfill the 36 -unit major requirement. If the student already has taken an acceptable course or courses in histology, human gross anatomy, or neuroanatomy, he will be allowed to audit the lectures and assist in the laboratory of the particular course or courses for medical students. In addition, a student must choose one minor subject outside the Department. Recommended minor fields are: anthropology, physiology, biochem- istry,pharmacology, microbiology,biologicalsciences,agriculture,nutrition, mathematics, systems engineering, biophysics or genetics. It is expected that the student will complete at least three one -semester courses in his minor field. Minor inAnatomy - Candidates for the Ph.D. majoring inanother department who elect to minor in anatomy must complete a minimum of 16 semester hours in anatomy. Students intending to minor in the department must receive permission from the anatomy minor adviser. Adviser - When the student enters the department he will be assigned, as an adviser, that faculty member whose interests most closely approximate his own. This adviser will serve until the student's permanent graduate committee has been appointed. Limitation on Enrollment: Due to the specialized nature of the material and equipment that are required for courses given in the College of Medicine some limitation of enrollments may be necessary. Medical students will be given preference in those courses that are required for the M.D. degree. All other students must obtain the permission of the instructor before enrolling. Graduate students already enrolled in departments of the College of Medicine will be given preference. 301.Gross Human Anatomy (6) I.Comprehensive survey of the structure of the human body. P, Chem. 2bR, 2bL, 43b, 45b; Physics 2b; Bio. lb, 155. 302. Human Microscopic Anatomy (4) I.Essentials of microscopic human anatomy. P, Chem. 2bR, 2bL, 43b, 45b; Physics 2b; Bio. lb and one of the following: Bio. 155, 157. 303.Special Topics in Microscopic Structure(3)II.Selected concepts of structural organization at light and electron microscopic levels of the anatomy and development of the cells, tissues, and organs of vertebrates. P, 304, 308; Bio. 155. Horst -Staff 304.Selected Topics in Gross Human Anatomy (2 to 6) II.Study in depth of the gross human anatomy of selected areas or systems. P, 304, 308. May be repeated for credit. Krutzsch-Staff 305.Neural Sciences (3) II.Essentials of mammalian neural structure and function. P, Chem. 2bR, 2bL, 43b, 45b; Physics 2b; Bio. lb and one of the following, Bio. 210, 255. (Identical with Physiol. 305). 306.Comparative Vertebrate Neuroanatomy (3)I. A presentation of the comparative structure of the central nervous system in selected examples of the various vertebrates. P, 301; Bio. 155. Angevine -Staff 309.Experimental Cytology (3) II.A special program designed to train students in the techniques of cytological investigation. P, 304; Chem. 261. 310a -310b.Anatomical Techniques(3 -3) Yr.Introduction to special techniques and procedures of analytical anatomy. P, 304, 308. 598.Special Topics in Human Anatomy (1 to 6) I, II. Individual Studies 299 (1 to 6); 400 (1 to 6); 401 (0); 410 (1 to 8); 411 (0); 420 (1 to 9); 421 (0)

ANIMAL PATHOLOGY Professors Raymond E. Reed, Head, Leonard W. Dewhirst, William J. Pistor (Emeritus), James J. Sheldon, Raymond E. Watts ANIMAL PATHOLOGY 347

The program of study offered by the Department of Animal Pathology has a two -foldpurpose. For preveterinary students, guidance is provided to fulfill preprofessional requirements for admission to colleges and schools of veterinary medicine throughout the United States. For students interested in the care and health of animals but not necessarily pursuing a career in veterinary medicine, guidance is provided which will prepare an individual for a rewarding career in para- veterinary medical fields of endeavor. The latter program leads to a major in Animal Health Science during the completion of which the student may also complete all preprofessional requirements for admission to veterinary schools in California, Colorado and Washington. Animal Health Science majors complete a series of basic biological and physical science courses which provide an excellent foundation for the more advanced applied courses to be taken as upper division students. Due to the preprofessional requirements for admission to veterinaryschools,all majors complete the Natural Sciences Option of the Agricultural Sciences Curriculum. Freshmen will usually take the schedule suggested for Agriculture Sciences in the College of Agriculture section of this catalog but should confer with advisers in the Department of Animal Pathology before final course selection. A minimum of 16 units of animal pathology courses is required for a major in Animal Health Science. Graduate Program: No advanced degree in Animal Pathology is offered. The Department cooperates with the Committee on Agricultural Biochemistry and Nutrition and the Committee on Animal Physiology in the programs of instruction and research leading to the M.S. and Ph.D. degrees in these fields. In certain cases similar arrangements may be made with the departments of Entomology and Biological Sciences. Interested students should make inquiries of the head of the department. 110.Principles of Infection and Immunity (5)II.(Identical with Microbiology 110). Jeter -L udo vici 116a -116b.Animal Anatomy and Physiology (3 -3) Yr.Systematic physiology of domestic animals integrated with gross and comparative anatomy. Watts 203.Parasites of Domestic Animals (2 to3)I.The biology, distribution, economic importance, pathogenicity, diagnosis, treatment, and control of parasites of domestic animals with emphasis on the disease -producing capabilities of parasites. 2R or 2R, 3L. P, Bio. 5a. (Identical with Ent. 203). Dewhirst 205.Animal Diseases (3) I.The integration of management, husbandry, and preventive veterinary medicine as related to animal diseases. Sheldon 206.Laboratory Animal Management (3) II.The housing, nutrition, breeding, disease and parasite control, and the politico -legislative aspects of laboratory animals. Reed -Sheldon 223.General Pathology (4) I.(Identical with Microbiology 223). Schloss 250.Medical Mycology (4) II.(Identical with Microbiology 250). Sinski 255.Microanatomy (4) I.(Identical with Biological Sciences 255). Chiasson -Ferris -Joy 289.Parasitology (4) I.(Identical with Biological Sciences 289). Mead 301.Experimental Surgery (1) II.Exercises in the surgical procedures commonly necessary in animal experimentation, including aseptic technique, anesthesiology, surgical opera- tions, and care of the postsurgical patient. 3L. P, Bio. 55. Fee, $10. (Identical with Microb. 301). Reed 399.Seminar (1) I, II.Offered jointly with the Departments of Animal Science, Dairy and Food Sciences, and Poultry Science. Individual Studies 299 (1 to 5 ) I, II. 348 DEPARTMENTS AND COURSES OF INSTRUCTION

ANIMAL PHYSIOLOGY Committee on Animal Physiology (Graduate) Professors Gerald H. Stott, Ph.D. (Dairy and Food Sciences), Chairman, James W. Berry, Ph.D. (Agricultural Biochemistry), Robert B. Chiasson, Ph.D. (Bio- logical Sciences), Carl B. Roubicek, Ph.D. (Animal Science), Raymond E, Reed, D.V.M. (Animal Pathology), Donald E. Ray, Ph.D. (Animal Science), WilliamF.McCaughey, Ph.D.(AgriculturalBiochemistry), WilliamJ. McCauley, Ph.D. (Biological Sciences). Associate Professors William A. Calder, Jr., Ph.D. (Biological Sciences), Ivan M. Lytle,Ph.D.(BiologicalSciences), Jon O. Nordstrom, Ph.D.(Poultry Science), Charles W. Weber, Ph.D. (Poultry Science). Assistant Professor Thomas N. Wegner, Ph.D. (Dairy and Food Sciences).

A graduate program in animal physiology is provided, leading to the Master of Science and Doctor of Philosophy degrees. Administered by an interdepartmental committee, the departments of Agricultural Biochemistry, Animal Pathology, Animal Science, Biological Sciences, Dairy and Food Sciences, and Poultry Science are represented. Doctoral minors may be in biochemistry, nutrition, pharmacology, biological sciences, chemistry or any disciplines best fitting the graduate program of the student, subject to the approval of the Committee and the Graduate Council. All candidates for the M.S. degree must submit a thesis. For admission to the animal physiology program, it is recommended that students have a fundamental knowledge of the following disciplines: zoology (including anatomy, physiology and genetics), chemistry, mathematics, and physics. Deficiencies, as determined by the student's advisory committee, may be satisfied after the student is admitted into the Graduate College. The course of study for both masters' and doctoral degrees will be taken with emphasis on the list of subjects that follow.

399.Seminar (1)1, II. Individual Studies 299 (I to 5); 400 (1 to 8); 401 (0); 410 (1 to 8) maximum total, 8 units; 411 (0); 420 (1 to 9); 421 (0). Related Courses Agricultural Biochemistry Animal Science 21la -21lb.Nutritional Biochemistry (3 -3) 204.Principles of Nutrition (3) 302.Chemistry and Metabolism 210.Comparative Animal Nutrition (5) of Lipids (2) 213.Animal Breeding (3) 304.Steroid Chemistry 305.Ruminant Nutrition (3) and Biochemistry (3) 371.Animal Breeding Systems (3) 308.Chemistry and Metabolism Biological Sciences of Proteins (2) 210.Cell Biology (4 ) 310.Vitamins and Minerals (2) 221.Evolution (2) 314.Intermediary Metabolism (2) 255.Microanatomy (4) 318.Chemistry and Metabolism of 264a -264b.Human Physiology (4-4) Nucleic Acids (2) 265.Vertebrate Physiology (4) Agriculture 268.Environmental Zoophysiology (4) 239.Statistical Methods (3) 269.Sensory-Motor Physiology (4 -4) 240.Design and Analysis 276.Endocrine Physiology (4) of Experiments (3) 289.Parasitology (4) 335.Statistical Genetics (3) 311.Radioisotopes in Biology (3) Animal Pathology 312.Principles of Electron MicroscoPY (4) 206.Laboratory Animal Management (3) 331.Physiological Ecology (2) 301.Experimental Surgery (1) 357.Experimental Embryology (4) ANIMAL SCIENCE 349

358.Advanced Topics Home Economics in Endocrinology (2) 322a -322b.Lab Methods 365.Advanced Topics in Nutrition (3 -3) in Vertebrate Physiology (2) Microbiology and Medical Technology 366.Advanced Topics 202.Microscopy (2) in Neurophysiology (2) 318.Microbial Physiology (4) 367.Comparative Endocrinology (2) 318R. Lectures in Microbial 367 L. Comparative Endocrinology Physiology (2) Laboratory (2) 321.Tissue Culture (3) 368.Comparative Neurophysiology (4) 330.Advanced Immunology (4) Chemistry 359.Immunochemistry (2) 260.Biochemistry (Lecture) (3) 377.Advanced Microbial Physiology (2) 261.Biochemistry (Lab) (3) 377 R. Lectures In Advanced 262a -262b. Biochemistry (3 -3) Microbial Physiology (2) 280a -280b.Physical Chemistry (3 -3) Pharmacy 365.Chemistry of Proteins (3) 230a -230b.Medical Radioisotopes (2 -2) 366.Mechanism of Enzyme Action (3) Poultry Science College of Medicine - Physiology 301.Advanced Nutrition (3) 301.Human Physiology (3) 312.Chemistry of Enzymes (2) 305.Neurosciences (8) 350.Avian Physiology (3) Dairy and Food Sciences Statistics 215.Physiology of Reproduction (4) 205.Sampling Theory and Methods (3) Health and Physical Education 208. Non -Parametric Statistics (3) 325.Motor Learning & Human 220.Least Squares Analysis (3) Performances (3) 221.Analysis of Non -Orthogonal Data (3) 330.Advanced Physiology of Exercise (3) 237.Elements of Statistics (3)

ANIMAL SCIENCE Professors Bruce R. Taylor, Head, William H. Hale, Donald E. Ray, Carl B. Roubicek, Marvin R. Selke, Ernest B. Stanley (Emeritus) Associate Professors John. A. Marchello, C. Brent Theurer Assistant Professors Richard B. Freitag, Donaldson D. McGinty The program of study for students majoring in Animal Science is planned to develop an understanding of the basic principles and practices necessary in modern scientific production and improvement of animals and animal products. The student's work concerns the areas of beef cattle, horses, swine, sheep, and meats with major emphasis on beef cattle. The actual course of study is flexible and can emphasize business, science or production according to the interest of the student. The student may also emphasize animal nutrition, animal breeding, or meats in anticipation of his future professional needs. Freshmen and sophomores take the lower- division schedule listed in the College of Agriculture section. A minimum of 16 units of animal science courses (not including Animal Science 114) is required for a major in the department. Graduate Program: The department offers programs leading to the M.S. degree with specialization in animal breeding, physiology or nutrition. Programs leading to the Ph.D. degree are offered through the interdepartmental committees of Genetics, Animal Physiology, and Agricultural Biochemistry and Nutrition. A wideselectionof supporting workislistedunder agriculture,agricultural biochemistry, agricultural chemistry and soils, animal pathology, biology, chem- istry,microbiology, physiology, plant breeding, poultry science and systems engineering. For greater detail, see the Graduate Catalog.

2.Animal Industry (3) II.A comprehensive view of the livestock and poultry industries, including the way the science of biology is used in modern livestock practice. 2R, 3L. Fee, $6. Required of majors in animal, dairy, and poultry science. (Identical with Dairy and Food Sci. 2 and Poul. Sci. 2). Taylor 350 DEPARTMENTS AND COURSES OF INSTRUCTION

101.Livestock Judging (3) .Practice judging of livestock; origin, development, and selection of the various breeds. Field trips. 1R, 6L. Fee, $3. Selke 103.Science of Meat and Meat Products (3)I,II.Modern techniques used in meat processing with special reference to structure and composition of the various meats. 2R, 3L. Fee, $3.Marchello 107.Meat Selection and Identification (2) II.Identification, quality determination, and meat -cutting demonstrations with special reference to institutional requirements. 1R, 3L. Fee, $3. (Identical with Home Ec. 107). Marchello 110.Horse Science and Management (2) II.The feeding, management and training of horses. Selke 114.Feeds and Feeding (3) II.Selection, evaluation, and use of feeds for specific purposes. Balancing rations for livestock and poultry. Fee, $5. (Identical with Dairy and Food Sci. 114 and Poul. Sci. 114). Brown 204.Principles of Nutrition (3)I,II.Digestion, absorption and metabolism of carbo- hydrates, lipids, proteins, vitamins and inorganic nutrients. P, Chem lbR -lbL or 2bR and 2bL. (Identical with Ag. Biochem. 204 and Poultry Sci. 204). Freitag- Theurer 208.Live Animal and Carcass Evaluation (3) I.The relationship of form to function in meat animals and inhorses; carcass evaluation, selection and grading of meat animals previouslyevaluated.Fieldtrips.1R, 6L.P,101and 103 or 107. Fee,$4. Marchello-Selke 210.Comparative Animal Nutrition (5) II.Essential nutritive requirements of livestock and poultry; sources and composition of nutrients; replacement value of feeds in rations; identification of ingredients and the mixing and preparation of feeds. 3R, 4L. P, 204. Fee, $3. (Identical with Ag. Biochem. 210, Dairy and Food Sci. 210 and Poul. Sci. 210). McGinty- Brown -Weber 213.Animal Breeding (3) II.Applications the principles of genetics to animal breeding and selection. P, Bio. 120. Field trips. Fee, $2. (Identical with Poul. Sci. 213). Ray 215.Physiology of Reproduction (4) I.(Identical with Dairy and Food Sci. 215) Stott 216.Beef Cattle Production (3) I.The production, feeding, and management of beef cattle on the ranch and in the feedlot. P, 204. Taylor 218.Sheep and Swine Production (2) II.The production, feeding and management of sheep and swine on the farm and ranch. P, 204. Selke 262a -262b.Food Chemistry(3 -3)1971 -72. (Identical with Dairy and Food Sciences 262a- 262b). StullMarchello 305.Ruminant Nutrition(3)I1972 -73.Recent findings in ruminant nutrition; the physiochemical processes of digestion and absorption; importance and metabolism of rumen microflora; normal metabolism and abnormal metabolic disorders; modes of action of feed stimulants. P, 204, 210; Chem. 41a, 43a. (Identical with Dairy and Food Sci. 305). Hale 371.Animal Breeding Systems (3)I1972 -73.Principles underlying animal breeding practices and research procedures. Implications of pertinent parameter estimates; analysis and interpretation of breeding data. P, Ag. 240, and An. Sci. 213 or Pl. Breed. 228. Roubicek 399.Seminar (1) I, II.Offered jointly with the Departments of Animal Pathology, Dairy and Food Sciences, and Poultry Science. Individual Studies 299 (1 to 5); 400 (2 to 8); 401 (0); 410 (2 to 8) maximum total, 8 units; 411 (0)

ANTHROPOLOGY Professors Raymond H. Thompson, Head, Bryant Bannister (Laboratory of Tree -Ring Research), John H. Chilcott, Edward P. Dozier, Harry T. Getty, ANTHROPOLOGY 351

Emil W. Haury, Frederick S. Hulse, Arthur J. Jelinek, William H. Kelly, James E. Officer, Edward H. Spicer, Clara Lee Tanner Associate Professors Hermann K. Bleibtreu, T. Patrick Culbert, Thomas B. Hinton, William A. Longacre, Harland I. Padfield (Bureau of Ethnic Research), Paul R. Turner, Jane H. Underwood, Thomas Weaver (Bureau of Ethnic Research) Assistant Professors Keith H. Basso, Constance Cronin, Jeffrey S. Dean (Laboratory of Tree -Ring Research), B. Alan Kite (Bureau of Ethnic Research), William L. Rathje, William J. Robinson (Laboratory of Tree -Ring Research), Richard A. Thompson. Lecturers Robert G. Baker (Arizona State Museum), Bernard L. Fontana (Arizona State Museum), Daniel S. Matson, Frederick R. Pleasants

The Bureau of Ethnic Research is a center for anthropological research in the multicultural context of the Southwest, with an emphasis on the study of modern Indian life. The activities of the Bureau include specialized demographic research, studies of practical problems related to Indian adjustment to non -Indian institu- tions and research on culture contact and change in both the United States and Mexican portions of the Greater Southwest. The major: 34 units including la -lb, 20, 30, 40, 50, and at least one additional course in each of the four basicfieldsof archaeology, cultural anthropology, linguistics, and physical anthropology. At least 16 units shall be in upper- division work. The supporting minor may be chosen from the biological, earth, physical or social sciences, fine arts, mathematics, languages, Oriental Studies, or any other subject approved by the departmental adviser. Honors: The department participates in the Honors Program Graduate Program: The department offers the Master of Arts and the Doctor of Philosophy degrees. la-lb. Introduction to Anthropology. (3 -3) Yr. la: Survey of physical anthropology and archaeology. lb: Survey of linguistics and cultural anthropology. la is not prerequisite to lb. Both la and lb are offered each semester. 7a-7b. Introduction to Far Eastern Civilization (3 -3) Yr.(Identical with Oriental Studies 7a -7b). Bernstein Mahar 20.Cultural Anthropology (3) I.Principles and techniques used in the comparative study of cultures. P, la -lb or Soc. 1. Hinton 30.Principles of Archaeology (3) I.History of archaeological research; survey of concepts and methods for the study of prehistoric cultures. P, la-lb. Thompson 40. Human Evolution (3) I.The study of the evolution of human populational variation in its biological- cultural context. P, la. Bleibtreu 50.The Nature of Language (3) I.An introduction to the basic concepts of linguistics and their implications for the study of man. P, la -lb for majors. Turner 85a -85b.Native Peoples of the Southwest (2 -2) Yr.Nontechnical discussion of the lifeways of the ancient and modem people of the Southwest. 85a: Prehistoric people. 85b: Present -day Indian groups. 85a is not prerequisite to 85b. (Identical with A. In. S. 85a -85b). Tanner 114a -114b.Anthropology of Art (2 -2) Yr. 1972 -73.Art and culture, universal art types, principles underlying the arts, and the arts of hunting and agricultural folk. 114a is not prerequisite to 114b. Tanner 125.Cultural Change (3) II.The basic processes of internal cultural change; evolution, innovation, integration, and acculturation. (Identical with A. In. S. 125). Hinton 135.Prehistory (3) II.Summary of major sequences in world culture history. P, 30. Rathje 352 DEPARTMENTS AND COURSES OF INSTRUCTION

136.Archaeological Interpretation (3)II. Survey of modern methods and theories in archaeology with emphasis on current archaeological problems being investigated throughout the world. P, 30. Rathje 141.Physical Anthropology (3) II.Study of the human phenotype, both anatomically and physiologically, with emphasis upon living populations. 2R, 3L. P. 40. Fee, $10. Hulse - Underwood 142.Human Variation (3) II.Measurement and analyses of human variation in a population genetics framework. 2R, 3L. P, 40. Fee, $10. Underwood 145.Paleoanthropology (3) I.Study of the evidence for human evolution and diversifica- tion in the past, with emphasis upon the fossil and archaeological record. 2R, 3L. P, 40. Fee, $10. Hulse 152.Descriptive Linguistics (3) II.Techniques for the identification and description of the significant sounds and meaningful units of languages. P, 50. Turner 160.Ethnic Groups in the Southwest (3) I.Interaction of ethnic groups of Indian, Spanish, Mexican, and Anglo cultural traditions in the Southwest. P, 20. (Identical with A.In.S. 160). Kite 170.Family and Kinship (3) I.Introduction to the comparative analysis of kinship and family systems in cross -cultural perspective. P, 20. Cronin 179.Culture and the Individual (3) I, II.Survey of the field of culture and personality with emphasis on problems of social control and culture change. P, 6 units of anthropology, psychology, or sociology. (Identical with Psych. 179 and Soc. 179). Kelly 181.Ethnology of North America (3)I 1971 -72.Origin and distributionof native populations of North America; historical development and interrelations of cultures. P, 20. (Identical with A.In.S. 181). Tanner 183.Ethnology of South America (3) II 1971 -72.Aboriginal culture patterns of South America. P, 20. (Identical with A. In.S. 183). Hinton 190.Introduction to Applied Anthropology (3) I.Methods and principles in the application of anthropology in cross -cultural administration; case material from a wide variety of studies in the United States and in underdeveloped areas of the world. (Identical with A.In.S. 190). Kelly 204.Structural Linguistics (3) I.Principles and methods for analyzing and describing the structure of languages. Turner 205.Language in Culture (3) II.Survey of the nature of the interrelationships between language and other cultural phenomena. P, 50 or 204. Basso 212.Peoples of Mexico (3) II.Cultural background and present -day economic, social , and religious life of Indian and mestizo groups in rural regions; processes of acculturation and current trends in cultural development. P, 20. (Identical with A. In. S. 212). Hinton 215R. Archaeology of the Southwest (3)I. Development of culture in the prehistoric Southwest from the late Pleistocene through the early historic period. P, 30 or 216. Field trip. Fee, $10. (Identical with A. In. S. 215R). Longacre 215L. Archaeology of the Southwest (3) II.The nature of archaeological data recovered in the Southwest, with emphasis on their potential for the drawing of both cultural and chronological inferences. P, 215R. Field trip. Fee, $10. (Identical with A. In. S. 215L). Longacre 216.World Prehistory (3) II.Survey of trends of cultural development; comparison of representative culture histories from major world areas. P, la -lb. Jelinek 217.History of the Indians of North America (3) I.The nature and results of contact between Indians and non -Indians in North America from 1513 to the present. (Identical with A. In. S. 217). Fontana 218a -218b.Scientific Illustration (2 to 4; 2 to 4) Yr.(Identical with Biological Sciences 218a- 218b). Sayner ANTHROPOLOGY 353

222.Minority Relations (3)1, H.(Identical with Sociology 222). Yoshino 225.Organization of Museums (3) I.Survey of the history, structure, and function of museums. P, la -lb, and 6 units of art history. Field trip. Fee, $10. Baker 226.Processingof Museum Materials(3)II.Principlesand techniques of museum registration procedures, treatment and storage of specimens, and the use of museum collections in research, the class room and the community. 2R, 3L. P, 225. Baker 227.Presentation of Museum Collections (3) I.Methods in the presentation of objects in temporary and traveling exhibitions. 2R, 3L. P, 226. Field trip. Fee, $10. Baker 230.Ethnology of the Southwest (3) II.Culture- history and economic, social, and religious institutions of the living people of the Southwest. P, 20. (Identical with A. In. S. 230). Basso 232.Native Art of Africa and Oceania (3)I 1972 -73.Survey of native art styles with emphasis on artistic development; cultural factors; curatorial problems of identification, authenticity, and connoisseurship. Field trip. Fee, $10. Pleasants 234.Pre -Columbian Art and Architecture (3) I 1971 -72.Survey of architecture, sculpture, textiles, pottery, and metal- working with emphasis on regional artistic developments; masterpieces, and cultural motivations. Field trip. Fee, $10. Pleasants 235a -235b.Southwestern Indian Arts (3 -3) Yr.235a: Prehistoric utilitarian and aesthetic arts. 235b: The art of the modern Indians of the Southwest. P, la -lb, or 6 units in art. 235a is not prerequisite to 235 b. (Identical with A. In. S. 235a- 235b). Tanner 237.Issues in Indian Education (3) II.(Identical with Foundations of Education 237). Chilcott 238.Indo- European Historical Linguistics (2) II 1971 -72.(Identical with Oriental Studies 238). Chandola 240.Heredity and Environment (3)I. Intensive survey of physical anthropology with special emphasis on the evolution of man's biological characteristics. P, Sr. standing. 242.South Asian Social Organization (2) I.(Identical with Oriental Studies 242). Mahar 245.Racial Origins (3) II.Analysis of the processes which have led to the evolution of genetically differentiated populations within the human species. P, 40. Underwood 246a -246b.Primatology(3 -3)Yr.1972 -73.Comparative studyof primate anatomy, physiology, and behavior,includingsocialbehavior; analysisof similarities and distinctions between human and non -human primates. P, 40, or Jr. standing in Biological Science. Hulse 247.Foundations of Physical Anthropology (3) I 1972 -73.The historical development of the major components of modern physical anthropology with emphasis on the social and intellectual climates that produced them. Bleibtreu 250.History of Anthropological Theory (3)I. Survey of development of theory and method in anthropology. Basso - Dozier 252.Social Stratification (3) I.(Identical with Sociology 252). Curtis 254.Processes of Culture Change (3) II.Intensive investigation of specific theories and varieties of culture change. P, 125. Cronin 257.Applications of Anthropology (3) II 1972 -73.Methods and results in the use of cultural anthropology in the solution of practical problems of human adjustment to changing conditions in underdeveloped areas of the world. P, 24 units of social science. Kelly 260.Perspectives in Anthropology (3) II.Introduction to the concepts and objectives in the comparative study of world cultures. Designed for students who are not seeking a degree in anthropology. Dozier 264.Culture and Poverty (3) I.Social foundations of the concept of poverty; analyses of poverty, theoretical, methodological, and ethical issues. P, 125 or 250. Padfield 354 DEPARTMENTS AND COURSES OF INSTRUCTION

265.Pre -Industrial Technology (3)I1971 -72. Techniques of subsistence, shelter, crafts including pottery, basketry and weaving, and travel and transportation; laboratory analysis of specimens. Jelinek 270.Urbanization (3) I.Cross -cultural survey of development of urban areas from the past to the present. P, 20. Cronin 275.Anthropology of Religion (3)II 1971 -72.Religious phenomena among primitive groups; beliefs in soul, spirits, gods; the attempts to influence supernatural powers. P, 20. (Identical with Rel. Std. 275). Tanner 276.Kinship and Social Organization (3) I.Principles in the comparative study of social systems; types of social structure. P, 20, or 9 units in sociology. (Identical with Soc. 276). Thompson 277.Peasant Communities(3)II1972 -73.Comparativeanalysisoftraditional and contemporary peasant communities. P, 20, or 9 units of sociology. (Identical with Soc. 277). Hinton 278a -278b.Old World Prehistory (3 -3) Yr.278a: Man in the Pleistocene; 278b: Post - Pleistocene food collectors, the origins of food production and the beginnings of civilization. P, 30. Jelinek 280.Archaeology of North America (3) I.Intensive survey of the development of culture in North America from the time of the initial peopling of the New World to the historic period. P, 30 or 216. (Identical with A.In.S. 280). Longacre 281.Quaternary Palynology (4) II.(Identical with Geosciences 281). Solomon 282.Archaeology of South America (3) II.Development of the Andean civilizations and their influence on prehistoric cultures in the rest of South America. P, 30. (Identical with A.In.S. 282). Culbert 283.Economic Anthropology (3)I 1971 -72.Analysis of production, exchange,dis- tribution, consumption, property, economic surplus, inheritance, and types of economic structure. P, 20, or 12 units in economics. (Identical with Econ. 283). Hinton 284.Sociology of the Southwest (3) I.(Identical with Sociology 284). Cleland 285a -285b.Introduction to Indic Civilizations (3 -3) Yr.(Identical with Oriental Studies 285a- 285b). Mahar 286.Culture Patterns of Japan (2) II 1971 -72.Investigation into the cultural foundations and value systems of the Japanese people. Hulse 287.Peoples of the Pacific (3) I.Populations and cultures of Polynesia, Micronesia, and Melanesia; variability of these "natural laboratory" settings in an ecological framework. P, lb. Underwood 288.Peoples of the Philippines (2) I 1971 -72.Description and analysis of the social and cultural patterns of the various ethnic groups of the Philippines. Dozier 289.Anthropology and Education (3) II.(Identical with Foundations of Education 289). Ch ilcott 290.Mesoamerican Archaeology (3) I.Survey of the development of culture in Meso- america from the terminal Pleistocene through the Spanish Conquest. P, 30 or 216. (Identical with A.In.S. 290). Rathje 293.Tree -Ring Dating and Archaeology(3)I 1971 -72.The relationship of dendrochro- nology to archaeological analysis and interpretation. 2R, 3L. P, 215R. Robinson 294.Historical Archaeology (3) II.Survey of the basic data and methods of research in the material culture of modern history. (Identical with Hist. 294). Fontana 295.Introduction to Dendrochronology (3) I. (identical with Geochronology 295). Stokes 296a -296b.Comparative Community Organization and Development (3 -3) Yr. (Identical with Sociology 296a- 296b). 305.Social Structure (3) II 1972 -73.Analysis and comparison of social systems. P, 276. Dozier ANTHROPOLOGY 355

306.Methods in Cultural Anthropology (3) II.Field techniques; methods of analysis and interpretation of data. P, 276. Padfield 307a -307b.Methods in Archaeology (2 -2) Yr. 1972 -73.307a: Manuscript preparation. 307b: Project formulation. Haury 308.Archaeology as Anthropology (3) I.Intensive survey of methods for drawing cultural inferences from archaeological data. P, 136. 316a -316b.Ancient Civilizations of Mesoamerica (3 -3) Yr.Comparative study of cultural development in Mesoamerica; emphasis on the agricultural beginnings, settlement pattern and urbanization, hieroglyphic writing, and calendrical systems. Culbert -Rathje 317.Early Civilizations (3) II.Comparative analysis of early civilizations from both the Old World and the New World, emphasizing regularities in cultural development. P, 278b, 282 or 316b. Longacre- Culbert 336.Linguistic Theories and Indo- European Languages (3) II 1972 -73.(Identical with Oriental Studies 336). Chandola 340.Human Microevolution (3) II 1972 -73.Problems and methodology in the study of cultural, demographic, and ecological factors affecting microevolutionary processes in human populations. P, 240 or 245. Bleibtreu- Underwood 345. Human Origins (3) II 1972 -73.Detailed examination of theories about the ancestry of man and the evolution of human characteristics. P, 145 or 240. Hulse 347. Human Osteology(3)I.Human osteologyforthe archaeologist and physical anthropologist. Techniques of in situ and laboratory identification, preservation and measurement. 2R, 3L. Fee, $10. 349a -349b.Cognitive Anthropology (3 -3)Yr.Intensive and critical survey of major contemporary models for the syntactic and semantic description of natural languages. P, two semester of linguistics. Basso 350.Linguistic Field Methods (3) II 1971 -72.Experience in gathering and analyzing language data from an informant, with special emphasis on American Indian languages. P, 152 or 204. Turner 360.Readings in World Ethnology (3) I, II.Directed reading in the ethnology of selected world culture areas. May be repeated for credit without duplication of work. Getty 382.Agrarian Development and Social Change (3) II.Technological and social anthropol- ogical dynamics of world areas where industrial agriculture plays a crucial role in economic and social development; emphasis on the Southwest; comparisons with Mexico and Brazil. P, 20, or 6 units of agricultural economics or economics. (Identical with Ag. Econ. 382). Padfield 399.Seminar (3) I, II. a. Archaeology. Field trip, Fee, $10. Haury b. Cultural Anthropology. Dozier -Spicer c. Linguistics. Turner - Matson d. Physical Anthropology. Hulse -Bleibtreu- Underwood e. Tree -Ring Dating. Bannister-Dean-Robinson f. Lithic Analysis. Field trip, Fee, $10. Jelinek g. Culture and Personality. Kelly h. Paleolithic Europe. Jelinek i. Papago Language and Culture. Matson - Turner j. Maya Archaeology. Culbert -Rathje k. African Prehistory. Jelinek 1. Applied Anthropology. Kelly m. Asian Prehistory. Jelinek n. Mexican Cultures. Hinton o. Perspectives in Pacific Anthropology. Underwood -Ferdon p. The Indian in Contemporary America. Officer q. Cultural Problems of the Greater Southwest. Spicer r. Current Research in Anthropology. Basso -Longacre 356 DEPARTMENTS AND COURSES OF INSTRUCTION

s. Latin American Cultures. Thompson -Weaver t. Quantitative Methods in Cultural Anthropology. Thompson u. Comparative Family Systems. Cronin Individual Studies 199 (2 to 4); 299 (1 to 5); 400 (1 to 4); 401 (0); 420 (1 to 9); 421 (0).

ARCHITECTURE Dean Robert E. McConnell Professors Sidney W. Little, (Dean Emeritus), Lionel T. Chadwick, Ellery C. Green, Gordon Heck, W. Kirby Lockard. Associate Professors Charles A. Albanese, Harry der Boghosian, Robert C. Giebner, Fred S. Matter, Alvin E. Miller, Harris Sobin, Edward T. White, III. Assistant Professors Kenneth C. Clark, FranklinS.Flint, J. Douglas Macneil, William C. Miller.

110.Graphic Communication (3) I, II.The Principle of communicating architectural ideas, concepts and space by means of a thorough understanding of orghographic projection, shade and shadow, perspective, freehand sketching and effective drawing media and techniques. Albanese 113.Structure in Architecture (2) II.A non -mathematical introduction to the role of structure in architecture. The response of individual members and entire structural framing systems to the forces of gravity, wind, temperature and earthquakes. A brief presentation of the history of the development of structure in architecture. Hamlyn 120a -120b.Fundamentals of Architecture (4 -4).A beginning study of architectural design with some professional content. Development of a basic architectural vocabulary. Small -scale problems covering all aspects of environment including landscape, climate, site, analysis and programming. P, min. 3.0000 grade average in all first year courses. 121a -121b.Presentation Techniques (2 -2) Yr.Introduction to various visual and verbal techniques used in architectural practice to study and communicate architectural ideas. 122.Determinants of Architecture (3)II.Discussions of the general determinants of architecturalformscovering human needs,problems of siteand climate,total environment,materials andstructuraldeterminants with consideration of visual problems, scale, etc. Macneil 124a -124b.History of Architecture: Classic through Baroque (3 -3) Yr.Critical survey of the history of architecture covering Egyptian, Greek, Roman, Romanesque, Gothic and the Renaissance up to 1750. P, Hist. 4a & 4b. Giebner 128.Determinants of Landscape Architecture (3) II.(Identical with Landscape Architecture 128). Jones 130a -130b.Architectural Design (4-4) Yr.Beginning projects in architecture with profes- sional emphasis presented toward further development of an architectural vocabulary. Small -scale problems coveringall aspects of environment, including landscape, site planning, analysis. P, 120b, 121b, 133b. Fee, $5. Both 130a and 130b are offered each semester. 133a -133b.Elements of Structure (3 -3) Yr.The study of forces in static equilibrium, the internal response of structural members to such forces and the design of structural components in steel. P, Arch. 113. (Identical with C.E. 133a- 133b). 134a -134b.Building Materials -and Construction (3-4) Yr.A combination lecture- studio course with field trips for study of the contemporary use of building materials and construction methods. P, third -year standing in design. Chadwick 136a -136b.Synthetic Climatology(4 -3)Yr.The internal environment ormechanical equipment of buildings; integration of these elements into design. P, third -year standing in design. Sobin ARCHITECTURE 357

138a -138b.Elements of Structural Systems (44) Yr.(Identical with Civil Engineering 138a- 138b). 139a -139b.Organization of the Construction Documents (2 -2)Yr.A lecture course discussing the functions performed by the construction documents; how they are prepared and their uses to the architect, the client, and the contractor. P, 120b. 139a is not prerequisite to 139b. Green 140a -140b.Architectural Design(7 -7)Yr.A continuationof Arch.130 but with increasingly complex problems. P, 130b. Fee, $5. Both 140a and 140b are offered each semester. 148.Architecture and the Sun (2)I.A study of the effect of solar radiation upon architectural design. Considerations of heating, cooling and lighting. Investigation of present problems, solutions and techniques. P, 130b. Chadwick 150.Architectural Design (7) I, II.Continuation of Arch. 140 but with projects involving broadscale planning. P, 140b, 233a/b. Fee, $5. 152a -152b.19th and 20th Century Architectural History(3 -3) Yr.Developments in architecture in the past 150 years in Europe and America. Lectures with slides. P, Arch. 124a /b and for non -majors, consent of the instructor. Heck 154.Ethics and Practice (2)II.Seminar on professional ethics and the conduct of a professional practice of architecture. P, fourth -year standing in design. Little 160.Architectural Design (7) I, II.Continuation of Arch. 150. P, 150. Fee, $5. 214.History of American Architecture (2) II.The developments in American architecture from the Colonial to the early Modern period. P, 6 units of art history or architectural history. Heck 233a -233b.Elements of Structural Systems (3 -3) Yr.The design of structural components in concrete and wood. The study of structural framing systems and their response to the forces of gravity, wind and earthquakes. A study of the factor involved in the choice of a structural framing system in architecture. P, Arch. 133a & 133b.Hamlyn 244.Environmental Planning (2) I.A survey of the history of community, city and regional planning. The architect's role in planning. P, fourth -year standing in architecture. Matter Individual Studies 199 (2 to 4); 299 (2 to 4).

ARID LANDS RESOURCE SCIENCES Advisory Committee for Arid Lands Research: James H. Zumberge, Ph.D. (Dean, College of Earth Sciences), Chairman; Albert B. Weaver, Ph.D. (Provost for AcademicAffairs),WilliamH.Dantzler, Ph.D. (Physiology), John H. Ehrenreich, Ph.D. (Watershed Management), Daniel D. Evans, Ph.D. (Hydrol- ogy and Water Resources), Richard K. Frevert, Ph.D. (Agricultural Experi- ment Station), Jack D. Johnson, Ph.D. (Office of Arid Lands Research), A. Richard Kassander, Ph.D. (Atmospheric Physics), William J. Pistor, D.V.M. (Adviser to International Personnel), Roy G. Post, Ph.D. (Nuclear Engineer- ing), Terah L. Smiley, M.A. (Geosciences), Raymond H. Thompson, Ph.D. (Anthropology), Newell A. Younggren, Ph.D. (Biological Sciences); Patricia P. Paylore, M.A. (Recorder) The Ph.D. degree isoffered for advanced students who have a strong background of demonstrated competence and involvement in the problems of the development of the arid lands, and whose research interest shows promise of giving special insights into the solution of such problems. The study program, subject to the approval of the student's committee, the Advisory Committee for Arid Lands 358 DEPARTMENTS AND COURSES OF INSTRUCTION

Research, and the Graduate Council, may be made up of any appropriate combination of graduate courses from the various University departments. The program is designed to make possible special programs combining aspects of the biological, physical, and social sciences which are not possible in the normal major -minor degree requirements. However,it must be emphasized that the program is designed to offer opportunities for a superior student to acquire unusual breadth of education, and not for the purpose of avoiding requirements in the programs of the conventional disciplines. Students interested in this program should communicate with the chairman of the Advisory Committee for Arid Lands Research. After the student has been admitted to the program, the chairman assembles a committee of appropriate faculty members to supervise the academic program of the student. The student must satisfy all of the general requirements for the Doctor of Philosophy degree, as set out in the Graduate Catalog. Arid Lands Resource Sciences may be used as a minor by doctoral students from other departments. A Master of Science degree is not offered.

399.Seminar (1 to 3), I, II. Individual Studies 299 (1 to 6); 400 (1 to 4); 420 (1 to 9); 421 (0).

ART Professors Robert W. McMillan, Head, Warren H. Anderson, Douglas G. Denniston, Maurice K. Grossman, Lez L. Haas, Robert M. Quinn, James P. Scott, Mark Voris Associate Professors Donald M. Haskin, Carl R. Heldt, Charles A. Littler, Lynn R. Schroeder Assistant Professors William G. Adams, J. Edward Barker, Jerold Bishop, Bruce E. McGrew, Bart J. Morse, Peter A. O'Boyle Instructors James G. Davis, Margaret B. Doogan, Wayne E. Enstice, John F. Heric, Gary Neal

Studio Courses

3.Basic Design (3) I, II.Elements of visual perception and organization. 2R, 4S. Fee, $5. 6.Basic Drawing (3) I, II.Elementary course in representational drawing and composi- tion. 2R, 4S. Fee, $5. 30.Two -Dimensional Design (3) I, II.Problems in color and composition. 2R, 4S. P, 3. Fee, $2. 31.Three -Dimensional Design (3) I, II.Study of volume, mass, and space relationships through modeling,casting,carving, and construction. 2R, 4S.P,3.Fee,$2. Barker-Haskin-Heric 45.Beginning Figure Drawing (3) I, II.Introduction to drawing the human figure with attention to anatomy. 6S. P, 6. Fee, $10. McGrew-Neal-Staff 65.Beginning Graphic Design (3)I,. II.Introductory study of principles, tools, and techniques of advertising layout. 2R, 4S. P, 3. Fee, $1. Bishop-Doogan-Heldt 80.Beginning Painting (3) I, II.Elementary course in composition .and in the methods and techniques of painting. 6S. P, 3, 6. Fee, $1. Adams - Morse -Staff 142.Ceramics (3) I, II.Introduction to ceramic materials: design, glazing, and firing. 1R, 6S. P, 30, 31. Fee, $15. Grossman ART 359

143.Sculpture (3) I, II.Composition in various sculpture techniques. 6S. P, 31. Fee, $10. Haskin-Heric 145.Intermediate Figure Drawing (3) I,II.6S. P, 45. Fee, $10 each semester. May be repeated for a total of 6 units. Scott -Staff 165.Intermediate Graphic Design (3) I, II.Problems in layout, lettering, and finished art for reproduction. 2R, 4S. P, 30, 45, 65. Fee, $2 each semester. May be repeated for a total of 6 units. Bishop-Doogan-Heldt 167.Illustration (3) I, II.Studies in the techniques, styles and media for illustration. 2R, 4S. P, 30, 45, 65. Fee, $3. Bishop Doogan -Heldt 180.Intermediate Painting (3) I, II.2R, 4S. P, 30, 45, 80. Fee, $10 each semester. May be repeated for a total of 6 units. Denniston -Staff 240.Metalwork (3) I, II.Development of skills and techniques essential for metalwork and jewelry. 1R, 6S. P, 31. Fee, $10 each repetition. May be repeated for credit. Barker 242.Advanced Ceramics (3) I, II.1R, 6S. P, 142. Fee, $15 each repetition. May be repeated for credit. Grossman 243.Advanced Sculpture (3) I, II.6S. P, 143. Fee, $10 each repetition. May be repeated for credit. Haskin-Heric 245.Advanced Figure Drawing (3) I, II.6S. P, 6 units of 145. Fee, $10 each repetition. May be repeated for credit. Littler- Scott -Staff 264.Printmaking (3) I,II.Studio in relief, intaglio, and planographic media, including mixed techniques and color processes. 6S. P, 3, CR 145. Fee, $5 each repetition. May be repeated for credit. Enstice- Schroeder ?65.Advanced Graphic Design (3) I, II.Preparation of portfolio materials. 2R, 4S. P, 6 units 165. Fee, $2. May be repeated for credit. Bishop - Doogan -Heldt t66.Production Problems in Graphic Design (3) I, II.Preparation of visual material for reproduction by various printing processes. 2R, 4S. P, 6 units 165 and 3 units 267. Fee, $2. May be repeated for credit. Bishop-Doogan-Heldt 267.Advanced Illustration (3) I, II.Advanced studies in the techniques and concepts of advertising and editorial illustration. 6S. P, 167. Fee, $3. May be repeated for credit. Bishop Doogan Heldt. 280.Advanced Painting (3) I,II.2R, 4S. P, 6 units 145, 6 units 180. Fee, $10 each repetition. May be repeated for credit. Scott -Voris -Staff t85.Watercolor Painting (3) I, II.Demonstration and critique. 2R, 4S. P, 30, 80 or Arch. 20b. May be repeated for credit. Denniston -Haas -Staff t87.Combining Media (3) II.Creative projects in extending the 2- dimensional image via graphic, sculptural, photographic and/or audial techniques. 2R, 4S. P, 6 units 145, 6 units 180. Fee, $10. May be repeated for credit. Littler 288.Photography as an Art Medium (3) I.Current trends, philosophies and experimenta- tion in still photography. 2R, 4S. P, senior standing in art; submission of an acceptable portfolio demonstrating sufficient technical background. Fee, $20. May be repeated for credit. Haas 350.Graduate Studio (6 to 10) I, II.May be repeated for credit. P, 12 units of graduate credit in art.

Art History Courses

7.Survey of World Art, Prehistoric- Gothic (3) I, II.The art and architecture of Western civilizations through the Gothic era, and of world prehistoric and primitive cultures. 8.Survey of World Art, Renaissance- Modern (3) I, II.The art and architecture of Western civilizations, Renaissance through Modern times. Art 7 is not prerequisite to Art 8. 360 DEPARTMENTS AND COURSES OF INSTRUCTION

51.Pre -Classical Art (3) I.World art from the Paleolithic era to the birth of classical civilization. The formal characteristics of art and architecture against the changing cultural backgrounds of the Mediterranean basin. P, 7 and 8, or 6 units of history. 52.Classical Art (3) II.Stylistic analysis of the emergence of classical art and architecture from the earliest period in Greece to the gradual disappearance of the classical spirit in the world of late Roman antiquity -1000 B.C. -A.D. 500. P, 7 and 8, or 6 units of history. 201.Early Medieval Art and Architecture (3) I 1971 -72. The development of Christian art and architecture from its earliest manifestations in the late Roman times to the flowering of European culture during the Carolingian Renaissance. P, 7 and 8, or 6 units of history. 202.Later Medieval Art and Architecture (3) II.European art and architecture from the late Carolingian period through the International Gothic style. Discussion of the sources and development of the great styles of the Middle Ages, with emphasis on Ottoman, Romanesque, and Gothic art. P, 7 and 8, or 6 units of history. 205.Renaissance Art in Italy to 1500 (3)I1972 -73.The development of painting, sculpture, and architecture in Italy from the 13th through the 15th centuries. P, 6 units of history or art history. 206.Northern Renaissance Painting (3)I. The development of painting in the north of Europe from the 14th through the 16th centuries. P, 6 units of history or art history. 205 is not prerequisite to 206. Quinn 207.17th and 18th Century Art in Italy and France (3) lI 1971 -72.Painting, sculpture, and architecture of the Baroque and subsequent periods. P, 6 units of history or art history. Quinn 208.16th Century Art in Italy (3) I.Painting, sculpture, and architecture in Italy from the High Renaissance to 1600. P, 6 units of history or art history. Quinn 209.Spanish Art and Architecture (3) II 1972 -73.History of Spanish art and architecture from cave painting to the 20th century. P, 6 units of history or art history or Hispanic study. Quinn 210.19th Century Painting (3)I.Development of painting in Europe from the French Revolution through the end of the 19th Century. P, 6 units of history or art history. 211.Early 20th Century Painting and Sculpture (3) I.Painting and sculpture in Europe and the United States from about 1886 to World War I. P, 6 units of history or art history. 212.Later 20th Century Painting and Sculpture (3) II.Painting and sculpture in Europe and the United States from about 1918 to the present. P, 6 units of history or art history. 213.American Art (3) II.Art in the United States from Colonial times to the present. P, 6 units of history or art history. 215.Far Eastern Art (3) I 1972 -73.Survey of the fine and decorative arts of India, China, and Japan; their influences on each other and on the arts of the West. P, 6 units of history or art history. Quinn 216.Islamic Art (3) II 1971 -72.Survey of the art and architecture of the Near and Middle East. P, 6 units of history or art history. Quinn 221.17th and 18th Century Art in Northern Europe (3) II 1972 -73.Painting, sculpture, and architecture in Holland, Flanders, England, and Germany. P, 6 units of history or art history. Quinn 231.American Indian Art (3) II.History of the art of the indigenous populations of North and Mesoamerica; the development of design -styles, the iconography, and the relation of the local media to the foregoing. Haas 233.Mexican Art and Architecture (3) II 1971 -72.Ibero- American art and architecture from the inception of colonialism to the present. P, 6 units of history or art history or Latin- American study. Quinn 399.Seminar: History of Art (2 to 4) I, II.Haas -Quinn ASTRONOMY 361

Art Education Courses

103.Visual Arts in Elementary Education (3) I, II.Emphasis on perceptual development and art learning objectives in relation to cultural values; introduction to art elements, principles, and media through studio participation. 2R, 2S. P, Ed. Psych. 101 or 110. Fee, $1. Anderson 150.Foundations of Art Education (3)I,II.The development of objectives for art education based upon the visual arts, philosophy, aesthetics, and the behavioral sciences. A critical examination of current art education texts and theories. P, 10 units of art, CR Ed. Psych. 110. O'Boyle 1971. Organization of the Secondary Art Curriculum (3) II.(Identical with Sec. Ed. 1971; carries credit in Education only). 203.Art and Art Supervision in Elementary Education (3) II.Problems in the development and supervision of art curriculum. For art education majors only. P, 150, Ed. Psych. 110. Fee, $1. Anderson 363.Issues and Recent Research in Art Education (3) I.The identification of problems in art education at various curricular levels; examination of related research with possible implications for practice. P, Sec. Ed. 139 (in art), or teaching experience. Anderson Individual Studies 299 (1 to 5); 400 (1 to 4); 401 (0); 410 (3 to 6) maximum total, 6 units; 411 (0)

Notes The teaching minor: 21 units, including Art 3, 6, 8, 31 or 45, 80, 150 and 3 units in 142, 143 or 240. Honors: The department participates in the Honors program. Graduate Program: The Department of Art offers courses leading to the Master of Fine Arts degree with a major in art, and to the Master of Arts degree with majors in art history and art education. For detailed information concerning these programs, see the Graduate Catalog.

ASTRONOMY Professors Ray J. Weymann, Head, Leon Blitzer (Physics), Bart J. Bok, Walter S. Fitch, Anton M. J. Gehrels (Lunar and Planetary Laboratory), Harold L. Johnson (Steward Observatory and Optical Sciences), Gerard P. Kuiper (Lunar and Planetary Laboratory), Frank J. Low (Steward Observatory and Lunar and PlanetaryLaboratory), Aden B.Meinel (OpticalSciences), Elizabeth Roemer, Thomas L. Swihart Associate Professors Beverly T. Lynds, Andrzej G. Pacholczyk, William G. Tifft, Robert E. Williams Assistant Professors William J. Cocke, William K. Hartmann (Lunar and Planetary Laboratory), Donald J. Taylor, Raymond E. White An undergraduate wishing to major in astronomy must have 30 units of upper- divisioncoursesinastronomy,mathematicsorphysics.Astronomy 100a -100b must be included; other courses are to be selected through consultation with the faculty advisor. In order to satisfy the prerequisites for the upper- division astronomy and physics courses, the entering freshman must take either Mathematics 44 or 79a -79b. As soon as the mathematics prerequisites are satisfied, Physics 10, 16 and 21 and Astronomy 71 should be taken. This will enable the student to begin work on the units required of the major in his upper- division years. 362 DEPARTMENTS AND COURSES OF INSTRUCTION

The supporting minor should be physics. Other minors may be selected with the advice and consent of the Department Head. The foreign language requirement must be fulfilled in German, Russian, or French. Two -year proficiency in a second foreign language is strongly recommended. Honors: The department participates in the Honors Program Graduate Program: The department offers the degrees of Master of Science and Doctor of Philosophy.

*la -lb.Introductory Astronomy (3 -3) Yr.Primarily for freshmen. The planetary system; stars, nebulae and galaxies. P, 1 entrance unit each in algebra and geometry. laL -lbL.Introductory Astronomy Laboratory (1 -1) Yr. Observations and laboratory work illustrating important astronomical concepts. 3L. P, CR in la for laL, lb for lbL. Field trip to Kitt Peak. Fee, $5 each semester. (la -lb, together with laL -lbL, will satisfy the Group VI science requirement of the College of Liberal Arts.) *2.Descriptive Astronomy (3) II.Primarily for non -science majors. A non -mathematical survey of modern astronomy, covering topics in solar system, stellar, and extragalactic astronomy. *71.Astronomy (3) I.An accelerated review of general astronomy primarily for science majors. P, Math. 44 or equivalent. *Credit will be allowed for only one of the following: la-lb, 2, or 71.

100a -100b.General Astronomy (3 -3) Yr.A mathematical introduction primarilyfor upper -division students. P, 71 or consent of instructor, Math. 49b, CR in Phys. 10. 100a is not prerequisite to 100b. 200.Introductory Stellar Astronomy (3) I.Survey of basic observational data for structure, constitution and age of our galaxy and of external systems. P, 100a -100b. Tifft -Staff 201.Introductory Theoretical Astrophysics (3)I. Survey of basic theories related to structure and evolution of stars, Interaction of matter and radiation. Physical processes in gaseous nebulae, Introduction to radio astronomy, relativity, and cosmology. P, 100b, Phys. 235. 202.Introductory Astronomical Instrumentation and Technique (3) II.Survey of instru- mentation and techniques applicable to astronomical problems. Noise sources, mechan- ical and optical technology, spectrum analyzers. polarimetry, image analyzers, photom- etry, video and electronic techniques, data logging and control systems. P, 100b 203.Introductory Solar System Astronomy (3) II. Survey of planetology; origin of planets; asteroids; meteoritics; interplanetary dust and gas; planetary interiors; geophysics; planetary atmospheres; origin of life. (Identical with Geos. 203). Hartmann -Staff 211.Astrometry and Practical Astronomy (4)I1971 -72.Spherical coordinates and transformations, astronomical systems of time, fundamental reference systems, photo- graphic astrometry, reduction of observations and statistical analysis. 3R, 3L. P, 100b. Fee, $5. Roemer 212.Photographic Astronomy (3)I1972 -73.Theory of the photographic process, sensitometry, photographic photometry, and other observational photographic tech- niques. 2R, 3L. P, 100b. Fee, $5. White 213.Polarimetry (3) II 1971 -72.Instruments; use of spacecraft; application of Rayleigh and Mie theories; examples of sunlit blue sky, planetary atmospheres, interstellar particles, and circumstellar envelopes. P, 201. Gehrels 215.Introduction to Celestial Mechanics (3) II 1971 -72.The two- and three -body problems in the solar system; theory of perturbations. P, Math. 181, Phys. 210. Roemer 240.Basic Properties of Galaxies (3)II1972 -73.Classification, mass determination, photometric properties, dust and gas content, stellar content, systems and clusters, distance scales. P, 200. Tifft ASTRONOMY 363

250.Space Astronomy (3)I1972 -73.The space environment; far ultraviolet region; photometry; spectroscopy; unmanned systems; manned systems in Earth orbit; lunar surface systems; interplanetary and planetary systems; scientific -industrial relationships; scientific- Federal relationships; NASA programs. P, 200. Tifft 285.Radio Astronomy (3) II 1972 -73.Observational techniques, basic physics of synchro- tron radiation, radio observations of galactic and extra -galactic sources, physics of synchrotron radio sources, spectral radio lines. Pacholczyk 302.Photoelectric Photometry (3) I, 1972 -73.Instrumentation for optical and infra -red astronomical photoelectric photometry; observational techniques and reduction pro- cedures; application of photoelectric measurements to astrophysical problems. 310.Stellar Dynamics (3) I 1971 -72.Kinematics and dynamics of stellar motions in our rotating galaxy; dynamics of star clusters; interpretation of spiral structure. P, 200. Bok 312.The Dynamics of Artificial Satellites (3) II.General equations of motion for the N -body problem and their known integrals. The 2- and 3 -body problems. Lagrange's planetary perturbation equations. Orbit perturbations of an earth satellite. P, Math. 181, Phys. 210. (Identical with Phys. 312). Blitzer

313.Binary and Intrinsic Variable Stars (3)1 1971 -72.Intrinsic variability; eclipsing variables; binary orbits; pulsation; cataclysmic variables; observational problems. P, 100b. Fitch -White 315.Gaseous Nebulae (2) II 1971 -72.Physical processes governing the ionization and thermal equilibria. Emission -line spectra. Determination of physical parameters from spectra; transfer of resonance -line radiation; evolution of planetary nebulae. P, 201. Williams 320.The Interstellar Medium (3) II 1972 -73.Dark and reflection nebulae; observational evidence for existence of interstellar grains; physics, chemistry, and optics of grains; radio and optical data on interstellar gas; physical processes applicable to the gas; interstellar matter and star formation. P, 200, 201. Lynds 322.Astronomical Spectroscopy (3) II 1971 -72.Astronomical spectrographs; measurement and reduction of spectrograms; interpretation of spectra; spectral classification; narrow band photometry; observational problems. P, Phys. 220. Taylor 326.Advanced Astronomical Techniques and Instrumentation (3) IAnalysis of modern instrumentation and techniques used in astronomical observing. P, 202. Hilliard- Taylor 330.Physics of Comets (3)II1972 -73.Morphology, photometric and spectroscopic characteristics, molecular emissions, models of comas, dynamics of heads and tails, statistics, nuclei, origin and formation. Nature and formation of meteor streams. P, 201, CR, 203. Roemer 335.Stellar Interiors (3) II 1971 -72.Virial theorem; basic properties of gas spheres in hydrostatic equilibrium; polytropes; convective and radiative equilibrium; equation of state;stellaropacities; nuclear reactionrates;stellar model computation; stellar evolution. P, 201. Weymann 344a -344b. Physics and Dynamics of Planetary Atmospheres (3 -3) Yr. 1971 -72.(Identical with Atmospheric Sciences 344a- 344b). McGovern 345.Stellar Atmospheres (3) I 1972 -73.Equation of transfer; Gaussian quadrature; grey atmospheres; non -grey atmospheres; non-grey bolometric corrections; color- magnitude diagrams; line formation; curves of growth; model atmosphere computation. P, 201. Swihart 364.Physics of the High Atmosphere (3) II 1971 -72. (Identical with Atmospheric Sciences 364). Dawson 375.High Energy Astrophysics and Cosmology (3)I 1972 -73.General relativity, with applications to cosmology and stellar structure; magnetohydrodynamics; X -ray and gamma -ray astronomy; formation of stars and galaxies. P, 201. Cocke - Weymann 380.Origin and Evolution of the Solar System (2) I 1971 -72.Definition and occurrence of planetary systems; astrophysical theory of star formation; theories of the origin of the solar system; the solar nebulae; growth and evolution of planetary bodies. P, 203. Hartmann 364 DEPARTMENTS AND COURSES OF INSTRUCTION

385.Radio Astrophysics (3) I 1971 -72.Nonthermal processes in galactic and extragalactic radio sources. P, 201. Pacholczyk 398.Topics in Astrophysics (1 to 4) I, II. Special topics may be offered each semester as appropriate. Course may be repeated for credit. 399.Seminar (1) I, II.Reports on current research and on assigned topics in the journal literature. Required of all graduate students in degree programs. Individual Studies 299 (1 to 5); 400 (1 to 8); 401 (0); 410 (2 to 4) maximum total, 8 units; 411 (0); 420 (1 to 9); 421 (0).

ATMOSPHERIC SCIENCES Professors A. Richard Kassander, Jr., Head, Louis J. Battan, Walter H. Evans, J. Rodney Hastings, Benjamin M. Herman, James E. McDonald, William D. Sellers, Dean O. Staley Associate Professors George A. Dawson, Wayne E. McGovern The Institute of Atmospheric Physics conducts research in all aspects of the fundamental mechanisms governing weather processes. Particular emphasis is placed upon basic investigation leading to a better understanding of the atmospheric conditions that affect cloud and precipitation processes, atmospheric electricity and radiative exchange. The Environmental Research Laboratory isa part of the Institute. An undergraduate major is not offered at the present time. However, courses in Atmospheric Sciences may be used to satisfy the minor requirements in the Liberal Arts College with the consent of the head of the major department. A major in physics or mathematics with a minor in Atmospheric Sciences is especially recommended as preparation for graduate study in this field. Courses recommended for the minor are: Lower Division Course: 71, Intro. to Meteorology and Climatology (3). Upper Division Courses: 221, Physical Climatology (3); 227, Bioclimatology (3); 241a -241b, Cynamic Meteorology (3 -3); 251; Physical Meteorology (3); 299, Special Problems (1 to 5). For requirements of the Graduate College, see the Graduate Catalog. An undergraduate major in meteorology is not required for admission to graduate work in the atmospheric sciences. Applicants with undergraduate majors in mathematics and physics are encouraged to apply, since training in such fields provides excellent background for graduate work in the atmospheric sciences. Graduate Program: The department offers work leading to both the Master of Science and Doctor of Philosophy degrees. In conjunction with the Institute of Atmospheric Physics, unusual facilities are provided for research in the fields of physical meteorology and arid region climatology. Departmental research interests center chiefly in the areas of physical meteorology, climatology, and dynamic meteorology with special emphasis on its relationship to meteorological analysis. 71.Introduction to Meteorology and Climatology (3) I, II.The physical processes in the atmosphere, simple atmospheric motions, elements of climate, climatic types, and world distributions of climatic types. (Identical with Geog. 71). 221.Physical Climatology (3) II.The heat and water balance of the earth's atmosphere and its application to problems of physical geography, agrometeorology, and hydrology with particular reference to arid regions. P, 71. Sellers 227.Bioclimatology (3)II.The dynamic interaction of climate, plants, and man with particularreferencetothespecialmicrometeorological and hydrometeorological conditions in arid regions. (Identical with W.M. 227). Hastings ATMOSPHERIC SCIENCES 365

241a -241b.Dynamic Meteorology (3 -3)Yr.Thermodynamics and radiation and their application to the atmosphere, properties and behavior of cloud particles, fundamental concepts and laws of dynamic meteorology. P, Math. 181, Phys. 21. Staley 251.Physical Meteorology (3)I. The physical properties of the atmosphere including gravitationaleffects,atmospheric thermodynamics, radiational properties, electro- magnetic and sound propagation, atmospheric electricity, and cloud physics. P, Math. 181, Phys. 21. Herman 301.Research Techniques in Atmospheric Analysis (2) ON DEMAND. Non -routine repre- sentation and analysis of synoptic data; measurements of vertical motion, vorticity; critical evaluation of frontal and storm concepts through intensive study of synoptic examples. P, 241b. Staley 321.Micrometeorology (3) I 1972 -73.Theoretical investigation of physical processes in the lowest layers of the atmosphere, including studies of the turbulent transfer of momentum, heat, water vapor, and particulate matter. P, 241b. Sellers 341.Theoretical Meteorology (4) I.Methods of solution of the hydrodynamic equations; application of solution methods to atmospheric tides, flow over mountains, baroclinic waves, numerical forecasting, general circulation, and other problems. P, 24 lb. Staley 342.Principles of Numerical Weather Prediction(3) ON DEMAND.Solution to the fundamental equations by numerical integration; computational stabilitycriteria; truncation errors; development of barotropic and baroclinic models; application of numerical weather prediction methods to the general circulation. P, 341. 344a -344b.Physics and Dynamics of Planetary Atmospheres (3 -3) Yr. 1971 -72.Funda- mental principles and equations of dynamic and physical meteorology applied to planetary atmospheres. Review of important papers dealing with planetary atmospheres. P, CR 241a -241b, 251. (Identical with Astron. 344a- 344b).McGovern 351.Cloud Physics (3) I 1972 -73.Cloud dynamics, thermodynamics of phase- change and nucleation, condensation nuclei and ice nuclei, diffusional growth of cloud drops and ice crystals. P, 241a, Math. 181, Phys. 225. McDonald 352.Precipitation Physics (3) II 1972 -73.Ice -crystal and coalescence theories of initiation of precipitation, aerodynamic collection theory, accretional growth of raindrops and ice particles, aerodynamics of hydrometeors, cloud modification techniques. P, 351. McDonald 356.Atmospheric Optics and Radiation (3) II 1972 -73.Atmospheric refraction, atmos- phericscattering, diffraction by atmospheric suspensoids, theory of atmospheric visibility, and theory of solar, atmospheric and terrestrial radiation processes. P, Phys. 220. (Identical with Op. Sci. 356). Herman 361.Radar Meteorology (3)I 1971 -72.The propagation, scattering, and attenuation of microwaves in the atmosphere and the use of radar for observing clouds, precipitation, thunderstorms, tornadoes and other meteorological phenomena. Battan 364.Physics of the High Atmosphere (3) II 1971 -72.The physical properties of the upper atmosphere including gaseous composition, temperature and density, ozonosphere, ionosphere, aurorae, meteors, airglow and other phenomena. P, Math. 181, Phys. 215a or 271b. (Identical with Astron. 364). Dawson 389.Atmospheric Electricity(3) ON DEMAND.Processes of atmospheric ionization, ion -equilibrium and the conductivity of air, maintenance of the earth's vertical field, charge transfer under storm conditions, thunderstorm charge separation, lightning discharge. P, Math. 181, Phys. 215a. (Identical with E.E. 389). Evans 399.Seminar (no credit, or 1 to 3) I, II.

Individual Studies 299 (1 to 5); 400 (1 to 6); 401 (0); 410 (1 to 4) maximum total, 4 units; 411 (0); 420 (1 to 9); 421 (0). 366 DEPARTMENTS AND COURSES OF INSTRUCTION

BIOCHEMISTRY Graduate work and research in biochemistry are carried out in a number of different locations in the University. Graduate degree programs (M.S. and Ph.D.) in various aspects of this broad field are administered by (A) the Department of Biochemistry (College of Medicine); (B) the Department of Chemistry (College of Liberal Arts); (C) the interdepartmental Committee on Agricultural Biochemistry and Nutrition (Graduate); and (D) the interdepartmental Committee on Biochem- istry (Graduate). The following statements refer to these programs. A. The Department of Biochemistry (College of Medicine) is a participant in the program of the interdepartmental Committee on Biochemistry (Graduate). Except in unusual circumstances, students associated with this department will work only under the administration of the Committee. See . Committee on Biochemistry (below). B. The Biochemistry Division of the Department of Chemistry (College of LiberalArts)offers work leadingto the Ph.D. degree inchemistry with specializationinbiochemistry and alsoparticipates inthe program of the interdepartmental Committee on Biochemistry (Graduate). Students may work through the departmental program or under the administration of the Committee. See Committee on Biochemistry (below), and "Chemistry" in this section of the catalog. C. The Committee on Agricultural Biochemistry and Nutrition (Graduate) offers graduate work and research leading to the M.S. and Ph.D. degrees in agricultural biochemistry and nutrition. See Committee on Agricultural Biochem- istry and Nutrition in this section of the catalog. D. The Committee on Biochemistry (Graduate) comprises biochemists from several departments (primarily the Department of Biochemistry and the Depart- ment of Chemistry) and administers all student programs for which the major is specifically designated as Biochemistry. By present policy, the Department of Biochemistry works with students only through the Committee on Biochemistry (official major designated as Biochem- istry). Students working with faculty of the Department of Chemistry may do so through the Chemistry departmental administration (official major designated as Chemistry) or through the Committee on Biochemistry (official major designated as Biochemistry). Students associated with the Committee on Agricultural Biochem- istry and Nutrition work only through that committee (official major designated as Agricultural Biochemistry and Nutrition). Students admitted to one of these programs may later transfer to another if it appears more suited to their needs and if their qualifications meet the requirements for admission. With the advice and permission of the department head or committee chairman of the unit in which the student elects to pursue his major program, he may take appropriate work in other graduate departments as it suits his needs.

BIOCHEMISTRY (Department, College of Medicine) Professor Donald J. Hanahan, Ph.D., Head Associate Professor Christopher K. Mathews, Ph.D. Assistant Professors William J. Grimes, Ph.D., Mark R. Haussier, Ph.D., Merle S. Olson, Ph.D., Michael A. Wells, Ph.D. The Department offers work leading to the Master of Science and Doctor of Philosophy degrees. Except in unusual circumstances, students will work under the administration of the Committee on Biochemistry (Graduate). 4I0CHEMISTR Y 367

Due to the specialized nature of the material and equipment that are required for courses given in the College of Medicine some limitation of enrollments may be necessary. Medical students will be given preference in those courses that are required for the M.D. degree. All other students must obtain the permission of the instructor before enrolling. Graduate students already enrolled in departments of the College of Medicine will be given preference.

301.Medical Biochemistry (5 to 6) I Comprehensive treatment of general biochemistry, oriented towards human biology, with emphasis on basic concepts. Protein and nucleic acid chemistry and metabolism, enzymology, metabolism of lipids and carbohydrates, metabolic regulation and closely related topics are covered. A laboratory section for medical students only is presented, stressing experimental techniques used in bio- chemical research. 5 R, 4L. P, Chem. 2bR -2bL, 4 lb, 45b; Physics 2b. Hanahan -Staff 361a -361b. Introduction to Biochemical Literature (1 -1) Yr.Special course designed to supplement Chem. 262, in which a more detailed consideration of subject matter of immediate lecturesisinvolved. Primarily for those students planning a career in biochemistry and who wish to prepare themselves for future graduate study. Required of all first -year biochemistry graduate students. P, CR Chem. 262. 36la is not prerequisite to 361b. (Identical with Chem. 361a -361b and Biochem. [Committee] 361a -361b) 368.Biological Regulatory Mechanisms(2)I1970 -71 Control mechanisms affecting formation and function of biological macromolecules. P, Chem. 262. (Identical with Chem. 368 and Biochem. [Committee] 368) Mathews -Staff 369.Biochemistry of Lipids (2) II 1970 -71Chemistry and metabolism of simple and complex lipids, including aspects of membrane structure and function. P, Chem. 262. (Identical with Chem. 369 and Biochem. [Committee] 369) Hanahan -Wells 371.Metabolic Regulation (2) II 1970 -71Advanced consideration of metabolism and its regulation. P, Biochem. 262. (Identical with Chemistry 371) Olson 398.Special Topics (1 to 5) I, IIOpen only to doctoral students who wish to pursue topics not covered in regularly scheduled courses. Arrangements must be made with the appropriate staff members and the Biochemistry Program Chairman before registration. P, Graduate College enrollment. (Identical with Biochem. [Committee] 398) 399.Seminar (1 to 3) I, IIStudent reports on current research topics. Required for all graduate students in Biochemistry. P, Graduate College enrollment. (Identical with Biochem. [Committee] 399) Individual Studies See Committee on Biochemistry (Graduate), immediately below.

BIOCHEMISTRY Committee on Biochemistry (Graduate) Professors Donald J. Hanahan, Ph.D. (Biochemistry), Chairman, Albert Siegel, Ph.D. (Agricultural Biochemistry), Gordon Tollin, Ph.D. (Chemistry) Associate Professors Christopher K. Mathews, Ph.D. (Biochemistry), John A. Rupley, Ph.D. (Chemistry) The Committee administers student programs leading to the Master of Science and Doctor of Philosophy degrees with a major in biochemistry. Research studies are offered in the areas of nucleic acids, biochemical genetics, bacteri- ophages, metabolism of coenzymes, brain biochemistry, membrane structure, biochemistryof complexlipids,chloroplast and mitochondrial metabolism, regulatory mechanism, protein chemistry (relation of structure to function), plasma lipoproteins, photobiological mechanisms in photosynthesis and phototaxis, and 368 DEPARTMENTS AND COURSES OF INSTRUCTION biological oxidation -reduction reactions. Although most of the research programs are chemically oriented, there exists sufficient flexibility to accommodate students with a variety of interests, ranging from biological to physical.

260.General Biochemistry (3) II (Identical with Chemistry 260) 261.Biochemistry Laboratory (3) II(Identical with Chemistry 261) 262a -262b.Biochemistry (3) I(Identical with Chemistry 262a -262b) 318.Chemistry and Metabolism of Nucleic Acids (2) I 1971 -72(Identical with Agricultural Biochemistry 318) Siegel 361a -36 lb.Introduction to Biochemical Literature (1 -1) Yr. (Identical with Biochem. [Dept. ] 361a -361b) 365.Chemistry of Proteins (2) I 1972 -73(Identical with Chemistry 365)Rupley 366.Mechanism of Enzyme Action (3) II(Identical with Chemistry 366) Tollin -Staff 367.Physical Techniques in Biochemistry (2) I 1971 -72(Identical with Chemistry 367) Cusanovich -Wells 368.Biological Regulatory Mechanisms (2) I 1972 -73(Identical with Biochem. [Dept.] 368) Mathews -Staff 369.Biochemistry of Lipids (2)II1972 -73 (Identical with Biochem.[Dept.]369) Hanahan -Wells 370.Molecular Photobiology (2) II 1971 -72(Identical with Chemistry 370) Jensen -Staff 398.Special Topics (1 to 5) I, II(Identical with Biochem. [Dept.] 398) 399.Seminar (1 to 3) I, II(Identical with Biochem. [Dept.] 399) Individual Studies 299 (1 to 5); 400 (1 to 5); 401 (0); 410 (1 to 5) maximum total, 8 units; 411 (0); 420 (1 to 9); 421 (0) BIOLOGICAL SCIENCES Professors Newell A. Younggren, Head, Joseph T. Bagnara, Robert B. Chiasson, E. Lendell Cockrum, Wayne R. Ferris, Robert M. Harris, William B. Heed, John R. Hendrickson, Robert W. Hoshaw, Robert R. Humphrey (Emeritus), C. Roger Hungerford, Konrad Keck, Charles H. Lowe, Jr., William J. McCauley, Charles T. Mason, Jr., Albert R. Mead, Walter S. Phillips, Lyle K. Sowls Associate Professors Paul G. Bartels, William A. Calder, Russell Davis, Ivan M. Lytle, Kaoru Matsuda, Robert S. Mellor, James W. O'Leary, Peter E. Pickens, Stephen M. Russell, Norman S. Smith, Donald A. Thomson, Willard Van Asdall Assistant Professors Mac E. Hadley, Walter B. Miller, Oscar G. Ward, William V. Zucker Instructors John Eads, Francis A. Ferko, Robert L. Hall Lecturers Charles W. Gaddis, Howard K. Gloyd, Edward A. Joy, Donald B. Sayner, Charles D. Ziebell Students may elect majors in Biology, Fishery Biology, or Wildlife Biology within the College of Liberal Arts. A major in Botany is offered in the College of Agriculture. Those desiring to teach may major or minor in Biology. The major for the Bachelor of Science degree in Biology, or Fishery Biology, must include Bio. 5a -5b, 120, 210, and 230; Chem. 2a -2b, 3a -3b, 41a -41b, 43a -43b; Physics 2a -2b, and 8 units of Mathematics, including either Math. 49a -49b, or Math. 65 and 66. (Majors in Fishery Biology will take 8 units of Mathematics including BIOLOGICAL SCIENCES 369

calculus or statistics). With the assistance of a major adviser, the student must select 12 additional units of upper division Biology for a minimum total of 32 units in the major. By careful selection, the student can emphasize the aspect of Biology in which he is most interested - Botany, Ecology, Genetics, Marine Sciences, Molecular Biology, Predentistry, Premedicine, Systematics, Zoology, and others. Students contemplating graduate study in Botany should elect Bio. Sci. 250, 260, and 272. The major for the Bachelor of Science degree in Wildlife Biology will include Bio. 5a -5b, 40, 120, 230, 244, 246, 248, 272 and either 284 or 285; Chem. 41a, and 8 units of mathematics. Chem. 41b, 43a -43b, Physics 2a -2b are recommended. Supporting courses are to be selected in consultation with the adviser. All students will select a course in calculus, statistics, or quantitative biology, and are urged to spend at least one summer working for an agency engaged in Wildlife Management or conservation. The teaching major will include Bio. 5a -5b, 120, 210, 230, Chem. 41a -41b, 43a -43b, and 12 units of electives selected in consultation with a Biological Sciences adviser. The teaching minor will include Bio. la -lb or 5a -5b, 120, and four units from 59, 60, 210, 260, 265a -265b, 266. In addition 4 units of credit will be selected in consultation with an adviser designated by the Head of the Department, preferably from Bio. 180, 230, 270, 272, 280; Ent. 101, 220, 222; Microb. 117. Inadditiontoexcellentinstructionalfacilitiesonthecampus, the Department of Biological Sciences utilizes the Boyce Thompson Southwestern Arboretum near Superior, Arizona, the Marine Biology Station at Puerto Peiiasco, Sonora, Mexico, and the Southwest Research Station at Portal, Arizona. Honors: The department participates in the Honors Program. In addition, the department offers a sequence of seminars and research experiences restricted to students who meet special requirements set by the Department. NOTE: No more than four of the courses listed "On Demand" will be offered in a given semester.

Graduate Program: Both the Master of Science and Doctor of Philosophy degrees are offered by the department.

Note: A fee of $15 is charged for each laboratory or field course unless otherwise indicated. la -lb. General Biology (4-4) Yr.Important biological principles and problems related to the origin, nature, and population ecology of man. 1R, 5L. Field trips. Not for Biological Science majors. Davis -Gaddis la -4b. Contemporary Natural Science (44) Yr.Important concepts from modern physics, chemistry, and biology will be used to describe the nature of science, its potentialities and limitations, and the relationship of science to society. 4R, 3L. Fee, $10. (Identical with Chemistry, Physics) Kessler -Tollin- Forster 5a -5b. Organismic Biology (4 -4) Yr. The study of plants and animals at the organ- system level of observation. 2R, 6L. P, Chem. 2aR -2aL, CR Chem. 2bR -2bL. Both 5a and 51) are offered each semester. Mellor Miller 12.Foundations of Science:Life (3) I, IIUtilizes the process approach: students work independently at their own pace to become competent in a series of clearly defined behavioral objectives arranged in a sequence of learning experiences. 2R, 3L. P, Chem. 12, Phys. 12. One all -day field trip on a Saturday. Course is for prospective elementary teachers. 370 DEPARTMENTS AND COURSES OF INSTRUCTION

30.Natural History of the Southwest (3) IIElementary biology of the common animals and plants of the Southwest, including the poisonous animals dangerous to man. 2R and one 2 -hour demonstration period. Two field trips. May not be used to meet Group VI lower -division requirement. Lowe 40.Introduction to Wildlife Conservation (2) IPrinciples and concepts of the conservation of natural resources; emphasis on wildlife and other renewable natural resources. Hungerford 59a -59b. Human Anatomy and Physiology (4 -4) Yr.Correlated structure and function of the human body. 3R, 3L. Primarily for majors in Nursing, Pharmacy, and Physical Education. Not open to Biological Science majors. Eads - Joy - McCauley 60.Elementary Plant Physiology (4) IIFunctions, nutrition, metabolism, and development of higher plants. 3R, 3L. P, Chem. laR -lbR, laL -lbL. Credit is not allowed for both 60 and 260. Bartels 120.General Genetics(4)I,II Inheritance in plants and animals with emphasis on laboratory experimentation. 3R, 3L. P, Sa, Chem. 41a or CR. Harris 121.General Genetics (4)I,II Inheritancein plants and animals with emphasis on laboratory experimentation. 3R, 3L. For non -majors. Harris 136.Plant Ecology (4) IIPlants in relation to their environment; plant communities, and factors affecting the distribution of plants. 3R, 3L. P, lb or 5b. All -day field trips and laboratories on alternate Saturdays. Van Asdall 155.Comparative Vertebrate Anatomy (4) IIThe phylogeny of the vertebrates and the evolution of vertebrate organ systems. 2R, 6L. P, 5b. Chiasson 156.Developmental Biology (4) IIAn experimental analysis of dynamic principles in the development of plants and animals. 2R, 6L. P, 5b. Bagnara 180.Vertebrate Natural History (4) IThe living wild vertebrates; their behavior, distri- bution, and means existence. 4 -hour weekly field trip. P, lb or Russell 201.Biological Materials (2) IIA study of new methods in instruction and ideas on course content and behavioral objectives. For prospective biology teachers in secondary schools. 1R, 3L. P, 12 units in biology. 202.History of Biology (2) II The great writings in biology and medicine. P, Jr. standing in biology. 203.Techniques of Biological Literature (2) IISelecting the research problem, sources of reference, recording and assembling data, preparation of the scientific report, publication procedure, taxonomy and biological nomenclature. P; Jr. standing in biology. Mead 205.Quantitative Biology (3) IProcurement and analysis, evaluation and publication of quantitative data obtained from materials in advanced problems in biology; primarily a laboratory course. 2R, 2L, two field trips. P, 16 units in biology; Math. 11 or 20, or equivalent algebra. Lowe 210.Cell Biology (4) I, IIPhysiology at the cellular level, regulatory mechanisms, nature, function, and integration of organelles and ultrastructural components of the cell. 3R, 6L. P, Chem. 43b or CR. Majors must have Sb and 120 as prerequisites. Ferris 218a -218b.Scientific Illustration (2 to 4; 2 to 4) Yr.Individual basic training in the execution of thesis drawings and the graphic art techniques. Enrollment limited. May be repeated for credit.(Identical with Anthro. 218a -218b, Geol. 218a -218b, Microb. 218a -218b) Sayner 221.Evolution (2) IA study of the origin and maintenance of the diversity of life. P, lb or 5b and 120 plus 4 units of upper- division credit in either biology, geology, anthropology or a related science. Heed 228.Genetics of Microorganisms (3) II(Identical with Microb. 228) Mendelson 230.General Ecology (4) I, IIEcological concepts and principles; evolution, behavior and patterns of distribution of organisms. 2R, 6L. P, 5b, 120. Field trips. (Identical with W.M. 230). Lowe -Staff BIOLOGICAL SCIENCES 371

237.Plant Geography (2) ITheories and principles concerning the ranges of naturally - occurring plant taxa and communities, both past and present. P, Sr. standing in biology. One 2-day field trip. Van Asdall 238.Zoogeography (3) IPrinciples and concepts concerning the great regional patterns of distribution of the animals of the world, both past and present. P, lb or 5b; Sr. standing in biology or earth sciences. Gloyd 240.Oceanography (2) IIThe physical, chemical, and biological dimensions of the oceans and seas with emphasis on their importance as biological environments. P, lb or 5a; Chem. 2b, 3b. Thomson 240L. Oceanography Laboratory (2) IIField and laboratory investigations in the Gulf of California with emphasis on research techniques important to biological oceanography. 6L. Two or more weekend field trips. P, 240 or CR. Fee, $25. Thomson 241.Limnology (4) IThe structural, physical, and chemical attributes of lakes and streams with reference to primary organic productivity and the dependent plant and animal community. 2R, 6L. P, 513 and 1 year of chemistry or physics with laboratory. Two or more weekend field trips. (Identical with W. M. 241). 242.Marine Ecology (5) IMarine organisms and their distribution in relation to physical, chemical, and bioticfactorsinthe environment; includesfield and laboratory investigations in the Gulf of California. P, 5a, Chem. 2bR -2bL. 244.Wildlife Management (4) IManagement of wildlife as a resource. Characteristics of wildlife species and the principles of maintenance and control of wildlife populations. 3R, 3L or field work. P, 5b, 40, and 230 or Watershed Management 216. Hungerford 245.Aquatic Resource Biology (2)II Analysis of marine, estuarine, and freshwater environments with emphasis of biological productivity, population dynamics, water quality, conservation and management of natural and artificial ecosystems. Research problems in sport and commercial fisheries, and aquiculture. P, 210, 230. Hendrickson - Thomson -Tash 245L. Field and Laboratory Studies in Aquatic Resource Biology (2) II Field and laboratory investigations on aquatic populations with emphasis on research and management techniques, and evaluation of data relevant to fisheries problems. P, 240L or 241. 246.Wildlife Management Techniques (4) IIField and laboratory methods used in wildlife management. Evaluation of wildlife habitats; census, productivity, diagnosis, and control of wildlifepopulations. 2R, 6L or field work. P, 244. One weekend field trip. Hungerford 248.Current Problems in Wildlife Biology (1) I, IIDiscussions and assignments covering current problems including the biological, economic, esthetic, political, and sociological phasesof wildlife management.P, 244or246. May be repeated forcredit. Hungerford- Smith -Sowls 249.Current Problems in Fishery Biology (2) I, IIReporting and discussion of literature relating to hydrobiology and fishery management. One -day field trip. P, any two of 230, 240, 241, 282. May be repeated for credit. (No fee). Ziebell 250.Developmental Plant Anatomy (4)I Origin, development, and maturation of the vascular plants. 3R, 3L. P, lb or 5b. Phillips 252.Methods in Plant Histology (4) IIPrinciples and methods of killing, fixing, imbedding, sectioning, staining, mounting, and analyzing plant materials. lR, 9L. P, 250. Phillips 255.Microanatomy (4) IThe evolution and laboratory study of vertebrate tissues. 2R, 6L. P, 8 units of biology and Chem. 41b, 43b or 45b. (Identical with Anim. Path. 255) Chiasson -Ferris -Joy 258.Comparative Dental Anatomy (2) IThe structure, development, and evolution of teeth. Primarily for majors in anthropology, paleontology, and biology. P, lb or Anthro. 140a, or Geol. 209. Chiasson 260.Plant Physiology (4) IINutrition, metabolism, growth, and development of higher plants. 3R, 3L. P, Chem. 41a, 43a. Mellor -O'Leary 372 DEPARTMENTS AND COURSES OF INSTRUCTION

261.Plant -Water Relations (3)I The distribution, function, and movement of water in plants; development of internal water deficits and their significance to physiological processes. P, 260. (Identical with W.M. 261) O'Leary 264a -264b.Human Physiology (4 -4) Yr.Physiology of the human body. 3R, 3L. P, 5b or 59b, Chem. 41b and 43b. Required of Pharmacy students. Lytle 265.Vertebrate Physiology (4) ISystemic physiology of the vertebrates; emphasis on that of the mammals. 3R, 3L. P, 5b, and Chem. 41b and 43b or CR. McCauley 267.Endocrine Physiology (4) IINeural and endocrine integration in the regulation of mammalian Physiological functions. 3R, 3L. P, 265. Hadley 268.Environmental Zoophysiology (4)IIThe responses of physiological systems to environmental conditions. Quantitative treatment of energy exchanges, respiration, thermal and osmotic regulation. 3R, 3L. P, 265. Calder 269.Sensory -Motor Physiology (4) IIComparative physiology of sensory systems and the integrated control of muscles. 3R, 3L. P, 265. Pickens 270.Plant Morphology (4) IA survey of the plant kingdom with emphasis on comparative morphology and evolution of major plant divisions. 2R, 6L. P, 12 units of biology. One 2 -day field trip. Hoshaw 272.Systematic Botany(4)II Evolutionary relationships of orders and familiesof Spermatophytes; systems of classification; collection and identification of local flora. 2R, 6L. P, lb or 5b. Mason 273.Legumes, Grasses, and Composites (2) ON DEMANDIdentification and classification of the three largest flowering plant families of the Southwest. 6L. Mason 275.Freshwater Algae (4) ISystematics, structure, ecology, physiology and life histories, methods of collection, culture and experimental study of selected species. 2R, 6L. P, 12 units of biology. One 2-day field trip. Hoshaw 276.Marine Algae (4) IISystematics, structure, ecology, physiology, and life histories; methods of collection and culturè of selected species; study of marine habitats. 2R, 6L. Two field trips. P, 12 units of biology. Hoshaw 280.Invertebrate Zoology (4) IIComparative morphology, physiology, and ecology of invertebrates. 2R, 6L. Two field trips. P, 5b. Miller 282.Ichthyology (4)I The systematics, ecology, and evolution of fishes, with field and laboratory emphasis on the behavior and physiology of fishes. 2R, 6L. Two or more weekend field trips. P, 5b. (Identical with W.M. 282) Thomson 283.Herpetology (4) IIThe systematics, ecology, and evolution of the amphibians and reptiles. 2R, 6L or field work. P, 513. Gloyd 284.Ornithology (4) IIThe natural history of birds and its bearing upon the problems of animal behavior, distribution, and evolution. 2R, 2L, 4 -hour field trip. P, 513. Russell 285.Mammalogy (4) IThe systematics, ecology, and evolution of mammals. 2R, 6L, or field work. P, 5b. Cockrum 289.Parasitology (4) IThe ecology, distribution, symptomatology, pathology, epidemi- ology, diagnosis, and control of parasites of man and domestic animals; emphasis on the evolution of parasitism and host -parasite relationships. 2R, 6L. P, 16 units in biology. (Identical with Microb. 289 and Anim. Path. 289)Mead 290.Animal Behavior(2)I Concepts and principles of the evolution, development, causation and function of behavior; emphasis on the adaptiveness of behavior. P, 8 units of biology. Russell 311.Radioisotopes in Biology (3) IAdvanced techniques in the, application of radioactive tracers to problems of molecular biology; kinetics of labeling, fractionation procedures; detection systems and processing of data. 2R, 3L. P, Chem. 2bR -2bL, Phys. 2a -2b. Keck 312.Principles of Electron Microscopy (4) IIPrinciples and practice of electron micro- scopy; specimen preparation, micrograph interpretation, and operation and maintenance of electron microscopes. 2R, 6L. Enrollment limited. Ferris BIOLOGICAL SCIENCES 373

313.Bioenergetics (3) IIReview of basic thermodynamics and photochemistry; selected aspects of biological oxidations, oxidative phosphorylation and photosynthesis. P, 210, Phys. 2a -2b. Zucker

Note: Only one of the courses in the sequence in Cellular and Molecular Biology will be offered in any given semester. Consult with Professor in Charge.

314.Cellular and Molecular Biology:I.Structure(3)Study of the ultrastructure, morphology, and physiology of the cell. P, Chem. 41b, 260. Bartels- Ferris -Staff 315.Cellular and Molecular Biology: II. Development (3)Control of differentiation. P, Chem. 41b, 260. Bagnara -Staff 315L. Cellular and Molecular Biology:II.Development Laboratory(2)P, CR 315. Bagnara -Staff 316.Cellular and Molecular Biology: III. Macromolecules (3)Study of the metabolism and control of macromolecular synthesis. P, Math. 49b, Chem. 280b or 283b. Matsuda -Staff 317.Cellular and Molecular Biology: IV. Biophysics (3)Study of the biophysics of cellular processes. P, Math. 49b, Chem. 280b or 283b. Keck -Staff 317L. Cellular and Molecular Biology: IV. Biophysics Laboratory (2)P, CR 317. Keck -Staff 322.Physiological Genetics (3) IThe development and metabolism of plants and animals in relation to their genotype. 2R, 3L. P, 120, Chem. 41b. Harris 323.Cytogenetics(3)IICell structure emphasizing the role of chromosomes in the differentiation and development of plants and animals. 2R, 3L. P, 120. Ward 325.Speciation (2) IIThe mechanisms of evolution in the formation of races and species of animals and plants. P, 120. May be repeated for credit. Lowe 326.Genetics in Populations (2)II The genetic system in experimental and natural populations of animals and plants. P, 120. Heed 326L Genetics in Populations Laboratory (2) II Laboratory and field methods in the study of populations. Organisms of special interest to the student may be chosen for study. 6L. P, 326 or CR. Heed 327.Laboratory Techniques in Genetics (2) IMethods and analysis in experimental material and in population data. 6L. P, 120. Heed 331.Physiological Ecology (2) IAnalysis and synthesis of recent investigations pertaining to the physiological ecology of animal and plant populations. P, 136 or 230. May be repeated for credit. Calder 332.Methods inPhysiological Ecology (3) I Physiological techniquesas applied to population and community problems. Selection of methods, instrumentation, experi- mental design, and interpretation of data. 2R, 3L. P, 136 or 230. Van Asdall 337.Advanced Ecology (2) IIEnvironmental analysis, productivity, theory, population fluctuations, paleoecology and related subjects. P, 136 or 230. May be repeated for credit. (Identical with Geos. 337) Lowe -Martin -Van Asdall 340.Advanced Studies in Marine Biology (2) ON DEMANDAnalysis and discussion of recent research on marine organisms and their environment. May be repeated for credit. Thomson 355.Advanced Topics in Morphology (2) ON DEMAND Comparative anatomy, evolution and function of vertebrate organ systems for the student of vertebrate zoology. Lectures, reports, and discussions. P, 155. May be repeated for credit. Chiasson 356a -356b.Advanced Human Anatomy (4 .4) Yr. ON DEMANDDetailed dissection of the human body. 12L. Joy 357.Experimental Embryology (4) IIThe principles of development with an introduction to the techniques of classical and chemical embryology. 2R, 6L. P, 156, Chem. 43b. Bagnara 374 DEPARTMENTS AND COURSES OF INSTRUCTION

358.Advanced Topics in Endocrinology (2) IILecture and laboratory treatment of selected topics in vertebrate and invertebrate endocrinology. P, 367. May be repeated for credit. Hadley -Miller 361.Methods in Plant Physiology (3) ICurrent techniques for qualitative and quantitative studies of physiological processes. 9L. P, 260. Bart els-Matsuda 362a -362b.Advanced Plant Physiology (3 -3) Yr.362a: Selected topics in plant metabolism and photosynthesis. 362b: Growth and development. P, 260. 362a is not prerequisite to 362b. (Identical with Ag. Biochem. 362a -362b, Agron. 362a -362b and Hort. 362a -362b) Matsuda 365.Advanced Vertebrate Physiology (2) ON DEMANDSeminar and laboratory treatment of selected topics on the physiology of vertebrates. May be repeated for credit. McCauley 366.Advanced Topics in Neurophysiology (2) I, IIRecent advances in selected fields of neurophysiology. P, 8 units of physiology. May be repeated for credit. Pickens 367.Comparative Endocrinology (2)I Comparative aspects of the secretions and inter- relationships of the endocrine glands of vertebrates and invertebrates. 2R. P, 210. Hadley 367 L. Comparative Endocrinology Laboratory (2) ILaboratory experimentation in compara- tive endocrinology. 6L. P, 367 or CR. Hadley 368.Comparative Neurophysiology (4) IThe physiology and anatomy of invertebrate and vertebrate nervous systems. 3R, 3L. P, 265. Pickens 370.Special Topics in Genetics (2) I, II(Identical with Genetics 370) 374.Advanced Systematic Botany (2) ON DEMAND Taxonomic rules and techniques, and the application of botanical disciplines to solving problems. Mason 384.Selected Studies of Birds (2) I, IIRecent advances in ornithology. 1R, 3L or field trip. P, 284. May be repeated for credit. Russell 385.Selected Studies of Mammals (3) IIRecent advances in mammalogy. 2R, 3L or field trip. P, 285. May be repeated for credit. Cockrum 399.Seminar (1) I, IIReports on and group discussion of pertinent research subjects. May be repeated for credit. Individual Studies

199 (1 to 4); 299 (1 to 5); 400 (1 to 8); 401 (0); 410 (1 to 8) maximum total, 8 units; 411 (0); 420 (1 to 9); 421 (0)

BLACK STUDIES Committee in Charge: Raymond H. Thompson (Anthropology), Chairman, Robert P. Browder (History), Clifford M. Lytle (Government) The supporting minor in Black Studies consists of at least 20 units selected by the student in consultation with the chairman of the committee in charge and approved by the student's major professor. Suggested courses which may be taken toward a Black Studies minor: Anthropology 160 (3) I 1971 -72 Government 283 (3) I Anthropology 264 (3) I History 219 (3) II Economics 130 (3) II History 220 (3) II 1971 -72 English 181a -181b (3 -3) Yr. Sociology 90 (3) I, II 1971 -72 French 265 (3) I, II Sociology 222 (3) I, II BUSINESS ADMINISTRATION 375

BUSINESS ADMINISTRATION Business Administration Committee Professors Philip G. Hudson, Ph.D. (Economics), Chairman, Hollis A. Dixon, C.P.A., Ph.D. (Accounting), Edwin B. Flippo, Ph.D. (Management), Clark A. Hawkins, Ph.D. (Finance), Herbert J. Langen, Ph.D. (Office Administration and Business Education), Sanford W. Shoults, J.D. (Public Administration), Andrew W. Wilson, Ph.D. (Geography and Area Development). Associate Professors John E. Buehler, Ph.D. (Economics), Richard W. Hansen, Ph.D. (Marketing) The graduate program in business administration is designed to meet the demand forteachers,consultants, and management personnel trained in the application of scientific research to business problems. Both the Master of Business Administration and the Doctor of Philosophy degrees are offered. (See Graduate Catalog for a description of the Master of Business Administration degree.) The Doctor of Philosophy degree in business administration is an inter- disciplinary degree. The program involves training both in the basic disciplines which are applicable to business problems and in the techniques of application of these disciplines. Applicants for the program may come from either of two groups: (1) those with undergraduate study, or one year of graduate work, in an area of business administration, and (2) those with undergraduate study in a basic discipline applicable to business problems or in engineering. Individual programs may vary widely in order to take full advantage of each candidate's background and special interests. Applicants are required to take the Aptitude Test of the Graduate Record Examination. This examination is administered by the Educational Testing Service of Princeton, New Jersey, several times a year in locations throughout the country, including Tucson. If an applicant has already taken the Admission Test for Graduate Study in Business, this may be substituted for the Aptitude Test of the Graduate Record Examination. During the first semester of residence, each participant must pass an oral qualifying examination. The purpose of this examination, aside from checking on general aptitude for continuance in the program, is to facilitate the design of individual programs by revealing the student's strengths and weaknesses. The degree program includes(1) the uniform coreof graduate courses required of all participants, (2) preparation in two of the fields offered within the major, and (3) a minor field approved by the department in which the minor is to be taken. Core courses must be taken in accounting, business finance, management, marketing, statistics, value and distribution, and macroeconomic theory. The fields available within the major area are accounting, finance, management, marketing, industrial and labor relations, quantitative methods in business, and area develop- ment. The minor fieldwill usually be selected from economics, geography, psychology, sociology, anthropology, mathematics, statistics, or systems engineering. In addition to demonstrating reading proficiency in one foreign language, doctoral students are required to take six units of work in data processing.

399.Seminar (1 to 3) I, II

Individual Studies

299 (1 to 5); 400 (2 to 4); 401 (0); 420 (1 to 9); 421 (0)

BUSINESS EDUCATION (See Office Administration and Business Education) 376 DEPARTMENTS AND COURSES OF INSTRUCTION

CHEMICAL ENGINEERING Professors Donald H. White, Head, Neil D. Cox, Richard M. Edwards, Alan D. Randolph, Thomas R. Rehm Associate Professor John C. Giery Assistant Professors William P. Cosart, Richard D. Williams Undergraduate Program:For requirements for the degree of Bachelor of Science in Chemical Engineering, see College of Mines requirements. Graduate Program:The Department of Chemical Engineering offers the Master of Science and Doctor of Philosophy degrees. Requirements for the graduate degrees are as defined by the Graduate College. Also, selected Chemical Engineering advanced courses in organic and inorganic materials are incorporated in the Master ofSciencedegree programforMaterials Engineering, administered by the Department of Metallurgical Engineering. No more than two "On Demand " courses will be offered in a given semester. 3a -3b. Engineering Analysis of Chemical Processes (2 -2) Yr.Analysis of industrial chemical processes utilizing graphical techniques, chemical engineering fundamentals, and com- puter programming. 10.Elements of Chemical Engineering (3) IElementary chemical engineering calculations and basic principles of energy and material. behavior. One field trip. P, Chem. 2aR -2aL, CR, Math 49b. Fee, $3. 112a -112b.ChemicalEngineeringPrinciples(3 -3)II,IandSummer.Theoryand calculations pertaining to fundamental . chemical engineering operations such as fluid flow, heat transfer, evaporation, filtration, absorption, distillation, drying, and mass transfer. P, 10, Math. 49b. 113.Chemical Engineering Transport Phenomena (3) IITheory and calculus pertaining to fundamental transport processes. P, 10, Math. 49b. Randolph 130.General Thermodynamics (3) IIProperties and fundamental equations of gases and vapors; thermodynamics of heatcycles, compressors and engines; applications of thermodynamics to physical and chemical equilibria. P, Math. 49b, Chem. 2bR -2bL, 280a. 160a -160b.Elementary Computational Methods (2 -3) Yr.Application of selected mathe- matical procedures to the formulation and solution of chemical engineering problems; solution of many problems will require the use of a digital or analog computer. P, for 160a: CR Math 49b; for 160b: 10, FORTRAN. Cox - Williams 211.Chemical Engineering Computations (2) ON DEMANDApplication of techniques developed in 160 to the solution, by digital and analog computers, of complex chemical engineering problems embodying principles learned in earlier course. P, 260b. 212.Chemical Engineering Data Analysis (2) ON DEMANDAnalysis of quality- control data related to chemical engineering problems, design of experiments, experimental models, and product control. P, 160a. Cox 213.Elements of Automatic Process Control (2) IElementary theory of automatic control as applied to simple chemical engineering processes. P, Sr. standing. 220.Chemical Engineering Operations Laboratory (3) I, Summer. Laboratory investigation of process equipment. A field trip is made at the end of second semester before summer term begins. Students will deposit travel expenses, not more than $75, with the University before trip. 9 L. P, 112b or CR. Fee, $10. 222.Chemical Engineering Industrial Methods (2) IITheory and practice in the collection of process data for the detailed design of chemical processes and use of such data in the detailed design of individual items of chemical process equipment. 6L. P, 220. Fee, $5. CHEMICAL ENGINEERING 377

230.Equilibria and Rate Processes (3)I Application of thermodynamic principles to problems in chemical process and operations equilibria; study of chemical engineering rate processes. P, 130. 231.Reaction Rate Processes (2) IIApplications of thermodynamic and reaction kinetics principles to chemical engineering process problems. P, 230. 232.Equilibria and Rate Process Laboratory (1) IIApplications of the theory developed in Chem. E. 230 to the practical analysis of chemical reactors and reaction systems. 3L. P, 230. Fee, $5. 240a -240b.Chemical Engineering Design (3 -3) Yr.Principles of process design and plant design and economics 'involving equipment design, preliminary process design, capital and operating cost estimation, and complete economic evaluation of chemical industry operation. 1R, 6L. P, 11 2b, 113, 230 or CR. Edwards 250.Integrated Circuit Technology Laboratory (3) II(Identical with EE 250) Hamilton -Biery 260a -260b. Intermediate Computational Methods (2 -2) Yr.Chemical engineering problems using numerical and analytical procedures including interpolation techniques, numerical solution of ordinary and partial differential equations, finite differences. P, 160b, 112a, Math 181. 270.Fundamentals of Polymeric Materials (3) I 1972 -73Fundamental chemical, physical, and mechanical properties of organic plastics, fibers, and elastomeric polymers. P, Chem. 41b, 280b. White 271.Coatings and Related Surface Phenomena (3) ON DEMAND Polymeric surface coatings and the basic related principles of surface chemistry, adhesive theory, and corrosion theory are emphasized. P, Chem. 41b, 280b. White 277.Corrosion (2) II 1971 -72(Identical with Metallurgical Engineering 277) Keating 280.Unit Operations of Water and Wastes (3) IIFundamental principles of filtration, centrifugation, evaporation, mass transfer, gas absorption, distillation, extraction and crystallization, as required in water and waste treatment in chemical and physical processes. P, Chem. 2bR -2bL, Math. 49b. Field trip. Fee, $2. Biery 281.Advanced Water Processing Techniques (3) ON DEMAND Theory and applications of absorption, foam separation, electrodialysis, reverse osmosis, distillation, freezing, ion exchange, solvent extraction, oxidation and desalination to specific water treatment processes. P, 280, C.E. 272. Field trip. Fee, $2. 291.Senior Project (1) I, IIApplication of chemical engineering principles to design and /or experimental projects on a semi -independent basis. 3L. P, Sr. standing. 310a -310b.Advanced Chemical Engineering Principles (3 -3) Yr. Theory and applications of chemical engineering principles and unit operations, with special emphasis on new concepts. P, 113. 311.Advanced Chemical Engineering Fluid Flow (3) II 1972 -73Advanced flow theory; liquid -solid, viscous, high velocity, and fluidized -solids systems; applications to process and design problems. P, 112b and 113. Rehm

312.Advanced Chemical Engineering Heat Transmission (3) II 1972 -73Advanced level studies in heat transmission and their application to equipment design and process calculations. P, 112b, 113. 313.Advanced Chemical Engineering Mass Transfer (3) II 1971 -72Advanced study of interphase mass transfer with applications to the design of equipment for gas -liquid and liquid -liquid operations. P, 112b, 113. 314.Particulate Systems (2) ON DEMAND Dynamics of dispersed -phase systems; gen- eralized population balances, kinetics of particle growth, birth and death functions, generalized distributions in particle phase space. Crystallization, aerosols, suspended - phase reactors, and biological populations. Randolph 378 DEPARTMENTS AND COURSES OF INSTRUCTION

315.Advances in Chemical Engineering (2) ON DEMANDPresentation, criticism, and summarization of new theories. P, 112b, 113, 230. 320.Advanced Automatic Process Control (3) IIAnalysis and design of automatic control systems for chemical engineering operations and processes. P, 113, and differential equations. Randolph 321.Process Simulation and Optimization (3)I1971 -72Mathematical simulation and optimization techniques as applied to chemical processes. Requires knowledge of analog and digital computer operation. P, 320. 330.Advanced Chemical Engineering Thermodynamics (3)I Advanced applications of thermodynamics to chemical engineering operations and processes. P, 130. Cosart 331.Advanced Reaction Rate Processes (3) ON DEMAND Further development of the kinetics of heterogeneous and catalytic reaction systems treated in 231, with special emphasis on the application of these and allied principles to the design of industrial reactors. P, 113, 231. 340.Advanced Chemical Engineering Design (3) ON DEMAND A selected, integrated series of project items extending the principles taught in Chem. E. 240a -240b. 9L. P, 240b. 350.Liquid Metal (Sodium) Systems (3) ON DEMAND Study of heat transfer and mass transfer in liquid sodium, a fast reactor coolant. Also, special equipment as EM pumps, EM flow meter, impurity detection devices. P, 112b, 113 or Nuc. E. 370. Biery 360.Advanced Chemical Engineering Computations (3) ON DEMAND Advanced extension of computational techniques developed in Chem. E. 260 with emphasis on their application to the computer solution of problems in chemical engineering. P, 260b. 370.Advanced Polymers Technology (3) ON DEMAND Advanced theories and funda- mentals of high polymers, with emphasis on chemical technology, industrial technology, and chemical and physical properties; chemical and mechanical modifications of polymers. P, Chem. 280b, 41b. White 399.Seminar (1)I,IIReports on current and selected topics. Required of students registered for 400, 410, or 420.

Individual Studies 199 (1 to 4); 299 (1 to 5);400 (1 to 5);401 (0);410 (1 to 6) maximum total, 8 units;411 (0); 420 (1 to 9); 421 (0)

CHEMISTRY Professors H. K. Hall, Jr., Head, Robert B. Bates, Quintus Fernando, Leslie S. Forster, Henry Freiser, Alec E. Kelley, Rein Kilkson, Carl S. Marvel, Rod O'Connor, Herbert D. Rhodes, Lathrop E. Roberts (Emeritus), John A. Rupley, Lila Sands (Emeritus), John P. Schaefer, Millard G. Seeley, Cornelius Steelink, Gordon Tollin, Edward N. Wise Associate Professors Michael Barfield, Robert D. Feltham, Lee B. Jones, Philip C. Keller, James E. Mulvaney, John V. Rund, G. Krishna Vemulapalli Assistant Professors Michael F. Burke, Michael A. Cusanovich, John H. Enemark, Richard S. Glass, Donald C. Hofer, Victor J. Hruby, Richard G. Jensen, Walter B. Miller,III, John W. Raymonda, William R. Salzman, George S. Wilson Instructors Harold L. Bird, Jr., Frank J. Meyer Lecturers M. Larry Peck, Warren C. Woelfel The major for the Bachelor of Arts degree: 4la -41b, 43a -43b or 45a -45b, 120, 200a, 222, 280a -280b. Not less than 15 units must be upper- division course work. HEMISTR Y 379

Prerequisites to the major for the Bachelor of Arts degree: Math. 44 or 49a or ;Oa; Phys. 2b or 3b or 21; S.E. 78 or 172. The major for the Bachelor of Science degree: 41a -41b, 45a -45b, 120, !O0a -200b, 222, 280a -280b, and 6 additional units in chemistry including one aboratory course. Not less than 23 units must be in upper- division course work. the foreign- language requirement must be fulfilled in German, or Russian by 'pecial permission. Beyond these requirements, all students are encouraged to )articipate in undergraduate research (Chem. 299). Prerequisites to the major for the Bachelor of Science degree: Math. 49b or 30c, Phys. 2b or 3b or 21, S.E. 78 or 172. Twenty units in the first two fields meet he requirements for a split minor. Other minors may be chosen with the consent of :he major professor. The teaching major includes 2aR -2bR, 2aL -2bL, 41a-41b, 43a -43b or 15a -45b, 120, 200a, 222, 2801 -280b. The teaching minor includes 2aR -2bR, 2aL -2bL, 41a -41b, 43a -43b or E5a -45b, 120, 122. Honors: The department participates in the Honors Program. In addition, the department offers certain sections of the following courses: 5a -5b, 41a-41b, 120, [21, 280a -280b, in which the enrollment is restricted to students who meet the lualifications set by the department The content and presentation in these course sections will be at a higher level than in the other sections These special sections will be designated by the letter H in the Schedule of Hours. Graduate Program: The Department of Chemistry offers the degrees of Master of Science, Master of Arts, and Doctor of Philosophy. The Bachelor of Science degree or its equivalent is prerequisite to graduate 'work leading to the Master of Science or Doctor of Philosophy degree. The Bachelor of Arts degree or its equivalent is prerequisite to graduate work eading to the Master of Arts degree. The thesis for this degree may not require xperimental work. Vote: A laboratory fee of $15 and a breakage deposit of $8 are required for all ' aboratory courses unless otherwise indicated. laR -lbR.Lectures in General Chemistry (3 -3) Yr.For students who do not intend to take further chemistry. Not to be used as prerequisite to further courses in the Department without special permission. Lectures and discussions in elements of inorganic, organic and biochemistry. 4R. P, CR laL -lbL. Both laR and lbR are offered each semester. Steelink laL -lbL.General Chemistry Laboratory (1 -1) Yr.Introduction to laboratory techniques and experiments in inorganic, organic and biological chemistry. 3L. P, CR laR -lbR. Both laL and lbL are offered each semester.

2aR -2bR.Fundamentals of Chemistry (3 -3) Yr.Essential concepts and problem -solving techniques. Emphasis on chemical bonding, structure and properties, stoichiometry, kinetics, equilibria, and descriptive organic and inorganic topics. P, for 2aR, CR 2aL; Math 11. Both 2aR and 2bR are offered each semester. O'Connor

2aL -2bL. Fundamental Techniques of Chemistry (1 -1) Yr.Basic techniques in college chemistry. Emphasis on experimental methods, techniques of measurement, separation, purification, and analysis of organic and inorganic substances. 3L. P, CR 2aR -2bR. Both 2aL and 2bL are offered each semester. 4a4ó. Contemporary Natural Science (4 -4) Yr.Important concepts from modern physics, chemistry, and biology will be used to describe the nature of science, its potentialities and limitations, and the relationship of science to society. 4R, 3L. Fee, $10. (Identical with Bio. Sci. 4a-4b and Phys. 4a-4b) Forster, Kessler, Tollin 380 DEPARTMENTS AND COURSES OF INSTRUCTION

*5a -5b. Fundamentals of Chemistry (4 to 5; 4 to 5) Yr.Fundamental concepts of chemistry emphasizing theoretical and physical principles. Atomic and molecular structure and theory, properties of gases, liquids and solids, thermodynamics and equilibria, kinetics, descriptive inorganic chemistry. Laboratorystressesindividual studies and library research; extra unit credit available for students pursuing optional original laboratory research problem. Open to students who have had high school chemistry and physics plus acceptable scores on the ACT tests. 4R, 3 or 6L. Enemark -Feltham * 12.Foundations of Science: Chemistry (3) I, IIThe classification and structure of matter and the principles of chemical reactions. 2R, 3L. Forster

*Credit is allowed for only one of the following lecture -laboratory combinations; (1) laR -1 bR, laL-lbL, (2) 2aR -2bR, 2aL -2bL, (3) 5a -5b, or (4) 12.

41a -41b.Lectures in Organic Chemistry (3 -3) Yr. General principles of organic chemistry. P, 2bR, 2bL. Both 41a and 41b are offered each semester. *43a -43b.Organic Chemistry Laboratory. (1 -1) Yr.Preparation, reactions, and analysis of organic compounds and an introduction to the laboratory techniques of organic chemistry. Open to B.S. chemistry majors only with permission of department. 3L. P, CR 41a-41b, Both 43a and 43b are offered each semester. *45a-45ó.Organic Chemistry Laboratory (1 -1) Yr.Similar to 43a -43b. For chemistry majors and chemical engineers. 5L. P, CR 41a -41b. *120.Analytical Chemistry (4) I, IIPrinciples and practice of modern quantitative analysis including consideration of stoichiometry, equilibrium principles, treatment of experi- mental data, titrimetric and photometric analysis, and analytical separation processes. 3R, 6L. P, 2bR, 2bL. *121.Principles of Analysis I (3) I, IIPrinciples and practice of modern quantitative analysis. Not open to chemistry majors. 3R, 3L. P, 2bR, 2bL. *122.Principles of Analysis II (2) II - Survey of modern instrumental methods of analysis covering the topics of spectrochemistry, gas chromatography, electroanalytical and thermal methods of analysis, and radiochemistry. Not open to chemistry majors. P, 120 or 121. 200a -200b.Chemical Measurements Laboratory (2 -2)II,I Laboratory work in modern chemical measurements and instrumentation. 6L. P, 222 or CR, and for majors, S.E. 78 or 172. 202.Scientific Glassblowing (3) I, IIRole of glass in scientific investigation; history and methods of design and construction of glass apparatus. 1R, 6L. Meyer 210.Inorganic Chemistry (3) IFundamentals of inorganic chemistry. Required of B.S. chemistry majors for certification of their degree by ACS. P, 280a or CR. Rund- Keller 212.Inorganic Preparations (3)II Standard inorganic laboratory preparations including coordination compounds, isomeric compounds, and compounds typifying the groups of the periodic table. 1 R, 6L. P, 2 semesters of laboratory chemistry beyond the first year. Feltham -R and *222.Instrumental Analysis (3) IIPrinciples of modern instrumental methods of analysis treating basic instrumentation and data acquisition, spectrochemical methods, mass spectrometry, gas chromatography, and electroanalytical and thermal methods. P, 41b, 120 or 121, Phys. 2b.

230.Intermediate Analytical Chemistry (3)I Survey of principles of modern analytical chemistry. P, 280b. 240.Qualitative Organic Analysis (3) IIThe systematic classification and identification of organic compounds. 1R, 6L. P, 41b, 43b or 45b, 120 or 121. Seeley

242.Intermediate Organic Chemistry (3)I Survey of the principal classes of organic reactions. P, 41b. CHEMISTRY 381

246.Organic Preparations (3) ISpecial experimental methods for the synthesis of organic compounds. 1R, 6L. P, 41b, 43b or 45b. *260.General Biochemistry (3) IIFundamentals of biochemistry including proteins, nucleic acids, enzymes, carbohydrates and lipids and their metabolic relationships. Not open to chemistry majors. P, 41b. (Identical with Biochem. 260) 261.Biochemistry Laboratory (3) IIIntroduction to current biochemical research tech- niques. 1R, 6L. P, 43b or 45b, 260 or 262a. (Identical with Biochem. 261) *262a -262b.Biochemistry (3 -3) Yr.An introduction to the properties and metabolism of proteins, nucleic acids, enzymes, carbohydrates and lipids. Designed primarily for majors and minors in chemistry and biochemistry. P, 41b, 120, 280b. (Identical with Biochem. 262a -262b)

*Credit is allowed for one course only in each of the following groups: 43a -43b, 45a -45b, 120, 121; 122, 222; 260, 262a -262b.

280a -280b.Physical Chemistry (3 -3) Yr.Fundamental principles of physical chemistry. P, 2bR, 2bL, Math 20 or 44, Phys. 2b or 16. (P, for 280aH: 2bR, 2bL, Math 49b or 50c, Phys. 2b or 16) 282a -282b.Physical Chemistry Laboratory (1 -1) Yr.Laboratory problems in physical chemistry. This may not be used to satisfy the requirements of a B.S. in chemistry. 3L. P, 280a -280b or CR. 290.Intermediate Physical Chemistry (3) IGeneral survey of physical chemistry including thermodynamics, structure, kinetics and electrochemistry. P, 280b. 310a -310b.Advanced Inorganic Chemistry (3 -3) Yr.Survey at the advanced level of the chemistry of the elements. P, 210. 312.Advanced Inorganic Preparations (3) IModern inorganic syntheses including instruc- tion in the use of high pressure, temperature, and vacuum techniques and in the manipulation of unstable compounds. 9 L. Keller -Feltham. 314.Organometallic Compounds (3) II 1971 -72Compounds containing carbon -to -metal bonds, emphasizing those of the transition elements, and the determination of their structures P, 210. Rund 315.Coordination Chemistry (3) I 1971 -72Selected topics in the area of coordination compounds of transition metals with particular emphasis on ligand field theory, the symmetry aspects of the spectral properties of transition metal complexes and their magnetic behavior. P, 310b or CR. Feltham 316.Chemistry of the Main Group Elements (3)II 1971 -72Theory, structure, and chemistry of the group III,IV, and V elements. The chemistry of the hydrides, particularly of boron, will be emphasized. Current theoretical approaches and exper- imental techniques are stressed. P, 310a. Keller 317.Structural Chemistry (3) I 1972 -73Introduction to the determination of structures of complex molecules by X -ray crystallography. The evaluation of structural information. Current topics in structural chemistry. Enemark 318.Chemistry and Metabolism of Nucleic Acids (2) I 1971 -72(Identical with Agricultural Biochemistry 318 and Biochemistry 318) Siegel 320.Advanced Topics in Analytical Chemistry (3) IStatistical treatment of data, separation processes, kinetic and thermal methods of analysis. P, 280b. 321.Advanced Instrumental Analysis (3) IITopics in spectrophotometry, emission spec- trometry, chromatography, electroanalysis, principles of instrumentation and data acquisition at an advanced level. 3R, 3L. P, 222, 280b. 322.Electroanalytical Methods (3) II 1971 -72Principles of electrochemistry and electro- analysis, including topics on electrochemical equilibrium and kinetics, potentiometry, voltammetry, amperometry, coulometry, chronopotentiometry, and modern cyclic and pulse methods. P, 280b. Wilson 382 DEPARTMENTS AND COURSES OF INSTRUCTION

323.Applications of Equilibrium Principles in Analysis (3) IIMathematical description of equilibria in aqueous and nonaqueous systems. Theoretical basis of analytical determina- tions. P, 280b. Freiser- Fernando 324.Chemical Instrumentation (3) IData acquisition and experiment control by analog and digital techniques. Design of chemical instrumentation. 3R, 3L. P, 222. 325.Chemistry of Metal Chelates (3) I 1971 -72Theory underlying the application of organic reagents in chemical analysis. P, 323. Freiser 327.Analytical Separations (3) II 1972 -73Fundamentals of separation processes - single and multistage; differential migration methods. P, 320. Burke 330.Radiochemistry and Radiation Detection (3) I(Identical with Nuclear Engineering 330) Wacks 340.Organic Syntheses (3) IIOrganic reactions and the methods by which they are applied to synthetic problems in organic chemistry. P, 41b, 280b. Glass -Hruby 341.Mechanisms of Organic Reactions (3) IDetailed analysis of the factors which influence the rates and courses of organic processes P, 280b, 340. Bates -Jones 342a -342b.Polymer Chemistry (3 -3) Yr.Synthesis, stereochemistry, and mechanisms of formation of high polymers. 342a: Condensation and ring- opening polymers; 342b: Vinyl polymers. 342a is not prerequisite to 342b. P, 340. Hall- Mulvaney 343.Structural Organic Chemistry (3) IIStructure determination of organic molecules. P, 41b, 280b. Bates -Hruby. 344.Heterocyclic Compounds (3)I The behavior of the more important heterocyclic systems. P, 340. Steelink 345.Chemistry of Natural Products (3) II 1971 -72Isolation, structural elucidation, total synthesis, biogenesis, metabolism, and physiological importance of natural products. P, 340. (Identical with Ag. Biochem. 345) Steelink 361a -361b.Introduction to Biochemical Literature (1 -1) Yr.(Identical with Biochemistry 361a -361b) 365.Chemistry of Proteins(3)I1972 -73 Isolation,characterization, and chemical properties of amino acids and proteins. P, 262a. (Identical with Ag. Biochem. 365 and Biochem. 365) 366.Mechanism of Enzyme Action (3)IIAdvanced discussion of current aspects of enzymic mechanisms. P, 262a. (Identical with Ag. Biochem. 366 and Biochem. 366) 367.Physical Techniques in Biochemistry (3) I 1971 -72 Hydrodynamic, equilibrium and spectroscopic techniques used in the study of biological macromolecules. P, 262a. (Identical with Biochem. 367) 368.Biological Regulatory Mechanisms (2) I 1972 -73 (Identical with Biochemistry 368) Mathews -Staff 369.Biochemistry of Lipids (2) II 1972 -73(Identical with Biochemistry 369) Hanahan- Wells 370.Molecular Photobiology (2) II 1971 -72Photosynthesis, biochemistry of vision, effects of radiation on nucleic acids and proteins, and other pertinent aspects of photobiology. P, 262b. (Identical with Biochem. 370) 371.Metabolic Regulation (2) II 1972 -73(Identical with Biochem. 371) Olson 380a -380b.Advanced Physical Chemistry (4-4) Yr.380a: Elementary quantum mechanics and molecular structure. 380b: Introduction to statistical thermodynamics. P, 280b. 380a is not prerequisite to 380b. 381.Chemical Thermodynamics (3) II 1972 -73Advanced concepts in both classical and modern thermodynamics. P, 280b. 383.Statistical Mechanics (3) IFundamental principles of classical and quantum statistics with applications to chemistry. P, 380b. CIVIL ENGINEERING 383

386.Quantum Chemistry (3) IIPrinciples of quantum mechanics with applications to the properties of molecules. P, 380a. 387.Molecular Spectroscopy (3) IApplications of quantum mechanics to the interpretation of the spectra of molecules of chemical and biological interest. P, 380a. 398.Special Topics (1 to 5) I, IIOpen only to students preparing for the doctoral degree who wish to pursue topics not covered in regularly scheduled courses. Arrangements must be made with the appropriate staff member and the department head before registration. 399.Seminar (1 to 3) I, IIReports on current research and assigned topics. Required of all graduate students in the department. a. Analytical Chemistry d. Organic Chemistry b. Biochemistry e. Physical Chemistry and Chemical Physics c. Inorganic Chemistry Individual Studies 199 (2 to 4); 299 (1 to 5); 400 (1 to 5); 401 (0); 410 (1 to 5); 411 (0); 420 (1 to 9); 421(0)

CHINESE (See Oriental Studies)

CIVIL ENGINEERING AND ENGINEERING MECHANICS Professors Quentin M. Mees, Head, Erasmus S.Borgquist (Emeritus), Carl J. Buckman (Emeritus), Thomas Carmody, Donald A. DaDeppo, David J. Hall, Simon Ince, Rudolf A. Jimenez, James D. Kriegh, Haaren A. Miklofsky, Richmond C. Neff, Philip B. Newlin, Robert A. Phillips, Ralph M. Richard, Andrew W. Ross, Richard L. Sloane, Hassan A. Sultan, Emmett M Laursen. Associate Professors Robert M. Barnett, Arthur W. Gill (Emeritus), Donald B. Hawes, Allan J. Malvick, Raymond Sierka. Assistant Professor Edward N. Roberts. Lecturers Herman L. Danforth, Wilfred T. Hamlyn, Bruce G. Johnston, Fred C. Lange, Roy O. McCaldin. The department offers the Bachelor of Science, the Master of Science, and Doctor of Philosophy degrees in Civil Engineering and the Master of Science and Doctor of Philosophy in Engineering Mechanics.

Civil Engineering Credit for these courses is offered in both Civil Engineering and Engineering Mechanics. The abbreviation for these courses is C.E. la -lb. Environmental Problems (2 -2) Yr.la: Air and Aesthetic Pollution. lb: Pollution by Liquids and Solids. Courses will examine sources, effects, laws and economics within the environment. P, none. la -lb can be taken in any order. Sierka 3.Topographic Drawing (1)II The techniques of drawing topographic maps using standard symbols with instrument practice and technical lettering. 3L. Fee, $2. 4.Descriptive Geometry (3) IIPrinciples of descriptive geometry and graphical methods with applications to the visualization and solution of problems in various engineering fields. 2R, 4L. 10. Fee, $2. 5.Engineering Problems (2),I,II Engineering methods of problem analysis. The presentation and solution of static mechanics and realistic engineering problems by analytical and graphical methods and by use of the slide rule. 1R, 3L. P, H.S. trigonometry. Fees, $2. 7.Engineering Slide Rule (0) I, IITheory and practice of slide rule computation. P, Math. 44 or CR. 384 DEPARTMENTS AND COURSES OF INSTRUCTION

10.Engineering Graphics (3) I, II Representations and analysis of systems of orthographic projection and graphical methods used in engineering design and production, correlated with technical sketching. 1 1 /2R, 4 1 /2L. Fee, $2. 11.Advanced Engineering Graphics (3) I, IIPresentation and analysis of engineering design information by graphical methods. Solution of engineering design problems by orthographic methods, graphs, homographs, and graphical calculus. 1 l /2R, 4 1 /2L. Fee, $2. P, one year of high school mechanical drawing or 10. 14.Statics (3) I, IIEquivalent force systems; equilibrium; geometric properties of areas and solids; friction; virtual work; potential energy. P, Phys 3a, Math 50b or CR 49b. 15.Engineering Mechanics (3)I,II Equivalent force systems; equilibrium; kinematics; momentum and energy methods. P, Phys 3a, Math 50b or CR 49b. 16.Dynamics (3) I,IIKinematics, dynamics, momentum and energy methods for particles and rigid bodies. P, 14. 17.Mechanics of Materials (3) I, IIMaterial behavior; relationship between external forces acting on elastic and inelastic bodies and the resulting behavior, stress and strain; combined stresses. P, 14 or 15. 50.Land Development Engineering (3) I, IIStudy of instruments and methods used in measurement of' distances, elevation, directions, angles, and areas. Preparation of planimetric and topographic maps from field data. 2R, 3L. P, Math. 24. Fee, $5. Newlin 51.Elementary Surveying (3)I,II Theory of measurements and errors; vertical and horizontal control methods; topographic, public land and construction surveys; use of surveying instruments. 2R, 3L. P, 10, Math. 24 or 44. Fee, $5. Newlin 120.Fluid Mechanics Laboratory (1) I, IIOpen -channel and closed conduit studies of basic flow phenomena emphasizing continuity, conservation of momentum, and exchange of energy. Measurement and analysis of turbulence. Calibration of flow -measuring devices. One 3 -hour laboratory period weekly. P, A.M.E. 131. Carmody 121.Water Resources Engineering (3) IIHydrologic analysis, pipe flow, and design of pipe systems, open channel flow, natural streams and waterways; fluid machinery, fluid measurement apparatus, dimensional analysis and hydraulic models. Economic aspects of water resources. P, A.M.E. 131. Carmody 130.Structural Engineering I (3) I, IIAnalysis of statically determinate structures, including beams, frames, and trusses. 2R, 3L. P, 17. Kriegh 131.Structural Engineering II (3) I, IIDeflection of beams, frames, and trusses; analysis of statically indeterminate structures. 2R, 3L. P, 130. Kriegh 133a -133b.Elements of Structural Systems. (3 -3) Yr.(Identical with Arch. 133a -133b) 140.Soil Engineering (4) I, IIPhysical and mechanical properties of soils, shear strength, consolidation, settlement, lateral earth pressures, and bearing capacity. 2R, 3L. P, 17, Chem. 2bR -2bL. Fee, $4. Sloane -Sultan 152.Engineering Surveys (3) ISolar and Polaris observations; mineral, public, and private land surveys; route surveying, curves, and earthwork; triangulation, photogrammetry, and modern engineering surveys. 2R, 3L. P, 51. Fee, $5. Newlin 160.Transportation Engineering (2)I,II Methods of movement of people and goods. Development of design criteria for surface, air, water, and conveyor transport. P, Jr. standing in Civil Engineering. 170.Water Supply and Waste-Water Systems (3) I, IIFundamental principles of design of unit processes common to water and waste treatment systems. P, A.M.E. 120 or A.M.E. 131. Mees- Sierka 180.Materials Laboratory (2) I, IILaboratory studies of mechanical properties of concrete, concrete aggregates, steel, and other metals as engineering materials. 6L. P, 17 or CR, Chem. 2bR -2bL. Fee, $6. CIVIL ENGINEERING AND ENGINEERING MECHANICS 385

190.Junior Field Trip (0)II Extended field trip to industries and other engineering activities in the Southwest. Offered in Semester II only. Students are urged to take this trip in the junior year. Fee, not to exceed $40, determined and collected when trip is arranged. P, Jr. standing. 202.Computer Methods in Civil Engineering (3)II Development of digital computer programs for solving problems in various civil engineering fields. Emphasis on methods of treating large systems. P, 131, AME 131, SE 170. Malvick 223.Hydrology (3) IElementary treatment of major topics in hydrology including rainfall, evaporation, groundwater, and runoff. P, A.M.E. 131. Field trips. Fee, $2. (Identical with Hyd. 223) Ince 232,Structural Design (3)II Analysis and design of conventional and unconventional structures, concrete, prestressed concrete, wood, steel. 2R, 3L. P, 237 or 138b. Kriegh 233a -233b. Elements of Structural Systems (3 -3) Yr. (Identical with Arch. 233a- 233b.) Hamlyn 236.Structural Engineering IIl (3) IIStructural design in steel and other metals including design of tension, compression and flexural members; design of welded, riveted and boltedconnections; introductiontoplasticdesign.2R,3L.P,130, CR 131. Richard -Ross 237.Structural . Engineering IV (3)I Structural design in reinforced concrete including beams, slabs, columns, foundations, walls and building frames; design in timber with emphasis on the design of joints using various types of fasteners. 2R, 3L. P, 130, CR 131. Kriegh -Ross 239.Long Span Structures (3) ON DEMAND Advanced analysis and design of complex span structures including suspension bridges, pinned and fixed arches, braced spandrel arches, and continuous structures on rigid or elastic piers. P, 131. Miklofsky 240.Foundation Engineering (3) IISite and sub -surface investigations, design of footings and pile foundations, retaining walls, _ cofferdams and sheet piles, slopes. Construction problems.P,140. Sloane- Sultan 253.Geodetic Surveying (3)II Refinements in determining latitudes, longitudes, and elevations of points on the earth's surface and the form and dimensions of the earth; adjustment of triangulation systems and level nets by the method of least squares. 2R, 3L. P, 152 and Math. 50c. Fee, $5. Newlin 254.Photogrammetry (3) I,II Reading, interpretations, and geometric characteristics of aerial photographs. Stereoscopic principles and their application in the production of planimetric and topographic maps. 2R, 3L including field trips. P, 51, and Math. 50c. Fee, $5. Newlin 260.Highway and Airport Engineering (3) IMaterials, construction and structural design of highways and airports. Term paper required. P, CR 140. Jimenez 262.Bituminous Materials (3) IIDevelopment tests, manufacture, and controls of bitumi- nous materials used in highway construction and maintenance. 2R, 3L. P, 140. Fee, $6. Jimenez 263.Traffic Engineering (3) IBasic characteristics of vehicles and operators. Volume, speed, delay, capacity, origin, and destination studies. Accident analysis. Parking studies. Techniques for improving traffic operations. 2R, 3L. P, Sr. standing. 265.Urban Planning (3)IIContemporary city and metropolitan planning theory and method from engineering viewpoint; role of physical planning in local government; plan preparation and effectuation; relationships to transportation and municipal engineering. 2R, 3L. P, Sr. standing. 270.Water and Waste -Water Analysis (3) IChemical, physical and biological processes of importance in water quality developments, self -purification and treatment systems. Analytical procedures used in assessing water and waste -water quality. 2R, 3L. P, 170. Fee, $8. Phillips 386 DEPARTMENTS AND COURSES OF INSTRUCTION

272.Water Quality Control (3) IIAspects of water quality maintenance; physical, chemical, and biological factors in water and waste -water treatment and natural purification. 2R, 3L. P, Chem. 2bR -2bL. Fee, $8. Degree credit not generally allowed for majors in Civil Engineering. (Identical with Hyd. 272 and W.M. 272) Phillips 273.Urban Sanitation (3)I Problems of sanitation bearing on community health and related factors for consideration in urban planning. P, Govt. 213 or CR. (Identical with Urb. Pl. 273) 277.Environmental Health (3) ON DEMANDApplication of engineering principles directed toward control of environment for protection and improvement of health and comfort of man; including disease and immunity, epidemiology, biostatistics, industrial hygiene, and sanitation. P, Upper division standing. Mees- Phillips 279.Environmental Air Pollution (3) IAir pollution sources and pollutant control with special consideration of the meteorological, urban, rural, industrial, and health aspects. P, Upper division standing. Phillips -Mees 281.Construction Methods (3) IIIntroduction to estimating; construction planning and methods. Selected topics of fundamental importance in construction, including the Critical Path Method and PERT. 2R, 3L. P, 236 or 237, 180 or CR, Sr. standing. Ross 283.Radiation Shielding for Buildings (3) I 1972 -73Effects of nuclear weapons; radioac- tivity, attenuation of nuclear radiation; shielding methodology, space and environmental engineering;biologicaleffectsof radiation;sheltercriteria;shelter improvement methods. P, Sr. standing in Engineering or Architecture. Miklofsky 290.Civil Engineering Projects (3) I, IIIndividual design study in fields of the student's major emphasis or completion of a research and a development project, under direct staff supervision. P, Sr. standing. 296.Engineering Economics (2)I The financial and economic problems encountered in construction and in the provision of public works of all types. P, Sr. standing in engineering. Ross 297.Contracts, Specifications and Engineering Relations (2) IIP, Sr. standing. Ross 298.Civil Engineering Seminar (2)I,II Preparation, presentation, and discussion of engineering reports on assigned subjects. P, Sr. standing. 306.Advanced Mechanics of Materials (3) I ON DEMANDAnalysis of stress and strain, theories of failure; cylinders, spheres, and disks under radially symmetric loads; advanced topics in flexure, torsion, and buckling. P, 17, S.E. 170. Neff -Malvick 313.Theory of Elastic Stability (3) IIBending and buckling of prismatic bars, beams, rings, curved bars, thin shells, and thin plates under axial and lateral loads. P, 17, S.E. 170. Richard- DaDeppo 321.Sediment Transportation (2) IErosion, transportation and deposition of sediments by flowing water; sediment properties and their measurement; bed load and suspended load movement; river behavior and control. P, A.M.E. 131. Laursen 322.Advanced Hydraulics(3) ON DEMAND Fundamental principles of steady and unsteady flow in pipes and open channels; waves and tidal hydraulics; stratified flow and density currents. P, 121. Carmody 323.Analysis of Hydraulic Problems (3) ON DEMANDDetailed analysis and practical solution of special problems in civil engineering hydraulics. P, 322. (May be repeated with permission of instructor.) Carmody -Laursen 324.Water Resource Investigations (3) ON DEMAND methods and problems in water resource investigations; surface water and ground water, direct and indirect measure- ments, analysis and interpretation of data. P, 223.Ince 332.Advanced Theory of Structures (3)I Advanced problems in structural analysis including arches, frames with members of variable cross -sections, multi -span frames, influence lines, cable structures, and space frames. P, 131. Kriegh CIVIL ENGINEERING AND ENGINEERING MECHANICS 387

336a -336b.Plastic Analysis and Design (3 -3) Yr.Introduction to plasticity in structural analysis, limit loads for trusses, beams, frames, grillages, arches, and plates. Advanced structural design in steel and concrete, emphasis on plastic design methods. P, 236,237. 338.Behavior and Properties of Plain Concrete (3) ON DEMAND Composition, crystal structure, and properties of cement and aggregate; mechanical properties and behavior of concrete, theories and application of fracture mechanics to concrete failure. Static, dynamic, and fatigue loading. 2R, 3L. P, 237. 340a -340b.Advanced Soil Mechanics (3 -3) Yr.Advanced theories and engineering appli- cations of soil mechanics. 340a includes consolidation, settlement, shear strength, bearing capacity, pile foundation. 340b includes lateral pressures, bulkheads, slope stability, seepage. P, 140. Sloane -Sultan 341.Seepage and Earth Dams (3) ON DEMANDPrinciples governing the flow of water through soils and their application in the design of earth dams. Methods of earth dam design including earthquake design. Theory of wells and groundwater flow. P, 140. Sultan 342.Advanced Soil Mechanics Laboratory (3) II Lectures and individual laboratory studies of advanced aspects of the mechanical, physical and hydraulic properties of soils as an engineering material. 1R, 6L. P, 340a. Sultan 343.Physico- Chemical Soils Laboratory (3) ON DEMANDLaboratory studies of the physical and chemical properties of soil minerals including x -ray diffraction, infra -red spectrometry, differential thermal analysis, ion exchange capacity, electron microscopy and diffraction. 1R, 6L. P, 345a. Fee, $8. Sloane 344.Soil Stabilization (3) II 1971 -72 Purpose of soil stabilization; stabilization using mechanical means, cement, asphalt, lime, salt and resins. Factors governing stabilization techniques. Special applications. P, 140. Sloane -Sultan 345a -345b. Theories of Soil Behavior (3 -3) Yr. 1972 -73345a: Physico -chemical principles in soil engineering including basic clay mineralogy, colloidal phenomena, double -layer theory, ion exchange, soil fabric. 345b: theories of failure and dilatancy, advanced consolidation theories, foundation vibrations, rate process theory in soil behavior. P, 340a -340b. Sloane -Sultan 355.Development and Distribution of U.S. Soils (3) ON DEMANDPrinciples of soil origin and development; geological, pedological and engineering soil classification and mapping methods. Aerial photo identification techniques. Engineering design problems associated with different soil types. P, 340. Newlin 356.Engineering Interpretation of Aerial Photographs (2) ON DEMANDTranslation of photographic soil color tone, rock formation, drainage pattern, vegetation, and land use into engineering location and design criteria. 6L. P, 355. Fee, $3. Newlin 360.Advanced Highway Engineering(3)I1971 -72Theory and design of highway cross -sections, intersections, interchanges, multilane expressways, and arterial highways. 2R, 3L. P, 260, 263. 361a -361b.Structural Design of Pavements (3 -2) Yr.Analysis of pavements, loads, stresses, material characteristics,for the theoretical and practical design, construction and maintenance of pavements. 361a: Bituminous; 361b: Portland cement. Jimenez 363.Traffic Operations (3) ON DEMANDApplication of traffic engineering principles to operation of streets and highways; pavement markings, signs, signalization, and signal systems, theory of freeway operations, traffic engineering administration. P, 263. 364.Highway Planning and Economics (3) II 1971 -72Application of the results of planning surveys in programming highway improvements, economic analysis of highway improve- ments, parking, and zoning studies; highway finance. 2R, 3L. P, 160, 260. 365.Principles of Transportation Planning (3)II Relation of transportation to urban planning; geometric design of streets and highways; planning and programming of improvements. 2R, 3L. P, 265 or Urb. Pl. 244b. (Identical with Urb. Pl. 365) 388 DEPARTMENTS AND COURSES OF INSTRUCTION

371.Advanced Water and Waste -Water Analysis (3) IIAdvanced chemical, physical and microbiological analyses as related to water and waste -water quality and advanced treatment process design. 1R, 6L. P, 270. Fee, $8. Sierka -Phillips 372.Air Quality Control and Evaluation (3)II Sources of and control methods for industrial pollutants, sampling and analysis for gaseous and particulate matter in air quality evaluation and control. 2R, 3L. P, 279. Mees- Phillips 373.Advances in Water and Waste Reclamation and Reuse (3) ON DEMAND Theory, application, and evaluation of currently developing techniques in water and waste reclamation and reuse. P, 375 or Chem. E. 281. Sierka 374.Industrial Waste Treatment (3) ON DEMANDIndustrial waste and stream pollution serveys, current control measures, and recommended treatment of specific wastes. 2R, 3L. P, 270. Fee, $5. Sierka -Phillips 375.Advanced Waste -Water Disposal System Design (3) IAdministration, financing, design, construction, and operation of waste -water disposal systems. P, 270. Fee, $5. Sierka 376.Advanced Water Distribution and Treatment System Design (3) IIAdministration, financing, design, construction, and operation of water treatment plants and distribution systems. P, 270. Fee, $5. Sierka 399.Seminar (1 to 3) I, II a. Civil Engineering i.Plasticity b. Elasticity j. Sanitary Engineering c. Engineering Mechanics k. Soil Mechanics d. Fluid Mechanics 1.Structural Engineering e. General Graduate m. Surveying and Mapping f. Highway Engineering n. Transportation Engineering g. Hydraulics o. Urban Planning h. Hydrology Individual Studies 299 (1 to 5); 400 (1 to 5); 401 (0); 405 (1 to 3); 406 (0); 410 (1 to 6), maximum total, 6 units; 411 (0); 420 (1 to 9); 421 (0) Engineering Mechanics Credit for these courses is offered in both Civil Engineering and Engineering Mechanics. The abbreviation for these courses is E.M. No more than two "On Demand" courses will be offered in a given semester.

292.Numerical Methods in Engineering (3) ON DEMAND Approximate numerical solution techniques for algebraic and transcendental equations, simultaneous equations, differen- tial and integral equations which arise in bending, bucking, and vibrations of beams and plates and other engineering applications. P, 17, S.E. 170 and Sr. standing. Neff 301a -301bAnalytical Mechanics (3 -3)Yr. ON DEMAND Theory and application of Newtonian and analytical mechanics todiscrete and continuous systems. Three dimensional kinematics and kinetics, inertia tensor, Euler's and Lagrange's equations, Hamilton's principle. P, 17, S.E. 170. DaDeppo -Malvick 302a -302b. Mechanics (3 -3) Yr.Formation of the fundamental laws of physics applicable to a continuous medium in a unified viewpoint; Lagrangian and Eulerian description of deformation and flow; strain, rate of strain, and vorticity tensors; stress, rate of stress; laws of thermodynamics. Applications to solids and fluids. P, 17, A.M.E. 131 or 120, CR E.M. 305a or equivalent. DaDeppo 303.Applied Elasticity (3)I 1971 -72General equations of elasticity, problems in plane stress, plane strain, extension, flexure, and torsion. Energy principles, including virtual work, stationary potential energy, and stationary complementary energy. Application to rings,curved beams, plates,torsion, and other elastic systems. P,17, S.E.170. Neff -Richard CLASSICS 389

305a -305b.Methods in Engineering Mechanics (3 -3) Yr.Formulation and solution of certain governing equations of engineering mechanics such as those of elasticity, stress waves in solids, and hydrodynamics. P, S.E. 170 Richard -Malvick 310a -310b.Theory of Elasticity(3 -3)Yr.1972 -73Derivation and treatment of the Cauchy -Navier equations, Cauchy's stress and strain dyadics, general solutions, singular states of stress, classical boundary value problems, complex variable applications. P, 303a, S.E. 170, Math 203. Neff - Malvick 315.Theory of Plasticity (3) ON DEMAND Foundations of the theory, yield criteria, equations on plasticity, general theorems, solution of elastic -plastic problems. P, 303 or 310a -310b. Neff 318a -318b.Experimental Stress Analysis (3 -3) ON DEMAND Experimental analysis of stress and strain, photoelasticity, photoelastic coatings, moire fringes, electrical strain gages,transducers. 2R, 2L.P,17.Fee,$8. 318aisnot prerequisiteto 318b. Neff- Miklofsky 320a -320b.Fluid Mechanics of Incompressible Flow (3 -3) Yr.Application of irrotational- flow, laminar -flows, and turbulent -flow concepts and energy, momentum and resistance relationshipsto groundwater, open -channel, and hydraulic structures problems. P, A.M.E. 131. 320a is not prerequisite to 320b. Carmody 326.Fluid Mechanics of Turbulent Flow (3) ON DEMAND Nature of turbulent motion, turbulent boundary layers in channels, closed conduits and other structures, free turbulence shear flows, structure of turbulence in shear flows. P, 320b. Carmody 333.Dynamics of Structures (3) ON DEMANDFree and forced vibrations of structural systems, effects of wind load, explosion blast, impact, earth tremors and other time dependent excitations; viscous and structural damping, linear and non -linear systems. P, 355, S.E. 170. Richard 335.Matrix Methods inStructural Mechanics (3)I Formulation of theforce and displacement methods. The finite element methods. The finite element method with application to bar, beam, plate, and shell structures. Linear and nonlinear systems. P, 332 or A.M.E. 236. Richard 337a -337b.Plates and Shells (3 -3) ON DEMAND Theory and design of circular, rectangular and continuous plates,shells; warped or doubly curved structures, cylinders and intersection shells by classical, numerical, and approximate methods. Analysis and design of folded plates. P, 17, S.E. 170. DaDeppo -Kriegh 339.Advanced Structural Mechanics (3) IIAdvanced problems in structural analysis using the finite element method. Analysis and optimization of complex systems. Nonlinear and composite structures and material systems. Application to other disciplines. P, 335 or A.M.E. 236. (Identical with A.M.E. 339) Richard -Kamel 395.Similitude in Engineering (3) ON DEMAND Dimensional analysis; design and analysis of true, distorted, and dissimilar models. Applications of model analysis to general civil engineering problems. 2R, 3L. P, 17, S.E. 170. Individual Studies 199 (1 -3); 299 (1 to 5); 400 (1 to 5); 401 (0); 405 (1 to 3); 406 (0); 410 (1 to 6), maximum total, 6 units; 411 (0); 420 (1 to 9); 421 (0)

CLASSICS Professor Garnet D. Percy, Head Associate Professors Richard Carl Jensen, Thomas D. Worthen Assistant Professor Marie T. Volk Lecturer Albert T. Bilgray The major in Greek: 10a -10b, 110a -110b, 210a -210b, 226, 228, 232. The major in Latin: 2a -2b, 101a-101b, 201a-201b, 244a -244b. 390 DEPARTMENTS AND COURSES OF INSTRUCTION

The major in Classics: 24 units including either 101a -101b or 110a -110b, and either 117a -117b or History 101a-101b. At least 16 units must be in upper- division work. The supporting minor should be chosen from: anthropology, art history, English, foreign languages, history, Oriental studies, philosophy. The teaching minor: 18 units in Latin in addition to la-1 b. Students who wish to fulfill the foreign language requirement for graduation in the College of Liberal Arts by demonstrating proficiency in Latin will take the examination given at the end of course 2b. Honors: The department participates in the Honors Program.

General Courses No knowledge of the Greek or Latin language is required for the following courses:

15a -15b. The Study of English Words (2 -2) Yr.Designed to assist the student to increase his command of modern English. Derivations, especially from Greek and Latin; changes in the meanings of words; vocabulary building. 15a is not prerequisite to 15b. Worthen 21a -21b.Greek and Roman Private Life (2 -2) Yr.Greek and Roman private life illustrated from the literature and the monuments. 21a is not prerequisite to 21b. Jensen 117a -117b.Greek and Roman Civilization (3 -3) Yr.117a: Greece to the Roman conquest. 117b: Rome to the fall of the empire in the west. 117a is not prerequisite to 117b. Volk 126.Mythology (2) I, IIThe myths, legends, and folktales of the Greeks and other peoples of antiquity. Percy The following four courses, if taken together, provide a survey of Greek and Roman literature, but any course may be taken separately. 226.Greek Epic (2) I 1971 -72A study of the Iliad with some reference to the Odyssey and other epics. P, Hum. 50a -50b or equivalent. Worthen 228.Greek Tragedy (2) IISix plays are read and a brief history of the form is given. P, Hum. 50a -50b or equivalent. Worthen 232.Greek Prose Writers (2) I 1972 -73Some attention is paid to other writers, but the emphasis of the course is placed on Herodotus, Thucydides, and Plato. P, Hum. 50a -50b or equivalent. Worthen 244a -244b.Roman Literature (2 -2) Yr.A history of Roman literature from the beginning to the close of the classical period. P, Hum. 50a -50b or equivalent. 244a is not prerequisite to 244b. Volk - Worthen

Language Courses la -lb. Elementary Latin (4 -4) Yr.The Latin language presented as far as possible from the point of view of its influence on English. Volk 2a -2b. Intermediate Latin (4-4) Yr.Reading and discussion of selected passages from Virgil's Aeneid or other texts. Grammar, some composition. P, lb or 2 years of high school Latin. Percy 10a -10b.Elementary Greek (4 -4) Yr. 1971 -72Introduction to classical or New Testament Greek including the reading of selected passages from Xenophon or Plato, or from the Gospel according to St. John. Worthen 20a -20b.Elementary Hebrew (4 -4) Yr.The reading and comprehension of ordinary Hebrew prose; writing, translation, and conversation, leading toward an understanding of either Biblical or modern Hebrew. Bilgray 101a -101b.Survey of Latin Literature (3 -3) Yr.A reading course designed to introduce the student to some of the greater writers of Latin prose and verse and to provide in general outline a history of the literature. P, 2b or 4 years of high school Latin. Jensen COMPUTER SCIENCE 391

110a -110b. Advanced Greek (4 -4) Yr. 1972 -73Selections from classical Greek chosen in accordance with the student's needs and interests. P, 10b. Worthen 120a -120b.Advanced Hebrew(4-4)Yr.1972 -73* Hebrewliterature.Proficiency in conversation; application of grammatical principles to varied literary texts; selections from Biblical, post -Biblical, and -modern Hebrew literature. P, 20b or 2 years of high school Hebrew. Bilgray 201a -201b.Latin Reading Course (3 -3) Yr.Readings from Latin literature; conferences and reports. P, 10 lb. May be repeated for credit without duplication of work. Percy 210a -210b.. Greek Reading Course (4 -4) Yr.Readings from Greek literature; conferences and reports. P, 110b. May be repeated for credit without duplication of work. Worthen 399.Seminar (3) I, II Individual Studies 199 (2 to 4); 299 (1 to 5); 400 (2 to 8)

*After 1972 -73 this course will be offered on a yearly basis.

COMPUTER SCIENCE

Committee on Computer Science Professors Peter H. Bartels, Dr. rer. nat. (Microbiology -Optical Sciences), William R. Ferrell, Ph. D. (Systems Engineering), Frederick J.Hill, Ph.D. (Electrical Engineering), Granino A. Korn, Ph.D. (Electrical Engineering), Roger N. van Norton, Ph.D.(Director,Computer Center),CurtisB.Merritt,Ph.D. (Associate Dean, Graduate College) Associate Professors Nicholas Aquilano, Ph. D. (Management), Robert L. Baker, Ph.D. (Systems Engineering), James R. Clay, Ph.D. (Mathematics), James F. LaSalle, Ph.D. (Management), David O. Lomen, Ph.D. (Mathematics), John V. Wait, Ph.D. (Electrical Engineering), Sidney J. Yakowitz, Ph.D. (Systems Engineering)

The Committee administers graduate programs leading to the M.S. and Ph.D. degrees. Admission is considered for students with an undergraduate major in computer science, engineering, management, mathematics, or other appropriate field. Preparation for graduate work in computer science must include:1) a thorough knowledge of FORTRAN or COBOL, 2) ten units of calculus (or Mathematics 65 and Mathematics 66), 3) Elementary Differential Equations (or Linear Algebra and Differential Equations, or The Grammar of Modern Math- ematics), 4) Matrix Analysis (or Linear Algebra), 5) a working knowledge of some assembly language, and 6) an approved course in statistics. Deficiencies may be removed without graduate credit if admission is granted. Master of Science Degree - The general requirements for this degree are given in the Graduate Catalog. At least 30 units of graduate work are needed. A formal thesis may or may not be required, at the discretion of the Committee. Each graduate study program must include:1) two courses from each of two areas of computer science and one course from a third area (see Groups I - V below), 2) a minimum of 12 units of 300 level course work, and 3) three to six units of either research or thesis. The particular courses to be taken are determined with the help of an adviser and with the student's background and special interests in mind. All programs must be approved by the Committee. Doctor of Philosophy Degree - The general requirements for this degree as given in the Graduate Catalog must be satisfied. Only superior students are admitted and the equivalent of three years of full -time study and research, beyond 392 DEPARTMENTS AND COURSES OF INSTRUCTION the bachelor's degree, are required. Much of the course work must be at the 300 level but the courses to be taken will vary with the student's background and interests. A minor in a related department is required. In addition to the Graduate College requirement of a reading knowledge of one foreign language, the Committee requires either 1) high proficiency in one foreign language or 2)' six additional units of course work chosen from a list of courses approved by the Committee. Students majoring in other disciplines may minor in computer science by completing a sequence of courses approved by the Committee. COURSE INFORMATION: Most of the computer science courses below are crosslisted from the offerings of the departments of electrical engineering, management, mathematics, and systems engineering. Course descriptions are given under the home department listing. The courses in each area of computer science are given in Groups I - V below.

Group I - Software Theory 273.Theory of Systems Programming I (3) I(Identical with Systems Engineering 273)

274.Theory of Systems Programming II (3) II,, (Identical with Systems Engineering 274). 293.Operating Systems (3) I(Identical with Systems Engineering 293) 373.Programming Languages (3) II(Identical with Systems Engineering 373) Group II - Applied Software 268.Systems Analysis for Data Processing (3) I, II.(Identical with Management 278) 277.Information Retrieval and Correlation (3) I(Identical with Systems Engineering 275) 290.Computer Center Development and Operations(3)II (Identical with Systems Engineering 290) 372.Advanced Topics in Computer Science (3) II' (Identical with Systems Engineering 372) 378.Systems Design for Management (3) I(Identical with Management 378) 379.Computer Modeling and Simulation (3) II(Identical with Management 379) Group III - Automata Theory 260a -260b.Mathematical Topics in Computer Science (3 -3) Yr.(Identical with Math- ematics 260a- 260b.) 374.Sequential Circuits and Automata (3) II(Identical with Electrical Engineering 374) 376.Switching and Automata Theory (3) I(Identical with Electrical Engineering 375) 377.Recursive Function Theory (3) II, 1972 -73(Identical with Mathematics 377) Group IV - Systems Hardware 276.Elements of Machine Logic (3) I, II(Identical with Electrical Engineering 274) 370.Hybrid Analog/Digital Computers and Linkages. (3)II (Identical with Electrical Engineering 370) 371.Introduction to Digital Systems (3) I, II(Identical with Electrical Engineering 371) Group. V - Applications and Numerical Analysis 272.Continuous Systems Simulation (3) I(Identical with Electrical Engineering 272) 275a -275b.Mathematical Principlesof Numerical Analysis(3 -3)Yr.(Identical with Mathematics 275a -275b) 278.Computational Methods of Linear Algebra (3) II(Identical with Mathematics 278) 279.Combinatorial Mathematics (3) II, 1972 -73(Identical with Mathematics 279) 289.Game Theory and Linear Programming (3) I 1971 -72(Identical with Mathematics 289) COUNSELING AND GUIDANCE 393

335.Random- process Simulation and Measurements (3)II (Identical with Electrical Engineering 335) 375a -375b. Numerical Analysis (3 -3) Yr. (Identical with Mathematics 375a -375b) 384.Non -Numerical - Applications of Computers I (3)(Identical with Systems Engineering 374) 385.Non - Numerical Applications of Computers II (3)(Identical with Systems Engineering 375) General 399.Seminar (1 -3) I, IIa. Selected Topics, b. File Management Individual Studies 299 (1 to 4); 400 (2 to 6); 401 (0); 410 (3 to 6); 411 (0); 420 (1 to 9); 421 (0)

CORRECTIONAL ADMINISTRATION (See Public Administration)

COUNSELING AND GUIDANCE

Professors Paul J. Danielson, Head, O. C. Christensen, Roger J. Daldrup Associate Professors. Harley D. Christiansen, Richard L. Erickson, Gordon A. Harshman The department offers professional preparation at the Master's and doctoral levels (M.Ed., M.A., Ed.D and Ph.D degrees) with specialization in elementary and secondary school counseling and guidance, employment service and related agency counseling,pupilpersonnel services, and student personnel work in higher education. A thesis is required for the M.A. degree. Applicants must meet admission requirements established by the Graduate Collegeandthe Committee on Graduate Study in Education. Department application materials for the Masters degree, in addition to those required by the Graduate College, should be obtained by writing directly to the Department. of Counseling and Guidance. Results of the Miller Analogies test are required as a part of the Masters degree application. The requirement of fifteen units prerequisite to graduate study in Education may be waived for persons specializing in student personnel work or agency counseling where evidence of other appropriate course background is presented. All persons majoring in the department, however, will be expected to have a general knowledge of the field of education. Those entering with adeficiencyshouldconsultwiththeiradvisers regarding theselectionof appropriate background courses. For all graduate degree programs, the major core includes 222, 301, 323, 344, 351, Ed. Psych. 240, and Ed. Admin. 303. Individual graduate study programs will be planned with the help of an adviser. Doctoral candidates will be expected to have at least one year of successful employment or equivalent experience in their area of specialization prior to awarding of the degree. See the Graduate Catalog for the experience requirement for the Ed. D. degree. A minimum of 15 units, including at least 3 in Couns. and Guid. 351, will be required for persons minoring in the department.

201.The Guidance Function In Education (3) I, IITypes and purposes of pupil and student personnel services in school and college, staff function and relationships. For school personnel and others desiring an overview of the field. 394 DEPARTMENTS AND COURSES OF INSTRUCTION

203.Guidance Techniques for the Elementary Teacher (3) I, IITechniques for the study of child behavior; implications for improving adult -child relationships. 2R, 3L. Christensen 221.Techniques of Interviewing (2) ITypes and functions, process, and application of the interview in various settings. 1R, 2L. Christiansen 222.Appraisal of the Individual (3) I, IIMethods of appraising and reporting individual behavior, with emphasis on non -psychometric data. 2R, 3L. 249.Counseling and Guidance Laboratory (1to 3)I,II Supervised observation and participation in selected Counseling and Guidance activities: campus, public school, and community settings. P, 9 units in guidance or CR. 275.Law for Teachers and Student Personnel Workers (3) II(Identical with Educ. Adm. 275) Butler 301.Foundations of Guidance (3) I, IIRelationship and contributions of various fields to the work of the counselor at all levels, in current and historical perspective; derivation of principles and objectives; integrated laboratory experience in selected settings. 2R, 3L. Danielson 302.Foundations of Student Personnel Work in Higher Education (3) IOrientation to student personnel work incolleges and universities; interdisciplinary foundations; professional aspects. Integrated laboratory experience in selected campus settings. 2R, 3L. Field trip. Fee, $5. Harshman- Erickson 303.Elementary School Guidance (3)I,IIPrinciples and practices of guidance as they apply to the elementary school. For majors only. Christensen -Staff 307.The College Student (3) ICharacteristics of the college student; interactions with campus environmental influences; developmental sand normative trends. Harshman- Erickson 314.Student Personnel Services in Higher Education (3) IIStudent personnel services; purposes, procedures; representative programs; current trends. Harshman- Erickson 323.Measurement for Guidance (3) IIEvaluation and selection of psychological tests for guidance; use of psychometric data in counseling. 2R, 2L. P, Ed. Psych. 240. Fee, $3. Christiansen 331.Information and Materials for Career Planning (3)I,IITheories of vocational development; types, sources, and use of occupational and educational information in career planning; dissemination of information in the guidance program. P, 301 or CR. Christiansen 344.The Counseling Process (3) I, IIIntroduction to theories of counseling; collation and interpretation of counseling data; the counseling process; study of cases. P, 222, 301, or CR. Daldrup -Staff 345.Theories of Counseling (3) IIRationale, development, and research underlying major counseling theories. P, 331, 344. Erickson 348.Procedures in Family Counseling (3) IITheory and process in family counseling; problem solving techniques applied to parent -child conflict; laboratory experience. 2R, 3L. P, 202. (Identical with Home Econ. 348) Christensen 351.Supervised Practice in Counseling (1 to 9) I, IIP, 12 units in Counseling and Guidance, including 344. Fee, $1 per unit. Supervised counseling experience is offered on the basis of need and demand in the following settings: a. Elementary school d. Agency b. Secondary school e. Family c. Higher education f. Group 357. Counseling (3) II, 1972 -73(Identical with H. Econ. 357) Hine 361.Organization and Administration of Guidance Programs (2)II Organization and management of guidance programs in the public schools. P, 9 units in guidance, including 301. Danielson DAIRY AND FOOD SCIENCES 395

365.Organization and Administration of Student Personnel Programs in Higher Education (3) II Principles of organization and administration of college student services; compara- tive organizational structures as related to student and institutional needs. P, 302, 314 or CR. Field trip. Fee, $5. Harshman 381.Group Techniques (2) IIGroup techniques and underlying theories; applications in schools and agencies; interrelationship of group and individual approaches in counseling and related programs. P, 222, 301, or CR. Erickson 384.Group Counseling (3) I, IITheory and process in group counseling; applications in school, college, and community settings; laboratory experience. P, 344, 351, or CR. Harshman 397.Workshop (1 to 3) I, II 399.Seminar (1 to 3) I, IIRecent developments and current issues. Topics will be selected on basis of need and demand. a.Philosophical foundations: social, psychological, economic b. Ethical and professional practices c. Counselor education and supervision d. Administrative organization e.Counseling and ethnic differences f.Evaluation and research Individual Studies 99, 199, 299 (1 to 4); 400 (2 to 4); 401 (0); 405a Counseling (1 to 6); 405b Student Personnel Services (1 to 9); 406 (0); 410 (4) maximum total, 4 units; 411 (0); 420 (1 to 9); 421 (0)

DAIRY AND FOOD SCIENCES Professors Gerald H. Stott, Head, William H. Brown, F. Eugene Nelson, James D. Schuh, J. Warren Stull Assistant Professors Ralph L. Price, Thomas N. Wegner Students may specialize in one of three fields: dairy and food technology in which students prepare for opportunities in management, research and technical operations in the dairy or other food products industries or graduate study; dairy plant management which prepares students for vocations in the business operation field of dairy products manufacture - sales, advertising, personnel, and managerial positions; and dairy production for students interested in dairy farming and related fields. The major: At least 16 units including 102, 112, and 11 additional units in dairy science or in a related field approved by the department.

Suggested Undergraduate Program DAIRY AND FOOD TECHNOLOGY Freshman Year: As required of all College of Agriculture freshmen. Sophomore, Junior and Senior Years:Courses selected from the following with concurrence of major adviser - Ag. Biochem. 211a -211b; An. Sci. 103, 106, 107; Chem. 41a -41b, 43a -43b, 120 or 121, 122; Chem. E. 10, 112a -112b; Dai. and Fd. Sci. 102, 212, 252, 262a -b, 272R, 272L, 282; Eng. 8; Ent. 105; Mgt. 7; Math. 91; Microb. 117 -118; Psych. 1 a -1 b; Phys. 1 a or 2a; Speech 2.

DAIRY PLANT MANAGEMENT (See Department Head) DAIRY PR OD UCTION Freshman Year: As required of all College of Agriculture freshmen. 396 DEPARTMENTS AND COURSES OF INSTRUCTION

Sophomore, Junior and Senior Years:Courses selected from the following with concurrence of major adviser - Ag. 205; Ag. Econ. 103, 150, 164, 250; Ag. E. 101, 102, 205; Agron. 131; An. Path. 116a -116b, 203, 205; An. Sci. 204, 213; Bio. 5b, 120, 155, 156, 265a -265b; Chem. 41a -41b, 43a -43b, 120 or 121, 122, 260, 261; Dai. and Fd. Sci. 102, 112, 114, 210, 215; Econ. 206; Ent. 105; Math. 20, 24, 49a -49b; Microb. 117a; Speech 2.

Graduate Program The Department of Dairy and Food Sciences offers work toward the Master of Science degree in either of two fields, dairy and food technology, or dairy production. In addition to study in the department, students are expected to take certain courses in chemistry and microbiology. Courses in these fields may be applied in meeting the requirements of the major. The department also cooperates with the Committees on Animal Physiology, Animal Breeding, and Agricultural Biochemistry and Nutrition in both instruction and direction of research leading to the Ph.D. degrees in these fields. In addition, it cooperates with the Department of Microbiology and Medical Technology in both instruction and direction of research in the areas of dairy and food microbiology leading to the Master of Science and Doctor of Philosophy degrees in microbiology.

2.Animal Industry (3) II(Identical with Animal Science 2) Taylor 102.Market and Fluid Milk Processing (3) II 1972 -73 Principles of fluid milk- products processing and clean milk production; systems of inspection and scoring of dairy farms and plants. 2R, 3L. P, Microb. 117. Fee, $4. Stull 110.Dairy Cattle Selection (3) II 1972 -73Criteria of selecting dairy cattle, including: production, type, pedigrees; herd analysis and sire evaluation. 2R, 3L. One 3 -day field trip. Fee, $6. Schuh 112.Dairy Herd Management (3) I 1972 -73Proper milking, efficient housing, and health management of dairy cattle; marketing milk from the farm; milk production costs. P, 114. Field trip. Fee, $4. Schuh 114.Feeds and Feeding (3) II(Identical with Animal Science 114) Brown 210.Comparative Animal Nutrition (5) II(Identical with Animal Science 210) McGinty- Schuh-Weber 212.Sensory Evaluation of Food (3) II 1971 -72Fundamentals of taste, odor, color, and rheology perception as related to food; design and methodology of small -panel and consumer -panel testing. 2R, 3L. Fee, $8. (Identical with Ag. Biochem. 212 and Home Ec. 212) Angus -Stull 215.Physiology of Reproduction (4) IStudy of the organs of reproduction and their accessories; physiology and endocrinology as related to the process of reproduction and milk secretion;- practice in artificial insemination. 3R, 3L. P, Chem. lbR -lbL or equivalent, Bio.la.Fee,$4.(Identical with An.Sci. 215 and Poul. Sci. 215) Stott - Wegner 252.Dairy Products Processing (4)II1971 -72 Principles of processing butter, cheese, condensed milk, dehydrated milks, frozen desserts, and special products, selection and preparation of materials. 3R, 3L. P, 4 units of Microb. and Chem. lbR -lbL or equivalent. Fee, $8. Stull 262a -262b.Food Chemistry (3 -3) 1971 -72The chemical composition and physiochemical analysis of food products. 2R, 3L. P, Ag. Biochem. 211a. 262a is prerequisite to 262b. (Identical with Ag. Biochem. 262a -262b, An. Sci. 262a -262b, Home Ec. 262a -262b, and Poul. Sci. 262a -262b) Fee, $8. Stull - Marchello 9RAMA 397

;72R. Food Microbiology and Sanitation (3) IISanitation in processing and handling of foods; relation of microorganisms, insects, and rodents to design and function of processing and handling equipment. P, Microb. la or 117. (Identical with Ag. Biochem. 272R, Home Ec. 272R, and Microb. 272R) F. Nelson '.72L. Food Microbiology and Sanitation Laboratory (2) II 1971 -72Laboratory procedures for assessment of sanitary quality of foods. 6L. P, 272R or CR. Fee, $10. (Identical with Home Ec. 272L, Microb. 272L and Ag. Biochem. 272L) F. Nelson

!82.Food Processing (3) IRefrigeration, freezing, dehydration, heating, fermentation and pickling, irradiation and addition of chemicals as they apply to food preservation and processing. retention of nutritive value, flavor, appearance, and safety. P, Chem. 160 or Home Ec. 202R, Microb. la. (Identical with Ag. Biochem. 282 and Home Ec. 282) F. Nelson 101.Advanced Nutrition (3) II 1971 -72(Identical with Poultry Science 301) Weber 305. Ruminant Nutrition (3) I(Identical with Animal Science 305) Hale 322a -322b.Laboratory Methods in Nutrition (3) 1971 -72(Identical with Home Economics 322a -322b) Sheehan - Weber - Wegner 199.Seminar (1) I, IIOffered jointly with the departments of Animal Pathology, Animal Science, and Poultry Science. Individual Studies ?99 (1 to 5); 400 (2 to 8); 401 (0); 410 (2 to 8) maximum total, 8 units; 411 (0)

DRAMA Professors Peter R. Marroney, Head, Robert C. Burroughs, Fairfax P. Walkup (Emeritus) ,Associate Professors Irene F. Comer, Helen W. Currie, Robert A. Keyworth, John E. Lafferty Assistant Professors Rosemary Gipson, William A. Lang, H. Wynn Pearce, Channing S. Smith

Teaching major: 32 units including 15, 20, 21, 25, 40a -40b, 120a, 123a, 140, 155a -155b, 210. Teaching minor: 18 units including 25, 40a -40b, 111a-111b, 140. The supporting minor for teaching majors: Students are advised to select a teaching minor in art, English, Speech, music, foreign language, or subject approved by the student's advisor. Honors: The department participates in the University Honors programs. Graduate Program: The Department of Drama offers courses leading to the Master of Arts degree. For detailed information concerning this degree, see the Graduate Catalog.

5.Principles of Performance Techniques (2)I,II Open to students interested in the performing arts. Analysis and development of the basic physical skills necessary for effective stage performance. Comer 15.Make -Up (1) I, IIHistory and essentials of make -up; straight, character, and special types; effects of light on make -up; opportunity for experience in production. 1R, 1L. Smith 20.Drafting and Scene Painting (2)I,II Theatre drafting, theory of scene painting; furniture construction and handling of properties. 2R, 2L. Smith 21.Stagecraft and Technical Problems (3) I, IIThe construction and mounting of scenery, technical organization. 2R, 3L. Lafferty 398 DEPARTMENTS AND COURSES OF INSTRUCTION

23.Basic Theatre Graphics (2)I,IIPractical graphicskillsessentialtotheatrical productions. Burroughs 25.Acting I (3) I, IIFundamental techniques of acting, emphasizing the actor's approach to characterization and his relationship to all parts of the play's production. 3R, 4L. Pearce-Corner-Staff 40a -40b.History of the Theatre and Drama in Western Civilization (3 -3) Yr.The origins and development of the arts of theatre from primitive ritual to modern times. Integrated study of plays, theatre architecture, dramatic styles and theories of significant periods. 40a is not prerequisite to 40b. Gipson 50.Acting II (3) ISustained character portrayal. Intensive work in stage movement and vocal techniques, including dialects. Text analysis with emphasis on the poetic form. 3R, 4L. P, 5, 25. Pearce-Corner-Staff 55.Acting III (3) IIIntroduction to the analysis of acting styles, techniques and theories of major periods. Presentational and representational playing. Problems arising from distinctive types and styles of dramatic production. 3R, 4L. P, 50. Corner-Pearce-Staff 80a -80b.Stage Costume (3 -3) Yr.The trends of historic dress analyzed in relation to social and economic background; design and execution of costumes, and the organization and care of departmental wardrobes. 2R, 3L. Currie 111a -111b.Drama Production (3 -3) Yr.Techniques and materials used in producing the play: directing, acting, lighting, stagecraft, make -up, costume, and management. Not open to drama majors. 2R, 3L. (Identical with Speech 111a -111b) Smith 120a -120b.Stage Lighting(2 -2)Yr.Theory of lighting and color,lighting design, switchboard operation, instruments, analysis of electrical and sound systems. 2R, 3L. P, 20, 21. Lafferty 123a -123b.Scene Design (3 -3) Yr.Scenic design, painting, perspective, color spectra, rendering techniques, drafting, execution of models and sketches. 2R, 3L. P, 20, 21, or 6 units in art or architecture. Burroughs 140.Principles of Dramatic Structure (3) IIInterpretation of structural elements of major dramatic forms and styles in relation to stage presentation. Reading and analysis of representative plays. P, 40a -40b. Lang 150a -150b.Acting IV (3 -3) Yr.Intensive study of classical, modern, and contemporary roles from the Greek period through the Elizabethan in the first semester; from the 17th Centurytothepresentinthe second with emphasis on individual and group performance. 2R, 2 -3 hr. L. P, 55. Corner-Pearce 155a -155b.Stage Direction (3 -3) Yr.The technique of stage direction, with a study of factors leading to a completed production; direction of one -act and full -length plays. 2R, two 3 -hour rehearsals, and performance. P, senior standing in drama. Marroney 190.Screen Acting Techniques (2) IIPrinciples and techniques of various performance methods involved in acting for television and motion pictures and basic problems faced by the professional actor seeking employment in these media. Directed exercises and dramatic scenes. 1R, 2L. P, 5, 25. Pearce 197t. Teaching of Dramatic Arts (3)II (Identical with Sec.Ed. 197t; carries credit in Education only) Gipson 210.Creative Dramatics (3)I Principles and procedures of improvisation, role -playing, creativeplaywritingtechniques, and program development increative dramatics applicable to the elementary and secondary school level. P, 12 units of Drama or Education. Gipson 212.Theatre for Children (3) IIPrinciples and techniques of selecting plays, playwriting, directing, designing and producing theatre for children. 2R, 2 -3L. P, 12 units of Drama or Education. Gipson 220.Problems of Stage Lighting (3)I Special problems; practice and trends in modern lighting, instrument,selection, cost and adaptability. P, 120a -120b. Lafferty DRAMA 399

221.Sound Systems & Visual Effects for the Theatre (3)II Design, operation and maintenance of sound systems, film and visual effects for the theatre. 2R, 3L. P, 120a -120b. Lafferty 223a -223b.Technical Problems (2 -2)Yr.Comprehensive study in advanced technical planning involving staging methods. Special problems in construction, painting, and design related to major trends in technical theatre. P, 20, 21, 120b, 123b. Burroughs 227a -227b.Problems of Theatre Organization and Management (2 -2) Yr.Theatre manage- ment, organization, exploitation, financing, and other phases of professional, educa- tional, and community theatre. 2R, 3L. P, 12 units of drama. Burroughs 240a -240b.History of the Modern Theatre (2 -2) Yr.Major developments in theatrical art from 19th -century realism to the theatre of the present day. P, 40a -40b. Currie 250a -250b.Advanced Studies in Acting (3 -3) Yr.Research in theory and contemporary problems. Directed projects in acting designed to build a firm professional technique. Analysis of ensemble and repertory playing; audition material and techniques. 2R, 3L. P, Sr. or Grad. standing in Drama. Comer 260a -260b.Writing for Stage and Screen I (2 -2) Yr.Preparation and analysis of brief scripts for stage and motion pictures, staged readings and laboratory productions. Lang -Staff 280a -280b.Problems in Stage Costume (2 -2) Yr.Individual projects in design, execution, organization, and production of stage costumes. P, 80a -80b. Currie 290.Film Project I (3) I, IIThe completion of a short film, including its writing, production and editing. University provides necessary equipment and space only; student provides film, audio tape, and pays all processing and laboratory charges. Fee, $20. Keyworth- Staff 291.History of the American Motion Picture (3)I Historical and critical survey, with examples of American motion pictures both as a developing art form and as a medium of mass communication. 2R, 3L. P, Drama majors must have senior standing. Key worth 292.History of the World Motion Picture (3)IIHistorical and critical survey, with examples, of world motion pictures both as a developing art form and as a medium of mass communication. 2R, 3L. P, Drama majors must have senior standing. Key worth 300.Introduction to Graduate Study of Drama. (2) ISeminar in the methods and materials of research in theatre and drama; introduction to the bibliography of these fields; organization and form of thesis. Gipson -Lang 340.Dramatic Criticism: Tragedy (3) IComparative analysis of tragic drama and theories of tragedy from antiquity to the present. Writing of critical papers. Lang 341.Dramatic Criticism: Comedy (3) IIComparative analysis of comic drama and comic theory from antiquity to the present. Writing of critical papers. Lang 342.Studies in Theatre History (3) IEmphasis in the assigned projects to be determined annually by availableresearch materials, individual student interests, and student capacities in directed research. Gipson 344.History of the American Theatre (3) IIStudies in the American theatre and drama. A series of directed and individual projects will be assigned. Lang -Staff

Playwrights'-Directors' Laboratory Theatre

350a -350b.Writing for Stage and Screen II(3 -3) Yr.Preparation and analysis of full -length scripts for stage and motion pictures. Production possible for selected scripts. 2R, 6L. Lang 355a -355b.Problems of the Producing Director- Manager (3 -3) Yr.The organization and analysis of production policies, theatre companies, curricular program for colleges and professional schools, fund drives, and directorial philosophies. Analysis of the copyright, royalty, Equity, and Screen Actor's Guild laws. 2R, 2 -3 L. Marroney 400 DEPARTMENTS AND COURSES OF INSTRUCTION

390.Film Project II (3) I, IICompletion of a second film, including its writing, production and editing. University provides equipment and space; students provide film, audio and /or magnetic film tape, and pay all processing costs. P, Drama 290, 291 -292 or equivalents. Open to graduate students or qualified seniors. Fee, $48. Keyworth 399.Seminar (1 to 3) I, IIIntensive study of the arts of theatre and motion pictures. Topics chosen from the following fields depending upon student need and available staff: a. Dramatic theory and history b. Contemporary trends in today's theatre or motion pictures c. Technical developments for stage or motion pictures d. Directing of the dramatic, musical,.or full length motion picture production e. Film editing f. Documentary and educational film Individual Studies 299 (1 to 5'); 400 (2 to 5); 401 (0); 410 (2 to 4) maximum total, 4 units; 411 (0)

ECONOMICS Professors Walter H. Delaplane, Jean E. Draper, William 'H. Fink, Helmut J. Frank, Gilbert L. Gifford, Clark A. Hawkins, Bernard 'P. Herber, Philip G. Hudson, Robert H. Marshall, Leahmae McCoy, David E. Shirley Associate Professors. John -. E. Buehler, Head, Robert C. Cauthorn, Donald G. Heckerman, Donald A. Wells, John T. Wenders Assistant Professors Frank J. Alessio, Steven L. Barsby, R. Bruce Billings, Allen Blitstein, PhillipJ. Bryson, Dennis R. Cox, Louis C. Gasper, James C. McBrearty, Gerald J. Swanson, Joseph J. Walka The major in the College of Liberal Arts:designed for those who wish to concentrate in the field of economic analysis and to prepare themselves for professional work as economic analysts in business firms, in governmental agencies, in private research or consulting firms; or for collegiate teaching following graduate study. The major in Liberal Arts consists of a minimum of 30 units including Economics 2a -2b (or la -lb and 101), 200, 220 (or Management 155a- 155b), 230a -230b, and 12 additional units from the 200 -level courses offered by the Department. Students who contemplate graduate study in economics should acquire a strong background in quantitative techniques, including calculus, finite mathe- matics, and statistics. The teaching minor:24 units including Economics 2a -2b, 100, 131, and three additional upper- division units in economics and nine additional upper - division units in another social science. Other non -business students wishing to minor in economics should contact the department head for a list of required and optional courses. For the major in business economics see the College of Business and Public Administration section. Honors: The department participates in the Honors Program. Graduate Program: The department offers the degrees of Master of Arts and Doctor of Philosophy. In addition, the department participates in the program leading to the Doctor of Philosophy with a major in business administration. See the Graduate Catalog for details. la -lb. Introduction to Current Economic Problems (3 -3) Yr.Economic problems of urban and rural -20th century America, including their origins, institutional settings, and available policy alternatives. Not open to students in the College of Business and Public Administration or to those with credit in Economics 2a -2b. ECONOMICS 401

2a -2b. Principles of Economics (3-3) Yr.2a:Nature of economics, introduction to price theory, national income and employment, money and banking, economic growth and stabilization. 2b: Price theory for the product market, factor prices, international economics. P, l'/ units of high school algebra or Math. 11. 2a and 2b are offered both semesters. 100.Economics of American Enterprise .(3)I,II Examination of industrial structure. Theory of prices under varying market conditions. Applications to business problems. Not open to students with credit in 200. P, 2b or 101. 131.. Survey of Economic Theory (3) I, IIIntroduction to current economic theory. Not open to undergraduates in the College of Business and Public Administration or to students with credit in Econ. 2a -2b. P, one semester of calculus. 131.Money and Banking (3) I, IINature of money and credit; commercial banking; Federal Reserve System; monetary theories; domestic and international monetary policies. Not open to students with credit in Econ. 230a. P, 2b or 101. 176.Environmental Economics (3) I(Identical with Ag. Econ. 176) 185.Introduction to Labor Problems (3) I, II,Labor union history and organization; labor marketanalysis. and employment practices; labor relations and protective labor legislation; personnel management; collective bargaining; mediation and arbitration; major governmental agencies concerned with industrial and personnel relations. 194.Economics of Poverty and Discrimination (3) I, IIThe causes of poverty. Discrimina- tion in education, housing and the labor market. Attacks on poverty and the inequality of opportunity. 200.Intermediate Price Theory (3) I, IIDetermination of prices and quantities in product and factor markets. P, 2b or 101. 201.Mathematical Economics (3) I.Applications of mathematics in economic analysis. P, 6 upper- division units in economics and Math. 66 or 79a. 205.Economic History of .Europe (3)I_ Europe's economic origins and development; process of industrialization; economic underpinnings of modern Europe. 207.Economic History of the United States (3) IIDevelopment of economic institutions of the United States. 210.Comparative Economic .Systems (3) IIAnalysis of the practice and theory of market and,command (Soviet -type) economies. P, 2b or 101. 211.Economic Development (3) IIEconomic problems of newly developing nations; their economic structures, factor scarcities, programs for development. P, 2b or 101. 212.International Agricultural Economic Development (3) II(Identical with Ag. Econ. 212) 220.Economic Statistics (3) I, II(Identical with Ag. Econ. 222) 224.Introduction to Econometrics (3) IITopics in introductory econometrics, emphasizing correlation and regression models, bivariate and multivariate. Discussion of the results of violation of the model assumptions and interpretation of standard multiple- regression programs. P, 201. 230a -230b.Aggregate Economic Analysis (3- 3).Yr.American financial institutions: Federal Reserve System, commercial banks, financial intermediaries. Flows of funds in the American economy. Determinants of national output, interest rates, and price levels; the effects on these of monetary and fiscal actions. Primarily for majors in Economics and Finance. P, 2b or 101. 235.Public Finance (3) I, IIPublic expenditures; taxation; public debt. P, 2b or 101. 236.State and Local Government Finance (3) IIExpenditures, taxation, debt, and financial administration of state and local governments, with special reference to Arizona. P, 2b or 101 240. International Economic Relations (3)I Theory of internationaltrade, financial relations and commercial policy. P, 131 or 230a. 402 DEPARTMENTS AND COURSES OF INSTRUCTION

255.Operations Analysis for Economists (3) I(Identical with Ag. Econ. 255) 260.Economic Organization and Governmental Policy (3) I, IIStructure, conduct, and performance of American industry. Governmental institutions and policies affecting business. P, 2b or 101. 266.Transportation (3)I History; organization; finance; theory of rates; rate structures; regulation of rail, motor, air, water transportation by states and the federal government. P, 100 or 200. 267.Current Transportation Problems (3) IIPresent transportation regulations; government provision of transportation facilities; subsidies to carriers; pricing; costs. P, 266. 268.Economic Relations of Shippers and Carriers (3) IIEconomics of buying transporta- tion services; rates and services of the various carriers; classifications and rules; freight rates and tariffs. P, 266. 276.Natural Resource Economics (3) II(Identical with Ag. Econ. 276) 283.Economic Anthropology (3) I 1971 -72 (Identical with Anthropology 283) 286.Wages and Employment (3) IIThe labor market and labor forces; theories of wages and employment; wage level determination at the firm and industry level; determinants of trade union policy. P, 100 or 200. 287.Comparative Labor Movements (3) IStudy of the American labor movement within the context of labor movements in other countries. 288.Labor Relations Law (3) ICommon law, judicial and administrative decisions relating to labor relations, primarily at the federal level. 289.Collective Bargaining (3) IILaw of collective bargaining; negotiating and administering the contract; public policy. 290.Regional Economics (3) ILocation theory, regional growth, techniques of regional analysis. P, 2b or 101. 291.Urban Economics (3) IIProblems of metropolitan areas; evaluation of alternative solutions. P, 2b or 101. 298.Seminar on Latin America (3) IIP, 3 years of college Spanish or graduate standing. (Identical with Latin American Studies 298) 300a -300b.Microeconomic Theory (3 -3) Yr.300a: Value and distribution. P, 200. 300b: General equilibrium, welfare economics, other selected topics. P, 201. 301a -301b.Macroeconomic Theory (3 -3) Yr.301a: National income analysis. P, 131 or 230a -230b. 301b: Macroeconomic models and selected topics in the theory of income determination. P, 301a, 20.1. 302.Advanced Microeconomic Theory (3) IIAdvanced production theory, capital theory, and other selected topics. P, 300b. 303.Agricultural Price and Marketing Analysis (3) II (Identical with Ag. Econ. 303) 304.Production Economics (3) I(Identical with Ag. Econ. 304) 305.History of Economic Thought (3) IDevelopment of economic thought from ancient times to the present. P, 100 or 200. 309a -309b.Economic History (3 -3) Yr. ON DEMAND 309a: Changing economic institu- tions in the mature industrial countries. 309b: Selected problems in the development of the industrial economies with reference to techniques of historical models and models of development. 309a is not prerequisite to 309b. 314.Economic Development (3) ON DEMAND The development process in less developed countries. 324a -324b.Econometrics (3 -3) Yr.324a: Classical linear regression theory, simultaneous systems, identification, indirect least squares, two -stage least squares, dynamic systems. ECONOMICS 403

P, 224. 324b: Econometric models, comparison of estimation methods, testing validity of assumptions, inferential procedures, empirical investigations. P, 324a. 330a -330b.Monetary Economics (3 -3)Yr. ON DEMAND330a: Analysis of money, interest, price levels and expenditures in light of modern monetary controversies. P, 301b. 330b: Advanced treatment of monetary, fiscal, and debt management policies.

335a -335b.Advanced Public Finance (3 -3) Yr. ON DEMAND335a: Functional activities of public sector economics, inter -sector resource allocation and the nature of public goods, thepolitical- economic concept of public choice. 335b: Principles of tax equity, incidence of public sector taxes and expenditures, effects of fiscal policy on economic stabilization and growth goals, intergovernmental fiscal relations. 335a is not prerequisite to 335b. 340a -340b.International Finance (3 -3) Yr. ON DEMAND340a: International monetary standards, exchange rate systems, foreign markets. P, 131 or 230a -230b and 100 or 200. 340b: The international accounts, balance of payments analysis, and balance of payments adjustment mechanisms. P, 340a.

350.Managerial Economics (3) I, IIApplication of economic concepts and techniques to business problems. P, 100 or 200, Mgt. 155b.

352.Advanced Managerial Economics (3) ON DEMAND.Use of economic theories, concepts, and techniques in solving business problems. P, 350, Mgt. 355.

360a -360b.Industrial Organization and Public Policy (3 -3) ON DEMAND360a: Concentra- tion, mergers, barriers to entry, industry studies. P, 100 or 200. 360b: Industrial research and development, wage -price problems, antitrust and regulatory policies. P, 100 or 200. 364.Agricultural Policy Analysis (3) II(Identical with Ag. Econ. 364)

376.Advanced Natural Resource Economics (3) II(Identical with Ag. Econ. 376)

381a -381b. Manpower and Collective Bargaining (3 -3) Yr. ON DEMAND381a: Develop- ment, requirements, and utilization of manpower; manpower policy. 38 lb: Advanced collective bargaining. 381a is not prerequisite to 381b.

391.Advanced Microeconomic Theory (3) II 1971 -72Advanced production theory, capital theory, and other selected topics. P, 300b.

392.Theory of Social Insurance (3) II 1972 -73Analysis of economic principles and welfare economics as applied to areas of income loss, such as unemployment, sickness, and old -age, and to proposals for compulsory health insurance.

399.Seminar (1 to 3) I, IICarried on in the following fields, depending upon student need and available staff: a. Modern Economics b. Labor Economics c.Industrial Organization and Public Policy d. Public Finance e.Monetary Economics f.International Economics g. Economic History h. Economic Growth and Development i.Comparative Economic Systems j.Econometrics k. Natural Resources

Individual Studies 199 (2 to 4); 299 (1 to 5); 400 (2 to 4); 401 (0); 410 (4) maximum total, 4 units; 411 (0); 420 (1 to 9); 421 (0) 404 DEPARTMENTS AND COURSES OF INSTRUCTION

EDUCATION Education courses are offered by seven departments, one non- departmen- talized area of concentration, the Rehabilitation Center, and the Graduate School of Library Science within the College of Education. Courses offered through departments, the Center or the School are listed under the names as given below. Counseling and Guidance Library Science Educational Administration Reading Educational Psychology Rehabilitation Elementary Education Secondary Education Special Education Education courses offered through Foundations of Education are listed, by areas, below.

Foundations of Education Professors John H. Chilcott, Victor H. Kelley, T. Frank Saunders, Herbert B. Wilson Associate Professor Stanley D. Ivie Assistant Professors Bruce G. Beezer, Thomas A. Brindley

Four areasof studyareincludedinthe Foundations of Education concentration:Comparative Education, History of Education, Philosophy of Education, and Social Foundations of Education. Programs leading to graduate degrees, either at the master's or doctorate level, are available in two areas of concentration: History and Philosophy of Education, and Social Foundations of Education. Graduate programs are individually designed to accommodate the background and interest of the student. However, there is a core of courses for all majors in any Foundations of Education program. This core includes 289, 297, 306, 310, and 311, in addition to courses required by the College.

150.Social Foundations of Education (3)I,II Introduction to the cultural and social influences on educational theory and practice. 201.Environmental Education(3)IIThe general nature of ecologicallifesystems; relationships of man and his environment; the major conservation problems facing man now; discussion of proposed solutions; the tasks for educators. Brindley 206.International Education (3) IAnalysis of education as a force in international relations focusing on philosophy, organization, and pattern of educational control throughout the world, and influence of international agencies on educational policies. Brindley 210.Philosophical Foundations of Education (3) IIIntroduction to philosophy as general educational theory; logic for teachers, major philosophic thinkers, value theory and epistemology. Saunders -Staff 211.European and African Study Materials for Teachers (3)I Presentation and use of teaching materials related to western European and African countries, particularly adapted to the needs of those teaching at the upper elementary level. Kelley 212.History of Education in the United States (3) I, IIThe development of American educational thought from its colonial origin to the present. Ivie -Beezer 237.Issuesin Indian Education (3)II An interdisciplinary approach to give school administrators, teachers, students, and laymen insight into the governmental, anthro- pological,public school, and Indian points of view relating to Indian education. (Identical with Anthro. 237 and A.In.S. 237) Chilcott EDUCATION 405

240.Issues in Educating Mexican -American Children (3) IThe application of social science theory and methodology to the problems of American children with a Mexican heritage, an examination of the research and published statements related to bilingualism, cross -cultural education, and the goals of education in a pluralistic society. Chilcott - Wilson 289.Anthropology and Education (3) I, IIThe application of anthropological theory and methodology to education. (Identical with Anthro. 289) Chilcott

297.Educational Sociology (3) IIThe school as a social institution; social functions of the school; social processes, socialization, and stratification in education; informal and formal systems and the bureaucratic structure of the school. Wilson

301.Education and Social Change (3) IAnalysis of changing function of education and major social forces influencing change; theory and strategy of social change; role of education in change process; development of educator as a change agent. For graduate students only. Wilson 305.Education in Latin America (3) IIntensive study of Latin -American national systems of education; special attention given to cultural influences affecting the historical development, underlying philosophy, and current practices of these systems. P, 306. Chilcott 306.Comparative Education (3) I, IINational systems of education and the development of underlying philosophies and practices; contemporary movements in the educational systems of western European countries; emphasis on similar movements in the United States and Latin America. Kelley- Brindley 307.Pragmatic Philosophies of Education (3) IIntensive analysis of modern philosophies and their relationshipsto American educational thought; the emergence of the "pragmatic" curriculum. Saunders

308.Education and Sociopolitical Philosophies (3) IAn analysis of sociopolitical philoso- phies and their effect on educational decision making. Beezer 309.Education in Communist Countries (2) IThe ideology of communism as it relates to education in countries throughout the world. Kelley

310.Philosophy of Education (3) I, IIAnalysis of values and conflicts in American culture as these direct educational policy; critical examination of contending philosophies in the light of democratic ideals. Saunders

311.History of Western Education (3)I,II The historical development of western educational thought from its origins to the present. Ivie- Beezer

391.Education and the Culturally Disadvantaged (3) I, IICurrent studies relating to the culturally and socially disadvantaged; alleviation of this condition through school - community cooperation. Wilson -Brindley

397.Workshop (1 to 3) I, II

399.Seminar (1 to 3) 1, II a.Philosophy of Education b. Social Foundations of Education c.History of Education

Individual Studies 199 (1 to 3); 299 (1 to 4); 400 (2 to 4); 401 (0). Students registering for thesis or dissertation in Foundations of Education will select the appropriate courses from the following: Ed. 410 (4) maximum total 4 units; 411 (0); 420 (1 to 9); 421 (0). 406 DEPARTMENTS AND COURSES OF INSTRUCTION

EDUCATIONAL ADMINISTRATION Professors Henry E. Butler, Jr., Head, F. Robert Paulsen, Marsden B. Stokes Associate Professor Waldo K. Anderson, Roy F. Blake, Bill J. Brisco, Joseph M. Fillerup, Robert T. Grant Assistant Professor George Kavina Instructor Roy M. Claridge Programs in educational administration leading to the Master of Education, Master of Arts, Educational Specialist, Doctor of Education, and Doctor of Philosophy degrees are offered by the department. Also available are programs leading to professional careers as superintendents of schools, elementary and secondary school principals, instructional supervisors, school business managers, and for positions in higher education. Programs leading to careers in other specialized administrative positions are arranged on an individual basis. A thesis is required for the Master of Arts degree.

210.Adult Education (3) IHistorical aspects, rationale, characteristics, and needs of adult learners, personnel, methods and materials, current programs and future prospects. Brisco 211.Adult Basic Education (3) IITheory and practice of teaching the functionally illiterate adult. Brisco 275.Law for Teachers and Student Personnel Workers (3) IILaw in the school and university setting. Nature of the legal process; forces behind law and education; law and education as social processes and institutions. Legal rights and responsibilities. (Identical with Coun. & Guid. 275, Elem. Educ. 275, Sec. Educ. 275) Butler 301.Current Problems in Education (3) I, IIThe problems found in current educational literature, research studies, and school reports. Butler -Grant 303.Introductionto Educational Research (3)I,II Educational problems, research techniques in education, the interpretation of data and the reporting of results. Required for any graduate in Education. 314.State School Systems and School Law (3) IILegal provisions for the government of state school systems with emphasis on Arizona. Legal principles relating especially to pupils, teachers, and building principals. P, 9 graduate units in education. Butler 315.Public Relations for Teachers and Administrators (3) IPurposes, necessary organi- zation, agencies, and criteria of good public relations; designed to develop the knowledge and techniques necessary for an effective program of public relations. Stokes -Grant 316.General School Administration (3)I Analysis of the provisions through which the societal demands for education are met. Examination of the governmental structure for education and of the patterns of administrative practice in schools. Blake 327.Elementary School Administration and Supervision (3) I, II(Identical with Elementary Education 327) Nash -Staff 337.Secondary School Administration and Supervision (3)I (Identical with Secondary Education 337) Krebs 363.Organization and Administration of the Junior College (3)IIThe structure and administration of the junior college; the role of junior colleges in the total education system of a community. P, Sec. Ed. 359. Anderson 364.Theory and Behavior in School Administration (3) IÍTheories of administration; implications for administrative processes; ethics, role and functions of the administrator. P, 9 graduate units in educational administration. Grant -Blake 365.American Higher Education (3) IThe scope of higher education in the United States; its developmental characteristics, aims, and prospects. Paulsen EDUCATIONAL PSYCHOLOGY 407

366.Educational Research and Project Administration (3) I, IIProblems and procedures in the development and administration of projects authorized under federal,state, foundations, or other programs for school improvement, educational research, or service. P, 15 graduate units in education. Brisco

370.Personnel Administration in Education (3)I Composition of school staffs and the functions of various personnel. Patterns and practices in school personnel management. Issues, trends, and prospects in personnel management. P, 15 graduate units in education or CR. Grant -Staff 371.School Finance (3) IHistorical background of the financing of education in the United States; economics and principles; sources and distribution of funds for education; budgeting, accounting, and reports. Blake- Stokes 372.School Business Management (3)II The general management of school business. Administration and accounting of school funds; administration of equipment and supplies; other business operations. P, 9 graduate units in school administration. Stokes 373.Planning and Maintenance of School Facilities (3)IIProblems in the planning, construction, and maintenance of school facilities. Visitation and evaluation of school facilities. Blake 375.The Law and American Education (3) IThe analysis of educational questions as influenced by legalprinciples and the case law. Effect of legal provisions upon administrative and other educational decisions and upon social policy. Butler 376.Supervision of the Instructional Program (3)II Principles and techniques in the improvement of instruction; leadership activities of supervisors, teachers, and other school personnel. Blake 380.Administrative Leadership (3) IIVital influences affecting educational administration and their leadership implications; technological advancement, mass organization, climate, staff relations and communication, political and social factors, strategies for change. P, 15 graduate units in educational administration. Grant 397.Workshop (1 to 3) I, II a.Collective Negotiations b. Board Policies- Administrative Regulations. 399.Seminar (1 to 3) I, IISelected aspects of educational administration based upon needs of the field and student interest. a. Theory into practice b. Man and the organization c. The politics of decision making d. Student rights- Teacher rights e. The instructional program Individual Studies 299 (1 to 4); 400 (2 to 4); 401 (0); 405 (1 to 9); 406 (0); 410 (4) maximum total, 4 units; 411 (0); 420 (1 to 9); 421 (0)

EDUCATIONAL PSYCHOLOGY Professors Glen I. Nicholson, Head, Robert E. Calmes, Curtis B. Merritt Associate Professors John R. Bergan, Joseph D. Gullo, Ronald W. Henderson, Ruth W. Kingsley, Lotus M. Knief, Herbert H. Muktarian, J. Melvin Rhodes, Darrell L. Sabers, Hershel D. Thornburg Assistant Professors Dal R. Curry, Sarah D. Hervey, Shitala Mishra, Barry J. Zimmerman Instructor Daniel J. Reschly Educational psychology includes the study, in education, of psychological processes (e.g., learning. perception, cognition, creativity, and motivation), human 408 DEPARTMENTS AND COURSES OF INSTRUCTION

development, social behavior, educational and psychological measurement, and personal adjustment. On the undergraduate level, the department offers _ upper- division courses appropriateto various teacher certification programs. Additional courses are offered as electives to enrich undergraduate programs and to prepare students for graduate study in educational psychology. On the graduate level, the department offers programs leading to the Master of Education, Master of Arts, Doctor of Education, and Doctor of Philosophy degrees.Doctoral students inother departments may minor ineducational psychology. Programs are available leading to certification as assistant school psychologist and school psychologist. The requirement of 15 units prerequisite to graduate study in education may be waived for candidates specializing in school psychology or educational research where evidence of other appropriate course background ispresented. Individual programs are planned with . the help of a member of the department.

101.Child Development (3) I, IIHuman growth and development from conception through early adolescence. Integration of behavioral principles into the elementary school setting. Two hours laboratory experience per week. Fee, $2. 102.Adolescent Development (3)I,II Concepts of human development from early adolescence to adulthood. Consideration of major influences on physical, social, cognitive, and moral development and implications for the secondary school teacher. 110.Learning in the Schools (3) I, IIPsychological processes and principles relevant to learning in the educational setting, including fundamental measurement concepts and techniques. 201.Growth and Development of the Child (3) I, IIIntensive study of all aspects of growth and development and their influence on the behavior of the school -age child. Emphasis upon research findings. P, 101 and 110. Kingsley- Henderson 202.Growth and Development of the Adolescent (3) IIThe interrelatedness of all phases of growth, as it affects the secondary- school student in the home, school, and society. P, 102 and 110. Calmes- Thornburg 210.Psychology of the Educational Process (3) I, IIGeneral educational psychology at an advanced level with introductions to theories of learning, motivation, personality and social behavior. P, 110 or equivalent. Nicholson -Thornburg 211.Individual Differences (3) IIPhysical, social, emotional, and intellectual differences among learners and their implications for education. P, 210. Nicholson- Mishra 215.Programmed Instruction (3) I,Principles of programmed instruction; organization and development of learning . programs; applications and usesinschools; relation to computer- assisted instruction. Curry 220.Mental Hygiene. in Education (3)I,IIThe principles of mental hygiene and their application to the educational setting. P, 101 or 102 and 110. Calmes-Gullo 240.Statistical Methods in Education (3) I, IIElementary methods of dealing quantitatively with school data and data resulting from experimental investigations. P, 9 units in education or psychology. Hervey -Staff 257.Evaluation of Classroom Learning (3) I, IIThe principles underlying the making and usingof informalobjectiveexaminations; practicein making and scoring such examinations; surveys of standard tests in the respective fields. P, 101 or 102 and 110. Fee, $1.50. Sabers -Staff 258.Psychological Measurement in Education (3) I, IIConcepts of standardized psycho- logical measurement in educational settings, with emphasis on mental ability, special aptitudes, multifactor aptitudes and achievement. P, 101 or 102 and 110. Fee, $1.50. Sabers ELECTRICAL ENGINEERING 409

300.Theories of Human Development (3) IAn analysis of psychological theories of human development and a comprehensive overview of developmental systems. P, 201 or 202. Thornburg -Kingsley 310.Psychological Theory in Educational Practice (3) IEducational applications of major psychological systems; comparison and implications of these systems for applied problems in motivation, learning, and instructional practice. P, 210 and 6 units in educational psychology. Knief 311.Learning and Instruction (3) IIThe learning process; principles of learning, transfer of training, individual differences in learning ability; the application of these to instruc- tional situations. P, 9 units in educational psychology. Knief 313.Creativity (3) IThe concept of creativity from a variety of approaches; criteria for recognizing the process of creativity; teaching to stimulate creativity. P, 9 units in _ educational psychology. Gullo 340.Advanced Statistical Methods in Education (3)I,II Further methods of dealing quantitatively with educational data. P, 240. Required of all doctoral students in education. Hervey 347.Research Design in Education (3) IProblems in the design of experimental studies in education; statistical adaptations to specific educational problems. P, 340. Open to doctoral students only. Muktarian- Hervey 350.Theory of Measurement (3) IIMajor topics include the functions of measurements in education, construction of achievement tests, and theory of measurement. P, 240 and 257 or 258. Sabers 355.Design and Management of Testing Programs (2) II 1971 -72Planning and coordination of testing programs at all educational levels; interpreting and reporting results; use of results in school research. P, 240, 257 or 258, and Ed. Admin. 303. Curry 356.Individual Intelligence Testing in Education (3)I,II Administration, scoring, and interpretation of individual intelligence tests, e.g., Wechsler tests. P, 258. Fee, $7.50. Curry -Mishra 357.Individual Intelligence Testing in Education (3)I,IIAdministration, scoring, and interpretation of individual intelligence tests, e.g., Stanford -Binet tests. P, 258. Fee, $7.50. Curry - Mishra 370.Perceptual Processes in Education (3) IPerceptual theory and research as they bear on educational practices. P, 9 hours in educational psychology. Bergan 397.Workshop (1 to 3) I, II 399.Seminar (1 to 3) I, II a.Cognition f.Measurement and Ei ali rtion,. b. Cross -Cultural Perspectives g.Motivation for Learning, c. Human Development h. Personality and Adjustment d. Instructional Technology i.Research Design and Techniques e... Learning and Instruction j.School Psychology_ Individual Studies 199 (1 to 3); 299 (1 to 4).; 400 (2 to 4); 401 (0); 405 -(1 to 12); 406-(0); 410' (4) maximum total, 4 units; 411 (0); 420 (1 to 9); 421 (0)

ELECTRICAL ENGINEERING Professors Roy H. Mattson,..Head, Stewart Becker (Emeritus), Robert N. Carlile, WalterH.Evans,WalterJ.Fahey,DouglasJ.Hamilton, Charles R. Hausenbauer, Robert A. Hessemer, . Fredrick J.Hill,Stuart A. Hoenig, Lawrence P. Huelsman; Roger C. Jones, William J. Kerwin, Granino A. Korn, Leander W. Matsch, Gerald R. Peterson, Donald G. Schultz, Harry E. Stewart. 410 DEPARTMENTS AND COURSES OF INSTRUCTION

Associate Professors Reginald L. Call, Donald G. Dudley, Vern R. Johnson, John A. Reagan, John V. Wait, Theodore L. Williams. Assistant Professors William G. Gensler, Larry C. Schooley, John B. Theiss.

The department offers the Bachelor of Science, Master of Science, and Doctor of Philosophy degrees. No more than two courses listed as "ON DEMAND" will be offered in a given semester.

1.Introduction to Electrical Engineering (3) I, II Introduction to selected fundamental concepts and techniques encountered in the practice of Electrical Engineering. 2R, 3L. 11.Basic Circuits and Electronics Laboratory (1) I, IIExperimental study of basic circuits and electronic devices. Introduction to electronics laboratory techniques. P, or CR EE22. 22.Basic Circuits and Electronics (3) I, IISteady state AC and DC circuit analysis, phasor methods, vacuum and semi -conductor electronic devices, basic electronic circuits. 2R, 3L. P, Phys. 16. 72.Introduction to Analog Computer Techniques (1) IIntroduction to the use of the electronic differential analyzer in engineering; description of basic elements and machine organization; applications to the solution of typical engineering problems. 1R, 2L. P, or CR, Math. 181 or 153. Fee, $5. 101.ElectricalEngineering LaboratoryI(3)I,II Laboratory exercises emphasizing measurement techniques, laboratory - procedures, and operating principles of basic instruments. Experiments deal primarily with basic circuit and electronic concepts. P, CR 122, 154. Fee, $15. 103.Electrical Engineering Laboratory II (3) I, IIContinuation of E.E. 101. Laboratory exercises in circuits, electronics, fields. P, 101, CR 124, 180. Fee, $10. 114.Elements of Electrical Engineering (3) I, IIIntroductory course covering the natural response and steady -state response of electrical networks; magnetic fields and circuits; energy conversion methods and devices; automatic control systems. 2R, 3L. P, Math. 49b or 79b or 50c, Phys. 3b or 16. Fee, $5. Credit not allowed in both 22 and 114. Not open to electrical engineering majors. 116.Elements of Electronics (3) I,IIIntroductory course covering vacuum tubes and transistors as electron devices and as circuit elements; the principles of rectification, amplification,oscillation,modulation, and wave shaping; elements of electronic instrumentation. 2R, 3L. P, 22 or 114. Fee, $5. Not open to electrical engineering majors. 122.Electric Circuits I (3) I, IIIntroduction to modern network theory. Polyphase circuits, transient analysis, Laplace transform methods, network functions, two -port parameters, power considerations. P, 22, CR 101. 124.Electric Circuits II (3) I, IIContinuation of E.E. 122. Frequency response analysis, Fourier methods, filter circuits, introduction to synthesis. P, 122, CR 103. 154.Electronics I (3) I, IIOperating principles of electronic devices; piecewise linear and incremental models of such devices; introductory analysis of electronic circuits with emphasis on semiconductor devices. P or CR 122, CR 101. 156.. Electronics II (3) I,II Continuation of E.E. 154; treatment of the circuit design principles necessary to realize electronic functions such as amplification, rectification, modulation, oscillation, etc., using semiconductor devices. P, 154, CR 103. [71.Introduction to Engineering Analysis II (3) I, IIContinuation of S.I.E. 170. 2R, 3L. P, S.I.E. 170. Not open to students who have completed 122. 180.Electric and Magnetic Fields I (4) I, IIFundamentals of static and time -varying electric and magnetic fields. Maxwell's equations, plane wave propagation, P, 22, 171, Phys. 16. ELECTRICAL ENGINEERING 411

182.Electric and Magnetic Fields II (3) I, IIContinuation of E.E. 180. Wave propagation on transmission lines and in wave guides; resonant cavities; power flow in propagating waves; antennas and radiation; interaction of electromagnetic waves with matter. P, 180. 203.Electrical Engineering Laboratory IV (3)I,II Individual, design- oriented studies relating primarily to the student's technical electives. P, 103. Fee, $15. 211.Electronic Instrumentation (3) I, IIElectric and electronic measurement fundamentals, instrumentation procedures and transducers. For graduate students and selected seniors in engineering and the physical, life, or social sciences. Not open to students in electrical engineering. 2R, 3L. P, college physics. Fee, $5. 212.Advanced Electronic Instrumentation (3) IIDesign and construction of electronic apparatus for research in the biological, geological and medical sciences using operational amplifiers. 2R, 3L. P, Field trip. Fee, $5. Hoenig 226.Modern Filtering and Signal- processing Techniques (3) IOperational amplifier circuits; basic active RC filter design; non -linear wave shaping; analog switches; A/D and D/A conversion; digital filters. P, 124, 156. Korn -Wait 228.Advanced Circuit Theory (3)I,IlAdvanced topics in the Laplace and Fourier transform and pole -zero methods; treatment of frequency selective networks and elementary synthesis procedures. P, 124.

' 240.Control and Communication SystemsI(3)I,I1 Control system components, transducers, system representation and analysis using state variable and transfer function methods, stability and design of closed -loop systems, applications. P, 124, 156, CR 260. 242.Principles of Communication Systems (3) ISignal analysis techniques associated with modulation and demodulation in systems such as AM, FM, and PCM. Special emphasis on digital communication. P, Senior standing in Electrical Engineering. 244.Noise in Communication Systems (3) IIPrinciples of communication in the presence of noise. Discussion of modulation systems with emphasis on their performance of noisy environments. Study of physical sources of noise in communication equipment. P, Sr. standing. Schooley -Hessemer 250.Integrated Circuit Technology Laboratory (3)lITheory of and experiments in processing techniques. Mask -making, photolithography, epitaxy, diffusion, oxidation, metallization. P, senior standing in engineering or physical sciences. One field trip per semester. Fee, $15. (Identical with Chem. Engr. 250) Hamilton -Biery 255.Elementary Digital Circuit Design (3) IIEmphasis on fundamentals of the design of solidstatecircuitsfordigitalsystems. Wave shapingcircuits,gates,flip -flops, multivibrators, blocking oscillators. System application of digital circuits; worst -case design; introduction to integrated digital circuits. P, 156. Hamilton 258.Solid State Circuits (3) I, IICircuit models for junction diodes, transistors, tunnel diodes, and related devices; temperature and frequency effects; linear and large -signal circuit applications. Principles and design of integrated circuits. P, 156, 124. Evans -Staff 260.Energy Conversion (3)I,IIPrinciples and operating characteristics of rotating machinery and electromagnetic transducers, single -phase and polyphase transformer operation, variable- frequency transformers. P, 124, 180. 261.Energy Conversion Laboratory (3) I, IILaboratory exercises in magnetic phenomenon, machinery and static power conversion equipment. Field trips to observe energy conversion applications. 3L. P, CR 260. Two field trips. Open to juniors or seniors in Elect. Engr. 264.Power System Engineering (3) ON DEMAND Fundamental analysis of the power system under steady -state and fault conditions. P, 260, CR 203. Matsch 272.Continuous- System Simulation (3) ISimulation of dynamical systems described by differential equations, using digital simulation languages and analog /hybrid computers. For non -EE graduate students and seniors in E.E. P, 171. (Identical with C.Sci. 272) Korn -Wait 412 DEPARTMENTS AND COURSES OF INSTRUCTION

274.Elements of Machine Logic (3) III Truth functional calculus, Boolean algebra, map and tabular minimization, coding, synthesis of sequential circuits. P, Sr. standing in engineering. (Identical with C. Sc. 276) Hill- Peterson 280.Microwave Measurements (3) I, IIMeasurement techniques and applications of devices used in microwave research. 2R, 3L. P, 182. 298.Seminar (no credit, or 1 to 3) I, II 310.Linear Systems Theory (3)I,II Techniques for the analysis of continuous- and discrete -time linear systems; state variable representation, time domain and frequency domain methods; Laplace, Fourier, Z transforms. 312.Analytical Methods in Electrical Engineering (3) I, IIE.E. phenomena in terms of partial differential equations. Solutions by Green's functions, eigen function expansions, and transform methods. The special functions, including Bessel and Legendre functions. Application to practical analysis problems. 320.Network Synthesis (3) IIntroduction to the properties of active and passive two -port lumped networks; synthesis by optimization techniques; the use of GOSPEL, a general digital computer optimization program. Huelsman 322.Analysis and Synthesis of Integrated Circuits (3) IIIntroduction to the properties of uniform and non -uniform distributed networks: analysis and synthesis of networks containingdistributed,lumped, andactiveelements usingdigital computaional techniques; the use of DLANET, a general digital computer analysis program. Huelsman 324.Computer -aided Network Design (3) IIMatrix and topological methods for describing linear and nonlinear, active and passive networks; numerical methods for solving network equations in the time and frequency domain, application of the methods to large -scale digital computer analysis programs. Huelsman 331.Introduction to Statistical Communication Theory, Random Processes, and Noise (3) I Probability, random variables, and their relation to data )-obtained from actual communication systems. Correlation functions and spectra, Wiener -Lee relations for time -invariant systems, impulse noise and other simple random waveforms, noisy networks. 335.Random -process Simulation and Measurements (3) IIRandom phenomena in control, communication, and instrumentation. Direct, adjoint- system, and Monte -Carlo simu- lations. Measurement of distributions, spectra, correlation, and expected values with analog, hybrid, and digital computers. Term paper. P, EE. 331. (Identical with C.Sc. 335) Korn 336.Information Theory and Coding (3) IIDefinition of a measure of information and study of its properties. Introduction to channel capacity and error -free communications over noisy channels. Encoding and decoding systems with emphasis on error correcting and error detecting codes for noisy binary channels. P, 331. Schooley

338.Methods of Communication Theory, Detection Theory, and Signal Extraction (3) I Communication, detection and measurementasstatisticaldecision problems, principles of communication in the presence of noise; discussion of AM, FM, and PCM; matched filter and correlation detection; coherent detection, phase locked loops. P, 331. Korn -Schooley -Hessemer

340.Synthesis of Control Systems (3)I Application of state variable techniques to the analysis and synthesis of linear control systems. P, CR 310. Hausenbauer 342.Sampled -Data and Digital Control Systems (3) IIApplication of discrete time control to continuous time systems. Time domain and frequency domain analysis of sampled - data systems. Quantization, discrete optimal control. P, 340. Schultz - Williams 344.Design of Optimum Control Systems (3) IIOptimal control of dynamical systems. Variational calculus, deterministic and stochastic systems, computational techniques, sensitivity analysis, invariant imbedding. P, 340. Schultz - Williams LECTRICAL ENGINEERING 413

46.Nonlinear Control Systems (3) IProblem -formulation and stability based on the state function approach; application of phase plane and describing function techniques; the second method of Liapunov; computational techniques. P, 340. Schultz - Williams

350.Microelectronics (3)IIMonolithic integrated- circuit fabrication; characteristics of active and passive integrated components; design of integrated digital circuits; design of integrated small -signal circuits. Hamilton -Reagan

X52. Linear Circuit Design (3) IDesign of discrete and integrated solid -state circuits for small -signal applications. D.C. operational and wideband amplifier design. Feedback amplifier design. P, 154. Kerwin 53.Linear Circuit Design (3) III.F. and R.F. bandpass amplifier design using solid state devicesprimarily. Emphasis onstagger -tunerI.F.amplifier design methods and fundamental concepts of design engineering. P, 352. Open to senior or graduate students. Kerwin 56.Models to Relate Device Physics to Circuit Performance (3) IEmphasis on systematic modeling of active and passive solid -state devices. Modeling theory. Physical processes in semiconductors. Thin -film resistors, integrated resistors, diodes, transistors, field- effect devices. Selected . circuit applications. Hamilton 360.General Physical Electronics (3)I A course treating the fundamentals of vacuum, plasma,solidstate and optical electronics. Specific topics include masers, lasers, ferroelectricity, ferromagnetism and plasma devices. P, Graduate standing. 361.Plasma Waves (3) II Linear theory of waves in a plasma with emphasis on waves found in earth's magnetosphere and in a thermonuclear plasma. P, 360, N.E. 390. Carlile 362.Analysis and Design of Semiconductor Junction Devices (3) IIAnalysis, of physical phenomena in semiconductors including carrier transport, injection, and lifetime with emphasis on how these phenomena affect design and operation of junction devices. P, 360. Reagan -Call 363.Advanced Device Engineering (3) IConsideration of the design of devices: photocon- duction,photovoltage, tunnelling,surfaceeffects, junction avalanche,solidstate microwave generation, thermo -semiconductors and Hall effect. P, 351, 360. Call 364.Acoustic Fields and Waves in Solids (3) IIDevelopment and application of acoustic field theory as required for advanced studies. Includes microwave frequency, acoustic plane wave and guided wave propagation. Theory and devices. P, 380. Johnson 367.Classical Physical Electronics (3) IElementary and relativistic treatments of electron and ion ballistics; foundations and applications of plasma physics; production and diagnostics of beams and plasmas; selected advanced topics in vacuum and plasma electronics. P, 182, Physics 130. Jones 369.Quantum Physical Electronics (3)II Review of applied quantum mechanics; the elementarysolidstatefrom an advanced standpoint, quasi -particles, elementary excitations,transport theory, dispersion relations, solid state plasmas; solid state, semi -conductor and gas lasers; selected advanced topics. P, 357, Phys. 235 or 272. Jones

370.Hybrid Analog/Digital Computers and Linkages (3)II Design of analog /hybrid computing elements and systems for simulation, instrumentation, and control. Design of analog /digital linkage and display circuits and digital interface systems. P, knowledge of FORTRAN and basic analog computation. (Identical with C.Sc. 370). Korn

371.Introduction to Digital Systems (3) I, IIComputer organization, memory systems, APL, control unit design, microprogramming, input- output, computer arithmetic, features of large computers, time sharing. P, computer programming. (Identical with C. S. 371) Peterson -Hill 374.Sequential Circuits and Automata (3) IIAnalysis and synthesis of sequential circuits, symmetric function, decompositions, and threshold logic. P, 274 or 371. (Identical with C.S. 374) Hill- Peterson 414 DEPARTMENTS AND COURSES OF INSTRUCTION

375.Switching and Automata Theory (3) ITransformation groups and group invariance, redundancy techniques, self -repairing systems, lattice of machines, transition systems, context free languages, stochastic sequential circuits, Turing machines, computability. P, 374, Math. 231. (Identical with C.Sc. 376) Hil! 380.Electromagnetic Field Theory (3) IDevelopment and application of electromagnetic field theory which is required in advanced studies of this subject. The topics are chosen . so as to have application in many Electrical Engineering sub -disciplines. 381.Microwave Laboratory (2) ON DEMAND.Theory and application of measurement techniques and devices used in microwave research. P, 280. 384.Antenna Theory (3) II 1971 -72Electromagnetic radiation and diffraction. Dipoles, slots, open waveguides, and horns. Apertures, reflectors, and arrays. Mechanical and electronic scanning. Applications to practical radar and communications problems. P, 380. Dudley 386.Propagation of Guided Waves (3) ON DEMAND.Introduction to Green's functions: and the variational principle as applied to the propagation of waves in waveguides including sources, discontinuities, and in anisotropic and inhomogeneous media. P, 380. 387.Propagation of Radiowaves (3) IApplications of Maxwell's equations to problems of transmission, scattering, and attenuation of electromagnetic waves in the atmosphere. P,: 380. Reagan 388.Advanced Electromagnetics (3) II 1972 -73Methods of solution of boundary value - problems in electromagnetics. Green's function and eigen- function expansion techniques. Approximation methods and numerical evaluation by computing machine. P, 312, 380. Dudley 389.Atmospheric Electricity (3) I(Identical with Atmospheric Sciences 389) Evans 398.Special Topics (3) I, IIFormal lectures on modern subject matter in the field of specialization of staff members. (For student participation in advanced subject matter see 399.) May be repeated for credit. 399.Seminar (1 to 4) I, II Individual Studies 99 (1 to 3); 199 (1 to 3); 299 (1 to 5); 400 (2 to 5); 401 (0); 410 (1 to 8) maximum total, 8 units; 411 (0); 420 (1 to 9); 421 (0)

ELEMENTARY EDUCATION Professors Milo K. Blecha, Head, R. Van Allen, Edward D. Brown, L. Edwin Hirschi, Pat N. Nash, Bill J. Ranniger Associate Professor Vance C. Frasier Assistant Professors Ruth A. Beeker, Evelyn M. Carswell, Vivian F.Dutton, Raymond J. O'Toole, Naomi F. Shook, Lecturers Paul M. Carter, Vivian E. Cox, Mary W. Frobisher, Michael A. James, Charlene M. Torchiana, Suzanne L. Snyder

For prospective elementary teachers, the major must include Found. Ed. 150, Ed. Psych. 101 and 110, El. Ed. 129, 124, 125a, 125b, 126, 127 and L.S. 201. For prospective early childhood teachers, the major must include Found. Ed. 150, Ed. Psych. 101 and 110, El. Ed. 129, 125b, 124, 126, 127, 176, 177, 179, and L.S. 201. Students must meet all other College of Education requirements and have satisfactory grades in general education and professional courses. On the graduate level, the Department offers programs leading to the Master of Education, Master of Arts, Doctor of Education, and Doctor of Philosophy degrees. ELEMENTARY EDUCATION 415

120.Elementary School Curriculum and Methods (3 to 16) 1, IIStudy of the contemporary elementary school curriculum and methods of teaching; lectures, discussions, work periods, and regular field experiences in the public schools. Selected students will enroll in this course in lieu of certain methods courses. P, Ed. Psych. 101, Ed. Psych. 110, or CR.

124.Teaching Science (3)I,II Basic course in methods of elementary school science instruction; special emphasis on the skills and structure of science in relation to the processes of inquiry. P, Ed. Psych. 101, Ed. Psych. 110 or CR. Blecha- O'Toole 125a -125b.Teaching Reading and the Language Arts in Elementary School (3 -2)I, IlElementary curriculum and methods; organization of materials and methods of teaching reading and the language arts. CR 125b recommended with 129. Both 125a and 125b are offered each semester. P, Ed. Psych. 101, Ed. Psych. 110, or CR. (Identical with Reading 125a -125b) Allen -Beeker

126.Teaching Mathematics (3) I, IIConcepts, methods and materials in the teaching of elementary school mathematics. P, Ed. Psych. 101, Ed. Psych. 110, or CR. Brown - Hirschi

127.Teaching Social Studies (3) I, IIElementary curriculum and methods; organization of materials and methods of teaching social studies. P, Ed. Psych. 101, Ed. Psych_ 110, or CR. Dutton -Shook 129. Student Teaching in Elementary School (1 to 10) I, IIObservation, participation, and responsibility for instruction in elementary school classrooms. P, 125a and at least two of 124, 126, and 127, with the third taken CR if not taken previously; Found. Ed. 150, Ed. Psych. 101, Ed. Psych. 110. CR in 125b recommended. Ranniger -Staff 176.Language Arts in Early Childhood (3) I, IILanguage development of children in the primary grades. Investigation of curriculum materials utilized in the programs and construction of teacher -prepared materials. P, Ed. Psych. 101, Ed. Psych. 110, or CR. Cox -Frobisher 177.Early Childhood Education (3) I, IICurriculum practices in the primary grades. P, Ed. Psych. 101, Ed. Psych. 110 or CR. Cox - Frobisher 179.Kindergarten Education (3) I, IIGrowth and learning of 4- 6- year -old children and study of programs for children of these ages in creative arts, music, science, mathematics, social studies, and language arts. Evaluation of and reporting pupil growth to parents. P, Ed. Psych. 101, Ed. Psych 110, or CR. Cox -Frobisher 198.Seminar (1 to 3) I, II 202.Study of Exceptional Children (3)II (Identical with Special Education 203a) Lord-Wright 217.Visual and Auditory Aids in Teaching (3) I, II(Identical with Secondary Education 217) C. Brown -Klein 275.Law for Teachers and Student Personnel Workers (3) II(Identical with Educ. Adm. 275.) Butler 297.Workshop (1 to 3) I, II 316.Coordination of Instructional Media Programs (3) II(Identical with Sec. Ed. 316)

317.Preparation of Instructional Materials (3) I(Identical with Sec. Educ. 317) Klein

320.Science Curriculum in the Elementary School (3) I, IITrends in the science curriculum of the elementary school; emphasis on selection of content, grade placement of concepts and activities, methods of teaching, needed equipment, and community resources. Primarily for in- service public -school personnel. Blecha - O'Toole

323.Constructing the Elementary School Curriculum (3)I,II The elementary school curriculum and its relationships; basic theories and techniques of curriculum construc- tion discussed, evaluated, and applied. Dutton -Shook 416 DEPARTMENTS AND COURSES OF INSTRUCTION

324.Mathematics Curriculum in the Elementary School (3) I, II Emphasis on selection and placement of content, coordination of concepts with strategies of teaching, and selection and use of materials and resources. P, 126. Brown -Hirschi 325.Developing the Language Arts Curriculum in the Elementary School (3) I, IITrends in the language arts curriculum of the elementary school; emphasis on linguistic theory and its application to the instructional program. P, 125a. Beeker 326.Social . Studies Curriculum in the Elementary . School (3) I, IITrends in the social studies curriculum of the elementary school; emphasis on selection of content, grade placement of concepts and activities, methods of teaching, needed equipment, and community resources. Primarily for in- service public -school personnel. Dutton -Frasier 327.Elementary School Administration and Supervision (3) I, II The administrative and supervisory problems of the principal of an elementary school;. special emphasis upon teacher participation in planning and administering the educational program. (Identical with Ed. Admin. 327) Carswell- Ranniger 3.28.Curriculum-in Early Childhood Education (3) I, IICritical study and evaluation of the investigations and experimental evidence basic to the aims and instructional practices of the elementary school. P, 9 units in education. Cox -Frobisher 329.Investigations in Elementary Education (3) I,IICritical study and evaluation of the investigations and experimental evidence basic to the aims and instructional practices of the elementary school. P, 9 units -in education. Carswell 332.Research in Elementary and Junior High School Mathematics (3) IIA comprehensive examination and evaluation of the research in elementary and junior high school mathematics. P, 324. (Identical with Sec. Educ. 332) Hirschi 397.Workshop (1 to 3) I, II 399.Seminar (1 to 3) I, IIRecent developments and current issues. Topics will be selected on basis of need and demand. a.Elementary Education b. Early Childhood. Education Individual Studies 199 (1 to 3); 299 (1 to 4); 400 (2 to 4); 401 (0); 405 (1 to 6); 410 (4) maximum total, 4 units; 411 (0); 420 (1-to 9); 421 (0)

ENGLISH Professors A. Laurence Muir, Head, L. D. Clark, Sigmund Eisner, Albert F. Gegenheimer, Frances Gillmor, Byrd H. Granger, Marie P. Hamilton (Emeri- tus), Richard Hosley, Carl F. Keppler, Carl H. Ketcham, Robert W. Ramsey, Harry F. Robins, Cecil Robinson, Paul Rosenblatt, Oliver F. Sigworth, Melvin T. Solve (Emeritus), Inez E. Thrift (Emeritus) Associate Professors Mary J. Cook, Dorothy V. Fuller, Jack W. Huggins, "Billie Je Inman, Arthur M. Kay, Florence Morgan (Emeritus), Ernestine A. Neff. Frederick R. Rebsamen, Arnulfo D. Trejo Assistant Professors Margaret B. Ackerman, Alan R. Burke, Christopher F. Carroll. Roger Dahood, Charles E. Davis, George H. Holland, Gene S. Koppel, John H. McElroy, Peter E. Medine, Alsie F. Schulman (Emeritus), Charles W. Scruggs. Alice M. Senob, Richard W. Shelton, Richard I. Smyer, Charlene M. Taylor. John H. Weston Instructors Clark S. Atkinson, G. Michael Boyd, Kim Braithwaite, Frances T Crowell, Robert S. Earley, Hilda M. Frye, Edwin Gage III, Rosanna B. Gaines. Ruth B. Gardner, Dora Jean Young Greer, Gina D. Hildreth, John J. Merren Gloria I.. Morton, Selway L. Mulkey, Helen M. Gresham, Steven L. Orlen. Robert A. Podewils, William A. Roecker, Lonnie E. Underhill, Marylin J. Watson ENGLISH 417

Lecturers Robert D. Ackerman, John B. Carr, Jr., William D. Eastlake, Johnnie R. Harper, Marion E. Perper, Evelyn J. Kirmse, Rachel T. Riggins, Margaret E. Sterling, Virginia G. Williams

The Ruth Stephan Poetry -Center, located at 1086 North Highland Avenue, provides a collection of poetry and reading rooms for the use of students and faculty. From time to time, informal groups gather for reading and discussion of poetry. The major in literature:Should include 70a -70b, and 30 units in upper - division courses including the following: 205, 227, and 231a or 231b. Also 3 units from each of the following groups: (1) 230a or 230b, 244; (2) 232b, 250a or 250b, 259a; (3) 259b, 260, 265a or 265b; (4) 281, 282, 283, 285a, 290a or 290b; (5) 270a or 270b, 272a, 275a or 275b, 276, 284, 285b. The Senior Seminar (197) is also required, except for students taking Honors English. Humanities 50a must be taken as part of Humanities requirement. The major in literature and writing:70a -70b, 10a -10b; 6 units from 101, 104, 109; 6 units from 201, 204, 209, with at least 3 units in each of two courses; 227, 131 or 231a or 231b, and 6 units of upper -division electives in literature. The supporting minor for majors in English:The following subjects are recommended: classics, drama, philosophy, modern languages, history and theory of art and- of music, journalism, speech, anthropology, government, economics, history, psychology, sociology; other subjects as may be individually justified. The teaching major in English (for students in the College of Education): 33 units, including-7, 70a -70b, 205, 206, 208, 210, 211, 131 or 231a or 231b, 282, and 283. English 5a -5b may not be used to satisfy the Freshman Composition requirement. The teaching minor in English (for students who are candidates for a teaching certificate): 21 units, including 7, 70a or 70b, 206, 210, 211, 131 or 231a or 231b, 282 or 283. English 5a -5b may not be used to satisfy the Freshman Composition requirement. The English -Language Arts combination: In place of one of the minor fields listed under "Program for Secondary Education," College of Education, a student may combine the English teaching major described above with the following Language Arts concentration: Reading 235, Speech 2, Speech 36, Drama 11la, English 221a or 221b, and 5 units of Journalism, including 5a. Courses taken to fulfill the University_ requirement in Freshman Composition may not be used as part of any English major or minor. Students may fulfill the English requirement for graduation_ by completing one of the following combinations: English 1 and English 3, English 2 and English 4, or English 2 and English 3. Students are placed in English 1 and English 2 by scores on the American College Test (ACT). For details on the placement procedure and for information on the English 2 Exemption Test, see "Required Subjects - Lower Division" in the Academic Guidelines section. Satisfaction of the Freshman Composition requirement is prerequisite to all other courses in English. Honors: The department participates in the Honors Program. Graduate Program: The Department of English offers work leading to the Master of Arts degree with majors in English, English as a Second Language, to the Master of Fine Arts sdegree in Creative Writing, and to the Doctor of Philosophy degree. Master of Fine Arts in Creative Writing: The English Department offers a two -year program leading to the degree of Master of Fine Arts in Creative Writing, for students of superior ability in imaginative writing who wish advanced training in 418 DEPARTMENTS AND COURSES OF INSTRUCTION

the writing of fiction or poetry. The degree requires 48 units of graduate work, the writing of an original work of fiction or poetry, at least 18 in courses in literature at the 300 level, two of the courses to be in seminars for graduate students in writing, and the remainder of the course work to be in writing, other literature courses, or work in other departments. The student must demonstrate his knowledge of modern literature by passing a written examination, normally taken in the last semester of graduate study. Students contemplating application for this program should note that as part of their admission procedure they are required to submit to the Director of the Writing Program examples of their creative writing in the form in which they propose to work.

1. Freshman Composition (3) I, II.The study and practice of good writing, with emphasis upon exposition; review of English fundamentals; regular theme writing; collateral reading. Davis -Staff 2.Freshman Composition (3) I, II.The equivalent of English 1 for accelerated students; theme writing; library paper; collateral reading. Students who make a grade of 2 or better will be permitted to take Eng. 4. Davis -Staff 3.Freshman Composition (3)I,II.Continued practice in composition with emphasis upon interpretive writing; library paper; readings in fiction, poetry and drama. P, 1 or 2. Davis -Staff 4.Types of Modern Literature (3) I, II.Readings in modern novel, drama, short story, and poetry. For freshmen. who have completed English 2 with a grade of 2 or better. Open to advanced -placement students or students who have completed Freshman English with a grade of 3 or better. Davis -Staff *5a -5b. English Composition for Foreign Students (3 -3) Yr.Writing and English fundamentals; designed to meet the particular needs of foreign students. Both Sa and 5b are offered each semester. Fee for Sa, $1. P, CR in Speech la or 2. Davis -Staff 7.Sophomore Composition (3) I, II.Expository and narrative writing. Huggins -Staff 8.Expository Writing for Scientific and Technical Students (3) I, II 10a -10b.Introduction to Creative Writing (2 -2) Yr.A preliminary course in the problems of imaginative writing. P, 3 or 4. Both l0a and 10b are offered each semester. l0a is not prerequisite to 10b. Ramsey -Staff 60.Introduction toLiterature- (3)I,II. Selected literary works studied intensively. Huggins -Staff 65.Major American Writers (3) I, II.Intensive study of selected works by major American authors. Huggins -Staff 70a -70b.Survey of English Literature (3 -3) Yr.Major British writers from the Middle Ages to the 20th Century. 70a is not prerequisite to 70b. Both 70a and 70b are offered each semester. Huggins -Staff 87a -87b.American Literature for Foreign Students- (3 -3) Yr.An interpretive study of Americanliteratureasareflection of American history; culture and character. Enrollment limited to foreign students. 87a is not prerequisite to 87b. Robinson 101.Article and Essay Writing (3) I, II.Writing and study of the magazine article and the essay. P, 7 or 10a -10b. Hildreth- Weston 104.StoryWriting(3)I,II.Practiceinthe writing of shortfiction.P,10a -10b. Ramsey - Weston 107.Business Writing (3) I, II.Practice in writing effective business letters and reports. 109.Poetry Writing (3) I, II.Discussion and analysis of the craft of poetry in theory and practice, study of selected poems as model and example; writing original poetry. P, 10a -10b. ENGLISH 419

120a -120b. Literature of the Bible (3 -3) Yr.The most notable portions of the Bible with historical and social background. 120a is not prerequisite to 120b. (Identical with Rel.St. 120a -120b) Clark 124.Literature of the Southwest (2) II.The last frontier in fact and fiction, the accounts of early travelers, the development of the "Western story," the regional novel. Useful bibliography. Huggins

*NOTE: Foreign students who fail to pass a placement examination given at the beginning of each regular and summer session will be required to register for and to complete satisfactorily a course in English (English 5Y, 3 units), fee, $1, before they may be admitted to English 5a. See "Required Subjects - lower division; Freshman Composition" in Academic Guidelines section.

131.Shakespearean Drama (3) I, II.A close critical reading of six to eight Shakespearean plays, including a comedy, a history, a tragedy, and a tragicomedy. 181a -181b.Afro -American Literature (3 -3) Yr.A survey with extensive reading, lectures, and discussion. From the native origins to the present. 181a is not prerequisite to 18 lb. Scruggs 183.Mexican- American Literature (3) I,II.Novels, short stories, poetry and essays by Mexican -American writers; also, the figures of the Mexican and the Mexican -American as they appear in American literature. (Identical with Rom. Lang. 183) 197.The Senior Seminar (3) I, II 201.Advanced Non -Fiction Writing (1 to 4) I,II.P, 101. May be taken twice for credit. Hildreth 204.Advanced Fiction Writing (1 to 4) I, II.P, 104. May be taken twice for credit. Ramsey 205.History of the English Language (3) I, II. 206.Modern Grammar and Usage (3) I, II.The grammar of Modern English, a synthesis of effective principles from traditional, structural, and transformational sources, taught by methods apposite to the secondary school. Cook -Staff 207.English Grammar for ESL (3) I.Phonetics and phonemics; morphology and syntax. P, CR 212. Cook 208.The Teaching of the English Language (3) I, II.Theoretical and practical preparation for teaching various aspects of language study in the secondary schools. P, 205, 206. (Identical with Sec. Educ. 208) 209.Advanced Poetry Writing (1to 4) I,II.P, 109. May be taken twice for credit. Shelton -Orlen 210.Teaching of English Composition (3) I, II.Theoretical and practical preparation for teaching courses in writing in high school and college. For seniors and graduate students. (Identical with Sec. Ed. 210) Davis 211.Teaching of Literature (3) I,II.Principles and methods of teaching literature, with intensive study of the genres and several of the works most commonly taught in high school. For seniors and graduate students. (Identical with Sec. Ed. 211) M. Ackerman 212.Teaching of English as a Second Language (3) I.P, CR 207. (Identical with Secondary Education 212) Cook 213.Applied ESL (3) II.Guided experience in the teaching of English as a second language. P, 207, Speech 267. 215a -215b. General Linguistics (3 -3) Yr.Basic principles of linguistic science for students of any language. 221a -221b. Types of Folklore (3 -3) Yr.221a: Customs, beliefs, folk medicine, folklore of material culture, folksong, local legends, methodology in folklore studies. 221b: Riddles, proverbs, the tale, the folk hero, festival and drama, folklore in the schools. 221a is not prerequisite to 22 lb. Gillmor- Granger 420 DEPARTMENTS AND COURSES OF INSTRUCTION

226.Medieval Literature (3)II1971 -72.Survey of Old and Middle English literature (exclusive of Chaucer). Chiefly in modern renderings. Eisner 227.Chaucer (3)I,II.The Canterbury Tales and other poems, read in Middle English. Eisner- Carroll 230a -230b.Non -dramatic Literature of the Renaissance (3 -3) Yr.230a is not prerequisite to 230b. Medine- Robins 231a -231b.Shakespeare (3 -3) Yr.231a: Twelve comedies, histories and tragedies from the earlier period (1590- 1600). 231b: Ten comedies, histories and tragedies from the later period (1601- 1613). 231a is not prerequisite to 231b. Both 231a and 231b are offered each semester. Hosley -Staff 232a -232b.English Drama (3 -3) Yr.232a: From beginnings to 1642. 232b: Restoration to nineteenth century. 232a is not prerequisite to 232b. Hosley- Taylor 244.Milton (3) IIStandard survey of Milton's English poetry with emphasis upon Paradise Lost. Robins 250a -250b. Eighteenth Century (3 -3) Yr.250a: Dryden, Pope, Swift, and their contem poraries. 250b: Johnson, Boswell and early Romanticism. 250a is not prerequisite to 250b. Koppel- Scruggs 259a -259b.The English Novel (3 -3) Yr.259a: From the beginnings to the early nineteenth century. 259b: From the early to the late nineteenth century. 259a is not prerequisite to 259b. Keppler -Burke 260.Romantic Period (3) I.Wordsworth, Coleridge, Byron, Shelley, and Keats. Ketcham 265a -265b.Victorian Period (3 -3) Yr.265a: The poetry of Tennyson, Arnold, Clough, and minor poets; the prose of Mill, Carlyle, and Newman. 265b: The poetry of Browning, Swinburne, Meredith, Hopkins, the Pre -Raphaelites, and the Aesthetes; the prose of Arnold, Huxley, Ruskin and Pater. Inman -Ketcham 268.Literature of the Irish Renaissance (3) II.Irish writers of the late nineteenth and early twentieth centuries:Yeats, Synge, O'Casey, Lady Gregory, AE, Stephens, and others. Huggins 270a -270b.Poetry of the Twentieth Century (3 -3) Yr.270a is not prerequisite to 270b. Fuller 272a -272b.Modern Fiction (3 -3) Yr.American, British and Continental fiction studied intensively with particular attention to the development of characteristically modern techniques. Kay 275a -275b.Modern Drama (3 -3) Yr.Continental and British drama from Ibsen to the present. 275a is not prerequisite to 275b. Taylor 276.British Literature of the Twentieth Century (3) II.Clark 281.American Literature, 1607 -1800 (3) I 1972 -73.McElroy 282.American Literature, 1800 -1860 (3) I, II.Rosenblatt -McElroy 283.American Literature, 1860 -1900 (3) I, II.Robinson - Granger 284.American Literature, 1900 to Present (3) II.Kay 285a -285b.American Drama (3 -3) Yr. 1972 -73The development of the drama in the United States from the Colonial period to the present. P, 6 units in American literature or in English and European drama. 285a is not prerequisite to 285b. Gegenheimer 290a -290b.The American Novel (3 -3) Yr.From the Colonial period to the twentieth century. 290a is not prerequisite to 290b. Gegenheimer -Carr 315.Literary Criticism (3) I, II.The classical background and selected readings in English criticism; writing of critical papers. Muir- Sigworth 316.Modern Criticism (3) I.Twentieth- century trends in literary criticism. P, 315. ENGLISH 421

325a -325b.Old English (3 -3) Yr.325a: Study of the language and reading of representative prose selections. 325b: Poetry, with emphasis on Beowulf. Rebsamen 326.Middle English Literature (3) I.Detailed study of five or more major works or writers of the fourteenth and fifteenth centuries (exclusive of Chaucer). P, 227. Eisner - Carroll 327.Middle English (3) I.The language and selected illustrative readings. P, 227 and 325a. 328.Modern English (3) II.The language from 1500 to the present. 329.Chaucer Studies (3) II.Troilus and Criseyde and selected writings, read in Middle English. P, 227. Eisner 331.Shakespeare Studies (3) II.P, 231a or 231b.Hosley 333.Earlier Renaissance (3)I1971 -72. Prose and poetry from c.1500 to c.1600. Hosley-Medine 334.Later Renaissance (3)II1972 -73.Prose and poetry from c.1600 to c.1660. Robins -Holland 335.Spenser (3) II 1972 -73.Hosley-Medine 336.Renaissance Drama (3) I.A survey of medieval and Renaissance drama. Hosley -Holland 345.Milton Studies (3) I.Robins 351.Eighteenth-Century Prose (3) I.Change and development in prose style from the mid -seventeenth century to the Romantic period as related to dominant ideas of the time. Reading in the major genres. Sigworth

352.Eighteenth -Century Poetry (3) II.The transition from Renaissance and neo- classic poetics to romantic sensibility. Sigworth 360.Literature of the Romantic Period (3) II.Ketcham

365.Victorian Literature (3) I.Ketcham -Inman

376.Twentieth -Century British Literature (3) I.Detailed study of five or more major British writers of the twentieth century. Clark

389.American Romanticism (3) I.Selected authors of earlier nineteenth century. Rosen- blatt

390.American Realism (3) II.Selected authors of later nineteenth century. Gegenheimer

391.Twentieth-Century American Literature (3) II.Detailed study of five or more major American writers of the twentieth century. Robinson -Kay

397.Workshop (1 to 3) I,IISelected topics in the teaching of language, literature, or composition.

399.Seminar (3) I, II.Topics will be chosen from the following periods and subjects, with concentration upon a particular author or group of authors, or upon a literary problem. a.Medieval Literature g.Twentieth- Century British Literature b. Renaissance Drama h. Twentieth- Century American Literature c.Renaissance Non- Dramatic Literature i.Comparative Literature d. Restoration and Eighteenth-Century j.American Literature Literature k. Linguistics e.Literature of the Romantic Period m. Modern Literature (for graduate writing f.Victorian Literature students).

Individual Studies 199 (2 to 4); 299 (1 to 5); 400 (2 to 3); 401 (0); 420 (1 to 9); 421 (0) 422 DEPARTMENTS AND COURSES OF INSTRUCTION

ENTOMOLOGY Professors George W. Ware, Head, Laurence A. Carruth, Paul D. Gerhardt, William L. Nutting, Clifford_ C. Roan, Donald M. Tuttle, Theo F. Watson, Floyd G. Werner Associate Professors Robert E. Fye, Mervin W. Nielson Assistant Professor Larry A. Crowder Lecturer Gordon D. Waller Curricula in entomology provide basic training for students who plan to become professional entomologists,or a more general background for those specializing in related fields. The special options of Crop Protection or Turf Management in the College of Agriculture are available to majors in entomology. Students who are interested in teaching or research should plan early to extend theirprofessionaltrainingthrough graduatestudy.Career opportunities in entomology include research and technical positions with colleges and universities, experiment stations, governmental agencies, military services and private and industrial organizations. Major students have opportunities for summer employment on entomological researchprojectsof The Universityof Arizona, the U.S.Department of Agriculture, or in field service in the insect -control industry. One summer of such employment is highly desirable since it provides practical field experience in entomology. The major for the degree of Bachelor of Science in the College of Agriculture: 16 units. The Agricultural Science curriculum is strongly recommended. The major for the Bachelor of Science degree in the College of Liberal Arts: Bio. la -lb, or 5a -5b, and 16 units of upper- division credits in entomology and biological sciences; Chem. 41 a -41 b; Physics 2a -2b. The supporting minor may be chosen from biological sciences, chemistry, geology, mathematics, or microbiology. Graduate Program:The department offers work toward the Master of Science and Doctor of Philosophy degrees. Consult the catalog of the Graduate College for details concerning opportunities and facilities for graduate work in entomology.

101.Fundamentals of Entomology(4)IIInsects and other land arthropods,their relationship to their environment, and classification to the level of orders and families. 2R, 6L. P, 4 units of biological science. Field trips. Fee, $5. Werner 105.Economic Entomology (4) IInsects affecting man and his interests, as illustrated by studies of the biology and control of representative species. 3R, 3L. Field trips. P, 4 units of biological science. Fee, $5. Carruth 114.The Honey Bee(2)II Biology and social behavior, pollination, ecology, and management. Fee, $3. Waller 203.Parasites of Domestic Animals (2 to 3) I(Identical with Animal Pathology 203) Dewhirst 204.Insect Morphology (4) I1972 -73 External and internal anatomy as related to identification, function and phylogeny of insects and other arthropods; modifications in development and habits peculiar to the insects. 2R, 6L. P, a course in entomology or invertebrate zoology. Fee, $4. Nutting 207.Insect Physiology (4) 1 1971 -72Principles of the physiological systems of insects and laboratory methods for their study, with emphasis on the functioning of these systems in the environment. 2R, 6L. P, a course in organic or biochemistry. Fee, $4. Crowder FINANCE, INSURANCE, AND REAL ESTATE 423

208.Insect Toxicology (3) II 1972 -73The insecticides, chemosterilants, attractants, and repellents; their interaction with insects and non -target organisms; modes of action, detoxication, insect resistance, residues, and environmental distribution. P, a course in organic or biochemistry. Field trips. Fee, $5. Ware 215.Advanced Economic Entomology (3) II 1971 -72Theory and practice of agricultural entomology, factors affecting insect abundance and injury, recognition and treatment of insect problems, chemical and non- chemical methods of control 2R, 3L. Field trips. P, 101 or 105. Fee, $4. Watson 216.Applied Insect Taxonomy (4) 1 1971 -72Principles and methods in the development of a classification of insects in limited areas and habitats, with emphasis on groups of economic importance. 2R, 6L. Field trips. Fee, $5. Werner 225.Economic Insects of the Southwest (2) I 1971 -72Intensive study of selected groups of insects of importance in the Southwest. 1R, 3L. Field trips. P, 101 or 105. Fee, $5. Carruth 234.Public Health Entomology (3) I 1972 -73Arthropods as disease vectors, nuisance and debilitating pests. Life cycles and ecological relationships of arthropods with pathogens of man. Control and management procedures applicable to public health and military situations. P, a course in entomology or parasitology. Field trips. Fee, $3. Roan 302.Acarology (2) I 1972 -73A survey of the Acarina, or mites, followed by more detailed study of the recognition and biology of plant feeding forms. 1R, 3L. Fee, $4. Tuttle 303.Experimental Methods in Applied Entomology (2) II 1971 -72Methods of design, execution, and analysis of experiments in applied entomology, involving both chemical and non -chemical control agents. IR, 3L. Field trips. Fee, $4. Gerhardt 306.Plant Resistance to Insects (2) I 1972 -73Insect -plant relationships pertaining to resistance and related factors in crop plants. Methods, problems, and research techniques involved in developing resistant varieties. (Identical with Agron. 306) Nielson 307.Advanced Insect Physiology (3) II 1972 -73 Lectures, reports, and laboratory treatment of recent advances in selected fields of insect physiology. 2R, 3L. P, a course in physiology or biochemistry. Fee, $4. For graduate students. Crowder 311.Insect Ecology (2) II 1972 -73Relationship of insect populations to their environment, with emphasis on factors affecting distribution and abundance. 1R, 3L. Field trips. P, a course in statistics. Fee, $3. Fye 312.Insect Behavior (3) II 1971 -72The physiological basis of insect behavior. Examples and methods of study of the diverse types of behavior exhibited by insects and other land arthropods. Nutting 314.Biological Control (2) II 1972 -73Principles of the biological control of arthropods, with emphasis on their application to agricultural entomology. Watson 399.Seminar (1) I, IISpecial topics and current developments in entomology. Individual Studies 299 (1 to 5); 400 (2 to 4); 401 (0); 410 (2 to 8) maximum total, 8 units; 411 (0); 420 (1 to 9); 421 (0) ETHNIC STUDIES (See American Indian Studies, Black Studies)

FINANCE, INSURANCE, AND REAL ESTATE Professors James E. Wert, Head, Maurice M. Briggs, Clark A. Hawkins, Harold J. Hoflich, Walter K. Kirk, Nestor R. Roos Associate Professors Erich K. Bleck, Joseph S. Gerber Assistant Professors John T. Emery, John D. O'Neill Lecturers W. Walter Mincks, Sanders K. Solot, Daniel L. Swango 424 DEPARTMENTS AND COURSES OF INSTRUCTION

Undergraduate majors in the College of Business and Public Administration in finance, insurance, and real estate are described in the College of Business and Public Administration section of the catalog. Non -business students wishing to minor in the department should contact the department head for a list of required' and optional courses. Graduate Program: The Department of Finance, Insurance, and Real Estate offers graduate work leading to the Master of Science degree with a major in finance. All students to be admitted to the program for this degree must take the Admission Test for Graduate Study in Business. This test is administered by the Educational Testing Service of Princeton, New Jersey, ' several times a year in locations throughout the country, including The University of Arizona. A thesis is required. A minimum of 16 semester hours in courses open exclusively to graduate students (300 -level courses and above) is required. Graduate courses in insurance and real estate may be applied to advanced degree, programs in this and other departments. The department also participates in the program leading to the Doctor of Philosophy with a major in business administration. For information about the degree of Master of Business Administration the student is referred to the Graduate Catalog.

80.Urban Land Use (3) IProblems of the urban environment, taxing, zoning, and transfer' of real property. 140.Consumer Finance (3) IIHistory, scope, operations of the several types of financial institutions providing financing for consumers, including credit issuance; emphasis on managerial and competitive problems. 142.The Securities Markets (3) I`, IIAnalysis of the markets for securities of both public. and private issuers: brokers, dealers, investment bankers, organized and over- the- counter markets; the mechanics of trading, and the investment risks and merits- of. all classes of securities. 151.Risk and Insurance (3) I,II Theory of risk; essentials of risk management, with emphasis on insurance, including analyses of coverages purchased by business firms and families. Intended for those seeking a general knowledge of insurance.. 181.Real Estate Principles (3) I, IISurvey of the business aspects of real estate. 241.Corporation Finance (3) I, IIFinancial problems involved in the organization and conduct of business enterprise. P, Acct. 3, Econ. 2b. 242.Investment Portfolio Management (3)I,II Theory underlying construction and management of investment portfolios; investment risks. P, 241. 243.Corporate Financial. Problems (3).I,IIIntegration of financial operations with operations of the business unit; financial planning.and control; capital budgeting;.cost of capital. P, 241. 244.Security Analysis (3) IIFinancial . analysis for selection of securities to implement portfolio plans; analysis of the economy,-industry, and company. P, 241. 250.Life Insurance (3)I Nature and functions of life insurance; policy forms and provisions; legal aspects; company organization; regulation of insurers. P, 151. 251.Advanced Life Insurance (3)IIApplication of life insurance to business needs; mathematics of life insurance; basic principles of estate planning from the point of view of life insurance. P, 250. 254.Employee Security Plans (3)I All benefits covered as well as plan design; cost evaluation; claim control; self -insurance versus insurance; captive insurance companies; stop -loss coverages. 257.Property and Liability Insurance (3) IIAnalysis and application of principal contracts; loss prevention; regulation of carriers. P, 151. FOOD SCIENCE AND TECHNOLOGY 425

258.Functional Analysis of Multiple Line Insurance (3) IFunctional aspects of insurance company management; rates, reserves, underwriting, and financial statement analysis. P, 151. 280.Real Estate Investment and Taxation (3) I, IIProfessional management and use of real estate for income production; tax influences. P, 181 or consent of instructor. 281.Real Estate Law (3) I, IIPrincipal areas of the law of real estate. P, 181 or consent of instructor. 282.Real Estate Appraisals (3) IIFactors influencing real property values; application of three approaches in determining the value- of residential, commercial, and industrial properties. P, 181. 283.Management of Banks and Related Institutions (3) IIAllocation of funds; management responsibilities; money markets and the economy; relationship of debtors, creditors, stockholders, and supervisory agencies. P, 242 and Econ. 131. 284.Real Estate Finance (3) I, IIReal estate risks and financing; kinds, sources, costs, and uses of funds; the secondary market and related governmental activities. P, 181 or consent of instructor. 353.Survey of Insurance (3) IPrinciples of property, casualty, and life insurance; analysis and application of basic contracts; organization and regulation of insurance companies. Not open to those with undergraduate or graduate credit in any insurance course. 357.Survey of Finance (3). I, IIIntegration of the basic principles of finance with more theoretical material. Quantitative analysis of financial problems in areas of corporation

finance and investments. P, 241. . 399.Seminar (1 to 3) I, II

a.Corporation Finance . d. Capital Budgeting b. Investment Analysis e.Investment Portfolio Management c.Real Estate f.Insurance Individual Studies 199 (1 to 3); 299 (1 to 5); 400 (1 to 4); 401 (0); 410 (3 to 6), maximum total, 6. units; 411 (0)

FOOD SCIENCE AND TECHNOLOGY ProfessorsA.R. Kemmerer*(Agric.Biochem.), Chairman; Arden D. Day (Agronomy),SteveFazio*- (Horticulture),W.F.McCaughey (Agric: Biochem), F. Eugene Nelson* (Dairy and Food Science), Bobby L. Reid* (Poultry Science), J. Warren Stull- (Dairy and Food Science), Mitchell G. Vavich (Agric. Biochem.), Frank Wiersma* (Agric. Engineering). Associate Professors Mary A. Kight* (Home Economics), John A. Marchello* (Animal Science), J. O. Nordstrom (Poultry Science), Charles Weber (Poultry Science) Assistant Professors Edward T. Sheehan (Home Economics), Ralph L. Price (Dairy and Food Science). Through this program students will obtain a Bachelor of Science Degree in Agriculture with a major in Food Science and Technology. This program trains students for graduate work in Food Science or related fields and for positions in the food industries. Students majoring in Food Science will take a minimum of 16 units of courses listed in addition to the following courses: Chemistry 2aR -2bR, 2aL -2bL, 41a and 41b; Microbiology 117; Physics 1 a. Some of these may be used to satisfy the core requirement of the College of Agriculture. 426 DEPARTMENTS AND COURSES OF INSTRUCTION

102.Market and Fluid Milk Processing (3) II 1972 -73.(Identical with Dairy and Food Science 102) Stull 103.Science of Meat and Meat Products (3) I, II.(Identical with Animal Science 103) Marchello 105.Poultry Products (3) I 1972 -73.(Identical with Poultry Science 105) Nordstrom 106.Meat Carcass Evaluation (2) I.(Identical with Animal Science 106) Marchello 107.Meat Selection and Identification(2)II. (Identical with Animal Science 107) Marchello

131.Utilization of Crop Plants (3) I.(Identical with Agronomy 131) Day 202R. Human Nutrition (2) I.(Identical with Home Economics 202R) 202L. Human Nutrition Laboratory (2) I.(Identical with Home Economics 202L) 204.Principles of Nutrition (3) I, II.(Identical with Animal Science 204) Freitag - Theurer 211a -211b.Nutritional Biochemistry (3 -3) Yr.(Identical with Agricultural Biochemistry 211a-211b) McCaughey 212.Sensory Evaluation of Foods (3) II 1971 -72.(Identical with Dairy and Food Science 212) Angus -Stull 222.Technology of Horticulture Products (3) II 1971 -72.(Identical with Horticulture 222) Burkhart 252.Dairy Products Processing (4) II 1971 -72.(Identical with Dairy and Food Science 252) Stull Food -3) II 1971 (Identical with Dairy and Food Science 262a -262b) Stull - Marchello 272R. Food Microbiology and Sanitation (3) II(Identical with Dairy and Food Science 272R) Nelson 272L. Food Microbiology and Sanitation Laboratory (2) II 1971 -72.(Identical with Dairy and Food Science 272L) Nelson 282.Food Processing (3) I.(Identical with Dairy and Food Science 282) Nelson

Individual Studies 199 (1 to 4); 299 (1 to 5)

*Members of the Committee on Food Science and Technology.

FOUNDATIONS OF EDUCATION (See Education)

FRENCH (See Romance Languages) GENETICS 427

GENETICS

Committee on Genetics (Graduate): Professors Robert M. Harris, Ph.D. (Biological Sciences), Chairman, William P. Bemis, Ph.D.(Horticulture), John E.Endrizzi, Ph.D. (Plant Breeding), William B. Heed, Ph.D. (Biological Sciences), Frederick S. Hulse, Ph.D. (Anthropology), Robert T. Ramage, Ph.D. (Agronomy), Carl B. Roubicek, Ph.D. (Animal Science), Albert Siegel, Ph.D. (Agricultural Biochemistry) Associate Professors Alan B. Humphrey, Ph.D. (College of Medicine), Frank R. H. Katterman, Ph.D. (Plant Breeding), Neil H. Mendelson, Ph.D. (Microbiology and Medical Technology) Assistant Professor Oscar G. Ward, Ph.D. (Biological Sciences) Graduate study leading to the Master of Science and the Doctor of Philosophy degrees is provided. The program is administered by an intercollege committee comprising geneticists from various departments, and offers areas of study in animal and plant genetics, cytogenetics, ecological, human, microbial, molecular, physiological, population and statistical genetics. The particular course of study for each student will be planned by his adviser, subject to the approval of the committee. Admission to the graduate program in genetics will be generally dependent upon possession of a bachelor's degree with credit for at least general biology (introductory botany, microbiology, and zoology), 4 units of ecology (e.g., Biological Sciences 136 or 230), 4 units of genetics (e.g., Biological Sciences 120), 4 units of physiology (e.g., Biological Sciences 260 or 265a or 266, or Microbiology 317), 4 units of developmental biology (e.g., Biological Sciences 156 or 270), 6 units of organic chemistry (e.g., Chemistry 41a-41b), 8 units of physics (e.g Physics 2a -2b), mathematics through integral calculus and introductory statistics (e.g., Mathematics 49a -49b and 91). However, with the approval of the committee, deficiencies may be satisfied after acceptance of the student into the program. The course of study for the master's degree requires a minimum of 30 units of graduate work and is designed to provide the student with a broad background in genetics and cognate sciences. A thesis is normally required for the M.S. degree, but this requirement may be waived after considering the student's proposed graduate program and professional objective. Doctoral programs, in addition to the Graduate College requirements, will require completion of the requirements for a master's degree and those additional courses deemed necessary to proper training in the major and minor areas of study as determined by the student's guidance committee.

370.Special Topics in Genetics (2) I.Consideration of recent advances in the field of genetics. (Identical with Ag. Biochem. 370, Bio. 370, and Microb. 370.) 399.Seminar (1) I,II Individual Studies 400 (1 to 8); 401 (0); 410 (1 to 8) maximum total, 8 units; 411 (0); 420 (1 to 9); 421 (0)

Related Courses Courses from the following list may be taken by majors in Genetics. For description, refer to the appropriate departments. 428 DEPARTMENTS AND COURSES OF INSTRUCTION

Agriculture 322.Physiological Genetics 205.Sampling Theory and Methods 323.Cytogenetics 239.Statistical Methods 325.Speciation 240.Design and Analysis 326.Genetics in Populations of Experiments 326L. Genetics in Populations 335.Statistical Genetics Laboratory Agricultural Biochemistry 327.Laboratory Techniques 308.Chemistry and Metabolism in Genetics of Proteins 362a -362b.Advanced Plant 318.Chemistry and Metabolism Physiology of the Nucleic Acids Chemistry Agronomy 260.General Biochemistry 329.Advanced Cytogenetics 261.Biochemistry Laboratory 361.Theory of Plant Breeding 365.Chemistry of Proteins 371.Quantitative Genetics Horticulture and Selection 215.Seed Development Animal Science and Production 371.Animal Breeding Systems Microbiology and Medical Technology Anthropology 228.Genetics of Microorganisms 245.Racial Origins 318.Microbial Physiology 340.Human Microevolution 327.General Virology 345.Human Origins 328.Animal Virology Biochemistry 377.Advanced Microbial 368.Biological Regulatory Physiology Mechanisms Microbiology (Medical College) Biological Sciences 363.Human Genetics 205.Quantitative Biology 370.Molecular Genetics 210.Cell Biology 380.Molecular Virology 221.Evolution Plant Breeding 312.Principles of Electron 328.Advanced Genetics Microscopy Plant Pathology 316.Cellular and Molecular 320.Plant Virology Biology: III. Macromolecules Systems Engineering 317.Cellular and Molecular 272.Computer Organization and Biology: IV. Biophysics Programming

GEOGRAPHY AND AREA DEVELOPMENT Professors Robert E. Dickinson, Melvin E. Hecht, Dan Stanislawski, Andrew W. Wilson Associate Professors Leland R. Pederson, Head, D. Robert Altschul, Thomas F. Saarinen Assistant Professors Lay J. Gibson, Richard W. Reeves The major in the College of Liberal Arts: 36 units including 2a -2b, 3, 157, and at least 6 additional units in upper- division topical courses and 6 units in upper- division regional courses. The supporting minor may be in biological sciences, earthsciences,languages,socialsciences,or other fields approved by the departmental adviser. The teaching major for students in secondary education: 30 units which must include 2a -2b, 3, 296, and one regional course (Geog. 206 recommended). The teaching minor for students in secondary education: 18 to 24 units depending on major and electives, to include 2a -2b, 3, and one regional course (Geog. 206 recommended). GEOGRAPHY AND AREA DEVELOPMENT 429

The Department of Geography and Area Development cooperates with the work in hydrology and water resources. Undergraduate majors in geography may develop such a program in consultation with their adviser. (See "Hydrology and Water Resources.") For the area development major, see the College of Business and Public Administration section. Graduate Program: The Department of Geography and Area Development offers the Master of Arts degree and participates in the program leading to the Doctor of Philosophy with a major in business administration. The department also cooperates in the special graduate program leading to the Master of Science degree with a major in urban planning. For details, see the Graduate Catalog.

2a -2b. Human Geography (3 -3) Yr.Introduction to the main fields of human geography, with emphasis on world patterns of distribution and regional examples. 2a is not prerequisite to 2b. Saarinen -Staff 3.Introduction to Physical Geography (3) I, II.Analysis of weather, climate, vegetation, soil,and landforms,with emphasis on world patterns,locationalfactors. and inter -relationships. Altschul- Reeves 51.Fundamentals of Geography for Teachers (3)I,II.Human, physical, and regional materials selected for use in elementary school teaching. Limited to majors in elementary education. Not open to students with 6 or more units of credit in Geog. 2a -2b, 3. Hecht -Staff 71.Introduction to Meteorology and Climatology (3) I,II.(Identical with Atmospheric Sciences 71)

105.Economic Geography (3)I,II.Analysis of the geographical structure and spatial integration of primary, secondary, and tertiary economic activities. Gibson- Wilson 157.Geographical Techniques (3) II.Formulation and solution of geographic problems. Models, research design, and methods of gathering, analyzing, and portraying geographic data. Required of all majors. 2R, 3L. P, 2a or 2b, 3. Reeves -Gibson 179.Urban Growth and Development (3) I, II.Economic, financial, political, social, and aesthetic problems arising from growth of the modern city. Place of planning and zoning in possible solutions. Four field trips. Fee, $1. Wilson 181.Cartography (3) I.Tools and techniques, properties and construction of projections, design and preparation of maps for publication. 2R, 2L. Reeves 192.Environmental Systems (3) I.Basic physical and biological interactions relating to man's habitation of the earth; a systems approach in attacking environmental problems. P, 3. Fee, $3 for field trips. Reeves 206.United States (3) I, II.The changing character of the land and man's occupance of it. Emphasis given to eastern regions. Regionally organized and historically and problem oriented. P, 6 units of geography. Hecht 208.Arizona and the Southwest (3) II.The changing character of the land and man's occupance of it. Treats area from Oklahoma and Texas to California with emphasis upon Arizona. Historically and problem oriented. P, 6 units of geography. Fee, $1 for field trip. Hecht 211.Middle America (3) I.Land, man, and culture in the major natural and cultural regions of Mexico, Central America, and West Indies. P, 6 units of geography. Stanislawski 212.South America (3)II.Physical and cultural bases of South America's geographic patterns. Emphasis on human settlement and problems of resource development. P, 6 units of geography. Pederson 221.Western Europe(3)I. Distinguishingfeaturesof Europe; natural and human characteristics of each country. P, 6 units of geography. Dickinson- Stanislawski 430 DEPARTMENTS AND COURSES OF INSTRUCTION

233.Geography of Selected Areas (3) I, II.To be offered on the basis of availability of staff. Student is to check each semester's schedule of hours for selected offerings. P, 6 units in geography. a.Africa South of the Sahara d. Soviet Union b. North Africa e.Southeast Asia c.Southwest Asia f.China and Japan (Field trip. Fee, $1.) g.Other 251.Political Geography (3) II.Relationship between political units and the distribution of nonpolitical phenomena of the earth's surface. Dickinson 253.The Localization of Manufacturing (3) I.The major world regions; locational history of leading industries; contemporary factors in the United States. Gibson 256.Urban Regions (3) II.Morphology and internal structure of cities; city relationships; the total city- region exemplified in the United States and Europe. P, 2a -2b, 3. Dickinson 257.Advanced Geographical Techniques (3) I.Methods of gathering and analyzing data for the solution of geographical problems; emphasis on quantitative and cartographic techniques. P, 157. (Identical with Urb. Pl. 257.) Gibson - Reeves 261.Population and Resources (3)I,II.Estimates of present and potential world population; distribution and methods of conserving important resources. Field trips. Fee, $3. (Identical with W.R.A. 261) Wilson 265.Rural Settlement (3)II.Spatial analysis of selected settlement features, such as building types, field patterns, and rural settlement patterns, with regional examples. Settlements in rural planning. P, 2a -2b. Altschul -Hecht 290.Geography Summer Field Camp (6)Physical and cultural problems in geography studies at first hand. Required of Master's candidates; strongly recommended for majors. Fee, $200. P, 6 units of geography. 292.Paleoecology (3) I.(Identical with Geochronology 292) Martin 293.Physical Aspects of Arid Lands (3) II.Landforms, climate, hydrology, soils, vegetation, and animal lifeof deserts, with particular emphasis on the interaction of these phenomena in southern Arizona. Fee, $5 for field trips. P, 192. Reeves 296.Modern Geography in Education (3)II 1972 -73.Current geographic objectives, concepts, and methods of learning appropriate to the teaching of geography, social studies, and earth science in the junior and senior high school. P, 6 units of geography. Fee, $1. Field trip. Hecht 297.Seminar in Area Development (3) II.Techniques, problems, literature related to the economic and industrial development of small areas. P, 179, 253, and 261. Wilson 298.Seminar on Latin America (3) II.P, 3 years of college Spanish or graduate standing. (Identical with Latin American Studies 298) Stanislawski- Pederson 301.Advanced Physical Geography (3) I.Designed for M.A. candidates in geography; to be taken during their first or second semester, to provide a comprehensive foundation. Extensive reading in important journal articles and other original publications. P, 3 or equivalent, plus 12 units in geography. Altschul 302.Advanced Cultural Geography (3) II.Similar in scope and method to Geog. 301, but in the field of cultural geography. P, 2a -2b or equivalent plus 12 units of geography. Stanislawski 314.Advanced Research in the Geography of Mexico (3) II.Research seminar dealing with selected problems in the geography of Mexico. Stanislawski 356.Structure of Cities (3) II.Morphology of cities, their functions, and their relationships to their region and to other cities. P, 256 or instructor's permission. Dickinson 361.Resource Management (3) I.Consideration and critical appraisal of current theory and practice. P, 261. Saarinen 379.Problems of Urban Change (3) I.(Identical with Urban Planning 379) Wilson GEOSCIENCES 431

390a -390b. Projects in Planning (5 -5) Yr.(Identical with Urban Planning 390a- 390b). Saarinen -Staff 391.History of Geographic Thought (3) I.Seminar in the history of geographic philosophy and methodology. P, 15 units in geography. Dickinson 399.Seminar (2 to 4) I, II.No more than two of the following topics are normally offered in any one semester, depending on student need and available staff. Topics may be repeated for credit with approval of the department. a. Economic Geography d. Perception of Environment b. Cultural Geography e.Special Topics c.Physical Geography Individual Studies 199 (2 to 4); 299 (1 to 5); 400 (2 to 4); 401 (0); 410 (2 to 4) maximum total, 4 units; 411 (0)

GEOSCIENCES Professors Edgar J. McCullough, Jr., Head, Terah L. Smiley, Associate Head & Chief of Research Laboratories, John W. Anthony, Donald L. Bryant, Paul E. Damon, Harold C. Fritts (Laboratory of Tree -Ring Research), Laurence M. Gould, John W. Harshbarger, Gerhard O. W. Kremp, Thomas S. Lovering, Paul S. Martin, Evans B. Mayo, Bartholomew S. Nagy, Joseph F. Schreiber, Jr., George G. Simpson, John S. Sumner, Spencer R. Titley, James H. Zumberge Associate Professors William B. Bull, Charles W. Ferguson (Laboratory of Tree -Ring Research), John M. Guilbert, Valmore C. LaMarche (Laboratory of Tree -Ring Research), Everett H. Lindsay, Austin Long, Bert E. Nordlie, John R. Sturgul, Richard F. Wilson, Jerome J. Wright Assistant Professors George H. Davis, Donald E. Livingston, W. John McLean, Dietmar Schumacher, Allen M. Solomon, Marvin A. Stokes (Laboratory of Tree -Ring Research) Undergraduate Program: Requirements for the degree of Bachelor of Science inGeosciences withoptionsinGeobiology,Geochemistry, Geochronology, Geology and Geophysics, and the degree of Bachelor of Science in Education are listed in the College of Earth Sciences section. A degree of Bachelor of Arts from the College of Liberal Arts with a major in geosciencesisavailable.This curriculumisdesigned to give the student a well- rounded program in geology supplemented by a foundation in other basic sciences,as well as an opportunity for broadening his background through a selection of courses in non -scientific subjects. The graduate from this curriculum will be prepared to undertake some aspects of professional work or to enter graduate school for advanced training in selected areas. Required courses are: Geosciences la- 2a -1b -2b or equivalent; Chem. 2aR -2bR, 2aL -2bL or equivalent, 121; C. E. 10; Math. 20 and 24 or equivalent; Phys. 2a -2b or equivalent; and 32 units of geosciences which must include Geosciences 9, 16, 102, 103 or equivalent, 115, 121, and 125. Students must also make arrangements to attend a summer field course. Minors may be selected from chemistry, physics, biological sciences, or mathematics. Other requirements for this degree are as defined by the College of Liberal Arts. The minor in Geosciences consistsof any 20 units taken within the Department of Geosciences. An Earth Science teaching minor is available by selection of 20 units of approved Earth Sciences courses which must include the following: Geosciences I a -2a -1 b -2b, Astronomy 1 a -1 b, and Atmospheric Sciences 71. 432 DEPARTMENTS AND COURSES OF INSTRUCTION

Graduate Program: The department offers the opportunity for study toward theMaster ofScienceand Doctor of Philosophy degreesinGeosciences. Requirements for these respective degrees are as 'defined by the Graduate College. The departmental fields in which studies may be pursued include Geobiology (paleobotany,invertebrateandvertebratepaleontology,micropaleontology, palynology), Geochemistry, Geochronology (all time aspects: paleoclimatology, dendrochronology, paleocology), Geology (engineering geology, geomorphology, hydrogeology, mineral deposits, mineralogy and crystallography, paleontology, petrology and petrography, petroleum geology,sedimentology,stratigraphy, structural geology and tectonics), and Geophysics. Students are encouraged to minor in other academic departments to enhance interdisciplinary efforts at the University. The Department of Geosciences has a long and distinguished history in the area of economic mineral deposits. The effective association with industry, the location in the center of activity, the geologic setting, and the excellent climate all combine to provide an environment that is extremely productive in the search for and the - discoveryof economic mineral deposits. The diverse nature of the department and the excellent cooperation with other University units has allowed the development of an interdisciplinary effort in both field and laboratory research in the area of economic geology. In cooperation with the Laboratory of Tree-Ring Research, courses and research activities may be undertaken in dendrochronological dating, the establish- ment of tree -ring chronologies, and dendroclimatic analysis. A student selecting this option should include in his program related courses in archaeology, botany, climatology; watershed management, and atmospheric sciences. No more than three courses listed as "On Demand" will be offered in a given semester.

NOTE: A breakage deposit of $5 is required in 2a -2b, 7, and 9. *la -lb. Elementary Geology (3 -3) Yr.Introduction to the principles of geology. Both la and lb are offered each semester. la is prerequisite to lb. *2a- 2b. .Elementary Geology Laboratory (1 -1) Yr.Elementary geology laboratory to be taken concurrently with la -lb. 3L, including field trips. Fee, $6 each semester. 7.Introduction to Crystallography and Mineralogy (1 to 3) II.Morphological crystal- lography, recognition of selected minerals in hand specimen; relation of properties of minerals to their internal structure; mineral genesis. 2R, 3L. P, Chem. 2aR -2bR, 2aL -2bL. Fee, $4. (For students not majoring in geology or geological engineering. Students in Metals and Materials Engineering may register for one unit and attend first third of course.) Mc Lean 9.Introduction to Crystallography and Mineralogy (5) I.Morphological crystallography; recognition of selected minerals in hand specimen; relation of properties of minerals to their internal structure; mineral genesis. 3R, 6L. P, la -2a or 51, Chem. 2aR -2bR, 2aL -2bL. Fee, $5. Anthony *12.Foundations of Science: Geology (3) I, II.Current theories on earth processes, the applications of these processes to understanding man's physical environment, and the problems that remain to be solved. 2R, 3L, including field trips. P, Chem. 12, Phys. 12. Fee, $6. Credit for 12 will not be allowed if a student has credit for any of the following: Geos.. la -2a, lb-2b, 51, 52. McCullough 16.Hand Specimen Lithology (2) II.Introduction to lithology. Characteristics of the more common rocks and their identification in hand specimen. 1R, 3L. P, 7 or 9. Fee, $4. McLean *51.Physical Geology (3)I.Principles of physical geology for students majoring in hydrology, engineering, and agriculture. 2R, 3L, including field trips. Fee, $6. GEOSCIENCES 433

*52.Historical Geology (4)II.Principles of historical geology for all geology majors, engineering students, agriculture students, and hydrology majors. 3R, 3L, including field trips. P, la -2a, or 51. Fee, $6. Schumacher

*Credit will be allowed for only one course in each of the following groups: 1 a -2a, 12, 51; lb-2b, 12, 52.

102.Principles of Stratigraphy (3) I.Stratigraphic column, basic stratigraphic relations, facies, sedimentary rocks, environments of deposition, correlation, and sedimentary tectonics. 2R, 3L, including field trips. P, 9, 16. Fee, $6. Wilson 103.Economic Mineral Deposits (3) I, II.Metalliferous and non -metalliferous deposits; their geologic relations and origins. 3R, including field trips. P, 9, 121. Fee, $6. Titley- Lovering- Guilbert 115.Optical Mineralogy (3) I.Optical crystallography and the study of minerals using the polarizing microscope. 2R, 3L. P, 9 and Jr. standing. Fee, $4. McLean 121.Elementary Structural Geology (4) I, II.Structures resulting from the formation and deformation of rocks. Structural problems. 3R, 3L, including field trips. P, la -2a, or 51, Math. 44, C.E. 10. Fee, $8. Davis -Mayo 125.Introduction to Paleontology (3) II.Morphology, classification, and geologic signifi- cance of fossils. 2R, 3L. P, lb-2b or 52 or Bio. la or 5a. Fee, $5. Bryant -Schumacher 200.Methods in Geochronology (3) I.Survey of important methods used in studies of temporal problems. Smiley -Staff 203.Introductory Solar System Astronomy (3)II.(Identical with Astronomy 203) Hartmann 204.Mineragraphy (3) I.Reflected light microscopy of ore minerals with optical chemical mineral identifications, paragenetic interpretation, sample preparation, optical theory, photomicrography. 1R, 6L. P, 103, 115 or advanced standing in geology. Fee, $4. Guilbert 205.Industrial Minerals and Rocks (3) I 1971 -72.Mode of occurrence, specifications, uses, and methods of evaluating industrial mineral deposits. 2R, 3L. P, 103. Fee, $2. Guilbert 207.Photogeology (2) I.(Identical with Geological Engineering 207) Lacy 208.Geology of North America (3) II.General physiographic, stratigraphic, structural, igneous, and metamorphic geology of North America. P, 9, 16, 102 or 121. Wilson 209.Introductory Vertelirate Paleontology (3) I.Osteology, affinities, and history. 2R, 3L, includes field trips. P, lb -2b or 52 or Bio. lb or 5b. Fee, $6. Lindsay 210.Mammalian Phylogeny and Evolution (3) II 1972 -73.A study of the mammalian fossil record with emphasis on taxonomy and morphological evolution of the individual orders. 2R, 3L, including field trips. P, 209 or Bio. 155 or CR. Fee, $6. Lindsay 212s. Field Geology (Summer Camp) (3) Field methods used in geology; includes surveying, plane tabling, mapping techniques, measuring sections, preparation of geologic reports Trips will be made to local features of geologic interest. P, 16, 102, 121. Fee, $140. Davis -Staff *213s. Geologic Mapping (Summer Camp) (3)Field studies in geology with emphasis on geologic mapping. Local side trips will be taken. P, 212s. Fee, $140. Davis -Staff

*Graduate credit permitted if student has had 6 units of field geology.

214.Sedimentary Environments (3) II.Continental, transitional, and marine environments of deposition; laboratory techniques .of analysis; field studies_ 2R, 3L. P, 102. Fee, $6. Schreiber 434 DEPARTMENTS AND COURSES OF INSTRUCTION

215.PhysiochemicalPrinciples(3)I. Applicationof basicsciencesto igneous and metamorphicprocesses.Thermodynamics, phaseequilibria,kinetics,etc.,versus observed properties of rocks and minerals and hypotheses of their origin. P, 9, 16, Chem. 280a -280b or CR. Nordlie 216.Petrography (4) II.Megascopic and microscopic examination of igneous, metamorphic and sedimentary rocks. Quantitative methods and chemistry emphasized. Statistical analysis, data presentation, chemical relationships. 2R, 6L. P, 9, 16, 115. Fee, $4. Nordlie 218a -218b.Scientific Illustration (2 to 4; 2 to 4) Yr.Maximum of 4 units graduate credit in geology will be permitted. (Identical with Bio. Sci. 218a -218b) Sayner 219.Principles of Geophysics (3) I.Elementary treatment of gravimetric, magnetic,.electric, seismic and radiometric geophysical techniques. P, Phys. 10, 16, 21. 2R, 3L which includes one field trip to the Tucson Magnetic Observatory. Fee, $4. Sumner -Sturgul 220.Geophysical Exploration (3) II.Geophysical techniques applied to the location and evaluationof mineral and petroleum deposits and interpretation of geophysical exploration data. P, 219. 2R, 3L. Fee, $8. (Identical with Geol. E. 220) Sumner 221.Physics of the Earth (3) II.Internal constitution of the earth; figure of the earth; distribution of density, temperature, and rock làyers within the earth; viscosity, plasticity, elasticity, and rigidity of the earth; earth currents, earth magnetism, and seismicity. Sumner -Sturgul 222.Petroleum Geology (3) I.Origin, migration and accumulation of petroleum; geology of fluids, reservoir rocks and types of traps; exploration methods; distribution of petroleum reserves. 2R, 3L, including field trips. P, 121. Fee, $6. Wright 223.Subsurface Geology (3) II.Integration of geological and geophysical techniques for exploration and exploitation of petroleum and water;. formation evaluation methods; case studies. 2R, 3L. P, 121. Fee, $6. Wright 225.Crystal Measurement and X -Ray Crystallography (2 to 3) I.Crystal measurement and x -ray diffraction; emphasis on the powder method as applied to the identification of crystalline solids. 2R, 3L. P, Phys. 2a -2b and Sr. standing. Fee, $5. (Metallurgy students register for 2 units and attend second two -thirds of course; geology students register for 3 units)Anthony 229.Atomic Structure of Minerals (2) II.Physical and chemical properties of crystalline solids examined with regard to their atomic structures; special emphasis on minerals. P, 115, Chem. 121. Anthony 235.Hydrogeology (3) I,II.Geology and hydrologic factors controlling occurrence and development of ground water. 2R, 3L, including field trips. P, la -2a or 51, lb -2b or 52. Fee, $6. (Identical with Hyd. 235). Wright 241.Soil Genesis (3) II 1972 -73.(Identical with Agric. Chem. & Soils 241) Hendricks 244.Field Excursions (1to 2)I,II.Field examination of classical areas of geologic significance in Arizona and nearby states. Field trips made at any time during the year as opportunity and demand arise. One -to- ten -day field trips. Fee, $10. Guilbert -Staff 250.Geomorphology (3)I. Concepts of landform development with emphasis on fluvial processes and climatic factors, and environmental applications. P, la -2a, or 51. Fee, $6. Bull 254.Glacial Geology (3)II.Basicprinciples of glaciology with special attention to glacier -geophysics, glacier -hydrology, and glacier -meteorology; Pleistocene stratigraphy of glaciated and non -glaciated regions; glacial periods through geologic time. P, 1 a -2a or 51, lb -2b or 52. At least 1 field trip. Fee, $4. Gould 258.Principles of Geochemistry (3) I.Emphasis on fundamental chemical concepts applied to geological problems. Survey of the origin, structure, and composition of the earth and the distribution and migration of the chemical elements in nature. P, la -2a or 51, lb -2b or 52; Phys. 10, 16, 21; Chem. 2aR -2bR, 2aL -2bL. Damon GEOSCIENCES 435

259.Geochemical Prospecting (3) ON DEMAND.Application of geochemistry as a tool of geology; behavior of certain elements in the crust; analytical techniques, interpretation of data and case histories. 2R, 3L, including field trips. P, 103, 258 or Geol. E. 228. Fee, $10. (Identical with Geol. E. 259) Lovering- Livingston 261.Selenology (3) ON DEMAND.Study of the moon; theories of the nature and origin of its surface, stratigraphic relationships, studies of analogous terrestrial features, theories of origin. 2R, 3L, including field trips. P, upper division or graduate standing in geology or astronomy. Fee, $4. Titley 271.Advanced Invertebrate Paleontology (3) I.Advanced studies of the taxonomy and morphology of fossil invertebrates. One field trip. 2R, 3L. P, 125. Fee, $4. Bryant 272.Paleozoic Paleontology and Stratigraphy, Arizona (3) ON DEMAND.Measuring sections and collecting and identifying fossils for age determinations of stratigraphie sections in southeastern Arizona. 1R, 6L, including biweekly field trips. P, 271. Fee, $12. Bryant 275.Cenozoic Mammalian Faunas (3) II 1971 -72Continental Cenozoic stratigraphy of North America and other continents. 2R, 3L, including field trips. P, 209 or Bio. 155. Fee, $5. Lindsay 281.Quaternary Palynology (4) II.Theory and application of pollen to geology, archae- ology and paleoecology; experience in sampling, extraction, identification, and inter- pretation. 2R, 6L. Fee, $15. (Identical with Anthro. 281) Solomon 290.Introduction to Micropaleontology (3) IPreparation, identification, and classification of microfossils with emphasis on foraminifera, spores, pollen, ostracodes, and conodonts. 2R, 3L. Fee, $5. Bryant -Kremp- Schumacher 292.Paleoecology and Man (3) IEnvironmental classification, the chronology of biotic change, problems of domestication and cultural impact on the ecosystem. (Identical with Geog. 292) Martin 295.Introduction to Dendrochronology (3)I Survey of tree -ring methods, theory, and application to archaeological dating, modern chronology, and dendroclimatology. 2R, 3L. Field trip. Fee, $10. (Identical with Anthro. 295 and W.M. 295) Stokes 302.Paleobotany -Stratigraphic Palynology (3 to 6) IEvolution and occurrence of plants through the ages; geologic and /or botanic studies of plant remains including pollen, spores, and microplankton. 2R, 3 to 12L. Field trip. Fee, $10. Kremp 303.Base Metal Deposits (3) I 1971 -72Major deposits of copper, lead, zinc, iron, and other base metals. 2R, 3L. Field trip. P. 103. Fee, $4. Titley 304.Geology of Arizona (2) IITitley -Staff 305.Evidences of Past Climates (3) IIDeductive factors used to determine past climates; interrelation between these factors and paleogeography. P, Atmos. 71. Smiley -Staff 307.Applied Multispectral Imagery (2) II(Identical with Geological Engineering 307) 308a -308b.Advanced Structural Geology (4-4) Yr.Primary and secondary features of rocks, considered on the graduate level. 2R, 6L, which consists of field trip every Saturday. P, 212s. Fee, $10 each semester. Davis 309a -309b.Petrology (3 -3) Yr. 1972 -73Theoretical and experimental petrology applied to field and laboratory characteristics of igneous and metamorphic rocks. Quantitative approach with practical problems. Broad background developed. 2R, 3L. P, 215, 216. Fee, $4 each semester. Nordlie 310a -310b.Advanced Petrology (3 -3) Yr. 1971 -72Significant problems examined using theoretical and experimental research. Application to field relationships. For advanced students, with a strong background in the basic sciences. P, 309a -309b. Nordlie 312.Sedimentary Petrography (4) IRock weathering, composition, texture, and classi- fication of sedimentary rocks in hand specimens, detrital grains, and thin sections. 2R, 6L, including field trips. P, 216. Fee, $6. Schreiber 436 DEPARTMENTS AND COURSES OF INSTRUCTION

313.Granite Tectonics (3) IThe structures and modes of emplacement of granitic rocks. Structural problems. 2R, 3L, including field trips. P, 121. Fee, $10.Mayo -Davis 315. X -Ray Crystallography(3)II Space group symmetry and itsdetermination by oscillation and moving film methods; introduction to structure determination. 1R, 6L. P, 225. Fee, $10. Anthony- McLean 316.Clay Mineralogy (3) ON DEMAND Clay minerals,their mineralogy,structures, methods of identification, and genesis. 2R, 3L. P, 225. Fee, $5. Anthony 323.Geotectonics (3) ON DEMAND Major structural features of the earth, and considera- tion as to their origin. P, 221 and 308a -308b. Mayo -Davis 325.Crystal Structure Analysis (3) ON DEMANDCrystal structure analysis by x -ray diffraction methods; data collection and reduction, crystal structure determination and refinement. 1R, 6L. P, 315. Fee, $10. McLean 328a -328b.Organic Geochemistry(3 -3)Yr.The nature,distribution,diagenesis,the methods of analysis of organic matter in rocks, soils, marine sediments, petroleum, coal and carbonaceous meteorites. 2R, 3L. P, 258. Nagy 329.Nuclear Geology (3) II 1972 -73Systematic study of nuclear processes occurring in nature which are of interest to the geologist; particular attention to geochronological applications; techniques of interestto industry such asradiometric prospecting, radioisotope tracing and activation analysis also discussed. Damon- Livingston -Long 330.Advanced Geochemistry (3) IIGeochemical principles governing behavior of individual elements with applications to basic and applied research problems; selected topics of current interest. P, 258 or 229, and Chem. 280b. Damon -Livingston -Long 331.Pleistocene Biology (3) IIEvents of the glacial period including chronology, relative and absolute dating, pollen stratigraphy, evolution, biogeography, and man. 2R, 3L. Martin 332.Volcano Tectonics (3) ON DEMAND Volcanism from the viewpoint of structural geology. Field trips. P, 313. Fee, $4. Mayo -Davis 333.Precious and Alloy Metal Deposits (3)1972 -73Outstanding chromium, nickel, platinoid, titanium, gold, silver and rare earth deposits. 2R, 3L, including 1 field trip. P, 103. Fee, $5. Guilbert 334.Theories of Ore Deposition (3) IIOrigin, concentration, transport, and deposition of elements constituting ore deposits. 2R, 3L. P, 303 or 333. Fee, $4. Titley- Guilbert 335.Aquifer Mechanics (3) II(Identical with Hydrology 335) 336.Development of Ground -Water Resources (3)I (Identical with Hydrology 336) Harsh barger 337.Advanced Ecology (2) IIEnvironmental analysis, productivity, theory, population fluctuations, paleoecology and related subjects. P, Bio. 136 or 230. May be repeated for credit. (Identical with Bio. Sci. 337) Lowe - Martin -Van Asdall 344.Field Studies (1) ON DEMANDField trips to points of geologic interest in Arizona. Trips conducted in late April or early May and during week following spring semester final examinations. P, 304 or CR. Fee, $45, collected when trip is arranged. Bryant -Staff 350.Quantitative Geomorphology (3) IIApplication of quantitative methods to field and map geomorphic problems. Field trips. 2R, 3L. P, 250. Fee, $4. Bull 355.Dendroclimatology (4) II 1971 -72Theory and application of ecological, hydrological, and statistical principles to tree -ring analysis of past environments. 3R, 3L. P, 295 Math. 91 or 237. Field trip. Fee, $10. (Identical with W.M. 355) Fritts 356.Propagation of Elastic Waves (3)I Thè fundamental equations of elastic wave propagation and their solutions; waves in layered media; the effects of gravity, curvature and viscosity; loss mechanisms and attenuation. P, 220, Math. 205 b. Sturgul 357.Quantitative Methods in Dendrochronology (3) II 1972 -73Processing and evaluation of tree -ring data with applications in ecology, meteorology, hydrology, and archaeology. 2R, 3L. P, 295. (Identical with W.M. 357) LaMarche GERMAN 437

358.Physical Geodesy and the Gravity Field (3) IIGravity field of the earth; gravimetric, astrogeodetic, statistical and modern methods for determining the figure of the earth. P, 220 and Math. 205b. Sturgul 359.Geophysical Interpretation Theory (3) IInterpreting observational data in seismology, magnetometric surveying, and electrical and electromagnetic surveying. New methods and techniques for interpretingfielddata. Concepts and philosophy of applied geophysics. P, 220. Sumner 362.Geomagnetism (3) ON DEMAND The magnetic field of the earth, magnetic properties of minerals and rocks and causes of their magnetization and paleomagnetism. Rock magnetism as related to magnetic anomalies is treated. 2R, 3L. Sumner 365.Isotope Geology (3) II 1971 -72Processes occurring in nature which result in changes in the relative distribution of the stable isotopes; application to the measurement of paleotemperatures, the juvenile water problem, the origin of carbon in rock, and the origin of oil associated with salt domes; isotopic tracing and isotope dilution are introduced. Long 370.Biostratigraphy (3) IIAdvanced studies of plant, invertebrate, and vertebrate index fossils, and their regional and geologic distribution. 2R, 3L, including 1 field trip. Fee $10. Bryant -Kremp- Lindsay 380.Advanced Stratigraphy (3) IAdvanced studies of the principles of stratigraphy. P, 102. Wilson 381.Stratigraphie Analysis (3) IIAdvanced methods in stratigraphy; paleocurrent analysis; types of stratigraphic maps, methods of stratigraphic mapping; stratigraphic analysis; basin analysis. Field trips. P, 102. Fee, $8. Wilson 385.Chemical and Biochemical Sediments (3) ON DEMAND Petrology of carbonates, silica, evaporites, sedimentary iron, and phosphates. 2R, 3L, field trip included. P, 312. Fee, $6. Schreiber 391.Advanced Micropaleontology (3) ON DEMANDIdentification of microfossil assem- blages and their use in correlation and paleoecologic studies. 1R, 6L. P, 290. Fee $4. Bryant- Schumacher 399.Seminar (1 to 4) I, II a.Petrography- Petrology m. Sedimentology b. Structural Geology n. Stratigraphy c.Mineral Deposits o. Regional Geology d. Petroleum Geology p. Hydrogeology e.Lunar & Planetary Geology q. General Geochronology f.Mineralogy -Crystallography r.Quaternary Geochronology g.Vertebrate Paleontology s.Precambrian Geochronology h. Paleontology t.Organic Geochemistry i.Paleoecology - Paleoenvironment u. Inorganic Geochemistry j.Geomorphology v.Dendiochronology k. Geophisics w. Palynology 1. Geomathematics x. Paleobotany y. History of Earth Sciences Individual Studies 99 (1 to 3); 199 (1 to 3); 299 (1 to 6); 400 (1 to 4); 401 (0); 410 (2 to 4) maximum total, 4 units; 411 (0); 420 (1 to 9); 421 (0)

GERMAN Professors Max Dufner, Head, Jean R. Beck, Frederick J. Schmitz Associate Professors Royal L. Tinsley, Jr., David J. Woloshin Assistant Professors Oskar Grunow, Babette Luz, Joan M. Martin, Roland Richter, John R. Wendel Lecturers Norman 1. Boyles, Dennis I. Greene 438 DEPARTMENTS AND COURSES OF INSTRUCTION

The major: 28 units in addition to la-lb, including 102a -102b, 200a -200b, 210a -210b, and either 107a -107b or 115a -115b. The supporting minor should be chosen from art history, English, foreign languages, history, Oriental studies, philosophy, or speech. The teaching major: 28 units beyond la and lb, including 107a -107b, 115a -115b, 200a -200b, and 210a -210b. The work done in The College of Education will include Sec. Ed. 139, Student Teaching in Secondary School, which carries up to 9 units of credit. The teaching minor: 18 units in addition to la -lb and including 210a -210b. Students offering 2 years of German from high school must include 115a-115b. The elementary course in a foreign language may not be used in a minor for the bachelor's degree. NOTE: The normal progression of courses leading to the fulfillment of the foreign language requirement may be adjusted through a placement examination.

Honors: The Department participates in the Honors Program. Graduate Program: The Department offers the Master of Arts degree.

General Course (No knowledge of the German Language is required.)

212a -212b.German Literature in Translation (3 -3) Yr.Reading and discussion of represen- tative works from the Middle Ages to the present; emphasis on modern works since about 1850 in 212b. Course does not count toward fulfillment of language requirement or a major or minor in German. Dufner- Woloshin

Language Courses la -lb. Elementary German (4 -4) Yr.Both la and lb are offered each semester. Fee, $2 each semester. (The first year of work offered in a foreign language shall not be counted toward a minor.) lg -2g. Training in Reading German for Graduates (4 hrs. per week - no credit) Yr. A summary of basic grammar essential to a reading knowledge of German accompanied by reading of increasing difficulty both in the general literature and the chosen field of specialization. 2a -2b. Intermediate German (4-4) Yr.Both 2a and 2b are offered each semester. Fee, $2 per semester. P, lb or two years of high school German. 2aR.Intensive Review and Intermediate German (4) IReview at the German 2a level for students handicapped by time -lapse between second -year high school German and the first year of college. Admission to this course is by assignment based on placement test results. Prepares for German 2b in the following semester. Fee, $2. 7a -7b. Conversation (2 -2) Yr.Intermediate course for students who wish to concentrate on spoken German. P, lb. 105.German and the Sciences (3) IPractical advanced training in German for the student with interest in the sciences. Stress is on expository materials of current interest. P, 16 units in German or the equivalent and consent of major adviser. 107a -107b.Advanced Conversation (2 -2) Yr.Intensive practice leading toward fluency in spoken German, using material based on topics of current interest. P, 2b or 7a -7b. Fee, $2 each semester. Recommended for majors. Schmitz GERMAN 439

115a -115b.Oral Expression and Written Composition (2 -2) Yr.Review and practical application of important grammatical principles, vocabulary building. P, 2b. Recom- mended for majors. 220a -220b.History of the German Language (3 -3) Yr. 1971 -72Introduction to Germanic philology. The development of the German language from its roots in the Indo-European language family to New High German. P, 8 units of upper- division German. Grunow 275a -275b.Advanced Grammar and Stylistics (3 -3) Yr.Practical training in written German through the study of the more complex refinements of German grammar and style as found in representative documents. P, 115a -115b. Richter 301.Materials and Methods of Research (1) ISurvey of the tools of literary and linguistic research and methods of dealing with research problems in Germanics. Required of all M.A. candidates. Wendel 379.Problems of Teaching German (2) ISurvey of modern methods of language teaching with special emphasis on the particular problems presented by German. Guidance through supervision by experienced teachers and observation of classes taught by them. Required of graduate assistants. Woloshin

Literature Courses

102a -102b. Practice in Reading Poetry and Prose (2 -2) Yr.Careful study of significant expressions in literature of German thought and life and attention to periodic and individual differences in style. P, 2b. Required for majors. Luz 200a -200b. History of German Literature (3 -3) Yr.Historical survey of German literary development from the beginning to the Modern period; lectures in German, alternating with conferences in English. P, 4 units of upper- division German. Beck 203a -203b. Classical German Literature (3 -3) Yr. 1971 -72A survey course. P, 4 units of upper -division German. 203a is not prerequisite to 203b. Dufner 205a -205b. Nineteenth -Century German Literature (3 -3) Yr.A survey course. P, 4 units of upper- division German. 205a is not prerequisite to 205b. Tinsley 207a -207b. Goethe's Faust, I and II (3 -3) Yr. 1972 -73P, 4 units of upper- division German. 207a is not prerequisite to 207b. Schmitz 209a -209b. Modern German Literature (3 -3) Yr. 1971 -72Class and collateral reading, lectures and reports, partly in German. P, 4 units of upper- division German. 209a is not prerequisite to 209b. Greene 210a -210b.Cultural Development of Germany (3 -3) Yr.Social, political, religious, and artistic elements entering into the growth and development of Germany; lectures partly in German, with collateral reading in English and German. P, 4 units of upper- division German. Grunow 211a -211b.Middle High German (2 -2) Yr. 1972 -73Brief study of Middle High German grammar; selective readings from representative literary works of the period. P, 4 units of upper- division German. Grunow 399.Seminar (2) I, II Topics will be chosen from the following periods or subjects: a.Older German Literature (750 -1500) e.20th Century Literature b. Literature of the Reformation and f.Poetry Baroque (1500 -1700) g. The Novel c.18th Century Literature h. The Novelle d.19th Century Literature i.The Drama Individual Studies 199 (2 to 4); 299 (1 to 5); 400 (1 to 3); 401 (0); 410 (2 to 4) maximum total, 8 units; 411 (0) 440 DEPARTMENTS AND COURSES OF INSTRUCTION

GOVERNMENT Professors:Clifford M. Lytle, Head, David A. Bingham, Richard C. Cortner, Rosendo A. Gomez, Neal D. Houghton, Conrad F. Joyner, Paul Kelso, Currin V. Shields, Peter A. Toma, Clifton E. Wilson Associate Professors:Philip C. Chapman, John E. Crow, Edward J. Williams Assistant Professors: Peter -A. Goudinoff, Donald R. Hall, James Hogan, Henry C. Kenski, Thomas McMillan, Daniel J.O'Neil, Lawrence A. Scaff,S. Dean Schooler, John E. Schwarz, Michael P. Sullivan, J. Richard Wagner Lecturers: Roger J. Harned, C. Bradley Scharf, Russell Volckmann

The major: 30 units, including 1 and2.At least 21 units must be upper- division courses selected from the seven fields indicated below, with at least 9 units from one of those fields and 3 units from each of three other fields. Students wishing to prepare for Foreign Service Officer careers take the regular government major, but include as many of the courses in the international relations field as possible, particularly 40, 50, 150, 255, 256a -256b, and 259. This major requires strong support in economics, geography and history to be taken as the minor, or as electives. It involves taking the introductory courses in American government, European history, economics and geography in the freshman and sophomore years. Students interested in this special major should . consult the department adviser for foreign service majors as early as the interest develops, and are urged to become proficient in the use of at least one foreign language. The supporting minor should be selected from the foreign languages, the humanities, speech, or the social sciences. The teaching minor: 20 units, including 1, 2, 3 or 214, and 251b.

Fields of Study American Government: 100, 101, 105, 180, 210, 211, 212, 213, 214. Theory: 221, 222, 224, 225, 227, 228, 229, 254. Politics: 131, 208, 232, 233, 234, 235, 236, 237, 246, 280, 281, 283, 285, 286. Comparative Politics: 142a -142b, 240a -240b, 242a -242b, 244a -244b, 246, 247a- 247b, 248, 249, 298. International Relations: 150, 25la -25lb, 252, 253a -253b, 254, 255, 256a -256b, 257a -257b, 258, 259, 285. Public Administration: 212, 261, 262, 267, 268, 274. Public Law: 256a -256b, 272, 273, 274, 277, 279.

Institute of Government Research The Institute is a center of research in the various areas of political theory, American and comparative governments and politics, and international relations. A publications program is designed to make specialized research findings available to scholars, government officials, and the public. The Institute maintains a reference library of research materials, and administers the government Internship and United Nations programs.

Director: Currin V. Shields Associate Director: Clifton E. Wilson Honors: The department participates in the Honors Program Graduate Program: The department offers the Master of arts and the Doctor of Philosophy degrees.. GOVERNMENT 441

1. Introduction to Government (3) I,I1Survey of political science; designed for both majors and non -majors.

2.American National Government (3) I, IIGeneral survey of the constitutional bases, organization, and functioning of the American national government; recent and current trends.

3.American State and Local Government (2) I, IIGeneral survey of state and local government; recent and current trends. 40.Introduction to Comparative Politics (3) I, IISurvey of the major political systems and analysis of comparative political concepts with a view to preparation for more advanced study. 50.Introduction to International Relations (3) I, IIInternational relations, including a consideration of the bases of national power and the rudiments of international politics, law, and organization. 60.The United Nations (3) IThe United Nations and its agencies; emphasis on major issues confronting the organization. *100.National and State Constitutions (3) I, IIMeets the state requirement for a teacher's certificate. For seniors intending to teach. Not open to students with credit in 2, 3, 101, or 214. *101.Arizona Constitution(1)I, IIHistorical background, theory, structure, powers, interrelationships, and functions of the system of state and local government based upon the Arizona constitution. Not open to students with credit in 100 or 214. 105.The American Presidency -(3)- I, IIThe political dynamics of the executive office and its relationship to the competitive branches of government within the American political system. Goudinoff-Hall 110.State Government (2)I,II Comparison of constitutions and institutions, policy formation, innovation, and institutional development. P, 3. Gomez 131.Political Parties and Elections (3) I, IIThe nature, structure, and functions of political parties; emphasis on the role and activities of parties in western democracies. Special attention . to American parties, their history and current problems of organization, ideology, and leadership. P, 1 or 2. Hall- Joyner 142a -142b. Western European Political Systems (3 -3) Yr.An examination of the ideological framework political culture, functions and processes of the Western European political systems. 142a:Britain, Ireland, Scandinavia; 142b: France, Italy,-West Germany and Switzerland. 142a is not a prerequisite to 142b. O'Neil- Schwarz 150.Contemporary International Politics (3)I,IISurvey of the conflicts of national interests and efforts to resolve their basic courses; recent challenges to the United States. Houghton - Wagner 180.Minority Groups and American Politics (3) I-Political problems of the poor. Analysis of systematic poverty in the U.S. and theories of causation. Selected policy problems: education, housing, job training, enforcement of anti- discrimination statutes, etc. Future of "power" movements. Crow 211.Intergovernmental Relations 2) I,IIFederalism and grants -in -aid; interstate, state, local; and interlocal relations. Special attention to major problem areas of education and finance. P, 3. Bingham 212.Local Government (3)I, IIExamination and analysis of local decision -making structures and their policy outputs..Hogan McMillan 213.Metropolitan Affairs (3)- I, IIAnalysis and discussion of social, economic, and political problems and proposed solutions. Hogan- McMillan 214.Arizona Government (2) IIHistory, structure, powers and processes of state and local government. May be used for state teacher certification. Gomez

*This state requirement for a teacher's certificate may also be met by special examination. 442 DEPARTMENTS AND COURSES OF INSTRUCTION

221.Ancient and Medieval Political Theory (3) IDevelopment of Western Political theory from the Greeks to Machiavelli. Chapman -Staff 222.Early Modern Political Theory (3) IIWestern political theory from Machiavelli to Marx. Chap man -Scaff 224.Recent Political Thought (3)I, IIPolitical theory from Marx tothe present. Chap man-S caff 225.Empirical Political Theory (3) IAn examination of some of the problems involved in the creation of a science of politics, and of some recent contributions toward that goal. P, Upper division standing. Chapman-S caff 226.American Political Thought (3) IIAmerican political ideas from colonial times to the present. Chap man-S caff 227.Latin -American Political Thought (3) II 1971 -72A survey of the major trends in Latin -American political thought from the Wars of Independence to the present. Williams 228.Problems in Contemporary Political Theory (3) IIIntensive examination of selected problems and concepts in political theory. Chapman-S caff 229.Theories of Political Change (3)I Examination of causes of political violence and revolution, using historical, economic, sociological, psychological, political and ideolog- ical data. Kenski 232.Pressure Groups (3) I, IIThe formation, structure, and place of pressure groups in the democratic society; the function of interest groups in the political process; problems of leadership, internal organization, and membership loyalties. Hall- Joyner 233.Political Research and Methodology (3) IIntroduction to research design and methods; attention given to philosophical foundations of modern political science. Recommended for majors, especially those looking forward to graduate work. Harned 234.Quantitative Analysis of Political Problems (3) IAn analysis of various quantitative and statistical techniques used in the study of politics and international relations; a basic introduction to the use of statistics and the manipulation of quantified data. Sullivan 235.Public Opinion and Voting Behavior (3) I, II Attitude and opinion formation and socialization; public opinion in the political process; the relationship between attitudes, opinion and voting behavior in American politics. (Identical with Soc. 235) Harned 236.Personality and Politics (3) IIAn examination of the psychological bases of political behavior, including an exploration of such concepts as the authoritarian and democratic character. Harned -Kenski 237.The Legislative Process (3) I, IIRole of Congress in national politics. Comparisons with state and foreign systems. P, 1 or 2. Crow -Schwarz 238.American State Politics (3)I,IIComparison of politics in the 50 states; special attention to electoral functions of state parties; the impact of federalism and separation of powers; electoral problems. P, 1 or 2. Bingham -Hogan 240a -240b.Governments of the Far East (3 -3)Yr.(Identical with Oriental Studies 240a -240b) 241a -241b.South Asian Political Systems (3 -3) Yr.241a: The growth of nationalism and its ideologies in pre -independence India. 24 lb: Analysis of the politics and problems of change in the post- independence South Asia. 241a is not a prerequisite for 241b. (Identical with Oriental Studies 241a -241b) Volckmann 244a -244b.Comparative Communist Politics (3 -3) Yr.244a: Politics of the Soviet Union; role of the Party and mass organizations; economic and social planning; models of autocracy andpluralism. 244b:Divergent models of development in European Communist -party states; political, economic, social and cultural reform. Scharf -Toma 246.Politics of Developing Areas (3) IISurvey of politics and problems in Asia, Africa, and Latin America, including political violence, elections, bargaining, elites, parties, military and ideology. Kenski GOVERNMENT 443

247a -247b.Government in Latin America (3 -3) Yr.247a:Political processes in Latin - American systems. 247b:Selected political systems in detail (excluding Mexico). Kelso-Williams 248.Government and Politics of Mexico (3) IHistorical background, organization, powers, and functions of national, state, and local government of the United Mexican States. Kelso 251a -251b. Soviet Foreign Policy and World Communism (3 -3) Yr.251a: Soviet foreign policy goals and decision -making; concepts of Soviet hegemony; relations with the West and developing nations. 251b: International communist systems; integration and fragmentation; dominance of ruling parties; strategies and non -ruling parties. Scharf -Toma 252.Inter -American Politics (3) IA survey of the political relationships between the United States and Latin America, centering on issues like imperialism, intervention and non -intervention, the Cold War, aid to dictatorships and the North -South split. Williams 253a -253b. South and Southeast Asian International Relations (3 -3) Yr. 1969 -70(Identical with Oriental Studies 253a -253b) 254.Theories of International Relations (3) ITheories and approaches to the study of international relations; historical and contemporary contributions; domestic determi- nants of international politics; the changing international system. Sullivan - Wilson 255.American Foreign Policy (3) I, IIAnalytical history of American foreign policies and practices; recent and current development and trends. Sullivan - Wagner 256a -256b. International Law (3 -3)Yr. 256a:Nature of international law; role and function of state in legalpolitical problem areas. 256b: Individual in international law; war and conflict. 256a is not a prerequisite to 256b. Wilson 257a -257b. Far Eastern International Relations (3 -3) Yr.(Identical with Oriental Studies 283a -283b) Pritchard 258.Regional Political Integration (3) IIIntensive study of regional organizations and regional political integration in contemporary world politics, especially since 1945. Schwarz 259.Problems of World Order (3) IIAnalysis of issues and problems of war prevention, worldorder and organizationalactivitiesin contemporary international systems. Sullivan- Wilson 261.Public Administration (3) I,IITheory and practice of institutions and functions, processes, personnel and fiscal management, and administrative law. (Identical with P.A. 261) Bingham -Kelso 262.Comparative Public Administration (3) I, IIComparative analysis of systems of public administration,includingthoseof developingstates.(IdenticalwithP.A. 262) Kelso -Staff 267.Bureaucracy (3)I Characteristics and roles of bureaucracies in political systems. (Identical with P.A. 267) McMillan- Volckmann 268.Administrative Behavior (3)IILeadership, authority, and decision making in the policy process. McMillan -Schooler 272.Constitutional Law: Federalism (3) I, IIDevelopment and analysis of constitutional law of the U.S.; problems of distribution of powers. Cortner -Lytle 273.Constitutional Law: Civil Liberties (3) I, IIThe constitutional and civil liberties in the U.S. Cortner -Lytle 274.Administrative Law (3) IThe law governing the organization, powers, and procedures of the executive and administrative establishment; emphasis upon the limitations imposed by the American constitutional system. Conner 277.Philosophy of Law (3) II(Identical with Philosophy 272) Murphy 279.The Judicial Process (3) IIThe structure, function, and processes of the "third branch" of the American government; particular emphasis on factors influencing decision making. Cortner -Lytle 444 DEPARTMENTS AND COURSES OF INSTRUCTION

280.Formation of Public Policy (3) IThe needs and demands for public action on policy issues; organization and nature of political support; processes and problems of decision making in the formation of public policy at the national, state, and local levels. Schooler 281.Environmental Politics (3) IIThe role of government in management of energy, natural resources and environment. Process and policy alternatives. Special attention to the Southwest. (Identical with W. R. A. 281) Schooler 285.National Security Policy (3) IStrategy and policy making for our national security, emphasizing both substance and governmental process by which it is made; relationship of power to foreign policy. 286.Science and Public Policy (3) IThe role and influence of science and scientists in the formation of national, state and local policies. Government policies for science and research. Problems of technology and science in modern democratic societies. Schooler 295.Internship (1 to 12) I, IIExperience in practical politics by on-the-job service with federal, state, county or city agencies, as well as with political campaign staffs. 298.Seminar on Latin America (2) IP, 3 years of college Spanish or graduate standing. (Identical with Latin American Studies 298) Kelso - Williams 337.Fiscal and Budgetary Administration of Public Agencies (2) I(Identical with Public Administration 337) 390.Methods of Political Inquiry (3) I, IISystematic examination of problems of scope and methods of inquiry in the discipline of political science, intended to acquaint students with the discipline and to prepare them for scholarly research in the field. Harned- Shields 398.Special Topics (3) I, IISystematic examination of the basic literature of the following fields, with emphasis on critical evaluation: A. Political Theory C. Comparative Government B. American Government D. International Rélations 399.Seminar (3) I, II Individual Studies 199 (2 to 4); 299 (1 to 5); 400 (2 to 4); 401 (0); 405 (2 to 9); 406 (0); 410 (2 to 6) maximum total, 8 units; 411 (0); 420 (1 to 9); 421 (0)

GREEK (See Classics)

HEALTH, PHYSICAL EDUCATION AND RECREATION Professors Marion R. Clausen, Director, William H. King, Joseph L. Picard, Floyd D. Rees, Frederick B. Roby, Frank Sancet Associate Professors William K. Coopwood, Melvin C. Erickson, Dale W. Foster (Assistant Director), Bruce A. Larson, Richard A. Munroe, Kambiz Nasser, Charles H. Ott, Darrell G. Simko, David W. Snyder Assistant Professors Boyd B. Baker, William J. Nelson, Roy A. Tatum, Robert W. Weber, Willie L. Williams Instructors Jeff N. Bennon, Leo H. Felner, Warren H. Lee, David W. Murray, Kenneth E. Droscher Lecturers William C. Baker, Willard S. Belknap, Gary D. Delforge, Fred C. Glick, Robert L. Hansen, Donald E. Lee, Willie Peete, Royal A. Price, Edward A. Wilson

Physical Education Requirement All freshman men must successfully complete 2 units of physical education activity courses in consecutive semesters during their first year of attendance at the HEALTH, PHYSICAL EDUCATION AND RECREATION 445

University.* Students admitted with advanced standing of 25 units or more are excused from this requirement, as are veterans, students 23 years of age or over at the time of first registration, and students registered for fewer than 7 units. In all activity courses, including adapted physical education, students receive 1 unit of credit. Only courses numbered 1 through 20 will meet this requirement. Fees: With the exception of Golf and Archery- Badminton, where the fee is $5, a course fee of $4 is charged for each HPER course numbered 1 through 20. Certain other courses also have fees; these are indicated in the course descriptions.

*Music 10B (Band) may be substituted in the fall semester for physical education.

Major and Minor Requirements

HEALTH The major: A minimum of 32 units including HPER 42, 70 (or P.E.W. 170), 71 or 75, 266, 267, 270; Chem. l aR -laL; Ed Psych. 220; Home Ec. 2; Microb. 157; Bio. Sci. 59a -59b. The minor: 20 units including 42, 70 (or PEW 170), 71 or 75, 266, 267 270 and Micro. 157. The minor in Safety Education: 20 units including HPER 70 (or PEW 170), 71, 271, 272, electives selected from P.A. 90, 269a -269b, Min.Engr. 20, 104 215, 225.

PHYSICAL EDUCATION FOR MEN The major: A minimum of 32 units in HPER courses above number 20 including 61, 87, 95, 150, 151, 155, 160, 185, 190, 197, 198, 293 and 4 units of athletic coaching; Math. 11 or 20; Bio. Sci. 59a -59b. The minor: 20 units in HPER courses above 20 including 61, 87, 150, 151, 155, 160, 190, 197 and 4 units of athletic coaching; Bio. Sci. 59a -59b.

NOTE: Majors and minors must satisfy a departmental sports skills requirement through proficiencyexamination or through registrationinactivity courses.Responsibility for proficiency examination application lies with the student.

Majors and minors are required to take HPER 52 and 53. These courses will satisfy the freshman physical education activity requirement.

RECREATION The major: A minimum of 32 units in HPER courses above 20 including 58, 170, 171, 175, 178, 180, 273, 283; 3 units of art; Drama 111a-111b; Music 271; and additional upper -division units selected with advice of the major professor. The minor: 20 units in HPER courses above number 20 including 58, 170, 171, 175, 283; 3 units of art; 3 units of music, and additional units selected with advice of Recreation curriculum adviser. Majors and minors are required to take HPER 52 and 53. These courses will satisfy the freshman physical education activity requirement. Athletic Coaching Minor The department offers a program for the individual who wishes to coach interscholastic sports at the secondary school level but who wishes to major in a teaching field other than physical education. 446 DEPARTMENTS AND COURSES OF INSTRUCTION

The minor in Athletic Coaching: 24 units including 87, 149, 151, 160, 186, 188, 190 and athletic coaching coursework in three of the following sports: baseball, basketball, football, golf, gymnastics, swimming, tennis, track and field and wrestling. Students are also required to complete an internship in athletic coaching.

Freshman Physical Education Activity Courses Students willenrollin the courses listed below on the basis of their proficiency and health. The enrollment in courses 1 through 13 will be restricted to beginners. HPER 14 is particularly for those students who wish to raise their level of physical and motor fitness. Students with physical or pathological impairments must register for adapted physical education. Freshman physical education and recreation majors and minors will substitute HPER 52 and 53 for the physical education activity requirement.

Fields of Study Courses offered by the Department may be grouped as follows: HEALTH EDUCATION: 42, 71, 75, 264, 265, 266, 267, 270, 271, 272. PHYSICAL EDUCATION: 30, 49, 50, 51, 52, 53, 54, 56, 57, 58, 59, 61, 70, 87, 95, 149, 150, 151, 155, 160, 165, 170, 185, 186, 188, 190, 191, 194, 195, 196, 197, 198, 293. 300, 315, 320, 325, 330, 335, 340, 350, 360, 370, 395, 399. RECREATION: 171, 175, 178, 180, 273, 283. Graduate Program: The department offers a graduate program in health education leading to the Master of Education degree, and graduate programs in physical education leading to the Master of Education and Master of Science degrees. Minor work in physical education is available to doctoral students in education.

*1 through 20.Freshman Physical Education (1) 1. Touch Football- Speedball, I 12.Gymnastics (tumbling, trampoline, 2. Soccer -Volleyball, I, II apparatus), I, II 4. Boxing, I, II 13.Track and Field, I 5. Wrestling, I, II 14.Developmental Activities, I, II 6. Personal Defense Activities, I, II 15.Beginning Swimming, I, II 7. Tennis, I, II 16.Intermediate Swimming, I, II 8. Handball, I, II 17.Aquatic Sports, I, II 9. Archery- Badminton, I, II 18.Weight Control, I, II 10. Golf, I, II 19 -20.Adapted Physical Education, I 11. Weight Training, I, II II (for students unable to participate in courses 1 -18)

*Students may take exemption examinations in HPER 4, 5, 7, 8, 9, 10, 11, 12, 13 and 16. The examination, which is given each semester, consists of three tests; a physical fitness test, a performance test, and a knowledge test. Students are not eligible to take the exemption examination for the course in which they are enrolled. A fee of $3.00 is charged for this test.,

30.Intermediate Golf (1) I,II Instruction and practice in the sport of golf. P, Soph. standing. Fee, $20. Tatum -Staff 42.Introduction to Health Science (3)I,II Introduces and analyzes personal and community health problems of major concern, such as drug abuse and alcoholism. Current scientific information essential to protection and maintenance of individual health is emphasized. Nasser -Staff HEALTH, PHYSICAL EDUCATION AND RECREATION 447

49.Baseball (1)II Instruction and practice in the fundamentals of baseball. Fee, $5. Lee -Sancet

50.Basketball (1) IInstruction and practice in the fundamentals of basketball. Fee, $4. Hansen -Larson

51.Football (1) IIInstruction and practice in the fundamentals of football. Fee, $5. Weber -Staff

52.Social Dance (1) I, II (Identical with PEW 21 -28s) Coopwood -Staff 53.Folk Dance (1) I, II(Identical with PEW 21 -28e) Simko -Staff

54.Gymnastics (1) I, IIInstruction and practice in gymnastics. Fee, $4. Bennon 56.Track and Field (1) IIInstruction and practice in the fundamentals of track and field events. Fee, $4. Murray - Williams 57.Tennis (1) IInstruction and practice in tennis. Fee, $7.50. Snyder 58.Lifesaving and Water Safety (1) I, II Lifesaving and water -safety techniques as set forth by the American Red Cross. Students that qualify are certified by the American Red Cross. Fee, $5. Ott 59.Wrestling (1) IIInstruction and practice in wrestling. Fee, $4. Nelson 61.Foundations of Physical Education (2)I,IIExamination of the discipline and profession of physical education and the sports, dance, and designed exercise programs. 70.First Aid (2) I, IIInstruction in first -aid techniques leading to the Standard Red Cross Certificate and to the Advanced Certificate for qualified students. P, Soph. standing. Fee, $3. Open to men and women. 71.SecondarySchoolHealthEducation(3)I,II Emphasis upon healthscience information pertaining to secondary school health instruction programs, community and individual health problems. Credit will not be given for both 71 and 75. P, Soph. standing. Rees 75.Elementary School Health Education (2)I,II Emphasis is upon health science information applicable to elementary health education classes. For students preparing to teach in elementary schools. Credit will not be given for both 71 and 75. P, Soph. standing. 87.Kinesiology (3) I, IIAnatomical and mechanical principles of human motion; theory and techniques of the analysis of movement. P, Bio. Sci. 59a -59b or CR. Atwater-Simko 95.History of Physical Education (2) I, II(Identical with PEW 95) Morris -M. Roby - Wechsler 149.Physiological Bases of Athletic Performance (2)I Principles of physiology for the athletic coach; the effect of muscular activity on structure and function; emphasis on the physiology of training and conditioning. To be taken concurrently with HPER 151. Munroe -Roby 150.Physiology of Exercise (2)I The effect of exercise on structure and function; circulo- respiratory adjustments during exercise; metabolic and environmental aspects of exercise; fatigue and training. P, Bio. Sci. 59a -59b. Roby 151.Physiology of Exercise Laboratory (1) ITo be taken concurrently with HPER 150. Fee, $2.50. Munroe -Roby 155.Methods of Teaching Physical Education (3)IIInstruction and practice in the techniques of teaching physical education activities at the secondary level; organization and recommended progressions; problems of learners in beginning and advanced skills. 2R, 3L. P, Departmental sports skills requirement. Fee, $4. Baker -Snyder 160.Designed Exercise Programs (2) IIInstruction and practice in various types of formal exercise programs. Fee, $4. Simko 165.Elementary School Physical Education (2)I,II Purposes and practices of physical education at the elementary school level; instruction in recommended activities; teaching and evaluative techniques, class organization. Fee, $1.50. 448 DEPARTMENTS AND COURSES OF INSTRUCTION

170.Game Supervision and Officiating (2) I . Rules and mechanics of officiating football and basketball; training for prospective officials. 2R, 1L. Coopwood -Sancet 171.Principles and Practices in Recreation (2) IIntroductory study in recreation; history; principles, philosophy, and theories; leadership, its significance and necessity as an element in community recreational development. Open to men and women. Ott -Staff 175.Recreational Activities, Materials, and Methods (2) I 1972 -73 Materials and methods for conducting music, arts and crafts, dramatics, dancing, social events, and hiking in - camping; conservation of natural resources; personal safety precautions. P, 171. Open to men and women. Ott -Staff 178.Recreational Field Work -(2) II 1971 -72.Development of leadership, techniques, and recreation skills through personal experience in the planning, directing, observing, and participating in operating programs. P, 171, 283. Fee, $5. Open to men and women, Ott -Staff 180. Camp Organization and Management (2) II 1972 -73Purposes, standards, and trends in camping; problems of outdoor living for both small and large organized groups; site selection, camperafts,- recreational activities, food planning, nature study, sanitation, and general camp management. Field trip. Fee, $5. Open to men and women. Ott -Staff 185.Evaluation in Physical Education (3) I,II The use of tests and measurements in- physical education; techniques of test evaluation; administration; interpretation of results; emphasis on physical fitness, motor fitness, sports skills, and knowledge tests. P, Math 11 or 20. (Identical with P.E.W. 185) Munroe 186.Principles and Problems of Athletic Coaching (3) IIExamination of the duties, ethics, and responsibilities of a -coach; application of principles from psychology, sociology and other related fields; discussion of typical problems that confront the coach. Snyder 188.Administration of Interscholastic Sports (2)I The role of athletics in secondary . education; emphasis on administrative philosophy, staff relations, business procedures, facilities, and the conduct of athletic events. Clausen- Foster 190.Techniques in Prevention and Treatment of Athletic Injuries (2) II Recognition, treatment, and thepracticalapplicationof trainingtechniquesintheuse of electrotherapy, hydrotherapy, taping, bandaging, and massage in the prevention and treatment of athletic injuries. P, 87, Bio. Sci. 59a -59b. Fee, $10. Delforge -Lee 191.Theory and Practice of Football (2) IIAdvanced instruction and practice in the . offensive and defensive fundamentals for each position; organizational methods and coaching principles. P, 51. Fee, $5. Weber 194. -Theory and Practice of Track and Field Athletics (2) IIAdvanced instruction and practice in track and field events; rules, organizational methods, and coaching principles. P, 56. Fee, $4. Williams 195..Theory and Practice of Basketball (2) I-Advanced instruction and practice in offensive and defensive fundamentals; rules, organizational methods, and coaching principles. P, 50. Fee, $4. Larson 196.Theory and Practice of Baseball (2)I Advanced instruction and practice in the offensive and defensive fundamentals for each position; rules, organizational methods, and coaching principles. P ;'49. =Fee,..$5 (student provides necessary equipment). Sancet 197.Organization and Adninistratior. of Physical'Education Programs (3) IPrinciples and . techniques for organizing and administering secondary school departments of physical education and athletics; curriculum, personnel, facilities, equipment, financial manage- ment. P, 12 units in HPER. Baker 198.Senior Seminar in Physical Education (1) IIDiscussion of selected topics. Baker 264.Critical Analysis -of Health Education (3) I-Analysis and evaluation of curriculum, new teaching techniques, and administrative trends in health science education; critical discussion of issues, research publications, and current periodicals in the area of health education. Nasser HEALTH, PHYSICAL EDUCATION AND RECREATION 449

265.Field Work in Health Education (3) IIOn the job participation and observation in health programs of public and voluntary health organizations. Rees

266.Organization and Administration of School Health Education (3) IIPrinciples and techniques for organizing and administering school health programs; discussion of curriculum, facilities, personnel, school health legislation, administrative problems. Rees

267.International Health Problems (3) IInterprets the major health problems of not only the developed and emerging nations but also the situations in underdeveloped countries; the role of international health organizations in alleviation. King 270.Sex Education (3) 1Critical analysis of the current philosophy, principles, programs, problems, trends and basic issuesinsex and venereal disease education on the elementary, junior high and high school levels. The status of sex and venereal disease education will be examined both in the United States and in some selected foreign countries. Rees 271.Safety Education and Accident Prevention (3) IIOrganization and administration of safety education in elementary and secondary schools with emphasis on accident prevention programs in athletics, physical education, and recreation, vocational training for industry; analysis of programs established in industry and community. King 272.Traffic Safety Education (3) IIPrinciples of accident prevention and traffic survival education; emphasis on the certification of secondary school teachers preparing to teach driver education and training. Fee, $2. King 273.Outdoor Education (2) II 1972 -73Purposes of educational training conducted in day - and resident- school camps; emphasis on organizational, curricular, administrative, and supervisory provisions in the conduct of a school camp. P, 6 units of recreation coursework including 171.Open to men and women. Ott -Staff 283.Administration of Recreation (2)IIAdministration of tax -supported recreation; financing, responsibilities, legal aspects, area selection, design of facilities, personnel selection, public relations, and use of community resources. P, 6 units of recreation coursework including 171. Open to men and women. (Identical with P.A. 283 and N.R.R. 283) Ott -Staff 293.Adapted Physical Education (2) ITheory and practice in the treatment of physical defects and organic disabilities by exercise. P, 87. Open to men and women. Delforge 300.Critique of Research and Literature in Physical Education (2) IISurvey and critical analysis of selected research and literature in physical education. Opportunity for readings according to individual interest. P, Ed. Psych. 240. Baker -Foster

315.Analysis of Philosophy and Principles of Physical Education (2) I (Identical with PEW 315) Miller 320.Advanced Kinesiology (3) IBiomechanical and cinematographical analyses of motor skills, basic skill patterns studied from a developmental approach. P, Bio. 59a -b, HPER 87 and 12 units of upper- division instruction in physical education. (Identical with PEW 320) Atwater -Simko 325.Motor Learning and Human Performance (3) I(Identical with PEW 325) Fairchild - Snyder 330.Advanced Physiology of Exercise (3) IIThe physiological basis for motor fitness; a study of the factors which influence human performance during exercise stress; discussion of pertinent research from the sports medicine literature. 2R, 3L. P, 150. Fee, $2.50 (Identical with P.E.W. 330) Roby 335.Current Trends and Problems (3) II(Identical with PEW 335) Miller 340.Test Construction in Physical Education (2)IIPrinciples of test construction in physical education; statistical applications; analysis of selected tests and experience in development of new tests in areas of student interest. P, 185, Ed. Psych. 240. (Identical with P.E.W. 340) Munroe 450 DEPARTMENTS AND COURSES OF INSTRUCTION

350.Laboratory Research in Physical Education (3) 1Equipment and techniques used in laboratory research in physical education; competence to be gained in the operation of instruments as well as understanding their application to research problems. Fee, $5. Munroe -Roby 360.Application of Exercise Theory to Sports Performance (2) IIThe characteristics of champion performers, the applicability of exercise regimens to sports performance, and a critique of selected training programs designed to improve sports performance. Snyder 370.Research Design in Physical Education (2) ISpecial emphasis on research orientation; study of areas of research and methodology pertinent to physical education; selection of research problems and preparation of thesis. P, Ed. Psych. 240 or CR. Atwater -Munroe 395. The Heritage of American Physical Education (2) II(Identical with PEW 395) M. Roby 399.Seminar (1) IIDiscussion of selected topics. Individual Studies 199 (1 to 3); 299 (1 to 3); 400 (2 to 6); 401 (0); 410 (2 to 6) maximum total, 6 units; 411 (0). HEBREW (See Classics) HINDI (See Oriental Studies) HISTORY Professors Robert P. Browder, Head, Herman E. Bateman, James Donohoe, John W. F. Dulles, Russell C. Ewing, George B. Fowler ( Visiting), Harwood P. Hinton, James M. Mahar (Oriental Studies), John V. Mering, Roger L. Nichols, J. Gregory Oswald, Thomas W. Parker, Earl H. Pritchard, J. Robert Vignery, Sir John Wheeler- Bennett ( Visiting) Associate Professors Ludwig W. Adamec (Oriental Studies), George A. Brubaker, Leonard Dinnerstein, Edwin M. Gaines, William J. Wilson (Oriental Studies) Assistant Professors Gail L. Bernstein (Oriental Studies), Boyd Breslow, Richard A. Cosgrove, Walter W. Davis, Chester G. Dunham, Charles H. Hedtke (Oriental Studies),FrederickKellogg,JackD.Marietta, WilliamR.Noyes, M. Muhammad Saeed (Oriental Studies), Thomas Wolff Instructors David W. Corson, Alfreda E. Meyers (Oriental Studies) The major:30 units, including at least 6 in each of three of the four following areas --the United States, Europe, Latin America, and Oriental Studies - with at least 3 being in a course dealing with the period before 1500. Not less than 15 units, including either 291 or 292, must be in 200 -level courses. The supporting minor should be selected from foreign languages, the humanities or the social sciences; other subjects as may be individually justified. The teaching minor:21 units, including 4a -4b, 7a -7b, 20a -20b, and one upper- division course in United States history. Honors: The department participates in the Honors Program. Graduate Program: The department offers the Master of Arts and the Doctor of Philosophy degrees. Candidates for the Master of Arts degree must demonstrate a reading knowledge of one foreign language.

4a -4b. Introduction to Western Civilization (3 -3) Yr.A freshman survey course tracing the development of Western institutions and ideas from the end of the Ancient World to our times. Donohoe 7a -7b. Introduction to Far Eastern Civilizations (3 -3) Yr.(Identical with Oriental Studies 7a -7b) Mahar -Bernstein HISTORY 451

9a-9b. Introduction to Middle Eastern and African Civilizations (3 -3) Yr.(Identical with Oriental Studies 9a -9b) Adamec

10a -10b. History of the United States (3 -3) Yr.Political, economic, and social history of the American people from the founding of colonial Jamestown in 1607 to world leadership in the 1970's. 20a -20b. History of the Americas (3 -3) Yr.Survey of political, economic, and social development of North and South America from the Columbian discovery to the present time. Ewing 40a -40b.History of Modern Europe (3 -3) Yr.Emphasis on political, social and diplomatic developments; 40a: From the Renaissance to Waterloo. 40b: From the Congress of Vienna to the present. Davis 55a -55b. History of England (3 -3) Yr.Survey of the development of political, social, legal, and constitutionalinstitutionsinEngland from Roman Britainto the present. Cosgrove- Breslow 101a -101b. The Ancient World (3 -3) Yr.The emergence of civilization in Egypt and Mesopotamia; history and culture of Greece; rise of Rome and its dominance of the Mediterranean world. Parker 111.United States: 1945 to present (3) I, IIAmerican society and the role of the United States in world affairs from the Yalta Conference to the present. Dinnerstein 201.Colonial Origins of U.S. History, 1607 -1763 (3)I The experience and evolving institutions of the North Atlantic colonists from the first landings to the end of the French and Indian War. Marietta 203.The Era of the American Revolution (3) IIOrigins, progress, and character of the struggle against Great Britain; internal political, constitutional, social, and economic developments; the problems of the "Critical Period" and the making of the Constitution. Marietta 204.The New Nation, 1790 -1825 (3) IThe early political, economic, and social growth of the United States; establishment of constitutional government; industrialization in New England; cotton culture in the South; expansion westward. Dunham 206.The Jacksonian Era, 1825 -1850 (3) IIThe Age of Jackson; sectional politics; the Mexican War. Mering 207a -207b. The Civil War and Reconstruction (3 -3) Yr.The causes, military operations, and results of the Civil War. Mering 209.The Gilded Age, 1876 -1912 (3)I 1972 -73Examination of economic, social and political developments in years of rapid industrialization; emphasis upon new problems and the reactions of political parties. Dinnerstein 210.History of the U.S. From 1912 to 1933 (3) IThe Wilson Administration, the First World War,theTwenties,andtheGreatDepression; emphasis upon domestic developments. Bateman 211.The New Deal and the Second World War (3) IIEmphasis upon domestic develop- ments. Bateman 212a -212b. Social History of the U.S. (3 -3) Yr.The development of social institutions and behavior from earliest settlement to the present. Noyes 213a -213b.Constitutional History of the U.S. (3 -3) Yr.Historical study of the development of the Constitution. Bateman 214a -214b. Intellectual History of the U.S. (3 -3) Yr.Thought, arts, and agencies of cultural life, 17th century to the present. Noyes

215a -215b. The American Westward Movement (3 -3)Yr.Survey of thepatterns of westward extension in North America; emphasis upon institutions and methods of penetration, conquest, exploitation, and settlement of its far frontiers. Nichols 452 DEPARTMENTS AND COURSES OF INSTRUCTION

216.History of Arizona (3) IThe history of Arizona from the entrance of the Spaniards in 1539 to its emergence as a modern state in the Southwest. Hinton 217.The Old South (3) ON DEMANDOrigins and evolution of the South as a distinctive region and section from Jamestown through the collapse of the Confederacy. Gaines 218a -218b.History of American Foreign Relations (3 -3) Yr.218a: A study of the American people in an Atlantic community during the 18th and 19th centuries. 218b: An examination of the United States as a world power in the 20th century. Dunham 219.Colloquium on the Mind of Black America (3) IIOrigins, developments and historical consequences of the growth of black thought in American history as seen in the writings and records of black America; emphasis upon the parallels and relationships to the total society. Noyes 220.American Ethnic History (3) IIA history of the various ethnic minorities in America from Colonial times to the present. Emphasis is on their adjustment, acculturation and degrees of assimilation. Dinnerstein 221a -221b.History of Spain and Portugal (3 -3) Yr. 1971 -72Historical development of the Iberian peoples from the age of the Celtiberians to the present time. Wolff 222a -222b.History of Latin America (3 -3) Yr. 222a: From the discovery through the Wars of Independence. 222b:The struggle for political, social, and economic stability; international relations; cultural patterns. Brubaker 223.Inter- American Relations (3) IIRelations of countries of the Americas to one another from early 19th century to the present. Wolff 224.Intellectual History of Latin America Since 1810 (3) IILatin American thought from Independence to the 20th century. Major Latin American thinkers and writers and influences from Europe and the United States. Brubaker 227.Recent Trends in Brazilian History (3) IIDetailed analysis of major developments since World War I. Dulles 228.History of Brazil (3) IBrazil's political, economic, social, and intellectual development during the past four and one -half centuries. Wolff 229a -229b.History of Mexico (3 -3)Yr.Struggleforpolitical, economic, and social stability; international relations, cultural patterns. Ewing 230a -230b.Science in Western Civilization (3 -3) Yr.The development of scientific thought and accomplishment in relation to the main currents of Western Civilization from Pre -Classical Antiquity to the 20th Century. Corson 231.The Scientific Revolution, 1500 -1700 (3) IIThe individuals, theories, and institutions that contributed to the rise of early modern science, in their relation to the intellectual and cultural trends of the period. Corson 234.Greek History (3) I 1972 -73Pre -Greek and Greek civilization from the Minoans to the time of Alexander the Great. Breslow 235.The Hellenistic Age (3) II 1972 -73The ancient eastern Mediterranean world from Alexander the Great to the Roman conquest. Breslow 236a -236b.History of Rome (3 -3) Yr. 1971 -72236a: The Republic to the death of Caesar. 236b: The empire through the reign of Constantine the Great. Breslow 240.Medieval England (3) ON DEMAND From the Roman conquest to the War of the Roses; emphasis on political, economic, and cultural developments. Parker 241a -241b.Medieval Europe (3 -3) Yr.Major institutions and trends in Europe from the breakup of the Roman World to the 15th century. Parker -Fowler 242.Intellectual History of Medieval Europe (3) IIFusion of the Greco -Roman, Christian, and German traditions and analysis of major medieval cultural andintellectual achievements. (Identical with Rel. St. 242) Breslow HISTORY 453

243a -243b.The Renaissance and The Reformation (3 -3)Yr.The social,intellectual, cultural, and religious history of the 15th and 16th centuries. (Identical with Rel. Std. 243a -243b) Davis

245a -245b. Intellectual History of Modern Europe (3 -3) Yr.Dominant ideas in Western Civilization from the eve of the Italian Renaissance to the Great War, 1914 -1918. Donohoe

246.The French Enlightenment (2) ICultural history of France in the 18th century with emphasis on the works of the philosophers. Vignery 247.France Under the Old Regime, 1589 -1789 (3) 1French political development, institutions, and culture from Henry IV to the eve of the French Revolution. Vignery

248.The French Revolution and Napoleon (3) IIThe origins and progress of the Revolution in France. Vignery 249.France Since 1815 (3) lIThe central problems of French domestic and foreign affairs from the Restoration to the Fifth Republic. Vignery 250.Eighteenth -Century Europe (3)II Society and culture with the attendant rise of Prussia, the growing importance of Russia, "enlightened absolutism," and the decline of the `old regime." Davis 252.Nineteenth -Century Europe (3) ISurvey of the political and social history of Europe from the Congress of Vienna to the Treaty of Versailles. Cosgrove 253a -253b.Twentieth -Century Europe (3 -3) ON DEMAND The origins of the two world wars and their consequences; some consideration of European cultural history since 1900. Donohoe 255a -255b. Modern Germany (3 -3) Yr.Political, social, and intellectual history from the end of the Thirty Years war to the end of the Second World War. Donohoe 256.Tudor -Stuart England (3) I 1972 -73An intensive study of English history from the accession of Edward IV to the Hanoverian dynasty. Cosgrove 258.English Constitutional History to 1485 (3) 1971 -72The forces and institutions which shaped the constitutional, administrative, legal, and political traditions. Breslow 260a -260b. History of Modern Britain (3 -3) Yr. 1971 -72An intensive study of English history from the accession of George III to the present. Cosgrove 261a -261b. Russia before the Bolshevik Revolution (3 -3) Yr.Political, social, economic and cultural developments from the founding of the Russian state to 1917. Kellogg 262.History of the Soviet Union (3) IThe Bolshevik Revolution and problems of Soviet Russian history from 1917 to the present. Oswald 263.Intellectual History of Russia (3) IThe historical significance of social, political, and revolutionary thought in 19th and 20th century Russia. Oswald 265.Diplomatic History of the USSR (3) IIProblems and personalities in 20th -century Soviet diplomatic history. Oswald 266.The Russian Revolutions (3) I or IIThe era of reform and revolutions in Russia from 1890 to 1921, culminating in the formation of the Soviet regime. Browder 268. History of the Byzantine Empire (3) II 1972 -73The social, political, and cultural history of Byzantium and its impact on neighboring Europe and Asia Minor, A.D. 325 -1453. Kellogg 269. Modern Balkan History (3) IBalkan social, political, economic, and diplomatic history since 1800. Kellogg 271.History of Modern Iran and Afghanistan (3) ON DEMAND(Identical with Oriental Studies 271)Adamec !72a -272b. HistoryoftheMiddle East(3 -3)Yr.(IdenticalwithOrientalStudies 272a -272b) Wilson- Adamec 454 DEPARTMENTS AND COURSES OF INSTRUCTION

273.History of the Modern Middle East (3) 1 1972 -73(Identical with Oriental Studies 273) Adamec 274.The Ottoman Empire to 1800 (3) I 1971 -72(Identical with Oriental Studies 274) Adamec 275a -275b.History of China (3 -3) Yr.(Identical with Oriental Studies 275a- 275b)Hedtke 276.Communist China (3) II(Identical with Oriental Studies 276) Hedtke 277.Intellectual History of Modern China (3) II 1972 -73(Identical with Oriental Studies 277) Hedtke 278.Revolution in Chinese History (3) II 1972 -73(Identical with Oriental Studies 278) Hedtke 280a -280b.Historyof Japan(3 -3)Yr.(Identicalwith Oriental Studies 280a -280b) Bernstein 281 Intellectual History of Modern Japan, 1865 -1965 (3)II1971 -72 (Identical with Oriental Studies 281) Bernstein 282.Marxism in East Asia (3) I(Identical with Oriental Studies 282) Bernstein 283a -283b.Far Eastern International Relations (3 -3) Yr.(Identical with Oriental Studies 283a -283b) Pritchard 285a -285b.Introduction to Indic Civilizations (3 -3) Yr.(Identical with Oriental Studies 285a -285b) Mahar 286a -286b.Islamic India to 1757 (3 -3) Yr.(Identical with Oriental Studies 286a -286b) Saeed 287a -287b.Modern India and Pakistan Since 1757 (3 -3) Yr. 1972 -73(Identical with Oriental Studies 287a -287b) Meyers 288.History of Southeast Asia (3) II(Identical with Oriental Studies 288) Meyers 289.Pakistan: Background, History, Politics and Civilization (3) I 1972 -73(Identical with Oriental Studies 289) Saeed 291.Historiography and Methods (3)I,IIGreat historians; the techniques of historical research, criticism, and writing. 292.Undergraduate Colloquium (3) I, IIStudy of the historical literature and the writing of a research paper in a specialized area. 293.Advanced Historiography (3) I or IIMain currents in historical thought, with emphasis on modern historians. Marietta 294.Historical Archaeology (3) II(Identical with Anthropology 294) Fontana 298.Seminar on Latin America (3) IIP, 3 years of college Spanish or graduate standing. (Identical with Latin American Studies 298) 301.Advanced Studies in United States History (3) I, II 302.Advanced Studies in Latin American History (3) I, II 303.Advanced Studies in European History (3) I, II 305.Historical Writing and Editing (3) IITheory and methods for preparing historical articles and documents for publication in scholarly journals. May be repeated for credit. Hinton 397.Seminar in College Teaching (0) IAn introduction to the problems of teaching history on the college level. P, Doctoral standing. 399.Seminar (3) I, II a.United States History, I, II e. Historical Criticism, I b. Latin American History, I, II f. Spanish Borderlands, I or II c. European History, I, II g. Western America, I, II d. History of Science I or II h. Modern Mexico, I or II HOME ECONOMICS 455

NOTE: A selection from the following is offered if there is sufficient demand. No more than three of these seminars will be offered in any given semester.

i.Russia n. Colonial U.S. j.Germany o. France k. England p. Renaissance and 1. Middle Period, U.S. Reformation m. Recent U.S. q. Middle Ages

Individual Studies 199 (1 to 4); 299 (1 to 5); 400 (2 to 4); 401 (0); 410 (2 to 6) maximum total, 6 units; 411 (0); 420 (1 to 9); 421 (0)

HOME ECONOMICS Professors Ruth C. Hall, Director, School of Home Economics, Ruth A. Allen, Victor A. Christopherson, Mildred R. Jensen, Faye C. Jones, Amy Jean Knorr, Alice B. Lowell, Doris E. Manning, Mary Adele Wood Associate Professors James R. Hine, B. Jean Kearns, Mary Ann Kight Assistant Professors Ralph Chavez, H. Crane Day, Nancy A. Graham, Nylda Lopez, Edna Page, Edward T. Sheehan, Dawn H. Tuttle, Mary Jean Wylie, Barbara J. Zeches Instructors Jean R. Dees, Vicki L. Raison, Catherine Van Deusen, Susan Wright Lecturer Donald E. Dick H.E. 3, a no-credit course, is required of all freshman majors. It preferably should be taken during the freshman year, and no later than the first semester of the sophomore year. Graduate Work: Graduate work leading to the Master of Science degree with a major in home economics is available in five fields of study: child development and family relations; clothing, textiles, and interior design; family economics -home management; food and human nutrition; home economics education. The School also offers the Master of Home Economics Education degree for teacher educators and supervisors, and the Master of Science degree with a major in dietetics. Graduate work leading to the Doctor of Philosophy degree with a major in agricultural biochemistry and human nutrition is offered through the Committee on Agricultural Biochemistry and Nutrition.

Courses for all Divisions of the School of Home Economics

298.Seminar (1 -3) I, IISpecial topics in selected aspects of Home Economics. a.Child Development and Family Relations b. Clothing, Textiles and Interior Design c.Family Economics -Home Management d. Food and Human Nutrition e. Home Economics Education f.Women in Contemporary Society 397.Workshop (1-4) I, II 399.Seminar (1 to 3) I, II Current development and research in selected aspects of home economics. Individual Studies 199 (1 to 3); 299 (1 to 5); 400 (2 to 8); 401 (0); 405 Internship (1 to 12); 410 (2 to 6) maximum total, 4 units except for Food & Nutrition which may be 6; 411 (0) 456 DEPARTMENTS AND COURSES OF INSTRUCTION

CHILD DEVELOPMENT AND FAMILY RELATIONS Professor Christopherson, Chairman of the Division The curriculum in child development and family relations is designed to provide a part of the general education of the university student, particularly to increase his knowledge of human development and relationships. Opportunities are provided to work with children and adults at various centers including the University Preschool Laboratory. Typical of the career areas in which opportunities are to be found are early childhood education, recreation, Cooperative Extension Service, and child care in hospitals. Combined with selected studies, this curriculum leads to opportunities in journalism, child welfare, and special education. Students who are particularly interested in early childhood education should refer to the cooperative program with the College of Education listed under the School of Home Economics as one of the undergraduate majors: This Division also offers work leading to the Master of Science degree. Upon completion of the graduate degree, careers are open in college teaching. Students majoring in this field may apply to complete one semester of their senior year at the Merrill -Palmer Institute of Human Development, Detroit, Michigan.

10.Education for Marriage (2) 1, IIA practical study of factors involved in courtship, selection, marital adjustments, parenthood. Hine 17.Human Development and Relations (3)I,II An interdisciplinary approach to development, behavior, and interpersonal competence through the life span. P, Psych. la. Lopez 27a -27b.Child Development (3 -3) Yr.Growth, development, and acculturation of the child,particularly within the family setting. 27a: Early years of childhood with observation in the preschool laboratory; 27b: later years of childhood and adolescence with observation in the community. 27a is offered each semester and is not prerequisite to 27b. P, Psych. la and Soph. standing. Lopez 147.Preschool Education (3) I, IIArt, literature, music, science, and play materials in the life of the preschool child. Theory, techniques, and applications are considered. Includes participation in preschool laboratory. 2R, 3L. P, 17 or 27a. Fee, $2. Dees- Kearns 157.Principles of Guidance for the Normal Child (2) I 1971 -72Present and past theories concerning the guidance of children; consideration of sources of influence; emphasis on ' the important relationships in the child's life exclusive of the school situation. P, 17 or 27a or Psych. lb. 167.History, Philosophy, and Current Trends in Preschool Programs (2) 1 1972 -73 History of the preschool movement, philosophy underlying preschools, survey of the contem- porary preschool programs, and evaluation of various teaching methods. 207.Problems in Child Development (3)II1972 -73 Special- child rearing contexts in contemporary society; poverty, minority group membership, social change, and special developmental considerations. Lopez 227.Creativity and the Preschool Child (3)I1972 -73Consideration of theory and interpretation of research in creative behavior as related to the young child and his family. 237.Family Relations (3)I,II The modern family and its relationships beginning at marriage and continuing through subsequent phases of the family cycle; emphasis on marital adjustment, parenthood, family composition, and inter -personalbehavior. Christopherson 247a -247b.Readings in Child Development and Marriage and the Family (2 -2) Yr. Critical analysis of selected literature. 247a: literature and research in child development; 247b: literature and research in marriage and the family. P, 27a and 6 units of Psych. Kearns -Christopherson HOME ECONOMICS 457

257.Child Rearing Practices and Their Cultural Determinants (3) IIThe influence of various national subcultures upon childrearing practices; regional,ethnic,religious, and socio- economic influences; peer groups, ascribed status, and family composition. P, 27a or Soc. la or Psych. la. (Identical with Soc. 257) Christopherson 267a -267b.Preschool Teaching (3; 1 to 4) Yr.267a: Consideration of individual and group needs, guidance, and program planning in preschools. Field trips. 3R. P, 147. 267b: Supervised teaching in preschool laboratory. 267b may be repeated for credit to a maximum of 4 units. P, 267a or CR. Fee, 267b only, $5. Kearns

337.Trends in Human Relations (3) 1 1972 -73Philosophy, content, and resources in teaching human relations courses. Primarily for administrative personnel, teachers, ministers, and others who intend to work with youth groups or young adults. Hine 347.Advanced Child Development (3) IIContributions and integration of selected major theorists in developmental concepts. P, 9 units in child development or psychology. Kearns 348.Procedures in Family Counseling (3) II(Identical with Coun. & Guid. 348) Christensen 357.Marriage Counseling (3)I1971 -72Theories and principles of counseling for pre- marital, marital, and group -counseling situations. (Identical with Rehabilitation 357 and Counseling and Guidance 357.) Hine

367.Administration and Supervision of Preschool Programs (3)I 1971 -72Curriculum planning, administration, supervision, and evaluation of preschool programs in relation to recommended standards and needs of communities. 377.Comparative Family Relations (2) II 1972 -73 Family relations studies in cross -cultural perspective-emphasis on structure,sexroles,functions,lineage, composition, socialization process, and modal personality. P, 237 or Soc. 285. Christopherson

CLOTHING, TEXTILES, AND INTERIOR DESIGN Professor Allen, Chairman of the Division The curricula in this division are directed toward educating students to recognize the economic and aesthetic values in the selection of clothing, textiles, and home furnishings in addition to preparing them for specialized careers in interior design, merchandising, textile technology, and work in allied fields. Majors inthisdivision include:clothing and textiles; interior design; merchandising and fashion promotion; and preparation for textile research.

15.Home Furnishing (3) I, IIThe design of interiors. 2R, 3L. Fee, $2. Day 33.Clothing Construction (3) I, IIPrinciples of clothing construction. 2R, 3L. Fee, $1. (Students who pass the placement test will be excused from 33 but will not receive credit.) Allen 44.Advanced Clothing Construction (3)I,II Advanced problems and techniques of clothing construction; emphasis upon fitting. P, 33 or passing score on placement test, soph. standing. 1R, 6L. Fee, $2. Wright 45.Costume Selection (2)I,II Social and behavioral aspects of clothing, principles of color and design in clothing selection, consumers' role in the fashion industry. Wright 94.Textiles (3) I, IIFibers, yarn, fabric construction, and finishes as related to selection, use, and care; laboratory analysis of fibers and fabrics. 2R, 3L. P, Soph. standing. Fee, $3. Wylie 115. Interior Design I (3) IIDesign factors in shop aitd studio problems. 2R, 3L. P, 15, Art 3. Fee, $ 2. Jensen 135.Interior Design II (3) IExperimental work in the use of line, color, space, shape, and texture in interiors; practical and aesthetic factors in lighting; furniture design. 2R, 3L. P, 115. Fee, $2. Jensen 458 DEPARTMENTS AND COURSES OF INSTRUCTION

144.Tailoring Problems (3)II1972 -73Applicationoftailoringtechniques tothe construction of coats and suits. 1R, 6L. P, 44. Fee, $2. Allen 185.Ethics and Practice for Interior Design (1 to 3) IISeminar on studio organization and professional practices. Experience with local design firms. Jensen 204.Buying Textiles and Clothing (3)II.Consumer problems in buying textiles and clothing. Legislation, quality standards, and construction with emphasis on price and availability on current market. P, 94, Chem. l aR -1 aL. Wylie 205.Textile Design (3) IITextile design through fabrication and decoration. 1R, 6L. P, Art 3 and 6. Fee, $10. Day 225.History of Costume (3) IDetails and silhouettes of historic costume as an expression of the artistic, social, and economic life of the periods. P, Hist. 4a-4b or Hum. 50a -50b. Allen 234.Costume Draping (2) I 1972 -73Application of principles of draping to designing of clothing. 6L. P, 44, 45. Fee, $2. Wright 245.Costume Design (2) II 1972 -73Designing of costumes and accessories from period research and other sources. 1R, 3L. P, 45, 225, Art 3, 6. Jensen 254.Recent Developments in the Textile Field (3) IFabric finishes, new fiber development, textured yarns, knits, laminates, and fabric use and care problems. P, 204. Wylie 255.History of Furniture (3) IPeriod furniture from Egyptian through contemporary styles. P, Hist. 4a-4b or Humanities 50a -50b. Jensen 264.Flat Pattern Designing (2) I 1971 -72Use of the basic pattern in designing; pattern modifications. 6L. P, 44, 45. Fee, $2. Wright 265.History of Decorative Textiles and Accessories (3) IIPeriod styles and collectors' items in decorative textiles, china, glass, and silver. P, Hist. 4a -4b or Hum. 50a -50b. Jensen 275.Contemporary Trends in Interior. Design (3) IIThe preparation of renderings and purchasing data for residential and contract work. Must be repeated for credit once for a total of 6 units. 1R, 6L. P, 115, 255, or 265, Land. Arch. 20a and Art 6. Day- Jensen 294.Textile Analysis (3) IIPhysical and chemical testing, dyes, microscopic analysis and use of textile testing equipment for fabric analysis. 1R, 6L. P, 254, Chem. 1bR -lbL. Fee, $3. Wylie

FAMILY ECONOMICS - HOME MANAGEMENT Professor Hall, Director, School of Home Economics, and Chairman of the Division The purposes of instructional work in this division are to help' students recognize and use successfully the resources available to individuals and families. An effort is made to help students identify the scope and meaning of management in the home. It aims to point up the relationship between general economic conditions and the economic problems of families.

3.Careers in Home Economics (0)I, IIPersonal and academic qualifications for and satisfactions to be gained from various careers within the profession. Offered first six weeks each semester. Hall 16.Home Management (2) I, IIPrinciples of management as applied to individuals and home situations. Time, money, and energy studies. (Limited to lower division students.) Lowell -Tuttle 116.Home Management Residence (3) I, IIApplication of principles of management during residence in the home management laboratory. P, 11, 16. (Pre- registration required.) Lowell 146.Household Equipment (3) IPrinciples in selection, use, and expected performance of household equipment. Home wiring, lighting, interior surface materials. Recent research findings related to each. 2R, 3L. P, la. Fee, $2. Lowell HOME ECONOMICS 459

156.Social and Economic Aspects of Housing (3) I, IINeighborhoods and sites, family requirements, characteristics of a good house, physical and social environments, buying new and old houses; equipment and maintenance. Jones 216.Management of Family Resources (3) I, IIThe resources available to families and the use of these resources to obtain family goals. P, Econ. 2a. Hall- Tuttle 226.Work Analysis and Simplification (3)1 1971 -72Work -simplification principles and techniques applied to work -area arrangements, use of equipment, storage, and methods of work in the home. P, 216 or Bio. 67. Tuttle 246.The Consumer and the Market (3) IIConsumer problems in the American economy under existing market conditions. P, Econ. la. Lowell 256.Technical Aspects of Housing (3)II1971 -72Procedures and ethics of building; application of research results in preparation of data and requirements; plan analysis; design of areas of the house and storage; materials and finishes. Jones 306.Economic Problems of the Family (3) IIThe economic position of American families in terms of incomes, employment, prices, and standards of living, distribution and redistribution of income. P, 216. Tuttle

FOOD AND HUMAN NUTRITION In this division the School offers four programs of study leading to the degree of Bachelor of Science. The respective curricula are:(1) consumer service in foods, (2) food and human nutrition, (3) food service management, and (4) preparation for home economics research, Option 2, Alternate A. Requirements of each program are discussed under "School of Home Economics" in the College of Agriculture section. Completion of the respective programs prepares students for careers as (1) food specialists in business and industry, (2) for acceptance as dietetic interns in private and government hospitals and administrative interns in commercial and schoolorganizations.With further work students may become community nutritionists. Graduates qualify for membership in the American Home Economics Association and, depending upon the major and electives, National Restaurant Association, American Dietetic Association, or American Chemical Society. Graduate Program: The School of Home Economics offers work toward the Master of Science degree with majors in home economics and dietetics. In addition, the Division of Food and Human Nutrition cooperates with the Committee on Agricultural Biochemistry and Nutrition in offering the Master of Science and Doctor of Philosophy degrees. la -lb. Food Study (2 -2) I, IIScientific principles in the preparation of selected foods. la: vegetables, fruits, beverages, cereals, eggs, milk, foams, fats, and emulsions; lb: crystal formation, flour mixtures, meats. la -1R, 3L; lb -1R, 3L. la is prerequisite to lb. Fee, $15 each semester. Both la and lb are offered each semester. Van Deusen -Wood 2.Nutrition (2) I, IINutritional principles and the scientific use of diet in health. Van Deusen 11.Family Meal Management (3)Management in food selection, preparation and service of meals. Consideration of nutritional, cultural and esthetic aspects. 1R, 6L. P, lb. Fee, $18. Zeches 12.Nutrition in Growth and Development (2) IINutrition in prenatal, infant, preschool, child 6 -12 years, and adolescence. P, 2. Zeches 91.Institution Food Management (3) IQuantity food preparation and service, manage- ment of time and labor, use of power and other institution equipment. 1R, 6L. P, lb, 2. Fee, $3. Wood 107.Meat Selection and Identification (2) II(Identical with Animal Science 107) 460 DEPARTMENTS AND COURSES OF INSTRUCTION

202R. Human Nutrition(2)I Principles of human nutrition, metabolism of nutrients, nutrient requirements, and availability in food. P, Chem. lb. Zeches 202L. Human Nutrition Laboratory (2) IIEvaluation of nutritional status:dietary, clinical and biochemical. Analysis of dietary items for nutrient content, correlation of clinical biochemical analysis with normal and therapeutic diets. 6L. P 202R or CR, Chem lbR -lbL, 41a. Fee $15. Sheehan 212.Analysis of Foods by Sensory Methods (3) II 1971 -72 (Identical with Dairy Science 212) Stull 221a. Purchase of Foods for Institutions (2) I 1972 -73Factors affecting food purchasing, storage, inventory, and cost control. P, 91. Wood 221b. Purchase of Food Service Equipment (3)II 1971 -72Equipment selection, main- tenance, design of food -preparation areas for food -service organization. P, 91. Wood 222.Readings in the Science of Human Nutrition (2) II 1971 -72Preparation of abstracts and bibliographies of scientific publications in a selected area of human nutrition. Oral reports. P, 202R. Zeches 231.Experimental Food Study (3) IUse of experimental approach in semi -independent studies of selected foods; review of related literature in the field. 1R, 6L. P, lb, 2, Chem lbR -lbL. Fee $15. Zeches

232.Therapeutic Human Nutrition (3)II1972 -73Biochemical changes in nutritional deficiencies, their prevention and correction; modification of the diet in certain disease states, and factors of importance in patient care, rehabilitation, and education. P, 202R. Kight 241.Institution Organization and Administration (3) IIManagement in food preparation andservice,organizationand arrangementof work units,sanitation,care and maintenance of plant. P, 91. Wood 242.Community Nutrition (2) II 1972 -73Nutritional practices in a community, methods of improvement, participation in nutritional programs of local and state health agencies. 1R, 3L. P, 202R. Fee, $5. Zeches 262a -262b.Food Chemistry (3 -3) II 1972 -73(Identical with Dairy Science 262a -262b) Stull 272R. Food Microbiology and Sanitation (3) II 1971 -72(Identical with Dairy Science 272R) F. Nelson 272L. Food Microbiology and Sanitation Laboratory (2) II 1971 -72(Identical with Dairy Science 272L) F. Nelson 282.Food Processing (3) I 1971 -72(Identical with Dairy Science 282) F. Nelson 301.Advanced Nutrition (3) II 1971 -72(Identical with Poultry Science 301) Weber

302.Chemistry and Metabolism of Lipids (2)I1971 -72 Chemistry and metabolism of lipids, stressing digestion, absorption, and transport. Current contributions on lipid synthesis and catabolism in the intact organism. P, 6 units of organic chemistry; 202R or 211a or 211b; Bio. Sci. 265a or equivalent. (Identical with Ag. Biochem. 302) Sheehan 322a -322b.Laboratory Methods in Nutrition (3 -3) Yr. 1971 -72Principles and application of laboratory techniques to the evaluation of nutritional status, dietary compositions, and nutrient metabolism. 1R, 6L. P, Chem. 41b, Chem. 121. (Identical with Ag. Biochem. 322, Dairy Sci. 322 and Poultry Sci. 322) Sheehan 405.Internship in Dietetics (1 -12)Basic and intensive learning experiences in Arizona health care facilities with emphasis on therapeutic nutrition and nutrition education. Kigh t- Hester HONORS COURSES 461

HOME ECONOMICS EDUCATION

Professor Manning, Chairman of the Division

Candidates for admission to the program in home economics education must present evidence of having completed 56 units of work applicable to the Bachelor of Science degree in home economics with a grade average of 3.0000 or better in all work appearing on their official records. Those who register for courses 189 and 197g must have a cumulative grade average of 2.5000 or better in home economics course work and inaddition may be requiredtotake certain physical or psychological examinations or meet other criteria for admission. Careeropportunitiesinthisarea include teaching inelementary and secondary schools, in adult education programs, and in two -year and four -year colleges. Graduates may also be employed by organizations offering educational services, such as the Extension Service, welfare agencies, and businesses.

89.The Home Economics Profession (3) I, II Functions of the family in different cultures throughout the family life cycle. Decision making in a world of change. The role of the home economist in helping individuals, families to identify and solve problems. Page 178.Supervised Work Experience (3)I,II(Identical with Office Administration and Business Education 178) 189.Supervised Teaching in Home Economics (1 to 8)I, IITeaching vocational home economics under supervision in approved programs in secondary schools in Arizona. Pre -registration first semester of Junior year, CR 197g. Graham 197g. Teaching Home Economics (3) I, 11(Identical with Sec. Educ. 197g) Graham 208.Bases for Curriculum Decisions in Home Economics (3)I,II Responsibilities and activities of the home economics teacher in utilizing home, school and community in curriculum decisions. Taken semester immediately preceding 197g. Manning 209.Occupational Home Economics Programs (3) I, IIPurposes and methods of teaching home -economics- related occupations with emphasis on cooperative home economics vocational education. P, 208, CR197g and 189, or teaching experience. Page 309.Supervision in Vocational Education (3) IITheory, principles, and techniques of supervision of pre- service education of teachers in vocational educational programs. Manning 310.Investigation and Studies in Home Economics (3) IStudy and analysis of research literature, methods, techniques, and procedures for conducting investigations, selecting and developing plans for research problems. Manning 318.Evaluation in Home Economics Education (3) I 1971 -72Application of theory to the selection and construction of evaluation instruments, their use and interpretation in home economics programs. Manning 328.Curriculum Theory in Home Economics (3) I 1972 -73Theoretical bases and processes of curriculum building in home economics; current issues in home economics education. Manning

HONORS COURSES Prospective Honors students should consult the department or college of their major concerning these offerings. Special Honors Courses: Upper- division Honors courses are reserved exclu- sively for students formally accepted in the Honors Program by the department of their major and by the Honors Council. These include 192, 193, 194, and 195. In 194 and 195 a maximum of 3 units may be earned by independent summer study. 462 DEPARTMENTS AND COURSES OF INSTRUCTION

The student registers for these courses at the beginning of the Junior and Senior years, respectively, but as the project, previously approved by the department, has already been in a large part completed, he may register for these units in addition to a normal full load of courses. Courses 196 and 198a -b are reserved exclusively for Juniors and Seniors in the Program. The latter is open only to Seniors who are candidates for the degree with Honors. Some departments also offer 191 for students who are majoring in their areas. Departments offering the bachelor's degree with Honors permit registration of qualified juniors and seniors for independent study under most, if not all, of the numbers listed below. Prospective Honors students should consult the department of their major concerning these offerings. For further information on the Honors Program, see section Provisions for Superior Students.

50.Sophomore Colloquium (2) I,II Open only to Honors Program participants. May be repeated for credit. 191.Honors Seminar(1 to3)I,II Discussionof selectedtopics. Open onlyto University -wide Honors candidates upon approval from the department(s) offering the course. May be repeated for credit. a.Psychology b. Student planning board 192.Junior Colloquium (2) I, IIOpen only to University -wide Honors Programs candidates in their junior year. May be repeated for credit. 193.Senior Colloquium (2) I, IIOpen only to University -wide Honors Program candidates in their senior year. May be repeated for credit. 194.Summer Reading for Juniors (1to 3)Open only to Honors candidates. Proposed reading program to be approved by department at close of student's sophomore year. 195.Summer Reading for Seniors (1to 3)Open only to Honors candidates. Proposed reading program to be approved by department at close of student's junior year. 196.Honors for Juniors (2 to 3) I, IIOpen only to Honors candidates in the junior year. May be repeated for credit. 198a -198b.Honors for Seniors (2 to 3; 2 to 3)Open only to Honors candidates in their senior year.

HORTICULTURE Professors Steve Fazio, Head, William P. Bemis, Leland Burkhart, Guy S. Greene, LeMoyne Hogan, Warren D. Jones, J. Richard Kuykendall Assistant Professor Frank D. Cole The Department of Horticulture offers two undergraduate majors, one in horticulture and one in landscape architecture. Students majoring in horticulture may specialize in vegetable production, fruit production, floriculture, plant propagation, and related fields. The special options of Crop Protection or Turf Management in the College of Agriculture are available to majors in horticulture. The major in horticulture for the Bachelor of Science degree requires 16 units of horticulture in addition to the College of Agriculture requirements. Supporting courses should be selected from botany, entomology, plant pathology, and soils after consultation with departmental advisers. The department has research laboratories and greenhouses available on the University campus. Experimental orchards, vegetable trial plots, and landscape HORTICULTURE 463 plant -material testing facilities are available to students and provide exceptional opportunities for individual research in both fundamental and applied phases of horticulture. Graduate Program: The Department of Horticulture offers graduate work leading to the Master of Science and Doctor of Philosophy degrees. The Doctor of Philosophy degree is offered with options of specialization in physiology, ecology, breeding, and genetics. Facilities at the Branch Stations are available for use in the graduate program.

1. Principles of Horticulture (3)I Principles underlying the culture and utilization of fruits, nuts, vegetables, and flowers; landscaping including turf management. 2R, 3L. P, 1 entrance unit in biology. Fee, $2. Bemis -Kuykendall 25.Home Gardening (2) ICare and maintenance of trees, shrubs, hedges, and flowers. Principles of transplanting, pruning, and plant protection. Fazio

101.Greenhouse Management (3) 1 1971 -72Principles and practices of greenhouse operation;controlof environmental factors and cultural practices affecting the production of greenhouse crops. 2R, 3L. P, Bio. la. Fee, $3. Cole -Hogan

102.Fruit Production (3) IClimatic requirements, regions of production in the United States and Arizona. Varieties, rootstocks, orchard management of tree fruits and nuts. 3R, and an occasional local field trip. P, 1 or Bio. la. Fee, $2. Kuykendall 103.Vegetable Production (3) IVegetable production in the Southwest including climatic requirements, varieties, and cultural practices related to the vegetable industry. 3R, and occasional field demonstrations. P, 1 or Bio. la. Fazio 117.Principles and Practices in Floriculture (3) II 1971 -72Physiological principles and environmental factors in the production of potted flowering and foliage plants and cut flower crops. 2R, 3L. Fee, $2 Cole -Hogan 129a -129b. Planting Design (3 -3) Yr.(Identical with Landscape Architecture 129a -129b) 208.Citriculture (3) IICitrus growth in desert regions, including climatic requirements, cultivars, varieties, rootstocks, physiology, fruit development, and orchard management. P, Bio. 60 or 260. Fee, $4. Burkhart 215.Seed Development and Production (3) IIGenetic and environmental factors affecting seed initiation, development, and maturation. Techniques of hybrid seed production, seed injury, storage, and longevity. P, Bio. 120. Fee, $4. (Identical with Agron. 215) Bemis 221.Plant Propagation (3) IIPrinciples and practices of plant propagation including use of growth regulators, rooting media, misting systems and controlled light. Budding and grafting of fruit trees and ornamentals. 2R, 3L. P, 1. Fee, $3. Fazio 222.Technology of Horticultural Products (3) II 1971 -72Post- harvest physiology, grading, packing, storage, transportation, processing, and preservation of fruits and vegetables. 2R, 3L. P, Bio. 60 or 260 and Chem. 41a. Fee, $3. Burkhart 223.World Horticulture (2) IIWorld trends in production, consumption, breeding, and varieties of fruits, vegetables, and other horticultural plants. Burkhart 225.Turf Management (3)I1971 -72 Construction, specialized equipment and cultural practices for management of turf areas. P, Bio. 60. Fee, $3. (Identical with Agron. 225) 244.Field Plot Research (3) I(Identical with Agronomy 244) Rubis 249.Fundamentals of Tree Growth (2) 1971 -72Fundamental physiological processes related to tree growth; review of classic and typical current experimental work in tree physiology. P, 102 or 208, and Bio. 260. Kuykendall 250.Advanced Vegetable Crops (3) II 1972 -73Factors affecting growth, development and quality of vegetable crops; presentation and interpretation of recent research progress. P, 103, Ag. Chem. 11, Bio. 60 or 260. Bemis 464 DEPARTMENTS AND COURSES OF INSTRUCTION

296.Experimental Horticulture (3)I1972 -73Current methods of experimenting with horticulture crops, using active experiment station projects for discussion; practice in handling experimental plantings, controlling pollination, analytical procedures, assem- bling data. 1R, 6L. Fee, $3. Kuykendall -Staff 328.Advanced Genetics (3) I(Identical with Plant Breeding 328) Endrizzi 329.Advanced Cytogenetics (3) II(Identical with Agronomy 329) Ramage 361.Theory of Plant Breeding (3) II(Identical with Agronomy 361) Kneebone 362a -362b.Advanced Plant Physiology(3 -3)Yr.(Identicalwith Biological Sciences 362a -362b) 371.Quantitative Genetics and Selection (2)I1972 -73 (Identical with Agronomy 371) Rubis 399.Seminar (1) II

Individual Studies 299 (1 to 5); 400 (2 to 8); -401 (0); 410 (2 to 8) maximum total, 8 units; 411 (0); 420 (1 to 9); 421 (0)

Major in Landscape Architecture The major in landscape architecture is designed to develop a high level of professional competence in the application of creative design to the shaping of man's physical environment. Courses are concerned primarily with the man -nature relationship and with the effective coordination of the related disciplines of architecture and urban planning. Landscape Architecture 105 is required of all landscape architecture majors for graduation. The department offers work leading to the degree of Master of Science with a major in landscape architecture. This program does not offer additional academic .coursesinlandscapearchitecture, butisdesigned to provide students the opportunity to .develop research projects relating basic design work to other disciplines, in the general area of environmental studies, such as architecture, urban design, traffic and highway engineering, and computer technology.

10.Delineation (1) IDrafting and delineation for landscape design as a design tool and medium for communication. Greene 20.Introduction to Environmental . Design (5)I Problems involving basic elements of environmental design. Field trips. 3R, 6L. Fee, $4. Greene 21.Beginning Landscape Design (5) IISmall -scale problems in landscape design with some professional content. Field trips. 3R, 6L. Fee, $4. Greene 40a -40b.History and Theory of Landscape Architecture (2 -2) Yr.Examination of the historical background and theoretical basis of landscape architecture. Greene 50a -50b.Landscape Construction(2 -2)Yr.Construction methods, detailing, working drawings, specifications, office practice. 6L. P, 20 or equivalent. Greene 105.Apprenticeship (0)Work in landscape architecture, or allied field for approximately 3 months, usually in summer, for an approved individual, firm, or government agency. Greene -Jones 120.Residential Landscape Design (5) IStudy of problems peculiar to residential site development. Field trips. 1R, 12L. Fee, $4. Jones 121.Public Works Site Planning (5) IICommercial, industrial, institutional site develop- ment. Park and recreation planning. 1R, 12L. Fee, $4. Jones HYDROLOGY AND WATER RESOURCES 465

128.Determinants of Landscape Architecture (2) IIStudies relating to design determinants for the development of outdoor space. 1 R, 3L.. (Identical with Arch. 128) Greene Jones 129a -129b.Planting Design (3 -3) Yr.Problems involving the use of plant materials in landscape design. 129a is offered in the spring; 129b in the fall. 1R, 6L. P, 21 or equivalent. Field trips. (Identical with Hort. 129a -129b) Jones 220.Site Planning (5) ILarge -scale problems in site planning; housing, urban design, land planning. Field trips. 3R, 6L. Fee, $4. (Identical with N.R.R. 220) Greene 221.Individual Projects in Urban Design (5) IIIndividual problems concerning the role of the designer in urban development. Field trips. (Identical with Urb. Pl. 221) May be repeated for credit. 3R, 6L. Fee, $4. Greene 399.Seminar (1) II Individual Studies 299 (1 to 5); 400 (2 to 8); 401 (0); 405 (2 to 8); 406 (0); 410 (2 to 8) maximum total, 8 units; 411 (0)

HUMANITIES Professor Fredd A. Dye, Chairman.

50a -50b.Introduction to Humanities (4-4) Yr.The cultural life of the Western world as it developed in literature, art and philosophy from the Greeks to the present. P, Freshman composition. Fee, $1 each semester. 50a is prerequisite to 50b. Dye -Staff

HYDROLOGY AND WATER RESOURCES Professors Daniel D. Evans, Head, Gordon R. Dutt (Agricultural Chemistry and Soils), Martin M. Fogel (Watershed Management), John W. Harshbarger, Simon Ince, Chester C. Kisiel, Phillip N. Knorr (Watershed Management), Sol D. Resnick, Eugene S. Simpson, David B. Thorud (Watershed Management), Andrew W. Wilson (Geography and Area Development) Associate Professors Russell L. Gum, Robert M. Lawrence (Government), Robert A. Phillips (Civil Engineering), Hasan K. Qashu, Theodore G. Roefs, Arthur W. Warrick (Agricultural Chemistry and Soils), Jerome J.Wright (Geosciences) Assistant Professors John C. Day (Agricultural Economics) Lecturer Thomas Maddock, Jr. Committee on Hydrology and Water Resources: Daniel D. Evans, Chairman (HydrologyandWaterResources),JohnH.Ehrenreich(Watershed Management), John W. Harshbarger (Hydrology and Water Resources), A Richard Kassander, Jr. (Atmospheric Sciences and Water Resources Research Center, Chester C. Kisiel (Hydrology and Water Resources), Robert M. Lawrence(Government),WilliamE.Martin(AgriculturalEconomics), .Quentin M. Mees (Civil Engineering), James W. O'Leary (Biological Sciences), RobertL.Seale(NuclearEngineering),Donald H. White (Chemical Engineering), Andrew W. Wilson (Geography and Area Development), James H. Zumberge (College of Earth Sciences)

Undergraduate Program Hydrology is the science that treats the origin, distribution, and properties of the waters of the earth. It is relevant to the sound development and management of water resources systems for multiple uses. For requirements for the degree of Bachelor of Science in Hydrology, see College of Earth Sciences. 466 DEPARTMENTS AND COURSES OF INSTRUCTION

Honors: The department participates in the Honors Program. Western Regional Student Program:Students residing in the 13 Western states may qualify for certain privileges if enrolled in the Hydrology Curriculum. Graduate Programs: The Master of Science and Doctor of Philosophy degrees are offered with a major in Hydrology and in Water Resources Administration. The Graduate Program in Hydrology is designed for those students with special interests in the physical, chemical, and biological (hydrologic) aspects of water resources development. A student may concentrate upon one or any combination of these subjects but all students are expected to have a certain degree of proficiency in all aspects, including behavioral sciences. Through the cooperation of the Laboratory of Tree -Ring Research, students can select an extensive program combining the fields of dendrochronology and hydrology. The Graduate Program in Water Resources Administration is designed for those students with special interests in the behavioral sciences as they relate to water resources development and management. Students majoring in the program are expected to have or to acquire a basic knowledge of hydrology. Two options are available to graduate students in Water Resources Administration. They may participateeitherintheregular program in which emphasisisplaced on course -work and individual research, or in the Civil Decision Quantification program in which emphasis is placed on tutorial interaction and multidisciplinary group research. An undergraduate major in hydrology is not prerequisite to graduate work in these fields. The programs have been developed to enable graduates from related fields such as geology, engineering, agriculture, meteorology, economics, and government to enter directly into the programs. Promising applicants who are deficient in some requirements may be admited subject to taking appropriate courses without graduate credit. Each student will be expected to have or acquire a capability for computer programming. This capability may be demonstrated by examination or by completion of a course in this subject. No foreign languages are required beyond the Graduate College requirements. The student, with advice and approval of his major advisor, will build a course program so structured as to make the most meaningful combination of courses that meets the student's special interests and desired focus. A satisfactory thesis based on individual research must be written by all master's candidates. For general requirements relating to the Master of Science or Doctor of Philosophy degree, see the Graduate Catalog. Hydrology la -lb. Water and the Environment (4 -4) Yr.An integrated course dealing with the principal components of the water cycle. The role of man in water supply and management and the resultant environmental effects. 3R, 3L. P, la is prerequisite to lb. 2 or 4 field trips per semester. Fee, $10. 50.Principles of Hydrology (3) IIBasic principles of hydrology dealing with the chemical, physical, and biological aspects of water movement and mass transfer. Techniques of measurement of hydrologic variables; relations used by man to develop water supplies. 2R, 3L. Fee, $2. 98.Seminar (1 to 3) II 205.Hydrologic Properties of Soils (3) I(Identical with Agricultural Chemistry 205) Evans 214s. Field Hydrology (Summer Camp) (6)Field methods of collection, compilation and interpretation of hydrologic data; geologic and geophysical methods; preparation of hydrologic reports. Laboratory comprises daily field work. Required of hydrology majors. P, Sr. standing. Students required to report to camp or nearest rail or bus station. Fee, $250. Wright HYDROLOGY AND WATER RESOURCES 467

223.Hydrology (3) I(Identical with Civil Engineering 223) 235.Hydrogeology (3) I, II (Identical with Geosciences 235) Wright 245.Statistical Hydrology (3) IIApplications of mathematical statistics and probability theory to measurement, analysis and synthesis of hydrologic processes and design and control of water resource systems. P, 223 or 260, Math. 91, S.I.E. 172. Background in material as given in S.I.E. 220 and 221 would be helpful. Kisiel 260.Watershed Hydrology (3) I(Identical with Watershed Management 260) Fogel 265.Hydrochemistry (3) II 1971 -72(Identical with Agricultural Chemistry 265) Dutt 272.Water Quality Control (3) II(Identical with Civil Engineering 272) Phillips 280.Hydrologic Systems (3) IMajor physical processes relating to hydrologic systems of the earth; mass and energy flux across hydrologic interfaces; the role of the hydrologist in water resource development. 2R, 3L. Field trips. P, 223 or 260, Math. 181. Fee, $5. Simpson 281.Physical Oceanology and Limnology for Hydrologists (2) IIOrigin, distribution, and characteristics of oceanic water; advective and convective processes; estuarine and shoreline processes; effect on coastal aquifers; classification and hydrologic regimen of lakes; oceans and lakes as sources of water supply. Simpson

302.Snow Hydrology (2) II(Identical with Watershed Management 302) Thorud 303.Water Quality Dynamics (3) I 1972 -73Mathematical models are derived to study and predict dispersion of pollutants and water quality changes in streams, lakes, reservoirs, aquifers, soils, and estuaries. P, knowledge of computer programming. Fee, $5. 305.Soil Water Dynamics (3) II 1972 -73 (Identical with Ag. Chem. 305) Warrick

335.Aquifer Mechanics (3)I Mechanics of fluid flow through porous media; flow dispersion; quantitative determination of the hydraulic characteristics of geohydrologic systems; principles of well -field design and aquifer evaluation. Field trips. 2R, 3L. P, Phys. 10, Math. 79b. Fee, $4. (Identical with Geos. 335) Simpson 336.Developmentof GroundwaterResources(3)II Boundary -valueproblemsin geohydrologic system; analysis of cause -effect relationships between streams, lakes, and aquifers for management of water resources; planning and design of regional water resources investigations.Fieldtrips. P, 335. Fee, $4. (Identical with Geos. 336) Harshbarger 340.Dynamics of Flow Systems of the Earth (4)IIThe physical and mathematical principles of flow systems as influenced by environmental factors of the earth; application of classical, numerical, and computer mathematics and solutions to flow and frictional flow systems manifested by surface water and ground water movement in and on the earth. P, 280, C.E. 320. 341a -341b.Advanced Topics in Hydrology (3 -3) Yr.Content of course to be determined by new developments in the science of hydrology, student interests, and faculty availability. 342.Parametric Hydrology (3)I 1971 -72Linear and nonlinear analysis of watersheds, aquifers, soil systems, hydrologic instruments. Hydrologic signal analysis and model building in presence of noise and in context of decision theory. P, 223 or 260, 245, Math. 205a -205b (or equivalent). Fee, $5. Kisiel 343.Stochastic Hydrology (3) II 1971 -72Time series analysis and sampling of hydrologic data. Use of stochastic process models of streamflow, river networks, aquifers, soil and vegetative patterns, evaporation, reservoirs, precipitation. P, 342. Fee, $5. Kisiel 399.Seminar (1 to 3) I, II

Individual Studies 299 (1 to 3); 400 (1 to 4); 401 (0); 410 (2 to 4) maximum total, 4 units; 411 (0); 420 (1 to 9); 421 (0) 468 DEPARTMENTS AND COURSES OF INSTRUCTION

Water Resources Administration

201.Water, Society and the Environment (3) IIThe role of behavioral sciences (social, legal, economical, political and psychological) in public administration of use, development, and management of water resources; and ecological relation of water in the biosphere. Qashu 204.Land Economics (3) I(Identical with Agricultural Economics 204) Day 244.Application of Operations Research to Water Resources (3)I Applications of deterministic and stochastic linear programming and dynamic programming techniques towaterresources management problems.Surveyof other operations research techniques. P, a knowledge of Fortran programming. Fee, $5. Roefs 261.Population and Resources (3) I, II(Identical with Geography 261) Wilson 281.Environmental Politics (3) II(Identical with Government 281) Lawrence 290.Forest and Range Policy (2) II(Identical with Watershed Management 290) Knorr 301.Water Resource Administration Practice (3) IA critical examination of institutional setting in which water resources management takes place and the processes by which policies are formed and developments undertaken. P, 204. CR, a hydrology course. Roefs 306.Economics of Natural Resources (3) II(Identical with Agricultural Economics 306) Kelso 344.Methodologies in Water Resources (3)II1972 -73Studies of the applications of operations research, econometrics and probability theory to system modeling and management in the context of current research efforts. P, 244. Hyd. 245, S.I.E. 220. Kisiel -Roefs 397.Multidisciplinary Tutorials (6 -9)I,II and SummerExamination of civil decision problems from the viewpoint of different disciplines in a context of group study and tutorials. Primarily for participants in the civil decision program. 5R, 20L. P, 30 graduate units. May be repeated for credit. Roefs -Gum 399.Seminar (1 to 3) I, II Individual Studies 299 (1 to 3); 400 (1 to 4); 401 (0); 410 (2 to 4) maximum total, 4 units; 411 (0); 420 (1 to 9); 421 (0)

ITALIAN (See Romance Languages)

JAPANESE (See Oriental Studies)

JOURNALISM Professor Philip Mangelsdorf, Head Associate Professors Donald W. Carson, GeorgeW.Ridge (Director, Arizona Journalism Institute) Assistant Professor Wallace D. Beene Lecturer Thomas C. Cooper All majors in journalism must complete at least 18 units in the social sciences distributed between two areas, with not less than six units in one of those areas. Majors in journalism who do not minor in English are required to complete at least six units of English in addition to Freshman composition. JOURNALISM 469

The news editorial major: 25 units including 5, 8, 51, 110, 213, 215 or 280, and three units from the advanced writing group (212, 222, 275). At least 16 units must be in upper- division courses. Students wishing to prepare for a career in Broadcast Journalism may substitute 52 for 51 and 107 for 110. Journalism majors choosing an option in Community Journalism should complete 5, 8, 51, 110, 118a, 212, 213, and 225. Community Journalism students are urged to take 165. Journalismmajors choosing an option in Magazine Journalism should complete 5, 8, 51, 110, 116, 118a, 222, 262, and either 213 or 275. The Teaching Major: 25 units including 5, 8, 51, 110, 116, 215, and 280. The Teaching Minor: 20 units including 5, 8, 51, 110, 1 16, and 215 or 280. The Junior College Teaching Major: 25 units including 5, 8,51,110,116, 213 and 215 or 280. The Junior College Teaching Minor: 20 units including 5, 8,51,110,116, and 213. Students who major in journalism are strongly advised to minor in economics, English writing and literature, government, history, modern language, psychology or sociology. Honors: The department participates in the Program. Graduate Program: The department offers the Master of Arts degree. The Arizona Journalism Institute:The department sponsors the Arizona JournalismInstitute,apermanent center for study and conference among professional journalists in the state. The AJI publishes The Arizona Journalist_ Newsmen from throughout the state serve as members of a Board of Governors. The Arizona- Sonora Press Association is part of the Institute. The Department of Journalism is accredited by the American Council on Education for Journalism. Freedom of the Press Award. Each year the Department gives an honorary plaque, under the name of the John Peter Zenger Award, to a journalist whose professional work has made an outstanding contribution to the preservation of freedom of the press and the people's right to know.

1. Introduction to Journalism (1) IIBasic survey of mass communications. 5.News Writing (3) I, IIGathering, evaluating, and writing news. P, CR 8, Freshman composition, knowledge of typing, Soph. standing. Fee, $5. (Identical with R -TV 5) 8.Law and Ethics of Journalism (3)I Libel; introduction to press freedom and responsibility. P, Soph. standing. (Identical with R -TV 8) Ridge 51.Reporting (3)I,IIComprehensive and accurate news presentation; emphasis on interview techniques and coverage of major news stories. P, 5. Fee, $5. (Identical with R -TV 51) 52.Broadcast News Writings (3) IIWriting and reporting news for the broadcast media. 2R, IL. P, 5, 8. Fee, $5. 107.Broadcast News Editing (3) IEditing newscasts; use of local and wire copy with audio and visual material. 2R, 1L. P, 8, 52. 110.Editing (3)I,IITheory and technique of preparing news copy for publication; headlines. 2R, 1L. P, 8, 51. Fee, $5. Ridge 111.Advanced Editing (3) IIStudy of layout and typography for news, photographs and feature articles in newspapers. 2R, 1L. P, 110. Fee, $5. Ridge 116.Publications Layout and Design (3) ITheory and practice of layout, typography, and design for magazines. Cooper 470 DEPARTMENTS AND COURSES OF INSTRUCTION

118a -118b.Photojournalism (3 -3) Yr.Reporting and interpreting news in pictures. 118a: P, 5b, 8. 118b: P, 118a or permission of instructor. Fee, $12.50 each semester. Cooper 140.News and Mass Media (3) IIStudy of communications techniques used by newspapers, wire services, newsmagazines and broadcasters; analysis of attempts by non -newsmen to influence media. P, 51. Carson 151.The Foreign Press (3)II1972 -73 History and development of the press and broadcasting systems in foreign countries. Comparison with the systems and problems in the United States. P, 51. *165.Creative Advertising (3) I(Identical with Marketing 165) *166.Public Relations (3) II(Identical with Marketing 166) 212.Feature Writing (3)I Analysis and writing of human interest, background and interpretive articles for newspapers. P, 51 or 12 units of English composition. Fee, $3. Beene 213.Reporting Public Affairs (3)I,IIThe study and practice of news gathering on executive, legislative, and judicial levels in city, county, state and federal governments. Emphasis on news sources and interpretive writing. P, 8, 51. Carson 215.History of Journalism (3) IThe growth and development of American journalism since the Colonial era; influence on national affairs of leaders in newspapers, broadcasting and magazines. Mangelsdorf 220.Advanced Journalism (3) IICritical study of mass media influence on the individual. Survey of media research. P, senior standing. Mangelsdorf 222.Reporting for Magazines (3) IIStudy of writing techniques for magazines; analysis of in -depth features. Students will write articles for publication. P, 51 or 12 units of English composition. Cooper 225.Community Journalism (2) IIProblems and responsibilities of weekly and small daily newspapers and community radio stations. In field trip class produces an issue of an Arizona weekly newspaper. P, 110, 118a. Fee, $5. Cooper 262.Magazine Seminar(3)II1971 -72Surveyof contemporary magazines;trends, functions, staff organizations, free -lance sources, editorial policies and practices. P, 116. Cooper 275.The Editorial Page (3) I 1971 -72Critical study of opinion -makers with emphasis on editors and public- affairs columnists; analysis of editorial pages in a changing society; writing of editorials. P, 8, 51. Carson 280.The Press and Society (3)I Critical study of press performance in current affairs; changing requirements for a socially responsible and professional journalism in a democracy. P, 51. Carson 301.Communications Research (3)I A study of methods common to Communications research for measurement of audience, communicator, and content values; critical examination of communications research literature. Problems of communicating with the various publics. General independent research project by each student. P, Graduate standing in Journalism, or 6 units in undergraduate Journalism. 338.Freedom of Expression (3) IIAnalysis of access and barriers to information and communication at local, state, national and international levels. Intensive study of the legal relationship between mass media and society. P, Graduate standing in Journalism or 6 units in undergraduate Journalism. Ridge 399.Seminar (3)I,IITopics will be chosen from the following and will be offered depending on demand. P, Graduate standing, departmental approval. a.History of Mass Media e.Electronic media b. International Communications f.Community journalism c.Reporting governmental affairs g.Journalism education d. Magazines h. Latin -American press Individual Studies 199 (2 to 3), 299 (1 to 5), 400 (2 to 4), 401 (0), 410 (2 to 6), 411 (0). LATIN AMERICAN STUDIES 471

LATIN (See Classics)

LATIN AMERICAN STUDIES Latin American Language and Area Center:

Committee on Latin American Studies: Professors George A. Brubaker (History), D. Lee Hamilton, Chairman (Romance Languages, Director, Latin American Language and Area Center), José Hernández (Sociology), Jimmye S. Hillman (Agricultural Economics), Henry P. Johnson (Music), Robert H. Marshall (Economics), Leland R. Pederson (Geography), Robert Quinn (Art), Renato Rosaldo (Romance Languages, Associate Director, Latin American Language and Area Center), Edward Spicer (Anthropology), Edward J.Williams (Government), Herbert Wilson (Education). The Center organizes the resources of departments in five colleges to form teaching and research programs concerned with Latin America, and offers a major in Latin American Studies for the Bachelor of Arts degree. Students in the College of Education and the College of Business and Public Administration may complete the major in Latin American studies while satisfying the professional requirements of their colleges. By early decision and by carefully selecting their courses some students in these two colleges can complete their professional requirements and the major in Latin American studies in eight semesters, but most will have to include summer study in order to do so. The major in Latin American studies is recommended for students with special interest in Latin America who plan to enter government service, business, teaching, or a private agency that operates in Latin America. The major will also be useful for students who wish to teach in the general area of bilingual education (see also Mexican American Studies).

Participating Departments Course concentrations are offered by the Departments of Anthropology, Geography and Area Development, Government, History and Romance Languages. and jointly by the Departments of Agricultural Economics and Economics. Related studies are found in the Departments of Art, Foundations of Education, and Sociology, and in the College of Law. Graduate Program: The Center offers the degree of Master of Arts and a Ph.D. minor. Undergraduate Program: For the Bachelor of Arts degree the Center offers an interdisciplinary major which combines basic specialization in an academic disciplinewith broad preparation inLatin American affairs and functional competence in one of the two principal languages of Latin America. A student interested in pursuing this program should consult very early in his undergraduate career with the Director of the Center. The student's academic plan for each semester must be formulatedwith anadvisorinhis(expected)fieldof concentration and must be approved by the Director of the Center. The major in Latin American studies requires the following: Courseconcentration:A minimum of12 upper divisionunitsina department which offers course concentration, of which at least 9 units must be in courses with a significant Latin American content. 472 DEPARTMENTS AND COURSES OF INSTRUCTION

Related studies: A minimum of 18 upper division units in two or three other departments, selected from departments of course concentrations or related studies (but excluding the department in which the student fulfills the course concentra- tion requirement). In any department included to meet this 18 -unit requirement, the student must include at least 6 units, and at least 9 (no fewer than three in any department selected) must be in courses which have a substantial Latin American content. Interdisciplinary seminar:The interdisciplinary Latin American Seminar (cross -listed as 298) is required. It may be included in the 12 units of concentration or in the 18 units of related studies.

Language Requirement Course concentration in language and literature: Students concentrating in Spanish American literature must complete at least 4 semesters or the equivalent of Portuguese language and Brazilian literature. Students concentrating in Brazilian literature must complete at least 4 semesters or the equivalent of Spanish. Course concentrations in other fields: Students concentrating in a field other than language and literature must demonstrate functional competence in Spanish or Portuguese by examination or by the satisfactory completion of 75b or a higher course in Spanish or, in Portuguese, by the satisfactory completion of 275b or two semesters of Brazilian literature.

182.Spanish- American Literary Masterpieces in Translation (3) I(Identical with Spanish 182) Anderson -Evans -Rosaldo -Staff 183.Literature of Brazil in Translation (3)II 1972 -73(Identical with Portuguese 183) Barrow 298.Seminar on Latin America (3) IIP, 3 years of college Spanish or graduate standing. Required of all undergraduate majors in Latin -American studies. (Identical with Econ. 298, Govt. 298, Hist. 298, Span. 298, and Soc. 298) Hamilton -Staff 399.Seminar (1 to 3) I, II Individual Studies 299 (1 to 4); 400 (2 to 4); 401 (0)

LAW Professors Charles E. Ares, Dean, Arthur W. Andrews, William S. Barnes, William E. Boyd, Claude H. Brown, Robert Emmet Clark, Ray Jay Davis, Joel J. Finer, James J. Graham, Thomas L. Hall, Junius Hoffman, John J. Irwin, Jr., Boris Kozolchyk, John D. Lyons, Luther C. McDougall, III, Daniel H. O'Connell, Jack J. Rappeport, G. Kenneth Reiblich, Charles Marshall Smith, Thomas J. Tormey (Law Librarian), Willard N. Van Slyck, Jr., David B. Wexler, Winton D. Woods, Jr. Lecturers William E. Kimble, Rex E. Lee, Robert O. Lesher, Richard K. Mallery Teaching Associates Kenney F. Hegland, Andrew Silverman The College of Law recently completed a fundamental reorganization of the curriculum which changed and expanded the course program to include a modernized set of required courses and a wide variety of problem- method courses, seminars and clinical programs. The courses are listed below with the course number and units listed in parentheses and the semester designated by Roman numeral. LAW 473

Required Courses

Contracts (300, 5) ILyons, Rappeport Introduction to Legal Process & Civil Procedure (301, 4) IMcDougal, Woods Criminal Law Process (302, 4) IAndrews, Wexler Research & Writing (303, 2) I Torts (304,5) IIClark, Davis Property (305, 5) IIIrwin, McDougal Constitutional Law (306, 4) IIBoyd, Reiblich Appellate Practice & Moot Court (307, 1 to 2) IIDavis, Woods Evidence (308, 4) IIBrown, Finer The Legal Profession (309, 2) II Van Slyck

Elective Courses

Decedents' Estates (310, 2) I Van Slyck Trusts and Fiduciary Administration (311, 4) IIVan Slyck Family Law (312, 3) IIRappeport Law and Medicine (313, 2) IIRappeport Workmen's Compensation (314, 2) IDavis Agency and Partnership (315, 3) IBrown, Van Slyck Private Corporations (316, 3) IIHoffman Corporate Finance (317, 2) IHoffman Law and Economics (318, 2) I, IILee Unfair Trade Practices (319, 2) IILyons Regulated Industries (320, 2) IILyons Administrative Law (321, 3) IIReiblich Law Review (322, 1 to 3) I, II Conflict of Laws (323, 3) IBarnes Labor Law (324, 3) IIIrwin Local Government Law (325, 2) IIWoods Jurisprudence (326, 3) IIKozolchyk International Law (327, 3) IReiblich Comparative Law (328, 3) IIKozolchyk Legal History (329, 3) IDavis Legal Process (330, 3) II Wexler Legislation (331, 3) II Wexler Independent Research (332, 1 to 6) I, IIStaff Commercial Transactions (333, 4) IBoyd Insurance (335, 2) IIBarnes Bankruptcy and Creditors' Rights (336, 3) ILesher International Commercial Transactions (337, 3) IKozolchyk Real Estate Transactions (338, 2) IMallery Community Property (339, 2) IIRappeport Mining and Public Land Law (340, 3) IClark Water Law (Law 341, 2) IClark Federal Jurisdiction (342, 3) II Woods Federal and Arizona Procedure (343, 3) IBrown Remedies (344, 3) IILyons Trial Practice (345, 3) I, IISmith Federal Income Tax (346, 3) IIAndrews Corporate Taxation (347, 3) IAndrews Federal Estate and Gift Taxation (348, 3) IO'Connell State and Local Taxation (349, 2) IIIrwin Problems in Criminal Law (350, 3) IFiner Accounting and the Law (351, 2) IIO'Connell 474 DEPARTMENTS AND COURSES OF INSTRUCTION

Elective Seminars

Estate Planning (399a, 3) IIO'Connell Problems in the Law of Torts (399b, 2) IKimble Juvenile Delinquency (399c, 2) IRappeport Securities Regulation (399d, 2) IHoffman Business Planning (399e, 3) IIHoffman Current Constitutional Problems (399f, 2) IReiblich Law and Poverty (399g, 2) I, IIGraham Legal Aid Clinic (399h, 2) IGraham, Hegland Current Labor Law Problems (399i, 2) IIIrwin Consumer Credit Problems (399j, 2) IBoyd Problems of Land Development (399k, 2) IMcDougal Natural Resources Law (3991, 2) IIClark Landlord and Tenant (399m, 2) IIrwin Environmental Conservation Law (399n, 2) ILyons Law and Psychiatry (399o, 2) IWexler Housing Problems (399p, 2) IIMcDougal Criminal Procedure (399q, 2) I, IISilverman, Wexler Administration of the Criminal Process (399r, 2) IIFiner Current Contract Problems (399s, 2) ILyons Poverty, Race and Employment (399t, 2) IIGraham Indian Law (399u, 2) IIHoffman Problems Under the Uniform Commercial Code (399v, 2) IIBoyd Law and Socio- Economic Development (399w, 2) IKozolchyk Urban Problems (399x, 2)1Woods For course descriptions, see College of Law Catalog.

LIBRARY SCIENCE (Graduate School of Library Science, College of Education) Professor Donald C. Dickinson, Director, Elinor C. Saltus Associate Professors William R. Lansberg, Arnulfo Trejo Assistant Professors Helen Renthal, Ronald Van De Voorde Lecturers Russell Munn, Jessica Perry The following courses are designed for students who wish to obtain the Master of Library Science degree with emphasis on academic, public, school or special librarianship. The entrance requirements for the school are given in the College of Education section. Students with no previous library science course work will be required to complete 9 units of prerequisites (Library Science 280, 282, and 283) in addition to 32 graduate units. Within the 32 units all students must take at least one course from the literature group (Library Science 371, 372, 373), one administrative course (Library Science 281, 386, 395) and complete a research requirement for 2 units (400). From 5 -10 graduate units may be selected outside the offerings of the School of Library Science. Attendance at colloquia program will be required of all students. Library Science may also be elected as a major in the program for the Master of Education degree, or as a minor leading to certification in the program for either elementary or secondary teaching.

201.Literature for Children (3) I, IIHistory and development of children's literature emphasis on standards of evaluation and reading interest. Reading and analysis of books, particularly modern publications, up through the junior high school level. LIBRARY SCIENCE 475

202.Selection of Library Materials for School Use (3) IISelection and evaluation of books and other materials for schools; emphasis on those which meet curricular needs and interests, and which represent various levels of difficulty; ways of stimulating their use. P, 201. Saltus

205.Directed Observation and Practice in School Libraries (2 -3) I, II.Apprentice work in the school library, observation and practice in all types of activities. Not to be taken until final semester of work toward degree. P, 280, 281, 282, 283. 280.Reference Service (3) I Survey of general reference sources. Discussion of reference technique. Van De Voorde 281.School Library Administration and Organization (3)II The functions, activities, organization, and management of the school library, budgeting, quarters, equipment, and personnel. P, 280, 282. Van De Voorde 282.Organization, Cataloging, and Classification of Materials (3) IPurpose and principles of cataloging and classification; the card catalog, shelf list, filing, vertical files; organization and maintenance of materials for use. Saltus 283.Book Selection(3)I Principles of selection,selectionaids and bibliographies, acquisitions work, practice in reviewing and annotating books; selection problems. Van De Voorde 285.Literature for Adolescents (3) IIBooks and periodicals for students in junior and senior high schools; emphasis on books and reading for recreation, pleasure, and developmental needs; selection aids for various types of materials. Van De Voorde 286.Oral Presentation of Children's Literature (2)I,IIPrinciples and techniques of story -telling and of reading aloud to children; stories for different age groups, desirable and undesirable adaptations, presentation of picture stories; practice in reading and telling stories and in planning the story hour. P, 201. 303.Directed Observation and Practice in School Libraries (1 to 6) I, IIObservation with some practice in routines in the school libraries; critical approach to school library policies, administrative problems, and teacher -pupil relationships. 310.Introduction to Graduate Study in Music (3)(Identical with Music 310) 371.Literature of the Humanities (3) IIntroduction to the major authors and historical development of the various fields of the humanities: religion, philosophy, art, music and literature. Structure of knowledge in the various fields and presentation of related library problems. P, 9 hours of library science or CR. 372.Literature of the Sciences (3) IIIntroduction to the major authors and historical development of the fields of the sciences, physical, biological and applied. Emphasis on structure of knowledge in the various fields and presentation of related library problems. P, 9 hours of library science or CR. 373.Literature of the Social Sciences (3) I,II Introduction to the major authors and historical development of the various fields of the social sciences: economics, sociology, politicalscience, anthropology, history, business and education. Emphasis on the structure of knowledge in the various fields and presentation of related library problems. P, 9 hours of library science or CR. 374.Automation in Libraries (3) IIAn introduction to automated procedures currently in use in libraries. Includes the systems approach, computer equipment, and language of automation. Perry 375.Public Library Service to Children and Young Adults (2) IIInvestigation of the programs and materials useful in working with children and young adults in public libraries P, 201. Renthal 382.Technical Processes in the Research Library (3) IIAn examination of the acquisition and cataloging processes as they now exist in large research libraries. Particular emphasis on innovations related to automated processes. P, 282. 385.Public Library Services to Adults (3) I, IIHow the public library can best serve adults through providing information and reading guidance. 476 DEPARTMENTS AND COURSES OF INSTRUCTION

386.Public Library Administration (3)I,IIAdministration of tax -supported libraries serving the general public. Includes problems of governmental relationships, community responsibilities, financial support, buildings, personnel, collections. 387.Advanced Reference, (3) I,II Administration of reference departments in libraries. Services to patrons of various types of libraries. Study of American bibliography, reference works in subject fields and foreign languages, government publications and audiovisual sources. P, 280. 388.Technical Processes for Non -Book Materials (2)II Acquisition, organization, and circulation of films, filmstrips, disc and tape recordings, pictures, maps, charts, and realia. P, 282. 391.Government Documents (2)I An examination of the varieties of government publications available from state, national and international agencies with emphasis on selection and reference use of these publications. P, 280. 392.History of Books and Printing (3) IA survey of the history of books and printing from early times to the present including development of the alphabet, manuscript books, the invention and dissemination of printing and modern printing techniques. P, 9 hours of library science or CR. Lansberg 393.Latin American Bibliography (3) IAn investigation of various reference sources dealing particularly with Latin America. Course program will include national and trade bibliography, encyclopedias, language dictionaries, annuals, biographical dictionaries, atlases and directories. P, L.S. 280. Trejo 394.Advanced Cataloging (3) IAn examination of the historical and theoretical aspects of cataloging including a study of classification. An approach to automated processes. P, L.S. 282. 395.Administration of the Academic Library (3) IIHistory and present trends in academic libraries, including financial administration, collection evaluation, personnel require- ments and building needs. P, L.S. 283. Dickinson 396.Information Retrieval in the Library (3) IInvestigation of the nature and scope of information systems as developed in libraries. Introduces various systems for storage and retrieval. P, 282. Perry 396L. Laboratory for Information Retrieval (1) I, II.Practical experience in identification of pertinent materials, abstracting, indexing, question analysis, searching, retrieval and evaluation. P, 396 or CR. Fee, $5. Perry 397.Workshop (1 to 3) I, II 399.Seminar (1 to 3) I, II Individual Studies 199 (1 to 3); 299 (1 to 4); 400 (2 to 4); 401 (0)

LIBRARY TECHNIQUES

289.Library Techniques for Research (2) I,II Use of library catalogues, trade bibliog- raphies, indices, abstract journals, and special bibliographies in locating material for advanced research problems. Practice in compiling bibliographies. For students who intend to do advanced work. Not for library science majors.

LINGUISTICS Committee on Linguistics (Graduate) Associate Professors Paul R. Turner, Ph. D. (Anthropology), Chairman, A. Dolores Brown, Ph.D. (Romance Languages), Anoop C. Chandola, Ph.D. (Oriental Studies), Mary Jane Cook, Ph.D. (English), Cecil A. Rogers, Ph.D. (Psy- chology), Paul H. Skinner, Ph.D. (Speech) LINGUISTICS 477

Assistant Professors Henry C. Byerly, Ph.D. (Philosophy), Oskar H. R. Grunow, Ph.D. (German) Lecturer Nicholas Vontsolos, M.A. (Russian)

Required Courses Courses from the following list must be taken for credit in Linguistics. Refer to the appropriate departments for course descriptions.

Either Anthropology 204. Anthropological Linguistics (3) or English 215a. General Linguistics (3) One of the following courses in the history of language: Anthropology 238. Indo- European Historical Linguistics (2) English 205. History of the English Language (3) French 310a. Old French Language (3) German 220a -220b. History of the German Language (3 -3) Oriental Studies 307. Chinese Historical Linguistics (3) Russian 283. History of the Russian Language (2) Spanish 320a -320b. History of the Spanish Language (3 -3) One of the following seminars: Anthropology 399c. Linguistics (3) English 399k. Linguistics (3) French 399a. Romance Philology (2) or French 399b. Old French Language (2) Philosophy 399k. Philosophy of Language (3) Russian 399a. Slavic Philology (2) Spanish 399a. Philology and Linguistics (2) or Spanish 399b. Old Spanish (2) Speech 399f. Experimental Phonetics (3)

Related Courses Courses from the following list,or any other course approved by the student's guidance committee, may be taken for credit in Linguistics.

Anthropology Romance Languages 205. Language in Culture (3) French 222. Introduction to Romance 349a -349b. Linguistic Analysis (3 -3) Philology (2) 350. American Indian Languages (3) Spanish 223. Introduction to English the Descriptive Analysis of Spanish (2) 206. Modern Grammar and Usage (3) Spanish 322a -322b. Spanish 207. English Grammar for ESL (3) in the Americas (3 -3) 215b. General Linguistics (3) Sociology Oriental Studies 222. Minority Relations (3) 208. Introduction to Chinese Linguistics Speech 336. Linguistic Theories and 260. Speech Science (3) Indo-European Languages(3) 261. Speech Science Instrumentation (3) Philosophy 266. Studies in Speech and Language (3) 225. Symbolic Logic (3) 267. English Phonetics (3) 276. Philosophy of Language (3) 297. Theories of Phonetics (2) Psychology 270. Psychology of Learning (3) 333. Verbal Behavior (3)

Graduate study leading to the Master of Arts and the Doctor of Philosophy degrees is provided. The program is administered by an intercollege committee of linguists from various departments and offers areas of study in theoretical and 478 DEPARTMENTS AND COURSES OF INSTRUCTION applied linguistics. The particular course of study for each student will be planned by his adviser, subject to the approval of the committee. Admissiontothegraduate program inlinguisticsisdependent upon possession of a bachelor's degree and the approval of the committee. The course of study for the master's degree requires a minimum of 30 units of graduate work and is designed to provide the student with a broad background in linguistics. A thesis is not required. Doctoral programs require completion of the requirements for a master's degree and those additional courses deemed necessary for proper training in the major and minor areas of study as determined by the student's guidance committee. Individual Studies 299 (1 to 5); 400 (1 to 4); 401 (0); 420 (1 to 9); 421 (0)

MANAGEMENT Professors Thomas R. Navin, Head, Jean E. Draper, Edwin B. Flippo, Michael J. Jucius, James P. Logan, George W. Summers, William Voris Associate Professors Nicholas J. Aquilano, Richard B. Chase, Marvin Fortman, Joseph Gill, James F. LaSalle, Hollis K. Martin, Robert E. Tindall, John H. Trimm Assistant Professor David A. Tansik Instructor John E. Cummings Consulting Professor Lawson V. Smith Undergraduate students who register for the 125 -unit curriculum leading to the degree of Bachelor of Science in Business Administration will follow the requirements and select one of the majors described in the College of Business and Public Administration section of this catalog. Graduate Program: The department offers the degree of Master of Science and participates in the programs leading to the degrees of Master of Business Administration and the Doctor of Philosophy with a major in business adminis- tration. See the Graduate Catalog for details.

78. FORTRAN (1) I, IIFortran programming with applications to economic and business problems utilizing on -line terminal systems. 101.Personnel Management (3)I,IIPolicies and current practices in management of employees, at all levels, in business firms. (Identical with P.A. 101.) 105.Management andOrganizational Behavior (3)I,II Integration of classical and behavioral approaches to management, with emphasis upon human relations, informal organization, and motivation. P, Econ. 2b. 120.Business Law (3) I, IINature and sources of business law; the judicial system; contract, sales, and agency law. Not open to students who have completed 6 or more units in a college of law. 155a -155b.Statistical Methods in Economics and Business (3 -3) Yr. Statistical analysis and statistical inference applied to data in economics and business. P, for 155a, Math 65. 155a is prerequisite to 155b. Both 155a and 155b are offered each semester. 178.Data Processing (3) I, IIPotentialities of electronic digital computers for business data processing; principles and techniques of machine language programming, symbolic programming and compilers; applications to typical business data processing problems. 2R, 3L. P, 78 or S.I.E. 78. Fee, $7.50. 202.Personnel Policies (3) IIAn integrative, case oriented course focusing on problems and policies in the procurement, development, compensation, and motivation of personnel. P, 101 and 6 units in Personnel Mgmt. major. MANAGEMENT 479

220.Business Law (3) I, IINegotiable instruments, partnerships, corporations, and property rights. Not open to students who have completed 6 units in a college of law.

221.Legal Environment of International Business (3) IThe civil law system; the legal status of persons abroad; legal implications of activity extending to more than one country.

226.Wills, Estates, and Trusts (3) IIWills, inheritances, estates, and trusts; the administra- tion of estates, including the duties and liabilities of executors and trustees; basic estate and gift tax laws applicable to estate planning.

234.StatisticalAnalysis for Business Decisions (3)II Probability processes and the economics of decision making; Bayesian analysis; single- and multi- variate techniques. P, 155b. 271.Management Policies (3) I, IIAnalysis, plus case studies, of management in business enterprises. 273a -273b.Production and Operations Management (3 -3) Yr.Productive systems including service type industries; activities entailed in selecting, designing, operating, controlling, and updating systems; 273a: general coverage including scheduling, waiting line theory, linear programming, and PERT. 273b: in -depth treatment of inventory and production control. 274.Work Simplification (3) I, IIWork simplification and motion economy; methods of increasing productivity of employees; flow process charts and flow diagrams; appraisal of fatigue in business and industry. P, 105. 278.Systems Analysis for Data Processing (3)I, IISystems analysis, feasibility studies; applicable techniques of operations research; survey of small, intermediate, and large scale computers; integrated systems for the collection, transmission, processing, and recording of information; case studies of business data processing problems. P, 178. (Identical with C.S. 268) 298.Selected Topics in Management (3) ON DEMAND.Recent developments in manage- ment theory and practice. 302.Employer -Employee Relations (3) I,II Nature, purpose, and techniques of major components of the employee relations function in business administration. 355.Quantitative Decision Making (3) I, IIProbabilistic methods for analyzing business decision problems under uncertainty; game theory, inventory models, linear program- ming, queueing theory. P, 155b. 371.Business Policies (3) I, IICase method approach to problems and policies facing top management. To be taken only in the final semester of the Master's program. 372.Operations Management (3) IIApplications of scientific management in the control of industrial operations. P, 105. 373.Business and Society (3) I,IIResponsibilities of business corporations, and their executives, to stockholders, employees, and the public. Survey of current literature; case studies; social, economic, and political forces affecting the "business climate." P, 105. 377.Business Policy and Performance Simulation (3) I, IISimulation techniques utilizing an electronic computer. 378.Systems Design for Management (3)I Decision and information flow systems in management of the total enterprise. Computerized techniques as aids to conceptualizing . input- output relationships among the subsets of an organization. P, 155b. (Identical with Computer Science 378) 379.Computer Modeling and Simulation of Operational Systems (3) IIFundamentals of modeling and simulation of systems, with special emphasis on business applications of digital computer simulation. P, 155b. (Identical with Computer Science 379) 390a -390b. Theory of Management and Organization (3 -3) Yr.390a: Conceptual frame- works of management thought from the viewpoint of classical, behavioral, and systems philosophies. 390b: Structure and functioning of business organizations. The behavorial approach to management. Social role of the firm. P, 105, 371. 480 DEPARTMENTS AND COURSES OF INSTRUCTION

392a -392b.Quantitative Methods in Business (3 -3) Yr. Quantitative approach to business problem solving; optimizing models - deterministic and probabilistic; probability theory and applications; measures of association; research design; information systems. P, 155b or 234. 399.Seminar (2 to 4) I, II a.Behavioral Science Applications in Management. b. Programming Data for Automated Analysis in Specific Projects. c.Ethics in American Business. d. Theories of Business Behavior. e.Managerial Systems of Enterprises with International Operations. .f.Research Design: Statistical Methods. g.Applied Data Management. h. Selected Topics. Individual Studies 199 (2 to 4); 299 (1 to 5); 400 (2 to 4); 401 (0); 410 (4) maximum total, 4 units; 411 (0)

MARKETING Professors Robert S. Hancock, Head, Rex V. Call, Lynn H. Stockman, John H. Wieland Associate Professors Richard W. Hansen, Gary M..Munsinger, Richard A. Scott Assistant Professors Peter L. Gillett, Terrence V. O'Brien Lecturer Leslie N. Daniels

The undergraduate major in marketing is described in the College of Business and Public Administration section. Elective courses offer some specialization in advertising and sales promotion, sales management, marketing institutions, and international marketing. Non -business students wishing to minor in marketing should contact the department head for a list of required and optional courses. Graduate Program: The department offers the degree of Master of Science and participates in the programs leading to the degrees of Master of Business Administration and the Doctor of Philosophy with a major in business administra- tion, and a concentration in marketing. See the Graduate Catalog for details.

161.Marketing Principles (3)I,II Role of marketing in the economy and the firm; examination of the environmental forces that affect marketing. P, Econ. 2b or CR. 165.Creative Advertising (3) IPractical application of visual and aural techniques in the planning and preparation of advertisements and advertising campaigns. Not acceptable for credit toward marketing major. (Identical with Journalism 165.) 166.Public Relations (3)II Nature and tools of public relations; some formulae for successful public relations practice. Not acceptable for credit toward marketing major. (Identical with Journalism 166) 200.Marketing Management (3)I,II For non -marketing majors only. A managerially oriented analysis of marketing problems. P, 161. 240.Marketing Research (3) I,II Scientific method, the value of information, and the research process as applied to marketing problems. P, 161, CR Mgt. 155b. 241.Behavioral Science in Marketing (3) I,IICustomer behavior and the application of concepts and research findings from the behavorial sciences in the solution of marketing management problems. P, 240 and 6 units (in any combination) of psychology, sociology, or anthropology. MARKETING 481

242.Quantitative Marketing Analysis (3) I, IIQuantitative approach to decision making; application of management science theory and methods to marketing problems. P, 240, Math. 66.

253.Mass Communications in Marketing (3)I,IIMass communications theory and methods; their application in the management of advertising and promotion. P, 161.

254.Sales Management (3) I, IIManagement of personal selling processes in marketing. P, 161. 255.Marketing Channels (3) I, IIStructure and functioning of marketing channels in the distribution of goods; analysis of economic and behavioral problems encountered in wholesaling and retailing institutions. P, 161.

256.International Marketing Management (3) IIInternational environment and marketing management problems in adapting the marketing process of the domestic firm to international operations. P, 161, Econ. 240. 257.Selected Topics in Marketing (3) ON DEMAND.Literature and applications of advanced -level materials from business and the quantitative and /or behavioral sciences to marketing problems of the firm in society. a. Quantitative Topics; b. Behavioral Topics; c. Social Issues; d. Environmental Factors. May be repeated for credit as topics vary. P, nine units of marketing. 261.Marketing Policies (3) I, IIAn integrative, capstone course focusing on comprehensive marketing problems; development, control, and audit of marketing programs. P, 241, 242. 262.Marketing Policies (Honors Section) (3) IIHonors section of Mkt. 261. Restricted to qualified seniors in marketing; by invitation only. P, 241, 242. (Not open to students with credit in Mkt. 261) 370.Marketing Administration (3) I,IIExamination of product, price, distribution and communication, decision -making drawing on quantitative and behavioral contributions. Students with 6 or more units of undergraduate marketing should register for 371. P, 200 or equivalent, Mgt. 105, 155b; Acct. 152, Fin. 241. 371.Marketing Planning (3) IAnalytical approach to the development of marketing plans. P, 370, or more than six units of undergraduate marketing. 372.Marketing Information Systems (3) IIExamines advanced methods of acquiring and analyzing information for decision making in marketing. P, 370 or 371, Mgt. 355. 399.Seminar (2 to 4) I, II a. Advanced Marketing Research b. Planning and Control of Marketing Activities c.International Marketing d. Behavioral Science Applications to Marketing e. Marketing Theory f.Special Topics g.Ph.D. Seminar Individual Studies 199 (2 to 4); 299 (1 to 5); 400 (2 to 4); 401 (0); 410 (4) maximum total, 4 units; 411 (0)

MATHEMATICS Professors Hanno Rund, Head, P. K. Bhattacharya, J. L. Brenner, M. S. Cheema, Harvey Cohn, Paul C. Fife, Roy F. Graesser (Emeritus), Helmut Groemer, John S. Lomont, Henry B. Mann, Louis M. Milne- Thomson (Emeritus), Donald E. Myers, Edwin J.Purcell (Emeritus), Arthur H. Steinbrenner, Deonisie Trifan, Donald L. Webb. Associate Professors John D. Brillhart, James R. Clay, Associate Head, John L. Denny, Joseph F. Foster, Oma Hamara, Louise C. Lim, David O. Lomen, Richard B. Thompson. 482 DEPARTMENTS AND COURSES OF INSTRUCTION

Assistant Professors John M. Bownds, Allan U. Brender, William E. Conway, Jim M. Cushing, Carl L. DeVito, Donald A. Lawyer, John L. Leonard, Glenn L. Pfeifer, Richard M. Stanley, Stephen D. Tellman, Elias Toubassi, John W. Vogel, Hugh E. Warren, Bruce Wood. Lecturers George K. Diamos, Robert C. Dillon, Charles J. Merchant.

The department offers course work in pure mathematics, applied mathema- tics, probability and statistics, computer mathematics, and mathematics education. These categories are flexible and interacting, and the student should become familiar with many or all of them. The degree programs allow a wide latitude in choosing courses, and students will be aided in selecting specific curricula by faculty advisors. Incoming freshmen planning to major in mathematics are encouraged to enter at the calculus level.If the student has studied calculus before entering the University, the Advanced Placement test of the College Entrance Examination Board should be taken to obtain University credit. See "Exemption and Credit Examinations" below. The mathematics major in the College of Liberal Arts may obtain a Bachelor's degree by either of two plans. Plan A is designed to prepare the student for graduate study in mathematics. Plan B is designed to acquaint the student with a representative sample of different areas of mathematics, stressing diversity rather than depth of study. Both plans include a core curriculum of Math 44 (if not exempted), 49a -49b, and 153. Plan A further requires Math 150, 231 or 232, 280a, 284, and 6 additional upper division units of mathematics. It is recommended (although not required) that these 6 units be chosen from Math 231, 232, 280b, and 290a. Plan B requires 18 upper division units in addition to the core, with at least one course from each of the following four areas: I. Analysis: 201, 203, 204, 205a, 205b, 206, 280a. II. Probability and statistics: 188, 190, 237, 279, 289, 290a. III. Computational mathematics: 175, 260a, 275a, 278. IV. Algebra and topology: 150, 209, 230, 231, 232, 284. At least 9 of the units for Plan B shall be at the 200 level. Should a Plan B student apply for graduate work at The University of Arizona, he will have deficiencies in Math 280a, and in 231 or 232, if they were not taken as an undergraduate. In fulfilling the Liberal Arts foreign language requirements, the student should bear in mind that French, German, and Russian are the major foreign languages in which mathematics is published. The supporting minor for the B. A. degree may be chosen from any disciplines available at the University. For the B. S. degree the courses for the minor must be chosen from Group VI or Systems Engineering. The minor requirement does not excuse the student from the technical unit maximum for a Liberal Arts degree, as set forth in the section "Liberal Arts List of Courses." For the major in engineering mathematics, see the College of Engineering section. The teaching major,for students planning to teach secondary school mathematics, should be planned with the advice of the Department of Mathematics, preferably in the freshman year. Requirements of both the College of Liberal Arts (lower division) and the College of Education (upper division) must be satisfied. This major consists of a minimum of 31 units, which must include Math. 49a -49b, 213a, and either 125 or 150 or 231. Five additional courses are to be selected from the following list, with at least one course from each group. At least three of these courses must be numbered 200 or above. MATHEMATICS 483

I. Analysis: 153, 203, 205a, 206, 280a. II. Applications: 75, 175, 190, 237, 279. III. Foundations: 213b, 240, 284, 295a. IV. Algebra: 125, 150, 210, 229, 230, 231, 232. Approved minors are listed under Secondary Education. The mathematics minor for secondary education students consists of 20 units, including Math. 49a -49b. Two courses must be chosen from among Math. 125, 213a, and 229, and at least one course from among Math. 75, 91, 125, 150, 153,213a, 213b, 229, 230, and 240. Elementary education students are all required to take 6 units of mathema- tics: either Math. 12a -12b, or Math. 16 and either 113 or 114. Students ataining a score of 24 or higher on the mathematics portion of the ACT test, or having completed two years of high school algebra, are eligible for Math. 16. Elementary education students who wish mathematics as an area of specialization must take a total of 18 units of mathematics: the 6 units above, plus electives drawn from Math. 20,49a, 49b, 65, 66, 75, 91, 113, 114, 125, and 150.

Exemption and Credit Examinations Any student who has taken College Algebra and Trigonometry in high school and who makes a grade of 26 or higher on the mathematics portion of the ACT test may enter Math. 49a, or 50a, or 150. Any student who has taken College Algebra in high school and makes the grade listed above on the ACT test may enter Math. 65 or 66. No further examinations are necessary. Students not exempt from College Algebra and Trigonometry on the above basis may take exemption examinations in Math. 20 and Math. 24 regularly offered during Orientation Week in September. A fee of $3 is charged for the examination in each course.* The fee for the credit examination is $4 for each unit of credit. Students desiring University credit for Analytic Geometry and Calculus taken in high school should take the Advanced Placement AB or BC examinations of the College Entrance Examination Board in these subjects. Credit for Math. 49a or 50a or 66 will be given to any student who scores 2, 3, 4, or 5 (the top four scores) on either the AB or the BC examination. In addition, credit for Math. 49b or 50b -50c will be granted to any student who scores 3, 4, or 5 (the three top scores) on the BC examination.

Honors: The department participates in the Honors Program Graduate Program: The department offers the degrees of Master of Arts, Master of Science, and Doctor of Philosophy, as described in the catalog of the Graduate College.

*University credit for Math. 20 and Math. 24 may be obtained by taking these same examinations. University credit for Math: 16 may be obtained by taking an examination regularly offered during Orientation Week in September.

3a -3b. Survey of Mathematical Thought (4-4) Yr.A study of the nature of mathematics and its role in civilization, utilizing historical, biographical, and cultural approaches. The impact of mathematics on contemporary society will receive emphasis in 3b. P, 2 units high school mathematics. 3a is a prerequisite to 3b. #11.Intermediate Algebra (3) I, IIP, 1 entrance unit in algebra.

#This is the last catalog in which Math 11 will be offered for credit toward graduation. 484 DEPARTMENTS AND COURSES OF INSTRUCTION

*12a -12b.Modern Elementary Mathematics (3 -3) Yr.Development of a basis for under- standing the common processes of arithmetic and geometry. P, 2 entrance units high school mathematics. For majors in Elementary Education only. Both 12a and 12b are offered each semester. 15a -15b.Mathematical Experimentation (1 -1) Yr.Intensive study of a simple mathemat- ical system. Emphasis is on individual creative work by the student, in forming and verifying conjectures. P, 3 entrance units of high school math, acceptable ACT score. 15a is not prerequisite to 15b. *16.Elements of Modern Mathematics (3) I, IIDevelopment of basis for understanding arithmetic, elements of algebra and geometry. Essentials of Mathematics 12a,ó from a more advanced point of view. For majors in Elementary Education only. P, 2 units high school mathematics or an ACT score of 24. *20.College Algebra (3) I, IIP, Ph entrance units in algebra or 11. *24.Plane Trigonometry (2) I, IIP, 1 entrance unit in geometry, and either 1'entrance units in algebra or 11. *44.Pre -Calculus Mathematics (5)I,IIP, 1 entrance unit in geometry and either Ph entrance units in algebra, or 11. *49a -49b.Analytic Geometry and Calculus (5 -5) Yr.P, 44. Both 49a and 49b are offered each semester. *50a- 50b -50c.Analytic Geometry and Calculus for Engineers (4 -3 -3) I, IIP, 44. 65.Finite Mathematics (3) I, IITopics from set theory, matrices, and probability. P, 20. *66.Elements of Calculus (3) I, IIElementary topics in differential and integral calculus. P, 20. 75.Introduction to Computing (3)I,IIProblem solving procedures, stored -program computers, elementary programming techniques. P, 1'entrance units in algebra or 11. 91.Introduction to Statistics (3) I, IIProbability, standard distributions, applications of central limit theorem,testsof hypotheses, confidence intervals, linear regression correlation. P, Ph entrance units in algebra or 11. Not applicable to mathematics major in Liberal Arts. *113.Basic Concepts of Geometry (3) IThe nature of geometry from an intuitive and from a formal point of view, with applications. Topics included: congruence, measurement, parallelism, similarity. P, 12b or 16. For majors in Elementary Education. Not applicable to mathematics major in Liberal Arts. 114.Basic Concepts of Algebra (3) IIAn extension and generalization of the materials presented in Math. 12a -12b and 16. Properties of real numbers, relations and functions, systems of linear equations, modular arithmetic. P, 12b or 16. For majors in Elementary Education. Not applicable to mathematics major in Liberal Arts. 125.Algebraic Foundations of Mathematics (3)I Set theory, mathematical induction, countability and uncountability, construction of number systems, elementary number theory, theory of algebraic equations; examples of groups, rings, fields, and vector spaces. P, 49b or 50c or 114 or 150. 150.The Grammar of Modern Mathematics (3) I, IIAn introduction to the language and basic concepts of modern mathematics. Elementary logic and logical shorthand; sets, relations, functions and their algebra; the structures of algebra and analysis; the real and complex number systems; illustrative examples and applications. P, 44 or 65 or 66. *153.Linear Algebra and Differential Equations (4) I, II Elements of linear algebra, general theory of linear differential equations, solutions of differential equations. P, 49b or 50c. 175.Introduction to Computer Techniques (3)I,IIComputer solutions of polynomial equations, transcendental equations, combinatorial applications, numerical integration, the simplex method. P, 49b or 50c, and 75 or S.I.E. 78. MATHEMATICS 485

*181.Elementary Differential Equations (3) I, IIP, 49b or 50c. Liberal Arts students should take 153.

*Credit allowed for only one of each of the following groups: 12a and 12b or 16; 20 and 24 or 44;49a or 50a or 66; 49b or 50b -50c; 153 or 181; 113 or 213a.

188.Mathematical Methods in Operations Research (3) II 1971 -72Inventory theory, theory of physical distribution, forecasting, queueing theory, linear programming and applica- tions, theory of Markov processes. Emphasis on practical business use of operations research. P, 49b or 50c or 66.

190.Introduction to Probability Theory (3)I,II Sample spaces, probability, random variables and their properties. Applications to the social and physical sciences. P, 49b or 50c or 66.

201.Fourier Series and Orthogonal Functions (3) ILinear spaces, orthogonal functions, Fourier series, Legendre polynomials and Bessel functions. P, 153 or 181.

*203.Elements of Complex Variables (3) I, IIComplex numbers and functions, conformal mapping, calculus of residues. P, 153 or 181. Primarily an undergraduate course.

204.Operational Mathematics (3) II.Basic concepts of system analysis, Fourier and Laplace transforms, difference equations, stability criteria. P, 203 or 205b. *205a -205b. Advanced Analysis for Engineers (3 -3) Yr.Laplace transforms, Fourier series, partial differential equations, vector analysis, integral theorems, matrices, complex variables. P, 153 or 181. Both 205a and 205b are offered each semester.

* *Undergraduate credit will be allowed for only one of 203 or 205b or 321a. 205a -205b will not be considered a two- semester course at the 200 level in the Master of Arts degree program.

206.Intermediate Analysis (3) I, IIConstruction of real numbers, detailed treatment of the continuity, differentiation, and integration of real functions. Mathematics majors may not receive graduate credit. P, 49b or 50c. 209.Metric Differential Geometry (3) ON DEMAND Curves and surfaces in Euclidean 3- space, Frenet -Serret formulas, developable surfaces, fundamental forms, systems of curves and surfaces, curvature, geodesics. P, 153 or 181, and 206 or 280a. 210.Theory of Numbers (3)I1972 -73 Divisibility properties of integers and primes, congruences, quadratic residues, number -theoretic functions. P, 49b or 50c. *213a -213b. Foundations of Geometry_(3 -3) Yr. A postulational approach to Euclidean and other geometries. P, 49b or 50c. 229.Modern Mathematics in the Secondary School (3) IINot applicable to the mathematics major in Liberal Arts. (Identical with Secondary Education 229) 230.Matrix Analysis (3)I,II General introductory course in the theory of matrices. Mathematics majors will not receive graduate credit. P, 49b or 50c or 66. 231.Introduction to Modern Algebra (3) I, IIIntroductory topics in abstract algebra, fields. groups, rings, matrices. P, 49b or 50c or 66, and 150 or graduate standing. 232. Linear Algebra (3) I, IIVector spaces, linear transformations and matrices, eigenvalues, bilinear forms, orthogonal and unitary transformations. P, 49b or 50c, and 150 or graduate standing. tGraduate students minoring in mathematics will not receive graduate credit for both 230 and 232.

233.Applied Group Theory (3) I 1972 -73Representation theory of finite groups and the rotation group discussed and applied to symmetry problems in physics. P, 230 or 232. 486 DEPARTMENTS AND COURSES OF INSTRUCTION

234.Lie Algebras and Applications (3) ON DEMAND.Cartan -Weyl theory discussed and applied to problems in physics. P, 233. 237.Elements ofStatistics(3)I,IIProbabilityspaces, random variables,standard distributions, point and interval estimation, parametric and non -parametric hypothesis testing. P, 49b or 50c or 66. Mathematics majors will not receive graduate credit (Identical with Stat. 237) 240.History of Mathematics (3) IThe development of mathematics from ancient times through the 17th century, with emphasis on problem solving. The study of selected topics from each field is extended to the 20th century. P, 49b or 50c. 250.Potential Theory (3) II 1971 -72Newtonian attraction, the potential, volume and surface distributions, harmonic functions, Green's functions, logarithmic potential. P, 153 or 181. 254.Calculus of Variations (3) I 1971 -72Euler equations and basic necessary conditions for extrema, sufficiency conditions, introduction to optimal control, direct methods. P, 153 or 181, and 201 or 232 or graduate standing. 260a -260b.Mathematical Topics in Computer Science (3 -3) Yr.Conceptualization of the computation process as seen in computability; automata theory, languages, information theory. P, 150 or 153 or 181. (Identical with C.S. 260a -260b) 273.Intermediate Ordinary Differential Equations (3) IFirst order equations, linear and non -linear equations, power series solutions, existence and uniqueness, autonomous systems. P, 153 or 181. 274.Elementary Partial Differential Equations (3)IIProperties of partial differential equations and techniques for their solution: harmonic analysis, Green's functions, eigenfunction expansions, Fourier methods. P, 201 or 205a. 275a -275b.Mathematical Principles of Numerical Analysis (3 -3) Yr.Errors, interpolation, approximations, numerical integration and differentiation, roots of polynomial equa- tions, numerical quadrature, solution of ordinary differential equations. P, 153 or 181. (Identical with C.S. 275 a -275b) 278.Computational Methods of Linear Algebra (3) IINumerical methods involved in the solutionof linear systems; matrix inversion, eigenvalue problems,ill- conditioned matrices. P, 230 or 232. (Identical with C.S. 278) 279.Combinatorial Mathematics (3) II 1972 -73Enumeration and construction of arrange- ments or designs, theorems on existence and non -existence of designs, applications to design of experiments and error correcting codes. P, 231. (Identical with C.S. 279) 280a -280b.Advanced Calculus (3 -3) Yr.280a: Rigorous treatment of limits (derivatives, integrals) and uniformity. P,153or 181, and 150 or graduate standing. 280b: Continuation of 280a, emphasizing higher dimensional problems. Both 280a and 280b are offered each semester. 284.Introduction to Topology (3)I,II Local and global properties of metric and topological spaces. Product, quotient, and function space topologies. P, 49b or 50c, and 150 or graduate standing. $288.Introduction to Hilbert Spaces (3) IIInner products, projections, spectral theorems, operators. P, 280a, and 201 or 232. 289.Game Theory and Linear Programming (3) I 1971 -72Linear inequalities, games of strategy, minimax theorem, optimal strategies, existence and duality theorems in linear programming, simplex method, n- person games, applications. P, 230 or 232. (Identical with C.S. 289.) 290a -290b.Theory of Probability (3 -3) Yr.290a: Probability spaces, random variables, limit theorems. P, 153 or 181. 290b: Wiener, Poisson, Markov processes, harmonic analysis. P, 290a. MATHEMATICS 487

291.Theory of Statistics (3) IISampling theory, point estimation, limiting distributions, testing hypotheses, confidence intervals, large sample methods, elements of multivariate analysis. P, 153 or 181, and 190 or 237 or 290a. (Identical with Stat. 291) 295a -295b. Mathematical Logic (3 -3) Yr. 1971 -72Sentential calculus, method of deduc- tion, predicate calculus; Boolean algebras; consistency, independence, completeness, and the decision problem. Designed to be of interest to majors in both mathematics and philosophy. P, 49a or 50a or Phil. 225. (Identical with Phil. 295a -295b)

306.Differentiable Manifolds (3) ON DEMAND.Charts, differentiable structures, differ- entiability, diffeomorphisms, germs, tangent and cotangent spaces, derivatives, differen- tials, immersions, vector and tensor fields, submanifolds, differential forms, Stokes' theorem, Poincare's lemma. P, 232 and 284. 308a -308b.Tensor Analysis Theory and Applications (3 -3) Yr.Linear vector spaces, tensor theory, Riemannian geometry, analytical mechanics, calculus of variations, mechanics of continuous media, and relativistic mechanics. P, 230 or 232. 310a -310b. Principles and Methods of Applied Mathematics (3 -3) Yr. 1971 -72Integral equations - Fredholm and Hilbert- Schmidt theory, spectral theory of differential operators,distributions, potentialtheory, Green's functions, heat equation, wave equation, Helmholtz equation, variational techniques. P, 203 or 205b or CR 32la. 311.The Algebraic Theory of Numbers (3) II 1972 -73Algebraic fields, ideal factorization, characters, primes in arithmetic progression, relation to quadratic forms. P, 210. *321a -321b. Complex Analysis (3 -3)Yr.321a: Analyticity, Cauchy's integral formula, power series expansions, Laurent expansion, singularities, residues. P, 280a. 321b: Riemann mapping theorem, normal families, entire functions, analytic continuation, algebraic functions, functions of several complex variables. P, 32la. 322a -322b.Real Analysis (3 -3) Yr.Theory of Lebesgue measure and integration, general measure, integration theory, differentiation and applications. P, 280b. 325a -325b. Modern Algebra (3 -3) Yr.Structure of groups, rings, modules, algebras; Galois theory. P, 230 or 232, and 231. 326a -326b. Topology (3 -3) Yr.Topological and uniform spaces, convergence, continua, metrization, polyhedra, singular homology and cohomology. P, 284 and 231. 327.Special Functions (3) II 1972 -73Asymptotic expansions, hypergeometric functions, orthogonal polynominals, Bessel and Legendre functions. P, 203 or 205b, or 32la. 328a -328b.Banach and Hilbert Spaces (3 -3) Yr.Hahn -Banach, Arzela -Ascoli, Alaoglu, Eberlein -Smulyan, and Banach-Steinhaus theorems; weak topologies; spectral theory of operators on a Hilbert space; Banach algebras; and operator calculus. P, 232 and 284 and 322b.

$Graduate credit in the Mathematics Department will be allowed for only one of 288 or 328b.

329.Riemannian Manifolds (3) II 1971 -72Conformal mapping, Abelian integrals, topolog- ical models. P, 321a. 330.Advanced Topics in the Theory of Matrices (3) ON DEMAND.Groups of matrices; equivalence theory; location of proper values; positive definiteness. P, 325b. 333.Topological Groups and Representations (3) ON DEMAND. Open mapping theorem, covering groups, Haar measure, Schur orthogonality relations, reality classification of representations, Peter -Weyl theorem, Hurewitsch theorem, Tannaka duality theorem. P, 232 and 322b. 335a -335b. Group Theory (3 -3) Yr. 1972 -73Finite and infinite groups, various products of groups, Sylow theorems and applications, morphisms of groups, structure theorems. P, 325b. 340.Topological Vector Spaces (3) ON DEMAND.Filters, locally convex spaces, barrelled spaces, Montel spaces, distributions. P, 322b, 328. 488 DEPARTMENTS AND COURSES OF INSTRUCTION

341.Topics in Operator Theory (3) ON DEMAND. Compact operators, unitary operators, characterization of contraction operators, spectral properties. P, 328b. 342.Topics in Harmonic Analysis (3) ON DEMAND. HP spaces, Fourier transforms representing measures, invariant subspace theorems, group algebras. P, 321a and 328b. 343.Banach Algebras (3) ON DEMAND.Maximal ideal spaces, Gelfand -Mazur theorem, semi -simple algebras, involutions, function algebras, C *- algebras. P, CR 328b. 345a -345b.Rings and Modules (3 -3) Yr. 1971 -72Selected topics from rings and modules with chain conditions, Dedekind domains, modules over Dedekind domains, Galois theory, and lattice theory. P, 325b. 350a -350b.Partial Differential Equations (3 -3) ON DEMAND.Existence, uniqueness, and regularity theory for elliptic equations and evolution type equations; basic theory for general equations; special topics. P, 322a. 351a -351b.Mathematical Theory of Elasticity (3 -3) 1971 -72Analysis of stress and strain, stress -strain relations, homogeneous beams, variational principles, plane problems of elasticity, theory of thin plates. P, 308b. 352.Advanced Ordinary Differential Equations (3) I 1972 -73Existence, uniqueness, and continuity theorems with the emphasis on theoretical considerations; basic -theorems concerning periodic solutions and stability; selected topics from recent research papers. P, 230 or 232, and 280a. 353a -353b.Fluid Dynamics (3 -3) Yr. 1972 -73General equations of motion, perfect fluids, two -dimensional flows, vortex motion, viscous fluids, theory of supersonic flow, steady and unsteady one -dimensional-flows. P, 203 or 205b or 321a. 355.Integral Transform Theory (3) I 1972 -73Theory of the Fourier, Laplace, Mellin and Hankel transforms with applications in fluid dynamics, elasticity and physics. P, 203 or 205b or 321a. 360a -360b.Advanced Topics in Topology (3 -3) Yr. 1971 -72Material selected from the areas of manifolds, knot theory, metrization, sheaf theory, fixed points? dimension theory and other topics of current interest. P, 326b. 361a -361b.Advanced Topics in Algebraic Topology (3 -3) Yr. 1972 -73Material selected from the areas of homology, homotopy, spectral sequences, obstruction theory, fiber bundles, and other topics of current interest. P, 326b. 371a -371b.Advanced Topics in Elasticity (3 -3) Yr. ON DEMAND.Thin plate analysis, bending of =isotropic plates, general theory of cylindrical shells, theory of finite elastic deformations, solution of special problems. P, 35 lb. 373a -373b.Advanced Topics in Fluid Dynamics (3 -3) ON DEMAND.Mathematical theory of the flow of viscous liquids, Navier- Stokes equations, general solution for a circular boundary. Mathematical theory of the boundary layer, Prandtl limit process, boundary layer on a flat plate, three -dimensional boundary layer. P, 353b. 375a -375b.Numerical. Analysis (3 -3) Yr.Partial differential equations and techniques for their numerical solution. Advanced topics in numerical analysis including stabilityy and error analysis. P, 275b or S.I.E. 277. (Identical with C.S. 375a -375b) 377.Recursive Function Theory (3) II 1972 -73Recursive functions and relations, recursion with respect to several variables, general recursive functions, computable functions. P, 312 or 260a. (Identical with C.S. 377) 378.Approximation Theory (3) II 1971 -72Interpolation, least squares, Tschebyscheff and uniform approximation computational methods. P, 321a and 322a. 383a -383b.Statistical Inference (3 -3)Yr.1971 -72A decision theoretic approach to estimation and hypothesis testing, sequential methods, large sample methods. P, 280a and 291. 390a -390b.Probability Theory (3 -3) Yr. 1972 -73Convergence types; weak in probability, Lp, and probability one; sums of independent random variables, central limit theorems, stochastic processes; continuous martingales, decomposable and second order processes. P, 322b. MEDICINE 489

391.Multivariate Analysis (3) I 1972 -73Multivariate normal distribution, sampling distribu- tions in multivariate normal theory, multivariate analysis of variance, regression analysis, analysis of covariance, classification, estimation. P, 291 and 230 or 232. (Identical with Stat. 391)

395a -395b.Advanced Topics in Probability (3 -3) Yr. 1971 -72Topics selected from second order and Markov processes, conditional expection operators, ergodic theory, and information theory. P, 390b. 396a -396b.Advanced Topics inStatistics (3 -3) ON DEMAND.Topics selected from asymptotic theory, non -parametric inference, sequential decision problems, and infer- ence in random processes. P, 383b. 398.Special Topics (3) I, IIFormal lectures on modern subject matter in the field of specialization of staff members. (For student participation in advanced subject matter, see 399 a-j.) This course may be repeated for credit. 399.Seminar (1 to 6) I, II a.Algebra f.Mathematical Physics b. Analysis g.Numerical Analysis or c. Geometry Computer Science d. Logic h. Statistics e. Number Theory i.Topology j.Applied Mathematics Individual Studies 199 (2 to 4); 299 (1 to 5); 400 (2 to 8); 401 (0); 410 (3 to 6) maximum total, 6 units; 411 (0); 420 (1 to 9); 421 (0)

MECHANICAL ENGINEERING (See Aerospace Mechanical Engineering)

MEDICAL TECHNOLOGY (See Microbiology - Medical Technology)

MEDICINE

Dean Merlin K. DuVal Assistant Dean for Academic Affairs Robert A. Barbee Assistant Dean for Student Affairs George H. Adams Professors Herbert K. Abrams, Jay B. Angevine, Jr., Rubin Bressler, Henry W. Brosin, Benjamin Burrows, M. Paul Capp, C. Donald Christian, Milos Chvapil, Vincent A. Fulginiti, Donald J. Hanahan, M. Wayne Heine, Douglas W. Huestis, Paul C. Johnson, Philip H. Krutzsch, Jack M. Layton, Alvin R. Leonard, Alan I. Levenson, Frank I. Marcus, Charles A. Nugent, Erle E. Peacock, Leonard F. Peltier, David Rifkind, James R. Shaw, William A. Sibley, Richard F. Snell, Hugh C. Thompson, Oscar A. Throup, Walton Van Winkle, Jr., Emory D. Warner, Charles F. Zukoski. Associate Professors Harris Bernstein, John Boyer, Klaus Brendel, Burnall R. Brown, Jr., James J. Corrigan, William H. Dantzler, John R. Davis, William F. Denny, Stanley J.Goldberg, Robert J.Joling, Louis J. Kettel, Joel B. Kirkpatrick,Ronald Knudson, Daniel O.Levinson, John W. Madden, Christopher K. Mathews, William L. Miller, David Ogden, John D. Palmer, Brendan Phibbs, Arthur Present, Jesse W. Tapp, William C. Trier, Alexander H. Woods. Assistant Professors Henry D. Abraham, Olga Allers, Allan Beigel, Cooley Butler II, Edward Byrne -Quin, D. Scott Clark, Athol L. Cline, George D. Comerci, Richard G. Curless, Carl Diener, Marshall Dinowitz, George W. Drach, Shirley 490 DEPARTMENTS AND COURSES OF INSTRUCTION

N. Fahey, Robert W. Gore, William J. Grimes, Raphael P. Gruener, Tom R. Harris, George A. Hedge, Frederick J. Hirsch, Earl T. Hoffman, Roy Horst, Alan B. Humphrey, Ryan Huxtable, Charles M. Kerr, Charles I. Krone, Hyok Sang Lew, Tom J. Lindell, Martin R. Lohff, David O. Lucas, Elias Meezan, Carter Mosher, Peter D. Mott, David W. Mount, Andrew W. Nichols, Merle S. Olson, R. Neal Pinckard, Youn Bock Rhee, Stephen C. Scheiber, Lawrence K. Schneider, Otto Sieber, Mary Ann Sullivan, Paul Thut, Leonard J. Weiner, Theodore P. Weis, Michael A. Wells, Charles L. Witte, Marlys H. Witte, Raymond B. Wuerker. Instructors H. Daniel Bodley, Edward C. Carlson, James Morse, Shiao -Wei Shen, James F. Stagg, Hans F. Stein, Gayle Ann Traver.

Note: All courses listed in the 500 series are open only to students enrolled in the College of Medicine.

Anatomy For complete descriptions of the courses in Anatomy, many of which are open to graduate students in divisions other than Medicine, see "Anatomy" in this section of the catalog.

Biochemistry For complete descriptions of the courses (including Individual Studies) in Biochemistry, many of which are open to graduate students in divisions other than Medicine, see "Biochemistry" in this section of the catalog.

Community Medicine Professors Herbert K. Abrams, Head, Alvin R. Leonard, James R. Shaw, Hugh C. Thompson Associate Professors George D. Comerci, Alan B. Humphrey, Daniel Levinson, Jesse W. Tapp, Richard R. Willey Assistant Professors Olga Allers, Frederick J. Hirsch, Peter D. Mott, Andrew W. Nichols, Youn Bock Rhee, Mary Ann Sullivan, William Willard 399a. Seminar: Medicine and Society (1)Individualized reading, study and discussion of ethical, economic, political and social issues in medicine; topics individually arranged. 4th yr. standing in medicine or consent of instructor. Willey 500.Introductory Community Medicine (3) IIAbrams -Staff 501a -501b.Health and Human Behavior (3 to 8) Yr.Abrams -Staff 511.Clerkship in Comprehensive Ambulatory Care 598.Special Topics in Community Medicine Internal Medicine Professors:Oscar A. Thorup, Jr., Head; Rubin Bressler, Chief, Section of Clinical Pharmacology; Frank I.Marcus, Chief, Section of Cardiology; Charles A. Nugent, Chief, Section of Infectious Disease; William A. Sibley, Chief, Division of Neurology. Associate Professors:William F. Denny, Associate Head; John Boyer, Chief, Section of Immunology; Gordon Ewy, Louis J. Kettel, Ronald Knudson, David Ogden, Brenden Phibbs, A. H. Woods MEDICINE 491

Assistant Professors:Edward Byrne -Quinn, Carl Diener, Samuel Goldfein, Reed Keller, Charles Krone, Chief, Section of Gastroenterology; Paul LaRaia, James Morse, Carter Mosher, Peter Mott, Lawrence Stern, Theodore Weis Instructors: Shiao -Wei Shen, James F. Stagg, Hans F. Stein, Gayle Traver

362.Clinical Immunology (3) ON DEMAND.(Identical with Microbiology [Med.] 362) 371. Human Genetics (2) ON DEMAND.(Identical with Micro. [Med.] 371) 501a -501b.Introduction to Clinical Medicine (2 -2) Yr. 502a -502b.Principles of Medicine (10 -10) Yr. 503.Clerkship in Internal Medicine (10) Yr. 510.Senior Advanced Clerkships in Internal Medicine 515.Subspecialty Programs in Medicine

Microbiology For complete descriptions of the courses in Microbiology, many of which are open to graduate studentsin divisions other than Medicine, see "Molecular Biology" in this section of the catalog.

Obstetrics - Gynecology Professor C. D. Christian, Head; M. Wayne Heine

503.Obstetrics and Gynecology (10) Yr. Christian -Staff 510.Preparation for Practice (6) Yr.

Pathology Professors Jack M. Layton, Head, Douglas W. Huestis, Emory D. Warner Associate Professors John R. Davis, Joel B. Kirkpatrick, William L. Miller Assistant Professors Cooley Butler II, Martin A. Lohff

371.Human Genetics (2) ON DEMAND.(Identical with Micro. [Med.] 371) 501a -501b.General and Systemic Pathology (5 -5) Yr.Layton -Staff 510.Clerkship in Anatomic Pathology (1 -6) 511.Clerkship in Clinical Pathology (1 -6) 515.Pathology Subspecialty Electives (6) I, II

Pediatrics Professors: Vincent A.Fulginiti, Head; Hugh C.Thompson, Professor of Community Medicine (Pediatrics). Associate Professors: James J. Corrigan, Stanley J. Goldberg Assistant Professors:Olga Allers, Assistant Professor of Community Medicine (Pediatrics); George D. Comerci, Richard J. Curless, Assistant Professor of Medicine (Neurology); Tom Harris, Otto Sieber

362.Clinical Immunology (3) ON DEMAND.(Identical with Micro. [Medicine] 362.) 371.Human Genetics (2) ON DEMAND.(Identical with Micro. [Med.] 371) 503.Clinical Clerkship, Pediatrics (10) Yr. 492 DEPARTMENTS AND COURSES OF INSTRUCTION

510.Inpatient Pediatrics (6) Yr. 511.Ambulatory Pediatrics (6) Yr. 515.Pediatrics Specialties (6) Yr. 598.Selected Topics in Pediatrics (1 to 6)

Pharmacology For complete descriptions of courses in Pharmacology, many of which are open to graduate students in divisions other than Medicine, see "Pharmacology" in this section of the catalog.

Physiology For complete descriptions of the courses in Physiology, many of which are open to graduate students in divisions other than Medicine, see "Physiology" in this section of the catalog. Psychiatry Professors Alan I. Levenson, Head, Henry W. Brosin Assistant Professors Charles M. Kerr, Allan Beigel, Shirley N. Fahey (Psychology), Stephen C. Scheiber

501a -501b.Health and Human Behavior (3 -8) I, II(Identical with Community Medicine 501a -501b) 502.Principles of Psychiatry (3) IIAn introduction through lecture and discussion to the basic elements of normal personality development, psychopathology, and methods of diagnosis and treatment of mental illness. P, Completion of first three semesters of medical school. Students registered as 2nd Yr. students in medical school. Levenson - Staff 503.Clinical Clerkship in Psychiatry (10)I,IIPractical clinical training for students working directly with patientsinin- patient and out -patientclinicalsettings.P, Completion of the first two years of Medical School. Students regularly enrolled in 3rd yr. of College of Medicine. Levenson -Staff 510.Advanced Clerkship in Clinical and Community Psychiatry (3 to 6) I, IIAn elective courseavailable to those Fourth Year Students who wish more intensive and /or specialized training at the undergraduate level. P, Completion of the first three years of Medical School. Students regularly enrolled in the fourth year of College of Medicine. Levenson -Staff

Radiology Professor M. Paul Capp, Head Associate Professor Arthur Present Assistant Professor Theodore Hoffman, Michael Pitt Instructor Daryl Reynolds

511.General Radiology (1 to 6)

Social Perspectives in Medicine Richard R. Willey, Director William Willard,Assistant Director METALLURGICAL ENGINEERING 493

The physician of tomorrow will be better prepared to assume his professional responsibilities if he has an understanding of the role that medicine plays on the contemporary scene. The Division of Social Perspectives in Medicine will provide this opportunity by offering seminars and colloquia which will encompass certain aspects of anthropology, sociology, economics, law, theology, philosophy, and other humanistic disciplines where they are relevant to medicine. The faculty will be made up of guest participants and the topics covered will include such subjects as birth control, eugenics, abortion, human experimentations, privacy, the nature of consent, and similar topics.

Surgery Professors Erle E. Peacock, Head, Milos Chvapil, Leonard F. Peltier, Walton Van Winkle, Charles F. Zukoski Associate Professors Burnell R. Brown, Jr., John W. Madden, William C. Trier Assistant Professors D. Scott Clark, William Davis, George W. Drach, Leonard J. Weiner, Charles L. Witte, Marlys Hearst Witte Instructor Janet N. Ryan

503.Clinical Surgery and Surgical Biology (10)Introduction to clinical surgery, surgical biology, and hospital clerkship on surgical wards. 12 weeks, four times a year. Peacock -Staff 510.Senior Electives in Surgery 515.Senior Clerkships in Surgery (3 to 6) 598.Special Topics in Surgery

METALLURGICAL ENGINEERING Professors Thomas M. Morris, Head, Louis J. Demer, Kenneth L. Keating, Daniel J. Murphy, George H. Roseveare, Sigmund L. Smith Associate Professors Alan Milner, Walter W. Walker Lecturer William E. Horst Undergraduate Program: For requirements for the degree of Bachelor of Science in Metallurgical Engineering, see College of Mines requirements. Graduate Program: The department offers graduate study leading to advanced degrees with opportunities to specialize in the following fields of study:

Master of Science *MATERIALS ENGINEERING: A branch of engineering dealing with the evaluation of the properties of various engineering materials such as metals, plastics, ceramics, adhesives, concrete, and wood. It is concerned with the selection of the optimum materialsfor specific applications based upon performance, design requirements, and economic considerations.

*This field of study includes metallurgical and chemical engineering courses as well as supporting courses in chemistry, physics, and civil engineering. The basic requirements for admission to this degree field is a bachelor's degree in engineering or science from an accredited institution. Depending upon the student's background, he may be required to satisfy certain undergraduate requirements in physical metallurgy or physical chemistry. 494 DEPARTMENTS AND COURSES OF INSTRUCTION

METALLURGY, Extractive, Physical: A science which is in part chemistry and in part physics. It deals with the fundamental problems involving the winning of metal elements from ore, as in Extractive Metallurgy, and with the understanding of the behavior of metals and alloys, as in Physical Metallurgy. METALLURGICAL ENGINEERING:The branch of engineering which extends the science of metallurgy to the actual processing and production involved in the extraction of metals from ores and the forming and fabrication of them into shapes and structures for useful service. The Doctor of Philosophyisofferedin both extractive and physical metallurgy. Requirements for the above degrees are as defined by the Graduate College in the Graduate Catalog. NOTE: No more than two courses listed as "On Demand" will be offered in any semester.

22.Elements of Metallurgical Engineering (2) IIIntroduction to metallurgical engineering. Selected areas of the field will be discussed and problems assigned. Keating 61.Principles of Metallurgy (2) IIIntroduction to metallurgical engineering, covering ores and metals with emphasis upon stoichiometry, combustion, heat balance, and equilib- rium diagrams. P, Chem. 2bR -2bL, Geos. 7 or CR. Smith 61L. Principles of Metallurgy Laboratory (2) IITheory of high- temperature measurements, calibration of various instruments for high temperature measurements, theory and practice of sampling, material balance, metallurgical balance accounting, precious metal assay, and pyrometallurgical plant practice. 6L. P, 61 or CR. Fee, $8. Smith 111.General Metallurgy (3) IUnit processes employed for the production of metals from ores and concentrates, and also the heat treatment of steel and other alloys. P, Chem. 2bR -2bL, Geos. 7. Smith 111L. General Metallurgy Laboratory (1) ITheory of sampling ores, concentrates, pulps and alloys,settlements, material balance, precious metal assay, and pyrometallurgical experiments. 3L. P, 111 or CR. Fee, $5. Smith 206.Metallurgical Analysis (2) ITheory and practice involved in the use of the microscope, spectrograph, X -ray, and other instruments for analysis of solids and liquids in the mineral industry. 1R, 3L. P, Chem. 2aR -2bR, 2aL -2bL. Fee, $5. Smith 208.Mineral Processing I (3) IUnit operations employed for the beneficiation of minerals. Field trip. P, Geos. 7. Fee, $3. Smith 208L. Mineral Processing Laboratory(1)I Laboratory experiments dealing with unit operations. 3L. P, 208 or CR. Fee, $5. Smith 210.Metallurgical Plant Design (3) IIPrinciples of plant design applied to process and equipment design, estimation of capital investment and manufacturing costs for a metallurgical product, and evaluation of plant economics. 1R, 6L. P, 208, 212, 232b or CR. Horst 212.Extractive Metallurgy I (3) IIUnit processes employed in extractive metallurgy. One field trip to a smelter. P, 221. Fee, $3. Morris 212L. Extractive Metallurgy Laboratory (1) I ON DEMAND.Students work in small groups on a project concerning a phase of extractive metallurgy. P, 212. Fee, $5. Morris 214.Industrial Organization (2) IIPersonnel organization, cost estimation, annual reports, labor contracts, marketing, and patents. Smith 215.Flotation (2) IITheory and application of flotation, and use of process controls. 1R, 3L. P, 208. Fee, $5. Morris 219.Principlesof Materials Engineering (2)I Introductionto materials engineering. Categorization of classes of engineering materials and comparison of general properties of each class. Material selection based on comparative properties. P, 231 or 232a. Walker METALLURGICAL ENGINEERING 495

220.Electrometallurgy (2) IPrinciples and applications of electrometallurgy in aqueous and fused salt solutions. 1R, 3L. P, Senior standing in Chemical or Metallurgical Engineering. Fee, $5. Morris 221.Metallurgical Thermodynamics I(3)I Thermodynamics with emphasis upon the application of these principles in pyrometallurgical processes; combustion of fuels, thermochemistry, thermophysics, entropy, free energy, and thermodynamic equilibrium. 2R, 3L. P, 61, Math 49b. Milner 225.Extractive Metallurgy II (2) ON DEMAND Continuation of 212. P, 212. Smith 231.Fundamentals of Materials for Engineers (3) I, IIScientific principles which underlie and relate the behavior and properties of materials to their engineering applications. P, Phys. 16 and Chem. 2bR -2bL. Murphy - Walker 231L. Engineering Materials Laboratory (1) 1, IIFundamental laboratory techniques for the evaluationof properties and behavior of metals and materials for engineering applications. 3L. P, 231 or CR. Fee, $5. 232a -232b. Physical Metallurgy (3 -3) Yr.The structure and behavior of metals and alloys; correlation with fundamental theory of metallurgical phenomena. 3R. P, 221 or CR, Phys. 3b, Chem. 2bR -2bL. C.E. 17 or CR. Murphy 232aL-232bL.Physical Metallurgy Laboratory (1 -1) Yr.Fundamental laboratory tech- niques for the preparation, examination, and interpretation of microstructures of metals and alloys. Correlation with physical and mechanical behavior under applied conditions. 3L. P, 232a, b, or CR. Field trip. Fee, $8. 235.Powder Metallurgy (2)IIIntroduction to the science and technology of powder metallurgy. Powder forming and sintering as modern techniques of metals fabrication. P, 231 or 232b. Milner 237.Metallurgical Properties of Industrial Alloys (3) IProperties and applications of various alloy and stainless steels, temperature -resistant and corrosion -resistant alloys, and other important industrial metals; correlation of phase diagrams, thermal and mechanical treatment. P, 231 or 232b. Walker 238.Forming and Fabrication of Metals (3) IIUnit operations employed such as melting, casting, rolling, shaping, and joining of metals and alloys. 2R, 3L. P, 232b, 237. Fee, $5. Walker 240.Non -Destructive Testing of Metals (3) IIIntroduction to the field of non -destructive testing of metals with emphasis on application of magnetism, penetrants, radiography, ultrasonics, electronics, and other methods of evaluation. 2R, 3L. P, 231 or 232b. Fee, $5. Demer 260.Metallurgyof Semi -Conductors(2) ON DEMANDApplication of metallurgical principles to semi -conductors, micro -electronics, and ferrites. P, 232b or 231 or Phys. 130. Keating 261.Refractories (2) INonmetallic materials used in high temperature applications. P, Jr. standing in Chemical Engineering or Metallurgical Engineering. Keating 271.Electron Microscopy in Materials Science (3) IElectron microscopy applied to the study of materials. Specimen preparation; operation of electron microscopes; inter- pretation of micrographs and diffraction patterns 2R, 3L. P, Senior or graduate students in engineering or science. Fee, $10. Demer 277.Corrosion (2) lIThe Science of corrosion reactions and their application to engineering problems. P, Chem. 2bR /L. (Identical with Chem. E. 277) Keating

304.Thermodynamics of Solids (2) II ON DEMAND. The thermodynamic and kinetic approach to solid state transformations. P, 221. Walker 306.Extractive Metallurgy III (3) I ON DEMAND Recent developments in unit processes used in extractive metallurgy; pyrometallurgical, hydrometallurgical, and electrometal- lurgical processes. P, 212. Smith 496 DEPARTMENTS AND COURSES OF INSTRUCTION

307.Advanced Mineral Processing (2) ON DEMAND Advanced applications in mineral processing principles and analysis of current developments. P, 208. Horst 331.Theory of Metals and Alloys (3) I ON DEMAND Free electron, zone, and periodic field theories; electrical and thermal conductivity, ferromagnetic and other related behavior. P, 232b, Math. 172. Keating 332. X -Ray Diffraction in Metals (3) II ON DEMAND.Uses of x -rays in determining phase diagrams, preferred orientations, residual stress, and related behavior in metals and alloys. 2R, 3L. P, 232b, Math. 181, Geol. 225. Fee, $6. Demer

333.Imperfections in Metals (3)I Nature and effect of imperfections in the crystal structures of metals; theories concerning lattice vacancies and dislocations; correlation with deformation, diffusion, and other phenomena. P, 232b, Math. 181. Field trip. Fee, $3. Demer 337.Behavior of Metals at Elevated Temperatures (3) I ON DEMAND.Effects of elevated temperatures on metals and alloys; development of properties for high temperature service; refractory metals; creep and stress -rupture tests. P, 333. Milner 340.Dynamic Properties of Materials (3) II ON DEMAND.Theory and behavior of metals and materials under conditions of alternating and rapidly applied stresses; their fatigue, damping, dynamic creep, stress -rupture, impact, and shock loading characteristics. P, 333. Demer 362.Phase Diagrams (3) ON DEMAND Multicomponent constitution diagrams involving metals and ceramic materials. P, Chem. 280b. Keating 399.Seminar (1 to 3) I, II

Individual Studies 199.Independent Studies (1 -3) I, IIP, Undergraduate majors in this department. 299 (1 to 5); 400 (1 to 4); 401 (0); 410 (1 to 6) maximum total, 8 units; 411 (0); 420 (1 to 9); 421 (0)

METEOROLOGY (See Atmospheric Sciences)

MEXICAN- AMERICAN STUDIES

Through the Department of Romance. Languages, three programs with majors in Mexican -American Studies are offered. Two of these programs, in which the degrees will be earned in the College of Education, prepare native, or near -native, Spanish speakers for bilingual education. Program A prepares for certification in Elementary Education, with a specialization in Spanish and Mexican -American Studies. Program B prepares for Secondary Education with Spanish as a major. The minors for these programs are selected in consultation with the major professor in Education and the major professor in Mexican -American Studies (Dr. Renato Rosaldo, Department of Romance Languages). At -least 20 units in two of the following disciplines are to be chosen: Anthropology, Geography, Government, History, Sociology. In addition to the minor fields mentioned, electives for the programs are to be selected from the following: Education, Educational Psy- chology, English, Public Administration, Spanish, Sociology, and Speech. In these two programs, the Humanities requirement will be satisfied by Art 233 and Spanish 104a -104b. For curricula, see Liberal Arts special programs section. MICROBIOLOGY AND MEDICAL TECHNOLOGY 497

MICROBIOLOGY - College of Medicine (See Molecular Biology)

MICROBIOLOGY AND MEDICAL TECHNOLOGY Professors Wayburn S. Jeter, Head, Peter H. Bartels, Peter P. Ludovici, Frank Eugene Nelson, Gerd T. Schloss, Irving Yall Research Professors Hugh H. Smith, John Y. Sugg Associate Professors Robert J. Janssen, Neil H. Mendelson, George B. Olson, Norval A. Sinclair, James T. Sinski Assistant Professors Mary L. Fried, Lee M. Kelley, Phillip H. Klesius The regular major for the - Bachelor of Science degree in microbiology: 30 units including 117, 118 and 298a -298b or 33 units including 1 a -1 b, 118 and 298a -298b. The remaining units must be chosen from 202, 208, 219, 220, 221, 223, 227, 228, 250, 272R and 289. Chemistry 5002a- 5002b, 2a(R & L) -2b(R & L), 41a -41b, 43a -43b and 120 or both 121 and 122, Physics 2a -2b and 8 units of mathematics are required for the degree. A special major leading to the Bachelor of Science degree in microbiology for the student who may later wish to obtain certification in clinical microbiology or medical technology: 36 units including 117, 118, 197, 202, 219, 220, 223, 228, 250, 289 and 297a -297b or 39 units including 1 a -1 b, 118, 197, 202, 219, 220, 223, 228, 250, 289. and 297a -297b. Chemistry 5002a- 5002b, 2a(R & L )-2b(R & L), 41a -41b, 43a -43b, 121, 122, Physics 2a -2b and 8 units of mathematics are required for the degree. Students earning the Bachelor of Science in microbiology under this plan may subsequently, by successful completion of 101a -101b (13 -12), earn a second degree of Bachelor of Science in medical technology. NOTE: A second bachelor's degree requires a minimum of 30 units in addition to the units required for the first degree. See "Second bachelor's degree" under Graduation Requirements section. The major for the Bachelor of Science degree in medical technology (four -year program): 33 units including 117, 118, 197, 202, 219, 220, 223, 250, 289 and 297a -297b or 36 units including la -lb, 118, 197, 202, 219, 220, 223, 250, 289, and 297a -297b. Chemistry 5002a- 5002b, 2a(R & L) -2b(R & L), 41a -41b, 43a -43b, 121, 122 and 8 units of mathematics are required for the degree. A minimum of 100 units must be completed in residence at an accredited institution of higher learning and the last 30 such units at Thb University of Arizona. The student must also complete a course of instruction at a school of medical technology in Arizona approved by the Council on Medical Education and Hospitals of the American Medical Association and the Department of Micro- biology and Medical Technology. He must complete 100 units of coursework, including all the requirements for the major listed above, before being eligible for this course. Microbiology 101a-101b will be credited toward the Bachelor of Science degree in medical technology when the required matriculation fees have been paid and when the course of study at an approved school of medical technology has been completed successfully. Graduate Program: The department offers both the Master of Science and the Doctor of Philosophy degrees in microbiology. la -lb. Microbiology (4-4) Yr.Principles of microbiology and the role that microbes play in every -day life. 3R, 4L. la is prerequisite for lb. Fee, $15, (will apply on the major in microbiology or medical technology if 118 is included.) Jeter- Janssen 498 DEPARTMENTS AND COURSES OF INSTRUCTION

101a -101b.Medical Technology (13 -12) Yr.Clinical sciences in an Arizona school of medical technology approved by the Council on Medical Education and Hospitals of the American Medical Association and the Department of Microbiology. P, 100 units of prescribed course work. 110.Principles of Infection and Immunity (5) IIGeneral and pathogenic microbiology for persons planning no additional coursework in microbiology. Not open to microbiology and medical technology majors. 3R, 6L. P, Chem. 41a -41b, 43a -43b, and Bio. la -lb. Fee, $15. (Identical with An. Path. 110) Jeter- Ludovici 117.General Microbiology (5) I, IIFundamental principles of microbiology. 3R, 6L. P, Chem. 2bR -2bL, CR Chem. 41a, 43a. Fee. $15. Sinclair 118.Elementary Microbial Physiology (3) IIBiochemical and physiological activities of microorganisms. P, 117, Chem 41a, 43a, CR 41b, 43b. Yall- Sinclair 157.Communicable Diseases (3) IThe nature and prevention of communicable diseases. Not open to microbiology and medical technology majors. Kelley 197.Orientation to Medical Technology (1) IIIntroduction to the medical laboratory. Fried 202.Microscopy (2) IIMicroscopy of amplitude and phase structures: bright field, phase, fluorescence, polarized light and interference microscopy, microspectrophotometric, microfluorometric and microinterffrometric measurements. P, 5 units of microbiology. Bartels 208.Control of Infectious Disease (3) IIFactors involved in the occurrence and prevention of epidemic diseases in the community. P, 5 units of microbiology. Kelley 218a -218b.Scientific Illustration (2 to 4; 2 to 4) Yr.(Identical with Biological Sciences 218a -218b) 219.Introductory Immunology and Virology (4) IPrinciples of immunity, serology and animal virology. 3R, 4L. P, 5 units of microbiology, Chem. 41b, 43b. Fee, $15. Olson -Janssen 220.Pathogenic Microbiology (4) IICharacteristics, isolation and identification of micro- organisms pathogenic for men and animals. 3R, 4L. P, 5 units of microbiology. Fee, $15. Kelley- Klesius 221.Soil Microbiology (4) I 1972 -73(Identical with Agricultural Chemistry and Soils 221) 223.General Pathology (4) IHistopathology and pathophysiology of human diseases. P, 110 or 220. (Identical with An. Path. 223) Schloss 227.General Mycology (4) IGeneral mycology with emphasis on the microfungi. 2R, 6L. P, 5 units of microbiology. Fee, $15. Field trip fee, $2. Sinski 228.Genetics of Microorganisms (3) IIModern concepts of microbial genetics including: basic genetic theory, growth and macromolecular synthesis, the genetic code, mutation and selection, genetic exchange mechanisms, accessory genetic elements and control mechanisms. 1 R, 6L. P, Bio. Sci. 120 and microbiological techniques from courses such as la, 117, 289, Plant Pathology 105, etc. Fee, $15. (Identical with Bio. Sci. 228.) Mendelson 250.Medical Mycology(4)IIThe isolation and identification of fungi of medical importance. 2R, 6L. P, 5 units of microbiology. Fee, $15. (Identical with An. Path. 250) Sinski 272R. Food Microbiology and Sanitation (3) II(Identical with Dairy and Food Sciences 272R) F. Nelson 272L. Food Microbiology and Sanitation Laboratory (2) II 1971 -72(Identical with Dairy and Food Sciences 272L) F. Nelson 289.Parasitology (4) I(Identical with Biological Sciences 289) 297a -297b.Special Topics in Medical Technology (1 -1) Yr.Medical laboratory procedures and theory. 3L. Fried MILITARY SCIENCE AND MILITARY AREOSPACE STUDIES 499

298a -298b.Special Topics (1 -1) Yr.Recent developments in microbiology. P, Sr. standing. 301.Experimental Surgery (1) II(Identical with Animal Pathology 301) 303.Quantitative Microbiology (2) ITheory, design, and application of the instruments employed in microbiological research. P, 12 units of microbiology. Bartels 316.Advanced General Pathology (4) IICancer and cancer research. P, 220. Schloss 318.Microbial Physiology (4) IIPhysiological properties of bacteria, yeasts and molds. 2R, 6L. P, 16 units of microbiology and Chem. 260 or Ag. Biochem. 211a. Fee, $15. Yall 318R. Lectures in Microbial Physiology (2) IIIdentical with the lecture portion of 318. P, 8 units of microbiology and Chem. 260 or Ag. Biochem. 211a. Yall 320.Plant Virology (3) II 1971 -72(Identical with Plant Pathology 320)

321.Tissue Culture (3) ITechniques for the in vitro study of cells and tissues. Research application. 1R, 6L. P, 117. Fee, $15. Ludovici 326.Aerobiology (2) II 1972 -73Mechanisms of airborne transmission of infectious diseases with emphasis on methods of investigating microbial aerosols. 6L. P, 24 units of microbiology. Fee, $15. Kelley 327.General Virology (3) IChemical and physical properties of viruses. 2R, 3L. P, 16 units of microbiology. Fee, $15. Mendelson - Ludovici 328.Animal Virology(4)IIEssentialfeatures of viruses and rickettsiae and their relationships to diseases of man and animals. 2R, 6L. P, 220. Fee, $15. Janssen 330.Immunology (4) IIImmunological and immunochemical concepts and techniques. 2R, 6L. P, 12 units of microbiology and Chem. 260 or Ag. Biochem. 211a. Fee, $15. Olson 340.Advanced Medical Microbiology (2)I1972 -73An advanced study of pathogenic microorganisms for the training of the professional microbiologist. P, 330. 359.lmmunochemistry (2) I 1971 -72Chemistry of immune reactions. Methods for quan- titative measurements. 6L. P, 330. Fee, $15. Klesius 370.Special Topics in Genetics (2) I, II(Identical with Genetics 370) 371. Human Genetics (2) ON DEMAND.(Identical with Micro. [Med.] 371) 377.Advanced Microbial Physiology (4)I Studies of metabolic pathways of selected microorganisms; use of Carbon -14 methods. 2R, 6L. P, 318. Fee, $15. Yall 377R. Lectures in Advanced Microbial Physiology (2) I(Identical with lecture portion of 377).P,318.Yall 391.Biostatistical Methods in Microbiology (2)I Experiment planning and numerical evaluation of results. P, Math. 91. Bartels -Kelley 398a -398b.Readings in Microbiology (1 -1) Yr. Reading and reports on journal articles from the current scientific literature. 399.Seminar (1) I, IIRequired of graduate students in microbiology. Individual Studies 199 (1 to 4); 299 (1 to 4); 400 (1 to 4); 401 (0); 410 (1 to 4) maximum total, 8 units; 411 (0); 420 (1 to 9); 421 (0)

MILITARY SCIENCE AND MILITARY AEROSPACE STUDIES Military Science and Aerospace Studies may be taken by any student meeting basic eligibility criteria. Lower -division students may enroll in either the Basic Course or the General Military Course. Eight units of credit in the Basic Course or the General Military Course and satisfactory achievement on mental and physical examinationsarerequired to enter the upper -division Advanced Course or 500 DEPARTMENTS AND COURSES OF INSTRUCTION

Professional Officer Course. These requirements pertain to the traditional four -year program, the successful completion of which leads to a commission as a Second Lieutenant in the United States Army or the United States Air Force. For information about the special two -year program or about a reduction of the four -year program for veterans of active service, students should contact the Professor of Military Science or the Professor of Aerospace Studies. Each student must make a deposit of $25 to cover damage or loss of uniform or equipment. This deposit, less any charge for damage to or loss of uniform or equipment, will be refunded to the student at the close of the year or upon withdrawal from the course. For further information see section on School of Military Science and Aerospace Studies.

Military Science Professor Robert D. Dwan Assistant Professors James C. Borroum, Felix L. Goodwin, Charles L. Deibel, James T. George, Thomas C. Harding, IraI. Lynn, Melvin L. Myers, James P. Needham, James E. Smock, Oura L. Swart, Ronald W. Baker, John P. Reinmiller, Kenneth V. Ishoy

Basic Course la -lb. First Year GMS (2 -2) Yr.Organization of the Army and ROTC; individual weapons and marksmanship; U.S. Army and national security; leadership laboratory. 1R, 1L. 2a -2b. Second Year GMS (2 -2) Yr.American military history; map and aerial photograph reading; introduction to operations and basic tactics; leadership laboratory. 2R, 1L.

Advanced Course 103a -103b.First Year GMS (3 -3) Yr.Leadership; military teaching principles; branches of the Army; small unit tactics and communications; pre- summer camp orientation; leadership laboratory; academic subject. 3R, 1L. 104a -104b.Second Year GMS (3 -3) Yr.Operations; logistics; Army administration; military law; world change and military implications; service orientation; leadership laboratory; academic subject. 3R, 1L.

Military Aerospace Studies Professor Robert L. Jones Assistant Professors Arturo F. Alvarez, David L. Hetzel, Darrel R. Marshall, Thomas H. Taylor

General Military Course la -lb. First Year. U.S. Military Forces (2 -2) Yr.A survey of the doctrine, mission, and organization of the USAF; U.S. strategic offensive and defensive forces; U.S. general purpose and aerospace support forces. Open to women. la: 1R, 1L; lb: 1R, 1L. 2a -2b. Second Year.Introductionto Defense Policy (2 -2)Yr. A survey of defense organization; role of military in U.S. national policies; theories of general war; nature and context of limited war; Soviet and Chinese strategies and policies; role of alliances in U.S. defense policy; the making of defense policy. Open to women. 2a: 1R, 1L; 2b: 1R, 1L.

Professional Officer Course 103a -103b.First Year. Growth and Development of Aerospace Power (3 -3) Yr.A critical analysis of the development of aerospace power; utilization of manned and unmanned MINING AND GEOLOGICAL ENGINEERING 501

aircraft and space vehicles; evolution and evaluation of U.S. space programs; current and planned capabilities for space operations; space exploration systems. Open to women. 3R, 1L.

104a -104b. Second Year. Air Force Leadership and Management (3 -3) Yr.Leadership and its application to Air Force situations; review of military justice system; theory and practice of management, including introduction to decision making and resource control techniques. Development of communicative skills needed by junior officers. Open to women. 3R, 1L.

MINING AND GEOLOGICAL ENGINEERING Professors Willard C. Lacy, Head, Jay C. Dotson, William C. Peters, John S. Sumner Associate Professor John F. Abel Instructors Richard D. Call, Thomas J. O'Neil, Donald Gentry Lecturer in Mining Engineering Arthur C. Hall Undergraduate Program: For requirements for the degree of Bachelor of Science in Mining Engineering or Geological Engineering, see College of Mines requirements. Graduate Program: The department offers the Master of Science and the Doctor of Philosophy degrees in Geological Engineering and Mining Engineering. Supporting courses may be chosen from the fields of civil engineering, hydrology, geosciences, business and public administration, or systems engineering.

Geological Engineering Geological Engineering entails the application of geological principles in the analysisanddesignof engineering programs and structures. The fieldsof engineering most profoundly affected by geological factors are mining, petroleum, civil, and agricultural engineering. The following Geological Engineering courses are designated by the prefix, Geol. E.

206.Engineering Geology (3)I Fluid, soil and rock mechanics relations to geological features influencing design, construction, environmental effects, and maintenance of engineering projects. 2R, 3L, 1 field trip. P, Sr. standing. Fee, $2. Lacy -Call 207.Photogeology (2) IUse of aerial photographs in geologic mapping. 6L. P, 121. Fee, $4. (Identical with Geos. 207) Lacy 208.Introduction to Ocean Engineering (3)I Ocean environment, problems related to air -land- water -structures interfaces, development of mineral resources, and design of structures and programs. P, AME 131, Geos. 219, 51 and CE 140. Lacy 209.Reservoir Engineering (3) IIControlled fluid flow through porous or fractured natural media to effect removal of mineral or fuel resources and ground stability control. P, AME 131, CR 227. Lacy -Call 210s. Mining Geology (3)Collection, analysis, and utilization of geologic data in the exploitation of mineral deposits: includes surface and underground mapping. P, Geos. 103,212s, 121. Fee, $15. Peters 211.Engineering Ethics (1)I,II Professional responsibilities of mining and geological engineers to employer, client, profession, society and self; conflict of interest situations; professional codes of ethics. (Identical with Mining Engineering 211) Lacy 220.Geophysical Exploration (3) II(Identical with Geos. 220) 227.Geomechanics (3) II(Identical with Mining Engineering 227) 228.Ore Search (3) IAnalysis of guides and techniques leading to location and delimitation of ore bodies. Two field trips. P, Geos. 103. Fee, $4. Peters 502 DEPARTMENTS AND COURSES OF INSTRUCTION

238.Design of Exploration Programs (3) IIGeologic and economic principles applied to the design of mineral exploration programs and to the evaluation and development of prospects. P, 228. Peters 259.Geochemical Prospecting (3) II(Identical with Geoscience 259) Titley 305.Ground Stabilization(3)II1971 -72 Erosion,landslides,subsidence; rock and soft -ground tunneling, rock bursts, and methods of support and ground control: case histories of failures and corrective methods. Field trip. P, 206. Fee, $5. Lacy 306.Site Examination and Testing (3) II 1972 -73Correlation of geology with requirements for foundations, dams, testing of soil and rock conditions, case h istories of failures. Field trip. P, 206. Fee, $5. Lacy 307.Applied Multispectral Imagery (2) IIApplication to mineral exploration, engineering geology, groundwater location, and pollution monitoring. 6L. P, 207. Fee, $4. (Identical with Geos. 307) Lacy Peters 327.Advanced Geomechanics (3) II(Identical with Mining Engineering 327) 399.Seminar (1 to 3) I, II Individual Studies 299 (1 to 5); 400 (1 to 4); 401 (0); 410 (1 to 6) maximum total, 6 units; 411 (0); 420 (1 to 9); 421 (0)

Mining Engineering Mining engineering is a branch of engineering which entails the application of engineering skills to discovery and production of mineral resources.

20.Elements of Mining (2) I, IIHistorical development of mining; unique problems of mineral extractive industry. Field trip. Fee, $ 3. Abel -Gentry 103.Mining Systems (2) IUnderground development, unit operations, stoping methods, and costs. 1R, 3L. P, 20. Field trip. Fee, $3. O'Neil 104.Mine Atmosphere Control and Safety (3) IIQuality and quantity control of respirable air in mining operations. One inspection trip and 12 hours of training in mine rescue. 2R, 3L. P, Jr. standing. Fee, $10. Dotson 110.Mine Surveying I(2)IIMine surveying problems and practices, automated data reduction and mine mapping. 2R, 3L. P, 20, C.E, 51. Dotson 112s. Mine Surveying II (2) II (June)Closed traverse of underground mine; shaft plumbing, differential leveling, stope and raise surveying, mine mapping. Two week course starting just before Memorial Day. P, 110. Fee, $15. Dotson 151.Design of Mine Structures (2)I Analysis and design of mine structures in steel, concrete and timber. 1R, 3L. P, 103 and C.E. 17. O'Neil 201.Analysis of Management Decision (2) IUse of O.R. principles and techniques to analyze production, distribution and valuation problems in the mineral industry. 1R, 3L. P, Math. 91. 204.Mine Management (2) IIOrganization and management of mining enterprises. P, Sr. standing in Mining or Geological Engineering. Hall 211.Engineering Ethics (1) I, II(Identical with Geol. E. 211) 214.Rock Excavation Practice (2) IIMethods and techniques of rock and soft ground excavation; scheduling of unit operations; contracts, bidding and estimating procedures; theory and practice of rock reinforcement. P, Jr. standing in engineering. Field trip. Fee, $3. Abel 215.Rock Fragmentation (2)I Theory, properties, and uses of industrial explosives, blasting devices and nuclear devices for rock fragmentation. 2 field trips. Fee, $5. Dotson MOLECULAR BIOLOGY 503

218.Mineral Economics (3) IIEconomic factors involved in the production and marketing of mine products, including the study of the fundamentals of engineering economics. P, 230. Peters 220.Mine Plant Design(3)IIDesign of a modern mine plant; haulage, hoisting, compressed -air distribution, drainage, and mine structures. 2R, 3L. P, 104, 221, 230, or CR. 2 field trips. Fee, $5.0Weil 221.Surface Mining Systems (3) 1Engineering and economic factors in selection and design of mining systems. 2R, 3L P, 103. Field trip. Fee, $3. Dotson 225.Mine Environments (2)I1971 -72 Effectsof temperature, humidity, pressure, atmospheric contaminants, noise, and visibility on mine workers, methods of maintain- ing a safe and healthful environment. Dotson 226.Mine Pollution Control and Reclamation (2) I 1972 -73Effects of mining activities on environment and ecosystems; methods andcostsof eliminationor minimizing deleterious effects for various stages and mining methods. P, junior standing. 2 field trips. Fee, $6. Dotson 227.Geomechanics (3) IIMechanism of rock mass deformation in response to excavations; theoretical versus actual modes of failure, geologic controls, rock reinforcement, instrumentation, physical testing. 2R, 3L. P, C.E. 17 or C.E. 15, Geos. 121. 1 field trip. Fee, $3. (Identical with Geol. E. 227). Abel -Call 230.Mine Examination and Valuation (2) IProcedure of examination, collection of data, and evaluation of mining properties. P, completion of Jr. work in mining or geological engineering. Peters 231. New Techniques in Mining (2) IPrinciples and techniques used to recover fuels and minerals from the subsurface by drilling and physico -chemical changes of raw materials in situ. 2R, 3L. P, Jr. standing in mining. Abel 240.Conservation of Mineral Resources (2) IAnalysis, design, and management of mineral industry activities for the maximization of benefit to society. P, 230 or Geol. E. 206. Peters 322a -322b.Advanced Design of Mining Systems (3 -3) Yr. 1971 -72Integration of know- ledge and techniques of various engineering and science fields, economics, and business administration in the design of mining systems. 9L. P, S.I.E. 272. Fee, $5. 327.Advanced Geomechanics (3)II Stress distribution around excavations, design of instrumentationsystems and stabilization methods, preparation of geomechanics proposals, and application to specific mining or geological engineering problems. 2R, 3L, including 1 field trip. P, 227, S.I.E. 78. Fee, $4. (Identical with Geol.E. 327) Abel 328.Fracture and Flowage of Rock (2) I 1972 -73Failure and post -failure response of rocks and rock masses to stress and time; plastic, viscoelastic, viscoplastic, and discontinuous analyses of rock systems. P, 227, Geos. 121. Abel 329.Rock Slope Design (2) I 1971 -72Geologic and engineering considerations in design of optimum rock slope angles; theoretical stability analysis, monitoring and control of existing slopes. P, 227. 1 field trip. Fee, $4. Abel 399.Seminar (1 to 3) I, II Individual Studies 299 (1 to 5); 400 (1 to 4); 401 (0); 410 (2 to 6) maximum total, 8 units; 411 (0); 420 (1 to 9); 421 (0)

MOLECULAR BIOLOGY (Department of Microbiology, College of Medicine) Professor David Rifkind, Ph.D., M.D., Head Associate Professor Harris Bernstein, Ph.D. Assistant Professors Marshall Dinowitz, D.Sc., Charles J. Gauntt, Ph.D., David W. Mount, Ph.D., David O. Lucas, Ph.D., R. Neal Pinckard, Ph.D. 504 DEPARTMENTS AND COURSES OF INSTRUCTION

Graduate programs leadingtothe Master of Science and Doctor of Philosophy degrees with a major in molecular biology areoffered by the Department of Microbiology, College of Medicine. The program is concerned primarily with the nature, production, and replication of biological structures at the . molecular and macromolecular levels and their relation to function. Areas of currentresearchemphasisinthedepartmentarevirology,genetics,and immunology. Course programs are drawn largely from the offerings in biochem- istry, biological sciences, chemistry, mathematics, microbiology and molecular biology. Due to the specialized nature of the material and equipment that are required for courses given in the College of Medicine some limitation of enrollments may be necessary. Medical students will be given preference in those courses that are required for the M.D. degree. All other students must obtain the permission of the instructor before enrolling. Graduate students already enrolled in departments of the College of Medicine will be given preference. MASTER OF SCIENCE DEGREE - The requirements are those outlined by the Graduate College. A final oral examination and a thesis based upon investigative studies are required. There is no foreign language requirement. DOCTOR OF PHILOSOPHY DEGREE - The requirements are those out- lined by the Graduate College.

301.Medical Microbiology(6)-I The biological characteristics of microorganisms of importance in human health and disease; the reaction of the host to infectious agents and the mechanisms of host defenses; diagnosis and management of infectious diseases. Lectures, discussions, demonstrations, and laboratory experiments. P, Biochem. 265., CR Pathol. 501. 360.Structure and Function of the Immunoglobulins (3) ON DEMAND.Immunochemical characterization of the isotypic, allotypic, and idiotypic specificities of the immunoglob- ulins and their relationships to biologic function. P, Biochem. 262 or equivalent. 361.Immunologic Aspects of the Lymphoreticular System (3) ON DEMAND.Ontogenetic and phylogenetic analysis of the lymphoreticular system in relation to humoral and cellular immunity; morphologic, physiologic and biochemical characterization of the lymphoreticular system. P, Biochem. 262 or equivalent. Lucas 362.Clinical Immunology (3) ON DEMAND.Theoretical and practical aspects of immunol- ogy with respect to the prevention, diagnosis, treatment and understanding of disease. P, Micro. 301 or 360 and 361; consent of the instructors. (Identical with Internal Medicine 362 and Pediatrics 362.) 370.Molecular Genetics (3) ON DEMAND.Molecular genetics and biology of the bacterial viruses T4 and lambda; replication of phage nucleic acids and phage morphogenesis; current research in bacterial genetics (lysogeny, transduction, conjugation and transfor- mation); mechanisms of geneticrecombination, mutation, and radiationrepair. Mount -Bernstein 371.Human Genetics (2) ON DEMAND. A survey of human genetics proceeding from the chromosomes of man through gene behavior in kindreds, in individuals, and in populations to the implications for human evolution and medicine. Only graduate or medical students may enroll. (Identical with Peds. 363, Micro. & Med. Tech. 363) 380.Molecular Virology (3) ON DEMAND. To acquaint graduate students of molecular biology with the current status of basic research in virology at the molecular level. P, Chemistry 260 or equivalent prerequisites and consent of the instructor. Dinowitz- Gauntt 398.Special Topics (1 to 3) I, IILectures and panel discussions by the staff on significant topics of general interest in biology, emphasizing the interdisciplinary approach. MUSIC 505

399.Seminar (1 to 3) I, II a. Molecular and Cellular Immunology Lucas- Pinckard b. Immunopathology Pinckard -Lucas c.Molecular Genetics of Microorganisms Bernstein -Mount d. Biochemical and Biophysical Virology Gauntt e. Human Genetics Mount - Bernstein f.Tumor Virology Dinowitz Individual Studies 299 (1 to 5); 400 (1 to 8); 401 (0); 410 (1 to 8) maximum total, 8 units; 411 (0); 420 (1 to 9); 421 (0)

MUSIC Professors Andrew W. Buchhauser, Director, Diran Akmajian, Elenore Altman (Emeritus), James R. Anthony, John H. Bloom, Edna E. Church, Eugene T. Conley, Gordon Epperson, Samuel S. Fain, Igor Gorin, Onnie M. Hartsell, Robert L. Hull, Henry P. Johnson, Jack K. Lee, Ozan Marsh, Robert G. McBride,MargueriteE.Ough, JuliaM.Rebell(Emeritus),Anita K. Sammarco, Anna Mae Sharp Associate Professors Richard Faith, Rodney Mercado, Robert S. Muczynski, Edward W. Murphy, Richard Peters Assistant Professors Oscar R. Iotti, Roy A. Johnson, Susann McDonald, John R. McEldowney, Philip Swanson, Floyd E. Weil Instructors Elizabeth Chadwick, Philip Ewart, Thomas Lommell, Kasper D. Malone, John P. Smith

The teaching minor: 6a -6b, 25a -25b, 26a -26b, 32a -32b, 151a -151b, 220. Honors: The department participates in the University Honors Program. Graduate Program: Graduate work is offered leading to the Master of Music degree with majors in applied music (bassoon, 'cello, clarinet, flute, French horn, oboe, organ, piano, trombone, trumpet, viola, violin and voice), theory, composi- tion, music education, and the history of music, and to the degree of Doctor of Musical Arts.

Courses in Music

6a -6b. Survey. of Music Literature (2 -2) Yr. Introduction to music literature with emphasis on structure, period, and style. Open to music majors and minors only. Johnson 7.Music in Western Civilization I (3) IIntroduces the non -major to music literature and stresses form and style analysis through listening. The relationship of music to cultural and socio- economic elements throughout various historical periods. Fain -Staff 8.Music in Western Civilization II (3) IIAn extension of Music 7 covering different literature and composers. Music 7 is not prerequisite to Music 8. Fain -Staff 9.Studio Orchestra Laboratory (1) I, IIStudy and performance of music for stage band and background music for Radio -TV and motion pictures. Incidental music for dramatic productions. 3L. P, Open to qualified students by audition. May be repeated for credit. 10 -B. Band (1 to 2) I, IIPerformance of all types of band. music. The band plays for home and out -of -town football games and other campus functions, presents concerts, and makes a concert tour of Arizona high schools. Open to all qualified students. Lee -Staff 10 -C. Choral Society (1) I, IIOpen to all students. No previous musical experience necessary. A varied repertory. Fee, $1 each semester. Bloom -Staff 506 DEPARTMENTS AND COURSES OF INSTRUCTION

10 -0. Orchestra (1 to 2) I, IIStudy and performance of standard symphonic literature. Orchestral works by advanced students are given performance. Open to all qualified students. Johnson 10 -S. Symphonic Choir (1 to 2) I, IIRepertory includes best literature for mixed voices from all styles and periods. P, placement test. Bloom 20.Ensemble (1)I,IIOpportunity is offered for various combinations of ensemble performance. May be repeated for credit. (A) Accompanying; (B) Brass Ensemble; (C) Choral Ensemble; (0) Light Opera Ensemble; (P) Piano Ensemble; (S) String Ensemble; (W) Woodwind Ensemble; (X) Special Ensemble. 21.Woodwind Instruments Class (1) I,II Elementary instruction; fundamental playing technique on flute, oboe, clarinet, saxophone, and bassoon. McEldowney- Swanson 22.Brass Instruments Class(1)I,IIElementary instruction; fundamental playing technique on cornet, trumpet, French horn, trombone, baritone, and tuba. Peters -Lee 23.Percussion Instruments Class (1) I, IIElementary instruction. Lommell 24.Stringed Instrument Class (1) I, IIFundamental playing and teaching techniques on violin, viola, cello, and bass. Mercado -Sammarco 25a, b,c,d.Piano Class (1)I,IIBeginning instruction; adult beginner text with supplementary materials; transposition, accompaniment patterns, original compositions, improvisation, sight reading, scale forms. 26a, b, c, d.Voice Class (1) I, IIBeginning instruction; introduction and development of basic skills, breathing, diction, tone, rhythm, sight singing, repertory songs in English. Practical training in singing without specialization. 26a is offered each semester. 32a -32b.Theory I (3 -3) Yr.Study of the rhythmic, melodic, and harmonic aspects of music from the standpoint of singing, playing, writing, and listening; use of all triads and the dominant seventh chord. 2R, 3L. 33a -33b.Theory II (4-4) Yr.Study of secondary seventh chords, altered chords, modula- tion, chorales; reading in all clefs; keyboard harmony. 3R, 2L. P, 32b. 55.Opera Chorus (1) I, IITraining in basic acting techniques for opera scenes involving chorus. P, placement test. May be repeated for credit. 106a -106b.History of Western Music (3 -3) Yr.Detailed study of the history of music in Western civilization from its origins to modern times and its relationship to general cultural development. P, Jr. standing in music. Anthony 118a -118b.Music Education Observation (1 -1) Yr.Observation of music instruction in the public schools. Music 118a is planned for the junior and senior high levels. Music 118b emphasizes the elementary school level. 1R, 1L. P, Sophomore standing. Weekly field trips. 119.Practicum in Music Education (1) IA consideration of the practical aspects of teaching music in the public schools. P, 118a -118b. 151a -151b.Basic Conducting Techniques (2 -2) Yr.Fundamental conducting patterns, development of skills and dexterity in choral and instrumental conducting. P, 8 units in music. 155.Opera Production (2) I, IIConstruction and mounting of all technical elements of the production. Conley -Staff 197m. Teaching Instrumental Music in High School (3) I(Identical with Education 197m; carries credit in Education only.) 197mv.Teaching Vocal Music in High School (3) I(Identical with Education 197mv; carries credit in Education only.) 200.Music in the Middle Ages (2) I 1972 -73Development of music from classical antiquity through the Ars Nova. Religious and secular monody; the birth of polyphony. P, Jr. standing in music. MUSIC 507

201.Music of the Renaissance (2) II 1972 -73Sacred and secular vocal and instrumental music from Dufay through Palestrina. P, Jr. standing in music.

202.Music of the Baroque Period (2) I 1971 -72The age of Basso Continuo, 1580 -1750, opera and oratorio, instrumental forms, keyboard music and performance practices. P, Jr. standing in music.

203.Music of the Classical Period (2) II 1971 -72Rococo and Pre -Classic music in England, France, Italy, Spain, Germany. The Viennese classical tradition. P, Jr. standing in music.

204.Music of the Romantic Period (2) I 1972 -73The development of romanticism in music from late Beethoven through Bruckner. P, Jr. standing in music.

205.Music of the Twentieth Century (2) II 1972 -73The contemporary idiom in music. A study of genres, styles, and techniques from post -Romanticism to the present. P, Jr. standing in music. 206.Music of the Americas (3) I 1972 -73An historical survey of the music of North and South America. Johnson 207.Art Song Repertory (2) II 1972 -73Class performance of representative selections from the standard art song repertory. Problems of interpretation in relation to style, ensemble, and lyric diction. P, Jr. standing in music. 209.History of the Opera (3) II 1971 -72A detailed study of the course of opera from its inception by the Florentine Camerata through Berg, Menotti, and Stravinsky. P, Jr. standing in music. 220.Principles of Music Education (3) IThe history and philosophy of music education in the public schools with emphasis on the basic concepts needed for effective teaching in the field of music; curriculum development and evaluation of the music program. P, Jr. standing in music. Hartsell 221.Teaching Music in the Elementary School (3) IIThe role of music specialist in the elementary school; materials, activities, and observation of demonstration teaching as they relate to a comprehensive music curriculum and qualitative musical experiences for children in grades 1 -6. P, 220. 231a -231b. Form and Analysis (2 -2) Yr.The technique of harmonic and contrapuntal analysis; study of formal design and method of structural treatment in representative scores of music from the 17th to the 20th centuries. P, 33b. Buchhauser 232a -232b.Counterpoint I (2 -2) Yr.A practical study of the 16th century style of the motet and mass. P, 33b. McBride 233a -233b. OrchestrationI(2 -2) Yr.The instruments of the orchestra together with practical study of the art of symphonic scoring. Original work and transcriptions. P, 33b. Muczynski 237.Band Arranging (2) II 1971 -72Detailed study of band instrumentation; major works transcribed for concert band. P, 233a. Lee 238a -238b.Composition (2 -2) Yr.Original work in composition, including all the primary forms; theme and variations, sonatina -allegro, simple rondo, and suite. P, 231a -231b or CR. McBride Muczynski 240.Composition Techniques (2-6) I, IICreative work in the fields of modern harmony, counterpoint, orchestration; electronic music, and specific projects in commercial type composition and arranging. The student may take work in any or all of these areas. P, 33b. May be repeated to a total of 14 units. McBride 241.Jazz (2) IThe development of Jazz in the United States. 242.Jazz Improvisation (2) IIBackground for the art of improvising jazz on melodic instruments. P, 241 and performance ability. 255.Opera Theater (1 -3) I, IIPerformance of operas of all periods. P, 55 or equivalent. Conley -Staff 508 DEPARTMENTS AND COURSES OF INSTRUCTION

260.Collegium Musicum (1 to 2) I, IIThe study and performance of early music. Special projects in performance practices and in the transcribing and editing of early music. May be repeated for credit. Anthony 271.Music for the Elementary Classroom Teacher (3) I, IIIntroduction to teaching music inthe elementary school through presentation of the basic concepts, skills, and procedures for teaching music to children. Laboratory period weekly devoted to building piano keyboard and other instrumental facility. Not open for credit to music majors. Smith -Staff 272.Music Materials and Activities for the Elementary Classroom Teacher - Primary Grades (2) I,II Presentation of basic materials and activities for teaching music to young children from kindergarten through third grade. Observation of demonstration teaching in music with children in the public schools. P, 271. Not open for credit to music majors. Sammarco 273.Music Materials and Activities for the Elementary Classroom Teacher - Intermediate Grades (2) I, IIPresentation of basic materials and activities for teaching music to children in grades 4 through 6. Observation of demonstration teaching in music with children in the public schools. P, 271. Not open for credit to music majors. Sammarco 274.Music for Exceptional Children (2) IIPresentation of materials and activities for teaching music to exceptional children. Observation of special education classes in the public schools. Sammarco 278.Marching Band Techniques (2) II 1972 -73Techniques of drilling a marching band; analysis of materials for field and street maneuvers and actual preparation of shows. P, 33b, 220. Lee 285.Music in World Cultures (3) IIAn overview of non -western musics in selected world cultures. 2R, 1L. P, Upper division or graduate standing. Mercado 298.Special Topics (1-4) I, II a.Sacred Music Administration c.Internship in Sacred Music b. Hymnology and Liturgies d. Sacred Music Practicum P, 4 units 16-0 or 16 -V 301.Evolution of Harmonic Theories (3)I 1971 -72The history of music theory from antiquity to the present. P, 231b. Murphy 302.Advanced Analytical Techniques (2) I 1972 -73Intensive analysis of works written in the larger forms from the 18th and 19th centuries. P, 231b.Murphy 303.Theory Pedagogy (2) II 1971 -72Study of the philosophies, procedures, techniques, and materials used in teaching theory at the college level. Sharp -Staff 304.Analysis of Contemporary Music (3) II 1972 -73Intensive analysis of representative works of the 20th century. P, 231b. Open to graduate students in Music. Murphy 310.Introduction to Graduate Study in Music (3) IBibliographical materials; research resources, techniques, and problems directed toward graduate study in music. Required of all doctoral candidates in music. (Identical with Library Science 310) 311.The Music of Bach (3) II 1972 -73Anthony 313.The Music of Mozart (3) II 1971 -72Anthony 315a -315b.Problems in Applied Music and Ensembles (1) I, II315a: Applied music. May be repeated for credit. 315b: Ensembles. Techniques and literature. May be repeated for credit. 326.Aesthetics of Music (3) IExploration of the problems of musical meaning, including a panoramic examination of what philosophers, philosophic musicians and artists, and others of critical intelligence have contributed to comprehensive theory. Epperson 333a -333b.Advanced Orchestration (3 -3) Yr.The orchestration of large instrumental, choral, and musico- dramatic works. McBride 351.Advanced Conducting (2) IIThe styles of choral, band, and orchestral literature as they pertain to the problems of the conductor. References to the styles of all periods with a special emphasis on the contemporary and modern. Johnson MUSIC 509

355a -355b.Operatic Staging Techniques (3 -3) Yr.Styles of operatic staging. Methods used to coordinate staging and music. Students assist in the planning and direction as well as in the staging of scenes. P, 2 units of 255 or equivalent. Conley 375.Curriculum Development in Music (3)II1972 -73Principles and techniques of curriculum construction applied to the field of music. Hartsell 377.The Administration of Music Education (3) II 1971 -72Financing, scheduling, selecting personnel and equipment, supervising instruction, maintaining desirable public relations, evaluating and administering the total school music program in a school district, city, county, or state. P, 220. Hartsell

380.The Music Cultures of Asia and Oceania (3) II 1972 -73A study of the musical styles and practices of Oceania and selected cultures in Asia with emphasis on materials, instruments and ideas appropriate for classroom use. 399.Seminar (1 -6) I, II a.Choral Music d. Music Education b. Composition e. Music History c. Instrumental Music f.Theory 425.Doctoral Recitals (1 -9)For performance majors only. 426.Extended Doctoral Recitals (0)For performance majors only. Individual Studies 99 (1 to 2); 199 (2 to 4); 299 (1 to 5); 400 (2 to 4); 401 (0); 410 (2 to 4) maximum total, 8 units; 411 (0); 420 (1 to 9); 421 (0)

Applied Music *(Individual Instruction) PIANO: Marsh, Church, Faith VOICE: Bloom, Conley, Ough, Gorin, Muczynski, Chadwick Akmajian 12 -P, 13 -P, 14 -P (1 to 2) I, II 12 -V, 13 -V, 14 -V (1 to 2) I, II 15 -P, 16 -P, 217 -P, 218 -P (1 to 4), I, II 15 -V, (1 to 3) I, II 317 -P, 381 -P (3 to 6) I, II 16 -V, 217 -V, 218 -V (1 to 4) I, II 317 -V, 318 -V (3 to 6) I, II ORGAN: Buchhauser, Johnson 13 -0, 14 -0 (1 to 2) I, II 15 -0, 16 -0, 217 -0, 218 -0 (1 to 4) I, II 317 -0, 318 -0 (3 to 6) I, II *See schedule of fees in College of Fine Arts Section.

STRING INSTRUMENTS: Johnson, Mercado, Sharp, Sammarco, Epperson, Iotti, Malone, McDonald

Violin Viola 11-Vn, 12-Vn, 13-Vn, 14-Vn (1 to 2) I, II 11-Va, 12-Va, 12-Va, 14 Va (1 to 2) I, II 15-Vn (1 to 3) I, II 15-Va (1 to 3) I, II 16-Vn, 217-Vn, 218-Vn (1 to 4) I, II 16-Va, 217-Va, 218-Va (1 to 4) I, II 317-Vn, 318-Vn (3 to 6) I, II 317 Va, 318-Va (3 to 6) I, II Cello String Bass 11-C, 12-C, 13-C, 14-C (1 to 2) I, II 11-Sb, 12-Sb, 13-Sb, 14-Sb (1 to 2) I, II 15-C (1 to 3) I, II 15-Sb (1 to 3) I, II 16-C, 217-C, 218-C (1 to 4) I, II 16-Sb, 217-Sb, 218-Sb (1 to 4) I, II 317-C, 318-C (3 to 6) I, II Harp 13-Hp, 14-Hp (1 to 2) I, II 15-Hp, 16-Hp, 217-Hp, 218-Hp ato 4) I, II 317-Hp (3 to 6) I, II 510 DEPARTMENTS AND COURSES OF INSTRUCTION

HARPSICHORD: Anthony 15 -H (1) I, II

WIND INSTRUMENTS: Fain, McBride, McEldowney, Murphy, Peters, Weil, Swanson Clarinet Bassoon 11-C1, 12-C1, 13-0, 14-C1 (1 to 2) I, II 11-B, 12-B, 13-B, 14-B (1 to 2) I, II 15-C1(1 to 3) I, II 15-B (1 to 3) I, II 16-C1, 217-C1, 218-C1 (1 to 4) I, II 16-B, 217-B, 218-B (1 to 4) I, II 317-C1, 318-CI (3 to 6) I, II 317-B, 318-B (3 to 6) I, II Flute Saxophone 11-F, 12-F, 13-F, 14-F (1 to 2) I, II 11-S, 12-S, 13-S, 14-S (1 to 2) I, II 15-F (1 to 3) I, II 15-S (1 to3)I,II 16-F, 217-F, 218-F (1 to 4) I, II 16-S, 217-S, 218-S (1 to 4) I, II 317-F, 318-F (3 to 6) I, II Trumpet Oboe 11-T, 12-T, 13-T, 14-T (1 to 2) I, II 11-Ob, 12-Ob, 13-0b, 14-0b (1 to 2) I, II 15-T (1 to 3) I, II 15-Ob (1 to 3) I, II 16-T, 217-T, 218-T (1 to 4) I, II 16-0b, 217-Ob, 218-Ob (1 to 4) I, II 317-T, 318-T (3 to 6) I, II 317-Ob (3 to 6) I, II Baritone Trombone 11-Ba, 12-Ba, 13-Ba, 14-Ba (1 to 2) I, II 11-Tr, 12-Tr, 13-Tr, 14-Tr (1 to 2) I, II 15-Ba (1 to 3) I, II 15-Tr (1 to 3) I, II 16-Ba (1 to 4) I, tI 16-Tr, 217-Tr, 218-Tr (1 to 4) I, II 317-Tr, 318-Tr (3 to 6) I, II Tuba 11-Tu, 12-Tu, 13-Tu, 14-Tu (1 to 2) I, II French Horn 15-Tu (1 to 3) I, II 11-Fh, 12-Fh, 13-Fh, 14-Fh (1 to 2) I, II 16-Tu, 217-Tu, 218-Tu (1 to 4) I, II 15-Fh (1 to 3) I, II 16-Fh, 217-Fh, 218-Fh (1 to 4) I, II 317-Fh, 318-Fh (3 to 6) I, II

PERCUSSION INSTRUMENTS: Lommell Percussion 13-PC, 14-PC (1 to2)I,II 15-Pc, 16-PC, 217-PC, 218-PC (1 to 4) I, II

NUCLEAR ENGINEERING Professors Robert L. Seale, Head, Richard L. Brehm, Monte V. Davis, David L. Hetrick, Norman Hilberry, Roy G. Post Associate Professors George W. Nelson, Morton E. Wacks Assistant Professors W. Morris Farr, Rocco A. Fazzolare The department offers the Bachelor of Science, Master of Science, and Doctor of Philosophy degrees in nuclear engineering.

la -lb. Introduction to Nuclear Engineering (1 -1) Yr. Introduction to selected fundamentals of engineering science and to the role of nuclear technology in the world. 121.Radiation Detection and Measurement (3)IIIntroduction to the principle and practices of radiation measurement. P, Phys. 130. 121L. Radiation Detection and Measurement Laboratory (1) IILaboratory experiments to illustrate the principles discussed in N. E. 121. 3L. P, CR 121. Fee, $5. 130.Nuclear Physical Chemistry (3) IIPrinciples of physics and physical chemistry and applications to the engineering of nuclear materials. P, Chem. 2bR -2bL, Math. 49b or 50c. Post -Wacks NUCLEAR ENGINEERING 511

140a -140b. Elements of Nuclear Reactor Theory (3 -3) Yr.The fundamentals in the fission process, energy distribution of fission neutrons, slowing down theory, and diffusion in bare and reflected reactors. The effects of inhomogeneity of core materials on neutron behavior. P, Phys. 130, Math. 181. Farr - Nelson

141.Introduction to Nuclear Reactor Engineering (3) IThe analysis and design of nuclear power stations emphasizing central station systems. P, 140b., A.M.E. 242. Seale

210.Nuclear Systems Design (3) IIApplication of optimization, decision analysis, and reliability techniques to the design of nuclear power systems. Also influence of safety and environmental criteria on design. P, 141. Fees, $5. Fazzolare

220.Nuclear Engineering Laboratory (3)IIExperimental techniques for determining various parameters in nuclear systems. Experiments are performed using the critical and subcritical reactors, the Van de Graaff accelerator and the analog computer. P, 141, CR 180. Fee, $5.

230.Nuclear Materials and Fuel Cycles (3)I The chemical and physical phenomena, theories and methods important to using materials for nuclear applications. P, 130, A.M.E. 140, Phys. 130. Post -Wacks 230L. Nuclear Materials and Fuel Cycles Laboratory (1) ILaboratory experiments designed to illustrate the principles discussed in N.E. 230. 3L. P, CR 230. Fee, $5. Post -Wacks 240.Survey of Nuclear Engineering (3) ON DEMAND Analysis of problems encountered in the utilization of energy released in nuclear reactions. For non -majors. 250.Introductory Nuclear Physics (3) I(Identical with Physics 250) 260.Radiation Fields and Shielding (3)II Radiation sources, interaction with matter, shielding; radiation effects on metals and organic materials; radiation chemistry and processing. P, 140a, Phys. 130. Wacks -Fazzolare 270.Optical Engineering (3) IThe engineering principles of optical devices and applications in engineering research, development and instrumentation. P, Phys. 130. Hetrick 270L. Optical Engineering Laboratory (1) ILaboratory experiments designed to illustrate the fundamental engineering principles in optical system design. P, CR 270. Fee, $5. Hetrick 284.Dynamics of Nuclear Systems (3)IINuclear reactor kinetics, integral transform methods, internal feedback effects, stability. Reactor instrumentation and control. P, 140b. Hetrick -Fazzolare 290.Engineering Applications of Nuclear Explosives (3) IThe nuclear explosion and its accompanying radiation, aspects of energy transfer, and the phenomenology of nuclear explosions. Industrial uses of nuclear explosives in earth moving, petroleum and natural gas production, mining, and underground water storage. P, 240 or 250 or 140b. Post 292.Thermonuclear Theory I (3) ITheory of thermonuclear reactions, weakly ionized gases, and Boltzmann theory, elementary plasma physics, and possible thermonuclear reactors. P, 140b. Farr 323.Experimental Nuclear Engineering (3)I Advanced experimental studies using the nuclear reactor and the Van de Graaff generator. 2R, 3L. P, 220, 340. Fee $5. Seale Davis 330.Radiochemistry and Radiation Detection (3) IRadiation detection and measurement, health physics, isotope applications activation analysis, and instrumentation. 2R, 3L. P, Chemistry 280b or Physics 130. Fee $15. (Identical with Chemistry 330) Wacks 340.Reactor Theory I (3) IFundamentals of nuclear reactor theory, introduction to the nuclear processes occurring in a reactor, slowing down and diffusion of neutrons in moderating materials; analysis of bare and reflected homogeneous reactors. P, CR Math. 205a. Nelson 341.Nuclear Reactor Engineering (3) IIAnalysis of fluid dynamics, heat transfer, and mechanical stresses as they influence the performance and configuration of nuclear reactors. Attention given to achieving the proper balance between mechanical and core physics considerations in reactor design; the solution of problems. P, CR 340. Seale 512 DEPARTMENTS AND COURSES OF INSTRUCTION

342.Reactor Theory II(3)IIFundamental theory of heterogeneous reactors, integral transport, blackness theory, perturbation theory, and applications; temperature coeffi- cient, changes in reactivity due to fission product accumulation, and fuel burning and conversion. P, 340. Davis Nelson 344.Advanced Reactor System Theory (3) IApplication of compact reactor systems to space; problems of high temperature, high flux systems for primary and auxiliary power forouter spaceoperation.Utilizes current- calculational techniques and system technology to arrive at integrated systems of the SNAP and ROVER types. P, 342. Davis 345.Nuclear Safety (3) IIPossible incidents involving nuclear materials in critical reactors, chemical processing systems, fuel shipment operations or subcritical arrays, including assessments of the magnitudes and consequences of nuclear incidents; determination of criteria for evaluating nuclear system safety, including plant siting and operational procedures. P, 341. Hetrick -Seale 346.Fast Reactor Technology (3)I Concepts of fastreactor technology; historical development, justification, and present status of fast reactor programs; accident analysis; Doppler Theory; materials, heat transfer, shielding, and cycle problems peculiar to fast reactors. P, 341, 342.Brehm- Fazzolare 347.Neutron Thermalization (3) IINeutron slowing down and thermalization by elastic andinelasticscattering.Scattering models,detailed balance, thermal spectra in heterogeneous systems, interpretation of neutron pulse and wave experiments, calcula- tion of group cross sections. P, 340. Nelson 350.The Direct Conversion of Nuclear Energy (3) IISystems and nuclear engineering requirements for achieving direct conversion of nuclear energy to electrical power. The engineering of fuelelements and reactors for thermionic converters,fuelcells, thermoelectric, and photoelectric systems. P, 340. Davis -Post 370.Fuel Cycles for Nuclear Reactors (3) IIThe design and analysis of fuel cycles for nuclear reactors. The processes and requirements for fuel element design and the limitations of fuel element performance to reactor design. Economic factors in fuel cycles. P, 340. Post 381a -381b.Analytical Methods of Transport Theory (3 -3) Yr.Application of the Boltz- mann equation to neutron and photon transport problems; exact solutions, the method of singular eigenfunctions, spherical harmonic expansions, the moments method, integral transport theory, invariant imbedding, variational techniques, applications to slowing - down problems. P, 342, Math. 205a -205b. Brehm 384.System Analysis of Nuclear Reactor Dynamics (3) IINuclear reactor kinetics, stability, steady state and transient analysis techniques, internal feedback loops and external control loops. Reactor noise, autocorrelation and cross -correlation techniques. Analog and digital methods of analysis of nuclear systems. P, 140b or 340. Hetrick 386.Nonlinear Reactor Dynamics (3) INonlinear dynamics of nuclear reactors; shut down mechanisms,inertialeffects,nonlinear stabilitycriteria,time- dependent neutron transport, neutron waves, and applications to pulsed reactors, start -up transients, reactor stability, and reactor safety. P, 340. Hetrick 391.Management of Research and Development Activities (3) IReview of the fundamental philosophy of human organization; survey of the forms and functioning of human organizations;organizationfor creative accomplishment; principles of design for formulation of organizational mechanisms and practices. P, one year of graduate study. Hilberry 392.Thermonuclear Theory II (3) IIContinuation of 292, including the hydromagnetic equations, and a more detailed description of various proposed thermonuclear devices. P, 292. Farr 399.Seminar (1 to 4) I, II

Individual Studies 299 (2 to 5); 400 (2 to 5); 401 (0); 410 (2 to 8) maximum total, 8 units; 411 (0); 420 (1 to 9); 421 (0) NURSING 513

NURSING

Professor Gladys E. Sorensen, Dean Associate Professors Agnes M. Aamodt, Inez L. Armstrong, Helen C. Chance, Janelle C. Krueger, Betty J. McCracken, Virginia J. Miller, Lois E. Prosser, Arlene M. Putt, Mary R. Shields, Mary O. Wolanin, D. Deborah Youtz Assistant Professors Mary A. Bruegel, Martha A. Burkhardt, Geraldine H. Buthod, Eleanor E. DelPo, Eleanor V. Flor, Joanne R. Foran, Mary L. Howard, Edith J. Lauver, Lillian Lynch, Katherine A. Mason, Marlys A. Moeckly, Alice M. Miller, M. Lucille Murphy, Alice L. Noyes, Janice L. Nusbaum, Janet P. Reilly, E. Suzanne Rowe, Helen P. Staininger, Elizabeth A. Stittich, Gayle A. Traver, Mary J. Welty Instructors Jacqueline Barth, Betty R. Chambers, Shirley A. Collins, Anne D. Irwin, Anna M. Keenan, Frances A. Koch, Betty Koff, Pamela B. Kuthe, Bernice J. Patterson, Patricia A. Roth, Emily J. Snider, Joyce A. Verran, Jeanne C. Walters Starting with Nursing 1, Introduction to Nursing, in the sophomore year, all students in nursing are required to provide their own transportation to the clinical areas where they are assigned for patient -care experience. Students wear an official College of Nursing uniform for clinical courses. When a student registers for her first clinical nursing course, she is advised to purchase two uniforms and one cap. Honors: The College participates in the University -wide Honors Program. Graduate Program: The College of Nursing offers the Master of Science degree. See the Graduate Catalog.

1.Introduction to Nursing (6) I, IIBasic concepts and principles of nursing derived natural and social sciences applied to the individual patient situation. 3R, 9L. P, Soph. standing in Nursing. Burkhardt -Staff 40a -40b. Improving Patient Care (2 -2) ON DEMAND. A study in depth of a specific nursing problem which will include newer concepts of nursing practice based on identifiable scientific principles drawn from the social and physical sciences. A problem -solving approach is utilized. P, registered nurse. 49.Evaluation of Nursing Practice (2 to 4) ON DEMAND.For -employed registered nurses who wish to develop techniques for the assessment of nursing care rendered by themselves and others. P, registered nurse. Shields 90a, b, c.Cardiovascular Disease Nursing (1 to 3) ON DEMAND.For nurses interested in improving their understanding of and ability to give care to patients with cardiovascular diseases, as well as learning the advances and recent developments in the field. P, registered nurse. 93. Home Nursing and Family Health (2) I, IICommunity health problems; recitations, demonstrations, and application of home nursing techniques. 1R, 3L. Limited to 20 students. Fee, $2. 110.Nursing of Adults. and Children (12) ICore course which includes concepts from medical -surgical and maternal -child nursing. 6R, 18L. P, Jr. standing in Nursing. Fee, $2. Noyes -Staff 120.Nursing of Adults and Children (12) IIContinuation of 110.6R, 18L. P, 110. Fee, $2. Noyes -Staff 130.Mental Health and Psychiatric Nursing (8) I, IIConcepts, principles, and techniques of nurse -patient relations in psychiatric nursing - preventive, curative, and rehabilitative aspects. Introduction to research, community problems, and group counseling. 4R, 12 -16L. P, Sr. standing in Nursing. Fee, $9. Nusbaum -Staff 140. Team Nursing (3) ON DEMAND.Leadership techniques as applied to the nursing service team; includes philosophy of the team relationship, nursing diagnosis, and the nursing care plan. P, registered nurse. Fee, $2. 514 DEPARTMENTS AND COURSES OF INSTR UCTI01\

142.Unit Management (2) ON DEMAND.The functions of a head nurse, the principles of managing a hospital unit and the application of these principles to facilitate compre' hensive nursing care of the patient. P, registered nurse and consent of the instructor. Fee. $2. 150.Community Health Nursing (8) I, IIPrinciples of public health science and application of community -health nursing theory through voluntary and governmental agencies pro- viding health services to patients and families in a variety of settings. 4R, 12L. P, Sr. standing in Nursing. Fee, $1. Prosser -Staff 160.Trends in Nursing (3) I, IICurrent practices in nursing, its development as a profession; the structure of organized nursing and educational patterns. P, Sr. standing in Nursing. 180.Leadership Nursing (8) I, IIStudy and application of the fundamental concepts of leadership nursing and unit administration. 3R, 15L. P, Sr. standing in Nursing. Armstrong -Staff 298.Special Topics (1.4) I, IITopics will be chosen from the fields of clinical nursing, nursing education, nursing administration, or current issues in nursing and will be depen- dent upon student need and available staff. May be repeated for credit. 300.Nursing Theory and Practicum (8)I Consideration of the components from the natural, social, and behavioral sciences which provide the conceptual framework for nursing care. Includes individually planned experience with patients in a hospital or health agency with emphasis on gaining depth in skills and knowledge for appropriate nursing intervention. Student elects practicum in one of the following areas of nursing: (1) community health nursing; (2) maternal and newborn nursing; (3) medical -surgical nursing; (4) pediatric nursing; (5) psychiatric- mental health nursing. 4R, 12L. 320.Nursing Problems and Issues (3) IICurrent problems and issues in nursing related to accumulated knowledge and to the social and economic forces which influence the . demands for health services. Aamodt 360.Clinical Teaching in Collegiate Schools of Nursing (6) IICurriculum planning and implementation. Directed practice teaching is included in the area of clinical interest. Principles of teaching and learning, formulation of objectives, the selection and organization of learning experiences in the clinical area. Putt 364.The Supervisory Process (6) IIDirected projects in nursing supervision and in- service education with emphasis on the obligation of the employing agency for staff develop- ment. McCracken 366.The Administrative Process (6)II Historical heritage and current approaches to management and administration with analysis and evaluation of results. Prosser- Chance 370.Methods in Nursing Research (2) ICritical examination of selected problems and methods in the nursing research process. Krueger .397.Workshop (1-4) I, IIP, registered nurse, baccalaureate degree. 399.Seminar (4) II Individual Studies 99 (1 to 4); 199 (1 to 4); 299 (2 to 4); 400 (2 to 4); 401 (0); 410 (2 to 4) (Thesis Seminar will be held as a part of Thesis credit) maximum total, 6 units; 411 (0)

NUTRITIONAL SCIENCES (See Agricultural Biochemistry and Nutrition)

OFFICE ADMINISTRATION AND BUSINESS EDUCATION Professors Herbert J. Langen, Head, Richard A. Kidwell Assistant Professors Donald L. Beringson, Violet S. Thomas, Florence Toland Instructor Bernardyne K. Aston Lecturers William H. Antrim, James Houstman OFFICE ADMINISTRATION AND BUSINESS EDUCATION 515

For the teaching major in Business or Distributive Education and the major in OfficeAdministration,pleaserefertothe College of Business and Public Administration section of this catalog. Teaching minor in Business or Distributive Education: No less than 24 units. Coursesforthe minor will be selected upon the recommendation of the department. In addition, one specific methods course is required for either minor. Business Education or Distributive Education may be offered as a major or minor for the Master of Education degree. Non -business students wishing to minor in the department should contact the department head for a list of required and optional courses.

Business Education 197b. Teaching Vocational Typing and Shorthand (2) I(Identical with Sec. Ed. 197b) Kidwell 197c. General Business and Bookkeeping Methods (2) II(Identical with Sec. Ed. 197c) Thomas 204.The Teaching of Vocational Office and Distributive Education (3)I Teaching procedures and instructional aids for Vocational Office and Distributive Education programs. (Identical with Sec. Ed. 204) Antrim 220.Development and Instruction of Adult Education Programs (3)I 1972 -73Organi- zation, administration, promotion, curriculum construction, teaching methods, and evaluation of instruction in adult education programs. (Identical with Sec. Ed. 220) Houstman 221.Organization and Supervision of Vocational Education Programs (3) I 1971 -72The organization, administration, and supervision of vocational education programs, includ- ing a study of vocational curricula, funding, reporting, training, personnel, coordination, and evaluation with primary emphasis on reimbursed vocational business education programs. (Identical with Sec. Ed. 221) Houstman 223.Cooperative Vocational Education Programs (3) IIThe role of the teacher -coordinator intheorganization,teaching,guidance,publicrelations, and administration of work -experience programs. (Identical with Sec. Ed. 223) 313.Advanced Instructional Techniques in Vocational Business Education a. Distributive Education (3)II1972 -73 b. Vocational Office Education (3)II1971 -72The investigation of specialized instructional problems in vocational business education classes. Teaching materials and methods for the development of occupational compe- tencies through individualized instruction and evaluation. (Identical with Sec. Ed. 313) Antrim - Houstman Individual Studies 199 (1 to 3); 299 (1 to 4); 399 (1 to 3).

Office Administration

6.Basic Typing (2) I, IIFor students with no knowledge of touch typing. Special sections will be offered for students with typing experience who cannot meet the prerequisites for Advanced Typing. Fee, $6. 8.Advanced Typing (3) I, IIDesigned to build superior typing speed and develop skill in all forms of business communications. P, typing speed of 40 words per minute or 2 years of high school typing. Fee, $6. 74.Beginning Shorthand (3) IFundamentals of Gregg shorthand, beginning dictation and transcription. P, 6 or ability to type 40 words per minute. Fee, $5. 75.Intermediate Shorthand (3) IIContinuation of 74. P, 74 or ability to take dictation at 60 words per minute. Fee, $5. 516 DEPARTMENTS AND COURSES OF INSTRUCTION

77.Computations with Business Machines (2) I, IIApplication of desk calculators to the solution of mathematical problems in business and statistical computations including ratios, measures of central tendency, and simple correlations. Fee, $3. 170.Introduction to Data Processing (3)I, IIPrinciples of information handling in automatic computation, utilizing unit record equipment; concepts of systems design and flow charting techniques; digital computer programming in the RPG (Report Program Generator) language in problem solving applications. 2R, 3L. Fee, $7.50. 173.Expository Writing for Business (3) IThe introduction to writing clear and concise sentences, paragraphs, and short reports for business usage. 174.Advanced Shorthand (3) IReview of Gregg theory. English, punctuation, and spelling; development of dictation and transcription; emphasis on mailable letters and other correspondence. P, 75 or ability to take dictation at 90 words per minute for five minutes. Fee, $5. 176.Office Services (3) I, IIFunctions of service departments of the office. Dictating, duplicating, adding machines; special purpose typewriters; filing. P, 8. Fee, $3. 178.Supervised Work Experience (3) I, IIA program of actual work experience requiring a minimum of 16 hours a week in appropriate vocational -technical area and one hour in class. May assist in fulfilling work experience requirements for Vocational Certification. (Identical with Home Ec. 178) 179.Records Management (3) I, IISystems of filing; storage and transfer of office records; management aspect of establishing filing systems and evaluating filing efficiency. 272.Administrative Management (3) I, IIEfficient and effective use of men, machines, materials, and methods as applied to the management activity of an office. P, 6 units of office administration or business courses. 273.Administrative Communication (3)II Principles of communication used inthe planning, preparing, and processing of materials of the modern business office. 274.Automation and Business (3) IIAutomation's effect on the business environment; changing composition of the labor force. Job classifications, skill requirements, and hardware costs considered at the administrative management level. 280.Executive Secretarial Training (3) IIEffective secretarial procedures in handling the duties and responsibilities of an office with emphasis upon the preparation for advancement to executive positions. P, 174 or ability to take dictation at 100 words per minute for 5 minutes. Fee, $5. 399.Seminar (2 to 4) I, II a.Current research and assigned topics in Administrative Management. b. Problems in Administrative Management. Individual Studies 199 (2 to 4); 299 (1 to 5)

OPTICAL SCIENCES Committee on Optical Sciences (Graduate) Professors Aden B. Meinel,* Ph.D. (Optical Sciences and Astronomy), Chairman, Clarence L. Babcock, Ph.D., Peter H. Bartels, Ph.D., (Microbiology and Medical Technology), Neil R. Bartlett,* Ph.D. (Psychology), James A. Eyer,* Ph.D., Stephen F. Jacobs,* Ph.D., Harold L. Johnson, Ph.D. (Astronomy), Robert H. Noble,* Ph.D., Ralph M. Richard, Ph.D. (Civil Engineering), Marian O. Scully, Ph.D. (Physics), Bernhard O. Seraphin, Ph.D., Roland V. Shack,* Ph.D., Robert R. Shannon, M.A., Philip N. Slater,* Ph.D., Orestes N. Stavroudis,*Ph.D., A. Francis Turner, Ph.D., Lawrence Wheeler, Ph.D. (Psychology), William L. Wolfe,* M.S. OPTICAL SCIENCES 517

Associate Professors B. Roy Frieden,* Ph.D., Allan J.Malvick, Ph.D. (Civil Engineering), Arwind S. Marathay, Ph.D., John O. Stoner,* Ph.D. (Physics) Assistant Professors Beverly B. Bookmyer, Ph.D., Richard H. Cromwell, Ph.D., Jack D. Gaskill, Ph.D., Frederic A. Hopf, Ph.D., Dean B. McKenney, Ph.D., Murray Sargent III, Ph.D., William Swindell, Ph.D., Rodger Thompson, Ph.D. *Designates those individuals who are members of the committee on Optical Sciences. The graduate program may lead to the degree of Master of Science, to the degree of Optical Specialist, or to the degree of Doctor of Philosophy. A thesis is normally required for the M.S. degree, but this requirement may be waived in unusual circumstances. Facilities for thesis and dissertation research can be made availableintheoretical and experimental aspectsof opticaldesign,optics technology,glasstechnology,materials,thin films,optical communications, applications of lasers, image processing, image evaluation, optical testing, spec- trometry, interferometry, electronography, photosensitive devices, remote sensing, and quantum optics. Admission will be considered for a student who has received a bachelor's degree with major study in mathematics, any of the physical sciences or fields of engineering.Applicants should submit scores on the Aptitude test and the Advanced test in physics, mathematics, or engineering of the Graduate Record Examination.

201.Fundamentals of Optics (3) IElectromagnetic theory; vectorial nature of light; optics of solids; thermal radiation and light quanta; optical spectra. P, Math. 80. Noble 202.Linear Theory in Optics (4) IThe impulse function; harmonic analysis; system and operators; convolution; Fourier transform theory; applications inoptics; random processes; ensemble averages; stationarity; autocorrelation functions; power spectral density. P, Math. 80. Gaskill 203a -203b.Analytical Foundations for Optics (3 -3) Yr.Fermat's principal; calculus of variations; differential geometry; inhomogeneous media; orthotomic systems of rays; Hamilton- Jacobi equations; eikonal equation, generalized ray tracing; Maxwell equations; wave equation; complex functions; partial differential equations; Fresnel equations; anisotropie media. P, Math. 181. Stavroudis 204.Geometrical Optics (3) IPlane surface optical elements; gaussian imagery; paraxial imagery; elementary optical systems; the Delano y, diagram; introduction to aberrations. Shack 205.Geometrical Optics Laboratory(2)I Refractive index; prisms; cardinal points; elementary systems; aberrations. P, CR 204. Shack 206.Interference and Diffraction (3)IINon- stochastic interference theory; stochastic interference theory (coherence theory); instrumentation and applications; fundamentals of diffractiontheory; Fraunhofer diffraction;Fresneldiffraction.P, 201, 202. Gaskill Marathay 207.Introduction to Optical Design (3) IIFúndamentals of optical system layout and design; exact and paraxial ray tracing; aberration theory; chromatic and monochromatic aberrations. P, 204. Shack - Shannon 208.Introduction to Optical Design Laboratory (2) IILaboratory in support of optical design. P, CR 207. Shack -Shannon 209.Interaction of Radiation with Matter (3)II Derivation of macroscopic optical properties from microscopic quantum principles. P, 201. Scully 211.Technical Optics (3) I 1971 -72Glass manufacture; grinding and polishing techniques; mounting; testing. Meinel 518 DEPARTMENTS AND COURSES OF INSTRUCTION'

212.Technical Optics Laboratory (2) I 1971 -72Shop practice in grinding and polishing techniques; testing. P, CR 211. Meinel 213.Optical Testing (3) IMetrology of components; aspheric surface testing; assembly and' alignment of systems; system evaluation. P, 206, 207. Shack 214.Optical Testing Laboratory (2) IPractice in component and system evaluation. P, CR 213. Shack 215.Optical Instrumentation (3) II 1972 -73The eye; photometry; radiometry; projection systems; detectors; film; spectrometers; electronic methods. P, 201. Swindell 216.Optical Instruments Laboratory (2) II 1972 -73Instrument functions; components; projects in measurement. P, CR 215. 221.Polarized Light (3)I1971 -72 Field description; mono and quasi- mono -chromatic partialpolarization; matrix methods; interaction with isotropic dielectrics, metals; crystal optics; magneto- optics; production, uses and applications. P, 201. Swindell 231.Aerial and Space Photography (3) II 1971 -72Film recording characteristics; physical characteristics; atmospheric effects; systems and subsystems. Slater 233.Photo -Electronic Devices (3)I 1972 -73Device ratings; electron ballistics; scanning; transconduction; electronographic tubes; photographic output; electrical output; system calculation. P, 201. Cromwell 237.Spectroscopy (3) I 1971 -72(Identical with Physics 237) 238.Radiometry (3) II 1971 -72Units and nomenclature; Planck's law; black bodies; gray bodies; spectral emitters; Kirchhoff's law; flux concepts; axial and off -axis irradiance; radiative transfer; normalization; coherent illumination; radiometric instruments. P, 201, 204. Wolfe 239.Infrared Techniques (3) I 1972 -73The radiant environment; atmospheric properties; optical materials; optical systems; detector description and use; data processing; displays; systems design and analysis. P, 238. Wolfe 245. Non -Linear Optics (3)II Scattering of light; parametric amplification; Brillouin, Raman, Rayleighscattering;stimulated and spontaneous interactions; parametric amplification; frequency multiplication; intense field effects; materials damage theory. P, 201. Hopf 247a -247b.Laser Principles and Applications (3 -3) Yr.Interaction of electromagnetic radiation and matter to produce stimulated emission; types of lasers; applications. Jacobs 248a -248b.Laser Laboratory (2 -2) Yr.Use of the autocollimator; assembly and alignment of gaseous and solid state lasers from component parts; beam power and mode spectrum measurement; noise measurement; optical mixing; coherent detection; Doppler measure- ment. P, CR 247a -247b. Jacobs 251.Properties of Optical Materials (3) I 1972 -73Interaction of radiation with matter; quantum effects; classification; preparation; measurement methods and devices. P, 209. 252.Optical Materials Laboratory (2) I 1972 -73Experiments on demonstrating optical effects in solids and measuring optical properties. P, CR 251. McKenney 266.Photoelectric Detectors(3)II1972 -73Photoconductors; semiconductors; signal mechanisms; noise mechanisms; figures of merit; limitations on the sensitivity of detectors; photoemitters; detectors of ionizing radiation. P, 201. Wolfe 267.Photographic Processes (3) I 1972 -73Theory and practice of obtaining a photographic record of an optical image. Eyer 268.Photographic Processes Laboratory (2) I 1972 -73Practical laboratory experience in the aspects of technical photography. P, CR 267. Eyer 271.Glass Technology (3)II1971 -72Emphasis on technology of optical glasses and glass- crystalline materials. Science and technology relationships; formulation of compo- sitions; choice of raw materials; preparation methods; melting processes; annealing and heat -treating processes; homogeneity -property relationships; materials requirements for opto- electrical uses. Babcock OPTICAL SCIENCES 519

272.Glass Technology Laboratory (2) II 1971 -72Preparation of glass melts; measurement of properties of molten and solid glasses. P, CR 271. Babcock 277.Optics of Thin Films (3) II 1972 -73Reflection and anti- reflection surfaces; bandpass filters; basic filter components and their properties; theoretical calculations and design techniques. P, 206. McKenney 278.Optics of Thin Films Laboratory (2) II 1972 -73Experiments in thin film coating technology. P, CR 277. McKenney 307.Optical Design (3) I 1972 -73Calculation of aberrations; origin of aberrations; theory of lens types; image analysis and transfer function calculations; analysis of optical design programs; special topics in design. P, 207. Shannon 308.Optical Design Laboratory (2) 1 1972 -73Computation laboratory in support of optical design. P, CR 307. Shannon 317.Micro- Instrumentation(3)II1972 -73The light microscope; photomicrography; polarizing microscopes; interference microscopes; scanning microscopy. P, 206, 207. Bartels 318.Micro -Instrumentation Laboratory (2) II 1972 -73Practical experience in microscopy as applied in the materials sciences; verification of design theories. P, CR 317. Bartels 322.Theory of Partial Coherence and Polarization(3)II1972 -73Analyticsignal representation; review of interference and diffraction; theory of partial polarization; theory of scattering in the framework of coherence theory. P, 206. Marathay 323.Image Formation (3)II1972 -73The optical transfer function; aberration -free diffraction; influence of aberrations; random wavefront perturbations; image- forming detectors; time -dependent modifiers; system evaluation; image processing. P, .206, 207. Shack -Shannon 324.Applications of Coherent Optics (3) II 1971 -72Fourier -transforming properties of lenses; spatial- frequency analysis of coherent optical systems; optical -data processing; frequency -domain synthesis; the Vander Lugtfilter; matched filters; holography; holographic applications. P, 202. Gaskill 325.Image Processing and Aperture Synthesis (3) I 1971 -72Digital and analog methods of restoration; iterative and non -iterative approaches; use of statistical and deterministic foreknowledge; limitations due to noise, photographic effects and the finite wavelength of light; super -resolution; apodization; synthetic apertures. P, 203a, 323. Frieden 326.Vision (3) I 1971 -72(Identical with Psychology 326) 328.Color Vision (3) II(Identical with Psychology 328). 329.Visual Perception (3) I(Identical with Psychology 329). 341.Laser Theory (3) IDensity matrix formulation of interaction of radiation with matter; semi -classical laser theory; single and multi -mode scalar fields; moving atoms; ring and Zeeman lasers; pressure effects. P, 209, Math. 181. Sargent

343.Quantum Optics (3)II1971 -72Quantum theory of electromagnetic radiation; Weisskopf -Wigner theory of spontaneous emission; Dicke superradiance; quantum theory of optical coherence and noise; quantum theory of the laser; theory of superconductivity and Josephson radiation. P, 341. (Identical with Physics 321) Scully 349.Topics in Quantum Optics (3) I 1972 -73Non -linear effects in pulse propagation; study of interaction of electromagnetic pulse propagation in resonant medium; attenuator and amplifier,linearand non -linear;self -induced transparency, pulse shaping; special problems in lasers; study of Q- switched, pulsed, and mode -locked lasers; study of molecular, chemical, dye and semiconductor lasers. P, 341. (Identical with Physics 322) Hopf 351.Band Structure Analysis (3) II 1972 -73Elements of the energy band model; theory of the dielectric function; determination of the band structure from optical studies; modulated- reflectance spectroscopy and band structure analysis. P, 251. Seraphin 520 DEPARTMENTS AND COURSES OF INSTRUCTION

356.Atmospheric Optics and Radiation (3)II1972 -73(Identical with Atmospheric Sciences 356). 367.Readings in Photographic Theory (3) II 1972 -73Mathematical models of latent image formation, of granularity, of the MTF for an emulsion; subjective quality criteria for photos; information density; adjacency and other non -linear effects; non -photographic imagery (xerography, thermoplastics, photochromics.) P, 267. Frieden 371.Glass. Science (3) II 1972 -73Introduction to glasses and glass- crystalline materials. Compositions; properties; structure; primary phase systems; nucleation; crystallization; time- temperature -pressure relations; ionic phenomena; electronic phenomena; systematic and nonlinear opto- electrical relations; methods of materials research. P, CR 209. Babcock 383.Statistical Optics (3)II 1971 -72Review of probability theory; formation of the statistical image; statistical transfer functions; information theory applied to image formation and restoration, lens and photographic system evaluation; theory of value; physical origins and distribution of optical noise. P, 323. Frieden 386.Electron Optics (3) ON DEMAND.(Identical with Physics 386) 391.Intensive Summer Study (4)I Primarily for candidates for the Optical Specialist degree. Course will be shaped to the needs and interests of the registrants. P, 206, 209. 392.Intensive Summer Study (4) IIPrimarily for candidates for the Optical Specialist degree. Course will be shaped to the needs and interests of the registrants. P, 206, 209. 398.Topics in Optical Sciences (1 to 4) I, IISpecial topics may be offered each semester as appropriate. Course may be repeated for credit. 399.Seminar (1 to 2) I, IIReports on current research and on assigned topics in the journal literature. Required of all graduate students in degree programs. First -year graduate students should register for one unit. Advanced students attend an additional session requiring greater student participation and a 2 -unit registration. Individual Studies 299 (1 to 5); 400 (1 to 8); 401 (0); 410 (2 to 4) maximum total, 8 units; 411 (0); 420 (1 to 9); 421 (0)

ORIENTAL STUDIES Professors Earl H. Pritchard,* Chairman, Don C. Bailey, Herman E. Bateman* (History), Edward P. Dozier (Anthropology), James M. Mahar, Robert M. Quinn'(Art), WilliamR.Schultz *,Clifton E. Wilson* (Government), Andrew W. Wilson* (Geography), I. Roger Yoshino* (Sociology) Associate Professors Ludwig W. Adamec, Anoop C. Chandola, William J. Wilson Assistant Professors Gail L. Bernstein, Charles H. Hedtke, John B. Liu, Hamdi A. Qafisheh, M. M. Saeed, John Shou -kang Tong Instructors Alfred E. Meyers, Howard D. Rowland Lecturers Tatsujiro Hashimoto, Mary J. McWhorter, Edward D. Putzar, Eugenia Young -jen Tu

*Designates those individuals who are members of the Committee on Oriental Studies or represent their departments in the Oriental Studies Language and Area Center.

The program in Oriental studies aims at an interdisciplinary understanding of the civilizations of Asia: Islamic, Indic, Southeast Asian, Chinese, and Japanese. The curriculum includes courses in such disciplines as anthropology, art history, geography, government, history, language and literature, linguistics, philosophy, andreligion.These courses may be combined into a variety of programs emphasizing Asia to fit the needs and interests of individual students. ORIENTAL STUDIES 521

Students who expect to go on for graduate work should acquire a reading knowledge of one of the major Western languages as part of their undergraduate programs. Those who expect to do graduate work in an Oriental language or literature should also take Anthro_ 52 and 152, or Eng. 215a -215b. For students who are interested in a single course surveying several Asian civilizations, 7a -7b, Introduction to Far Eastern Civilizations, or 9a -9b, Intro- duction to Middle Eastern and African Civilizations, is recommended. The major in Oriental studies: 7a -7b or 9a -9b, and 24 additional units from the following lists as arranged with the major professor, to include either: (1) China specialization: 100a -100b, 200a -200b and 275a -275b. (2) Japan specialization: 120a -120b, 220a -220b and 280a -280b. (3) India specialization: 130a -130b, 230a -230b and 285a -285b. (4) MiddleEastspecialization:150a -150b, 295a -295b,or160a -160b, 260a -260b, and 272a -272b. (5) Other Asian specialization as approved by the Committee Chairman. A minimum of 24 units of upper- division work is required in the major. The supporting minor (20 units), with the approval of the Chairman, may be chosen from a wide range of disciplines, or from one of the above areas of specialization. The teaching minor: 7a -7b and 12 additional units in Oriental Studies, to be determined after consultation with advisers. See the Social Studies teaching major in the College of Education section. Graduate program: The Committee offers the Master of Arts degree and the Doctor of Philosophy degree, in the fields of Chinese, Japanese, or Indian language and civilization. Consult the catalog of the Graduate College. Honors: The department participates in the Honors Program.

Oriental Studies Language and Area Center The Center receives support from the U.S_ Office of Education under the terms of the National Defense Education Act, and it awards NDFL graduate fellowships to qualified applicants enrolled in Oriental Studies, or to students engaged in similar programs in anthropology, art, geography, government, history, philosophy, or other social science disciplines, where Oriental language and area study constitutes a significant part of the individual program. Interdepartmental and interdisciplinary in nature, the Center serves to focus the resources of the University upon instruction and research relating to the Middle East, South Asia, Southeast Asia, and East Asia. Director: William R. Schultz.

Western Regional Collegiate Program (WRCP) The University of Arizona cooperates in the Western Regional Collegiate Program (WRCP) of the Western Interstate Commission for Higher Education by extending special consideration to qualified undergraduate and graduate students who are residents of the 13 Western states and who desire to enroll in Oriental Studies. Such students may be given preference in admission to The University of Arizona and exemption from payment of out -of -state tuition. Prospective students are invited to write to the Registrar, University of Arizona, Tucson, for further details. la -lb. Introduction to Far Eastern Civilizations (3 -3) Yr.Evolution of the great Far Eastern civilizations - especially India. China and Japan with special reference to social, political and thought patterns, and to problems of modern change. (Identical with Anthro. la-lb and Hist. 7a -7b) Bernstein -Mahar 522 DEPARTMENTS AND COURSES OF INSTRUCTION

9a-9b. Introduction to Middle Eastern and African Civilizations (3 -3) Yr.The history, politics, religions, philosophies, literature, and arts of the Middle East and Africa. (Identical with Hist. 9a -9b) Adamec 20.Eastern Religions (3) IReligions of India, Southeast Asia, and the Far East; Hinduism, Theravada and Mahayana Buddhism, Confucianism, Taoism. (Identical with Rel. Std. 20) Meyers 55.Introduction to Oriental Humanities (2) I, IIDiscussion of the languages, arts and intellectual history of Asia. Putzar 100a -100b.Elementary Chinese (5 -5) Yr.Introduction to the use of the modern Chinese language (Mandarin), with more emphasis on speaking than reading. Fee, $2 each semester. Tong -Staff 109.Chinese Thought (2)IIThe traditional ideological systems of China, especially Confucianism and Taoism, and their evolutionary transformations. (Identical with Rel. Std. 109) Pritchard 120a -120b.Elementary Japanese (5 -5) Yr.Conversation and readings in modern Japanese. Fee, $2 each semester. Bailey -Staff 129.Japanese Religion and Thought (2) IEvaluation of Shintoism and Buddhism and of other ideologies in Japan. (Identical with Rel. Std. 129) Putzar 130a -130b.Elementary Hindi (5 -5) Yr.Conversation and readings in the national language of the Republic of India. Fee, $2 each semester. Chandola -Staff 139.Hindu Thought (2) IIThe traditional religious, philosophical, and political thought of India. (Identical with Rel. Std. 139) Meyers 150a -150b.Elementary Persian (5 -5) Yr.Conversation, reading, and composition in modern Persian. Fee, $2 each semester. Saeed -Staff 160a -160b.Elementary Arabic (5 -5) Yr.Conversation and readings in modern standard literary Arabic. Fee, $2 each semester. Adamec -Staff 169.Islamic Thought (2) IThe traditional ideological systems of Islamic countries and their evolutionary transformations. (Identical with Rel. Std. 169) Wilson 200a -200b.Intermediate Modern Chinese (5 -5) Yr.Grammar, reading, and conversation in the modern (Mandarin) language. P, 100b. Fee, $2 each semester. Tu 203a -203b.Advanced Modern Chinese (5 -5) Yr.Study of advanced modern (Mandarin) Chinese through readings in modern literature and newspapers. P, 200b. Fee, $2 each semester. Note: More advanced Chinese may be taken as O.S. 290a -290b. Tong 204a -204b.Literary Chinese (5 -5) Yr.Introduction to pre -20th Century Chinese styles through readings in classical Chinese literature. P, 203b. Note: More advanced work in literary Chinese may be taken as O.S. 290a -290b. Schultz 206a -206b.Chinese Literature in English (3 -3) Yr.The evolution of literary forms and styles in pre- modern China, with representative readings in poetry, artistic prose, drama, short stories, and novels. Schultz 207.Modern Chinese Literature (2) II 1971 -72A survey of developments in Chinese poetry, prose fiction, and drama since the late 19th. century, with representative readings in English translation. Required for East Asian specialty, and graduate work in Chinese. Schultz 208.Introduction to Chinese Linguistics (3) I 1971 -72General phonetics and phonemics; Chinese phonology; Chinese diachronic and synchronic linguistic studies, and study of the structure of the Chinese language. P, 200a -b and a course in general lingistics. Tong 220a -220b.Intermediate Japanese (5 -5) Yr.Grammar, reading, and conversation in the modern language. P, 120b. Fee, $2 each semester. Putzar -Staff 223a -223b.Advanced Japanese (5 -5) Yr.Readings from the writings of modern scholars, novelists, essayists; grammatical analysis. P, 220b. Fee, $2 each semester. Note: More advanced work in Japanese can be taken as O.S. 292a -292b. Bailey ORIENTAL STUDIES 523

224a -224b. Literary Japanese (5 -5) Yr. 1971 -72Introduction to pre -World War II Japanese writing through sampling Sinified, documentary, epistolary, and purely literary styles from the 8th Century through the 1940's. P, 223b. 226a -226b. Japanese Literature in English (2 -2) Yr.The evolution of literary forms and styles in Japan, with representative selections of poetry, artistic prose, drama, short stories, and novels. Putzar 230a -230b. Intermediate Hindi (5 -5) Yr.Advanced grammar, reading, and conversation in the national language of the Republic of India. P, 130b. Fee, $2 each semester. Note: More advanced work in Hindi may be taken as O.S. 293a -293b. Chandola -Staff 234a -234b. Introduction to Sanskrit (3 -3) Yr. 1971 -72The relation of Sanskrit to modern Indian languages and literary forms will be emphasized through the study of selections from the Mahabharata, Hitopadesha, Kathasaritsagara and Laws of Manu. Chandola 236a -236b. Indian Literature in English (2 -2) Yr. 1972 -73Indian prose, poetry, drama and various linguistic theories of literature; selected readings range from Vedic poetry to contemporary novels. Chandola 238.Indo- European Historical Linguistics (2) II 1971 -72Introduction to the comparative method with reference to the language of Europe, Iran, Afghanistan, North India and Ceylon. Linguistic change, dialectology, and contact. P, one course in general linguistics. (Identical with Anthro. 238) Chandola 240a -240b.Governments of the Far East (3 -3) Yr.240a: China; 240b: Japan. (Identical with Govt. 240a- 240b). Hedtke -Onate 241a -241b.South Asian Political Systems (3 -3) Yr.(Identical with Govt. 241a -241b) Volckmann 242.South Asian Social Organization (2)I Survey of the major features of social organization in the peasant societies in India. (Identical with Anthro. 242) Mahar 253a -253b.South and Southeast Asian International Relations (3 -3) Yr. 1971 -72 253a: Southeast Asian; 253b: South Asian. Analysis of the foreign policies and international relations of the nations of South and Southeast Asia. (Identical with Govt. 253a- 253b). Meyers 260a -260b.Intermediate Arabic(5 -5)Yr.Intermediate conversation and readings in modern standard literary Arabic. Fee, $2 each semester. Wilson 264.Introduction to Arabic Linguistics (3) ON DEMAND.History and structure of the Arabic language in its various forms. P, one year of Arabic and a course in general linguistics. 266.Arabic Literature in English (2) II 1971 -72Historical survey of Arabic literature of the Middle East and Mediterranean world, with readings in English translations. Wilson 267.Persian Literature in English (2) II 1972 -73Historical survey of Persian literary traditions with readings in English translations. Wilson 270.Islamic Mysticism (3) II 1972 -73The origin and development of mysticism in Islam and its impact on the Muslim world. (Identical with Religious Studies 270) Saeed 271.History of Modern Iran and Afghanistan (3) ON DEMAND.The social, political, economic and diplomatic history of Iran and Afganistan with special emphasis on the 19th and 20th centuries. (Identical with History 271) Adamec 272a -272b.History of the Middle East (3 -3) Yr.History of civilization in the Middle East since the rise of Islam. (Identical with Hist. 272a -272b) Adamec- Wilson 273.History of the Modern Middle East (3) I 1972 -73Near and Middle Eastern history since the late eighteenth century, with special emphasis on Egypt and areas to the east. (Identical with Hist. 2731 Adamec 274.The Ottoman Empire to 1800 (3) I 1971 -72The great age of the Ottoman state, its origins and decline. (Identical with Hist. 274) Adamec 275a -275b. History of China (3 -3) Yr.Historical development of China from earliest times to the present. (Identical with Hist. 275a -275b) Hedtke 524 DEPARTMENTS AND COURSES OF INSTRUCTION

276.Communist China (3) IIThe origin and development of the Communist regime in China; analysis of its political, economic, and social organization and of its ideology and policies. (Identical with Hist. 276) Hedtke- Bernstein 277.Intellectual History of Modern China (3) II 1972 -73(Identical with Hist. 277) Hedtke 278.Revolution in Chinese History (3) II 1971 -72An examination into the phenomena of political violence, social change, rebellion, and revolution in the history of traditional and modern China. (Identical with History 278) Hedtke 280a -280b.History of Japan (3 -3) Yr.Historical development of Japan from earliest times to the present. (Identical with Hist. 280a -280b) Bernstein 281.Intellectual History of Modern Japan (3) II 1971 -72 The Japanese intellectual response to the West, including changes in social and political ideals. (Identical with Hist. 281) Bernstein 282.Marxism in East Asia (3) IThe evolution of Marxist thought in China, Korea, and Japan. (Identical with Hist. 282) Bernstein - Hedtke 283a -283b.Far Eastern International Relations(3 -3)Yr.Evolution of international contacts in Eastern Asia and the domestic developments that influenced them. (Identical with Govt. 257a -257b and Hist. 283a -283b) Pritchard 285a -285b.Introduction to Indic Civilizations (3 -3) Yr.The social and political institutions, arts and philosophy of traditional society from prehistoric times to the present; special emphasis on Hindu religion and its interrelations with the social order. (Identical with Anthro. 285a -285b and History 285a -285b) Mahar 286a -286b.Islamic India to 1757 (3 -3)Yr. 1971 -72Survey of political and social developments from the founding of the Delhi Sultanate to the beginning of British rule. (Identical with Hist. 286a -286b) Saeed 287a -287b.Modern India Since 1757 (3 -3) Yr. 1971 -72Survey of political, social, and economic developments in South Asia from mid -18th century to the present. (Identical with Hist. 287a -287b) Meyers 288.History of Southeast Asia (3) IISurvey of Chinese, Indian, and Muslim cultural impacts; emphasis on the advent, evolution, and demise of European colonial spheres and on the development of independent nations. (Identical with Hist. 288) Meyers 289.Pakistan: Background, History, Politics and Civilization (3) I 1972 -73The political and cultural history of Pakistan, with special emphasis on twentieth century development. (Identical with History 289) Saeed 301.Modern Chinese Historical and Social Texts (3) II 1972 -73 Selected readings in modern Chinese social science materials. P, 203a -203b. Tong 302.Chinese Literary Texts (3) II 1971 -72Selected readings in classical prose and poetry. P, 230b. Tong 305.Chinese Bibliography (3) II 1972 -73Training in the use of Chinese reference and bibliographical works. P, two or more years of Chinese. Liu 308.Chinese Historical Linguistics (3) I 1972 -73Historical survey of the development of the Chinese language. P, 208. Tong 321.Japanese Historical and Social Texts (3) ON DEMAND.Readings in Japanese history, social anthropology, and sociology selected from primary and secondary sources. P, O.S. 223a -223b. Hashimoto 322.Japanese Literary Texts (3) ON DEMAND.Selected literary texts with parallel readings from secondary native materials on the history of the Japanese language, literature, literary theory and criticism. P, O.S. 223a -223b. Hashimoto 325.Japanese Bibliography (2) ON DEMAND.Training in the use of Japanese reference and bibliographical works. P, two or more years of Japanese. McWhorter ORIENTAL STUDIES 525

328.History of the Japanese Language (3) II 1972 -73Evolution of the written language. (loan words, transcription, extant early texts) and the spoken (phonology, dialects, accent) and examination of their differences (lexicon, grammar, syntax). P, 220b and a course in general linguistics. 335.South Asian Bibliography (2) II 1971 -72A survey of basic reference guides and major sources of information, published and unpublished, pertaining to the history, culture, languages and literature. P, one year of a South Asian language. Mahar 336.Linguistic Theories and Indo- European Languages (3) II 1972 -73Comparative study of some descriptive theories, e.g., transformation, tagmemics, panini, compositional, etc. Special emphasis on compositional theory. Examples from various Indo- European languages. P, Anthro. 52, 152. (Identical with Anthro. 336) Chandola 390.Methodology and Research Techniques (2 to 3)I,II ON DEMAND. An inter- disciplinary course emphasizing the use of the various social science and humanistic methodologies in the study of Asia. Required of a beginning graduate student. Mahar -Staff 399.Seminar (3) I, II ON DEMAND a.China; b. Japan; c.South Asia; d. Middle East; e.Topical. Individual Studies 290a -290b.Readings in Chinese (1 to 4; 1 to 4) Yr.P, 3 years of Chinese. May be repeated for credit. Tong -Staff 292a -292b.Readings in Japanese (1 to 4; 1 to 4) Yr.P, 3 years of Japanese. May be repeated for credit. Bailey - Putzar 293a -293b. Readings in Hindi (1 to 4; 1 to 4) Yr.P, 2 years of Hindi. May be repeated for credit. Chandola 294a -294b.Readings in Urdu (1 to 4; 1 to 4) Yr.May be repeated for credit. P, two years of Hindi. Saeed 295a -295b. Readings in Persian (1 to 4; 1 to 4) Yr.P, 150a -150b. May be repeated for credit. Saeed 296a -296b. Readings in Arabic (1 to 4; 1 to 4) Yr.P, 2 years of Arabic. May be repeated for credit. Wilson 199 (2 to 4); 299 (1 to 5); 400 (2 to 4); 401 (0); 410 (2 to 6) maximum total, 6 units; 411 (0); 420 (1 to 9); 421 (0)

Related Courses The courses given by other departments, listed below, may be taken for Oriental Studies credit in major and minor programs. For descriptions of the courses, see listings under the respective departments.

Anthropology 152. Descriptive Linguistics (3) 204. Structural Linguistics (3) 286. Culture patterns of Japan (2) 288. Peoples of the Philippines (2) 349a -349b.Cognitive Anthropology (3 -3) 399c. Seminar: Linguistics Art 215. Far Eastern Art (3) 216. Islamic Art (3) Classics 20a -20b. Elementary Hebrew (4-4) 120a -120b.Advanced Hebrew (4-4) 526 DEPARTMENTS AND COURSES OF INSTRUCTION

English 215a -215b.General Linguistics (3 -3) Geography 233. Geography of Selected Areas (3): b. North Africa c.Southwest Asia e.Southeast Asia f.China and Japan Government 150. Contemporary International Politics (3) 25 lb. Soviet Foreign Policy and World Communism (3) 255. American Foreign Policy (3) 259. Problems of World Order (3) History 218a -218b.History of American Foreign Relations (3 -3) 268. History of the Byzantine Empire (3) 269. Modern Balkan History (3) Religious Studies 21. Western Religions (3)

PERSIAN (See Oriental Studies)

PHARMACEUTICAL SCIENCES Professors Willis R. Brewer, Head, George A. Bender, Lloyd E. Burton, Mary E Caldwell, Jack R. Cole, Vartkes H. Simonian, Edwin W. Tucker, Henry W. Winship III, Joseph A. Zapotocky Associate Professors Richard F. Childs, George C. Wood Instructor William D. Hardigan Lecturers Schuyler V. Hilts, Marty Mann, James L. Martin, James Morse, Charles M. Nielsen, Tom Stoops, Carleton W. Wilder Research Associates Donald Morgan, Donald L. Vivian Clinical Associates David J. Crosby, George R. Hall Clinical Instructors Keith K. Anderson, George C. Bird, James R. Guidry, William D. Lindmark, Jesse L. Newman, Thomas M. Samuels, David Wastchak A laboratory breakage deposit of $5 is required for all courses including a laboratory period.

3.Orientation (2)I,IIAn introduction to pharmacy history, opportunities, data, organizations, education, internship, laws and ethics. Brewer 4.Dosage and Solutions (2)I,IIDosage forms, pharmaceutical and prescription terminology, systems of weights and measures used in medicine; calculations related to the proper use and administration of drugs. For students in the College of Nursing. Not open to students in the College of Pharmacy. Zapotocky 10.Pharmaceutical Calculations (2) I, IITerminology and calculations pertinent to the selection, formulation, preparation, dosage and administration of drugs and their dosage forms. Zapotocky 63.First Aid and Medical Emergencies (3) I, IIThe principles and practices involved in rendering emergency medical assistance. American Red Crossfirst aid instructor completion certificates awarded to eligible students. 2R, 3L. Burton 102a -102b.Pharmaceutics (4-4) Yr.Introduction, terminology and preparation of official preparations and current prescriptions based on the application of physical and chemical principles to pharmaceutical systems. 3R, 3L. P, 10, Phys. 2a -2b, Chem. 2aR -2bR, 2aL -2bL. Childs -Hardigan PHARMACEUTICAL SCIENCES 527

205.Intern Practice (1 to 3) I, IIPrescription laboratory practice in the pharmacy of the Student Health Center, the Medical Center Hospital, the Veterans Administration Hospital or other approved facilities. P, Registered Intern status. Winship -Staff

207.Physical Pharmacy (3)IThe application of basic physical -chemical principles to pharmaceutical problems associated with drugs and dosage forms. P, 102a -102b. 209.Biopharmaceutics (3) IPhysical -chemical factors affecting the rates of absorption, distribution, metabolism and excretion of drugs. P, 237a -237b, Pharmacol. (Pharm.) 271a -271b or CR. Wood 210.Compounding and Dispensing (4) IIApplication of pharmaceutical principles to the problems in the extemporaneous compounding and dispensing of medicines. 3R, 3L. P, 102a -102b, 237a -237b, Pharmacol. (Pharm.) 271a -271b. 212.Non -Prescription Drugs (2) IIA presentation on non -prescription drugs, remedies sold over -the -counter (O.T.C.) to guide the pharmacist in providing better professional advice to the self -medicating public. P, 102a -b. Morse Martin 218.Pharmaceutical Manufacturing (3) I ON DEMAND.Study and practice of procedures used in pharmaceutical manufacturing, employing pilot -scale equipment and unit operations suchas granulation, compression, coating, sterilization, levigation, and filtration. 1R, 6L. P, 209. Childs 219.Parenteral Preparations (3)II ON DEMAND.Principles and procedures in the manufacture of injectable products. 2R, 3L. P, 209. Childs 221a -221b.Drugs of Biological Origin (3 -3) Yr.Biological drugs, their active ingredients, preparation and derived products. Sem. I, 2R, 3L; Sem. II, 3R. P, 102a -102b, Chem. 41a -41b, 43a -43b. Simonian 230a -230b. Medical Radioisotopes (2 -2) Yr.Medical applications, safe handling, measure- ment and preparation of radioisotopes. P, Math 65, 66, Physics 2a -2b, Chem. 2aR -2bR. Hilts- Stoops 237a -237b. Medicinal Chemistry (4 -4) Yr.Relationships between the chemical structure and physiological activity, sources, properties, reactions, tests, incompatibility and stability of the organic and inorganic chemicals used in pharmacy. P, 102a -102b, Chem. 41a-41b, 43a -43b. Cole 238.Drug Quality Control and Analysis (2) IIIntroduction to quality control procedures, identification, limit tests and methods of analysis for drugs and their dosage forms. P, Chem. 121, CR 237. Zapotocky 239.Techniques of Drug Quality Control and Analysis (1) IIExperimental methods of identification and analysis of drugs and their dosage forms, limit tests for impurities; related control procedures. 3L. CR 238. Required for students electing to specialize in institutional pharmacy or graduate study preparation. Zapotocky 242.Community Pharmacy Management (3) IIAdministrative procedures for the communi- ty pharmacy. P, Econ. 101, CR 243. 243.Pharmacy Laws (2) IIFederal and state narcotic acts;. Arizona Pharmacy Act; Federal Pure Food, Drug & Cosmetics Act and amendments; and local regulations. CR 242. Brewer 251.Institutional Pharmacy (3) IBasic concepts of pharmacy service in hospitals, extended care facilities, educational and industrial institutions. Emphasis on the management of the pharmacy and its relative importance within the institution. 2R, 3L. P, 102b. Winship 255.Clinical Pharmacy Practice (4) IIClinical evaluation of drug information. Consultation with physicians, nurses and patients concerning drug problems. 1R, 8L. P, 209, Pharmacol. (Pharm.) 271a -271b, 275. Wood 265.Public Health (3) IMethodology of public health; acute and chronic diseases and their control; organization and administration of health agencies; financing health care; a study of the health care delivery system. P, One course in microbiology. Burton 528 DEPARTMENTS AND COURSES OF INSTRUCTION

266.Community Health Problems (3) IIA study of health problems of current importance in our communities. Through active involvement, explores the role of allied medical personnel. Problems include but not limited to socio- economic, environmental, and mental health. P, Pharm. 265. Burton 291.Pharmacy Colloquium (1) I, IICurrent studies, new developments and special topics of interest in pharmacy practice. P, upper division standing. 305a -305b.Psychopharmacological and Biochemical Problems of the Alcoholic(3 -3) Yr.An exposition of the technical nature of the health problems the alcoholic is faced with at various stages of alcoholism. P, B.S. in one of the following areas: Anthropology, Pharmacy, Psychology, Public Administration, Nursing, Rehabilitation, Sociology, etc. Tucker 307.Advanced Physical Pharmacy (4) 1971 -72The application of advanced physical - chemical theory to pharmaceutical research and development. P, 207, 210, 209. 308a -308b.Polyphasic and Disperse Systems (4-4) Yr. 1972 -73The principles of colloid and physical chemistry applied to colloidal dispersions, emulsions, suspensions, gels and other systems. P, Chem. 280 or CR. 309.Pharmacokinetics (3) I 1971 -72Mathematical presentation of the rates of absorption, distribution, biotransformation and excretion of sdrugs. P, Pharmacol. (Pharm.) 271a- 271b; Pharmacol. (Med.) 301. Wood 311.Hospital Pharmacy Administration (3) IIThe methods of interpreting and controlling the functions of the pharmacy in the modern hospital. 2R, 3L. P, 251. Winship 315.Pharmaceutical Formulations (3) ON DEMAND.Existing formulas studied from the physico -chemical viewpoint; the formulation of new pharmaceutical and cosmetic products.-2R, 3L. P, 210 or CR. Childs 321a -321b.Advanced Pharmacognosy (4-4) Yr. ON DEMAND. Technical study of the origins and techniques of pharmacognostic evaluation of drugs of plant and animal sources. 3R, 3L. P, 221b. Simonian 324.Antibiotics (2) ON DEMAND.Principles of _antibiotic chemotherapy and the proper- ties of the natural antibiotics employed in therapeutics and growth control. P. 22 lb, Microb. 110. Simonian 330a -330b.Synthetic Organic Medicinals (3 -3) Yr. 1972 -73The synthetic preparation, properties, and relationship between structure and physiological action of the neuro- tropic and local anesthetic drugs in the first semester, and the antibacterial and antimetabolic drugs in the second semester. P, 237b, Pharmacol. (Pharm) 271b. Cole 332a -332b.Natural Medicinal Products (3 -3) Yr. 1971 -72332a: The origin, isolation, and properties of fat, volatile oil, wax, steroid, and vitamin drugs. 332b : Carbohydrate, Tglycoside,_and alkaloid drugs. P, 237b, Pharmacol. (Pharm.) 271b. Cole 338a-338b.Quality Control of Pharmaceuticals (2 -2) Yr. ON DEMAND.Quality control procedures employed in the determination of adherence to legal standards in drug manufacture. 1R, 3L. P, 218 or 219 or CR. Zapotocky 380.Technical Microscopy of Natural Products (4) ON DEMAND.Microscopic study of type representations of drugs, foods, cosmetics, condiments, starches, and fibers used in industry; emphasis on detection and measurement of adulterants and additives found in commerce. 2R, 6L. P, 221b or equivalent. Simonian 399.Seminar (1) I, IIReviews of current pharmaceutical literature and presentation of fields of special interest and research. Required of all graduate students. Attendance open to anyone interested in the health sciences by contacting the Dean of the College of Pharmacy.(a)Medicinal chemistry,(b)Pharmaceutics,(c)Institutional,(d) Pharmacognosy, (e) Administrative, (f) General, (g) Alcohol Studies. Individual Studies 99 (1 to 3); 199 (1 to 4); 299 (1 to 5); 398 (1 to 5); 400 (1 to 5); 401 (0); 405 (1 to5); 406 (0); 410 (1 to 8) maximum total, 8 units; 411 (0); 420 (1 to 9); 421 (0) PHARMACOLOGY 529

PHARMACOLOGY Committee on Pharmacology (Graduate)

ProfessorsRubinBressler, M.D. (Medicine), Chairman, Lincoln Chin, Ph.D. (Pharmacy), Albert L. Picchioni, Ph.D. (Pharmacy) Associate Professor Klaus Brendel, Ph.D. (Medicine) The Department of Pharmacology in the College of Medicine and the Department of Pharmacology and Toxicology in the College of Pharmacy jointly sponsor the graduate program in Pharmacology. The Committee administers student programs leading to the Master of Science and Doctor of Philosophy degrees with a major in pharmacology. A thesis is required of a candidate for the M.S. degree. Research studies are offered in the general areas of biochemical pharmacology, clinical pharmacology, neuropsychopharmacology, and autonomic pharmacology. Admission to the graduate program in pharmacology requires completion of a bachelor's degree in chemistry, biology, pharmacy, or some other related science. Minimal prerequisites include one year each of biology, organic chemistry, physics, and mathematics through integral calculus. Provisions may be made for making up deficiencies in required courses during the first year of graduate training. The program of study for the M.S. or Ph.D. degree may vary considerably depending on the background and interests of the individual.

301.The Pharmacological Basis of Therapeutics (5) II 320.Clinical Pharmacology (2) IBressler -Staff 350a -350b. Biochemical Pharmacology (2 -2) Yr. 1 97 1-1 97 2Bressler -Staff 351a -351b. Neuropharmacology (2 -2) Yr. 1 97 1-1 97 2Chin -Staff 361a -361b. Introduction to Pharmacological Literature (1 -1) Yr. 398.Special Topics (1 -5) II 399.Seminar (1 -3) I, II 400.Research (1 -5) I, II

PHARMACOLOGY (Department, College of Medicine) Professor Rubin Bressler, Head Associate Professors Klaus Brendel, Burnell Brown, Joel Kirkpatrick, John Palmer Assistant Professors Ryan Huxtable, Thomas Lindell, Elias Meezan, Paul Thut Pharmacology is a broad discipline, which involves the investigation of the action of chemical and physical- chemical agents upon living material at all levels of organization. The discipline is an important link between the basic medical sciences and the clinical sciences, drawing strongly upon the former for its contribution to the latter. In the health professions, pharmacologic knowledge is applied to the diagnosis, prevention, cure or relief of symptoms of disease, and in the promotion of optimal health. The basic pharmacologic principles are emphasized in both the undergraduate medical and graduate student teaching, permitting the student to develop techniques of problem solving that will enable him to keep ábreast of advances in pharmacology throughout his professional career. 530 DEPARTMENTS AND COURSES OF INSTRUCTION

The Department offers a joint program of graduate instruction in conjunction with the Department of Pharmacology in the College of Pharmacy leading to the Master of Science and Doctor of Philosophy degrees, under the administration of the Committee on Pharmacology (Graduate).

301.The Pharmacological Basis of Therapeutics (5)IIThe action of chemical and physical -chemical agents upon living material at all levels of organization, providing the foundation for a rational approach to human therapeutics and toxicology. P, Physiol. 302; Biochem. 265. 320.Clinical Pharmacology (2) IEffects of drugs on natural history of disease; drug -drug interactions; drug testing designs; drug abuse; drug literature evaluation. Aspects of clinical tóxicology. P, Pharmacology 301. Bressler -Staff 350a -350b.Biochemical Pharmacology (2 -2) Yr. 1971 -1972Mechanisms of drug action in: (1) metabolism and toxicology; (2) antibiotics; (3) steriods; (4) antimetabolites and oncolytic agents; (5) embryology and development; (6) hematopoietic systems and porphyrins; (7) lipids and carbohydrates; (8) membrane structure and function; (9) ground substance (Mesenchyme). Three topics covered each semester, changing from yeartoyear withintheabove framework.P,Pharmacology 301, 361a, 399. Bressler -Staff 35 la-35 lb.Neuropharmacology (2 -2) Yr. 1971 -1972Sites and mechanisms of action of drugs on the central nervous system; the role of brain biogenic amines as central neuromediators; effect of drugs on the regulation and function of the autonomic nervous system, including their influence on synthesis, storage, and release of autonomic neurotransmitter substances. P, Pharmacology 301, 361a, 399. Picchioni -Staff 361a -361b.Introduction to Pharmacological Literature (1 -1) Yr.Designed to supplement Pharmacology 301 and to broaden the background of students in Pharmacology. Required of all first year Pharmacology graduate students. P, Pharmacology 301. 398.Special Topics (1 -5) IIOpen only to doctoral students who wish to pursue topics not covered in regularly scheduled courses. Arrangements must be made with the appropriate staff member and the program chairman before registration. P, Pharmacology 301. 399.Seminar (1 -3) I, IIStudent reports on current topics. Required of all graduate students in Pharmacology. 400.Research (1 -5)I,II Individual or independent work, directed reading, or special problems under the supervision of a member of the faculty with whom specific arrangements have been made. Required of Pharmacology graduate students.P, Pharmácology 301, 36la, 399.

PHARMACOLOGY AND TOXICOLOGY (College of Pharmacy) Professors Albert L. Picchioni, Head, Lincoln Chin Associate Professor Robert J. Marcus Pharmacology is the science which is concerned with all aspects of the action of drugs on living systems. The primary aim of this science is the development and evaluation of drugs for the treatment of human disease. The broad scope of interests of pharmacology ranges from the study of intermolecular reactions of chemical constituents of cells with drugs to the effects of chemicals in our environment on entire populations. Toxicology is a science which is concerned with the harmful effects of chemicals (including drugs) on living systems. These two scientific disciplines offer great opportunities to contribute to the knowledge, well- being, and even survival of mankind. Knowledge of pharmacology and toxicology is essential to the professional role of the pharmacist as a drug consultant to the physician, to various paramedical personnel and to the patient. PHARMACY 531

This Department and the Department of Pharmacology in the College of Medicine offer a joint program of graduate instruction leading to the Master of Science and Doctor of Philosophy degrees. The Arizona Poisoning Control Information Center, which was established by the College of Pharmacy in 1957, is located in the Department of Pharmacology. It is a part of the Arizona Medical Association's Poisoning Control Program which is designed to aid in the prevention and treatment of human poisoning cases. The Information Center serves a statewide network of 18 hospital poisoning treatment centers located in communities throughout Arizona. Note: A laboratory breakage deposit of $5 is required for all courses including a lab period. 72.Pharmacology in Nursing (2) I, IIAn introduction to the pharmacology, toxicology, and clinical status of drugs commonly used for the prevention and treatment of disease states. Not open to students in the College of Pharmacy. P, Bio. Sci. 59b. Picchioni 271a -271b.Fundamentals of Pharmacology (4 -4)Yr.A comprehensive study of the biochemical and physiological effects of drugs on living systems. Mechanisms of drug action and drug toxicity will be emphasized. 3R, 3L. P, CR in Pharm. Sci. 237a -237b, Bio. Sci. 264a -264b, Ag. Biochem. 211a -211b or Chem. 260, Micro. 223 or CR. Chin Marcus 274.Essentials of Toxicology (2)IIApplication of pharmacological principles to the rational management of poisonings in humans caused by household, environmental, and industrial chemicals. P, 72 or 271a -271b. Picchioni 275.Pharmacological Principles in Therapeutics (3) IApplication of basic pharmacological principles in the rational use of prescription and proprietary drugs which are used in the diagnosis, treatment, and prevention of diseases. P, Pharm. Sci. 209 or CR, 271a -271b. Chin-Marcus-Picchioni 351a -351b.Neuropharmacology (2 -2) Yr. 1971 -72A study of the sites and mechanisms of action of drugs on the central nervous system, including the role of brain biogenic amines as central neuromediators; effect of drugs on the regulation and function of the autonomic nervous system, including their influence on synthesis, storage, and release of autonomic neurotransmitter substances. P, 301 (College of Medicine). (Identical with Pharmacology 351a -35 lb (College of Medicine). Picchioni -Staff 371.Advanced Toxicology ,(3)II 1972 -73 ON DEMAND.Topics on biochemical and physiological mechanisms of action of poisons and antiodotes on biological systems. P, 271a -271b, 274. Picchioni 373.Methods in Pharmacology (4) I 1972 -73Methods used in pharmacology to evaluate drug pharmacodynamics. 2R, 6L. P, 271a -271b or Pharmacology 301 (College of Medicine). Chin - Marcus 399.Seminar (1) I, IIReports on current research and assigned topics in biochemical, clinical and neuropharmacology. Required of all graduate students in the department. (Identical with Pharmacology 399 - College of Medicine). Individual Studies 199 (1 to 4); 299 (1 to 5); 398 (1 to 5); 400 (1 to 5); 401 (0); 410 (1 to 8) maximum total, 8 units; 411 (0); 420 (1 to 9); 421 (0)

PHARMACY In addition to undergraduate offerings of the Departments of Pharmaceutical Sciences and of Pharmacology, the Pharmacy College offers the Master of Science and Doctor of Philosophy degrees. See the Graduate Catalog. All students, including graduate students, in pharmacy are required to pay a special fee of $35.00 per semester ($5 per unit if registered for fewer than 7 units) and to have available a set of metric and apothecary weights as well as currently official copies of the United States Pharmacopeia and the National Formulary. 532 DEPARTMENTS AND COURSES OF INSTRUCTION

PHILOSOPHY Professors Joseph L. Cowan, Head, Robert W. Bretall, Robert L. Caldwell, Robert J. Kreyche, Francis V. Raab, Charles F. Wallraff Associate Professors Henry C. Byerly, Henning Jensen, Ronald D. Milo, Jeffrie G. Murphy Assistant Professor Theodore Knipe, Jr. The major: 24 units including 11 or 111, 12, 60, 61, and at least one course from each of the following groups: (a) 230, 242, 243, 246, 260, 264, 268; (b) 241, 244, 245, 247; (c) 220, 225, 228, 231, 232, 234. At least 16 units must be in upper- division work. The supporting minor should be chosen from languages, English literature, the fine arts, biological and physical sciences, mathematics, Oriental studies, social sciences, or religious studies. Honors: The department participates in the Honors Program. Graduate Program: The department offers the Master of Arts and Doctor of Philosophy degrees.

11.Introduction to Philosophy (3) I, IISelected basic philosophical areas and problems: knowledge, belief and truth; the world and God; nature of persons; action and free will; the good life; the ideal community. Knipe 12.Introduction to Logic (3)I,II Principles of valid argument; fallacies and effective argumentation; inductive inference; elements of symbolic logic. Byerly 13.Introduction to Moral and Social Philosophy (3)I,IIPractical and frequently encountered moral problems; readings from representative moral and social philosophers. Murphy- Jensen 60.Ancient and Medieval Philosophy (3) IThe principal European systems of thought from the pre -Socratics to the Renaissance. P, 11 or 111 or CR. Wallraff -Milo 61.Modern Philosophy (3) IIThe principal European systems of thought from Bacon to Kant. P, 11 or 111 or CR. Wallraff -Knipe 105.Introduction to the Philosophy of Science (3) IImplications of science and technology through examination of basic concepts, procedures, and presuppositions. Interrelations between science, philosophy, and culture. P, 11 or 12 or 111, or 9 units of science, social science or mathematics. Byerly 110.History of Ethical Theory (3) I 1971 -72Reading and critical analysis of main ethical theories from the Greeks to the present. P, 11 or 13 or 111. Milo 111.Philosophical Problems and Methods (3) IIMethods and schools of philosophy; basic terminology and tools of philosophical inquiry. Knipe 138.Philosophy in Literature (3)I1972 -73Philosophical analysis of selected literary works. P, 11 or 13 or 111 or 6 units of literature. Bretall- Murphy 146.Nineteenth -Century Philosophy (3) II 1971 -72European and American thought from 1800 to 1914. P, 61. Kreyche 147.Twentieth Century Philosophy (3) II 1972 -73Main philosophical tendencies in Europe and America since 1914. P, 60 and 61. Wallraff 210.Philosophy of the Natural Sciences (3) II 1971 -72Problems in causality, induction and confirmation, theoretical entities, measurement, space and time. P, 11 or 111 and 12, or 12 units of science or mathematics. Byerly 215.Philosophy of the Social Sciences (3) II 1972 -73Methodology of social sciences, value and objectivity, explanation of human action, problems of emergence and reduction. P, 11 or 111 and 12, or 12 units of social science. Cowan -Byerly 220.Ethical Theory (3) IIThe nature and justification of ethical judgments and principles. P, 6 units of philosophy including 11 or 13 or 111. Milo PHILOSOPHY 533

225.Symbolic Logic (3) IDeductive techniques, introduction to axiom systems, applica- tions in linguistic and philosophical analysis. P, 12. Cowan -Byerly

228.Esthetics (3) IIExamination of classical and contemporary theories of art. The esthetic experience, form and content, meaning, problems in interpretation and criticism of works of art. P, 11 or 111 or 6 units upper -division fine arts or literature. Jensen 230.American Philosophy (3) I 1972 -73The main currents of contemporary American philosophical thought, their developmental history, and relation to social and cultural processes. P, 60, 61. Kreyche 231.Metaphysics (3) IThe nature and function of metaphysical speculation; survey and criticism of recurrent metaphysical systems. P, 9 units of philosophy. Raab 232.Epistemology (3) ICritical examination of the major problems involved in theory of knowledge including perception, memory, and other minds. P, 60 and 61. Caldwell 233.Philosophy of Religion (3) II 1971 -72Basic problems; the nature of religion; existence and nature of God; mysticism, revelation and faith; natural evil, sin and salvation; religion andethics; symbolism.P,11or111. (Identical with Rel.Std. 233) Bretall -Kreyche 234.Social and Political Philosophy (3) IIFundamental concepts of politics; leading social and political theories, e.g. anarchism, social contract, Marxism. P, 11 or 111 or 13. Murphy 240.Philosophy of History (3) I 1972 -73Basic concepts and major philosophies of history. P, 11 or 111 or 13 or 6 units of history. 241.Philosophical Logic (3) I 1972 -73Logical problems in ontology, meaning, and truth. Topics from the logical atomists, Quine, Goodman, Strawson and other contemporary figures. P, 225, or 12 and 61. Raab Byerly 242.Continental Rationalism (3)I1971 -72Selected major works of 17th Century rationalists: Descartes, Spinoza, Leibniz. P, 61. Knipe Raab 243.British Empiricism (3) II 1971 -72Selected major works of British empirical tradition: Locke, Berkeley, Hume. P, 61. Caldwell 244.Ordinary Language Analysis (3) II 1971 -72A study of the later Wittgenstein, Ryle, Austin and others associated with this approach to philosophy. P, 61. Caldwell 245.Existentialism (3) I 1971 -72"Essence" and "Existence" in European philosophy from Heraclitus to Sartre. Reading and discussion of authors such as Kierkegaard, Heidegger and Sartre. P, 11 or 111. Bretall 246.Topics in 19th Century Philosophy (3) II 1972 -73Treatment of one or more major figuresof the19th Century,e.g.Hegel,Schopenhauer, Mill, Marx, Nietzsche, Kierkegaard. P, 61. Kreyche 247.Phenomenology (3) II 1972 -73The assumptions, methods and conclusions of the phenomenologists from Husserl to Heidegger. P, 61. Wallraff 248.Current Religious Thought (3)II Present -day philosophies rooted in the Judaeo- Christian tradition; major works of several outstanding thinkers (Jewish, Catholic, Protestant) will be read and discussed. P, 11 or 111. (Identical with Rel. Std. 248) Bretall 260.Plato and Aristotle (3) II 1971 -72A critical study of the basic works of Plato and Aristotle. P, 60. Milo 264.Medieval Philosophy (3) I 1972 -73Analysis of major figures of medieval philosophy including Jewish, Arabian, and Christian sources. P, 60. (Identical with Rel. Std. 264) Kreyche 268.Kant (3) I 1971 -72An examination of Kant's major writings. P, 61. Murphy 272.Philosophy of Law (3) IGeneral nature and scope of law and its significance in human society. P, 11 or 111 or 13 or 6 units of government or law. (Identical with Govt. 277) Murphy 534 DEPARTMENTS AND COURSES OF INSTRUCTION

274.Philosophy of Mind (3) IPhilosophical problems of relations between mind and body in the light of modern knowledge. Analysis of such key mental concepts as desire, emotion, and volition. P, 11 or 111 or 6 units of psychology. Raab -Caldwell 276.Philosophy of Language (3) IIStudy of theories of meaning, including an analysis of the function of language and its relationship to other human activities and interests. P, 11 or 111 or Anthro. 52, 152, or Eng. 205 or 215a -215b. Raab -Cowan 295a -295b.Mathematical Logic (3 -3) Yr. 1971 -72(Identical with Mathematics 295a -295b) 399.Seminar (3) I, IIA selection of the following topics will be treated each semester. Topics may be repeated for credit with consent of department. a.Ethics i.Philosophy of the Behavioral Sciences b. Metaphysics j.Philosophy of Mind c. Epistemology k. Philosophy of Language d. Logical Theory 1. Theory of Value e.Esthetics m. Philosophy of Religion f.Social and Political Philosophy n. Philosophy of History g.Philosophy of Law o. History of Philosophy: Classical h. Philosophy of the Natural Sciences p. History of Philosophy: Recent q. Special Problems Individual Studies 99 (1 to 4); 199 (2 to 4); 299 (1 to 4); 400 (1 to 4); 401 (0); 410 (1 to 4) maximum total, 8 units; 411 (0); 420 (1 to 9); 421 (0)

Related Courses The courses given by other departments listed below may be taken for Philosophy credit in major and minor programs. For descriptions of the courses, see listings under the respective departments.

Religious Studies 20.Eastern Religions (3) Oriental Studies 109.Chinese Thought (3) 129.Japanese Religion and Thought (3) 139.Hindu Thought (3) 169.Islamic Thought (3)

PHYSICAL EDUCATION FOR MEN (See H.P.E.R.)

PHYSICAL EDUCATION FOR WOMEN Professors Donna Mae Miller, Director; Mary Pilgrim AssociateProfessors Anne E.Atwater,PatriciaC.Fairchild,Elizabeth R. Gatewood, Mary Pavlich Roby Assistant Professors Agnes Garner, Judy A. Harding, Eithel J. Hibbs, LaVetta S. Jones, Arlene M. Morris, Kathryn R.E. Russell, Barbara E. Wechsler, Jean M. Williams, Ruth E. Wynn Instructors Sandra R. Eggert, Barbara A. Hedges, Sandra K. Johnson, Gloria M. Kosowski, Carolyn S. Pfaffl, Lois E. Sheldahl, Susan W. Senac, Linda R. Trantham Lecturer Sandra N. Hammond The Physical Education Requirement All women students with freshman or sophomore standing must enroll in physicaleducationbasicactivityclasses.*University women who enter as PHYSICAL EDUCATION FOR WOMEN 535

first- semester freshmen must complete 4 units in physical education, second - semester freshmen must complete 3 units, first -semester sophomores, 2 units, and second -semester sophomores must complete 1 unit. Classes may be taken during the fall semester, the spring semester, or either summer school session, but should be completed before the student reaches junior standing. Only one unit per semester or summer session may be credited toward this requirement. Women veterans, women 23 years of age or over, married women with children, students registering for less than 7 units, junior and senior transfers are exempted from the requirement. Those students having no requirement may register for physical education classes if they are carrying a minimum of three additional units for credit. One unit of credit is given for 3 hours of class participation, and grades are awarded, in keeping with other areas of education, for demonstrated knowledge and proficiencies. Fees: A $3 fee is charged for each PEW course numbered 1 -40, 51 -79, 101 -149. Upon payment of this fee, the student is provided with the use of locker, towel, and physical education clothing, and the laundering of the towel and clothing. A deposit of $5 is charged. The deposit is refunded if equipment and materials are returned satisfactorily.

*Music 10-B (Band) may be substituted in the fall semester for Physical Education.

Activity Courses Students may choose from the activities listed below on the basis of their health and proficiency. Those with limitations and those who should have no activity should register for Adaptive Activities.

Basic Courses (1 through 40) 1. Adaptive Activities* 12. Golf 2. Archery 13. Gymnastics 3. Badminton 15. Modern Dance 4. Ballet 16. Recreational Games 5. Basketball 17. Social Dance 6. Body Dynamics (Identical with HPER,52) 7. Bowling 18. Softball II 8. Fencing 19. Swimming 9. Field Sports 20. Tennis a. Field Hockey I 21. Track and Field b. Soccer, Speedball, Speed -away 22. Tumbling and Trampoline 10. Folk Dance (Identical with HPER 53) 23. Volleyball 11. Fundamental Activities 24. Weight Control* *Enroll by permission only. May be repeated for credit.

Intermediate Courses (51 through 79) 52. Archery 64. Lifesaving 53. Badminton 65. Modern Dance 54. Ballet 68. Softball 55. Basketball 69. (a) Swimming 57. Bowling (b) Basic Synchronized Swimming 58. Fencing (c) Competitive Swimming and Diving 59. Field Hockey I 70. Tennis 60. Folk Dance 72. Tumbling and Trampoline 62. Golf 73. Volleyball 63. Gymnastics 536 DEPARTMENTS AND COURSES OF INSTRUCTION

Advanced Courses (101 through 140) 102. Archery 112. Golf 103. Badminton 113. Gymnastics 107. Bowling 115. Modern Dance 108. Fencing 119. (a) Swimming 110. Folk Dance (b) Synchronized Swimming 120. Tennis

Professional Preparation Courses Undergraduate Program: The Department of Physical Education for Women offers a four year curricula leading to the Bachelor of Science degree in Education with a major or minor in Physical Education. Specialized options are offered in the following areas of concentration: sports, dance, gymnastics, aquatics. Each of these curricula and the program of required studies is set forth under the section Physical Education for Women in this catalog. Graduate Program: The graduate studies program is jointly developed and administered by the Department of Physical Education for Women and the Department of Health, Physical Education and Recreation for Men. Courses leading to both a Master of Science and a Master of Education with a major in Physical Education are offered. Students should consult the Graduate Catalog and the HPER section of this catalog for further details. All classes are open to both men and women unless otherwise designated. 45.History of Dance (3) I 1971 -72Survey of dance and its effect on society from its beginnings with primitive man, through ancient, medieval, and Renaissance times to the 20th century, including the re- creation of actual dance forms. Kosowski 48.Dance for Children (2) II1971 -72Methods and materials for teaching dance to children from pre -school through junior high school; including creative, folk, round, and square dance. Garner -Kosowski 61.Foundations of Physical Education (2)I,IIExamination of the discipline and profession of physical education and the sports; dance, designed exercise programs. M. Roby- Wechsler 76a -76b.Theory and Practice in Teaching Physical Education (2 -2) Yr.The organization, curriculum, and methods for teaching physical education activities. Prerequisite to 85, 86, 155, 187, 189. 76a is prerequisitie to 76b. Jones -Staff 80.Sports Officiating (Women) (1) I, HGuiding principles and standards; rules, mechanics and procedures for officiating girls' and women's competitive sports. a. Field Hockey and Volleyball. I. P, a minimum grade of 2 in activities covered or permission of instructor. b. Basketball and Softball.II.P, a minimum grade of 2 in activities covered or permission of the instructor. c. Aquatics. I. P, competitive swimming and diving, synchronized swimming. d. Gymnastics. II. P, intermediate gymnastics, intermediate tumbling and trampoline, and beginning ballet. 85.Gymnastics Methods (2)I Theory and practice of teaching gymnastics, including rhythmic gymnastics, tumbling, free exercise, balance beam, uneven parallel bars, vaulting, trampoline. P, 76a, 76b, and one semester each of advanced gymnastics, intermediate tumbling and trampoline and beginning ballet, or proficiency. A 2.0 grade point average is required in all activity classes prerequisite to 85. Harding- Hedges 86.Team Sports Methods (2) IIMethods and theory of teaching team sports. P, 76a, 76b, and one semester of basketball, field hockey, softball, volleyball and soccer, speedball and speed -away, or proficiency in these activities. At least 3 of these activities must be completed at the intermediate level. A 2.0 grade point average is required in all activity classes prerequisite to 86. M. Roby Russell PHYSICAL EDUCATION FOR WOMEN 537

87.Kinesiology (3) I, IIAnatomical and mechanical principles of human motion; theory and techniques of the analysis of movement. P, Bio. Sci. 59a, 59b or CR. Atwater

95.History of Physical Education (2) I, IIThe development of physical education from ancient societies through the 20th century, and its influence on current practices. Morris -M. Roby - Wechsler

97.Directed Observation of Physical Education Teaching Techniques (1) I, IISupervised observation and directed experience in teaching physical education activities on the college level. May be repeated for credit. 143.Theory of Dance (2) I 1972 -73An overview of theories in dance as an art form and as an educational discipline. P, 15 . Kosowski 144.Rhythmic Analysis and Percussion Accompaniment (2) I 1972 -73 The elements of rhythm and their relationship to dance; methods and materials in accompanying dance classes. P, 15. Kosowski 145.Dance Practicum (2) II 1971 -72The reconstruction and presentation of historical dance forms including those of primitive, ancient, medieval, and Renaissance periods. 1R, 3L. P, 45. Kosowski 146.Choreography (1) I 1971 -72.Practical application of choreographic theory to original solo and group dance creations. P, 65 or permission of instructor. Kosowski 147.Production in Dance (2) II 1972 -73Theory and practice in preparing and producing dance concerts; methods used to coordinate dancers' movement, visual design, and sound accompaniment. 2R, 2L. P, 65, 144, 146. Fee, $3. Deposits, $5. Kosowski 151.Physiology of Exercise (2) I(Identical with HPER 151) Munroe -F. Roby 155.Individual Sports Methods (2) IMethods and theory of teaching archery, golf, tennis, and badminton. P, 76a, 76b, and one semester each of archery, golf, tennis, badminton and fencing, or proficiency in these activities. At least 3 of these activities must be completed at the intermediate level. A 2.0 grade point average is required in all activity classes prerequisite to 155. Miller Morris 165.Elementary School Physical Education (2) I,IIPurposes and practices of physical education at the elementary school level; instruction in recommended activities; teaching and evaluative techniques, class organization.

170.First Aid (2) IITheory, demonstration and practice in techniques of first aid leading to Red Cross Standard, Advanced, and Instructor Certification for qualified students. _ Pilgrim 177.Water Safety Instructor (2)I,II American Red Cross Water Safety Instructor Certification for qualified students. P, current senior lifesaving. May be substituted for one semester of the physical education requirement. Wynn 185.Evaluation in Physical Education (3) I, IIThe use of tests and measurements in physical education; techniques of test evaluation; administration; interpretation of results; emphasis on physical fitness, motor fitness, sport skills, and knowledge tests. P, 87, 150, 151. (Identical with HPER 185) Atwater- Munroe 187.Methods of Teaching Dance (2) IIThe teaching of folk and modern dance forms, including fundamental movement, methods of directing improvisation and composition. P, 76a, 76b, and 60, 65 or proficiency in these activities. A 2.0 grade point average is required in all classes prerequisite to 187. Garner -Kosowski 189.Aquatic Methods (2)IITheory and practice of teaching swimming and diving, progressions and analysis of techniques; related aquatic activities, safety, facility administration. P, 76a -76b, water safety instruction, competive swimming and diving, synchronized swimming. A 2.0 grade point average is required in all prerequisite classes. Wynn 248.Dance Lecture- Demonstration (1) II 1972 -73Designed to acquaint the student with the writing, rehearsal, and presentation of lectures using choreographic dance or designed movement as the visual aid. 1R, 1L. P, 146, 147. Kosowski 538 DEPARTMENTS AND COURSES OF INSTRUCTION

249.Seminar in Dance Related Art Forms (2) II 1972 -73.A study of dance as an art form; its relationships to various arts and to movement education; discussions of trends in dance. 2R, 2L. P, Sr. standing. Kosowski 252.Health Programs and Problems (2) IISocial, economic, and educational influences on health; principles and procedures in conducting a health program. P, Bio. Sci. 59a -59b. Miller 264.Theory of Recreation and Leisure (2) IINature, scope, and significance of leisure; analysis of recreational trends and problems as they relate to individuals, communities and organizations. Morris 266.Scientific Foundations of Physical Education (3) IAn integration of subject matter concerned with mechanics and physiology of human motion, physical growth and development, motor learning and performance. P, 87, Psych. la, HPER 150, 151, or CR. Russell 269.Organization and Administration of Physical Education (2)I Procedures, guiding principles, and standards essential to the effective interpretation and administration of a physicaleducationprogram.P,Sr.standinginCollegeof Education. Miller - Pilgrim-M. Roby 297.Workshop (1 -3) 1, II a -c. Folk Dance for Elementary Teachers (1 to 3) a. European Countries; b. Asia, Pacific Islands, Africa; c. The Americas d. Folk Dance for Secondary Teachers (2) e. Survey of Dance Forms (Ballet, Modern, Jazz) (2) f. Creative Dance (2) g. Motor Skill Development in Children (2) 300.Critique of Research and Literature in Health, Physical Education and Recreation (2) II (Identical with HPER 300) 315.Analysis of Philosophy and Principles of Physical Education (2) IDesigned to help the student examine philosophic foundations, to explore the philosophic process, and to analyze, formulate, and apply principles as guides to action. P, 12 upper- division units in physical education. Miller 320.Advanced Kinesiology (3) IBiomechanical and cinematographical analyses of motor skills, basic skill patterns studied from a developmental approach. P, 87; Bio. Sc. 59a, 59b; and 12 units of upper- division instruction in physical education. (Identical with HPER 320) Atwater 325.Motor Learning and Human Performance (3) IThe nature of gross motor learning, physical growth, and human potential for physical performance and efficient movement. P, Bio. Sci. 59a -59b. Fairchild 330.Advanced Physiology of Exercise (3) II (Identical with HPER 330) F. Roby 335.Current Trends and Problems (3) IIDesigned to aid the mature student in identifying, analyzing, and evaluating recent developments in physical education and basic issues facing the profession. P, 12 upper- division units in physical education. Miller 340.Test Construction in Physical Education (2) II(Identical with HPER 340) Atwater - Munroe 350.Laboratory Research in Physical Education (3) I(Identical with HPER 350) Munroe -F. Roby 360.Application of Exercise to Sports Performance (2)I (Identical with HPER 360) Munroe -F. Roby 370.Research Design in Physical Education (2) ISpecial emphasis on research orientation; study of areas of research and methodology pertinent to physical education; selection of research problems and preparation of thesis. P, Ed. Psych. 240 or CR. (Identical with HPER 370) Atwater -Munroe PHYSICS 539

395.The Heritage of American Physical Education (2) IIDominant historical concepts, systems, traditions, and programs of physical education and their contribution to contemporary American physical education. M. Roby 399.Seminar (1) IDirected readings and discussions of selected topics, and reports on current research. Individual Studies 299 (1 to 5);400 (2 to 6); 401 (0); 410 (4 to 6); 411 (0)

PHYSICS Professors Carl T. Tomizuka, Head, Stanley Bashkin, Leon Blitzer, Theodore Bowen, Robert H. Chambers, Douglas J. Donahue, Chan -Yun Fan, Henry A. Hill, Kurt W. Just, Robert M. Kalbach, John O. Kessler, Rein Kilkson (Visiting), Sigurd Kohler, Hormoz M. Mahmoud, John D. McCullen, Robert H. Parmenter, Michael D. Scadron, Marian O. Scully, Royal W. Stark (Visiting), Roald K. Wangsness, Albert B. Weaver, Alvar P. Wilska, Ralph W. G. Wyckoff Associate Professors William S. Bickel, Roy M. Emrick, Jose D. Garcia, Donald R. Huffman, Edgar W. Jenkins, John A. Leavitt, Laurence C. McIntyre, John W. Robson, John O. Stoner, Jr., Jay E. Treat, Joseph J. Vuillemin Assistant Professors Bruce R. Barrett, Michael H. Goldhaber, Ke- Chiang Hsieh, Jacques J. L'Heureux, Chung -Heng Liu, Tsu -Wei Nee (Visiting), Alburt E. Pifer, Arnold I. Sherwood, Robert L. Thews, Richard A. Young Instructors John Escher, David P. Vasholz The major will consist of at least 30 credit hours of physics. Phys. 10, 16, 21, 290a -290b, or equivalent, are required.Itis strongly suggested that students intending to pursue physics as a profession include the following courses in their programs: Phys. 130, 210, 215a -215b, 220, 225, 235, 236, 270a -270b, 291a -291bß Math. 49a -49b, 153; 2aR -2bR, 2aL -2bL, or 5a -5b. For the major in engineering physics, see the College of Engineering section. An engineering physics major who intends to do graduate work in physics should discuss his plans with his adviser. The teaching major consists of 24 units including 2a -2b (or 1'0, 16, and 21), 101a -101b, 232a -232b, 290a -290b, 291a, and a mathematics minor including Math. 49b or 50c. The teaching minor consists of 18 units including 2a -2b (or 10, 16, and 21), 101a -101b, 232a -232b, 290a. Honors: The department participates in the Honors Program. Accelerated Programs:The director of the Physics Honors program can advise all qualified students, whether in the honors program or not, regarding individual study, prerequisites, honors courses and credit by examination. Graduate Program: The department offers work leading to the Master of Science and Doctor of Philosophy degrees. The student should consult the department concerning areas in which research is being conducted.

NOTE: No more than five courses listed as "On Demand" will be offered in any semester. *la -lb. Elementary Physics (4 -4) Yr.la: Mechanics, heat, electromagnetism. lb: Waves, atomic and nuclear physics, current developments. 4R, 2L. P, 1 entrance unit algebra and geometry. For non -technical students; not preparatory for other physics courses. Fee, $10 each semester. Robson Bickel 540 DEPARTMENTS AND COURSES OF INSTRUCTION

*2a- 2b. Introductory Physics (4-4) Yr.Primarily for life- science majors with no calculus background. Basic principles of physics with some stress on the historical development of concepts in physics. 4R, 2L. P, high school algebra, geometry, and trigonometry. Fee, $10 each semester. Stoner- Leavitt *3a -3b. Introductory Physics with Calculus (4-4) Yr.Fundamental principles of mechanical, thermal, acoustical, electrical, optical, atomic and nuclear phenomena. 4R, 2L. P, CR Math 49b, or 50b. Fee, $10 each semester. Both 3a and 3b are offered each semester.

McIntyre -Emrick - 4a-4b. Contemporary Natural Science (4-4) Yr.Important concepts from modern physics, chemistry, and biology will be used to describe the nature of science, its potentialities and limitations, and the relationship of science to society. 4R, 3L. Fee, $10. (Identical listing in Biological Sciences, Chemistry) Kessler - Tollin- Forster *5.Elements of Physics (3) I,II Primarily for nursing majors. Physical measurement, kinematics, laws of motion, gravitation, work and energy, heat and thermometry, electromagnetism, light, sound, molecules, atoms, X -rays and nuclear radiations. 3R, 2L. P, high school algebra. Fee, $8. Not to be used for Group VI in the College of Liberal Arts. Blitzer -Kalbach *10.Introductory Mechanics (4) I, IIVector concepts; kinematics, statics, and dynamics for point masses,particlesystems, and rigid bodies. Conservation, laws of energy, momentum, and angular momentum. 4R, 2L. P, Math. 49a or 50a, CR in 49b, or 50b. Fee, $10. Tomizuka- L'Heureux *12.Foundations of Science:Physics (3) I,IIBasic concepts of physics; emphasis on modern physics. Major topics: mechanics, wave motion, properties of light, nuclear and atomic physics, and astronomy. No previous physics background is assumed. Mathe- matics needed will be developed. 2R, 3L. Fee, $8. McCullen -Emrick *16.IntroductoryElectricity and Magnetism (4)I,IIField concepts, electrostatics, magnetostatics, currents, electromagnetic phenomena and electromagnetic waves. 4R, 2L. P, 10, Math. 49b, or CR 50c. Fee, $8. Treat- Donahue *21.Introductory Optics, Acoustics and Heat (3) I, IIIntroduction to heat and thermo- dynamics. Treatment of optics and acoustics from viewpoint of scalar wave theory. 3R, 2L. P, 10, Math. 49b, or CR 50c. Fee, $8. Huffman - Wangsness

*Credit will be allowed for only one of the following: la-lb, 2a -2b, 3a -3b, 5, 12; or 10, 16, and 21.

101a -101b.Advanced General Physics(2 -2)Yr. A number of topics considered in Introductory Physics reconsidered from a more sophisticated viewpoint; emphasis upon the fundamental concepts of classical physics. P, 2b. Bickel -Liu 1130.Structure of Matter (3)I,IIIntroduction to modern physics; quantum theory, relativity, atomic structure, nuclear physics. P, Math. 49b, or 50c.; Phys. 10, 16, 21. Jenkins -Chambers 130L. Structure of Matter Laboratory (1) I, IIExperiments illustrating important concepts in 130. 3L. P, CR 130 or 131. (Previous experience in 130 or 131 is preferable.) Fee, $10. Vuillemin -Fan 1131.Introduction to Atomic Physics (3) I, IIFoundations of quantum physics, Schroe- dinger'sequation, atomic structure, molecules,statistics. Maxwell -Boltzmann and Fermi -Dirac distribution laws. P, Math 49b or 50c; Physics 10, 16, 21. Vuillemin- Chambers 210.Theoretical Mechanics I (3) I, IIDynamics of particles and of aggregates, emphasizing the use of vector methods. P, 16, and Math. 49b, or 50c. McCullen- McIntyre 212.Theoretical Mechanics II (3) IIA continuation of 210. Mechanics of the continuum; introductiontovariationalprinciples; Lagrange's equations. P, 210, Math.153. Pifer - Mahmoud PHYSICS 541

215a -215b. Electricity and Magnetism (3 -3) Yr.Electromagnetic phenomena. Maxwell's equations. P, 210 or Math. 205a. Leavitt -Treat 220.Optics (3) I,II Geometrical optics and optical systems; theory of diffraction and interference. Electromagnetic radiation theory, polarization effects, crystal optics. P, 16, 21, and Math. 49b or 50c. Robson- Bashkin 225.Thermodynamics (3) I, IIThe first law, ideal gases, the second law, Carnot cycle, Caratheodory's principle, axiomatic formulation, Legendre transformations, Maxwell relations,stability, phase transitions. Nernst postulate, application to engines and refrigerators. P, 10, 21 and Math 49b or 50c. Vuillemin- Kessler 226.Thermal Physics (3) INon -equilibrium thermodynamics, transport theory, mean free path methods and introduction to equilibrium statistical mechanics. P, 225. Kessler í232a -232b.Modern Physics (2 -2) Yr.Introductory course; emphasis on current develop- ments in atomic physics. Not for physics majors. P; 2a -2b or 16 and 21. Treat 235.Introductory Quantum Theory and Atomic Spectra (3)I Introductory quantum mechanics; solutions of the Schroedinger equation for hydrogen -like atoms; perturbation theory; atomic structure; spectra of one and many electron systems; Zeeman- Paschen- Bach effects; hyperfine structure. P, 130 or 131, 210, Math. 153. It is recommended that 270a or Math 232 be taken concurrently. Sherwood - Donahue 236.Applications of Introductory Quantum Theory (3) IIApplications of quantum theory to molecules, atomic nuclei, elementary particles and simple solids. P, 235. Kalbach- McCullen 237.Spectroscopy (3) I 1971 -72Introduction to quantum theory of radiation, black body radiation; quantum theory of atomic, molecular and solid state energy levels; interaction of radiation with matter, transition probabilities, and lifetimes of excited states. P, 130 or 131. (Identical with Op. Sci. 237) Bickel- Stoner 250.Introductory Nuclear Physics (3) IIBasic concepts of nuclear physics; structure and stability of the nucleus and its components, nuclear forces, nuclear reactions; energy loss of nuclear radiations. P, Math. 153, Phys. 130 or 131 or 232b. (Identical with N.E. 250) McIntyre - Barrett 260.Introductory Solid State Physics (3) I, IIProperties of solids from molecular, atomic, and electronic theory. Electric, magnetic, and thermal properties of metals, insulators, and semi -conductors. Free electron and band theories. P, 131 (recommended), or 130. Chambers -Emrick 270a -270b.Methods of Mathematical Physics(3 -3)Yr.Vector and tensor analysis; differential and integral equations; Green's functions; variational techniques; linear operator theory with emphasis on physical applications. P, 210, Math. 153, CR 215 a -215 b . Garcia -Sherwood

tCredit is allowed for only one of the following: 130 or 131, or 232a -232b.

271a -271b.Survey of Theoretical Physics (3 -3) Yr.Elements of classical mechanics through Hamiltonian formulation; normal modes of coupled systems. Electromagnetic theory by Maxwell's equations; interactions of electromagnetic fields and matter. Primarily for Physics minors. P, 2a -2b, Math. 49b or 50c. Wangsness- Garcia 272.Elementary Quantum Mechanics(3)IIDevelopment of the quantum concept; elementary treatment of Schroedinger equation; harmonic oscillator; hydrogen atom; atomic spectra; perturbation theory. Not for Physics majors. P, 2a -2b, Math. 49b or 50c. Thews -Huffman 286.Physics of Plasmas (3) ON DEMANDBasic properties and applications to thermo- nuclear fusion research, Q- machines, astrophysics and solids. P, 215b. Some knowledge of statistical mechanics is desirable. Garcia -Kessler 542 DEPARTMENTS AND COURSES OF INSTR UCTI0A

290a -290b.Advanced Undergraduate Lab. PhysicsI(I -1)Yr.Designedtodevelol experimental skills and to demonstrate important concepts in classical and moderr physics. 3L. P, completion of, or CR in, two upper -division courses in physics. Fee, $P each semester. Both 290a and 290b are offered each semester. Bowen - Jenkins 291a -291b.Advanced Undergraduate Lab. Physics II (1 -1) Yr.Continuation of 290a -290t with emphasis on individual work. 3L. P, 290b and completion of at least 10 units of upper- division physics. Fee, $8 each semester. Both 291a and 291b are offered each semester. Fan - McIntyre 292.Design and Analysis of Experimental Systems (3) IDiscussion of design of experi- mental systems and experimental techniques of current use in physics and engineering. Includes high vacuum, high pressure, cryogenic systems and techniques.P, two upper- division courses in Physics. Bowen- L 'Heureux 311.Analytical Mechanics (3) IThe laws of motion as developed by Newton, d'Alembert, Lagrange and Hamilton; dynamics of particles and rigid bodies. P, 210. Blitzer- Parmenter 312.The Dynamics of Artificial Satellites (3) II(Identical with Astronomy 312) Blitzer 315a -315b.Electromagnetic Theory (3 -3) Yr.Theory of classical electromagnetic phenom- ena, including time -dependent and static solutions of Maxwell's equations, radiation theory, and relativistic electrodynamics. P, 215b, 270b. 315a is offered in the spring semester, 315b in the fall semester. Fan -Thews 321.Quantum Optics (3) II 1971 -72(Identical with Optical Sciences 343) Scully 322.Topics in Quantum Optics (3) I 1972 -73(Identical with Optical Sciences 349) 325.Advanced Thermodynamics and Kinetic Theory (3)II First and second laws of thermodynamics and their applications; Boltzmann transport equation; H- theorem; mean free path methods applied to viscosity, thermal conductivity, and diffusion. P, 225. Kessler -Kalbach 328.Statistical Mechanics (3) IPhysical statistics; the connection between the thermo- dynamic properties of a macroscopic system and the statistics of the fundamental components.Maxwell -Boltzmann,Fermi -Dirac,Einstein -Bosestatistics.P,270b. Wangsness -Goldhaber 329.Statistical Physics (3) ON DEMAND Advanced quantum statistical mechanics, non - equilibrium thermodynamics and statistical mechanics, fluctuation and noise, random processes. P, 328, 370a. Wangsness 333.Molecular Beams (3) ON DEMAND Molecular beam experiments on atoms and molecules and theoretical interpretation. Molecular scattering, intermolecular forces; magnetic and electric resonance methods; design principles; experimental techniques. P, 236. Leavitt 335.Advanced Atomic Physics (3) IIDetails of atomic structure. Interactions of atoms with electromagnetic fields, electrons and ions. Techniques for calculating unperturbed and perturbed energy levels, transition probabilities, and atomic interaction cross sections. P, 311, 315a -315b, 370a- 370b.Bashkin- Stoner 350a -350b.Nuclear Physics (3 -3) Yr.Theory of nuclear systems including stability, decay, nuclear forces, scattering, reactions, structure, and interaction with electromagnetic radiation. P, CR in 370a -370b. Kohler - McCullen- Barrett 360a -360b.Physics of the Solid State (3 -3) Yr.General treatment of lattice dynamics, quantum theory of metallic cohesion, band theory, transport phenomena in semi- conductors, spin -wave theory, crystalline field theory, BCS theory of superconductivity. P, 328, 370b. Young-Scully-Parmenter 361a -361b.Crystal Structure Analysis (2 -2)Yr. ON DEMAND Symmetry in nature; crystalline and paracrystalline. Space lattices, point and space groups. Methods of determining molecular and atomic arrangements. Important structures in inorganic and organic solids. P, 130 or 131, 220. 361a is not prerequisite to 361b. Wyckoff 362.The Many -Body Problemin Solid State Physics (3)II1971 -72 Single -particle approximations, second -quantization, Fermi fluids,superconductivity, Many -Boson systems, Many -body perturbation theory, Green's functions. P, 370b, CR in 328. Parmenter PHYSIOLOGY 543

363.Physics of Liquids (3) ON DEMANDDefinition of problems in the field; kinetic theory, transport properties, mesophases, quantum effects. Part of the course will be in seminar form. P, 360a. Kessler

364.Physical Acoustics of Solids (3) ON DEMAND Atomic mechanisms of energy dissipation and velocity dispersion of waves in imperfect solids; nonlinear lattice interactions; infra -, ultra -, and hypersonic experimental methods. P, 260. Chambers

370a -370b. Quantum Mechanics(3 -3)Yr.Principlesof quantum mechanics; wave mechanics and matrix mechanics; applications to atomic structure and spectroscopy. P, 270a. 370a is offered in the spring semester, 370b in the fall semester. Young - Kohler Parmenter

377a -377b. Theory of Relativity (3 -2) Yr.Special theory of relativity and its application to mechanics and electrodynamics; introduction to tensor calculus and general relativity. P, 270b. Just -Hill

379a -379b.Quantum Field Theory (3 -3) Yr. Relativistic wave equations and their proper- ties. Quantum theory of scalar, spinor, and vector fields. P, 311b, 315b, 370b, 377a. Scadron-Mahmoud

381.Elementary Particle Physics (3)II Production, interaction, and decay of mesons, baryons and leptons; high energy scattering of elementary particles; particle classification and symmetries; theoretical interpretation. P, 236. Goldhaber -Bowen

382. Experimental High Energy Physics (3) ON DEMANDParticle accelerator design; beam transport design; experimental techniques; data analysis. P, 381. Kalbach- Jenkins 383.Cosmic Ray Physics (3) ON DEMANDOrigin and composition of cosmic rays; propagation of cosmic rays in the interstellar and the interplanetary space; motion of charged particles in the earth's magnetic field; the radiation belts; high energy interactions and showers. P, 350a. Fan- L 'Heureux

384. Current Topics in High Energy Physics (3) ON DEMANDP, 381. 385. Electron Optical Methods of Analysis (3) ON DEMANDDiscussion of the following techniques and their principal fields of application: fluorescent and micro -fluorescent X -ray analysis; X -ray absorption analysis; projection and contact X -ray microscopy; electron diffraction for crystal identification. P, 270b. Wyckoff 386.Electron Optics (3) ON DEMAND Electromagnetic lens systems; aberrations; the electron microscope. 2R, 3L. P, 215b, 220. (Identical with Op. Sci. 386) Wilska 398.Colloquium (1) I, IIReports on topics of current importance. 399.Seminar (1 to 3) I, IIStudies on current research and topics of special interest. Individual Studies 199 (2 to 4); 299 (1 to 5); 400 (1 to 4); 401 (0); 410 (2 to 4) maximum total, 8 units; 411 (0); 420 (2 to 9); 421 (0)

PHYSIOLOGY (College of Medicine) Professors Paul C. Johnson, Ph.D., Head, Douglas G. Stuart, Ph.D. Associate Professor William H. Dantzier, M.D., Ph.D. Assistant Professors Robert W. Gore, Ph.D., Raphael P. Gruener, Ph.D., George A. Hedge, Ph.D., Hyok Sang Lew, Ph.D. The Department of Physiology offers a program of graduate instruction leading to the degree of Doctor of Philosophy. The general requirements for this degree are set forth in the Graduate College. No M.S. degree program is offered. Undergraduate preparation for the Ph.D. program in physiology may be quite varied. Admission to the graduate program in physiology requires completion of a bachelor's degree in the physical or life sciences, engineering or mathematics. 544 DEPARTMENTS AND COURSES OF INSTRUCTION

However, certain undergraduate courses are considered as essential preparation for advanced study in physiology. These courses are: one year of physics, mathematics through calculus plus a course in statistics, chemistry through organic chemistry, and an introductory course in biology or zoology. In addition, physical chemistry and differential equations are highly desirable but are not required. Provisions may be . made for making up deficiencies in required courses during the first year of graduate training. The program of study for the Ph.D. degree may vary considerably depending on the background and interests of the individual. Research training is an integral part of the Ph.D. program. Laboratories have been established within the department for research on dynamics and control of the microcirculation, biophysics of muscle contraction and membrane phenomena, reflex regulation of muscle activity, renal function in vertebrates and invertebrates, and regulation of endocrine function in mammals. These laboratories constitute the basic facilities for the Ph.D. research programs. In addition, the dissertation research may be done outside the department in special circumstances. Due to the specialized nature of the material and equipment that are required for courses given in the College of Medicine some limitation of enrollments may be .necessary. Medical students will be given preference in those- courses that are required for the M.D. degree. All other students must obtain the permission of the instructor before enrolling. Graduate students already enrolled in departments of the College of Medicine will be given preference.

301.Human Physiology (8) IIPrinciples of physiology with emphasis on that of the human. P, Chem. 2bR -2bL, 41b, 43b; Physics 2b. 3.05.Neurosciences (3) II(Identical with Anatomy 301) 310.Research Methods in Physiology (1 -3) I, IIA laboratory course stressing the principles of .physiological research. May be repeated for credit. 311.Biomechanics (3) I 1971 -72Application of the principles of continuum mechanics to tissues and organ systems. P, 301 and 302 or equivalent. 312.Properties of Membranes (3) II 1971 -72Structure -function relations and physico- chemical properties of excitable and non -excitable membranes. P, 301 and 302 or equivalent. 313. 'Regulation of Physiological Systems (3)I1972 -73Analysis of the function of physiological systems with special emphasis on mechanisms of regulation. P, 301 and 302 or equivalent. 314.Chemical Environment of the Body (3)II1972 -73Chemical composition of mammalian body compartments and their regulation. P, 301 and 302 or equivalent. 321.Neurophysiology (3) ON DEMAND Concepts and experimental approaches to the study of impulse conduction, synaptic transmission and information processing in the central nervous system. P, 301 and 302 or equivalent. Stuart 322.Renal Physiology (3) ON DEMAND Mechanisms of glomerular filtration, tubular reabsorption, tubular secretion and their regulation. P, 301 and 302 or equivalent. Dantzler 323.Physiology of Muscle (3) ON DEMAND The physiology and biochemistry of muscle as an organ system with emphasis on neuromuscular interactions, physico -chemical aspects of contraction and the integrative behavior of muscle in the organism. P, 301 and 302 or equivalent. Gruener 324.Endocrinology (3) ON DEMAND Hormonal production and release mechanisms, protein

325.Cardiovascular Physiology (3) ON DEMAND Mechanisms of heart action, flow in the peripheral circulation, and regulation of circulatory function are examined. P, 301 and 302 or equivalent. Johnson 398.Special Topics (3)I,II Special topics, not covered in regularly scheduled courses, available to students preparing for the doctoral degree in Physiology. P, 301 and 302 or equivalent. 399.Seminar (1 to 3) I, IIa. Research Seminar; b. Literature Seminar Individual Studies 299 (1 to 5); 400 (1 to 6); 420 (1 to 9); 421 (0)

PLANT BREEDING Professors John E. Endrizzi, Head, Walker E. Bryan (Emeritus), Warner D. Fisher, Lee S. Stith, Robert L. Voigt Associate Professors Frank R. H. Katterman, Hiroshi Muramoto The courses and individual studies offered in the Plant Breeding Department are designed to furnish background for students interested in crop improvement through the application of genetic principles. Those choosing majors in such fields as agronomy, entomology, horticulture, and plant pathology will find that the plant breeding courses willmaterially strengthen their program and broaden their training. Graduate Program: Work toward the Master of Science and the Doctor of Philosophy degrees is offered in Plant Breeding.

228.Plant Breeding (3) IICritical examination of the various theories of heredity and their application to plant breeding. P, Bio. Sci. 120. Stith 235.Techniques of Plant Breeding (3) IIntroduction to field, laboratory, and greenhouse methods and techniques used in conducting plant breeding investigations. 2R, 3L. P, Bio. 120. Fee, $3. Voigt 244.Field Plot Research (3) I(Identical with Agronomy 244) 328.Advanced Genetics (3) IChromosomal and extrachromosomal inheritance with special emphasis on function, structure, recombination, _and segregation of genetic factors. P, Bio. Sci. 323. (Identical with Agron. 328 and Hort. 328) Endrizzi -Katterman 329.Advanced Cytogenetics (3) II(Identical with Agronomy 329) 361.Theory of Plant Breeding (3) II 1972 -73(Identical with Agronomy 361) 371.Quantitative Genetics and Selection (2) II 1972 -73(Identical with Agronomy 371) 399.Seminar (1.) I, II (Held jointly with Agronomy 399) Individual Studies 299 (1 to 5); 400 (2 to 4); 401 (0); 410 (2 to 8) maximum total, 8 units; 411 (0); 420 (1 to 9); 421 (0)

PLANT PATHOLOGY Professors Edward L. Nigh, Head, Stanley M. Alcorn, Ross M. Allen, Alice M. Boyle, Robert L. Gilbertson, Richard B. Hine, Merritt R. Nelson, Milton Zaitlin Associate Professors H. Earl Bloss, Michael A. McClure Assistant Professor Roger L. Caldwell 546 DEPARTMENTS AND COURSES OF INSTRUCTION

The curriculum for students majoring in plant pathology is planned to develop understanding and recognition of plant- disease pathogens, host reaction to infection, and means to control or prevent diseases of plants. Majors in the department will fulfill the requirements of the Agricultural Science curriculum outlined in the College of Agriculture section. The major includes Plant Pathology 105, 105L, 275a -275b, Microbiology 117 and other courses in plant pathology to total 16 units. The complete program should include Bio. 1 a -1 b (or its equivalent), Bio. 120, 260; Chem. 41a-41b ; Phys. 2b; Math. 20, 91; and Micro. 118. Calculus is recommended. By appropriate selection of electives, students may specialize in either the Crop Protection or Turf Management options (described in the College of Agriculture section). Graduate Program: The department offers graduate study leading to the degrees of Master of Science and Doctor of Philosophy. Consult the catalog of the Graduate College for details concerning opportunities and facilities for graduate work in plant pathology. 105.General Plant Pathology (3)I,IIDetailed study of representative plant diseases emphasizing basic concepts of diagnosis, cause, epiphytology, and control. P, Bio. Sci. lb. 105L. General Plant Pathology Laboratory (1) I, IITechniques and demonstrations in plant pathology research. 3L. P, 105. Fee, $10. 150.Forest Pathology (3) IIDesigned for majors in range management and watershed management. Basic principles of plant pathology with emphasis on diseases of forest trees and associated vegetation. 2R, 3L. P, Bio. Sci. lb. One -day field trip. Fee, $7. (Identical with W.M. 150) Gilbertson 200a -200b.General Mycology (3 -3) Yr. 1972 -73Physiology, morphology, and classification of the fungi. 2R, 3L. P, 105 or Bio. Sci. la or lb. Fee, $10. Gilbertson 205.Plant Disease Control (3) II 1971 -72Detailed study ,of the chemistry and mode of actionof fungicides,antibiotics,and nematocides.Basicprinciplesinvolved in application techniques and methods of evaluating pesticides for plant disease control. P, 105 or graduate standing. Caldwell 275a -275b.Methods in Plant Pathology (3 -3) Yr.Techniques used in the study of bacterial, fungus, nematode, and virus diseases of plants. 1R, 6L. P, 105, Microb. 117a. Fee, $10. 300.Plant Pathogenic Fungi and Nematodes (4) IAn advanced course in plant pathology designed as a comprehensive study of the physiology, epidemiology, pathology and classification of fungi and nematodes attacking plants. 3R, 3L. P, 105. Fee, $10. For graduate students. (Identical with Ag. Biochem. 300) 305.Plant Pathogenic Bacteria and Viruses (4) IIAn advanced course in plant pathology designed as a comprehensive study of the physiology, epidemiology, pathology and classification of bacteria and ciruses attacking plants. 2R, 6L. P, 105. Fee, $10. (Identical with Ag. Biochem. 305) 310.Diagnosis of Plant Diseases (3)I A field and laboratory course designed to give students familiarity with diagnosis of plant diseases. 1R, 6L. P, 200a, 275a. Four one -day field trips. Fee, $10. 399.Seminar (1 to 3) I, IITopics will be chosen from the following subjects: a.Current topics b. Clinical Plant Pathology c.Advanced Forest Pathology d. Teaching Techniques in Plant Pathology e.Systematic Nematology f.Physiology of Plant Diseases g.Theory and Concepts of Plant Pathology h. Virology Individual Studies 299 (1 to 5); 400 (2 to 8); 401 (0); 410 (2 to 8) maximum total, 8 units; 411 (0); 420 (1 to 9); 421 (0) POULTRY SCIENCE 547

POLITICAL SCIENCE (See Government)

PORTUGUESE (See Romance Languages)

POULTRY SCIENCE Professor Bobby L. Reid, Head Associate Professor Hubert B. Hinds (Emeritus), Jon O. Nordstrom, Charles W. Weber The curriculum in poultry science is designed for the student interested in developing a strong foundation for employment in the poultry industry, its allied fields, or for graduate study. Students electing to enter fields closely associated with the poultry industry may choose, in addition to the poultry courses offered, courses in other departments and colleges upon consultation with the departmental adviser. These courses may include chemistry, economics, management, or zoology. Students preparing for graduate study should enroll in additional science courses. All students must meet the minimum requirements for the degree of Bachelor of Science in Agriculture. A poultry science major will be required to take not fewer than 10 units offered by the Poultry Science Department. With the consent of the adviser the remaining 6 units may be chosen from closely allied fields. Graduate Program: The department offers the Master of Science degree with specialization in various phases of poultry. In addition, degree programs leading to the Master of Science and the Ph.D. degrees in nutrition, animal physiology, and animal breeding are offered through the Committee on Agricultural Biochemistry and Nutrition, the Committee on Animal Physiology, and the Committee on Animal Breeding. For details, see the Graduate Catalog.

2.Animal Industry (3) II(Identical with Animal Science 2) 50.Poultry Production (3) IAn introduction to the poultry industry and the application of biological principles to modern poultry production. 2R, 3L. Fee, $5. Nordstrom 114.Feeds and Feeding (3) II(Identical with Animal Science 114) Brown 204.Principles of Nutrition (3) I, II(Identical with Animal Science 204) 210.Comparative Animal Nutrition (5) II(Identical with Animal Science 210) 213.Animal Breeding (3) II(Identical with Animal Science 213) 215.Physiology of Reproduction (4) I(Identical with Dairy Science 215) 262a -262b.Food Chemistry (3 -3)1971 -72(Identical with Dairy and Food Sciences 262a -262b) Stull -Marchello 301.Advanced Nutrition (3) II 1971 -72Application of nutrient metabolism in the study of nutrition. Concepts of biological values, bioenergetics, and nutrition in health and disease. P, 204 and Ag. Biochem. 211a -211b. (Identical with Ag. Biochem. 301, Dairy and Food Sci. 301 and Home Ec. 301) Weber

309.Nutritional Biochemistry Techniques(3) I Biochemical methods for evaluating metabolic functions of nutrients. 1R, 6L. P, Ag. Bio. 211a,b; 204. Fee, $10. (Identical with Ag. Biochem. 309) Reid

312.Chemistry of Enzymes (2) II 1972 -73Biochemical and physical principles as applied to the study of properties, functions, mechanism, isolation, purification, and identification of enzymes. P, Ag. Biochem. 211a -211b. (Identical with Ag. Biochem. 312) Reid

322a -322b. Laboratory Methods in Nutrition (3 -3) Yr. 1971 -72(Identical with Home Economics 322a -322b) 548 DEPARTMENTS AND COURSES OF INSTRUCTION

350.Avian Physiology (3)II1972 -73 Physiology of the organ systems of birds, with laboratory emphasis on physiological techniques and methods. 2R, 3L. P, 8 units of vertebrate physiology. Fee, $5. Nordstrom 399.Seminar (1) I, IIOffered jointly with the Departments of Animal Pathology, Animal Science and Dairy and Food Sciences. Individual Studies 299 (1 to 5); 400 (2 to 8); 401 (0); 410 (2 to 8) maximum total, 8 units; 411 (0)

PSYCHOLOGY Professors Neil R. Bartlett, Head, Richard W. Coan, Marvin W. Kahn, Robert W. Lansing, William J. MacKinnon, Peter Madison, Dorothy I. Marquart, Ole A. Simley (Emeritus), Ralph J. Wetzel, Jr., Lawrence Wheeler, Salvatore V. Zagona Associate Professors Wayne R. Carroll, Lewis Hertz, George W. Hohmann, Sigmund Hsiao, Ralph C. Kauffman, James E. King, Ronald H. Pool, Cecil A. Rogers, Theodore L. Rosenthal, Vincent J. Tempone, William H. Thweatt, Clinton L. Trafton, Robert L. Wrenn Assistant Professors Dennis L. Clark, Terry C. Daniel, John L. Delk, Charles O. Ingram, Joseph E. Lyons, Reed A. Mencke, William B. Moore, Glenn M. White Lecturers Hubert R. Estes, Franklin R. McDonald, Anne Roe, Dale S. Weber The major: 24 units in addition to 1 a -1 b. These 24 units must include the following: 105, 125, and 15 other upper- division units. Recommended minors are:biological, physical or social sciences, mathe- matics. THE STUDENT COUNSELING SERVICE is an integral unit within the department and operatesinclose conjunction with the graduate instruction program. Honors: The department participates in the Honors Program. Graduate Program: The department offers the Master of Arts and Doctor of Philosophy degrees. Unless otherwise noted, Psych. 1 a -1 b, or an equivalent course in psychology, is prerequisite to all other courses in psychology.

la -lb. Elementary Psychology (3 -3) Yr.la: Growth and change of the individual; learning and conditioning principles; description of aptitudes and abilities. lb: Introduction to perception, emotions, and personality organization. la and lb are offered each semester. la is prerequisite to lb. 10.Introduction to Social Psychology (3)I,II Basic concepts and theories in social psychology; the individual as related to culture and group situations. 40.The Normal Personality (3) I, IIThe practical implications of psychology for normal personality growth and development. Emphasis on development in the college years. 43.Case Study for Normal Personality (3) I, IIIntensive study of personality concepts through application to familiar human experience. Consult detailed description available in psychology department office before registering. 105.Introduction to Psychological Measurement and Statistics (3)I,IIMeasurement, quantitative description, and statistical inference as applied to psychological variables. P, Math. 11 or l' /z entrance units in algebra. 125.General Experimental Psychology I (3) IProblems in general experimental psychology. 2R, 3L. Fee, $5. This course together with 225 covers the traditional topics of experimental psychology. Marquart PSYCHOLOGY 549

179.Culture and the Individual (3) I, II(Identical with Anthropology 179) 202.Neurological Foundations of Behavior (3) I, IIA systematic review of the anatomy and physiology of the mammalian nervous system for students in the life sciences. P, Psych. la and either lb or 8 units of biological laboratory science. Lansing -Pool 203.Physiological Psychology (3) I, IIConsideration of recent research dealing with the physiologicalcorrelates of learning, motivation, emotion and perception. P, 202. Hsiao - Trafton 203L. Physiological Psychology Laboratory (1) I,II Laboratory training in surgical tech- niques and methods of data collection in neuropsychological research. 3L. P, CR 203. Fee, $10. 205.Advanced Statistical Methods in Psychology (3)I,II Rationale and methods of statisticalinference; sampling distributions, power function, analysis of variance, statistical models; introduction to multiple comparisons, non -parametric techniques, correlation and regression. P, 105. 210.Social Psychology (3) IGeneral social psychology at an advanced level. Emphasis upon theory and method. White 211a -211b. Comparative Psychology (3 -3) Yr.Systematic study of animal behavior. 211a: ethological concepts, development, early experience, and social behavior; 21lb: learning and sensory functions. 21la not prerequisite to 211b. 211aL- 211bL.Comparative Psychology Laboratory (1 -1) Yr.211aL: Laboratory training in animal early experience and social behavior research; 211bL: Laboratory training in animal learning techniques. 3L. Fee, $5. P, CR in 211a for 211aL; CR in 211b for 211bL. Clark -King 212.Primate Behavior (3) IIAnalysis of learning, perception, ontogenetic development, social and abnormal behavior in primates. King 213.Developmental Psychology (3) I,IIThe child from conception to adolescence with emphasis upon experimental analyses of the development of behavior. Carroll - Wetzel 214.Behavior Disorders of Childhood (3) IIThe classification and analysis of psychological variables in deviant child behavior. P, 213. Wetzel 216.Personality (3) I, IlTheories of personality; methods and results of personality study. Coan- Madison 217.Motivation (3)I Experimental studies of the variables which energize and direct behavior in animals and humans. Hsiao 218.Abnormal Psychology (3)I,II The nature and etiology of the various forms of behavior disorder, mental deficiency, and other deviations. Critical evaluation of current theories. 219.Personality Development in the College Years (3) I, IINormal development in the young adult, reciprocal relations between the college social system and personality, techniques for encouraging optimal growth, interaction influences with education. P, 216. Madison -Mencke -Wrenn 225.General Experimental Psychology II(3)II Experiments in perception and sensory process. 2R, 3L. Fee, $5. Marquart 235.Psychological Problems of the Aged (3)II1972 -73 The cognitive, intellectual, personality, and behavioral correlates of aging. Relates general psychological theory to the problems of aging. Basically for students in Gerontology. Marquart 250.Tests and Measurements (3) I, IITheory, uses, and construction of tests. Evaluation of intelligence, special aptitudes, performance, personality, and interest devices. 2R, 3L. P. 105. Fee, $5. Delk -Hertz 260a -260b. Experimental Social Psychology (3 -3) Yr.260a: Content and methods of data collection. 260b: Application of experimental techniques to specific problems. 2R, 3L. P, a course in social psychology, a course in descriptive statistics, and, for 260b, either 125 or 260a. Fee for 260b, $5. Zagona -White 550 DEPARTMENTS AND COURSES OF INSTRUCTION

270.Psychology of Learning (3) IIntroduction to the methods and results of psychological research on learning. P, 125 or graduate standing. Rogers 271.Experimental Learning (3) II 1971 -72Selected research problems in human and animal learning; students plan and conduct laboratory investigations. 2R, 4L. P, 125. Fee, $5. Rogers 275.History of Psychology (3) IIP, 125. Bartlett 290.Thought and Imagination (3) II 1971 -72Concept formation, reasoning, and other thought processes viewed from an experimental and theoretical approach. P, 125 or equivalent. Marquart 304.Methodology of Behavioral Science (2)I 1971 -72Critical examination of selected problems and methods in the research process as a whole. MacKinnon 306.Topics in Social Psychology (2) II 1971 -72Theories, methods, and applications in social psychology, with a possibility of cooperative research. P, a course in social psychology. MacKinnon 307.Design of Psychological Experiments (3)IIAdvanced applications of analysis of variance, higher order designs, trend analyses, analysis of covariance. Multiple correlation and regression. Advanced nonparametric techniques. P, 205. 308.Measurement and Scaling(3)I 1972 -73Theory of measurement,analysis of measurement operations in psychology, scale transformations, and the construction of measuring instruments. P, 205. Coan 309.Factor Analysis (3)I1971 -72Introduction to factor analytic procedures; the purposes, methods, and significance of the results obtained. P, 205. Coan 311.Theories of Learning (3) IIExposition and analysis of systematic conceptions of the learning process. P, 270. 312.Interpersonal Relations (2) II 1972 -73Theoretical and practical aspects of psycho- logical relations between individuals. MacKinnon 315.Personality and Human Values (2) I 1972 -73 The reciprocal influence of personality and social ideals. MacKinnon 320.Methods of Neuropsychology(3)II, Experimental techniquesfor investigating brain -behavior relationships. P, 203, and 24 units of upper -division courses in psychology or biology. 321.Emotion (3)II 1971 -72Dimensions of emotion, physiological basis of emotional activity, and relationships to learning and other performance. P, 203 and 24 units of upper -division courses in psychology or biology. Lansing 323.Sensory Processes (3) I 1972 -73Analysis of communication through sensory channels other than vision. P, 24 units of upper- division courses in psychology, biology, or engineering. Pool 325.Problems in Experimental Psychology (3) IExposition and demonstrations; repetitions of some phases of important experiments in perception and learning. 2R, 3L. P, a course in statistics. King 326.Vision (3)I1971 -72Analysis of the receptive processes involved in such visual functions as dark -adaptation, acuity, and color discrimination, and a treatment of basic perceptual data and theory. P, 24 units of upper -division courses in psychology or biology. (Identical with Op. Sci. 326) Bartlett 328.Color Vision (3) IIRelevant anatomy and physiology; color psychophysics, theories and metricsystems; color anomalies and colorillusions.P, Graduate statusin psychology, optical sciences, biology or architecture. (Identical with Op. Sci. 328) Wheeler PSYCHOLOGY 551

329.Visual Perception (3) IVisual information gathering and processing; discrimination of space, form, motion, and pattern; stimulus dimensions and corresponding response relationships; relevant neuro- anatomy. P, Graduate status in psychology, optical sciences, biology or architecture. (Identical with Op. Sci. 329) Wheeler

330.Human Factors in Information Processing (3) I 1972 -73Perceptual delays, moment concept, single- channel theory and the vigilance problem with special reference to display. P, 24 units of upper -division courses in psychology. Bartlett

333.Verbal Behavior (3) II 1972 -73The major content areas, theoretical models and methodological problems concerned with the study of verbal behavior. P, 270.

354a -354b.Experimental Developmental Psychology (3 -3)Yr. 354a: Introduction to developmental research methodology. 354b: Current theory and research in child psychology. P, 354a. Carroll

355.Development of Cognitive Processes (3) IHistorical review of the major theories and research in human cognitive development; from early behaviorists' models to infor- mation processing models. Tempone

356.Functional Analysis of Child Behavior Disturbances (3) IILaboratory analysis of behavioral disturbances and the extension of experimental techniques to the natural environment. 1R, 4L. P, 214. Wetzel

359.Principles of Behavior Modification (4) IA systematic review of the major theories of behavior modification with emphasis upon application to clinical problems. Includes practicum. Tempone -Rosenthal

360.Clinical Psychology I: Personality Development and Change (4) IIntensive studies of personality under both conditions of normal development in natural life settings and psychologically induced change. Includes practicum.

361.Clinical Psychology II: Theories of Therapy (4) IIThe major theoretical approaches to the prevention and therapy of behavioral disorders. Includes practicum. Tempone -Staff

362.Clinical Assessment (4) ITheory and practice in interview techniques and cognitive and personality assessment. Includes practicum.

372.Personality Assessment (3) IIAnalysis of total realm of assessment, personality measurement theory, evaluation and design of assessment techniques. Coan

375.Personality Theory (3) IIBasic problems of theory construction, with application to theoretical systems in the personality area. P, 216. Coan

382.Basic Community Psychology (4)IIFunctioning and stress within and between community organizations, emphasizing intervention and the consultant role by case problems. Open to non -clinical students in behavioral science by permission. Includes practicum. Rosenthal -Staff

383.Insight, Awareness and Relationship Approaches to Behavior Change (4) IITheory, technique and research of approaches to behavior change which are oriented toward internal awareness, self direction and personal responsibility by means of relationship, insight, and self awareness. Includes practicum. Kahn

390.Psychology Colloquium (1) I, IIDiscussions of research problems by staff, graduate students and, on occasion, by visiting scholars. Required of students registered for 400, 410, and 420. P, 24 upper -division units. May be repeated for credit once. 552 DEPARTMENTS AND COURSES OF INSTRUCTION

399.Seminar (3) I, IIRecent developmentsand current issues. Topics will be chosen from the following: a. Comparative psychology i. Personality research b. Learning j.Child- clinical psychology c.Perception k. Clinical research methodology *d. Physiological psychology 1. Community psychology e.Psychodiagnostic methods m. Principles of the social therapies f.Psychopathology n. Motivation g.Theory and techniques o. Cognition of psychotherapy p. Social psychology *h. Special problems in q. Applied child psychology clinical psychology r.Experimental analysis of language development *May be repeated twice with different content. Individual Studies 199 (1 to 4); 299 (2 to 3); 400 (1 to 3); 401 (0); 405 (no credit, or 1 to 9) Clinical Psychology Internship, maximum total, 18 units; 406 (0); 410 (1 to 4) maximum total, 8 units; 411 (0); 420 (1 to 9); 421 (0)

PUBLIC ADMINISTRATION Professors Raymond A. Mulligan, Head, Shaw Livermore, Sanford W. Shoults, David E. Shirley Associate Professor June Morrison ' Assistant Professors Jessie B. Carnevale, Jack Klempner, Allen D. Putt, Bela Rektor Lecturers Benjamin N. Brook, Edward L. Brown, Thomas H. Grant, Charles J. Hoffman, James Kay, Theodore H. Koff, Robert E. Long, Thomas H. Milldebrandt, Jesse B. Ralston, William H. Ryerse Instructor Shirley Gruber

Undergraduate students who register for the degree of Bachelor of Science in Public Administration will fulfill the requirements for freshman -sophomore years and for one of the five major concentrations described in the College of Business and Public Administration section. Undergraduate preparation for the examinations governing entrance into careers in the State Department (foreign and domestic service) may be undertaken intheCollegeofLiberalArts or inthe College of Business and Public Administration. Graduate Program: The department offers the Master of Public Adminis- tration degree, described in the Graduate Catalog. Undergraduate preparation for thisdegree may be inhistory, government, sociology, economics, business administration, and public administration, or combinations of these as well as with other appropriate fields.

Note: Field work is graded on a pass -fail basis..

1. Introduction to Administration (3) I, IIOver -all view of the principles of adminis- tration in the fields of public management, corrections, health services, law enforcement, and public recreation. 3.Ethics for Public Service (3) I, IIProfessional codes of ethics; examination of selected public services in the fields of corrections, social welfare, law enforcement, government, health and recreation. 41.Accounting for Public Agencies (3) I, II(Identical with Accounting 41) PUBLIC ADMINISTRATION 553

100.Introduction to Law Enforcement (3) I, IIPhilosophical and historical background of law enforcement at the state, county, city, village, and township level. P, 1. 101.Personnel Management (3) I, II(Identical with Management 101) 188. Introduction to Corrections (3) IInstitutional and community correctional services. Field trip. Fee, $3. 229a -229b. Public Administration Research (3 -3) Yr.Use of basic research methods in the administration of agencies in the field. 230.Social Counseling (3) I, IITheory and principles of social casework. 231.Institutional Administration (3) IPrinciples of administration as applied to institutions in various settings. P, 1. 232.Community Resources and Administration (2) IICommunity resources which various administrative systems may utilize and contribute to in carrying out their programs. P, 1. 237.Public Budgeting (2)I,II The budget cycle as carried on in various public administration settings. P, 1. 240.The Delinquent Child (3) I, IIProtective services, neglectful parents, and the social adjustment of problem children. P, 1. 241.Public Management (3) I, IIPrinciples of management as applied to the various fields of public management. 242.Field Work (2) I, IIField experience in selected agencies. Open only to majors. P, Sr. standing and permission of major professor. May be repeated once for credit. 243.Administrative Leadership (3)II Elements of leadershipas appliedtoselected administrative situations in the field of public management. 244.Social Group Work (3) IIntroduction to the purpose, scope, method, and values of social group work as practiced in social group -work agencies. 247a -247b.Correctional Counseling (2 -2) Yr.Basic concepts and principles of counseling, interviewing, and case work as carried on in correctional settings. 261.Public Administration (3) I, II(Identical with Government 261) 262.Comparative Public Administration (3) I, II(Identical with Government 262) 265.Federal Law Enforcement Systems (3) IOrganization and responsibility of federal law enforcement agencies; jurisdiction, personnel standards, laboratory resources of federal organizations. P, 100. 266.Police and Law Enforcement Administration (3) I, IITheory and practice of police organization and administration at the national, state, and local levels. P, 100. 267.Bureaucracy (3) I(Identical with Government 267) 268.Criminal Investigation and Report Preparation (3) IICriminal investigation and crime detection methods; techniques and procedures; police record systems; standards and objectives of report preparation. P, 266. 269a -269b. Traffic Administration (3 -3) Yr.Theory, functions, measurement, and evalu- ation of traffic administration activities. P, 100. 270.Police Problems and Practices (3) IAdministrative police problems; interrelationships with other governmental and private agencies. P, 266. 272.Legal Aspects of the Law Enforcement Process (3) IDesigned for law- enforcement majors; covers study of crimes, their classification, elements and required proof, evidence, legal procedure in the important areas of arrest, force, and search and seizure. 282.Fields of Health Services (3) IBackgrounds, philosophy, fields, and methods of the health services in the United States. P, 1. 283.Administration of Recreation (2) II(Identical with HPER 283) 284a -284b.Administration of Health Agencies (3 -3) Yr.Principles of administration as applied to various health settings under private or public auspices. P, 1. 554 DEPARTMENTS AND COURSES OF INSTRUCTION

287.Criminal Psychopathology (2) ISpecific mental and emotional disorders of criminal behavior from the point of view of causation and development of abnormal behavior. P, Soc. 187, Psych. lb. 289.Prison Administration (3) IIPolicies and procedures in the reception, diagnostic study, classification, and treatment of inmates. P, 188. 290.Correctional Rehabilitation (2) IRehabilitative processes in the modern correctional institution. P, 188. 301.Social Relations and Administration (2) IISocial systems associated with various forms of administrative structure; relationship of administrative structure to the larger society. 302.The Law and the Correctional Process (3) IIProblems in the administration of justice as related to the field of correctional administration. 303.Problems in Public Management (3)I,II Managerial problems in selected fields of public administration. 337.Fiscal and Budgetary Administration of Public Agencies (2)I,IIInternal fiscal operation and the budgetary cycle of public and non -profit agencies. (Identical with Govt. 337) 346a -346b.Dynamics of Probation and Parole (2 -2) Yr.Techniques of social investigation, diagnosis, supervision, and treatment of the offender. P, 247a -247b. 365.Correctional Theory (2) ITheories of crime and correctional administration. 367.Correctional Group Therapy (3) IIGroup therapy practice in correctional settings. 399.Seminar (1 to 3) I, IlProblems and theories in public administration may be offered as sections dealing with different topics. Individual Studies 199 (2 to 4); 299 (1 to 6); 400 (1 to 4); 401 (0); 405a General Administration (2 to 6); 405b Law Enforcement (2to6); 405c Correctional Administration (2to 6); 405d Public Management (2 to 6); 405e Health Agency Administration (2 to 12); 405f Public Recreation Administration (2 to 6); 405g Union Building Administration (2 to 6); 405h Retirement Housing Administration (2 to 12); 406 (0); 410 (4) maximum total, 4 units; 411 (0).

PUBLIC MANAGEMENT (See Public Administration) PUBLIC RECREATION ADMINISTRATION (See Natural Resource Recreation under Watershed Management, and Public Administration)

RADIO -TELEVISION Frank R. Barreca, Head Lecturers Harry Atwood, Morton K. Beach, Jon H. Cooper, Marvin Duckler, H. Bruce Fowler, Wesley B. Marshall, Gwen Sanchez -Navarro, William Wolfe Research Specialist Eddie B. Eiselein The Minor in Radio- Television Production: 20 units including 1, 54, 126, 224. Depending upon the emphasis desired, the student is advised to work his selection of elective courses in consultation with his advisors.

1.Introduction to Broadcasting (2)I Survey of broadcasting; origin and history; economic and cultural influence on society; legal, educational and artistic aspects; use of films in broadcasting. Duckler -Wolfe 3.Basic Design (3) I, II(Identical with Art 3) READING 555

4.Voice and Articulation (2) I, II(Identical with Spch. 5) 5.News Writing (3) I, II(Identical with Journ. 5) 6.Principles of Performance Techniques (2) I, II(Identical with Drama 5) 8.Law and Ethics of Journalism (3) I(Identical with Journ. 8) 10.Public Speaking (3) I, II(Identical with Spch. 10) 36.Oral Interpretation of Literature (3) I, Il(Identical with Spch. 36) 51.Reporting (3) I, II(Identical with Journ. 51) 52.Broadcast News Writing (3) II(Identical with Journ. 52) 54.Fundamentals of Broadcast Production (3)II Introduction tothe elements of broadcast production, including station personnel, professional practices, production elements and related items. 2R, 3L. P, 1. Fee, $10. Wolfe 106a -106b. Broadcast News (3 -3) Yr.Exploration of the basic concepts of radio and television news production; techniques, journalistic concepts and effects on society, and the relationship with other news media. 2R, 3L. P, 1, 5. Fee, $3 each semester. Beach 11la -111b. Drama Production (3 -3) Yr.(Identical with Drama 111a -111b) 126.Broadcast Writing (3) IITheory behind television and radio writing, including all types of copy formats; emphasis on students' writing activities. P, 54. Duckler 140.News and Mass Media (3) II(Identical with Journ. 140) Carson 161.Marketing Principles (3) I, II(Identical with Mktg. 161) 165.Creative Advertising (3) I(Identical with Mktg. 165) 166.Public Relations (3) II(Identical with Mktg. 166) 190.Screen Acting Techniques (2) I, II(Identical with Drama 190) 198.Special Topics Seminar (3) IIIntensive analytical approach to the theory and practice of broadcast programming and management. Sr. standing, a. Advanced Broadcasting; P, 126. b. To be announced 209.Broadcast Communications Research (3) ISurvey research, commercial rating services, other research techniques; problems of minority audiences; applications in anthropology, marketing, and broadcasting; major emphasis on the radio -TV audience. Eiselein 210.Mass Media and Ethnic Minorities (3) IIRole of mass media in ethnic minority groups; interrelationships between mass media, ethnic minorities, and the larger society. Eiselein 224.Intermediate Broadcast Production (3)I Production of various types of radio and television programs, including techniques and theory of studio operation, use of equipment and personnel relationships with emphasis on the role of the producer. 2R, 3L. P, 54, 126, and Jr. standing in Radio -Television. Fee, $10. Fowler 253.Management of Mass Communications (3) I, II(Identical with Mkgt. 253) 254.Advanced Broadcast Production (3)IIProduction of various types of broadcast programs, including continued exposure to studio operations, lighting, staging and use of color as well as black and white equipment, with emphasis on the role of the broadcast director. 2R, 3L. P, 224. Fee, $10. Fowler 299.Individual Studies (1 -5)

READING Professor Kenneth J. Smith, Head Associate Professors Elizabeth M. Antley, Amelia Melnik Assistant Professor William J. Valmont Instructor Warren S. Hays The Department of Reading offers a major in reading for the M.Ed., M.A., Ed.S., Ed.D., and Ph.D. degrees. Programs for the master's degree in reading must 556 DEPARTMENTS AND COURSES OF INSTRUCTION include the following courses: Reading 205, 235 or 312, 314, 322, 323, 325, and Educational Administration 303. The Department of Reading provides pre- service training in reading for prospective teachers. Curricula are available to prepare special reading teachers, reading clinicians, reading consultants, reading supervisors, college teachers, and research workers.

125a -125b.Teaching Reading and the Language Arts in Elementary School (3 -2)I, II (Identical with Elementary Education 125 a -125b) 205.Fundamentals of Reading Instruction (3) I, IIA basic course in reading, including the nature of the reading process; sequential development of reading from kindergarten to college; the whole -school reading program; methods of teaching reading in every subject, in special groups, and individual cases. Antley- Melnik 207.Teaching Word Recognition Skills (3) I,II Phonetic, linguistic, psychological, and physiological applications to the teaching of word recognition. P, Elem. Ed. 125a or Reading 235 or CR. Smith 213.The Reading Process (3)II An investigation of the psychological, physiological, sociological, and linguistic aspects of reading. Melnik 235.Secondary School Reading(3)I,II Organization of secondary school reading programs, responsibilities for reading instruction in support of content areas, and the identification of unique reading skills and appropriate methodology. Antley 271.Remedial Reading in the Classroom (3) I, IIProcedures for diagnosing and developing reading skills for pupils of below- average achievement level. Not for reading majors. Hays 312.DifferentialApproachesinElementaryReadingInstruction(3)I,IIVarious approaches to reading instruction: their theoretical bases, strengths and limitations. Evaluation of materials and organization of reading programs. Hays 314.Diagnosis and Correction of Reading Disabilities (3) I, IITheory, demonstration, and practice in group and individual procedures of administration, interpretation, and use of techniques of diagnosis of reading development and difficulties, P, 205 or 235. Smith - Valmont 322.PracticuminReading:Diagnosis(3)I,II Diagnosis of reading disability and prescription of educational remediation under clinical supervision. P, 314. Valmont - Smith 323.Practicum in Reading: Remediation (3) I, IISupervised practice in teaching students with reading problems. P, 322. Valmont -Smith 325.Investigations in Reading (3) I, IICritical analysis of research in reading, synthesis and implications for teaching. P, 314. Melnik 328.Field Experience in Reading (3) I, IISupervised experience in assessment and teaching of readingskillsintheschools. Use of developmental, corrective, and remedial techniques, practices. P, 314, 322, 323 or CR. 329.Program Development and Supervision in Reading (3) IIOrganizational patterns of reading curricula; approaches to the improvement of reading instruction. Designed for the reading supervisor and the school administrator. Antley 397.Workshop (1 to 3) I, II 399.Seminar (1 to 3) I, IIRecent developments and current issues. Topics will be selected on the basis of need and demand. a.Problems in Reading d. Adult Reading b. Research and Evaluation e.College Reading c.Reading and Ethnic Differences Individual Studies 199 (1 to 3); 299 (1 to 4); 400 (2 to 4); 401 (0); 405 (1 to 6); 406 (0); 410 (4) maximum total, 4 units; 411 (0); 420 (1 to 9); 421 (0). REHABILITATION 557

REHABILITATION (College of Education) Professor David Wayne Smith, Director Associate Professors Bob G. Johnson, Donald R. Ross Assistant Professors Owen Lugar, Thomas L. Fisher, Norman L. Tully, Paul Leung Lecturers Gary Hulshoff, Geno Vescovi, Guy D. Spiesman Work in rehabilitation is offered at the undergraduate and graduate level. The Masters and Doctoral programs with a major in rehabilitation permit specialization in program areas including rehabilitation administration, rehabilitation counseling, and vocational evaluation. Students may also train to work with special disability groups such as the deaf,blind,psychiatricallyimpaired,orthopedicallyhandicapped,mentally retarded, and culturally disadvantaged. Several types of financial assistance are available including stipends (tax free with tuition) and assistantships. A limited number of Vocational Rehabilitation Administration traineeshipsareavailablefor qualifiedmaster's and doctoral students. Bachelor of Science in Education with a Major in Rehabilitation This 35 -unit major in Rehabilitation will prepare undergraduate students for entry into the field of rehabilitation in Arizona's two rehabilitation agencies, as well as agencies in California and other western states. In addition to the major, the students will take courses in other University departments, including sociology, psychology, anthropology, special. education, government, and public administration. The students will also complete a minor in a related field such as psychology, sociology, or anthropology. The graduate of this degree program will be a skilled interviewer, a competent report writer, an able assessor of eligibility requirements, and, most important, he will be professionally aware of the tasks and duties which surpass the limitations of his training. He will be conversant with the philosophy underlying rehabilitation services, the laws that make these services possible, and the agency structures within which the services are rendered.

184.Ethics and Client Relationships in Rehabilitation (3) IEthics in the development of client relationships in providing rehabilitation services. 185.Dependency Populations in Rehabilitation (3) IIA critical study of rehabilitation processes and services for dependent individuals and groups. 280.Observation and Participation in Rehabilitation (1 to 4) I, IISupervised periods of observation and participation in the Rehabilitation Center and in other rehabilitation agencies. 281.Principles of Rehabilitation (3)I Principles underlying rehabilitation programs and interdisciplinary relationships of agencies engaged in rehabilitation services. Heaberlin 282.Community and State Resources for Vocational Rehabilitation (3) IIClass and field experiences designed to acquaint the student with agencies offering rehabilitation services. Spiesman 283.Case Practices & Procedures in Rehabilitation and Related Agency Services (3) I Intensive study of case procedures and techniques and their application to the functions of rehabilitation and related agencies. Johnson 284.Facilitation Training and Case Practices in Rehabilitation (3) I, IIFacilitation training of rehabilitation professionals in their implementation of case practices with varied ethnic, age, disability, and dependency populations. 3R, 1L. For graduate students in Education. Fisher 558 DEPARTMENTS AND COURSES OF INSTRUCTION

286.Manual Communication Techniques (1 to 3) I, IIPrinciples, methods, and techniques of comnìunicating manually, with the adult deaf. Emphasis on developing manual communication skills for use by counselors in a rehabilitation setting. Tully 287.Vocational Diagnosis (3) ICritical review of clinical methods, individual appraisal and vocational diagnosis; opportunities for case review and analysis. 288.Plan Development in Rehabilitation (3) IProblems of physical, mental, and emotional handicapsasrelatedtorehabilitation services plan development and vocational placement. P, 281, 287. May be repeated for credit. 381.Medical Aspects of Disability (3) IIEtiology, therapy, and prognosis of the major disabilities;assessment of physicalcapacities and limitations; typical restorative techniques. 382.Psychological Aspects of Disability (3)I The psychodynamics of adjustments to disability; analysis of somatopsychology and psychosomatics. 383.Principles and Practices of Vocational Evaluation (2) IUnderstanding work skills and labor market conditions; process of vocational evaluation of rehabilitation clientele; collecting and synthesizing all evaluation data and writing meaningful reports. Ross 384.Role and Function of Workshop Facilities (2) IIDefining the role of the evaluation facility in rehabilitation; evaluation and production methods; wage and hour regulations; work adjustment methodology. Ross 385a -385b.Construction and Analysis of Job Samples (2 -2) Yr.Job analysis techniques; development of job samples; standardization and validation techniques for job samples. Ross 387.Investigations in Rehabilitation (3) IIIdentification and analysis of current problems in rehabilitation. Smith -Staff 388.Supervised Practice in Rehabilitation (3to 12)I,II Supervised experience in a rehabilitation agency and in the University Rehabilitation Center. Smith -Staff 389.Rehabilitation of the Adult Deaf (2) IIProcedures and principles involved in the rehabilitation of the adult deaf. Tully 397.Workshop (1 to 3) I, II 399.Seminar (1 to 3) I, IIRecent developments and current issues. Topics will be selected on basis of need and demand. a.Rehabilitation Counseling c.Vocational Evaluation b. Rehabilitation Administration d. Rehabilitation of the Deaf Individual Studies 299 (1 to 4); 400 (2 to 4); 401 (0); 405 (1 to 12); 406 (0); 410 (4) maximum total, 4 units; 411 (0); 420 (1 to 9); 421 (0).

RANGE MANAGEMENT (See Watershed Management)

RELIGIOUS STUDIES Committee in Charge Ralph C. Kauffman, Chairman (Psychology); Robert B. Bretall (Philosophy), Rabbi Albert Bilgray (Classics), Robert W. Kreyche (Philosophy), Earl Pritchard (Oriental Studies) The supporting minor in Religious Studies includes Rel. Std. 20 and 21, and 14 additional units in such other Religious Studies courses as may be selected with the approval of the student's major professor. ROMANCE LANGUAGES 559

20. Eastern Religions (3) I(Identical with Oriental Studies 20) Meyers 21. Western Religions (3) IIReligions of the Western world: Judiasm, Christianity, Islam. 120a -120b. Literature of the Bible (3 -3) Yr.(Identical with English 120a -120b) Thrift -Clark 109. Chinese Thought(Identical with Oriental Studies 109) Pritchard 129. Japanese Religion and Thought(Identical with Oriental Studies 129) Putzar 139. Hindu Thought(Identical with Oriental Studies 139) Meyers 169. Islamic Thought(Identical with Oriental Studies 269) Wilson 233. Philosophy of Religion(Identical with Philosophy 233) 242. Intellectual History of Medieval Europe (3) II(Identical with History 242) Breslow 243a -243b. The Renaissance and The Reformation (Identical with History 243a -243b) 248. Current Religious Thought(Identical with Philosophy 248) 262. Sociology of Religion (3) I(Identical with Sociology 262) 264. Medieval Philosophy(Identical with Philosophy 264) 268. History of Byzantine Empire (3) II 1972 -73 (Identical with History 268) Kellogg 270. Islamic Mysticism (3) II 1972 -73(Identical with Oriental Studies 270.) Saeed 275. Primitive Religion(Identical with Anthropology 275) Individual Studies 199 (2 to 4); 299 (1 to 5)

ROMANCE LANGUAGES Professors Renato I. Rosaldo, Head, Rupert C. Allen, Robert R. Anderson, Jose A. Balseiro (Visiting), John Brooks (Emeritus), Timothy Brown, Jr., Guido Capponi, Frank M. Chambers, Jack Emory Davis, Loyal A. T. Gryting, D. Lee Hamilton, Herman Iventosch,RuthL.Kennedy (Emeritus),Edouard Morot -Sir, Helen S. Nicholson (Emeritus), Agapito Rey, Alphonse Roche, Charles I. Rosenberg, Joseph Rossi, Jacques L. Salvan (Visiting), Robert ter Horst Associate Professors Leo L. Barrow, A. Dolores Brown, Gilbert E. Evans, Richard P. Kinkade, Dana A. Nelson, Charles F. Olstad Assistant Professors Edward G. Brown, Karl C. Gregg, Ingeborg M. Kohn, Harold D. Manning, Henri Servin, H. Reynolds Stone, Eliana S. Rivero Instructors Patricia C. Abbott, Annamaria Kelly, Anne McConnell Lecturers Gerard Agnieray, Robert R. Bacalski, John Gesell, Jean Goetinck, Adalberto Guerrero, M. Nivea Pereira Parsons

The University annually conducts the Guadalajara Summer School in Mexico. Regular students of The University of Arizona in good standing are eligible for the Guadalajara session. Guadalajara course work is considered as residence credit. For information concerning this program, interested students should consult the Head of the Department of Romance Languages, or write to the Admissions Office of The University of Arizona. Honors: The department participates in the Honors Program. Graduate Program: The department offers the Master of Arts and the Doctor of Philosophy degrees in French and in Spanish and participates in the Master of Arts degree in Latin -American Studies. Doctoral minors are available in Italian and in Portuguese. 560 DEPARTMENTS AND COURSES OF INSTRUCTION

FRENCH The major: 24 units in addition to la -lb, including 175a -175b, 201a -201b, and 5 more units of literature courses in the 200 series; not less than 16 units must be upper -division course work. The supporting minor should be chosen from art, art history, English, foreign languages, history, music history and theory, and philosophy. The teaching major:24 units in addition to la -lb, including 175a -175b; 201a-201b; and 5 more units of literature in the 200 series; not less than 16 units must be upper- division course work. The teaching minor:18 units in addition to la-lb, including 75a -75b. Students offering two years of French as entrance credit must include 201a-201b. Sec. Ed. 197j, The Teaching of French is recommended.

General Course No knowledge of the French language is required for the following course:

200a -200b.French Literature in Translation (3 -3) Yr.Representative masterpieces of French literature.200a is not prerequisite to 200b. Does not count toward fulfillment of the language requirement or the major or minor in French. McConnell

Language Courses la -lb. Elementary French (4-4) Yr.la and lb are offered each semester. Fee, $2 each semester. (The first year of work offered in a foreign language shall not be counted toward a minor.) E. Brown -Staff lbR.Intensive Review and Elementary French (4) I, IIReview at the French lb level for students handicapped by time -lapse between high school French and enrollment in college French. Admission is by assignment based upon placement test results. Prepares for French 2a in the following semester. P, no more than 2 years of high school French. Fee, $2. E. Brown -Staff lg -2g. Training in Reading French for Graduates (3 hrs. a week - no credit) Yr.A summary of basic grammar essential to a reading knowledge of the language, accompanied by readings of increasing difficulty both in the general literature and the chosen field of specialization. E. Brown -Staff 2a -2b. Intermediate French (4 -4) Yr.P, lb or 2 years of high school French. 2a and 2b are offered each semester. Fee, $2 each semester. E. Brown -Staff 2aR.Intensive Review and Intermediate French (4) I, IIReview at the French 2a level for students handicapped by time -lapse between second -year high school French and the first year of college. Admission to this course is by assignment based on placement test results. Prepares for French 2b in the following semester. Fee,. $2. E. Brown -Staff 75a -75b. -Composition and Conversation (3 -3) Yr.For students who wish to write and speak fluently in everyday idiom. Material based on practical, current topics. Conducted in French. P, 2b. Fee, $2 each semester. Both 75a and 75b are offered each semester. Gesell -Staff 102a -102b.Intensive French (4-4) Yr.P, knowledge of another Romance language at the 75b level. Fee, $2 each semester. Agnieray

170.Phonetics (2) I The sound system of French oriented for the English- speaking American student. Intensive practical exercises. P, 2b. Rosenberg - Gesell 175a -175b.Advanced Composition and Conversation (3 -3) Yr.P, 75b. Agnieray

222.Introduction to Romance Philology (2) I 1972 -73(Identical with Spanish 222) Kinkade -Stone ROMANCE LANGUAGES 561

270.Advanced Grammar and Usage (3) IIStructural analysis of spoken and written French; emphasis upon structural patterns with attention to contrasts with English. Graduate students will do additional work in composition and stylistics. P, 2b. Rosenberg 271a -271b.Advanced Oral Interpretation of French Literature (1 -1) Yr.Interpretation of French texts, poetry and drama. P, 170 or equivalent. 27la is not prerequisite to 27 lb. Rosenberg- Gesell 276a -276b.Stylistics (3 -3) Yr. 1971 -72Principles of stylistics, with exercises in literary translation and original writing. P, 175b. Roche -Servin 379.Problems of Teaching College French (1 to 3)I Required of graduate assistants. Emphasis on the problems encountered in teaching lower- division college courses. E. Brown

Literature Courses

50a -50b. Types of French Literature (3 -3) Yr.An introduction to French literature through the detailed study of varied literary texts. P, 2b. 50a is not prerequisite to 50b. Gesell 201a -201b. Survey of French Literature (3 -3) Yr.201a: From the Middle Ages through the 17th Century. 201b: From the 18th Century to the present day. P, 2b. 201a is not prerequisite to 201b. Servin- Manning 202a -202b. French Civilization (2 -2) Yr. 1972 -73Historical, social, economic, literary, and artistic elements in the development of the French nation. P, 2b. 202a is not prerequisite to 202b. Roche -Gesell 220a -220b.Literature of the 16th Century (3 -3) 1971 -72Early Renaissance, Reformation, Rabelais, the Pléiade. .220b: The Humanists, Montaigne, D'Aubigné, the drama. P, 2b. 220 is not prerequisite to 220b. Chambers -Gryting 230a -230b. Literature of the 17th Century (3 -3) Yr.230a: From baroque to classicism. 230b: The classical period. P, 2b. 230a is not prerequisite to 230b. Roche Manning 240a -240b.Literature of the 18th Century (3 -3) Yr. 1971 -72240a: Voltaire and his times. 240b: Diderot, the encyclopédistes, Rousseau. P, 2b. 240a is not prerequisite to 240b. Goetinck- Chambers 250a -250b.Literature of the 19th Century (3 -3) Yr.250a: Poetry and theatre. 250b: The novel and the development of ideas.P,2b. 250aisnot prerequisite to 250b. Manning -Servin 260a -260b.Literature of the 20th Century (3 -3) Yr.260a: Surrealism. From Proust to the littérature engagée. 260b: From the existentialist period to structuralism. P, 2b. 260a is not prerequisite to 260b. Morat- Sir - Rosenberg 265.French Literature of Black Africa and The West Indies (3) I 1972 -73P, 2b. Goetinck 301.Materials and Methods of Research (2) I 1971 -72Roche 302.Approaches to French Literature (2) II 1971 -72Methods of criticism and techniques of literary analysis. Rosenberg 305a -305b.The Evolution of French Culture (2 -2) Yr. 1971 -72305a: European philos- ophies in relation to the history of French literature. 305b: Philosophies of art and language. French political thought. Morot -Sir 310a -310b.Old French Language . and Literature (3 -3) Yr. 1972 -73310a: Old French language. 310b: Medieval French literature. Gryting 323.French Poetry from Villon to Malherbe (2) I 1972 -73Medieval, Renaissance, Baroque, and early Classical poetry: the evolution of poetic form and content. Chambers 333.Molière and Comedy of the 17th Century (2) I 1971 -72Roche 334.Tragic Theatre in the 17th Century (2) II 1971 -72Roche -Staff 562 DEPARTMENTS AND COURSES OF INSTRUCTION

339.The Generation of Crisis: 1680 -1715 (2) I 1972 -73Seventeenth -century origins of the literature of the Enlightenment. Development of thought, attitudes, and literary genres in the period of transition. Chambers - Goetinck 342.Rousseau (2) II 1972 -73Rousseau's political thought. His ideas concerning education. The Confessions. The beginning of Romanticism. Goetinck- Chambers 351.Realism and Naturalism in the Novel (2) I 1971 -72Servin 363.Philosophical Essay and Criticism After 1945 (2) I 1972 -73Sartre, Camus, Baraille, Blanchaut, Barthes. Morot- Sir - Rosenberg 364.The New Theatre (2) II 1972 -73Ionesco, Beckett, Adamov, Arrabal, etc. Morot -Sir- Rosenberg 399.Seminar (3) I, IIThe topics will be chosen from the following: a.Romance Philology e.17th Century b. Old French Language f.18th Century c.Old French Literature g.19th Century d.16th Century h. 20th Century Individual Studies 99 (1 to 4); 199 (2 to 4); 299 (1 to 4); 400 (2 to 4); 401 (0); 410 (2 to 6) maximum total, 6 units; 411 (0); 420 (1 to 9); 421 (0)

ITALIAN The major: 24 units in addition to la-lb, including 201a-201b, 275a and 5 more units of literature courses in the 200 series; not less than 16 units must be in upper- division course work. The supporting minor should be chosen from art, art history, English, foreign languages, history, music history and theory, philosophy or speech. The teaching minor:18 units in addition to la-lb, including 201a-201b and 275a. Sec. Ed. 197j, The Teaching of French, or Sec. Ed. 197k, The Teaching of Spanish is recommended.

General Course No knowledge of the Italian language is required for the following course:

282a -282b.Literature of the Renaissance in Translation (2 -2) Yr.Representative literary masterpieces of the Italian Renaissance. 282a is not prerequisite to 282b. Does not count toward fulfillment of the language requirement or the major or minor in Italian. Rossi

Language Courses la -lb. Elementary Italian (4 -4) Yr.Fee, $2 each semester. Both la and lb are offered each semester. (The first year of work in a foreign language shall not be counted toward a minor.) Capponi- Kelly -Staff lg -2g. Training in Reading Italian for Graduates (3 hrs. per week; no credit) Yr.A summary of basic grammar essential to a reading knowledge of the language, accompanied by readings of increasing difficulty both in the general literature and the chosen field of specialization. Capponi -Staff 2a -2b. Intermediate Italian (4-4) Yr.P, lb or 2 years of high school Italian. Fee, $2 each semester. Both 2a and 2b are offered each semester. Capponi-Kelly -Staff 222.Introduction to Romance Philology (2)I1972 -73 (Identical with Spanish 222) Kinkade -Stone 275a -275b.Advanced Composition and Conversation (3 -3) Yr.P, 2b. Capponi -Kelly ROMANCE LANGUAGES 563

Literature Courses

201a -201b.Survey of Italian Literature (3 -3)Yr. P, 2b. 201a is not prerequisite to 201b. Capponi -Rossi 206a -206b.The Modern Italian Novel (3 -3) Yr.1971 -72P, 2b. Capponi -Rossi 230a -230b.Literature of the Renaissance (3 -3)Yr. 1972 -73P, 2b. Capponi -Rossi 235a -235b.La Divina Commedia (3 -3) Yr.P, 2b. 235a is not prerequisite to 235b. Capponi -Rossi 399.Seminar (3) I, II a.Italian Literature of the 14th d. Italian Literature and 15th Centuries of the 19th Century b. Italian Renaissance e.Italian Literature c.Italian Literature of the 17th of the 20th Century and 18th Centuries f.The Italian Comedy Individual Studies 99 (1 to 4); 199 (2 to 4); 299 (1 to 4)

PORTUGUESE The major: 24 units, including 275a -275b, and 6 more units of literature courses in the 200 series; not less than 16 units must be upper- division course work. The supporting minor should be chosen from art, art history, English, foreign languages, history, music history and theory, philosophy or speech. The teaching minor: 18 units including 102a -102b and 275a -275b. Sec. Ed. 197j, The Teaching of French, or Sec. Ed. 197k, The Teaching of Spanish is recommended.

General Course No knowledge of the Portuguese language is required for the following course:

183.Literature of Brazil in Translation (3) II 1972 -73Does not count toward fulfillment of the language requirement or the major or minor in Portuguese. (Identical with L.A.S. 183) Barrow

Language Courses

102a -102b. Beginning Portuguese (4-4) Yr.P, either Span. lb, French lb, or Italian lb. Fee, $2 each semester. Both 102a and 102b are offered each semester. Barrow- Brown -Parsons 222.Introduction to Romance Philology (2) I1972 -73(Identical with Spanish 222) Kinkade -Stone 275a-275b.Advanced Composition and Conversation (3 -3) Yr.Two hours conversation, one hour composition. P, Port. 102b. Barrow -Staff

Literature Courses.

202a -202b. Brazilian Civilization (3 -3) Yr.P, 102b. 202a is not prerequisite to 202b. Barrow -Staff 206.Modern Portuguese Novel (2) I 1971 -72P, Port. 102b. Brown 207.Modern Brazilian Novel (2) II 1971 -72P, Port. 102b. Barrow 564 DEPARTMENTS AND COURSES OF INSTRUCTION

261a -261b.Portuguese and Brazilian Short Story (2 -2) Yr. 1971 -72261a: Brazilian short story. 261b: Portuguese short story. P, 102b. 261a is not prerequisite to 261b. Barrow - Brown -Hamilton 285a -285b.Portuguese and Brazilian Literature (3 -3) Yr. 1972 -73285a: Brazilian literature. 285b: Portuguese literature. Barrow - Brown - Hamilton 342.Creative Writing in Spanish and Portuguese (3) I(Identical with Spanish 342) Barrow 399.Seminar (3) I, II Topics will be chosen from the following: a.Portuguese Literature: Middle Ages e.Portuguese Literature: 19th Century b. Portuguese Literature: 16th Century f.Portuguese Literature: 20th Century c.Portuguese Literature: 17th Century g.Brazilian Literature: 16th -18th Centuries d. Portuguese Literature: 18th Century h. Brazilian Literature: 19th Century i.Brazilian Literature: 20th Century Individual Studies 99 (1 to 4); 199 (2 to 4); 299 (1 to 4)

ROMANCE LANGUAGES The major in Romance Languages: 40 units in addition to la-1 b in two of the following languages: French, Italian, Portuguese or Spanish, including French 201a-201b, 202a -202b; or Italian 201a-201b; or 6 units of literature in Portuguese; or Spanish 104a -104b and 6 units of literature courses in Spanish. The supporting minor should be chosen from art, art history, English, foreign languages, history, music history and theory, philosophy or speech.

SPANISH The major: 24 units in addition to 1a -lb, including 104a -104b, 175a and 5 units of literature courses in the 200 series. Not less than 16 units must be in upper- division course work. The supporting minor should be chosen from art, art history, English, foreign languages, history, music history and theory, philosophy, or speech. The teaching major: 24 units in addition to la -lb, including 104a -104b, 270 and five units of literature courses in the 200 series. Not less than 16 units must be in upper- division work. The teaching minor:18 units in addition to la -lb, including 75a -75b and 1 11. Sec. Ed. 197k, The Teaching of Spanish is recommended.

General Courses No knowledge of the Spanish language is required for the following courses:

180a -180b.An Introduction to Mexican Culture (2 -2) Yr.Significant cultural, literary, and artistic elements in the development of Mexico. Conducted in English. 180a is not prerequisite to 180b. Does not count toward fulfillment of language requirement or the major or minor in Spanish. Anderson -Evans - Rosaldo 182.Spanish - American Literary Masterpieces in Translation (3) IRepresentative master- pieces of Spanish- American literature. Does not count toward fulfillment of the language requirement or the major or minor in Spanish. (Identical with L.A.S. 182) Anderson - Evans- Rosaldo -Staff 183.Mexican - American Literature (3) I, II(Identical with English 183) ROMANCE LANGUAGES 565

184.Modern Mexican Literature in Translation (3) I, IIRepresentative works of Mexican literature, with emphasis on the most recent period (since 1945). Does not count toward fulfillment of language requirement or the major or minor in Spanish. Rosaldo 185.Spanish Literature in Translation (3) IIRepresentative works of Spanish literature from the earliest times to the present. Does not count toward fulfillment of the language requirement or the major or minor in Spanish.

Language Courses la -lb. Elementary Spanish (4-4) Yr.la and lb are offered each semester. Fee, $2 each semester. (The first year of work offered in a foreign language shall not be counted toward a minor.) Bacalski -Staff lbX.Intensive Review of Elementary Spanish (0) I, IIReview at the Spanish la -lb level for students handicapped by a time lapse of at least one year between second -year high school Spanish and the first year of College Spanish. Admission by placement test. Prepares for Spanish 2a in the following semester. P, 2 years or less high school Spanish. Fee, $2. Bacalski -Staff lg -2g. Training in Reading Spanish for Graduates (3 hrs. a week - no credit) Yr.A summary of basic grammar essential to a reading knowledge of the language, accompanied by readings of increasing difficulty both in the general literature and the chosen field of specialization. 2a -2b. Intermediate Spanish (4-4) Yr.2a and 2b are offered each semester. P, lb or 2 years of high school Spanish. Fee, $2 each semester. Nelson- Kinkade -Staff 75a -75b. Intermediate Composition and Conversation (3 -3) Yr.Two hours conversation, 1 hour composition. P, 2b or 4 years of high school Spanish. Fee, $2 each semester. Both 75a and 75b are offered each semester. Gregg -Staff 101a -101b.Intensive Spanish for Native Speakers of Spanish (4 -4) Yr.Grammar designed to meet the particular needs of native speakers of Spanish; reading and writing in increasing difficulty to prepare for advanced composition and introductory courses in Spanish literature. Bacalski 111.Intermediate Grammar (3) I, IIP, Spanish 2b or 4 years of high school Spanish. 170.Phonetics (3) I, IIFee, $2. D. Brown -Kinkade 171a -171b.Commercial and Technical Spanish (2 -2) Yr.P, 2b or 4 years of high school Spanish. Davis - Nelson 175a -175b.Advanced Composition and Conversation (3 -3) Yr.Two hours conversation, 1 hour composition. P, 75 a-75b. Allen-Staff 222.Introduction to Romance Philology (2) 1 1972 -73Survey of the development of the modern Romance tongues from the Latin language. P, knowledge of two Romance languages. Required for Romance Language majors. (Identical with French 222, Ital. 222, and Port. 222) Kinkade -Stone 223.Introduction to the Descriptive Analysis of Spanish (2) ON DEMAND An introduction to the structural approach. P, 175a. Recommended for teaching majors and minors. Stone 270.Advanced Grammar (3) I, IID. Brown- Davis- Kinkade 271a -271b.Advanced Oral Interpretation of Literature in Spanish (1 -1) Yr. Interpretation of prose, verse, and drama in Spanish. P, 170 or equivalent. 271a is not prerequisite to 271b. Rivero 276a -276b.Stylistics (3 -3) Yr.Composition, emphasizing expository writing. P, 175b. Allen D. Brown 320a -320b.History of the Spanish Language (3 -3) Yr. 1972 -73D. Brown -Rey 322a -322b.Spanish in the Americas (3 -3) Yr. 1971 -72Davis 566 DEPARTMENTS AND COURSES OF INSTRUCTION

379.Problems of Teaching College Spanish (1 to 3) I, IIRequired of graduate assistants. Emphasis on the problems encountered in teaching lower- division college courses. Bacalski Literature Courses Note: Spanish 104a -104b is prerequisite to all upper- division courses listed below. 104a -104b.Introduction to Spanish Literature (3 -3) Yr.P, 2b or 4 years of high school Spanish. Both 104a and 104b are offered each semester. Olstad -Staff 201a -201b.Spanish- American Literature(3 -3)Yr.201a isnot prerequisiteto201b. Anderson -Balseiro -R ivero 202a -202b.Spanish -American Civilization. (3 -3) Yr. 202a is not prerequisite to 202b. Davis 203a -203b.Mexican Literature (3 -3) Yr.203a: Literature through the period of Indepen- dence. 203b: Literature from Independence to present day. 203a is not prerequisite to 203b. Anderson -Evans -Rosaldo 205.Literary Criticism (2) I, IIAllen- Barrow 206a -206b.Modern Spanish- American Prose (2 -2) Yr. 1971 -72206a: The novel. 206b: The short story (cuento) and essay. Anderson -Evans -Rosaldo 210a -210b.Medieval Spanish Literature (3 -3) Yr. 1971 -72210a is not prerequisite to 210b. D. Brown -Kinkade- Nelson 211a -211b.Spanish Civilization (3 -3) Yr. 1972 -73The peninsular Spanish milieu; geograph- ical,political, and cultural aspects of peninsular Spanish civilization. 211a is not prerequisite to 211b. Rey -Stone 212a -212b.Spanish Poetry (2 -2) Yr. 1971 -72212a: Poetry through the 17th Century. 212b: Poetry from the 18th Century to the present. 212a is not prerequisite to 212b. Allen -Rey 213a -213b.Spanish- American Poetry (2 -2) Yr. 1972 -73213a: Poetry through the Inde- pendence movement. 213b: Poetry from Independence to the present. 213a is not prerequisite to 213b. Anderson - Rosaldo 220a -220b.Spanish Literature of the16th Century (3 -3)Yr.1971 -72220aisnot prerequisite to 220b. Iventosch -Stone 230a -230b.Spanish Literature of the 17th Century (3 -3) Yr.230a is not prerequisite to 230b. Gregg- Iventosch- Stone -ter Horst 235a -235b.Cervantes and His Works (3 -3) Yr.235a: The works of Cervantes except Don Quixote. 235b. Don Quixote. 235a is not prerequisite to 235b. 240.Spanish Literature of the 18th Century (3) IAllen - Nelson -Rey 250a -250b.Spanish Literature of the 19th Century (3 -3)Yr. 1971 -72250aisnot prerequisite to 250b. Allen -Balseiro- Barrow 260a -260b.Spanish Literature of the 20th Century (3 -3) Yr.260a is not prerequisite to 260b. Allen - Balseiro - Olstad 298.Seminar on Latin America (3) IIP, 3 years of college Spanish or graduate standing. Required of allundergraduate majorsinLatin -American studies.(Identical with Latin -American Studies 298) Hamilton- Evans -Rosaldo 301a -301b.Bibliography and Paleography (2 -2) Yr.301a: Bibliographical methods and principal bibliographies. 301b: Reading of Spanish manuscripts of different types. 301a is required of all doctoral candidates. Nelson -Rosaldo 334.The Picaresque Novel (2) I 1971 -72Iventosch -Rey 342.Creative Writing in Spanish and Portuguese (3) IStudy and practice in the mastery of the basic aspects of the creative modus operandi. Intensive study and creative imitation of Hispanic and Luso- Brazilian masterpieces will be encouraged. P, one or more semesters of graduate study in Spanish or Portuguese. Barrow RUSSIAN 567

350.Spanish Novel of the 19th Century (2) I 1972 -73Allen -Balseiro- Barrow 360.The Generation of'98 (3) II 1971 -72Allen- Barrow -Olstad 371a -371b.Modernism (2 -2) Yr. 1971 -72Anderson- Davis -Rosaldo 373.The Theater in Spanish America (2) II 1972 -73Anderson - Davis -Rosaldo 374.The Novel of the Mexican Revolution (2) I 1971 -72Anderson -Davis -Rosaldo 399.Seminar (3) I, II a.Philology and Linguistics gSpanish Literature of the 19th Century b. Old Spanish h.Spanish Literature of the 20th Century c.Medieval Literature i.Colonial Literature of Spanish America

d. Spanish Literature of the 16th Century j- Modern Literature of Spanish America e.Spanish Literature of the 17th Centuryk.Latin -American Studies (Identical with f.Spanish Literature of the 18th Century L.A.S. 399) 405.Internship in Teaching Literature (1 -3) I, IIObservation and supervised teaching under the guidance of one or several faculty members in Spanish 104a -b. Required of all doctoral candidates. Olstad Individual Studies (99 (1 to 4); 199 (2 to 4); 299* (1 to 4); 400* (2 to 4); 401 (0); 410 (2 to 6) maximum total, 8 units; 411 (0); 420 (1 to 9); 421 (0)

*May also be taken as Latin-American Studies 299 and 400.

RUSSIAN Professor Joe Malik, Jr., Head Instructor Delbert D. Phillips Lecturers Boriss Roberts, Nicholas Vontsolos The major: 24 units in addition to la -lb, including 175a -175b, 207a -207b, 208a -208b or 275a -275b; not less than 16 units must be upper- division course work. Prerequisites to the major: Russian literature in translation (100a -100b) and 3 units in the history of Russia (261a, 261b, or 262) or 3 units in government and politics of the Soviet Union (244). The supporting minor should be chosen from: art history, English, a second foreign language, music, or a social science. With the permission of the major professor, other subjects may be chosen. The teaching minor consists of 18 units in addition to 1 a -1 b. Students must include 2a, 2b, or 2c, 175a -175b and 4 to 6 additional units selected with the consent of the major professor. The elementary course in a foreign language may not be used in a minor for the bachelor's degree.

General Course No knowledge of the Russian language is required.

100a -100b. Russian Literature in Translation (3 -3) Yr.Readings and discussion of repre- sentative Russian literary works from the earliest times to the Soviet period. Course does not count toward fulfillment of language requirement, or the major or minor in Russian. Malik 568 DEPARTMENTS AND COURSES OF INSTRUCTION

Language Courses la -lb. Elementary Russian (4 -4) Yr.Both la and lb are offered each semester. Fee, $2 each semester. (The elementary course may not be used in a minor for the bachelor's degree.) lg -2g. Training in Reading Russian for Graduates (4 hrs a week - no credit) Yr.A summary of basic grammar essential to a reading knowledge of Russian, accompanied by reading of increasingdifficultyboth inthe general literature and the chosen fieldof specialization. 2a -2b. Intermediate Russian (4-4) Yr.P, lb. Fee, $2 each semester. 2c. Scientific Russian (4) IIAlternate course for 2b, for students interested in reading and and translating scientific Russian. P, 2a. 7a -7b. Russian Conversation (2 -2) Yr.Recommended. course for all minors and majors in Russian. P, lb. Phillips 175a -175b.Advanced Composition and Grammar (3 -3) Yr.P. 2b or 2c. Roberts 207a -207b.Advanced Russian Conversation (2 -2) Yr.P, 175b. Roberts 275a -275b.Russian Stylistics (2 -2) Yr.Designed to improve the student's practical mastery and understanding of Russian at a higher and more sophisticated level. Required of all majors. P, 175b. Roberts 279.Problems of Teaching Russian (2) ISurvey of modern methods of language teaching with special emphasis on the particular problems presented by Russian. Required of all graduate assistants. Phillips 281.Russian Phonology and Morphology (2) IIP, 175b. Required of all M.A. candidates. Vontsolos 283.History of the Russian Language (2) IP, 175b. Required of all M.A. candidates. Vontsolos 385a -385b.Old Church Slavic (2 -2) Yr. 'Vontsolos

Literature Courses

104a -104b.Readings in Russian Classics (2 -2) Yr.The reading of original texts with discussions in Russian and English. P, 2b or 2c. 104a is not prerequisite to 104b. Vontsolos 208a -208b.Survey of Russian Literature (3 -3) Yr.Survey of Russian literature from the earliest times to the Soviet Period; conducted in Russian. P, 175b or 104b. Roberts 260.Pushkin (2) I 1971 -72P, 208b. Roberts 262.Gogol (2) II 1971 -1972Study of Gogol's works and his influence on 19th Century Russian writers. P, 208b. Roberts 270.Lermontov (2) I 1972 -73P, 208b. Roberts 272.Chekhov (2) II 1972 -73Study of Chekhov's short stories and plays and the role he played in calling attention to the coming changes in Russian society. P, 208b. Roberts 399.Seminar (2) I, IITopics will be chosen from the following: a.Slavic Philology c.Russian Literature: 19th Century b. Russian Literature: 18th Century d. Soviet Literature e.West Slavic Literature

Individual Studies 199 (2 to 4); 299 (1 to 5); 400 (1 to 3); 401 (0); 410 (1 to 6); 411 (0). SECONDARY EDUCATION 569

SECONDARY EDUCATION Professors Richard C. Krebs, Head, Paul M. Allen, William D. Barnes, Oliver K. Garretson (Dean Emeritus), Emil S. Gavlak, Raymond L. Klein, Howard W. Leigh Associate Professors Chester J. Brown, Bruce Howard, Robert J. Letson, Arthur H. Steinbrenner, Melvin L. Tucker Assistant Professors Margaret B. Ackerman, Charles Davis, M. M. Gubser, Laurence R. Smith

Prospective secondary teachers must have a major in subjects or fields usually taught in high schools, and a minor, with the exceptions noted elsewhere. The required professional education sequence includes: Ed. Psych. 110, Sec. Ed. 131 or Found. Ed. 150, Sec. Ed. 130, 197 (if offered), 139; and 3 units in education selected from: Ed. Psych. 102; Sec. Ed. 217, 232; Found. Ed. 212; or Found. Ed. 150 or Sec. Ed. 131 if not taken. Students must meet all other College of Education requirements and have satisfactory grades in general education and professional courses. On the graduate level, the Department offers programs leading to the Master of Education, Master of Arts, Doctor of Education, and Doctor of Philosophy degrees.

130.Teaching in the Secondary Schools (3 to 6) I, IIGeneral secondary school teaching methods; measurement and evaluation of learning as applied directly to classroom teaching; classroom observation; school policies and procedures. P, Ed. Psych. 110. Fee, $5. Allen- Barnes 131.Principles and Curricula of Secondary Education (3) I, IIHistorical development of the high school; aims, functions, and outcomes; the curriculum; relation to other divisions of the school system. Gavlak- Tucker 139.Student Teaching in Secondary School (1 to 10) I, IIObservation, participation, and responsibility for instruction in secondary school classrooms. P, Ed. Psych. 110 and Sec. Ed. 130 and 197 (when offered). Students must meet all other College of Education requirements and have satisfactory grades in major subject and professional courses. Pre -registration several months in advance. Brown NOTE: All specific methods courses, or courses in the teaching of the several high school subjects, are listed under the general number 197, with letters designating the teaching areas. These courses carry credit in EDUCATION ONLY, not in the several subject - matter departments. Required of prospective high school teachers. 197a. The Teaching of Agriculture (4) IIObjectives, organization of subject matter, and methods of teaching agriculture. Required for those preparing to teach vocational agriculture. 3R, 3L. P, Ed. Psych. 110, 209, or CR. Fee, $2.50. McCormick 197b. Teaching Vocational Typing and Shorthand (2) ICurrent methods, procedures, and practices for the teaching of typing and shorthand. (Identical with Business Education 197b) Kidwell 197c. General Business and Bookkeeping Methods (2) IICurrent methods and practices in the teaching of general business, social business, and bookkeeping; curriculum problems of the non -skill areas of business education. (Identical with Business Education 197c) Thomas 197g. Teaching Home- Economics (3) I,II Application of educational theory to methods, evaluation, and materials of instruction in home economics education. P, Found. Ed. 150 and Ed. Psych. 102 or Ed. Psych. 110. Graham 570 DEPARTMENTS AND COURSES OF INSTRUCTION

197j. Teaching French (3) 1 Methods of language instruction; their adaptation to the teaching of French; selection of texts; outlining of courses; planning lessons. Brown 197k. Teaching Spanish (3)1,II Methods of language instruction, their adaptation to teaching Spanish; selection of texts; outlining of courses; planning lessons. 1971. Organization of the Secondary Art Curriculum (3) I, IIEmphasis on the implementa- tion of art learning objectives in relation to the flexible sequence and scope of secondary -school art programs. 2R, 3L. P, Art 150. Fee, $2. Plummer 197m. Teaching Instrumental Music in the High School (3) IMaterials and techniques for teaching instrumental music in the secondary school. 197mv.Teaching Vocal Musicin High School (3)I Standard choral literature and techniques applicable to junior and senior high school vocal groups. 197t. Teaching Theatre Arts (3)II Instructional procedures and materials used in the teaching of theatre arts at the secondary level. Attention will be given to program planning, budget preparation, play selection, and supplementary materials. Gipson 197y. The Teaching of Mathematics (3)I Principles and methods of teaching secondary mathematics. For students with at least 18 units of mathematics. Steinbrenner 202.Study of Exceptional Children (3) Yr. (Identical with Spec. Educ. 203a) Lord - Wright 204.The Teaching of Vocational Office and Distributive Education (3) I(Identical with Business Education 204) Antrim -Houstman 208.The Teaching of the English Language (3) I, II(Identical with English 208) 209.Principles of Vocational Education (2) IISocial and economic values of vocational education; federal laws, state policies, and administration; theories and principles with special reference to programs in the secondary school. McCormick 210.Teaching English Composition (3) I, II(Identical with English 210) Davis 211.Teaching of Literature (3) I, II(Identical with English 211) Ackerman 212.Teaching of English as a Second Language (3) I (Identical with English 212) 214.Teaching of Social Studies in the Secondary School (3) IIContemporary approaches to social studies education with emphasis upon instructional techniques and materials. P, 130. For Education majors and graduate students. Gubser 217.Visual and Auditory Aids in Teaching (3)I,II (Identical with Elem. Educ. 217) Operation of A -V equipment; preparation of various teaching aids. P, Ed. Psych. 110. Fee, $7.50. Klein -Brown 220.Development andInstructionof AdultVocationalEducation Programs(3)I 1972 -73 (Identical with Bus. Educ. 220) Houstman 221.Organization and Supervision of Vocational Programs (3) 1 1971 -72(Identical with Bus. Educ. 221) Houstman 223.Cooperative Vocational Education Programs (3) II(Identical with Bus. Educ. 223) A ntrim-Houstman 229.Modern Mathematics in the Secondary School (3) IIStudy and analysis of curriculum changes in modern school mathematics. Included are such programs as UISCM, SMSG, and SSMCIS. P, 3 units in education and Math. 49b. (Identical with Math. 229) Steinbrenner 232.The Junior High School (3) IIThe history, purposes, curriculum, and administration of the junior high school. P, Ed. Psych. 110. Smith 239.Student Teaching in Junior College (3 to 8) I,II Observation, participation, and responsibility for instruction in freshman and sophomore college classes. P, Ed. Psych. 110, Ed. Psych. 202, or Found. Ed. 310, 359, and bachelor's degree with satisfactory grades in student's major subject. Brown 275.Law for Teachers and Student Personnel Workers (3) II(Identical with Educ. Adm. 275) Butler SOCIOLOGY 571

313.Advanced Instructional Techniques in Vocational Business Education (3) II(Identical with Bus. Educ. 313) 316.Coordination of Instructional Media Programs (3) IIA study of organization and distribution practices of media utilization. Budgeting, public relations, and implementa- tion of media preparation and media -service programs will be studied. P, 217. (Identical with Elem. Ed. 316) Klein 317.Preparation of InstructionalMaterials(3)I Studyof techniques used inthe development of instructional materials and processes. P, 217. (Identical with Elem. Educ. 317) Klein 332.Research in Elementary and Junior High School Mathematics (3) II(Identical with Elem. Educ. 332) Hirschi 333.Student Activities and Government (3)I Philosophy, values, and coordination of school activities in the secondary school, emphasizing the theory, organization, and supervision of student government and interscholastic athletics. Gubser 334.Analysis of Secondary School Teaching (3) I, IIAnalysis of the teaching process; preparation of behavioral objectives; study of recent methods, trends, analysis of current classroom evaluation techniques. Allen Barnes 337.Secondary School Administration and Supervision (3) I, IIThe internal administration of secondary schools; supervision and the improvement of instruction; emphasis on responsibilities of all staff members in secondary schools. (Identical with Ed. Admin. 337) Krebs 338.Constructing the Secondary School Curriculum (3)I,IIThe curriculum and its relationships; basictheories and techniques of curriculum construction discussed, evaluated, and applied. Letson 339.Investigations in Secondary Education (3) I, IICritical study and evaluation of the investigations and experimental evidence underlying the aims and instructional practices of the various subject- matter fields of the secondary school. P, 9 units in education. Howard 359.The Junior College (3) I, IIThe scope, objectives, and educational functions of the junior college; patterns of junior college programs. P, 3 graduate units in education or CR. 397.Workshop (1 to 3) I, II 399.Seminar (1 -3) I, IIRecent developments and current issues. Topics will be selected on basis of need and demand. a.Secondary School Personnel (P, 334) b. Secondary School Administration (P, 337) c.Secondary School Supervision (P, 337) d. Secondary School Curriculum (P, 338) e.Secondary School Instruction (P, 339) f.Secondary School Evaluation (P, 337) Individual Studies 99 (1 to 3); 199 (1 to 3); 299 (1 to 4); 400 (2 to 4); 401 (0); 405 (1 to 6); 406 (0); 410(4) maximum total, 4 units; 411 (0); 420 (1 to 9); 421 (0)

SOCIOLOGY Professors Raymond V. Bowers, Head, Frederick A. Conrad (Emeritus), Richard F. Curtis, Phillip E. Hammond, Donald S. Klaiss, Robert C. Leonard, I. Roger Yoshino Associate Professors James T. Borhek, Courtney B. Cleland, Maynard L. Erickson, Robert R. Evans, Jose Hernandez, Jerry L. L. Miller Assistant Professors Jerry G. Bode, Gary L. Buck, Paul V. Crosbie, Joseph R. Hambenne, Richard O. Hawkins, R. Brooke Jacobsen, Frank A. Petroni 572 DEPARTMENTS AND COURSES OF INSTRUCTION

The major:30 units including 1 or 101, 170a -170b, and 280, or, with instructor's permission, 192. A minimum of 16 units must be in upper- division courses. The supporting minor is usually chosen from the social sciences, but another field may be selected with the approval of the student's departmental adviser. Honors: The department participates in the Honors Program. Graduate Program:The Department of Sociology offers the degrees of Master of Arts and Doctor of Philosophy.

1.Introduction to Sociology (3) I,II Sociological concepts and principles with special referenceto contemporary society. 1 isprerequisite toall other courses in the department with the exception of 101. 83.Social Change (3) I, IIInnovation and inertia in society; case studies of the impact of new technology, behavior and ideas; the problem of social progress. P,1 or 101. Buck -Cleland 85.American Social Problems (3)I,II Principles of social disorganization and deviant behavior as applied to American social problems. P, 1 or 101. 89.World Population (3) I,II Basic concepts of population studies; analysis of social trends, problems and solutions in relation to environmental factors, with reference to both advanced and developing nations. P, 1 or 101. Hernandez 90.Race Relations and Urban Society (3)I,II Analysis of race relations and mass movements in urban society; trends in the modern world with special reference to present -day race problems and social conflict. P, 1 or 101. Petroni - Yoshino 101.General Sociology (3)I, IISociological concepts and principles. Credit will not be given for both 1 and 101. P, Jr. or Sr. standing. Hammond 106.Social Structure in Modern Societies (3)I Critical review of modern theory and research on social structure and social organization in modern societies. P, 6 units of sociology. Borhek 153.Group Dynamics (3)I,II Study of small groups,theirobjectives, leadership, interpersonal relations and effectiveness. P, 1 or 101, and 3 additional units of sociology or psychology. Bode -Crosbie 170a -170b.Social Research Methods (3 -3) Yr.170a: Problems of conceptualization and design, elementary techniques of data collection and analysis. 170b: Techniques of statistical description and elementary statistical inference as applied to social data. 2R, 2L. P, for 170a, 6 units of sociology; for 170b, 170a and Math. 11 or 11 entrance units in algebra. Bode -Jacobsen 179.Culture and the Individual (3) I, II(Identical with Anthropology 179) Kelly 183.Technology and Social Development (3) IIThe nature of technological change and its impact on the peoples and institutions of industrial and developing societies; the implications of this for national and world order. P, 6 units of sociology. 186.Sociology of Industry (3) IIndustrial and other work organizations studied as social systems with dual attention to internal human relations and to external relations in the community. P, 6 units of sociology. Miller 187.Criminology (3) I, IIStudy of crime, criminals, and criminal behavior. P, 6 units of sociology. Hambenne 191.Medical Sociology (3)I Social and cultural factors in the course and treatment of illness; social theory and social research relevant to the health professions. P, 6 units of sociology. Leonard -Petroni 192.Senior Proseminar (3) IIA course designed to provide Senior majors in sociology an opportunity to utilize their sociological background in the analysis of a sociological issue. Borhek- Bowers SOCIOLOGY 573

193. Rural and Urban Communities (3)I,II Trends in development; comparison of institutions; changing rural -urban relations. P, 6 units of sociology. Cleland- Curtis

212.Collective Behavior (3) I,II Study of such behavior of crowds, publics, and social movements as protests, demonstrations, crazes, panics, riots, revolutions, and some consequences. P, 9 units of sociology.* Evans 222.Minority Relations (3) I, IISocial processes involved in minority relations in terms of race, caste, class, ethnicity, politics, and religion. P, 1 or 101, and 6 additional units of sociology or anthropology. (Identical with Anthro. 222 and A. In. S. 222) Yoshino 235. Public Opinion and Voting Behavior (3) I, II(Identical with Government 235) Harned 240.Sociology of Youth (3) IIAdolescents and young adults in American society; their social roles, relationships, and problems. P, 9 units of sociology.* Klaiss 241.Juvenile Delinquency (3) I, IIExtent, causes, and control of juvenile delinquency. P, 9 units of sociology, including 85.* Erickson - Hawkins 252.Social Stratification (3) ITheories of social class, caste, and rank; social mobility in contemporary society. P, 9 units of sociology.* (Identical with Anthro. 252) Curtis 253.Small Groups (3) IDiscussion of major issues and recent research in the small -group field. 2R, 2L. P, 153 and 3 additional units of sociology or psychology. Crosbie 255.Group Structure and Personality (3) IIRelation between the person and the group; social factors in character formation. P, 9 units of sociology.* Crosbie 257.Child -Rearing Practices and Their Cultural Determinants (3) II(Identical with Home Economics 257) Christopherson 262.Sociology of Religion (3) IReligion as a social institution with special reference to industrial societies. P, 9 units of sociology.* (Identical with Religious Studies 262) Hammond 276.Kinship and Social Organization (3) I(Identical with Anthropology 276) Thompson 277.Peasant Communities (3) II 1972 -73(Identical with Anthropology 277) 280.Sources of Sociological Theory (3)I,II Critical review of the works of leading sociologists. P, 9 units of sociology.* Primarily for sociology majors or minors. 282.Complex Organizations (3) IITheories and research regarding large -scale organizations and their relations to the individual and society. P, 9 units of sociology.* Miller 283.Social Relations in the Metropolitan Community (3) IIAppraisal of recent social research and theory regarding metropolitan life, with special reference to communities in the United States. P, 9 units of sociology.* Curtis 284.Sociology of the Southwest (3) IPopulations, cultures, and social problems in their regional setting, with emphasis on the Southwest. P, 1 or 101, and 6 additional units in sociology or anthropology. (Identical with Anthro. 284 and A. In. S. 284) Cleland 285.Sociology of the Family (3) I, IIAnalysis of the modern family and its characteristics in a social and historic setting. P, 9 units of sociology.* Jacobsen -Klaiss 287.Sociology of Occupations and Professions (3) II 1971 -72Nature of occupations and professions, their institutionalization and relations to society; trends in the occupational structure. P, 9 units of sociology.*

*A major in another social science may substitute for 3 of these units.

289.Demography (3) IDetailed analysis of world population trends, with special reference to the United States and fundamentals of demographic research methodology. 2R, 2L. P, 9 units of sociology, including 170a or 170b. 290.Social Gerontology (3) ISocial aspects of aging and retirement, with special reference to the United States. P, 9 units of sociology.* Cleland -Klaiss 574 DEPARTMENTS AND COURSES OF INSTRUCTION

292.Human Resources in Latin America (3) IITrends in social development related to the distribution, composition, and dynamic aspects of the Latin American population. P, 1 or 101 and 6 additional units in sociology or in 200 level social science courses in Latin -American Studies. Hernandez 293.The Sociology of Knowledge (3)I The relationship between social factors and knowledge with reference to major problems and writers in the field. P, 9 units of sociology.* Borhek 295.Social Ecology (3) ISpatial distribution of populations and institutions; processes such as concentration, dispersal, succession, and dominance as they affect the ecological organization of cities, metropolitan areas and regions. P, 9 units of sociology.* 296a -296b.Comparative Community Organization and Development (3 -3)Yr. 296a: Survey of the principles of social change most pertinent to problems of community organization and development; 296b: Analysis of community development programs in the Southwest and in various areas of the world. P, Senior standing and 12 units of sociology or anthropology. (Identical with Anthro. 296a -296b) 298.Seminar on Latin America (3) II(Identical with Latin American Studies 298) 320.Complex Organizations (3) I 1972 -73Critical review of theory and research on formal organizations. P, 282. Bowers 330.Intergroup Relations (3) I 1971 -72Analysis of recent research on the relations among racial, ethnic, and other major groupings in contemporary societies; special attention to research on the causes of prejudice and conflict and on patterns of accommodation. P, 222. Yoshino 340.Science and Society (3)I 1971 -72Critical review of theory and research in the sociology of science. P, 9 units of sociology. Bowers 350.Social Disorganization (3) II 1972 -73Testing the utility of various frames of reference for studying social problems. P, 9 units of sociology. Yoshino

360.Advanced Demography (3) II 1971 -72Recent developments in demographic research . on population trends. P, 289, 363a -363b. Hernandez 363a -363b.Social Statistics (3 -3) Yr.Topics in the statistical analysis of sociological data. Required of all graduate students. P, 170a -170b. 365.Community Research Problems (3) II 1971 -72Critical review of current research literature on selected topics in urban sociology. P, 283, 363a -363b. Curtis

*A major in another social science may substitute for 3 of these units.

370a -370b.Social Research Methods (3 -3) Yr.Topics in the nature and execution of social research; experimental and non -experimental designs, data collection, techniques of analysis and interpretation. Required of all graduate students. P, 170a -170b. 381a -381b.Sociological Theory (3 -3) Yr.Major issues in theoretical sociology. Required of all graduate students. P, 280. 386.Methods of Theory Construction (3) II 1971 -72Introduction to axiomatic methods; exercises in theory construction from research and existing theoretical writings. P, 381a -381b. Leonard 390.Colloquium in Sociology (2) I, IIReports of research and other new developments in sociology. Required of all graduate students. May be repeated once for credit. Bowers 399.Seminar (1 -3) I, IIRecent developments and current issues. P, 363a -363b, 370a -370b, 381a -381b. Topics will be chosen from the following:a. Advanced Problems in Research; b. Advanced Problems in Sociological Theory; c. Advanced Topics in Deviant Behavior; d. Selected Topics in Sociological Statistics; e. Sociology of Law. Individual Studies 99 (1 to 3); 199 (2 to 4); 299 (1 to 5); 400 (2 to 8); 401 (0); 405 Internship (2-4) maximum total, 6 units; 406 (0); 410 (4) maximum total, 4 units; 411 (0); 420 (1 to 9); 421 (0) SPECIAL EDUCATION 575

SPANISH (See Romance Languages)

SPECIAL EDUCATION Professors George Leshin, Head, Samuel A. Kirk, Francis E. Lord, Walter L. Olson Associate Professor Corrine E. Kass Assistant Professors Glen D. Hamilton, Thomas P. Lombardi, Fred Smokoski, Loyd S. Wright, Elizabeth Y. Sharp Instructor Betty R. Hannah The Department of Special Education offers course sequences leading to the Bachelor of Arts, Master of Arts, Master of Education, Doctor of Education, and Doctor of Philosophy degrees. Undergraduate students may select one of the following areas of concen- tration: Deaf, or Mental Retardation. Graduate students may select one of the above or one of the following areas of concentration: Behaviorally Disordered, Physically Handicapped, Learning Disabilities, Special Education Administration, Visually Handicapped, Deaf-blind.

201a -201b. Teaching Language to the Deaf (2 -2) Yr.Techniques of teaching language to the deaf in a classroom setting; intensive study of four main systems with -emphasis on Fitzgerald Key; demonstrations and laboratory experience with deaf children. (Identical with Speech 201a -201b) Newkirk 103a -203b. Study of Exceptional Children (3 -3) Yr.203a: Incidence, characteristics, and educational problems of exceptional children. (Identical with Sec. Ed. 202) 203b: Psychological aspects and learning problems of exceptional children. Both 203a and 203b are offered both semesters. Lord -Wright 204a -204b. Teaching Mentally Retarded Children and Youth (3 -3) Yr.204a: Techniques, organization of materials, and construction of experience units at the elementary level. P, 270. 204b: Techniques, organization of classes and utilization of community resources for effective programming at the secondary level. P, 204a. Hamilton- Smokoski 205.Education of the Deaf (3) IReview of research studies related to the psychology and social adjustment of the deaf; analysis of the history of the education of deaf children and adults; the place of the deaf in a modern society. P, 203b or CR. Leshin 206a -206b. Teaching Elementary School Subjects to the Deaf (2 -2) Yr.The teaching of reading, social studies, and language arts to deaf children; emphasis on methodology in the early childhood and elementary levels; the teaching of arithmetic, science, and the use of visual aids; demonstrations and practice with deaf children. Newkirk 207a -207b. Teaching Speech to the Deaf (3 -3) Yr.Multisensory methods for developing speech in the handicapped child with emphasis on the deaf; demonstrations and supervised practice. 207a is offered both semesters. (Identical with Speech 207a -207b) Leshin 210.Survey of the Anatomy, Physiology, and Diseases of the Eye (3)IIAnatomy, physiology, diseases of the eye, and principles of refraction; the relation of visual defects to learning and to school experiences. Calkins 213.Education of The Visually Handicapped (3) IEducation of the blind in current and historical perspective; causes and prevention of blindness; psychological and sociological aspects of blindness; laboratory experience. Hannah 214.Methods of Teaching the Visually Handicapped (3) IICurriculum development and adaptation in various educational programs; adaptation of classroom materials and procedures for use with blind and partially- sighted children. Methods of teaching reading, writing, and mathematics are emphasized. P, 213. Hannah 215.Braille Reading and Writing (4) IFundamentals of reading and writing by means of the Braille System. Historical development of education of the blind. Emphasis on methods of teaching Braille and the preparation of materials for classroom use. Hannah 576 DEPARTMENTS AND COURSES OF INSTRUCTION

256.The Education of Gifted Children (3) IThe relationship of the problem presented by the gifted child to the total program of the classroom and of the school; discussion, evaluation, and application of basic theories and techniques of teaching the gifted child. Olson 270.Mental Retardation (3) I, IIHistory and philosophy of educational programs for the mentally retarded; etiology, classification, and characteristics of the retarded with consideration to their educational, social, and interpersonal problems. P, 203a or CR. Smokoski 272a -272b.The Physically Handicapped Child (3 -3) Yr.272a: Characteristics, etiology, and educational implications of school -age children with physical handicaps and special health problems. 272b: Children with neurological disorders; emphasis on the cerebral palsied. 272a is prerequisite for 272b. Olson 273a -273b.The Educationof Childrenwith Behavioral Disorders(3 -3)Yr.273a: Educational programs for children who are emotionally disturbed or socially mal- adjusted. P, 203a. 273b: The various methods and techniques for teaching the emotionally disturbed. P, 273a. Wright 274.Curriculum Adaptations for Exceptional Children (3) I, II Study of curriculum guides for exceptional children. Participants prepare guides and enrichment materials in their area of specialization. P, 203a plus 6 hours in special education. Hamilton 275.Observation and Participation in Special Ecucation Programs (1 to 3) I, II Specific types of exceptional children, physical limitations, causes and effects, personality factors,psychologicalimplications, andspecific educational approaches totheir individual problems. Field trips and class observations. P, 203a. Olson -Staff 284.Education of the Homebound and Hospitalized Child (3)IIThe homebound curriculum for the temporarily ill, chronically ill, and terminally ill. Consideration of handicapping conditions encountered. Individual and group instruction at home and in hospital. Problems encountered by teacher. P, 203a, 272a, and 272b or CR. Olson 285.Teacher -Parent Relationships in Special Education (3) I, IIThrough lectures, demon- strations, and discussion, the techniques used in parent interviews, conferences, and referrals are presented as they relate to the various handicapping conditions. 290.Field Practices in Teaching Exceptional Children (1 to 10) I, IIDirected teaching and remedial practices in a public school, special school, or institution. P, 203a and methods courses in area of emphasis. Olson -Staff 303.Theories of Learning Disabilities (3) IA study and synthesis of theories which can be applied to special education of children with learning disabilities. Kass 304.Psychoeducational Studies in Learning Disabilities (3)IIPractical application of theories of learning disabilities utilizing the case study approach. P, 203a, 303. Kass 350.Administration and Supervision of Special Education Programs (3) IPractical aspects of organization and development of special education programs, problems of public relations, personnel, case finding, evaluation, placement, and records. Lord 397.Workshop (1 to 3) I, II 399.Seminar (1 to 3) I, IIRecent developments and current issues. Topics will be selected on the basis of need and demand. Open only to doctoral students. a. Communication Problems of d. Learning Disabilities Handicapped Children e.Mental Retardation b. Emotionally Disturbed f.Neurologically Impaired c.Issues and Trends in Special Education

Individual Studies 199 (1 to 3); 299 (1 to 4); 400 (2 to 4); 401 (0); 405 (1 to 6); 406 (0); 410 (4) maximum total, 4 units; 411 (0); 420 (1 to 9); 421 (0) SPEECH 577

SPEECH Professors James G. Backes, Head, Virginia H. Floyd, Klonda Lynn, Alethea S. Mattingly, Ralph L. Shelton, Paul H. Skinner, George F. Sparks Associate Professors Ruth M. Anderson, James W. Davis Assistant Professors Floyd D. Anderson, William E. Bailey, Andrew A. King, Frank K. LaBan, Keener D. McClelland, John Pacilio, Ronald M. Robertson, Clifford A. Wood Instructors Timothy A. Browning, Marcia G. Campbell, Gerald E. Miltenberger Lecturers Harold L. Hancock

The Department is organized in two administrative divisions: General Speech, and Speech and Hearing Sciences. The major in General Speech: 30 units including 5, 10, 36, 267, and 275. At least 16 units must be in upper- division course work. The teaching major will include 125 and 210. The teaching minor:20 units including 5, 10, 36, 125, 210, 267 and 269. The major in Speech and Hearing Sciences: 30 units including 7, 60a -60b, 160, 170, 180, 181, 267. Honors: The department participates in the Honors Program. Graduate Program:Both the Master of Arts and Doctor of Philosophy degreesare offered by the Department of Speech. For detailed information concerning these degrees, see the Graduate Catalog.

General Speech la -lb. Speech for Foreign Students (3) I, IIVoice and diction designed to meet the particular needs of foreign students. Speech la is not prerequisite to Speech lb. Initial placement is determined by testing. LaBan -Staff 2.Principles of Speech (3) I, IIAn introduction to the field of speech. Designed to develop confidence, poise, and clarity in the use of the body, voice, language, and thought through guided practice in speaking. Fee, $1.50. 5.Voice and Articulation (2) I, IIDesigned to improve habits of speech through analysis of each student's voice, articulation, and speech behavior. 1R, 2L. Fee, $1.50. (Identical with Radio -TV 4) Hancock -Staff 6.Voice and Articulation for the Stage (2) I, IIVoice production and development for the actor with emphasis on Standard General American and Standard Southern British stage diction. Restricted to majors and minors in Drama. Hancock 10.Public Speaking (3) I,IIBeginning course in public speaking, with emphasis upon organization of effective thinking and effective delivery; required of all speech majors. (Identical with Radio -TV 10) 25.Forensics (1) I, IIStudy of the national debate question; opportunity to participate in forensic activities. May be repeated for a total of 3 units. Browning 36.The Oral Interpretation of Literature (3) I, IIDiscovering and imparting intellectual and emotional meanings of the printed page; poetry, fiction, drama. (Identical with Radio -TV 36) Mattingly -Staff 90.Public Address in Western Civilization (3) IIThe role of public address in the social, political and intellectual history of western man. Representative speakers and their speeches from classical times to the present. Anderson 103.Small Group Discussion (3) I, IIIntroduction to theory of small group communication with practice and amplification of principles in small group discussion. Davis 111a-111b.Drama Production (3 -3) Yr.(Identical with Drama 111a-111b) 578 DEPARTMENTS AND COURSES OF INSTRUCTION

112.. Business and Professional Communication (3) I, IIAnalysis of the nature and major types of speech- communication in complex organizations (e.g., group, dyadic, and public communication). Designed primarily for B.P.A. students. Fee, $1.50. Pacilio -Staff 113.Public Discussion (3) IIThe application of principles of small group communication to performance before an audience. P, 103. Davis 118.The Rhetoric of Controversy (2)IIThe methodology and criteria of impartial evaluation of argument and persuasion through examples from contemporary social issues. Not open to speech majors. Bailey 125.Argumentation (3)I,IIA study of the theory and practice of argumentation. Browning 137a -137b.The Oral Interpretation of Drama (3 -3) Yr.Analysis of backgrounds, structure, and content of dramatic works chosen from masterpieces in world theater with emphasis on oral presentation of selected scenes. P, three hours of speech, drama, or English. 137a is not prerequisite to 137b. Floyd 155.Administering the Forensic Program (3)IIPhilosophy, organization, and admin- istration of competitive speech activities, debate, discussion and individual events. Observation and evaluation of extracurricular speech situations. Browning 210.Problems in Speech Training (3) IIStudy of objectives, materials, and techniques for developing speech skills. P, 15 units in speech. Sparks 213.Studies in Discussion. (2)I Investigation of source materials and research literature pertaining to public and group discussions. P, 113. Davis 214.Classical Rhetorical Theory (3) IIntensive reading and analysis of the works of major Greek and Roman rhetorical theorists. P, three units of undergraduate speech. King 215.Medieval and Renaissance Rhetoric (3) I 1971 -72Intensive reading and analysis of the works of major rhetorical theorists from the fifth through the seventeenth century. P, 214. Anderson 216.Modern Rhetoric (3) IIIntensive reading and analysis of the works of major rhetorical theorists from the eighteenth century through the present. P, 214. Anderson 218.Persuasion (3)I,II Theories of audience analysis and the motivation of human conduct; the study of rhetorical devices. Sparks 222a -222b.British Public Address (3 -3) Yr.222a: Study of British speakers and speeches from Anglo -Saxon times to 1815. 222b: Study of British speakers and speeches from 1815 to the present. 222a is not prerequisite to 222b. P, 6 units of speech. Anderson 224a -224b.American Public Address (3 -3) Yr.224a: History and criticism of American religious and reform speakers from Colonial times to the present. 224b: Analysis of American political speaking from 1765 to the present. 224a is not prerequisite to 224b. P, 6 units of speech. King 228.Experimental Problems in Public Address (3) IThe methods and major findings in experimental public address. Davis 236.The Oral Interpretation of Shakespeare (3) ICharacter analysis and presentation of selected scenes from representative comedies, histories, and tragedies. P, 137a or 137b. Mattingly 245a -245b.Advanced Oral Interpretation (3 -3)Yr. 245a: Types of poetry analyzed, emphasizing their differentiation for oral presentation; preparations for and presen- tations of a public recital. 245b: Analysis of the short story with emphasis on point of view, tone, and characterization; preparation for oral performance. P, 36. 245a is not prerequisite to 245b.Mattingly 247.Studies in Group Reading (3) 1971 -72A study in forms, styles, and aesthetics of Readers Theatre, Chamber Theatre, and the documentary. Examination of essay, biography, short fiction, novel, and dramatic literature for group reading. P, 3 units of speech, drama, or English. Open to upper- division or graduate students. Floyd- Mattingly SPEECH 579

267.English Phonetics (3) I, IIScientific study of the structure of English speech; laws and principles determining the facts of pronunciation. Lynn -LaBan 268.Applied Phonetics (3) IIAnalysis and methods of correcting dialectal forms used by children of foreign- language background; emphasis on Spanish- American usage. Designed to aid elementary and high school teachers in working with bilingual children. P, 267, or the ability to transcribe in IPA. 275.Principles of Speech Pathology (3) I, IISurvey of the field of speech correction and of the common defects of speech; methods of detection and general principles of retraining. Open to teachers. Not open to majors in Speech and Hearing Sciences. Lynn -Campbell 298.Seminar (1 to 3) I,11 300.Introduction to Graduate Study in Speech (2) ISurvey and study of problems relating to graduate research, including bibliographies, methods of research, and experimental design. Required of all graduate majors in speech. 325.Rhetorical Criticism (3) IIThe criteria for the evaluation and judgment of a speech. King 336.Interpretation of Individual Literary Styles (3) II 1972 -73An intensive critical study of selected writings of one or two significant pre -modern and modem literary figures in terms of the oral presentation. P, 36 and six additional units in interpretation. Floyd 337.Theories of Oral Interpretation (3) II 1971 -72The mechanical and natural schools of oral interpretation, their backgrounds, and their influence upon modem teaching and performance. Mattingly 338.Studies in Interpretation (3) II 1972 -73Modem critical and aesthetic theories as applied to interpretation. Mattingly 346.Interpretation of Contemporary Drama (3) II 1971 -72Analysis of dramatic structure and content in selected types of contemporary plays, emphasizing their problems from the point of view of the oral interpreter. Floyd 399.Seminar (3) I, II a.Rhetorical Criticism b. Oral Interpretation c.Rhetorical Theory d. Speech Education i.Communication Theory

Speech and Hearing Sciences

7.Speech and Hearing in Communications (3) I, IIThe role of speech, hearing and language in human communication. While communicative disorders are covered, primary emphasis is placed on the normative aspects of speech, hearing and language. Open to all students regardless of major. Skinner 60a -60b.Anatomy and Physiology of Hearing and Speech (3 -3) Yr.60a: Anatomy, physiology and neuroanatomy of the auditory system. 2R, 3L. 60b: Anatomy, physiology and neuroanatomy of the speech mechanism. 2R, 3L. 60a is not prerequisite to 60b. McClelland -Wood 161.Speech Science (3) IAcoustical characteristics of voice and speech sounds; frequency, intensity, time and wave composition. P, 60b. Wood 170a -170b.Speech Pathology (3 -3) Yr.Types, causes, symptoms, and theory of retraining disorders of speech. P, 60b, 267, or CR. Campbell 180.Audiology (3) IAcoustics and psychoacoustics; auditory sensitivity and acuity, the decibel scale, normal auditory function. P, 60a. Skinner 181.Audiometry (3)IIThe principles and techniques of auditorytesting, and the interpretation of hearing tests. P, 180. Robertson 580 DEPARTMENTS AND COURSES OF INSTRUCTION

201a -201b.Teaching of Language to the Deaf (2 -2) Yr.(Identical with Special Education 201a -201b) 207a -207b.Teaching Speech to the Deaf (3 -3) Yr.(Identical with Special Education 207a -207b) 261.Speech Science Instrumentation (3) IIConsideration of some common and specific instruments and methods employed in the speech clinic and laboratory. 2R, 3L. P, 16a. Fee, $5. McClelland -Wood 267.English Phonetics (3) I, IIScientific study of the structure of English speech, laws and principles determining the facts of pronunciation. Lynn -LaBan 268.Applied Phonetics (3) IIAnalysis and methods of correcting dialectal forms used by children of foreign- language background; emphasis on Spanish- American usage. Designed to aid elementary and high school teachers in working with bilingual children. P, 267, or the ability to transcribe in IPA. 271.Articulation Disorders and Therapies (3) IIEtiology, diagnosis, prognosis, and therapy for the articulatory aspects of communication problems. P, 267. Shelton 275.Principles of Speech Pathology (3) I, IISurvey of the field of speech correction and of the common defects of speech; methods of detection and general principles of retraining. Open to teachers. Not open to majors in Speech and Hearing Sciences. Lynn- Campbell 276.Practicum in Speech and Hearing Rehabilitation (1 to 3) I, IISupervised experience in speech or hearing rehabilitation in various clinical settings including the public schools. May be repeated for a total of 6 units. P, 170a, 170b, or CR. Anderson 280.Disorders of Hearing (3)I The pathologies of the hearing mechanism and their auditorymanifestations;evaluationandapplicationofaudiologicaldiagnostic procedures. Interdisciplinary referrals. 2R, 3L. P, 180, 181. Robertson 282.Aural Rehabilitation (3) IISpeech reading; auditory training; problems encountered with amplification units;social,psychological, educational, speech, and language difficulties encountered by the hearing handicapped. Miltenberger. 289.Principles of Audiology (3)I Basic techniques of pure -tone audiometric testing; interpretation of audiograms; disorders of hearing; anatomy and physiology of the hearing mechanism; basic acoustics. Not open to majors in speech- hearing science. Miltenberger 290.Studies in Speech and Language (3) ISurvey and discussion of various approaches to the scientific study of speech and language including the application of basic material to developing a better understanding of the structure of speech and language. 300.Introduction to Graduate Study in Speech (2) ISurvey and study of problems relating to graduate research, including bibliographies, methods of research, and experimental design. Required of all graduate majors in speech. 361.Quantitative Methods in Speech and Hearing (3) ITheory of measurement; variables and functions; psychophysical and scaling methods; analytic procedures, curve fitting, and scale transformations. P, Math. 20 and 91. Skinner 364a -364b.Experimental Phonetics (3 -3) Yr. 364a: Systematic examination of current experimentation and research in speechas motor behavior; special emphasis on physiological investigations of normal respiration, phonation, resonance and articulation. Criticalevaluation of research design. 364b: Systematic examination of current experimentation and research in speech as an acoustical phenomenon; critical evaluation of research design. 2R, 3L. 364a is not prerequisite to 364b. Fee, $5 per semester. Wood 370a -370b.Differential Diagnosis (3 -3) Yr.Study and application of diagnostic methods used in analyzing the nature of communicative disorders and in determining rehabil- itative procedures. 2R, 3L. P, 170a, 170b, 181. 372.Disorders of Phonation (3) IIEtiology, diagnosis, prognosis, and therapy for disorders of voice, speech for the laryngectomized. 2R, 3L. P, 270. Shelton STATISTICS 581

373.Disorders of Rhythm (3) IIEtiology, diagnosis, prognosis, and therapy for stuttering. 2R, 3L. P, 170a -170b. 376.Organization and Administration of Speech and Hearing Programs (3) IThe problems in organizing a speech and hearing program, philosophy, case load, space, staff, budget, inter -agency cooperation. 381.Evaluations of Hearing Aids (3) IDevelopment of hearing aid evaluations; circuitry of hearing aids and their physical characteristics; speech intelligibility and the electro- acoustics of low- fidelity circuitry. Patient evaluation and counseling. 2R, 2L. P, 181. Robertson 385.Theories of Hearing (3) IIStudy of contemporary auditory theory and its historical development. Theories are related to the function of physiological and neurological mechanisms in the light of empirical findings. Psychophysical findings are related to physiological findings. McClelland 386.Advanced Auditory Physiology(3)I Neuroanatomy of theauditorysystem, mechanical and electrophysiological response in the cochlea and auditory nervous system. Use of electrophysiological techniques in basic hearing research. 2R, 3L. P, 261, 60a, 385. McClelland 387.Experimental Audiology (3) IIExperimental procedures and instrumentations; study of psychoacoustics; stimulus integration, loudness limen and scales, masking, and auditory fatigue; binaural hearing; theory of signal detection. 2R, 3L. P, 180, 361. Skinner 393.Disorders of Symbolization in Children (3) I 1971 -72Etiology, diagnosis, prognosis, and therapy for linguistic disorders associated with psychomotor problems. P, 170a, 170b, 290. 2R, 3L. 394.Disorders of Symbolization in Adults (3) IIEtiology, diagnosis, prognosis, and therapy for linguistic disorders associated with psychomotor problems. P, 170a -170b, 190. 399.Seminar (3) I, II e. Speech Pathology f.Experimental Phonetics g.Clinical Audiology h. Experimental Audiology Individual Studies 199 (1 to 4); 299 (1 to 5); 400 (1 to 3); 401 (0); 405 Internship (1 to 6); 406 (0); 410 (1 to 4) maximum total, 4 units; 411 (0); 420 Dissertation (1 -9); 421 Extended Dissertation (0)

STATISTICS

Committee on Statistics (Graduate): Professors Henry Tucker, Ph.D. (Systems Engineering), Chairman, Richard W. Coan, Ph.D. (Psychology), Chester C. Kisiel, Ph.D. (Hydrology and Water Resources), JerryL.Sanders, Ph.D. (Systems Engineering), George W. Summers, Ph.D. (Management) Associate Professors Alan B. Humphrey, (Medicine), Robert O. Kuehl, Ph.D. (Agriculture), P. K. Bhattacharya, Ph.D. (Mathematics) Assistant Professor Sarah Hervey, Ph.D. (Education)

The offerings in statistics are intended to provide advanced degree students in a wide range of disciplines with a program which will allow training in both applied and theoretical statistics. Academic work in statistics may be used as a major subject for the Master of Science degree or as a minor subject for doctoral work in 582 DEPARTMENTS AND COURSES OF INSTRUCTION

appropriate fields. Courses in statistics are classified into these areas: Theory, Basic Statistics, and Applied Statistics. Students from any undergraduate field are eligible to enter the statistics program but must demonstrate competence in basic mathematics through calculus to be admitted. The requirements for the Master of Science degree in statistics will be developed by the Committee in accordance with the student's interest, but must include Statistics 291, 220, 239 and 240. Additional courses in mathematical statistics or applied statistics offered in other departments may be included with the approval of the committee. A thesis in theory or app lication of statistics is required for the Master of Science degree. The doctoral minor in statistics will consist of 18 units in statistics and related areas, and must include Statistics 237, 220 and 239. Theory 237.Elements of Statistics (3) I, II(Identical with Mathematics 237) 291.Theory of Statistics (3) II(Identical with Mathematics 291) 391.Multivariate Analysis (3) I 1971 -72(Identical with Mathematics 391) Basic Statistics 205.Sampling Theory and Methods (3) IIIntroduction to planning, execution, and analysis of surveys, methods of sampling, estimation of population values, estimation of sampling error and efficiency of methods. P, one course in statistics. (Identical with Ag. 205) 208.Non -Parametric Statistics (3) IDistribution free statistics, Chi -Square tests, related samples, independent samples, correlations, tests of significance, confidence bands. P, one 200 -level course in statistics. 220.Least Squares Analysis (3) IGeneral regression models, multiple linear and curvilinear regression,analysisof full -rank models, experimental design models, discriminant analysis. P, 237, Math. 230. 221.Least Squares Analysis (3) II ON DEMAND Continuation of 220. 229.Time Series Analysis (3)I ON DEMANDStationary random functions,linear extrapolation and linear filtering of stationary random functions. P, one 200 -level course in Theory of Statistics. 399.Seminar (1) II Applied Statistics 239.Statistical Methods (3) I, II(Identical with Agriculture 239) 240.Design and Analysis of Experiments (3) II(Identical with Agriculture 240) Kuehl Other courses in applied statistics are found under individual departmental listings. See Aerospace and Mechanical Engineering,Agriculture, Chemical Engineering, Economics, Education, Hydrology and Water Resources, Psychology, and Sociology. Individual Studies 299 (1 to 5); 400 (2 to 6); 401 (0); 410 (3 to 6) maximum total, 6 units; 411 (0)

SYSTEMS AND INDUSTRIAL ENGINEERING Professors A. Wayne Wymore, Head, Samuel R. Browning, Lucien Duckstein, WilliamR.Ferrell, James W. Perry, Jerry L.Sanders, Edwin W. Titt (Emeritus), Henry Tucker, Roger J. Weldon Associate Professor Robert L. Baker, Sidney J. Yakowitz, Davicie,. Franklin (Visiting) Assistant Professors Viney K. Gupta, Duane L. Dietrich Instructor Lanny J. Mullens SYSTEMS AND INDUSTRIAL ENGINEERING 583

The Systems and Industrial Engineering Department offers. the Bachelor of Science degrees in systems engineering and industrial engineering mathematics, and the Master of Science and Doctor of Philosophy degrees in systems engineering. The computer science minor in systems engineering for students with a teaching major in secondary education consists of 20 units of course work which must include S.I.E. 172, Math. 181, either S.I.E. 276 or Math. 275, and either S.I.E. 150 or Math. 260a. Other courses should be selected with the approval of the major adviser. Suggested courses are S.I.E. 174, 220, 272, and Math. 175. The courses offered to fulfill this minor cannot be used for the 6 upper -division units required of teaching majors in mathematics. NOTE: No more than two courses listed as "On Demand" will be offered in a given semester. 75.Survey of Computer Science (2) I, IIPrinciples and practical considerations in the design and operation of computer hardware and software. Definition of algorithms and related practical programs for advantageous application of computers. Tucker 78. FORTRAN IV (1)I,IlFundamentals of digital computer programming in the FORTRAN IV language. 3L. Fee, $10. (Credit is allowed for 78 or 172 but not both) 150.Discrete Systems (3) I, IIAn axiomatic approach to the theory of finite state systems; equivalence and system minimization; state and system identification experiments; introduction to Turing machines and general automata; analysis and design of finite state systems. P, Math. 50c. 151.Discrete Systems II (3) IIContinuation of 150. P, 150. 170.Introduction to Engineering Analysis I (3) I, IIApplication of numerical methods and digital computer programming techniques to the solution of mathematical models of engineering systems. 2R, 3L. P, Phys. 10, S.I.E. 78. Not open for credit to students who have credit for S.I.E. 172 or Math. 175 or 275a. Fee, $10. 172.Fundamentals of FORTRAN IV Programming (3)I,II Introduction to problem analysis and algorithms; basic concepts of digital computers; FORTRAN IV program- ming with applications to typical scientific and engineering problems. 2R, 3L. P, Math. 20. Not open for credit to students who have credit for 170 or E.E. 170. Fee, $10. 196.Fundamentals of Computer Science for Honors Students (3) IIntroduction to problem analysis and algorithms; basic concepts of digital computers; programming languages; time sharing; investigations of the user /computer interface. Fee, $10. Baker 206.Engineering Quality Control (3) II(Identical with A.M.E. 206) Dietrich 210.Human Factors in Engineering Design (3)I Information and energy interactions between man and machine and between man and environment. Task, workplace and environment design. Controls and displays. (Not open to Systems Engineering Majors) Weldon -Ferrell 211. Human Performance in Systems I (3)I Engineering description and modelling of human sensory, sensory- motor, and information processing abilities, including acqui- sition of skill, effects of stress, and workload measurement. P, Math. 50c, Psych. lb. Ferrell 212.Human Performance in Systems II (3) IIEngineering description and modelling of human decision making, monitoring and manual control abilities, signal detection, adaptive control and group performance. P, 210 or 211. Ferrell 220.Engineering Statistics and Probability I (3) IApplications of probability and statistics to problems in engineering design and analysis. 2R, 3L. P, Math. 50b. 221.Engineering Statistics and Probability II (3) IIContinuation of 220. 2R, 3L. P, 220. 240.Operations ResearchI(3)I A classof mathematical methods with practical applications in business and industry; emphasis on deterministic models. P, Math. 153. 241.Operations Research II (3) IIA class of probabilistic models with practical applications in business and industry. P, Math. 237 or CR, S.I.E. 221. 584 DEPARTMENTS AND COURSES OF INSTRUCTION

250.Deterministic Systems I (3) IAnalysis and design of linear and nonlinear deterministic systems; systems with time -varying coefficients; frequency analysis of closed loop control systems; stability studies with applications to nonlinear control systems. P, Math. 153. Yakowitz 251.Deterministic Systems II () IIContinuation of 250. P, 250. Yakowitz 265.Systems Engineering Economic Analysis I (3) ISystematic introduction to a calculus of economics; that set of mathematical models which circumscribes the economic aspects of the system /society interface problem. P, Math. 153, Econ. 101. Duckstein- Tucker 272.Computer Organization and Programming (3)I,II Machine instructions,their representationinmachine language and symbolic form,operating systems and assemblers. 2R, 3L. P, 172. Fee, $10. Baker 273.The Theory of Systems Programming I (3) IOrganizing information as well -defined strings ( "sentences ") and their processing by computer. Prediction and dependency systems; precedence analysis; context -free and context -dependent grammars. Ambiguity detection and elimination. P, 75, 78 or 172. (Identical with C.S. 273) Perry 274.The Theory of Systems Programming II (3) IIDiagrams, graphs and their connection matrices for organizing non -numerical information. Applications to transportation and flow systems, chemical structural formulas and document contents. P, 75, 78 or 172. (Identical with C.S. 274) Perry 275.Information Retrieval and Correlation (3) IAnalysis of traditional library methods and automated procedures. Modeling and computer simulation for design and evaluation of simple and complex operational systems to retrieve and correlate recorded information. P, 75, 78 or 172. (Identical with C.S. 277) Perry 276.Numerical Analysis I (3) IInterpolation and approximation, numerical integration and differentiation, error analysis, solving ordinary differential equations. P, 170. Gupta 277.Numerical Analysis II (3) IISolving linear equations by triangular factorization, error analysis, error bounds, eigenvalue problems, Rayleigh -Ritz Methods. P, 170. Gupta 290.Computer Center Development and Operation (3) IIA study of problems associated with computer center management, hardware configurations, software systems and personnel. P, 272. (Identical with C.S. 290) Baker- Tucker 293.Operating Systems (3) IFundamentals of systems programming including a detailed analysis of a typical operating system. P, 272. Fee, $10. (Identical with C.S. 293.) Baker 295.Laboratory in Computer Science (2 to 3) I, IIConsulting, analysis, flow charting, programming, and evaluation of a current research problem with a computer use. P, 172 or 170. Tucker 306.Advanced Engineering Quality Control (3) ON DEMANDTotal systems models of the impact of all quality control procedures from receiving inspection of vendor components to the final systems test on system reliability. Application of modern statistical theory to advanced inspection and test procedures. P, 241 or 206 and AME 213. (Identical with A.M.E. 306.) Dietrich 310.Organic Systems (3) IOrganized bodies compared to agglomerate bodies; concepts of biological units as organized systems; non -biological analogs of organized systems, concepts of the human being as a system. P, 211, 212. Weldon 311.Organization Theory (3) IISystems containing human components; development and extension of theories of organic systems to include such systems; industrial, military, cultural units as examples; problems of purpose and criteria in engineering design and analysis, problems generated by man -machine and man -man interactions. P, 310. Weldon 312.Human Factors in Complex Systems (3) ON DEMAND Advanced topics in human performance. Special emphasis on man -man, man -system and system- society inter- actions. P, 210 or 212. Ferrell 320.Probabilistic Systems I (3) 1Use of stochastic processes for modeling complex systems phenomena with applications to systems design and analysis. P, 221. Sanders SYSTEMS AND INDUSTRIAL ENGINEERING 585

321.Probabilistic Systems II (3) IIContinuation of 320. P, 320. Sanders 330.Advanced Numerical AnalysisI(3)I Interval arithmetic, models for roundoff. Equilibration and scaling iterative refinement. Hermitian /Symmetric eigenvalue prob- lems, Householder's method, Lanvzo's method. Error analysis for Hermitian eigen- systems. P, 277. Gupta 331.Advanced Numerical Analysis II (3). ON DEMANDBehavior of multi -step methods for solving ordinary differential equations. Partial differential equations of diffusion solving elliptic difference equations, alternating direction methods for elliptic and parabolic problems. P, 276. Gupta 340.Queuing Theory(3) ON DEMAND Study of mathematical theory of queuing phenomena; birth and death processes; steady -state analysis and study of transients; single and multichannel models; applications to service counter, airport, highway and inventory problems. P, 241. Sanders 341.Theory of Inventory (3) ON DEMAND The mathematical theory of production and inventory control, deterministic and probabilistic models; the use of linear and dynamic programming models; warehousing and transportation problems; application to produc- tion smoothing; hydroelectric power generation; problems of engineering control. P, 241. Sanders 342.Theory of High Traffic Systems (3) ON DEMAND An integrated presentation of the theory of traffic flow. Microscopic models; vehicle -following, stochastic approaches. Macroscopic models, fluid dynamics analogy, traffic networks, stochastic systems. Digital and analog simulation techniques. P, CR 320 or 340. Duckstein 343.Transportation System Planning and Control (3) ON DEMAND Various approaches to the transportation algorithm for transportation- system design. Use of the trans -shipment algorithm for the design of shipping schedules. Network flow theory for continuous flow systems. P, 241. Duckstein 344.Design Optimization I (3) IOptimization in engineering design; extrema of a function of functional subject to constraints; typical constraint sets; systems of equations and inequalities, linear and nonlinear; dynamic programming; maximum principle; computer search for optimum. P, 240. Baker 345.Design Optimization II (3) IIContinuation of 344. P, 344. Baker 350.General System Theory I (3) IAxiomatization of a class of mathematical models for the description, analysis and design of systems. P, 250. Wymore 351.General System Theory II (3) IIContinuation of 350. P, 350. Wymore 361.Forecasting for System Control (3) ON DEMAND Use of mathematical and statistical techniquesfortheforecasting and predictionof system variablesin uncertain environments. P, 360. Sanders 362.Production Systems Control (3) ON DEMAND Mathematical and computing tech- niques for the efficient control of production and assembly systems. Optimal production planning in a stochastic environment. Priority assembly operations and the "feature mix" problem. P, 241. Baker 363.Production System Design (3) ON DEMAND Use of PERT and critical path algorithms for project planning and control. The primal -dual algorithm for design of cost -optimal projects. Use of the assembly line balancing algorithm for the design of production lines. P, 240. Baker 365.Systems Engineering Economic Analysis II (3) ON DEMAND A theoretical presenta- tion of economic calculus with numerous applications to system /society interface problems; development of specialized tools of operations research leading to economic models; evolutionary models; emphasis on the uncertainty pertaining to long -range decisions. P, 265. Duckstein- Tucker 372.Advanced Topics in Computer Science (3) IIA study of the state of the art of computer science. Recent developments of techniques in advanced computer program- ming. 2R, 3L. P, 272. Fee, $10. (Identical with C.S. 372) Baker 586 DEPARTMENTS AND COURSES OF INSTRUCTION'

373.Programming Languages (3) IIA study of programming languages including ALGOL, JOVIAL, SIMSCRIPT, List Processing, etc., with applications in heuristic programming. P, 373 or equivalent. Fee, $10. (Identical with Computer Science 373) Baker 374.Non -Numerical Applications of Computers I (3) IFormal grammars, abstract machines and the hardware- software interface in computer design and application. Implementation by programming, languages for numerical computation, list processing and simulation. P, 273 or 274. (Identical with C.S. 384.) Perry 375.Non -Numerical Applications of Digital Computers II(3)IICompilers, monitors, time- sharing, etc; computer aided instruction. Artificial intelligence, heuristic program- ming and limitations of computer applications. P, 273 or 274. (Identical with C.S. 385) Perry 379.Computer Modeling and Simulation of Operational Systems (3) II (Identical with Mgmt. 379)A quilano 386.Bio- Engineering Models (3) ON DEMANDGeneration of models designed to evaluate biosystems, deterministic and stochastic models with random and pseudo -random effects, evolution and deformation of biological systems. P, 212, 221, 250. Tucker 399.Seminar (1 to 6) I, II b. BIGOPS 1. Design of Standardized Languages e.Engineering Mathematics n. Numerical Analysis g.General System Theory o. Optimization h. Human Factors p. Programming i.Information Coordination and Evaluation s.Statistics Individual Studies 99, 199, 299 (1 to 5); 400 (2 to 8); 401 (0); 410 (1 to 6) maximum total, 6 units; 411 (0); 420 (1 to 9); 421 (0)

URBAN PLANNING Committee On Urban Planning: Professors Robert D. Carpenter, M.C.P. (Urban Planning), Chairman, Guy S. Greene, B.S. (Landscape Architecture), James B. Hogan, Ph.D. (Government), Quentin M. Mees, M.S. (Civil Engineering), David E. Shirley, Ph.D. (Eco- nomics; Director, Division of Economic and Business Research), Andrew W. Wilson, Ph. D. (Geography and Area Development) Associate Professors Thomas F. Saarinen, Ph.D. (Geography and Area Develop- ment), Fred S. Matter, M. Arch. (Architecture) Lecturer Herman Danforth, C.E. (Civil Engineering) Research Specialist Wilfrid D. Kelley, M.A. (Division of Economic and Business Research) The graduate program in urban planningisadministered through the Graduate College by the College of Architecture with the cooperation of the College of Engineering and the College of Business and Public Administration. The program leads to the degree of Master of Science with a major in urban planning. Admission to this program is open to students having a bachelor's degree from a recognized college or university. The applicant's experience, range of interest,and the pattern of undergraduate performance will be taken into consideration in addition to his academic record. Students with a variety of academic backgrounds are encouraged to apply for admission. Suitable fields of undergraduate study include, but are not limited to, sociology, economics, political science, public administration, geography, public health, engineering, architecture and landscape architecture. Undergraduate preparation should include courses in basic college mathematics, introductory economics, introductory sociology, local URBAN PLANNING 587 government, and elementarystatistics.Deficiencies inthis regard should be removed without graduate credit during the first year of study. The degree program requires a two -year course of study with a minimum of 54 units. Included in all student programs will be a core of courses totaling 36 units, four units of which are for the internship or thesis. In fulfilling the remaining units required for the degree, the student's special interests will be recognized by the selection of a concentration of courses in a particular area of study which must be approved by the student's faculty adviser. These additional courses are designed to give the student the breadth of background required for the interdisciplinary field of urban planning. With faculty approval the student will select courses from the many that are available in other units of the university to provide him with an area of special competence. The program requires satisfactory performance in an internship or completion of a thesis. It is recommended that each candidate for admission to the urban planning program include hisscores on the Aptitude Test of the Graduate Record Examination with the completed application form.

Required Core (36 hours) Subject Units Urb. Pl. 257 Advanced Geographical Techniques 3 Urb. Pl. 273 Urban Sanitation 3 Urb. Pl. 280 Planning Law 3 Urb. Pl. 344a -344b Introduction to Planning 2 -2 Urb. Pl. 365 Principles of Transportation Planning 3 Urb. Pl. 379 Problems of Urban Change 3 Urb. Pl. 390a -390b Projects in Planning 5 -5 Urb. Pl. 399c Seminar - Regional Planning 3 Urb. Pl. 405 or 410 Internship or Thesis 4

257.Advanced Geographical Techniques (3) I(Identical with Geography 257) Gibson 273.Urban Sanitation (3) I(Identical with Civil Engineering 273) 280.Planning Law (3) IILand -use controls. The law of nuisance; restrictive covenants; building, housing, and subdivision regulation; zoning, urban renewal, and eminent domain. H. K. Martin 344a -344b.Introduction to Planning (2 -2) Yr.Introduction to history, scope and objectives of comprehensive planning as applied to urban and regional areas; basic concepts and theories of comprehensive planning and their relationships to functional and project planning. Carpenter 365.Principles of Transportation Planning (3) II(Identical with Civil Engineering 365) Danforth 379.Problems of Urban Change (3) I(Identical with Geography 379) Wilson 390a -390b.Projects in Planning (5 -5) Yr.Problems relating to situations in urban planning. Conducted on a collaborative team basis using students with and without previous experience in drawing and presentation. 390a: Organized to enable the student to develop skills in and approaches to the planning studies basic to the general development plan. 390b: Devoted to the preparation of a general development plan for a community. (Identical with Geog. 390a -390b) Carpenter 399.Seminar (3) I, IIContent confined to some special field, depending on student need and availability of staff. a. The General Plan d. Zoning Administration b. Federal Assistance Programs e.Housing c.Regional Planning Individual Studies 299 (1 to 5); 400 (2 to 4); 401 (0); 405 (4); 406 (0); 410 (4); 411 (0) 588 DEPARTMENTS AND COURSES OF INSTR UCTI011

Related Courses Which May beTaken for Credit in Urban Planning Anthropology Government 277.Modern Communities (3) 213.Municipal and Metropolitan Agricultural Economics Government (3) 276.Natural Resource Economics (3) 235.Public Opinion 306.Economics of Natural Resources (3) and Voting Behavior (3) Civil Engineering 261.Public Administration (3) 254.Photogrammetry (3) 262.Comparative Public 263.Traffic Engineering (3) Administration (3) 265.Urban Planning (3) 267.Bureaucracy (3) 296.Engineering Economics (2) 274.Administrative Law (3) 356.Engineering Interpretation 362.Administrative Theory (3) of Aerial Photographs (2) 399.Research Seminar in Metropolitan 277.Environmental Health (3) Problems (3) 279.Environmental Air Pollution (3) Landscape Architecture 399n. Transportation Engineering (1 to 3) 220a -220b.Third Year Design (5 -5) 399o. Urban Planning (1 to 3) 224.Forest Recreation (3) Economics Management 235.Public Finance (3) 270.Data Processing (3) 236.State and Local Public Administration Government Finance (3) 241.Public Management (3) 290.Regional Economics (3) 301.Social Relations 266.Transportation (3) and Administration (2) 291.Urban Economics (3) 337.Fiscal and Budgetary Administration Finance, Insurance and Real Estate of Public Agencies (2) 281.Real Estate Law (3) Sociology 282.Real Estate Appraisals (3) 222.Minority Relations (3) Geography and Area Development 283.Social Relations in the Metropolitan 253.The Localization Community (3) of Manufacturing (3) 295.Social Ecology (3) 261.Population and Resources (3) 296a -296b.Comparative Community 297.Seminar in Area Development Organization' and 356.Structure of Cities (3) Development (3 -3) 361.Resource Management (3)

WATERSHED MANAGEMENT Professors John H. Ehrenreich, Head, Martin M. Fogel, Robert L. Gilbertson (Plant Pathology), Herbert M. Hull, David A. King, James O. Klemmedson, Philip N. Knorr, S. Clark Martin, Phil R. Ogden, Ervin M. Schmutz, John L. Thames, David B. Thorud, Robert F. Wagle AssociateProfessors GilbertL. Jordan, Gordon S.Lehman, JerryC.Tash (Cooperative Fishery Unit), Malcolm J. Zwolinski Assistant Professors Stanley K. Brickler, Peter F. Ffolliott, Edwin L. Smith Instructors Ernest B. Fish, Joseph H. Kitchen, Jr., Richard M. Tinlin Lecturer Charles D. Ziebell (Cooperative Fishery Unit) Watershed Management concerns the management of renewable natural resources for water, forage, wood, recreation, wildlife and fisheries. Within the department, four major curricula are offered: Watershed Management, Range Management, Fisheries Management and Natural Resource Recreation. A student may obtain the degree of Bachelor of Science with a major in any of these areas or the degrees of Master of Science and Doctor of Philosophy with a major in Watershed Management or Range Management. A graduate program in natural resource recreation is available under the major in Watershed Management. A strong basic curriculum the first two years followed by professional courses in the junior and senior years prepares students for careers in the federal service as well as for private and state employment. The first two years may be taken at a junior college or other accredited college if the proper courses are selected. WATERSHED MANAGEMENT 589

Graduate Program: Graduate programs leading to the Master of Science or the Doctor of Philosophy degree are developed to fit the needs of individual students considering their past training and the requirements of the profession. A strong background in the physical and /or social sciences is considered essential preparation for graduate education. Interdisciplinary study is strongly encouraged and departmental boundaries are crossed to obtain additional courses in mathe- matics, statistics, chemistry, biology, economics, geology, atmospheric sciences and engineering. At least 16 units in forest, range and related subjects, which give the student a background in renewable natural resource management, are prerequisite for graduate work in the department. Undergraduate Major in Watershed Management Departmental courses qualify the student for a professional career and are presented from a broad viewpoint which considers the management needs of whole watersheds and their multiple uses. Students may obtain an undergraduate degree in Watershed Management in the options of watershed hydrology or forest -watershed management. Either of these options has a great deal of flexibility for free electives. The University does not offer a B.S. degree in Forestry. Required Courses for Watershed Management (These fulfill most College of Agriculture Requirements) Ag. Chem. 11R, 11L Math. 44 (or placement), 91 Bio. Sci. 5a, 260 Phys. 2a or 3a Chem. 2aR -2bR, 2aL -2bL, 41a, 43a R.M. 205 Econ. 2a; 2b or Ag. Econ. 104 Speech 2 English 1, 3; 8 or 107 W.M. 102, 116, 121, 210 Geos. la or 51 260, 262

Additional Requirements for Specific Options Watershed Hydrology Forest - Watershed Management Ag. Chem. 205 or 207 Bio. Sci. 244 Ag. E. 206 or A.M.E. 131 Govt., Soc., Phil., or Psych. -6 units Atmos. 71 Math. 49a or 65a -65b C.E. 272 N.R.R. 181 Math. 49a-49b or 50a-50b-50c W.M. 142, 197a -197b, 205, 215, 230, 240, 290 Phys. 2b or 3b S.I.E. 78 W.M. 142 or R.M. 202 W.M. 240 or Ag. Econ. 276 Summer Camp: A watershed -forestry field studies program (W.M. 197a- 197b) of seven weeks_ during the summer is required of all students in the Forest - Watershed Management option. It should be taken between the sophomore and junior years. 35.Conservation of Natural Resources (2) I, IIConservation and multiple use of renewable natural resources, including forest, range, wildlife, and recreation; history of forest and range use and its present status. Zwolinski 102.Forest and Range Plants (2) II(Identical with Range Management 102) Ogden 116.Introduction to Forest and Range Ecology (2) II(Identical with Range Management

. 116) Klemmedson 121..Natural Resource Measurements (3) II(Identical with Range Management 121) 142.Dendrology (2)IISilvical properties, economic importance and identification of American forest trees and shrubs. 1R, 3L. P, CR 102. Fee, $6. Lehman 150.Forest Pathology (3) II(Identical with Plant Pathology 150) Gilbertson 590 DEPARTMENTS AND COURSES OF INSTRUCTION

197a -197b.Watershed- Forestry Field Studies (3-4) Summer197a: Forest Surveying (1), Forest Measurements (2). 197b: Silviculture (2), Entomology -Pathology and Recreation (1), Watershed -Range (1). P, 121 and junior standing. Fee, $65. 205.Resource Protection (3) IProtection of wildland resources against injurious wild fires, insects, plant diseases, and land uses; place and potential use of these factors in resource management. Fee, $1. Zwolinski 210.Silviculture (3) IIPrinciples and technical procedures for reproducing, planting, and tending forest crops with reference to watershed. 2R, 3L. P, 116; 142 or R.M. 202. Fee, $8. Wagle 215.Mensuration (3)I Measurement and inventory of forest land, forest growth, raw materials, and products. 2R, 3L. P, 121. Fee, $6. Zwolinski -Ffolliott 216.Plants and Environment (2)I (Identical with Range Management 216) Wagle- Klemmedson 220a -220b.Photogrammetry- Photointerpretation (2 -2) Yr.220a: Aerial photographic plan- ning for natural resource management; stereoscopic principles applied fo planimetric and topographic mapping. 1R, 3L. P, Math. 24. Fee, $8. 220b: Reading and interpretation of aerial photographs; natural resource inventory from aerial photographs; remote sensing techniques.1R,3L.P, Math 24. 220a isnot prerequisite to 220b. Fee,$2. Knorr -Lehman 225.Wood Technology and Utilization (3) II 1972 -73Anatomy, structure, and uses of commercially important woods and their identification. 2R, 3L. P, Bio. Sci. 5a. Fee $7. Wagle 227.Bioclimatology (3) II(Identical with Atmospheric Sciences 227) 230.Forest Resource Management (3) IIDecision making in the management of forest lands. 2R, 3L. P, 210, 215, 240. Fee, $6. Knorr 240.Forest Resource Economics (3) IEconomics of the production of goods acid services from forest lands. Decision making in micro -forest resource management situations. Supply and demand relationships for products of forest resources. P, Econ. 2b or Ag., Econ. 104. (Identical with Ag. Econ. 240) King 260.Watershed Hydrology (3) IApplication of fundamental principles to quantifying the basic hydrologic processes occurring on watersheds. P, Geos. la or 51, Ag. Chem. 11R, 11L, Math. 91 and senior standing. Fee, $1. (Identical with Hyd. 260) Fogel 261.Plant-Water Relations (3) I(Identical with Biological Sciences 261) O'Leary 262.Watershed Management (3)IIHydrology of vegetated watersheds, evaporation, transpiration, erosion, snow, water yield improvements through land management including the role of ecology, and small watershed modeling. P, 260. Thorud 265.Hydrochemistry (3) II(Identical with Agricultural Chemistry and Soils 265) Dutt 271.Water Utilization (3) II(Identical with Agricultural Chemistry and Soils 271) Wilson 272.Water Quality Control (3) II(Identical with Civil Engineering 272) Phillips 276.Natural Resource Economics (3) II(Identical with Agricultural Economics 276) Day 290.Forest and Range Policy (2) IIHistory and evolution of forest and range policy in the U.S.; present wildland policies; analysis of present policy and trends. P, 240, or Ag. Econ. 204 or 205. (Identical with Ag. Econ. 290, R.M. 290 and W.R.A. 290) Knorr 295.Introduction to Dendrochronology (3) I(Identical with Geos. 295) Stokes 302.Snow Hydrology (2) IIPhysical properties of snow, melt and runoff characteristics, measurements, flood and water yield prediction, forest -snow relationship and manage- ment potential. One weekend field trip. P, 260 or C.E. 223. Fee, $5. (Identical with Hyd. 302) Thorud 305.Modeling of Small Watershed Hydrology (3)II Techniques for synthesizing the hydrologic behavior of watershed catchments. P, 262, Math. 49b. Fee, $2. Thames -Fogel 345.Advanced Watershed Management (3)IIApplication of hydrologic modeling and system analysis for optimizing management of watersheds. P, 305. Fee, $3. Thames Fogel WATERSHED MANAGEMENT 591

346a -346b.Research Methods (2 -2) Yr.(Identical with Range Management 346a -346b) Ehrenreich- Klemmedson 355.Dendroclimatology (4) II 1971 -72(Identical with Geos. 355) Fritts 357.Quantitative Methods in Dendrochronology (3) II 1972 -73(Identical with Geos. 357) La Marche 376.Economics of Natural Resources (3) II(Identical with Agricultural Economics 376) Kelso 399.Seminar (1 to 3) I, IICarried on in the following fields, depending upon student needs and available staff: a.Watershed Management c.Ecology b. Forest Economics and Policy d. Forest Recreation Individual Studies 199 (1 to 4); 299 (1 to 5); 400 (2 to 8); 401 (0); 410 (2 to 8) maximum total, 8 units; 411 (0); 420 (1 to 9); 421 (0)

Undergraduate Major in Range Management The curriculum in range management provides students with those funda- mental courses necessary to obtain professional employment with state or federal resource management agencies or private industry. Sufficient flexibility has been maintained inthe range management program to allow students to obtain additional courses in wildlife, watershed, economics, forestry and animal science for specific career objectives or in preparation for graduate study.

Required Courses for Range Management (These fulfill most College of Agriculture requirements) Ag. Chem. 11R, 11L Govt., Soc., Phil., or Psych. -6 units Ag. Econ. 205 or 276 or W.M. 240 Math. 44 (or placement), 91 An. Sci. 204; 216 or 217 N.R.R. 181 Bio. Sci. 5a -5b, 244, 260 Phys. 2a Chem. 2aR -2bR, 2aL -2bL, 41a, 43a R.M. 102, 116, 202, 205, 218, 256, Econ. 2a;2b or Ag. Econ. 104 286, 298 English 1, 3; 8 or 107 W.M. 210, 262 Geos. la or 51

R.M. 218 RANGE FIELD STUDIES, a 14 -day field course, is required for all range management majors and should be taken between the junior and senior years. Majors will register for this course at the regular second -semester registration or add the course to their schedule during the semester.

102.Forest and Range Plants (2) IIPlant classification, identification and nomenclature with emphasis on the grass, rose, legume, composite and pine and other plant families containing important forest and range plants. 1R, 3L. P, Bio. Sci. 5a. (Identical with Watershed Management 102) Ogden 116.Introduction to Forest and Range Ecology (2) II,Principles and concepts pertaining to energy, nutrients, limiting factors and organization in ecological systems; analysis of succession, application of ecological principles to natural resources. P, Bio. Sci. 5a. (Identical with Watershed Management 116 and Natural Resource Recreation 116). Klemmedson 121.Natural Resource Measurements (3) IIA study of basic land, climatic, hydrologic and vegetative measurements used in management of natural resources; presentation and interpretation of the resulting data. 1R, 6L. P, Math. 91. Fee, $3. (Identical with Watershed Management 121 and Natural Resource Recreation 121). 592 DEPARTMENTS AND COURSES OF INSTRUCTION

202.Forest and Range Plant Identification (2) IIdentification, value and habitat relation- ships of important forest and range plants - grasses, forbs and shrubs. 1R, 3L. P, 102. Fee, $7. Ogden 205.Range Management (3) IHistory of use, influences of use on plant physiology and ecology; interrelationships and coordination of rangeland uses. P, Bio. Sci. 5a. Fee, $5. Schmutz 216.Plants and Environment (2) IA course in autoecology; the relation of environmental factors to the structure, function and distribution of plant species. P, 116, 121, Ag. Chem. 11R, 11L. (Identical with Watershed Management 216) Wagle -Klemmedson 218.Range Field Studies (2) Summer A field course covering the practical application of the principles of range management and ecology; grazing problems on forest, brush and grass ranges; noxious plant control; revegetation techniques. Fee, $60 (transportation). 256.Ecology of Forest and Range Communities (3) IIConcepts of community ecology; their relation to management of forest and range ecosystems. P, 116, 121, Ag. Chem. 11R, 11L. Smith 286.Range Evaluation and Planning (3) IIConcepts and techniques of analyzing range forage production and utilization, condition and trend, and readiness for grazing; use of this information in planning effective range management. 2R, 3L. P, 202, 205, 256; W.M. 240 or Ag. Econ. 205 or 276. Fee, $7. Ogden 290.Forest and Range Policy (2) II(Identical with Watershed Management 290) Knorr 298.Seminar in Range Management (1) IPresentations and discussions of current topics in range management and related sciences. P, 205, 256. Schmutz 346a -346b.Research Methods (2 -2) Yr.346a: The scientific method, problem selection, problem analysis, work plans, scientific communications. 346b: Quantitative ecology;. sampling and comparison, cyclic and successional change, association and correlation, causal factor of pattern, community distribution. 1R, 3L. P, Stat. 239; 246a is not prerequisite to 346b. Ehrenreich- Klemmedson 399.Seminar (1) I, II Individual Studies 199 (1 to 4); 299 (1 to 5); 400 (2 to 8); 401 (0); 410 (2 to 8) maximum total, 8 units; 411 (0); 420 (1 to 9); 421 (0).

Undergraduate Major in Fisheries Management An undergraduate degree in fisheries management provides the student with a broad background for a professional career with state fish and game departments and with federal agencies such as the Bureau of Sport Fisheries and Wildlife, Forest Service, Bureau of Land Management, Soil Conservation Service, and others. In addition to the course requirements, it is recommended that students seek summer employment in fisheries -related work with a state or federal agency.

Required Courses for Fisheries Management (These fulfill most College of Agriculture requirements) Ag. Chem. 11R, 11L F.M. 25, 230, 241, 255, 282 Bio. Sci. 5a -5b, 120 Math. 20 and 24 or 44; 49a or 91 Chem. 2aR -2bR, 2aL -2bL, 41a -41b, 43a -43b N.R.R. 181 C.E. 272 Phil. 12 Econ. 2a; 2b or Ag. Econ. 104 Phys. 2a or 3a English 1, 3 Speech 2 Govt., Soc., Phil., or Psych. -6 units W.M. 262

25.Introduction to Fisheries Conservation (2) IBasic principles, techniques and theories of fishery conservation and management. WATERSHED MANAGEMENT 593

230.General Ecology (4) I, II(Identical with Biological Sciences 230) Calder -Lowe 241.Limnology (4) I(Identical with Biological Sciences 241) Carlson 255.Fishery Management (4) IIMethods and concepts pertaining to fishery investigations and management; application of principles for production of optimum fisheries to benefit man. 3R, 3L. P, 241, 282, Chem. 43b. Fee, $10. 282.Ichthyology (4) I(Identical with Biological Sciences 282) Thomson Individual Studies 199 (1 to 4); 299 (1 to 5)

Undergraduate Major in Natural Resource Recreation Students in the natural resource recreation curriculum are qualified to pursue professional careers with federal and state agencies, as recreation specialists, or with private organizations. Sufficient flexibility has been created in the program to allow students to emphasize additional study in the professional areas of water -based recreation, resource planning, interpretation, park management administration or forest recreation management_

Required Courses for Natural Resource Recreation (These fulfill most College of Agriculture requirements)

Ag. Chem. 11R, 11L Math. 20 and 24 or 44 Bio.. Sci. 5a, 244 N.R.R. 116, 121, 181, 188, 224, 270 Chem. 2aR -2bR, 2aL -2bL Phys. 2a Econ. 2a; 2b or Ag. Econ. 104 R.M. 205 English 1, 3 Speech 2 Geos. la or 51 W.M. 262; 142 or R.M. 202 Govt., Soc., Phil., or Psych -6 units

116.Introduction to Forest and Range Ecology (2)II(Identical with R. M. 116) Klemmedson 121.Natural Resource Measurements (3) II(Identical with Range Management 121) 181.Natural Resource Recreation (2) I An examination of recreation concepts, needs, land planning and management techniques for outdoor recreation in natural areas. Brickler 188.Environmental Interpretation (3) IIPhilosophy and techniques of interpreting the natural environment through media, visitor centers, nature trails and interpretative planning and design. 2R, 3L. P, 181. Brickler -King 220.Site Planning (5) I(Identical with Landscape Architecture 220) Greene 224.Recreation Resource Planning (3) INational, regional, basin, state and local compre- hensive recreational planning; aspects for master planning. 2R, 3L. P, 181. Brickler- Greene 270.Economics of Outdoor Recreation (3) IApplication of economic tools to recreation planning and management including recreation demand and supply, recreation use projection methods, recreation resource valuation and policy issues. P, Econ. 2b or Ag. Econ. 104. King 283.Administration of Recreation (2) II(Identical with H.P.E.R. 283) Ott -Staff Individual Studies 199 (1 to 4); 299 (1 to 5)

WILDLIFE BIOLOGY (See Biological Sciences)

ZOOLOGY (See Biological Sciences) Index

Abbreviations, 189 general regulations, 104 Absences, 184 graduate, 303 Absentia, work in, 188, 307 Law college, 269 Academic calendar, 6 -7 Medical college, 286 Academic deficiencies, 179 non -residents, 105 Academic guidelines, 178 -185 physical examination, 104 Academic honors (see Honors) readmission, 105 Academic probation, 179 required secondary school Accounting subjects, 108 courses, 322 requirements for particular major in, 207 colleges, 109 Master of, 323 scholarship requirement for, 105 Accounts, clearance of, 175, 188 summer session, 319 Accreditation, teachers transfer of credits, 111 (see Certification) transfer students, 110 Accreditation, University, 93 veterans, 105 Accredited Arizona high schools, 106 war orphans, 105 Achievement tests (see Examinations) Admission application fee, 105 Activities Admission test for law school, 270 athletics, 169 Admission to candidacy, 188 eligibility for, 168 Adult evening classes (see Continuing extracurricular, 168 Education) religious, 172 Advanced degrees offered, 307 Activity organizations, student, 171 Advanced placement, 110 Adding courses (see Adjustments) Advanced standing, admission to,,110 Address, registration of Advertising (see Marketing) (see Change of Address) Advisers Adjustments, registration, 176 American Indian Student, 159 Administrative officers, 9 foreign student, 159 Administration Advising, student, 159 business, 375 Aerospace and mechanical engineering, correctional, 213 239, 325 general business, 208 Aerospace studies (Military), 315, 499 public, 212 Affidavit, admission, 104 university, 12 Age for admission, 104 Admission, 104 -111 Agricultural advanced placement, 110 biochemistry, 330 advanced standing, 110 business, 193 affidavit for, 104 chemistry and soils, 332 age requirement, 104 . communications, 192 application for, 104, 110 economics, 335 fee, 105 education, 337 Arizona residents, 106 Master of, 337 cancellation of, 104 engineering, 241, 339 Continuing Education division, Experiment Station, 97 106, 318 extension education, 192 entrance credit, 108 Extension Service, 99 equal opportunity, 104 journalism (see Agricultural foreign students, 105, 303 communications) freshman standing, 106 machinery and equipment

594 INDEX 595

engineering(seeAgri- mechanics) Asian Studies(seeOriental Studies) science curriculum, 191 Assistance, financial, 119 -148 Agri- mechanics and irrigation, 339 Assistantships, graduate, 145 Agronomy, 341 Associated Western Universities, 93 Aid bequests, 121 Associated Students, 169 Air Force aerospace studies(seeAero- Associateships, graduate, 145 space studies) Association of Research Libraries, 93 Air Force reserve officers training Astronomy, 361 program, 315 Athletics Air science, 315 eligibility for, 169 Alcohol studies, 343 intercollegiate, 309 Alumni association, 96 intercollegiate policy, 169 scholarships, 131 intramural, 309 American Indian student advising, 159 Western Athletic Conference, 169 American Indian Studies, 282, 344 Athletics and physical education(see Analog computing laboratory, 251 Health, Physical Education and Anatomy, 345 Recreation; and Physical Education Animal pathology, 346 for Women) Animal physiology, 348 Atmospheric physics, Institute, 99 Animal science, 349 Atmospheric sciences, 364 Anthropology, 350 Attendance, 184 Apartments, married students Auditing courses(seeNo- credit (seeHousing facilities) registration) Application fee, admission, 105 Automobiles, regulations, 168 Application for degree candidacy, 188 Average, graduation, 187 Applied music, 263 Averaging of grades, 181 Appointments, graduate, 145 Awards and prizes, 149 -158 Arabic(seeOriental Studies) Archaeology(seeAnthropology) Bachelors' degrees Architecture, 200 -202, 356 second, 188 scholarships in, 138, 146 units required for, 186 Area development, 207, 428 Bacteriology(seeMicrobiology and Argonne Universities Association, 93 Medical Technology) Arid Lands Studies, Office of, 100, 224 Bands, University, 254, 505 Arid Lands Resource Sciences, 357 Bassoon, 510 Arizona Board of Regents, 92 Bequests, 121 Arizona Cooperative Fishery Unit, 98 Bilingual teacher education program, Arizona Cooperative Wildlife Research (seeEducation, Multicultural) Unit, 98 Binding of thesis(seeThesis binding Arizona Friends of Music, 174 fee) Arizona high schools, 106 Biochemistry, 366 Arizona Medical Center Library graduate committee on, 367 (seeLibraries) Biochemistry and Nutrition, 330 Arizona Poisoning Control Information Biological sciences, 368 Center, 98, 301 Biology(seeBiological Sciences) Arizona residents, admission of, 106 Black Studies, 282, 374 Arizona State Museum, 98, 173 Board, 114 Arizona Transportation and Traffic Board of Regents, Arizona, 92 Institute, 98 Botany(seeBiological sciences) Art, 256, 358 Brazil program, College of Art education, 257, 361 Agriculture, 99 Art Gallery(seeMuseum of Art) Breakage deposit, 116 Art history, 258, 359 Broadcasting(seeRadio -Television) Artist Series, 172 Bureau of Arts Society, International, 174 Educational research and services, 596 INDEX

98, 228 Class standing, 178 Ethnic research, 99, 351 Classics, 389 Mines, Arizona, 98, 289 Classification Business Administration, 375 of courses, 321 Bachelor of science in, 205 of students, 175 general major in, 208 Clearance of accounts, 175, 188 major fields, 207 Climatology(seeAtmospheric sciences) Master of, 375 Clinical services, 160 Business and Public Administration, Clothing, textiles, 196, 457 College of, 203 -16 Coaching, minor in, 445 scholarships in, 138, 146, 148 Code of conduct(seeRegulations, Business economics, major in, 208 general) Business education, 204, 209, 375, College, change of, 176 515 College Entrance Exam Board Cafeterias, 166 Exams, 111 Calendar, academic, 6 -7 Combined programs Campus code(seeCode of Conduct) engineering and mines or B.P.A., Cancellation of admission or 204, 215 registration, 104 and M.B.A. degree, 215 Cancellation of courses, 177 Commercial art(seeArt) Candidacy for degrees Committees, University, 95 graduate, 304 Community medicine, 490 undergraduate, 188 Composition, freshman Cap and gown rental fee, 117 courses, 416 Career advising(seeStudent counseling requirements, 182 bureau) Computer center, 99 Cars, 168 Computer Science, 391 Catalog, choice of, 187 Concerts, 172 Ceará, University of -U of A program, Concurrent enrollment(see 99, 190 Registration, concurrent Cello, 509 Conduct, student, 166 -167 Ceramics(seeArt) Consortium of Western Universities Certification, teacher, 228 and Colleges, 93 Change Consumer service in food, 197 of address, 162, 165 Connoisseur concerts, 173 college, 176 Contemporary media music, course, 176 major in, 266 grade, 181 Contents, table of, 4 -5 major, 176 Continuing education, 106, 318 -320 schedule, 176 Cooperative extension service, 99 fee for, 116 Cooperative fishery unity, 98 to less advanced course, 176 Cooperative program Character, 104 in engineering, 252 Chemical engineering, 292, 376 in mines, 288 Chemistry, 378 Cooperative residence hall, 164 Child development and family Cooperative wildlife research unit, 98 relations, 196, 456 Cooperative work -study programs, Chinese(seeOriental studies) 119, 252, 288 Choice of catalog, 187 Correctional administration, 213 Choir; chorus, 254 Correspondence instruction, 318 Church groups, 172 Costs(seeExpenses and fees) Civil engineering and engineering Counseling and guidance, 393 mechanics, 383 Counseling service, student, 159 Clarinet, 510 Courses Class attendance(seeAttendance) adding, 176 INDEX 597

attendance at, 184 academic, 179 classification of, 321 special action, 180 credits, residence, 178 Distributive education, 204, 209 fees, 116 Divisions of research and special public graduate, defined, 321 service, 97 -102 load (see Units) Doctor of Philosophy, 307 lower division, defined, 321 Doctors' degrees, 307 upper division, defined, 321 Dormitories (see Residence Halls) withdrawal from, 176 Drama, 258, 397 Creative writing, 417 Drama education, 259 Credit by examination, 183 production, 258 fee for, 116 Drama series, 173 Credits Dramatic theory, 260 degree, 186 Dropping a course, 176 graduate, for seniors, 184, 305 from junior colleges, 111 Early childhood education, 230 transfer, 111, 306 Earth Sciences, College of, 217 Crop protection, 192 scholarships in, 139 Cultural opportunities, 172 teaching major, minor, 222 Cuts (see Absences) Economics, 400 Education Dairy and food sciences, 395 areas of specialization, 226 Dance, minor in, 313 bachelors' degrees in, 228 Deaf education, 231 business, 204, 209, 375, 515 Dean, student affairs, 159 College of, 226 -235 Dean's list, 279 courses, 404 Deficient scholarship, 179 distributive, 204, 209 Degree candidacy, 188 Doctor of, 234 Degrees Foundations of, 404 bachelors, 186 graduate program in, 234, 307 doctors, 307 home economics, 197, 461 graduate, 304 Master of, 307 in absentia, completion of, 188, 307 Multicultural, 233 masters, 307 open courses, 227 professional, 289 scholarships in, 139, 146, 148 second bachelor's, 188 teaching majors and minors, 228 units required for, 186 Educational Administration, 406 Delayed registration (see Registration) Educational opportunity grants, 119 Dendrochronology, 224 Educational Psychology, 407 Dendrohydrology, 224 Educational Research and Service, Dentistry, 280 Bureau of, 98, 228 Departmental organizations, 171 Educational Specialist degree, 307 Departments, abbreviations, 189 Electives for admission, 109 Deposits Electrical Engineering, 244, 409 breakage, 116 Elementary Education courses, 116 courses, 414 room, 113 program in, 229 Dining halls, 166 Elementary school librarians, program Diplomas (see Fees and expenses, for, 230 graduation) Eligibility Directed teaching, 227 athletic, 169 Discipline, academic (see extracurricular activities, 168 Disqualification) general activities, 168 Dismissal, 185 Employment (see Placement Bureau) Disqualification Employment, student, 119 598 INDEX

Endowments, 121 Expenses and Fees, 112 -18 Engineering Experiment Stations aerospace, 239, 325 Agricultural, 97 agricultural, 241, 339 Engineering, 99 business, 204, 215 Experimental Petrology, chemical, 292, 376 Laboratory of, 225 civil, 242, 383 Explanatory notes, 321 College of, 236 -253 Extended registration, 307 cooperative program in, 252 Extension education option, 192, 198 electrical, 244, 409 Extension Service, Cooperative, 99 geological, 294, 501 Extension courses, 106, 305 graduate study in, 236 Extractive metallurgy, 493 highway, 242 Extracurricular activities, eligibility industrial, 247, 583 for, 168 irrigation, 339 management, 248 materials, 296 Faculty, listing of, 12 ff. mathematics, 245 Failure to earn required grade mechanical, 248, 325 average, 179 mechanics, 388 Family economics -home management, metallurgical, 295, 493 196, 458 mining, 297, 502 Family housing, 114, 166 nuclear, 250, 510 Family relations and child development, physics, 246 196, 456 scholarships in, 132, 139, 146 Farm mechanization(seeAgri- systems, 251, 583 mechanics and Irrigation) Engineering Experiment Station, 99 Fashion promotion and English merchandising, 197 courses, 416 Fees exemption examinations, 182 application, 105 foreign student requirements, 183 binding, thesis, 117 freshman requirements, 182 board, 114 Enrollment(seeAdmission, breakage deposit, 116 Registration) cap and gown rental, 117 Entomology, 422 change of schedule, 116 Entrance requirements, 106 course, 116 Environmental research laboratory, 364 credit by examination, 1 16 Equal opportunity(seeAdmission) English exemption, 116 Ethnic research, bureau of, 99, 351 expense summary, 112 Ethnic studies(seeAmerican Indian field trip, 116 studies, Black studies) foreign language examination, 116 Examinations Graduate Record Examination, 304 courses, 182 graduation, 117 credit by, 183 health center, 160 exemptions, 182, 273 instrument rental, 263 Graduate Record, 304 laboratory penalty, 116 physical, 104, 160, 175 late registration, 113 required, 181 Law college, 116 senior, 182 library I. D. card, 117 special, 182, 273 meals, 114 Excess units, 178 military equipment, 115 Exemptions music, 263 English, 182 non -credit, 113 foreign languages, 275 nonresident tuition, 114 mathematics, 483 payment of, 113 physical education, 183 Pharmacy college, 117 INDEX 599 refunds of, 117 Gamma radiation laboratory, 251 registration, 112 General agriculture, major in, 192 residence hall, 113 General business administration, 208 room deposit, 113 General regulations, 166 senior degree check, 117 General studies curriculum, 277 summary of, 112 Genetics, 427 transcripts, 117 Geobiology, 221 women's gymnasium, 115 Geochemistry, 221, 431 Fellowships, graduate, 145 Geochronology, 221 Field trip fees, 116 Geography and Area Development, 428 Film production(seeDrama) Geography, major in, 428 Finance, major in, 208 Geological Engineering Finance, Insurance, and Real courses, 501 Estate, 423 major in, 294 Financial assistance, 119 -148 Geology R.O.T.C. program, 316 courses, 432 Fine Arts major in, 221 College of, 254 -268 Geophysical engineering option, 295 Master of, 254 -307 Geophysics -geochemistry, 221 scholarships in, 132, 140 Geophysics, laboratory, 225 Fisheries Management, 593 Geosciences, 220 Fishery Biology(seeBiological courses, 431 Sciences) degree in, 220 major in for M.S., 308 major, 431 Fishery Unit, Arizona Cooperative, 98 research laboratories, 224 Flute, 510 German, 437 Food and human nutrition, 197, 459 Gifts to the University, 121 Food science and technology, 425 Good standing(seeScholarship Food service management, 197 requirements) Foreign language examination fee, 116 Government, 440 Foreign languages, exemptions Government, student, 169 from, 275 Government Research, Institute of, Foreign service, 282 100, 440 Foreign students Grades admission, 105, 303 average required for graduation, 187 adviser, 159 average required in major, 187 English requirement, 183 averaging of, 181 insurance, 105, 304 change of, 181 language requirement, 105 grading system, 180 Forest -Watershed Management, 589 incomplete, 181 Forum Committee, 172 minimum averages required, 178, 187 Foundation, University of Arizona, 103 no- credit, 181 Foundations of Education, 404 special, 181 Foundations supporting scholarships withdrawal, 181 and fellowships, 127 Grading system, 180 Fraternities, 169 Graduate appointments and French(seeRomance Languages) scholarships, 145 French horn, 510 Graduate assistantships and Freshman composition requirements, associateships, 145 182 Graduate College, 303 -08 Freshman scholarships, 131 doctors' degrees, 308 Freshman Week(seeNew Student general regulations, 303 Orientation) masters' degrees, 308 Friends of Music, Arizona, 174 Graduate degrees, 304 Full time student status, 179 Graduate credit 600 INDEX

for seniors, 184, 305 scholarships in, 132, 141 transfer of, 306 School of, 194 -199 Graduate record examination, 304 Home Economics education, 197, 461 Graduate scholarships and Master of, 307 fellowships, 145 Home management, 196, 458 Graduate School of Library Honorary societies, scholastic, 170 Science, 474 Honors, awards, and prizes, 149 -58 Graduation Honors average, 187 courses, 461 candidacy, application for, 188 graduation with distinction, 150 credits, 186, University scholarship, 149 expenses, 117 University -wide program, 149 residence, 188 Horticulture, 462 requirements, 186 Housing facilities, 164 units, 186 graduate students, 166 Graduation with distinction, 150 married students, 166 Grants, educational opportunity, 119 occupancy of rooms, 165 Greek(seeClassics) off campus, 166 Guadalajara Summer School, 320 undergraduate, 164 Guaranteed student loans, 120 Hospital services(seeHealth Services) Guidance services, student, 159 Housing regulations, 164 -66 Gymnasium fee Freshmen, 165 -66 men's, 115 graduate students, 166 women's, 115 undergraduate women under 21 Gynecology, 491 years old, 165 undergraduate women 21 years of Harp, 509 age or older, 165 Harpsichord, 510 Human nutrition, 197, 459 Health education major, 310, 443 Humanities, 465 Health insurance, 160 Humanities study tour, 320 Health, Physical Education and Hydrology and Water Resources Recreation, 309 -314, 444 courses, 465 Health professions student loans, 120 option in agriculture, 192, 332 Health regulations, 160 Hydrology, major in, 222 -23, 466 Health services, student, 160 Hydrology (WRSP) program, 218 Health services administration, major in, 213 In absentia, completion of degree, Hearing clinic, 160 188,307 Hearing, courses in(seeHearing science) Incomplete grades, 181 Hearing science, 261, 579 Incomplete registration Hebrew(seeClassics) (seeRegistration) High schools, accredited, 106 Independent study(seeIndividual High school transcripts(seeAdmission) studies) Highway engineering, 242 Individual studies, 322 Hindi(seeOriental studies) Industrial engineering, 247, 583 History, 450 Industrial and labor relations, 259 History of the University, 93 Infirmary, 160 Holidays, University(seeAcademic Institute of Atmospheric Physics, Calendar) 99, 364 Home Economics Institute of Government Research, Bachelor of science in, 195 100, 440 courses, 455 Instructional materials collection, 163 and journalism, 198 Instructional staff, 12 ff. extension education option, 198 Instrumental major, music general, 197 education, 265 INDEX 601

Instrumental music(seeMusic) Late application for degree candidacy, Instruments, rental, 263 fee, 117 Insurance Late dropping of courses(see ASUA health and accident, 160 Registration, change of schedule) courses, 423 -425 Late registration fee, 113 for foreign students, 105, 304 Latin(seeClassics) major in, 208 Latin American Area Center, 283, 471 Intercollegiate athletic policy, 169 Latin American studies, 471 Intercollegiate competition, 309 Law Interdisciplinary committee College, 269 -272 on alcoholism, 343 courses, 472 Interior design, 197, 457 fees for, 116 Internal medicine, 491 library, 163 International agriculture option, 192 scholarships in, 214 International Arts Society, 174 Law enforcement administration, Intramural athletics, 309 major in, 214 Irrigation engineering, 339 Law enforcement education Isotope geochemistry, program, 120 laboratory of, 225 Law school admission test, 270 Italian(seeRomance languages) Leadership societies, 171 Lecomte de Nouy Memorial Room, 173 Japanese(seeOriental studies) Legal residence, 114 -115 Jazz and contemporary music, Liberal Arts major, 266 College, 273 -285 Jobs, student, 119 general studies curriculum, 277 Journalism, 468 list of courses, 278 agricultural, 192 majors in, 278 home economics and, 198 requirements for bachelor's Junior college credits, 111 degree, 274 Junior college personnel, scholarships in, 142, 146 programs for, 234 Libraries, 162 Junior college teaching, 280 College of Medicine, 163 Juris doctor degree, 270, 272 Law, 163 Key to symbols, 321 Science division, 163 Kindergarten -primary education, 229 Library identification card, replacement fee, 117 Labor relations, 259 Library Science, 474 Laboratory of graduate school of, 474 experimental petrology, 225 Master of, 235, 307 geophysics, 225 Library techniques, 476 isotope geochemistry, 225 Limitation of registration, 177 organic geochemistry, 225 Limitation of credits, 178 paleoenvironmental studies, 225 Linguistics, 476 paleontology, 224 Living accommodations(seeHousing tree -ring research, 224, 432 facilities) Laboratory penalty fee, 116 Living expenses(seeFees and expenses) Land management(seeWatershed Loans, student, 121 management) Lower -division courses, defined, 321 Landscape architecture, 464 courses required, 182 Language and area center, Lunar and planetary laboratory, 100 Oriental studies, 285, 521 Language requirement, Major, change of, 176 exceptions to, 275 Management, 478 Liberal arts, 275 Management engineering, 248 Languages, Romance, 559, 564 Management, production, major in, 211 602 INDEX

Mail, 162 Mines, College of, 288 -298 Marine biology station, 369 scholarships in, 133, 143, 147, 148 Marketing, 209, 480 Minimum annual expense, 112 Married student housing, 114, 166 Minimum grade averages required, Marriage, report on, 168 178, 187 Mass communications(seeJournalism, Mining engineering, 297 and Radio -Television) courses, 502 Masters' degrees, 307 Mining and geological engineering, 501 Materials engineering, 493 Mining geology option, 295 Mathematics, 481 Molecular Biology, 503 engineering, 245 Motor vehicles(seeRegistration, exemption and credit exam, 483 automobiles) Maximum units allowed, 178 Museum, Art, 172 Meals(seeFees and expenses) Museum, State, 173 Mechanical engineering, 248 Music courses(seeAerospace and applied, 263 mechanical engineering) Bachelor of arts in, 268 Medical care(seeHealth service) courses, 505 Medical examinations(seeClinical education, instrumental services) major in, 265 Medical insurance, student, 160 education, vocal major in, 265 Medical technology, 497 fees, 116, 263 Medicine Jazz and contemporary media music, College of, 286 -287 major in, 266 courses, 489 lessons, fee, 263 entrance requirements, 280 library, 163 library, 163 Master of, 254, 307 scholarships in, 143 Sacred music, major in, 267 Memberships and accreditations, scholarships in, 132, 140 University, 93 Music series, 173 Men's residence halls, 113, 164 Musical arts, doctor of, 254, 307 Mental retardation education, 231 Merchandising and fashion Narcotic drugs, regulations, 167 promotion, 197 National council for accreditation of Metallurgical engineering, 295, 493 teacher education, 93 Metals and materials engineering National Defense Student Loans option, 297 (NDEA), 119 Meteorology(seeAtmospheric sciences) National financial aid programs, 1 19 Mexican -American studies, 283, 496 National parks and monuments(see Microbiology(seeMolecular Biology) Natural resource recreation) Microbiology and Medical Natural resource recreation, 593 Technology, 497 New student orientation, 175 Midsemester scholarship report, 179 No- credit registration, 175 Midterm examinations(seeMidsemester fees, 113 scholarship report) grades, 181 Military aerospace studies, 315, 499 Non -degree program in secretarial Military deposit(seeFees and expenses) studies, 211 Military equipment fee, 115 Nonresident students Military experience, credit for, 317 admission of, 105 Military Science and Aerospace Studies, tuition for, 114 School of, 315 -317 North Central Assn. of Colleges and courses, 499 Secondary Schools, 106 Military service, credit for, 317 Nuclear Engineering, 250 Mineral engineering program, 288 courses, 510 Mines, Arizona Bureau of, 98, 289 Number theory(seeMathematics) INDEX 603

Nursing, College of, 299 -300 and toxicology, 530 courses, 513 Pharmacy, College of, 301 -302 scholarships in, 120, 133, 144, 147 courses, 531 Nursing and Health Professions fees for, 117 Scholarships Program, 120 scholarships in, 144, 147, 148 Nursing student loans, 120 Philosophy, 532 Nutritional sciences(seeAgricultural Physical education for men Biochemistry) department(seeHealth, Physical Nutrition, human, 197, 459 Education, and Recreation) requirement, 183, 309, 444 Oboe, 510 teaching major, 310, 445 Observatory, Steward, 101 Physical Education for women Obstetrics- Gynecology, 491 department, 311 -314 Occupancy of rooms, 165 courses, 534 Occupational and vocational counseling requirement, 183, 311 (seeCounseling service, student) teaching major, 313 Occupational therapy Physical education requirement, 183 (seeRehabilitation) Physical examination, 104, 160, 175 Office administration and business Physical metallurgy, 493 education Physics, 539 courses, 514 Physics, engineering, 246 major in, 210 Physiology, 543 Officers of the University, 10-11 Piano, 509 Opportunity grants, educational, 119 Placement Optical sciences, 516 advanced, 110, 273 scholarships in, 147 English, 182 Optical sciences center, 101 examinations, 182, 275 Optical specialist degree, 307 teacher, 227 Optometry, 281 Placement and career services Organ, 509 (seePlacement service) Organic Geochemistry laboratory, 225 Placement service, 162, 227 Organizations and activities, 168 -174 Plant breeding, 545 Oriental studies, 285 Plant pathology, 545 courses in, 520 Playwrights'- Directors' laboratory Orientation week, 175 theatre, 399 Overloads, academic, 178 Poetry center, Ruth Stephan, 173 Poisoning control information Painting and sculpture(seeArt) center, 301 Paleobotany, Paleoclimatology, Police science and administration(see Paleoecology(seeGeosciences) Law enforcement administration) Paleoenvironmental studies, Political science(seeGovernment) laboratory, 225 Polo Village housing, 114 Paleontology laboratory, 224 Portuguese(seeRomance languages) Palynology(seeGeosciences) Poultry science, 547 Parking, student, 168 Post office boxes, 162 Pathology, 491 Predentistry, 280 Pass -fail option, 181 Prelaw(seeLaw, College of) Pediatrics, 491 Premedical committee, 281 Penalty, late registration, 175 Premedicine, 280 Percussion instruments, 510 scholarships in, 133, 145 Persian(seeOriental studies) Preoptometry, 281 Personnel management, 211 Prepharmacy, 282 Petitions, 176 Prerequisites, 321 Pharmaceutical sciences, 526 President's cup and scholarship, 134 Pharmacology, 529 Press, University, 95 604 INDEX

Pretheological (see Religious studies) limitation of, 177 Preveterinary, 192 maximum units, 178 Primary- kindergarten education, 229 pass -fail option, 181 Prizes, 149 -158 period of, 174 Probation, 179 procedure, 175 special action, 180 physical examination, 175 Process engineering option, 296 required subjects, 182 Production management, 211 Regulations, 166 -169 Professional degrees, 289 automobile, 168 Professional organizations, 170 general, 166 Programs abroad, 320 health, 160 Provisions for superior students, housing, 164 -166 149 -158 student, 166 Psychiatry, 492 traffic, 168 Psychology, 548 Rehabilitation Public administration, Center, 101, 227 Bachelor of science in, 212 courses, 557 courses, 552 majors, 308 major fields, 213 undergraduate program in, 232, 557 Master of, 307 Reinstatement (see Admission, Public management, major in, 214 readmission) Public recreation administration, Religion council, student, 172 major, 215 (see also Natural Religious activities, 172 Resource Recreation) Religious holidays (see Academic Publications, student, 169 Calendar) Religious Studies, 558 Radiology, 492 Remission of tuition (see Refunds) Radio -Television bureau, 101, 260 Required subjects, lower division, courses, 554 182 -183 Range management, 591 Requirements Range -Watershed option, 591 admission, 104 Reading, 555 freshman composition, 182 Reading development center, 160 Graduate College, 303 Readmission, 105 graduation, 186 Real estate, major, 211 language, 183, 275 courses, 423 physical education, 183 Recreation administration, 215 (see also residence, 188 Natural resource recreation) scholarship, 110, 178 Recreation, major or minor, 445 Research assistantships, graduate, 145 Recreation resource management, (see Research course numbers (see Individual Natural resource recreation) Studies) Refunds, 117 Reservations, room, 165 Regents, Arizona Board of, 92 Reserve officers training program, 315 Registration, 175 -177 Residence halls adjustments, 176 fees, 113 automobile, 168 men's, 113, 164 cancellation of, 104 regulations, 164 -166 cancellation of courses, 177 reservations, 113 change of schedule, 176 women's, 113, 164 class standing, 178 Residence requirements classification of students, 175 graduation, 188 concurrent, 177 legal (fees), 114 fees, 112 undergraduate women, 165 late, penalty for, 174 Restaurant management, 197 Liberal arts college requirements, 274 Retailing (see Marketing) INDEX 605

Riecker Lectureship Foundation, 173 Service societies, student, 171 Romance languages, 559, 564 Social life, 168 Room Social perspectives in medicine, 492 fees for, 113 Social work, 215, 285 occupancy of, 165 Societies, honorary and professional, regulations, 164 -166 170 reservations, 113 Sociology, 571 Russian, 567 Soil science option, 332 Ruth Stephan Poetry Center, 173 Sophomore honors sections (seeHonors) Sacred music, major in, 267 Sororities, 170 Safety education, minor in, 445 Spanish(seeRomance Languages) Sales management(seeMarketing) Special education, 231 Saxophone, 510 courses, 575 Schedule changes, 176 Special grades, 181 Scholarship honors, 149 Special students (Law college), 270 Scholarship and other aid bequests, 127 Special testing, 176 Scholarship report, midsemester, 179 Speech, 261, 577 Scholarship requirements Speech and hearing clinic, 160 for admission, 105, 110 Speech and hearing sciences, 261, 579 for continuation in college, 178 Sports(seeathletics) for graduation, 187 Standards, academic(seeAcademic Graduate College, 306 guidelines) in major, 188 Standing, class, 178 Scholarships Statistics, 581 Alumni Association, 131 Steward observatory, 101 foundations supporting, 127 String bass, 509 freshman, 131 instruments, 509 graduate, 146 Student activity organizations, 171 undergraduate, 131 Student affairs(seeSocial life) University general, 121 Student aid(seeFinancial assistance) Scholastic aptitude test(seeAdmission) Student Scholastic honorary societies, 170 conduct, 166 School library science, 230, 474 counseling service, 159 School of employment, 119 Home Economics, 194 -199 government, 169 Library Science, 474 guidance services, 159 Music, 262 -268 health service, 160 Military science and Aerospace leadership and service societies, 171 studies, 315 -317 loans, 121 Science, Master of, 307 mail, 162 Science division library, 163 publications, 169 Science teaching, Master of, 307 religion council, 172 Sculpture(seeArt) services, 159 Second bachelor's degree, 188 Studio art, 256 Secondary education, 232, 569 Study abroad(seePrograms abroad) Secondary school teachers, Study tours, 320 program for, 233 Summer sessions, 318 -320 Secondary schools, classification, 106 admission, 319 subject units required from, 106 Guadalajara summer school, 320 Secretarial non -degree program, 211 programs abroad, 320 Secretarial studies(seeOffice admin- study tours, 320 istration and Business education) Sunday Evening Forum, 174 Secretarial non -degree program, 211 Superior students, provision for, 149 Senior degree check, fee, 117 Supplementary record, 82 606 INDEX

Surgery, 493 University cup and scholarship, 134 Suspension(seeDisqualification) University Forum committee, 172 Symbols, key to, 32l University of Arizona Alumni Systems engineering, 251, 583 Association, 96 scholarships, 131 Table of contents, 4 -5 University of Arizona Foundation, 103 Teacher certification, 228 University of Arizona Press, 95 Teaching majors and minors, 232 University general scholarships, Teaching assistantships(seeGraduate 121, 131 assistantships) University -wide Honors program, 149 Television bureau(seeRadio -Television) Upper- division courses, defined, 321 courses, 260 Urban planning Testing, aptitude(seeStudent courses, 586 counseling bureau) graduate program in, 216, 586 Testing, special, 175 scholarships in, 147 Textiles, clothing, 196, 457 Vacations(seeAcademic calendar) Theater(seeDrama) Vaccinations(seeClinical services) Theory and composition, music Veterans admission, 105 major in, 264 Veterinary sciences(seePreveterinary Thesis, 322 option) binding fee, 117 Vocal major, music education, 266 Traffic regulations, 168 Voice, 509 Transcripts, 185 Viola, Violin, 509 fee, 117 Transfer War orphans, admission of, 105 credits, 111 Water resources administration, from another school, 110 466, 468 graduate credit, 306 Water resources research center, 102 undergraduate credit, 110 Watershed management, 588 Transfer to less advanced course, 176 Western Athletic Conference, 169 Tree -ring research, laboratory, 224, 432 Western Interstate Commission on Trombone, 510 Higher Education (WICHE) 145, Trumpet, 510 281, 288 Tuba, 510 Western Regional College Program Tuition, nonresident, 114 (WRCP), 521 Turf management option, 193, 332 Western Regional Student Program (WRSP), 218 Unclassified students, 175 Wildlife biology(seeBiological sciences) Undergraduate scholarships, 131 Wind instruments, 510 Unit system, 186 Withdrawal United student aid fund, 121 from course, 176 Units from University, 185 defined, 186 grades, 181 maximum allowed, 178 medical, 185 required for degrees, 186 Women's recreation association, 311 Universities Council on Water Women's residence halls, 164 Resources, 93 Work- study, cooperative programs, Universities Research Association, 119, 252, 288 Inc., 93 University Artist Series, 172 Zoology(seeBiological sciences) EAST l SPEEOwAV BOULEVARO J J l o _Crvd Defense Museum Archture 'Ruth Stephan Poetry Center Teochin Hos ital Zc Qád Drama RST STREET Ch hooZl .ntei e a 8, EAST FIRST STREET Manzan Mob ave (Coconino parkeng PublicBusiness Admin °ICiVil Engine eying Basics Nursing Pima .rEAST SECOND STREET Nursery Tennis EAST SECOND STREET Education sStObserwa. d er Courts 2 Al miiie i 1' me `i Zd lStudenh Cen. SciencesSpace El UNIVERSITY `SfTY 0F4 BLVD. Optical Sciences _J paY nr..i Iôhem! parking East i EAST FOURTH STREET Hall ences EAST FOURTH ST. 's MCKoie a Sú ea YavapaiOMHerrin 'Agric. Sal. 410 11(TITI gp East Memorial Center rY CellerStudentPork / 1 EAST FIFTH STREET Bio. Sciences EAST FIFTH STREET E FIFTH Baseball Field Coronado Arizona Sonora EAST LOWELL Pharmacbiology STREET I Purch.Stores a Garage StadiumArizona UNIVERSITY of ARIZONA CAMPUS LL 1 EAST i SIXTH r STREET r ACADEMIC DEGREES AWARDED

Earned Degrees 1969 1970 Bachelor of Architecture 31 51 Bachelor of Arts 632 654 Bachelor of Arts in Art 27 16 Bachelor of Arts in Drama 5 3 Bachelor of Arts in Education 548 530 Bachelor of Arts in Music 1 1 Bachelor of Arts in Speech 14 18 Bachelor of Fine Arts '78 84 Bachelor of Music 34 32 Bachelor of Science 199 207 Bachelor of Science in Aerospace Engineering 29 28 Bachelor of Science in Agriculture 133 117 Bachelor of Science in Agricultural Engineering 3 2 Bachelor of Science in Business Administration 433 362 Bachelor of Science in Chemical Engineering 18 19 Bachelor of Science in Civil Engineering 42 34 Bachelor of Science in Education 93 77 Bachelor of Science in Electrical Engineering 43 56 Bachelor of Science in Engineering Mathematics 17 16 Bachelor of Science in Engineering Physics 2 3 Bachelor of Science in Geological Engineering 11 12 Bachelor of Science in Geology 9 13 Bachelor of Science in Geophysics -Geochemistry 1 5 Bachelor of Science in Home Economics 98 116 Bachelor of Science in Hydrology 5 4 Bachelor of Science in Mechanical Engineering 27 33 Bachelor of Science in Metallurgical Engineering 10 8 Bachelor of Science in Mining Engineering 9 11 Bachelor of Science in Nuclear Engineering 3 12 Bachelor of Science in Nursing 49 84 Bachelor of Science in Pharmacy 46 67 Bachelor of Science in Public Administration 88 107 Total Earned Degrees (Bachelors) 2738 2782 Juris Doctor 142 56 Master of Arts 248 282 Master of Science 286 272 Master of Music 11 19 Master of Agricultural Education 5 3 Master of Home Economics Education 2 2 Master of Education 417 472 Master of Business Administration 75 37 Master of Public Administration 13 18 Master of Accounting 10 10 Master of Fine Arts 7 11 Master of Science Teaching 14 10 Educational Specialist 0 1 Doctor of Musical Arts 2 8 Doctor of Education 12 31 Doctor of Philosophy 123 175 Total Earned Degrees (Advanced) 1367 1407 Total Earned Degrees 4105 4189 Honorary Degrees 1969 1970

Doctor of Laws 1 0 Doctor of Music i 0 Professional Degrees Geological Engineer 2 2 Metallurgical Engineer 2 2 Mining Engineer 2 2 Total Academic Degrees 4113 4195

608